Skip to main content

Full text of "Health Security Act of 1993 : hearings before the Committee on Labor and Human Resources, United States Senate, One Hundred Third Congress, first session, on examining the administration's proposed Health Security Act, to establish comprehensive health care for every American"

See other formats


S.  Hro.  103-216,  Pr.  1 

HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  OF  1993 

Y4.L  1 1/4:  S.HRG.  103-216/ 
PT.l 

Health  Security  Act  of  1993,  S.Hrg.... 

HEARINGS 

BEFORE  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON 

LABOR  AND  HUMAN  RESOURCES 

UNITED  STATES  SENATE 

ONE  HUNDRED  THIRD  CONGRESS 
FIRST  SESSION 

ON 

EXAMINING  THE  ADMINISTRATIONS  PROPOSED  HEALTH  SECURITY 
ACT,  TO  ESTABLISH  COMPREHENSIVE  HEALTH  CARE  FOR  EVERY 
AMERICAN  

SEPTEMBER  29,  30,  and  OCTOBER  6,  6,  15,  19,  1993 


PART  1 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Resources 


F?5 


ts 


®H 


S.  Hrg.  103-216,  Pr.  1 

HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  OF  1993 


HEARINGS 

BEFORE  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON 

LABOR  AND  HUMAN  RESOURCES 

UNITED  STATES  SENATE 

ONE  HUNDRED  THIRD  CONGRESS 

FIRST  SESSION 

ON 

EXAMINING  THE  ADMINISTRATIONS  PROPOSED  HEALTH  SECURITY 
ACT,  TO  ESTABLISH  COMPREHENSIVE  HEALTH  CARE  FOR  EVERY 
AMERICAN 


SEPTEMBER  29,  30,  and  OCTOBER  6,  6,  15,  19,  1993 


PART  1 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Resources 


U.S.   GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
72-671cc  WASHINGTON  :  1993 

For  sale  by  the  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  Congressional  Sales  Office,  Washington,  DC  20402 
ISBN   0-16-043322-3 


COMMITTEE  ON  LABOR  AND  HUMAN  RESOURCES 
EDWARD  M.  KENNEDY,  Massachusetts,  Chairman 


CLAIBORNE  PELL,  Rhode  Island 
HOWARD  M.  METZENBAUM,  Ohio 
CHRISTOPHER  J.  DODD,  Connecticut 
PAUL  SIMON,  Illinois 
TOM  HARKIN,  Iowa 
BARBARA  A.  MIKULSKI,  Maryland 
JEFF  BINGAMAN,  New  Mexico 
PAUL  D.  WELLSTONE,  Minnesota 
HARRIS  WOFFORD,  Pennsylvania 

NICK  LlTTLKFIELn,  Staff  Director  and  Chief  Counsel 
SUSAN  K.  Hattan,  Minority  Staff  Director 


NANCY  LANDON  KASSEBAUM,  Kansas 

JAMES  M.  JEFFORDS,  Vermont 

DAN  COATS,  Indiana 

JUDD  GREGG,  New  Hampshire 

STROM  THURMOND,  South  Carolina 

ORRIN  G.  HATCH,  Utah 

DAVE  DURENBERGER,  Minnesota 


(ID 


CONTENTS 


STATEMENTS 
Wednesday,  September  29,  1993 

Kennedy,  Hon.  Edward  M.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Massachusetts  ...  1 
Kassebaum,  Hon.  Nancy  Landon,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Kansas, 

prepared  statement  2 

Clinton,  Hillary  Rodham  4 

Mikulski,  Hon.  Barbara  A.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Maryland 33 

STATEMENTS 

Thursday,  September  30,  1993 

Kennedy,  Hon.  Edward  M.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Massachusetts  ...  51 

Kassebaum,  Hon.  Nancy  Landon,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Kansas  52 

Wofford,  Hon.  Harris,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Pennsylvania 53 

Dodd,  Hon.  Christopher  J.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Connecticut 54 

Mikulski,  Hon.  Barbara  A.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Maryland 55 

Wojnar,  Kathy,  former  business  manager,  Belchertown,  MA;  Joseph  P.  Roach, 
retired  businessman  and  realtor,  Ambler,  PA;  and  Linda  Montgomery,  wife, 

mother,  retired  nurse,  Council  Grove,  KS 57 

Prepared  statements: 

Ms.  Wojnar 59 

Mr.  Roach 63 

Ms.  Montgomery  69 

Adams,  Cyndy,  subcontractor,  Deny,  NH;  Michael  Braxmeyer,  grocer,  At- 
wood,  KS;  and  Tomaca  Govan,  owner,  secretarial/ word  processing  business, 

Hartford,  CT  80 

Prepared  statements: 

Ms.  Adams  82 

Mr.  Braxmeyer  87 

Ms.  Govan  91 

STATEMENTS 

Tuesday,  October  5,  1993 

Kennedy,  Hon.  Edward  M.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Massachusetts  ...  97 

Jeffords,  Hon.  James  M.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Vermont  98 

Metzenbaum,  Hon.  Howard  M.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Ohio  99 

Coats,  Hon.  Dan,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Indiana  100 

Gregg,  Hon.  Judd,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  New  Hampshire 100 

WelTstone,  Hon.  Paul  D.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Minnesota,  pre- 
pared statement  101 

Durenberger,  Hon.  Dave,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Minnesota  104 

Hatch,  Hon.  Orrin  G.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Utah 105 

Simon,  Hon.  Paul,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Illinois  106 

Mikulski,  Hon.  Barbara  A.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Maryland 107 

Dodd,  Hon.  Christopher  J.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Connecticut 109 


(III) 


IV 

Page 

Davidson,  Dick,  president,  American  Hospital  Association,  Washington,  DC, 
and  Sister  Maryanna  Coyle,  president,  Sisters  of  Charity  of  Cincinnati, 
and  chairperson,  board  of  trustees,  Catholic  Health  Association  of  the  Unit- 
ed States,  Washington,  DC 110 

Prepared  statements: 

Mr.  Davidson  113 

Sister  Coyle  116 

Dr.  Rose 133 

Todd,  Dr.  James  S.,  executive  vice  president,  American  Medical  Association, 
Washington,  DC;  Linda  Shinn,  R.N.,  executive  director,  American  Nurses 
Association,  Washington,  DC;  Dr.  Leonard  Lawrence,  president,  National 
Medical  Association,  and  associate  dean,  University  of  Texas  School  of 
Medicine,  San  Antonio,  TX;  and  Dr.  Robert  Graham,  executive  vice  presi- 
dent, American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians,  Washington,  DC  143 

Prepared  statements: 

Dr.  Todd  (with  an  attachment)  145 

Ms.  Shinn  158 

Dr.  Graham 172 

ADDITIONAL  MATERIAL 

Articles,  publications,  letters,  etc.: 

Response  to  question  of  Senators  Hatch  and  Kassebaum  from  Mrs.  Hil- 
lary Rodham  Clinton  194 

STATEMENTS 

Wednesday,  October  6,  1993 

Kennedy,  Hon.  Edward  M.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Massachusetts  ...      195 
Shalala,  Hon.  Donna  E.,  Secretary,  U.S.  Department  of  Health  and  Human 

Services  . •••••••• • •• iyo 

Dodd,  Hon.  Christopher  J.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Connecticut 216 

Mikulski,  Hon.  Barbara  A.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Maryland 225 

Hatch,  Hon.  Orrin  G.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Utah  233 

Wofford,  Hon.  Harris,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Pennsylvania 234 

Pell,  Hon.  Claiborne,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Rhode  Island  246 

Joyner,  Florence  Griffith,  co-chair,  President's  Council  on  Physical  Fitness 
and  Sports,  Washington,  DC;  Dr.  Irvin  D.  Fleming,  president-elect,  Amer- 
ican Cancer  Society,  Washington,  DC;  Dr.  Charles  K.  Francis,  chairman, 
Department  of  Medicine,  Harlem  Hospital,  New  York,  NY,  and  member 
of  the  board  of  directors,  American  Heart  Association,  Washington,  DC; 
Dr.  John  M.  Ludden,  medical  director,  Harvard  Community  Health  Plan, 
Boston,  MA;  and  Dr.  Douglas  E.  Henley,  member  of  the  board  of  directors, 
American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians,  Kansas  City,  MO,  and  chairman, 

Academy  Commission  on  Public  Health  and  Scientific  Affairs  236 

Prepared  statements: 

Dr.  Fleming  (with  attachments) 240 

Dr.  Francis  (with  attachments)  249 

Dr.  Ludden  (with  attachments) 268 

Dr.  Henley  (with  attachments) 280 

Moore,  Sharon,  mother  of  DeMario  Moore,  Rochester,  NY  304 

STATEMENTS 

Friday,  October  15,  1993 

Metzenbaum,  Hon.  Howard  M.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Ohio  307 

Mikulski,  Hon.  Barbara  A.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Maryland 307 

Warren,  Diane,  owner/operator,  Katzinger's  Delicatessen,  Columbus,  OH;  and 
Eleanor  Bonsaint,  child  development  journal  editor,  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology,  Brookline,  MA,  prepared  statement  309 

Kennedy,  Hon.  Edward  M.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Massachusetts  ...  313 

Wofford,  Hon.  Harris,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Pennsylvania  318 


V 

Page 

Sweeney,  John  J.,  president,  Service  Employees  International  Union  and 
chairman,  AFL-CIO  Health  Care  Committee,  Washington,  DC;  Peter  J. 
Pestillo,  executive  vice  president  for  corporate  relations,  Ford  Motor  Co., 
Detroit,  MI;  and  Michael  A.  Peel,  senior  vice  president  for  personnel  and 

human  resources,  General  Mills,  Inc.,  Minneapolis,  MN  318 

Prepared  statements: 

Mr.  Sweeney  320 

Mr.  Peel  327 

Durenberger,  Hon.  Dave,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Minnesota  336 

Dodd,  Hon.  Christopher  J.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Connecticut 346 

Patricelli,  Robert  E.,  chairman,  Health  and  Employee  Benefits  Committee, 
U.S.  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Washington,  DC;  Michael  O.  Roush,  director, 
Federal  and  Government  Relations-Senate,  National  Federation  of  Inde- 
pendent Business,  Washington,  DC-  William  Lindsay,  president,  Lindsay- 
Sandbak  Group,  Inc.,  Englewood,  CO,  on  behalf  of  National  Small  Business 
United;  and  Helen  H.  Mills,  president,  Soapbox  Trading;  founder  and  board 
member,  Business  for  Social  Responsibility,  and  managing  principal,  The 

Mills  Group,  Fairfax,  VA  348 

Prepared  statements: 

Mr.  Patricelli  (with  an  attachments)  350 

Mr.  Roush   364 

Mr.  Lindsay 372 

Ms.  Mills  378 

STATEMENTS 

Tuesday,  October  19,  1993 

Kennedy,  Hon.  Edward  M.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Massachusetts, 

prepared  statement  389 

Dodd,  Hon.  Christopher  J.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Connecticut 390 

Mikulski,  Hon.  Barbara  A.,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  the  State  of  Maryland 392 

Tyson,   Laura   D'Andrea,   Chair,  President's  Council  of  Economic  Advisers, 

Washington,  DC,  prepared  statement 394 

Lcwin,  Dr.  John  C,  director,  Hawaii  State  Department  of  Health,  Honolulu, 
HA;  Mark  Pauly,  chairman,  Health  Care  Systems  Department,  The  Whar- 
ton School,  University  of  Pennsylvania,   Philadelphia,  PA;  and  Jacob  A. 

Klerman,  lnbor  economist,  The  Rand  Corp.,  Santa  Monica,  CA  430 

Prepared  statements: 

Dr.  Lewin  436 

Mr.  Pauly  450 

Mr.  Klerman  and  Dana  Goldman  (with  an  attachment)  457 


HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  OF  1993 


WEDNESDAY,  SEPTEMBER  29,  1993 

U.S.  Senate, 
Committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Resources, 

Washington,  DC. 

The  committee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  10:04  a.m.,  in  room 
SR-385,  Russell  Senate  Office  Building,  Senator  Kennedy  (chair- 
man of  the  committee)  presiding.  : 

Present:  Senators  Kennedy,  Pell,  Metzenbaum,  Dodd,  Simon,  Mi- 
kulski,  Bingaman,  Wellstone,  Wofford,  Kassebaum,  Jeffords,  Coats, 
Gregg,  Thurmond,  Hatch,  and  Durenberger. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Kennedy 

The  Chairman.  We  will  come  to  order.  We  are  now  beginning  the 
most  significant  domestic  policy  debate  since  Medicare  was  enacted 
almost  30  years  ago,  and  it  is  appropriate  that  as  the  Senate  be- 
gins its  action  on  this  issue,  we  are  meeting  in  this  caucus  room 
that  has  witnessed  so  many  historic  hearings  going  back  to  the  ear- 
liest years  of  this  century.  . 

Congress  enacted  Medicare  in  1965  because  the  Nation  had 
reached  a  consensus  that  action  was  essential  to  end  the  health 
care  crisis  affecting  senior  citizens.  Today,  a  comparable  crisis  faces 
every  American  family  and  action  is  just  as  urgent. 

The  key  to  success  in  this  undertaking  is  bipartisanship.  Going 
back  over  many  years,  no  major  reform  nas  been  enacted  without 
bipartisan  support.  This  committee  has  had  a  tradition  of  biparti- 
sanship, a  tradition  which  I  am  confident  will  be  extended  to  con- 
sideration of  the  Health  Security  Act.  All  of  us  intend  to  work 
closely  together  and  with  the  administration.  The  final  bill  that 
Congress  approves  needs  and  deserves  the  support  of  both  Demo- 
crats and  Republicans,  and  the  country  expects  that  kind  of  partici- 
pation and  consideration. 

No  individual  has  contributed  more  to  the  development  of  the 
President's  plan  than  our  witness  this  morning,  the  First  Lady, 
Hillary  Rodham  Clinton,  and  she  has  worked  tirelessly  with  great 
skill  to  shape  this  plan.  In  doing  so,  she  has  reached  out  to  a  large 
number  of  citizens,  to  experts  on  all  sides  of  the  debate,  and  to  all 
of  us  in  Congress.  Her  leadership  has  been  extraordinary,  and  we 
are  honored  by  her  presence  here  this  morning. 

I  am  looking  forward  to  working  with  all  the  members  of  this 
committee,  the  Finance  Committee,  and  the  other  committees  in 
the  Senate  with  jurisdiction  over  the  many  complex  aspects  of  our 
health  care  system.  Today,  Mrs.  Clinton  testifies  here  before  the 

(l) 


Labor  and  Human  Resources  Committee.  Tomorrow,  she  will  tes- 
tify before  the  Finance  Committee. 

I  know  that  under  the  guidance  of  Majority  Leader  George 
Mitchell  and  Republican  Leader  Bob  Dole,  we  will  work  as  closely 
as  possible  together  to  pass  a  bipartisan  bill  that  meets  the  goals 
the  President  has  set  and  that  the  American  people  deserve. 

Senator  Kassebaum. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Kassebaum 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  certainly  agree  with  you 
that  Mrs.  Clinton  has  provided  extraordinary  leadership.  It  is  a 
pleasure  to  welcome  you  here  this  morning,  at  our  first  formal 
hearing. 

The  task  before  us  is  numbing  in  its  complexity.  It  is  also  rich 
in  opportunities  for  political  conflict.  For  some  of  us,  the  challenge 
will  be  to  make  sure  our  concerns  about  the  specifics  of  reform  do 
not  overwhelm  the  commitment  to  making  it  happen.  For  others, 
the  challenge  will  be  the  reverse  to  temper  eagerness  to  move  a  bill 
with  recognition  that  lasting  reform  cannot  occur  without  careful 
deliberation  and  sincere  compromise.  Obviously  we  cannot  achieve 
this  overnight,  but  I  have  great  confidence  that  bipartisan  com- 
promise will  ultimately  be  achieved. 

I  would  like  to  ask  that  my  full  statement  be  made  a  part  of  the 
record,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Fine.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Kassebaum  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Kassebaum 

I  am  pleased  to  welcome  the  First  Lady  before  our  committee  as 
we  begin  the  long  and  difficult  process  of  debating  national  health 
care  reform. 

The  task  before  us  is  both  numbing  in  complexity  and  rich  in  op- 
portunities for  political  conflict.  Health  reform  could  well  be  the 
greatest  challenge  that  either  this  committee  or  Congress  faces  in 
this  decade — and  how  well  we  respond  will  be  nothing  less  than  a 
test  of  our  capacity  to  govern. 

For  some  of  us,  the  challenge  will  be  to  make  sure  our  concerns 
about  the  specifics  of  reform  do  not  overwhelm  our  commitment  to 
making  it  happen.  For  others,  the  challenge  will  be  the  reverse — 
to  temper  eagerness  for  moving  a  bill  with  recognition  that  lasting 
reform  cannot  occur  without  careful  deliberation  and  sincere  com- 
promise. 

Consensus  cannot  be  achieved  overnight,  but  I  am  optimistic  that 
bipartisan  agreement  will  ultimately  be  reached  on  this  issue.  I  am 
encouraged  for  example,  that  elements  of  my  own  bipartisan 
BasiCare  health  reform  bill  have  been  incorporated  into  both  the 
President's  plan  and  into  the  new  Senate  Republican  proposal. 

Nearly  all  of  us  of  both  parties  sincerely  share  the  basic  goals 
eloquently  outlined  by  the  President  last  week:  security,  savings, 
simplicity,  quality,  choice,  and  responsibility.  Bipartisan  common 
ground  is  also  growing  on  a  wide  range  of  important  details  in  this 
debate,   ranging  from    protections   for   persons    with    pre-existing 


health  conditions  to  the  need  for  standardization  of  medical  paper- 
work. 

Our  job  now  is  to  roll  up  our  sleeves  and  get  to  work  on  the 
tough  issues  over  which  we  differ. 

For  me,  a  major  concern  is  the  administration's  proposal  to  cre- 
ate massive  new  regional  insurance  monopolies  to  manage  and  reg- 
ulate nearly  all  aspects  of  health  care  in  the  United  States.  Most 
Americans  probably  don't  yet  realize  what  these  so-called  "health 
alliances"  will  mean  for  them — but  when  they  do,  I  doubt  they  will 
like  what  they  see. 

Under  this  new  system,  nearly  all  Americans  would  be  mandated 
to  buy  insurance  through  exclusive  regional  alliances  set  up  by  the 
States.  Accountable  to  virtually  no  one  but  government,  the  alli- 
ances would  have  broad  regulatory  authority  to  decide  which 
health  plans  consumers  can  choose  and  what  these  plans  will  look 
like — as  well  as  to  dictate  monopoly  rules  to  health  plans,  doctors, 
and  hospitals. 

In  my  view,  powerful  and  regulatory  alliances  insert  an 
unneeded,  bureaucratic,  and  authoritarian  level  of  control  into  a 
system  already  clogged  with  rules  and  paperwork.  The  last  thing 
we  need  is  a  new  layer  of  middlemen  processing  our  health  care 
dollars. 

If  the  President  wants  simplicity,  this  is  not  the  way  to  achieve 
it.  A  better  alternative  would  be  to  build  reform  around  small  and 
voluntary  purchasing  cooperatives.  Combined  with  a  uniform  bene- 
fit package,  community  rating  premiums,  and  risk-adjustment 
among  health  plans,  voluntary  cooperatives  could  give  small  pur- 
chasers the  market  clout  they  need,  but  without  requiring  costly 
and  cumbersome  apparatus  of  massive  alliances. 

The  huge  cost  and  questionable  financing  of  the  White  House 
proposal  is  another  area  where  I  have  serious  questions.  Can  we 
trust  the  numbers?  Are  we  putting  promises  ahead  of  payment?  Is 
cutting  Medicare  and  Medicaid  to  pay  for  new  entitlements  just  an- 
other way  of  robbing  Peter  to  pay  Paul? 

Can  we  ever  end  cost-shifting  if  we  do  not  integrate  Medicare 
into  the  new  system?  Moreover,  can  we  justify  creating  a  new  enti- 
tlement for  early  retirees  when  our  existing  entitlements  are  burst- 
ing at  the  seams?  And  most  important,  can  the  American  taxpayer 
really  afford  the  cost  of  guaranteeing  a  Fortune-500  plan  to  every- 
one? 

Like  many,  I  am  also  concerned  about  the  administration's  pro- 
posal to  mandate  that  every  employer  pay  80  percent  of  the  cost 
of  providing  insurance  to  its  employees.  Even  factoring  for  the  sub- 
sidies the  President  proposes,  the  impact  of  the  mandate  on  small 
business  through  reduced  wages  and  lost  jobs  could  be  great. 

In  Kansas  74  percent  of  businesses  have  fewer  than  9  employees. 
Many  of  these  small  firms  have  very  narrow  profit  margins,  which 
means  that  even  a  capped  mandate  of  only  3.5  percent  of  payroll 
could  mean  the  difference  between  breaking  even  and  going  under. 
A  further  drawback  to  the  administration's  mandate  proposal  is  the 
complex  tangle  of  subsidies  it  would  establish. 

Finally,  on  the  issue  of  cost  containment,  I  am  pleased  that  the 
administration  has  adopted  a  version  of  my  own  proposal  to  limit 
the  rate  of  growth  in  insurance  premiums.  I  believe  this  basic  ap- 


proach  offers  a  way  to  firmly  restrain  costs,  but  with  a  relative 
minimum  of  bureaucratic  micromanagement.  I  am  extremely  trou- 
bled, however,  by  the  rapid  and  heavy-  handed  way  such  premium 
limits  would  be  implemented  under  the  White  House  plan.  Forcing 
premiums  down  to  CPI  over  just  2  years  is  realistic — and  if  en- 
acted, such  severe  reductions  could  do  serious  harm  to  our  health 
care  system. 

These  and  other  questions  will  take  time  to  work  through,  but 
I  am  to  eager  for  the  challenge  and  look  forward  to  beginning  the 
process  here  today. 

The  Chairman.  Mrs.  Clinton,  we  would  be  glad  to  hear  from  you. 

We  will  have  a  5-minute  time  limitation  for  the  members.  Thank 
you  very  much. 

STATEMENT  OF  HILLARY  RODHAM  CLINTON 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator 
Kassebaum.  I  want  to  begin  by  thanking  the  members  of  this  com- 
mittee for  the  consultation  and  advice  that  you  have  given  me  over 
the  last  months.  I  have  met  not  only  with  this  committee  several 
times,  but  with  many  of  the  members  individually  numerous  times, 
and  I  am  very  grateful  for  the  assistance  that  you  have  given  me. 

It  is  an  historic  opportunity  as  we  come  together  in  this  Senate 
caucus  room.  This  is  a  place  where  much  of  America's  history  has 
been  played  out.  It  is  a  place  where,  years  ago,  President  Kennedy 
announced  his  campaign  for  the  Presidency.  Eight  years  later,  Sen- 
ator Robert  Kennedy  announced  his  own  Presidential  candidacy 
here. 

Your  family,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  your  commitment  to  health  care 
reform  bears  special  notice.  It  is  a  commitment  that  goes  back  25 
years,  and  you  have  added  your  own  stamp  to  our  history  in  this 
room  and  your  name  has  been  attached  to  every  piece  of  health  leg- 
islation that  has  passed  through  Congress.  So  I  am  especially 
grateful  that  we  would  have  this  opportunity  to  begin  this  discus- 
sion about  the  future  of  health  care  reform  before  this  committee 
in  this  room. 

I  am  also  grateful  because  this  committee  has  shown  a  welcome 
and  courageous  spirit  of  bipartisanship  when  addressing  difficult 
social  problems.  For  the  good  of  the  Nation  of  many  occasions,  you 
have  put  aside  partisan  and  ideological  differences.  That  tradition 
of  open-mindedness  and  courage  will  be  beneficial  to  all  of  us  as 
we  work  toward  lasting,  substantive  health  care  reform  in  the 
months  ahead. 

Like  you,  I  have  had  the  opportunity  to  travel  around  the  coun- 
try and  listen  to  thousands  and  thousands  of  ordinary  Americans 
talk  about  health  care.  I  have  listened  to  the  employed,  the  self- 
employed,  the  unemployed,  those  who  labor  in  our  factories,  on  our 
farms,  in  our  offices,  those  who  never  have  had  to  worry  about 
health  care  because  of  their  financial  affluence. 

I  have  read  letters  from,  I  think,  every  State  represented  here 
that  came  in  amongst  the  more  than  700,000  pieces  of  mail  re- 
ceived at  the  White  House  from  citizens  pouring  their  hearts  out, 
sharing  their  stories,  and  offering  their  suggestions.  Nothing  is 
more  important  to  our  Nation  than  ensuring  that  every  American 


has  comprehensive  health  care  benefits  that  can  never  be  taken 

3.W3.V 

When  the  President  laid  out  his  goals  for  health  care  reform,  he 
was  committed  to  building  on  what  is  right  in  our  current  system 
and  fixing  what  is  wrong.  That  principle  will  guide  us  throughout 
this  debate.  We  want  to  preserve  and  strengthen  the  high  quality 
of  medical  care  that  is  a  trademark  of  our  Nation — our  unrivaled 
doctors,  nurses,  hospitals,  and  sophisticated  technology.  We  also 
want  to  honor  every  family's  desire  to  choose  a  doctor  and  other 
health  care  providers. 

At  the  same  time,  we  have  to  be  equally  committed  to  fixing 
what  is  clearly  broken.  Each  month,  more  than  two  million  people 
lose  their  health  insurance  for  some  period  of  time.  Every  day, 
thousands  discover  that,  despite  years  of  working  hard  and  provid- 
ing for  their  families,  they  are  no  longer  covered.  Every  hour  hun- 
dreds who  need  care  wind  up  in  our  emergency  rooms  because  they 
have  no  health  care  insurance. 

These  are  not  isolated  and  individual  tragedies  because  every 
person  who  loses  health  benefits,  who  is  denied  health  insurance, 
is  part  of  a  growing  national  problem.  This  is  a  problem  that  is  not 
only  causing  human  tragedies,  but  undermining  our  social  fabric, 
reducing  our  Nation's  productivity,  draining  our  Federal  and  State 
budgets,  as  well  as  denying  hard-working  Americans  the  kind  of 
wage  increases  that  they  deserve  to  have  because  their  compensa- 
tion is  so  heavily  weighted  now  toward  health  benefits  instead  of 

You  have,  as  I  have,  heard  the  stories  about  those  insurers,  40 
percent  of  whom  refuse  coverage  to  people  with  so-called  preexist- 
ing conditions.  Up  to  30  percent  of  employees  report  they  are  afraid 
to  switch  jobs  for  fear  they  will  lose  their  health  insurance,  and 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  people  are  locked  into  our  unproductive 
welfare  system  because  to  leave  welfare  would  mean  giving  up 
Medicaid  benefits.  The  harmful  effects  of  the  rising  health  care 
costs  on  our  work  force  and  on  our  Nation  cannot  be  overestimated. 

I  think  all  of  us  as  we  move  through  this  debate  have  to  put  our- 
selves into  the  lives  and  into  the  terrible  stories  that  we  all  know 
as  well:  to  really  know  what  it  feels  like  to  be  the  most  qualified 
applicant  for  a  job  but  be  told  you  can't  be  hired  because  your  child 
has  an  illness  that  will  drive  up  the  company's  health  care  pre- 
miums; to  be  told  that  if  you  leave  the  job  you  have  to  take  a  better 
opportunity,  which  is  the  American  dream,  to  move  to  another  city 
and  move  up  the  ladder  of  success,  you  will  lose  your  health  care 
coverage.  Imagine  the  disillusionment  of  those  people  who  have 
worked  so  hard  all  their  lives  who  now,  because  of  economic 
changes,  lose  that  job,  are  laid  off,  and  find  themselves  without 
health  care  coverage. 

Today,  the  average  worker  pays  $7,423  for  health  care  each  year. 
If  we  don't  change  our  system  now,  that  amount  will  rise  to 
$12,386  by  the  year  2000,  and  as  the  average  worker's  bill  for 
health  care  goes  up,  his  or  her  real  wages  will  decrease  by  about 
$655  a  year  by  the  end  of  the  decade.  Today,  the  trade  we  are  offer- 
ing American  workers  is  to  give  up  any  wage  increases  that  they 
deserve  and  that  they  have  earned  in  return  for  less  health  care 
coverage  and  less  health  security. 


When  I  was  with  you  in  Massachusetts  last  spring,  Mr.  Chair- 
man, we  met  a  number  of  small  business  owners  and  had  a  con- 
versation with  them.  One  man  particularly  stays  in  my  mind.  He 
owned  a  small  family  bowling  alley.  He  also  manufactured  great  ice 
cream,  homemade,  right  there  at  the  alley.  He  had  one  longtime 
employee.  That  is  the  only  person  he  employed,  and  that  man  s  son 
became  seriously  ill.  As  a  result  of  the  boy's  illness,  the  cost  of  that 
very  small  business'  health  insurance  premiums  went  up. 

As  I  am  sure  you  remember,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  bowling  alley 
owner  told  us  with  tears  in  his  eyes  how  confounded  and  confused 
he  was  by  being  left  with  the  choice  of  either  firing  his  longtime 
employee,  denying  the  man  coverage  for  his  family  wnen  he  needed 
it  most,  or  continuing  to  pay  the  rising  cost  of  nealth  premiums, 
knowing  that  that  increasing  cost  could  undermine  the  success  of 
his  family  business. 

In  our  current  system,  stories  like  these  have  become  too  com- 
mon. That  is  why  we  must  finally  ensure  that  every  American  citi- 
zen has  comprehensive  health  benefits  that  can  never  be  taken 
away,  not  when  you  lose  a  job,  not  when  you  change  jobs,  not  when 
you  move,  and  not  when  someone  in  your  family  gets  sick. 

We  have  learned  probably  more  about  the  technicalities  and  de- 
tails of  health  care  and  the  way  it  is  delivered  in  this  country  in 
the  last  months  than  any  of  us  ever  knew  before.  But  what  I  know 
most  and  what  I  care  about  most  is  what  I  have  learned  from  per- 
sonal experiences.  Because  when  you  strip  all  the  technical  details 
away,  what  health  care  really  matters  is  what  is  there  for  you 
when  you  need  it. 

Those  of  us  who  are  well-insured,  those  of  us  who  do  not  have 
to  worry  about  getting  the  best  care  that  can  be  offered  anywhere 
in  the  world,  I  hope  will  always  keep  in  mind  the  mothers  and  the 
fathers  and  the  sisters  and  the  brothers  and  the  children  of  this 
country  who  do  not  share  that  sense  of  security. 

We  want  to  emphasize  primary  and  preventive  health  care  as 
well  because  we  think  that  will  save  us  money  and  provide  more 
security  for  all  Americans.  We  want  to  extend  prescription  drug 
benefits  to  all  Americans,  but  particularly  older  Americans,  be- 
cause we  have  heard  more  about  the  costs  of  prescription  drug  in- 
creases than  probably  any  other  issue  from  older  Americans. 

We  want  to  be  sure  that  we  begin  to  provide  long-term  care  for 
older  Americans.  The  choices  we  now  pose  to  families  are  just  un- 
conscionable in  many  instances — spend  yourself  into  poverty  in 
order  to  find  a  safe,  secure  nursing  home  for  your  family.  You  can't 
get  care  for  taking  care  of  that  family  member  in  your  home.  You 
can't  get  reimbursed  for  a  much  cheaper  form  of  care  in  your  com- 
munity. All  that  is  available  is  a  nursing  home. 

We  also  want  to  be  sure  that  everyone's  health  care  needs  are 
taken  care  of,  and  I  want  to  say  a  particular  word  about  women's 
health  care  needs.  For  too  long,  women  have  been  relegated  to  the 
fringes  of  medical  research  and  medical  care.  The  leading  cause  of 
death  among  women  in  our  country  is  coronary  disease,  but  until 
recently  women  were  routinely  excluded  from  major  coronary  clini- 
cal trials,  and  I  want  to  thank  this  committee  for  its  leadership  in 
including  women  where  they  rightfully  belong,  at  the  forefront  of 
being  taken  care  of  in  our  health  care  system. 


But  we  still  have  a  ways  to  go.  We  need  to  focus  on  other  dis- 
eases such  as  osteoporosis.  We  need  to  provide  diagnostic  tests  like 
mammography  and  pap  smears.  We  need  to  be  sure  that  women, 
who  are  the  primary  caretakers  of  our  families,  are  taken  care  of. 

By  ensuring  comprehensive  benefits  to  all  Americans,  by  empha- 
sizing primary  and  preventive  health  care  that  saves  money  and 
keeps  people  healthy,  and  by  devoting  more  attention  to  the  special 
health  problems  of  women,  we  can  control  costs  and  build  a 
healthier  Nation  and  make  our  economy  and  our  work  force  more 
productive. 

I  want  to  thank  the  members  of  this  committee  for  the  assistance 
you  have  already  given  to  us,  and  thank  you  ahead  of  time  for 
what  I  know  will  be  a  very  productive  and  fruitful  relationship  as 
we  move  forward  to  solve  this  problem. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mrs.  Clinton.  I  think  as 
we  examine  the  proposal,  there  is  obviously  a  long  list  of  detailed 
questions  that  come  to  mind,  a  number  of  which  we  will  examine 
today.  But  I  think  it  is  important  that  we  don't  lose  sight  of  the 
real  importance  of  this  program  and  how  it  will  affect  families  all 
over  the  country. 

I  was  wondering  if  you  could  really  elaborate  for  just  a  moment 
about  what  this  program  will  mean  to  most  American  families.  I 
don't  like  to  use  the  word  "average"  because  no  one  is  average,  but 
how  would  you  describe  for  most  working  families  what  this  pro- 
gram really  means  to  them,  for  their  situation  today  and  for  their 
future? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  think  that  is  exactly  the  right 
question  to  ask  because  we  have  to  look  at  what  we  want  to  do  to 
try  to  increase  security  for  Americans,  and  particularly  American 
families.  I  would  describe  the  impact  on  most  families  in  terms  of 
security,  and  break  it  down  into  several  different  kinds  of  security. 

I  would  start  by  the  obvious  that  we  will  be  able  to  look  every 
American  in  the  eye  and  say  that  they  are  guaranteed  health  secu- 
rity. The  health  security  card  that  the  President  held  up  during  his 
speech  is  a  symbol  of  what  we  mean  when  we  will  be  able  to  say 
that.  Every  American  who  is  entitled  to  that  card  will  have  one, 
and  standing  behind  it  will  be  a  guaranteed  set  of  benefits. 

I  think  we  will  also  be  able  to  tell  American  families  that  they 
will  be  more  economically  secure.  Right  now,  what  has  happened 
over  the  past  decades  is  that  most  American  families  have  seen 
their  standard  of  living  either  stagnate  or  begin  to  diminish  be- 
cause wage  increases  have  not  been  able  to  keep  up  with  inflation 
at  the  rate  that  they  did  in  the  decades  previous  to  the  1970's  and 
1980's. 

Many  American  families  feel  immense  economic  insecurity,  and 
what  they  may  not  realize  is  how  our  rising  health  care  costs — the 
burdens  that  have  been  imposed  on  both  government,  and  particu- 
larly business,  is  directly  related  to  the  kind  of  economic  insecurity 
that  too  many  Americans  feel.  We  believe  that  we  will  be  able  to 
stabilize  the  amount  of  money  that  we  will  spend  on  health  care, 
and  because  of  that  we  will  be  able  to  bring  costs  down  for  many 
businesses.  As  a  result,  we  hope  we  will  begin  to  see  wages  react 
accordingly  and  economic  security  once  again  become  a  cornerstone 
of  American  working  life. 


8 

I  guess  I  would  finally  say,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  I  think  we  will 
provide  a  lot  of  psychological  security.  One  of  the  issues  that  wor- 
ries me  a  great  deal  is  how  alienated  and  how  insecure  many  of 
our  people  seem  to  be.  Clearly,  in  material  ways,  they  are  not  less 
well  off  than  my  parents  and  grandparents  were  during  the  De- 
pression, but  in  psychological  terms  they  feel  that  the  future  is 
closing  in  on  them,  that  they  aren't  taken  care  of,  that  they  can't 
count  on  their  children  having  the  same  kind  of  opportunities  as 

they  did. 

I  don't  think  there  is  anything  more  important  to  establish  than 
the  fact  that  they  will  not  have  to  worry  about  health  problems 
that  come  up  and  that  might  undermine  their  sense  of  security.  So 
in  those  very  important  respects,  I  think  we  will  find  through 
health  care  reform  not  only  what  we  will  be  taking  about  in  terms 
of  benefits  and  cost  containment  and  the  like,  but  we  will  find  a 
shift  in  attitude  among  our  people  that  will  render  them  more  se- 
cure. I  therefore  believe  our  citizens  will  be  more  productive,  and 
more  willing  to  face  the  future  with  the  kind  of  confidence  that  we 
need  in  America. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  that  is  a  certainly  an  enormously  impor- 
tant change  in  attitude  among  the  American  people  going  back  to 
kind  of  a  community  of  caring,  which  I  think  is  a  central  challenge 
of  this  society.  As  the  President  has  pointed  out  in  his  speech,  you 
can  also  be  for  this  program  because  it  gets  a  handle  on  the  Fed- 
eral deficit.  You  can  be  for  it  because  it  reduces  bureaucracy  for  the 
providers.  You  can  be  concerned  about  the  increasing  share  of  prof- 
its that  are  taken  away  from  American  businesses. 

But  I  think  for  many  who  want  this  program  enacted,  it  is  be- 
cause of  their  out-of-pocket  costs  to  doctors  and  to  hospitals,  are 
rising  beyond  their  ability  to  pay  and  I  think  many  people  will 
want  to  know  whether  this  program  is  really  going  to  do  something 
about  these  costs.  This  is  of  enormous  concern  to  most  Americans, 
those  that  have  health  insurance  as  well  as  those  that  don't.  What 
kind  of  impact  do  you  think  that  this  program  will  have  on  those 
working  Americans  and  others  who  have  seen  the  extraordinary  in- 
crease in  out-of-pocket  costs? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Our  estimate  is,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  for  Ameri- 
cans who  are  currently  insured,  about  63  percent  will  have  the 
same  or  better  benefits  at  less  cost  or  the  same  cost,  and  that  in- 
cludes out-of-pockets,  it  includes  deductibles.  Individual  consumers 
will  be  able  to  make  choices  that  will  drive  those  costs  down  even 
lower  because  we  will,  we  believe,  through  this  reform  enhance  the 
number  of  choices  available  to  citizens.  If  they  want  to  choose  an 
organized  network  of  doctors  or  a  health  maintenance  organization 
that  has  very  low  or  no  co-pays,  they  will  be  able  to  do  that. 

Another  issue  that  is  very  important  to  many  families  is  that  we 
want  to  eliminate  the  lifetime  limit  kinds  of  considerations  that  in 
too  many  insurance  policies  have  required  people,  once  they  have 
exhausted  their  limits,  to  pay  out  of  their  own  pockets.  We  think 
that  if  you  are  insured,  you  should  be  insured  across  the  board. 

We  also  believe  that  we  should  bring  down  the  cost  of 
deductibles.  Deductibles  will  still  be  present,  but  will  be  set  at 
manageable  level.  So  if  we  take  into  account  all  of  these  costs,  we 
will  have,  we  believe,  a  significant  decrease  in  out-of-pocket  ex- 


penditures  both  for  the  premium  share  as  well  as  co-pays  and 
deductibles  for  many  people  who  are  currently  insured.  For  about 
20  to  22  percent  of  those  who  are  insured,  they  will  pay  a  little  bit 
more,  but  they  will  be  getting  more  comprehensive  benefits  because 
they  are  now  paying  too  much  for  catastrophic  or  major  medical 
policies,  often  with  a  very,  very  large  deductibles.  Those 
deductibles  will  be  dropped.  Their  benefits  will  increase.  So,  over 
a  lifetime,  they  will  also  realize  cost  savings,  even  though  initially 
they  may  pay  a  little  more. 

For  about  12  percent  of  the  people,  they  will  pay  more  for  about 
the  same  benefits.  Those  are  largely  young,  single  people  who  now 
benefit  from  an  insurance  system  that  is  really  skewed  in  their  di- 
rection because  those  of  us  who  are  older,  and  anyone  who  has  ever 
been  sick,  pays  much  more  than  they  should,  while  young  and  sin- 
gle people  pay  less  than  they  should  in  terms  of  being  part  of  an 
entire  community  pool.  So  they  will  pay  a  little  more  in  these  early 
years,  but  they  too  will  realize  benefits  over  their  lifetime. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Kassebaum. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Mrs.  Clinton,  as  you  know,  I  have  been  con- 
cerned about  the  health  alliance  structure  and  have  worried  about 
the  size,  the  monopolistic  purchasing  power,  and  the  sweeping  reg- 
ulatory authority  of  such  alliances.  I  would  like  to  ask  you  some 
questions  to  clear  up  just  how  these  entities  would  work. 

In  Kansas  there  are  only  6  employers  who  have  5,000  or  more 
employees.  Now,  it  is  my  understanding  that  5,000  employees  is 
the  cut-off  and  that  everyone  below  that  must  be  enrolled  in  and 
buy  insurance  through  the  alliance. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Senator,  it  is  5,000  nationwide.  So  if  there  are 
employers  in  Kansas  who  are  part  of  larger  companies,  even 
though  their  employment  levels  in  Kansas  may  be  less  than  5,000, 
if  the  aggregate  nationwide  is  5,000  or  above,  they  can  be  part  of 
a  self-insured  alliance. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Do  all  insurance  dollars  both  from  employ- 
ers and  employees — go  into  the  alliance? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Yes,  for  the  guaranteed  benefits  package.  Now, 
there  will  be,  we  anticipate,  not  only  supplemental  insurance,  but 
new  insurance  markets  for  products  like  long-term  care  and  those 
will  go  directly  to  insurers,  or  if  an  alliance  wants  to  contract  with 
an  insurer  in  order  to  handle  those  dollars,  it  could  be  done  that 
way.  But  there  will  still  be  an  insurance  market  outside  of  the  alli- 
ance. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  What  type  of  care  would  require  additional 
markets? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  For  anything  that  is  outside  the  guaranteed  bene- 
fits package,  so  that,  for  example,  if  a  person  wanted  more  mental 
health  benefits  or  long-term  nursing  home  care,  the  alliance  would 
be  able  to  offer  those  through  health  plans.  In  addition,  there  will 
also  be  an  independent  insurance  market  as  well  for  benefits  that 
people  want  to  buy  with  their  own  dollars  in  addition  to  the  pre- 
mium dollars. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Well,  for  instance,  if  you  are  with  Blue 
Cross/Blue  Shield  and  that  had  been  your  longtime  carrier,  but 
they  did  not  opt  to  go  into  the  alliance  or  the  alliance  didn't  include 


10 

them  as  part  of  the  insurers  participating,  do  you  have  any  choice 
at  that  point  of  where  you  go? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  Senator,  we  anticipate  that  Blue  Cross  and 
other  insurers  will  be  in  the  business  of  running  and  offering  the 
accountable  health  plans.  It  is  almost  inconceivable  to  envision 
that  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  would  not  opt  to  offer  a  plan — or  be 
ineligible  to  do  so — within  a  regional  alliance. 

In  our  conversations  with  a  number  of  insurance  companies, 
what  they  are  moving  toward  is  what  they  are  already  doing, 
which  is  to  help  organize  networks  of  physicians  and  hospitals  into 
the  delivery  points.  So  they  would,  in  effect,  become  the  managers 
of  the  accountable  health  plans. 

So  if  you  had  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield  now  and  the  Blue  Cross/ 
Blue  Shield  health  plan  were  one  of  your  choices,  much  as  we  now 
have  with  the  Federal  employees  plan,  you  might  very  well  con- 
tinue to  be  insured  by  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield. 

In  the  future,  in  the  alliances,  it  will  be  just  the  same  kind  of 
model  as  is  the  case  in  the  Federal  Government.  The  money  will 
go  into  the  alliance,  as  it  does  now  with  the  Federal  Government, 
but  the  choices  available  will  be  perhaps  the  local  HMO,  the  Blue 
Cross/Blue  Shield  health  plan.  Maybe  the  local  hospitals  have  cre- 
ated, you  know,  the  Lawrence,  KS,  plan  or  whatever  it  might  be. 
So  there  will  not  only  continue  to  be  a  role  for  insurance  companies 
in  managing  and  delivering  care,  but  we  anticipate  that  it  may 
even  be  an  expanded  role  in  that  area. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Could  you  go  outside  the  alliance  for  the 
purchase  of  your  insurance? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Let  me  walk  through  this.  If  you  are  an  employee 
now  or  an  employer,  you  make  your  premium  payments  directly  to 
the  insurer,  and  the  insurer  then  decides  in  some  instances  which 
doctors  or  hospitals  you  can  attend,  or  you  have  a  fee-for-service 
plan  and  then  you  pick  and  the  insurance  company  reimburses 
your  doctor. 

In  what  we  are  proposing,  the  alliance  is  the  body  to  which  the 
money  is  paid.  The  accountable  health  plans  are  what  you  now 
think  of  as  your  health  plan,  whether  it  is  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield, 
some  health  maintenance  organization,  or  some  other  form  of 
health  plan.  The  money  goes  into  the  alliance  so  it  can  be  pooled 
there.  We  propose  doing  it  this  way  because  we  want  to  get  the 
most  purchasing  power  possible — just  the  way  it  happens  now  with 
the  Federal  Government,  in  Minnesota  like  some  of  the  very  large 
purchasers  of  care  there,  or  in  California  like  the  CALPERS  sys- 
tem. They  are  formed  to  pool  purchasing  power.  Then  the  health 
plans  like  Blue  Cross  and  the  others  come  and  say,  we  can  deliver 
the  guaranteed  benefits  package  at  this  price. 

Then  each  year,  every  consumer,  as  you  do  now  with  the  Federal 
plan,  will  get  a  brochure  about  all  of  the  plans.  The  alliance  is 
merely  a  collection  agency.  Every  plan  that  is  qualified  has  the 
right  to  bid  for  your  money  and  you  then  tell  the  alliance,  send  my 
money  to  Blue  Cross,  and  that  is  how  you  get  your  health  care. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  I  just  got  a  note  that  I  have  2  minutes  re- 
maining, so  I  will  be  brief.  The  alliance  is  appointed  by  the  gov- 
ernor or  the  legislature  of  a  State,  is  that  correct? 


11 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  the  governors  think  that  it  ought  to  be  the 
governors.  The  legislators  think  they  ought  to  have  a  role. 
'  Senator  Kassebaum.  But  the  fact  is,  they  have  a  great  deal  of 
authority  in  setting  out  some  very  firm  guidelines  for  the  alliances. 
And  then  there  are  the  guidelines  of  the  national  board,  which  su- 
persede, do  they  not,  some  of  the  directions  the  alliances  receive 
from  the  States.? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  What  we  would  like  is  to  have  Federal  guidelines. 
For  example,  what  is  a  qualified  health  plan  and  what  is  the  bene- 
fits package?  Then  each  alliance  would  implement  those  Federal 
guidelines.  But  we  also  want  to  give  some  flexibility  to  alliances  be- 
cause we  know  that  western  Kansas  is  not  the  same  as  Kansas 
City.  So  we  want  some  flexibility  so  that  an  alliance  could  have 
some  opportunity  to  maybe  do  things  a  little  bit  differently  in  one 
part  of  the  State  from  the  other,  but  they  would  all  have  to  meet 
the  basic  Federal  guidelines  of  what  the  health  plans  would  have 
to  be. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Pell. 

Senator  Pell.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  I  congratulate  you 
in  choosing  this  room,  where  so  many  historic  events  have  oc- 
curred, for  this  hearing  on  a  subject  and  a  program  whose  time  has 
come.  We  are  seizing  it,  and  I  hope  under  the  leadership  of  Mrs. 
Clinton  we  will  move  ahead  with  it. 

I  think  the  affection  and  regard  of  the  country  for  you  was  shown 
at  the  joint  session  speech  when  the  applause  was  louder  than  I 
have  heard  for  anybody  who  was  not  the  principal  speaker  himself 
in  the  33  years  I  have  been  in  the  Senate.  The  affection  and  regard 
is  universal,  I  think. 

The  question  specifically  that  I  have  in  mind  concerns  unemploy- 
ment. This  little  chart^-your  eyes  may  be  better  than  mine  and  you 
can  see — shows  that  the  unemployment  in  my  State  of  Rhode  Is- 
land is  far  worse  than  it  is  on  average  in  the  country  as  a  whole. 
Who  would  pay  the  premiums  on  this  health  plan  when  one  is  un- 
employed? Would  it  be  the  employer?  There  is  no  employer.  Would 
it  be  the  public,  or  who? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  It  would  be  the  public  through  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment. The  Federal  Government  will  provide  the  insurance  share 
for  the  unemployed,  and  when  someone  is  employed  there  will  be 
a  combination  of  contributions  from  the  employer  and  employee.  In 
some  cases,  such  as  for  small  businesses  who  have  low  wage  em- 
ployees, will  underwrite  discounts  for  the  health  premium  contribu- 
tion. 

Senator  Pell.  In  that  regard,  how  does  this  little  health  security 
card  work  that  I  have  seen?  It  was  presented  to  me.  It  has  got 
somebody  else's  name  on  it,  I  regret  to  say,  but  how  does  it  work, 
in  fact?  Is  it  like  a  charge  card  or  credit  card? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  That  is  the  way  we  would  like  to  see  it  work  be- 
cause one  of  the  ways  we  think  we  can  save  billions  of  dollars  in 
this  system  is  to  move  toward  electronic  billing,  to  move  toward 
single  forms  to  try  to  simplify  the  collection  of  the  health  care  dol- 
lars. So,  yes,  we  would  like  to  see  the  health  security  card  working 
very  much  like  a  credit  card  in  which  we  will  have  much  more 


12 

economies  of  scale  in  terms  of  collecting  and  paying  out  money 
throughout  the  system. 

Senator  Pell.  Thank  you.  The  columnist,  Ann  Landers,  wrote  a 
column  which,  without  objection,  I  would  like  to  see  inserted  in  the 
record. 

The  Chairman.  It  will  be  inserted. 

[The  column  referred  to  follows:] 

The  Washington  Post— September  19,  1993 

(By  Ann  Landers) 

Dear  Ann  Landers:  What  is  happening  to  our  beloved  country?  Every  time  I  pick 
up  a  newspaper,  I  read  yet  another  horrible  story  about  a  child  killed  by  gunfire. 

In  Chicago,  7-year-old  Dantrell  Davis  was  shot  in  the  head  and  killed  as  he  was 
entering  his  school.  The  following  week,  three  teenagers  were  wounded  outside  their 
high  school  in  the  Bronx.  A  few  days  later,  three  more  teenagers  were  shot  near 
their  high  school  in  Brooklyn. 

I  have  three  children  under  12.  Since  they  were  tots,  I  have  instructed  them  to 
be  careful  when  crossing  the  street,  but  it  seems  they  are  in  greater  danger  of  being 
hit  by  a  bullet  than  by  a  car. 

What  is  going  on  that  puts  ordinary,  everyday  people  at  risk  of  being  shot?  Please 
explain  this  because  I  am  utterly — Baffled  in  Brooklyn. 

Dear  Brooklyn:  Fm  glad  you  asked  because  you've  provided  me  with  an  excellent 
opportunity  to  present  some  alarming  statistics. 

The  United  States  is  the  most  heavily  armed  Nation  on  earth.  Its  255  million  peo- 
ple possess  more  than  200  million  guns — 73  million  rifles,  66  million  handguns  and 
62  million  shotguns. 

In  1990,  2,874  boys  and  girls  19  years  of  age  and  younger  were  murdered  with 
guns.  According  to  Lou  Harris  pollsters,  four  out  of  10  teenagers  said  they  knew 
someone  who  had  been  shot. 

About  half  of  all  handgun  owners  keep  their  guns  loaded  at  all  times.  Whenever 
you  read  about  a  5-year-old  or  6-year-old  who  snot  a  playmate  or  himself,  you  be- 
come painfully  aware  that  the  child  somehow  managed  to  get  his  hands  on  a  loaded 
weapon. 

In  spite  of  all  the  terrible  things  guns  are  doing  to  our  lives,  Congress  still  hasn't 
passed  the  Brady  bill.  This  bill  asks  only  for  a  waiting  period  of  five  working  days 
so  a  background  check  can  be  made  on  gun  purchasers. 

American  women  have  been  taught  to  fear  violent  crime  by  strangers.  The  gun 
industry  is  using  this  fear  to  sell  guns  to  women  under  the  guise  that  guns  will  pro- 
tect them.  This  is  false.  According  the  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine,  a  handgun 
in  the  home  is  43  times  more  likely  to  be  used  to  kill  the  owner,  a  family  member 
or  a  friend  than  to  kill  an  intruder. 

The  National  Rifle  Association  is  the  most  powerful  special  interest  group  in  the 
country.  The  extremists  who  control  the  NRA  spend  more  than  $100  million  a  year 
to  defeat  every  gun  law  proposed.  The  NRA  has  lobbied  shamelessly  against  ban- 
ning machine  guns,  plastic  pistols  and  cop-killer  bullets  designed  to  pierce  bullet- 
proof vests. 

America  is  the  most  violent  Nation  in  the  world.  To  give  you  some  notion  of  just 
how  violent  it  is,  here  are  some  comparisons:  In  1990,  handguns  murdered  10  jpeople 
in  Australia,  22  in  Great  Britain,  68  in  Canada  and  10,567  in  the  United  States. 
The  easy  availability  of  handguns  is  at  the  root  of  this  problem.  The  NRA  says, 
"Guns  don't  kill  people,  people  kill  people."  Of  course  they  do.  But  they  use  guns 
to  do  it. 

Senator  Pell.  It  points  out  the  number  of  deaths  from  guns.  As 
you  may  know,  the  annual  cost  of  hospital  care  associated  with 
firearms  treatment  is  about  $1  billion.  In  Rhode  Island  alone,  the 
estimated  annual  health  care  costs  attributable  to  those  killed  by 
firearms  between  1984  and  1990  was  about  $22  million. 

What  would  be  your  reaction  to  the  thought  of  introducing  legis- 
lation that  would  have  a  tax  on  firearms  with  that  tax  devoted  to 
the  health  plan? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  Senator,  that  is  not  part  of  the  President's 
proposal,  but  I  think  that  there  is  interest  in  that  proposal.  I  was 


13 

asked  the  same  question  yesterday  in  the  House,  and  targeting 
some  kind  of  payment  for  violent  crime  to  our  health  care  system 
might  be  something  worth  considering. 

Senator  Pell.  Another  question  is  on  research  in  hospitals.  We 
have  in  my  State  some  very  fine  teaching  hospitals,  and  I  am  curi- 
ous how  the  President's  health  plan  will  impact  on  their  quality. 
As  you  know,  when  you  have  a  research  institution,  it  increases  the 
quality  of  care.  It  also  increases  the  expense. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  That  is  a  very  important  question  and  one  that 
we  have  talked  a  lot  with  the  deans  of  our  various  medical  schools 
around  the  country  about.  We  believe  that  the  academic  health 
centers  ought  to  be  the  quality  foundation  for  this  health  care  plan. 
Rather  than  reinventing  the  wheel  and  creating  any  new  kind  of 
bureaucracy  or  entity  to  keep  track  of  quality  and  to  try  to  deter- 
mine outcomes  related  to  procedures,  we  would  like  to  see  that  re- 
search and  that  kind  of  quality  reporting  function  really  housed  in 
our  medical  schools  around  the  country.  We  think  they  are  fully  ca- 
pable of  doing  that  work. 

We  also  know  that  many  medical  schools  and  academic  health 
centers  have  higher  costs  because  the  care  that  they  deliver  is  so 
highly  specialized.  So  we  have  some  special  provisions  to  help  sup- 
port financially  those  academic  health  centers  so  that  they  are 
available  to  patients  not  only  in  the  States  where  they  are,  but  also 
around  the  country  if  they  have  developed  a  certain  technique  or 
procedure  that  should  be  used  because  of  its  importance.  In  short, 
we  take  very  seriously  the  role  of  the  academic  health  centers,  and 
have  some  provisions  that  we  think  will  strengthen  their  position 
in  the  health  care  system. 
Senator  Pell.  Thank  you  very  much. 
Mrs.  Clinton.  Thank  you,  Senator. 
The  Chairman.  Senator  Jeffords. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  First,  I  want  to 
commend  Senator  Kassebaum  for  all  of  her  help  and  leadership  on 
our  side  of  the  aisle,  and  I  want  to  commend  you,  Mr.  Chairman, 
for  your  efforts  leading  up  to  this  important  occasion.  I  know  that 
you  are  delighted,  as  I  am,  that  the  process  is  now  underway  to 
finally  make  health  reform  a  reality. 

I  also  want  to  commend  you,  Mrs.  Clinton,  for  your  efforts,  par- 
ticularly for  your  and  your  staffs  willingness  to  work  with  all  of 
us,  my  party  especially.  I  know  it  was  helpful  for  us  and  I  hope 
it  was  helpful  for  you. 

I  am  sure  managing  your  task  force  of  500  was  a  tough  job,  but 
I  suspect  it  was  nothing  compared  to  the  task  force  of  535  that  are 
here  on  Capitol  Hill  that  you  now  have  to  deal  with.  Thus,  the 
toughest  part  certainly  remains  before  us. 

The  principles  that  guide  your  effort  and  most  of  the  major  policy 
choices  you  have  made  mirror  my  own.  You  have  made  a  great 
start,  but  a  vast  amount  of  work  still  needs  to  be  done.  I  hope  we 
can  improve  upon  your  proposal,  particularly  with  regard  to  financ- 
ing, bringing  costs  down,  and  promoting  good  health.  To  do  so,  I 
am  convinced,  will  require  the  talents  and  energy  of  Republicans 
as  well  as  Democrats.  No  party  has  a  monopoly  on  wisdom  or  expe- 
rience. You,  in  your  role  as  the  first  navigator,  know  better  than 
most  that  we  are  sailing  into  largely  uncharted  waters. 


14 

I  think  it  is  critical  to  the  country  that  this  be  a  bipartisan  effort. 
I  know  of  no  better  way  to  ensure  it  than  to  ioin  as  a  cosponsor 
of  your  legislation  upon  its  introduction.  I  will  do  so,  but  I  want 
to  do  more  than  this.  I  want  this  bill  to  be  broadly  bipartisan,  and 
I  pledge  to  do  what  I  can  to  make  this  a  bill  Republican  colleagues 
can  support. 

I  have  been  thinking  about  our  Nation's  health  care  problems  for 
many  years  and  have  definite  ideas  on  what  our  health  care  goals 
ought  to  be  and  how  they  can  be  accomplished.  I  don't  think  any- 
one would  disagree  with  the  administration's  goals.  Everyone  in 
this  Nation  needs  the  security  of  knowing  that  no  matter  whatever 
else  happens  in  their  life,  they  can  count  on  the  fact  that  they  have 
good,  quality  health  care.  We  need  a  much  simpler  health  care  sys- 
tem with  far  less  paperwork.  Finally,  we  need  to  be  sure  that  our 
new  system  will  get  health  care  costs  under  control. 

I  look  forward  to  working  with  you  and  the  administration  and 
my  colleagues  on  both  sides  of  the  aisle  in  this  essential  effort.  I 
agree  witn  the  administration's  approach  and  will  do  what  I  can 
to  ensure  that  the  historic  proposal  becomes  law  next  year. 

Now,  a  question. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  May  I  iust  say  thank  you  very  much,  Senator  Jef- 
fords. I  know  that  you  share  the  President's  and  my  belief  that  this 
is  an  issue  beyond  partisan  politics,  and  I  think  most  of  the  mem- 
bers of  this  body  share  that  same  belief.  We  will  look  forward  to 
working  with  you  and  other  Republicans.  We  have  learned  a  great 
deal  from  you  and  the  work  that  you  had  done.  I  read  vour  bill, 
I  read  Senator  Kassebaum's  bill.  We  learned  a  lot  about  the  appro- 
priate way  to  address  our  health  care  needs,  and  I  am  very  grateful 
for  your  commitment  today  to  be  a  cosponsor  and  to  work  with  us 
so  that  we  can  make  sure  that  this  issue  is  beyond  politics  and  that 
we  get  the  very  best  possible  resolution  for  the  American  people. 

Senator  Jeffords.  I  thank  you  for  those  words,  and  we  are  all 
dedicated  to  help. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Jeffords.  First,  I  want  to  applaud  your  efforts  with  re- 
spect to  State  flexibility.  Some  might  accuse  me  of  being  a  little  pa- 
rochial in  this,  but  you  know  Vermont  has  been  working  very,  very 
hard  to  come  forth  with  their  own  health  care  plan.  They  are  con- 
cerned, though,  that  they  may  be  restricted  by  the  national  plan 
which  we  come  forth  with.  So  I  think  success  in  reform  and  getting 
it  approved  depends  upon  the  States  being  able  to  support  it. 

I  understand  that  you  have  indicated  an  openness  to  change,  but 
to  what  extent  do  you  feel  State  flexibility  is  important  to  your  pro- 
posal? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  I  think  it  is  very  important,  Senator,  and  Ver- 
mont is  just  one  of  several  States  that  has  shown  tremendous  lead- 
ership in  moving  ahead  and  really  demonstrating  to  the  country 
the  kinds  of  steps  that  needed  to  be  taken.  So  we  want  to  maximize 
State  flexibility. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  have  to  recognize  that  there  are  States 
that  have  been  very  blunt  in  saying  they  don't  want  anything  to 
do  with  health  care  reform.  It  is  not  an  issue  they  feel  comfortable 
tackling  and  they  don't  want  the  responsibility.  So  striking  the 
right  balance  between  those  States  that  really  should  be  encour- 


15 

aged  to  move  forward  and  the  kind  of  Federal  program  that  will 
be  needed  to  ensure  security  for  every  American  so  that  States  that 
don't  want  to  be  move  forward  will  be  motivated  to  do  so  is  what 
we  are  trying  to  achieve.  We  will  certainly  look  forward  to  working 
with  you  in  making  sure  we  strike  that  right  balance. 

I  personally  prefer  maximum  flexibility.  I  think  the  problems  in 
Vermont  are  different  from  the  problems  in  Arkansas,  and  I  want 
both  States  to  deal  with  them  responsibly. 

Senator  Jeffords.  My  final  question  will  test  a  little  bit  of  that 
flexibility  in  the  sense  of  the  State  of  Vermont's  desires.  My  ques- 
tion is,  under  the  Clinton  plan  will  the  State  of  Vermont  will  al- 
lowed to  require  that  doctors  be  paid  the  same  rate  whether  they 
see  someone  young  or  old  or  whether  they  work  for  a  large  com- 
pany or  a  small  company? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  You  mean  an  all-payor  rate  system  for  physi- 
cians? 

Senator  Jeffords.  An  all-payor  rate  system. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Yes.  I  was  asked  that  question  yesterday  by 
Maryland.  Maryland  already  has  an  all-payor  hospital  system. 
They  are  developing  an  all-payor  physician  system,  and  I  think 
that  that  is  one  of  those  areas  that  we  would  permit  States  to  move 
forward  on  if  that  is  what  they  thought  was  in  their  best  interests. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you.  I  look  forward  to  working  with 
you.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator. 

The  Chairman.  I  just  want  to  express  our  appreciation  to  Sen- 
ator Jeffords  for  his  support.  We  are  obviously  eager  to  work  with 
all  of  our  colleagues  to  try  and  find  common  ground. 

Senator  Metzenbaum. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Mrs.  Clinton,  as  I  sat  here,  I  was  thinking 
to  myself  that  you  and  your  husband  are  truly  unique  because  both 
you  and  your  husband  are  knowledgeable  about  the  specifics  of  this 
program.  I  have  served  here  with  five  different  Presidents,  but  I  re- 
member the  record  of  many  other  Presidents  as  well,  and  I  don't 
remember  any  other  President,  and  certainly  no  other  Presidential 
spouse,  that  was  as  fully  involved  and  fully  knowledgeable  about 
a  legislative  program  as  the  two  of  you  are. 

Your  husband  the  other  evening,  the  President,  took  questions 
for  over  2  hours,  and  then,  as  I  understand  it,  stayed  for  another 
hour  answering  additional  questions.  I  think  the  American  people 
probably  have  not  realized  that  you  are  just  totally  unique  in  the 
fact  that  you  have  not  only  said  I  am  for  this  program,  this  great 
piece  of  legislation,  I  will  sign  it,  whatever  the  case  may  be,  but 
you  know  this  program.  You  are  a  part  of  it,  you  helped  create  it, 
as  well  as  did  the  President,  and  I  think  the  American  people  have 
a  right  to  be  very  proud. 

As  I  sat  here  this  morning  and  I  heard  my  colleague,  Senator 
Jeffords,  speak,  I  said  to  myself  I  don't  know  what  it  is  that  creates 
Republicans  of  that  flavor,  but  he  follows  Bob  Stafford  and  George 
Aiken,  and  I  feel  very  proud  to  have  the  privilege  of  serving  with 
him. 

Having  said  that,  let  me  ask  you  a  couple  of  questions.  We  are 
talking  about  a  program  that  now  costs  about  $940  billion  a  year, 
almost  $1  trillion  a  year.  I  am  concerned  to  see  how  we  go  about 


16 

consumer  control,  not  only  window  dressing,  but  actually  having 
consumer  rights.  We  will  have  health  alliances,  50  percent  by  em- 
ployers, 50  percent  by  consumers,  but  the  employers  will  be  an  in- 
tegrated group  in  all  probability;  they  will  work  together. 

I  am  concerned  about  how  does  the  consumer,  really  the  Amer- 
ican public,  get  their  voice  heard  and  have  a  right  to  control  this 
system,  not  just  be  a  party  to  it. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  Senator,  we  believe  that  the  principal  dif- 
ference in  what  we  are  proposing  is  that  for  the  first  time  ever  con- 
sumers will  be  making  the  decisions  that  count.  They  will  be  decid- 
ing which  health  plan  they  will  join. 

To  go  back  to  Senator  Kassebaum's  inquiry,  it  will  be  the 
consumer,  not  the  employer  and  not  the  alliance  and  not  any  gov- 
ernment agency,  whether  it  be  Medicaid  or  anything  else,  who  will 
determine  what  health  plan  a  particular  individual  decides  to  join. 
Every  year,  consumers  will  be,  in  effect,  voting  with  their  feet.  If 
they  are  not  satisfied  with  the  service  they  got  or  they  have  met 
somebody  that  they  prefer  in  a  different  plan,  well,  they  will  be 
able  to  make  that  decision.  As  a  result,  the  ultimate  market  and 
competitive  forces  that  we  think  will  lead  to  high-quality  health 
care  being  delivered  most  efficiently  will  rest  upon  millions  and 
millions  of  individual  consumer  decisions.  The  richest  person  and 
the  poorest  person  will  have  the  same  vote  because  they  will  each 
decide  where  they  want  to  go,  and  that  will  make  a  difference  in 
how  health  care  is  delivered. 

Second,  as  you  point  out,  the  kind  of  alliance  structure  that  we 
are  envisioning  will  be  governed  by  an  employer  representative  and 
consumer  representative  board,  with  consumers  having  50  percent 
of  the  seats. 

I  would  anticipate  with  the  kind  of  interest  in  health  care  that 
we  are  now  seeing,  there  will  be  a  very  active  consumer  constitu- 
ency in  which  people  will  be  making  all  kinds  of  judgments  about 
health  plans.  We  will  be  getting  information  out  to  each  other.  I 
think  we  will  see  a  lot  of  very  positive  consumer  activity. 

Then  the  last  thing  I  would  say  is  that  for  the  first  time  consum- 
ers will  have  good  information  about  quality  and  will  be  able  to 
make  decisions.  That  will  in  turn,  I  hope,  drive  the  hospitals,  the 
physicians,  the  insurers  and  others  to  be  responsive  because  they 
will  have  to  deliver  the  quality  information  and  then  it  will  serve 
as  a  basis  for  both  the  representatives  at  the  alliance  level  and  the 
individual  consumer  to  make  decisions. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Would  it  make  good  sense  to  put  some 
limit  on  administrative  expenses  that  see  to  it  that  insurance  com- 
panies operate  efficiently? 

As  you  know,  the  average  insurance  company  administrative  ex- 
penses today  run  about  25  percent.  Medicare  administrative  ex- 
penses run  about  3  percent  and  Canada  has  administrative  costs 
of  1  percent.  I  am  concerned  that,  whether  it  is  Blue  Cross/Blue 
Shield  or  the  Prudential  Insurance  Company  or  the  Metropolitan 
Life  Insurance  Company  or  whatever  the  case  may  be,  that  they 
all  will  build  in  a  tactor  of  high  administrative  costs.  I  am  con- 
cerned as  to  whether  there  will  not  be  enough  competition  to  drive 
that  down  and  whether  or  not  we  as  legislators  ought  to  be  placing 
some  limits  on  the  administrative  costs. 


17 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Senator,  I  do  not  believe  that  will  be  necessary  for 
the  following  reasons.  If  we  reform  the  insurance  market  and  we 
particularly  reform  the  nongroup  and  small-group  market,  we  will 
be  eliminating  a  lot  of  the  administrative  costs  that  currently  are 
in  the  insurance  system.  If  we  further  begin  to  eliminate  preexist- 
ing conditions  and  make  it  clear  that  people  cannot  be  denied  cov- 
erage on  the  basis  of  underwriting  and  determining  how  much  of 
a  risk  that  they  present,  that  will  eliminate  an  additional  very 
large  portion  of  the  administrative  expense  that  currently  drives  up 
costs  within  the  private  insurance  market. 

I  think  those  two  changes  will  have  a  big  impact  on  the  kinds 
of  decisions  that  insurers  make.  They  will  then  find  it  in  their  in- 
terest to  become  more  efficient  and  to  make  decisions  more  quickly 
on  the  basis  of  trying  to  get  the  highest  quality  care  to  people  at 
the  lowest  possible  price.  So,  I  do  not  think  that  we  need  to  regu- 
late that.  I  think  the  market  will  take  care  of  that  as  we  make  the 
kinds  of  changes  that  we  hope  you  will  make  in  the  legislation  to 
eliminate  preexisting  conditions  to  reform  the  insurance  market. 
The  administrative  load  will  go  down  dramatically. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Isn't  that  the  case  for  the  California  public  em- 
ployees, too?  They  are  at  about  1.5  percent  administrative  costs? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  That  is  right.  That  is,  in  effect,  a  very  large  alli- 
ance. It  has  been  able  to  drive  a  very  hard  bargain  with  the  insur- 
ers who  provide  the  services  through  the  plans  that  are  available 
to  the  members. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Coats. 

Senator  Coats.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman 

Mrs.  Clinton,  thank  you  for  appearing  before  us.  I  hope  I  am  not 
the  first  dark  cloud  to  appear  on  the  horizon  today  for  you.  I  hope 
what  I  say  is  not  interpreted  as  being  partisan  politics  because  I 
do  agree  with  every  member  on  this  committee  and  with  you  that 
there  are  inefficiencies  and  distortions  in  our  health  care  system 
that  are  robbing  people  of  care  that  they  need.  It  is  costing  all  of 
us  more  money  than  we  ought  to  spend.  I  think  we  all  agree  that 
reforms  are  needed  and  necessary.  The  question  is  not  whether, 
but  how  we  go  about  doing  it. 

I  have  joined  some  Senators  in  offering  a  proposal  to  deal  with 
those  reforms  that  is  different  than  what  you  are  advocating.  It  is 
primarily  different  because  it  is  based  on  some  different  assump- 
tions. I  would  like  to  just  outline  four  of  those  assumptions  and 
then  ask  the  question  as  to  whether  or  not  you  think  those  as- 
sumptions are  valid  or  invalid  and,  if  invalid,  why  and  how  we 
might  address  that. 

The  first  assumption  that  we  are  operating  under  is  that  govern- 
ment, for  all  of  its  good  intentions,  is  less  efficient  than  the  private 
sector.  My  experience  with  government  and  my  constituents'  expe- 
rience with  government  is  that  because  it  is  not  driven  by  a  market 
system  and  does  not  have  a  profit  motive,  it  is  less  efficient.  I  think 
anybody  who  stands  5  minutes  in  a  post  office  and  then  goes  and 
visits  UPS  sees  the  difference  between  a  government-run  operation 
and  a  private-run  operation,  if  we  look  at  the  State  level. 

I  just,  in  the  last  2  days,  have  gone  through  the  process  of  help- 
ing my   16-year-old  son  attain  a  driver's  license.   It  has  been  a 


18 

nightmare  for  my  wife  and  I  to  go  through  the  lines  and  the  forms 
and  delays  just  to  get  a  driver's  license. 

The  second  assumption  that  we  are  operating  under  is  that  the 
political  process  often,  almost  always,  overwhelms  the  marketplace. 
Outside  my  office  every  day  that  we  are  in  session,  there  is  a 
steady  stream  of  people  coming  to  try  to  influence  the  political 
process  saying,  include  our  program,  include  our  benefits.  Whether 
it  is  healtn  care  or  any  other  aspect  of  what  government  does,  it 
seems  that  the  ultimate  decision  is  not  a  marketplace  decision,  but 
a  political  decision. 

Therefore,  we  are  concerned  that  a  health  plan  which  basically 
says  these  are  the  benefits  that  will  be  available  will  simply  invite 
many  more  saying,  include  us.  Whether  it  makes  economic  sense 
or  not,  they  will  try  to  garner  enough  support  from  the  political 
process  to  be  included. 

Third,  it  is  my  experience  and  our  assumption  that  costs  that 
government  estimates  for  the  costs  of  a  program  are  always  gross- 
ly, grossly  underestimated.  I  went  back  and  looked  at  the  Congres- 
sional Record  for  when  we  enacted  Medicare  and  the  projections 
that  were  listed  by  Congress  for  expenditures  under  just  Part  A  of 
Medicare  for  19— they  ran  those  out  to  1990.  They  said  by  1990, 
we  would  be  spending  $9  billion  a  year  on  Part  A  Medicare.  The 
actual  expenditure  in  1990  was  $67  billion,  7  1/2  times  the  esti- 
mate. 

So,  we  may  estimate  figures  here  today  as  associated  with  this 
health  care  plan.  My  experience  is,  like  every  other  program  gov- 
ernment gets  involved  in,  it  grows  partly  because  of  this  political 
process  and  the  inefficiencies;  it  grows  far  beyond  our  estimates. 

Our  final  assumption  is  that  a  great  deal  of  health  care  expendi- 
ture is,  as  your  husband  pointed  out  in  his  speech  to  the  Congress, 
caused  by  human  behavior,  choices  that  we  as  human  beings  make. 
Now,  I  appreciate  your  husband  saying  we  must  do  much  better 
than  this,  but  my  experience  is  that  human  beings  react  to  incen- 
tives, positively  to  rewards  and  negatively  to  penalties. 

It  seems  to  me  that  any  health  care  plan  that  is  truly  going  to 
modify  human  behavior,  and  therefore  help  hold  down  health  care 
costs,  whether  it  is  smoking,  excessive  drinking,  unwarranted  sex- 
ual practices  that  lead  to  disease,  on  and  on,  lack  of  exercise,  over- 
eating, et  cetera — if  we  are  going  to  affect  that,  we  need  a  system 
of  rewards  or  a  system  of  penalties. 

Why  should  someone  who  exercises  behavior  that  results  in  lower 
healtn  care  costs  be  paying  the  same  thing  as  someone  who  is  dis- 
regarding that?  Why  shouldn't  there  be  a  differential? 

Those  are  some  basic  assumptions  on  which  we  are  basing  our 
plan.  I  do  not  think  I  see  those  assumptions  in  your  plan.  Are  my 
assumptions  valid?  If  not,  why  are  they  invalid?  How  are  we  going 
to  reconcile  the  differences? 

The  Chairman.  Just  before  Mrs.  Clinton  answers,  over  in  the 
House  they  restricted  Mrs.  Clinton  to  2  minutes,  for  both  the  ques- 
tion and  the  answer.  She  had  to  sandwich  her  answer  into  that  2 
minutes.  We  have  developed  marvelous  skills  here.  Within  our  5 
minutes,  we  ask  a  lot  of  questions.  We  want  to  give  you  the  assur- 
ance that  you  take  whatever  time  you  want  to  to  respond  to  the 
cumulative  questions  of  our  colleagues. 


19 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Coats.  Since  we  did  not  have  opening  statements,  I 
thought  I  would  slip  mine  in  in  my  questions.  [Laughter.] 

Mrs.  Clinton.  I  appreciate  that,  Senator. 

Let  me  start  by  saying  that  I  do  not  know  that  any  of  your  as- 
sumptions in  general  are  wrong,  but  in  particular,  as  applied  to  the 
health  care  system,  I  do  not  believe  they  are  applicable.  Let  me  run 
through  them.  In  fact,  what  we  are  trying  to  do  is  to  create  a  sys- 
tem in  which  there  truly  is  some  kind  of  a  market  and  some  kind 
of  competitive  pressures  that  will  enable  us  to  move  this  health 
care  system  to  a  much  more  efficient  level  than  it  currently  is  oper- 
ating On.  re-   •  -l. 

Your  first  assumption  about  government  being  less  efficient  than 
the  private  sector  is  not  true  in  the  health  care  system,  as  it  is  cur- 
rently structured.  I  think  that  one  of  the  Senators  earlier  referred 
to  the  fact  that  the  administrative  costs  in  Medicare  are  much  less 
than  they  are  in  the  private  sector.  The  private  sector  has  become 
much  less  efficient  in  health  care  delivery  and  health  care  pricing 
than  you  would  think  it  should  be,  but  it  has  done  so  because  of 
the  kinds  of  incentives  currently  in  the  market. 

So,  for  example,  the  heavy  administrative  percentage  that  you 
will  find  in  the  private  sector  insurance  market  is  due  to  a  very 
clear  decision,  which  is  the  more  money  we  can  spend  making  sure 
we  do  not  insure  people  who  might  cost  us  money,  the  more  money 
we  will  make.  So,  therefore,  the  kind  of  underwriting  practices  and 
the  kind  of  selling  practices  that  are  aimed  at  insuring  people  are 
aimed  in  part  at  eliminating  from  coverage  people  who  might  be  a 
cost  on  the  insurance  system.  For  example,  it  takes  a  lot  of  time, 
manpower,  and  resources  to  choose  among  everyone  sitting  in  this 
room  who  is  and  who  is  not  a  good  risk. 

If  you  look  at  the  way  the  current  private  sector  operates,  you 
will  find  an  enormous  amount  of  inefficiency,  as  Dr.  Koop  has 
pointed  out,  not  only  on  the  insurance  side,  but  on  the  medical  de- 
cisionmaking side.  Now,  part  of  that  is  driven  by  decisions  that  are 
made  in  government  as  well  as  in  the  private  sector.  Government 
followed  the  private  sector  in  deciding  to  reimburse  for  medical 
care  based  on  procedure  and  on  tests  and  on  diagnosis,  on  the  kind 
of  fee-for-service  model  that  we  have  grown  up  with  in  our  country. 

So  in  both  the  private  sector  and  the  government  sector,  with  re- 
spect to  health  care,  we  do  not  have  a  real  market.  You  will  find 
a  great  deal  of  inefficiency  in  the  private  sector  in  the  health  care 
market. 

Someone  has  pointed  out  recently  that  many  of  our  industries 
have  had  to  become  more  efficient  in  the  last  20  years  because  of 
external  competition.  We  are  now  producing  high-quality  cars  in 
our  country  that  are  very  productive  and  are  really  giving  a  good 
run  for  the  money  against  our  competitors.  It  took  outside  competi- 
tion to  come  in  and  do  that.  We  have  to  create  a  competitive  mar- 
ketplace. We  do  not  currently  have  one. 

The  second  point  about  the  political  process  overwhelming  the 
marketplace  is  also,  in  general,  true  and  we  have  to  be  very  careful 
about  that  in  fashioning  this  health  care  reform.  Senator  Kasse- 
baum  and  I  have  talked  about  this.  In  her  bill,  she  puts  the  deci- 
sion about  what  benefits  will  be  covered  at  the  level  of  the  national 


20 

board.  She  does  this  to  take  these  difficult  decisions  out  of  politics, 
so  you  do  not  have  people  grabbing  on  you  as  you  walk  down  the 
hallway  saying,  include  this,  include  that,  include  my  favorite,  par- 
ticular kind  of  treatment. 

We  thought  very  hard  about  that  and  I  had  a  very  good  meeting 
with  Senators  Kassebaum  and  Danforth,  in  which  they,  I  thought, 
very  clearly  explained  why  they  favored  that  approach.  We  decided 
that,  initially,  we  should  have  the  benefits  package  approved  by  the 
Congress,  so  that  individual  citizens  could  know  what  was  in  it. 
Then  any  changes  to  it,  any  enhancements  to  it,  should  be  moved 
to  the  national  board,  as  the  Kassebaum-Danforth  Bill  had  origi- 
nally suggested.  We  do  not  want  the  political  process  overwhelming 
the  marketplace  and  we  agree  with  you  that  is  something  we  have 
to  guard  against. 

The  third  assumption  about  cost  estimates  by  government  being 
underestimated  is  absolutely  right.  In  the  health  care  system,  cost 
estimates  by  the  private  sector  have  also  been  grossly  underesti- 
mated. I  think  in  large  measure,  you  would  see  a  parallel  in  the 
increase  of  government  expenditures  that  is  at  least  equal  to,  if  not 
slightly  below  the  increase  in  private  sector  expenditures  in  the 
health  care  system.  Those  two  go  hand  in  hand. 

It  is  very  difficult  for  you  as  a  Senator  to  make  projections  about 
what  Medicare  or  Medicaid  will  cost  because  what  happens  is  you 
set  a  certain  amount  of  money  to  be  available  in  the  budget.  Wnat 
the  private  sector  does  is  to  shift  costs  that  they  do  not  get  from 
the  budget  out  of  your  decisions  onto  the  private  sector.  What  the 
private  sector  consistently  has  done,  both  in  employers  buying  in- 
surance and  insurers  pricing  insurance  and  doctors  making  deci- 
sions, is  consistently  underestimate  what  health  care  costs  are  or 
will  be  and,  I  would  argue,  what  it  should  cost. 

So  this  is  an  issue  that  is  not  just  a  government  issue.  This  is 
a  private  sector  issue.  One  of  the  reasons  we  want  to  have  some 
market  forces  and  some  competition  in  this  system  is  so  that  cost 
estimates  can  be  made  on  the  basis  of  delivering  health  care,  not 
on  a  diagnosis-procedure  basis,  but  on  a  per  capita  basis  in  which 
decisionmakers,  insurers,  doctors,  hospitals  and  others  have  to 
make  decisions  so  that  costs  will  be  kept  down.  We  can  no  longer 
afford  to  write  a  blank  check. 

Finally,  I  think  that  there  is  no  doubt  that  human  choices  drive 
health  care  costs,  like  it  does  in  most  other  areas  of  our  lives.  What 
we  are  trying  to  do  is  to  have  a  system  in  which  everybody  is  part 
of  that  system  because  to  leave  some  out  who  make  bad  choices  is 
a  cost  to  us  whether  we  like  it  or  not.  Everyone  who  makes  a  bad 
choice  who  is  uninsured  drives  our  costs  up.  They  will  eventually 
cost  us  something  either  in  more  tax  dollars  or  in  higher  insurance 
premiums. 

If  we  have  everybody  covered  and  everybody  in  the  system  so 
that  we  finally  can  stop  the  cost  shifting,  tnen  I  think  health  plans 
and  individuals  will  be  able  to  make  cost-conscious  choices  that  will 
reward  us  with  the  benefits  of  their  decisionmaking.  I  think  until 
we  get  everybody  in  the  system,  then  the  human  choices  that  inevi- 
tably drive  up  health  care  costs  will  continue  to  be  shifted  onto  the 
backs  of  those  who  have  taken  responsibility  for  their  own  insur- 
ance. 


21 

The  Chairman.  Thank  very  much. 

Senator  Dodd. 

Senator  Dodd.  It  is  hard  to  follow  that  answer;  that  was  so  bril- 
liant a  response  in  my  view.  [Laughter.] 

I  am  going  to  bring  this  back  down  to  the  real  world  here.  First, 
let  me  respond  to  a  point  made  by  my  colleague  from  Indiana — for 
whom  I  have  a  great  respect..  He  and  I  worked  together  and  we 
would  not  have  passed  family  and  medical  leave  legislation  without 
Dan  Coats.  And  picking  up  on  the  point  you  made,  Mrs.  Clinton, 
about  the  bipartisanship,  I  appreciate  you  mentioning  that  because 
this  committee  has  had  great  success  with  bipartisanship.  But 
frankly,  the  analogy  of  someone  going  to  their  local  post  office  as 
opposed  to  going  to  UPS  does  not  work  very  well.  The  situation  of 
a  16-year-old  waiting  in  line  to  get  a  driver's  license  and  a  16-year- 
old  showing  up  with  his  parents  because  he  has  cancer  or  a  tumor 
and  is  trying  to  access  the  medical  system  of  this  country  is  pro- 
foundly different. 

We  may  have  differences  about  how  best  to  address  this  system, 
but  I  think  drawing  comparisons  between  systems  where  people 
have  choices,  and  problems  where  people  have  no  choices  is  com- 
pletely unwarranted.  And  yet,  I  appreciate  the  points  that  were 
raised  by  the  comparison. 

Let  me  begin,  as  well,  if  I  can,  very  briefly  by  commending  our 
chairman.  This  is  an  extremely  important  issue.  You  rightly  point 
out  that  for  many  of  us  here  who  have  arrived  in  the  last  decade 
or  so,  this  has  been  fairly  new.  For  the  chairman  of  this  committee, 
this  has  been  a  lifetime  commitment.  His  public  service  goes  back, 
as  I  recall,  to  legislation  by  Kennedy-Korman;  Long— Ribicoff,  my 
predecessor  in  the  Senate;  Congressman  Dingell's  father — all  of 
whom  were  deeply  committed  to  health  care.  So  there  is  a  long  his- 
tory here. 

The  chairman  of  this  committee  has  worked  tirelessly  from  the 
day  he  arrived  to  this  day.  As  chairman  of  this  committee  this  is 
an  extremely  important  day  for  him.  We  are  finally  going  to  deal 
with  this  issue.  I  did  not  want  to  begin  my  remarks  and  questions 
to  you  without  recognizing  his  tremendous  contribution  to  what  we 
have  achieved  already. 

Let  me  turn  to  a  particular  constituency  that  is  of  great  interest 
of  you,  given  your  involvement  with  the  Children's  Defense  Fund 
and  your  involvement  in  Arkansas  over  the  years  with  regard  to 
children.  A  third  of  the  uninsured  in  this  country  are  children.  Of 
the  37  million  uninsured,  12  million  children  have  no  insurance.  In 
my  State,  the  most  affluent  State  on  a  per  capita  basis  in  the  Unit- 
ed States,  54  percent  of  the  uninsured  are  ages  24  and  under. 

In  many  ways,  the  current  system  is  really  stacked  against  chil- 
dren. Adults  arguably  have  some  choices  about  where  they  can  go. 
But,  children  are  entirely  dependent  upon  what  happens  to  their 
parents.  If  you  lose  your  job,  you  lose  your  insurance  and  so  does 
your  child.  Preexisting  condition  exclusions  deny  the  coverage. 

And  in  addition,  children's  needs,  particularly  in  the  preventive 
area,  are  different  from  adults. 

Again,  I  am  preaching  to  the  choir  on  this  particular  issue.  I  do 
not  think  there  ought  to  be  too  much  debate  here  about  our  com- 
mon determination  to  see  to  it  that  this  constituency,  the  most  in- 


22 

nocent  in  many  ways,  gets  the  kind  of  proper  care  and  coverage, 
that  they  lack  under  the  present  system.  As  I  said  at  the  outset, 
it  is  stacked  against  them. 

You  rightly  talked  about  women  at  the  outset  of  your  remarks. 
I  wonder  if  you  just  might  spend  a  couple  of  minutes  focusing  on 
children.  Children  do  not  have  lawyers.  They  do  not  have  the  right 
to  vote.  They  do  not  make  campaign  contributions.  My  fear  in  this 
debate  is  that  they  are  going  to  be  left  aside  and  brought  in  as  an 
after-thought.  I  hope  that  is  not  the  case.  If  you  could  just  spend 
a  couple  of  minutes  addressing  that  particular  constituency,  I 
would  appreciate  it. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  Senator  Dodd,  I  would  be  happy  to.  I  want 
to  thank  you  for  never  forgetting  that  constituency  and  the  work 
that  you  have  done  over  the  years  to  make  sure  that  children's 
needs  are  not  forgotten.  I  suppose,  on  an  emotional  level,  it  is  the 
most  important  thing  to  me.  I  don't  know  that  anyone  can  look  into 
the  eyes  of  a  child  who  is  sick  and  has  been  made  sicker  because 
costs  kept  a  parent  away  from  getting  care  when  needed,  without 
feeling  that  there  is  something  seriously  wrong  with  the  way  we 
are  taking  care  of  our  children. 

I  don't  think  there  are  any  stories  that  have  moved  me  more 
than  the  stories  of  parents  who  have  just  given  up  everything  in 
order  to  take  care  of  their  children's  health  needs.  I  mean,  it  is  a 
bizarre  situation  to  have  a  country  in  which  there  is  parent  after 
parent — and  we  can  give  you  their  names  and  their  addresses  and 
their  phone  numbers — who  had  to  give  up  a  job  when  they  lost 
their  insurance,  whether  it  was  taken  away  from  them  because  of 
a  child's  illness  or  whether  it  was  priced  so  high  that  they  could 
no  longer  afford  it,  to  go  on  welfare  to  be  able  to  take  care  of  their 
children's  medical  needs.  That  is  absolutely  the  wrong  message.  It 
is  the  wrong  message  that  you  have  tried  to  send,  that  Senator 
Coats  with  his  work  on  behalf  of  children  has  tried  to  send  and  it 
is  something  we  have  to  end. 

I  think  that  one  of  the  great  benefits  that  we  will  have  from 
health  care  reform  is  insuring  the  kind  of  primary  and  preventive 
care  that  all  children  need  to  be  healthy.  We  will  cover  vaccina- 
tions. We  will  cover  well-child  care. 

I  have  to  confess,  like  many  people,  before  I  had  children,  I  didn't 
think  about  what  my  insurance  policy  did  or  didn't  cover.  I  remem- 
ber the  shock  I  felt  when  I  realized  that  my  very  good  insurance 
policy  would  not  pay  for  the  well-child  exam.  They  would  pay  if 
Chelsea  were  sick  and  I  brought  her  to  the  hospital  for  some  kind 
of  treatment,  but  they  would  not  pay  for  me  to  make  sure  she  was 
kept  well.  I  thought  that  was  absolutely  backwards  then  and  I  still 
believe  it  is.  So  if  we  emphasize  primary  and  preventive  care  for 
children,  then  I  think  we  will  begin  to  reverse  what  has  been  a  ne- 
glect of  our  children  in  our  health  care  system. 

We  need  to  insure  that  no  parent,  whether  that  parent  loses  the 
job  that  they  had  or  cannot  find  a  job  or  whatever  their  cir- 
cumstances might  be,  will  have  to  worry  about  taking  care  of  their 
children.  If  we  do,  we  will  once  and  for  all  end  this  travesty  of  hav- 
ing people  give  up  jobs  to  go  on  welfare  to  be  able  to  take  care  of 
their  children.  It  is  one  of  the  reasons  why  the  Academy  of  Pediat- 
rics supports  this  plan.  They  see  firsthand  every  day  the  costs  of 


23 

what  it  means  for  parents  to  wonder  whether  they  can  afford  the 
x-ray  that  the  doctor  says  they  should  have  or  wnether  they  can 
pay  for  the  medication  that  tneir  doctor  has  prescribed  for  their 
child. 

For  years,  I  worked  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the 
Arkansas  Children's  Hospital.  I  have  never  walked  into  that  hos- 
pital without  a  combination  of  such  gratitude  and  also  such  emo- 
tion. I  just  do  not  want  any  parent  ever  to  have  to  worry  about 
wnether  or  not  they  can  afford  to  take  care  of  their  child.  I  don't 
have  to  worry  about  that.  I  cannot  imagine  what  that  must  feel 
like.  We  need  to  end  it  and  this  would  help  us  do  that. 

Senator  Dodd.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Gregg. 

Mr.  Gregg.  Thank  you.  Let  me  associate  myself  with  the  acco- 
lades, which  are  very  appropriate.  The  depth  and  substance  of  your 
responses  and  input  on  tnis  subject  has  been  of  great  benefit  to  this 
country,  I  believe,  because  it  has  focused  so  much  attention  on  it. 

Like  with  so  many  issues  like  this,  this  is  complex.  It  is  inter- 
woven. It  is  a  tremendous  matrix,  with  a  lot  of  different  strings 
running  through  it.  The  devil  tends  to  be  in  the  details.  I  have  read 
through  the  program  a  couple  of  times.  I  have  to  admit  that  I  am 
not  as  substantively  up  to  speed  as  I  would  like  to  be,  but  have 
tried  to  get  there. 

I  sort  of  scratch  my  head  because,  in  a  lot  of  areas,  the  boot  does 
not  seem  to  fit  the  binding.  For  example,  there  is  the  desire — and 
it  is  a  very  legitimate  one,  one  I  support — to  get  significant  savings 
in  health  care,  $280  billion  in  Medicare  and  Medicaid  making  up 
most  of  that.  At  the  same  time,  there  is  a  proposal  for  a  $91  billion 
deficit  reduction  which  is  obviously  a  good  cause. 

At  the  same  time,  there  are  five  major  new  entitlements  pro- 
posed: a  drug  entitlement,  a  long-term  care  entitlement,  an  early 
retirement  entitlement,  the  entitlement  to  everyone  who  does  not 
have  health  care  now,  and  a  small  business  entitlement,  which  is 
a  huge  one  in  the  benefits  package. 

My  experience  with  government  tells  me  that  if  you  are  putting 
in  place  entitlements  of  those  sizes,  with  those  costs,  you  are  going 
to  drive  up  costs.  You  are  not  going  to  be  able  to  control  costs,  and 
the  savings  which  are  desired  and  legitimate  and  you  are  trying  to 
attain  will  be  very  hard  to  realize.  So,  there,  the  boot  does  not  fit 
the  binding. 

Second,  there  is  the  issue  of  flexibility,  which  is,  again,  very  im- 
portant. I  know  that  in  your  husband's  role  as  a  governor,  he  was 
totally  committed  to  States'  rights  and  to  making  sure  the  States 
had  proper  power.  Governmental  States'  rights  and  simplicity  are 
very  appropriate  roles. 

I  look  at  this  National  Board  and  the  power  which  is  being  laid 
at  the  feet  of  this  National  Board  is  awesome,  especially  in  its  rela- 
tionship with  dealing  with  the  States.  I  made  a  list  of  the  powers, 
and  I  know  you  are  familiar  with  them,  but  they  go  on  considerably 
and  they  are  all  extremely  substantive,  from  the  capacity  to  control 
the  structure  of  the  alliances  to  the  capacity  to  set  the  premium 
the  alliances  deal  with.  Really,  when  you  look  at  this  National 


24 

Board,  as  I  see  it,  it  is  probably  going  to  be  more  important  to  get 
on  the  National  Board,  the  seven-member  board,  than  to  get  on  the 
U.S.  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States.  That  is  the  level  of  influ- 
ence that  this  Board  is  going  to  have  in  driving  health  care  policy, 
especially  at  the  State  level. 

So  I  don't  see  the  flexibility  and  I  don't  see  the  simplicity.  I  see, 
rather,  an  organization  that  is  dominant  at  the  center,  to  the  det- 
riment of  the  States'  capacity  to  have  flexibility.  So  I  don't  see 
where  those  fit. 

Then  there  is  this  whole  question  of  competition,  which  is  the 
way  you  drive  down  costs.  You  certainly  have  spoken  about  that 
this  morning,  but  underlying  this  competition,  you  have  stand-by 
price  controls.  You  have  a  proposal  which  basically  is  global  budg- 
eting— in  the  capacity  of  the  National  Board  to  review  the  pre- 
miums that  are  set.  You  have  the  question  of  the  National  Board 
itself,  which  essentially,  to  simplify  it  and  to  characterize  it,  is  a 
nationalization  of  the  health  industry — to  take  14  percent  of  the 
American  economy  and  put  it  under  the  control  of  that  Board.  So 
I  don't  see  that  competition  exists  there. 

The  States  have  flexibility  only  to  the  extent  that  they  basically 
follow  what  the  Federal  Government's  guidelines  are.  If  a  State 
wishes  to  do  something  other  than  a  health  alliance,  if  a  State 
wishes  to  do  something  other  than  single-payor,  then  as  I  under- 
stand it,  that  flexibility  is  extremely  limited. 

So  the  debate  here,  as  I  see  it,  is  not  over  universal  coverage  or 
security.  Those  are  goals  I  accept.  It  is  not  over  the  well-child  pro- 
grams or  primary  care.  Those  all  have  to  be  in  whatever  package 
comes  through.  As  I  see  it,  the  debate  here  is  over  whether  or  not 
there  should  be  universal  control  centralized  in  the  hands  of  a  few 
to  the  detriment  of  the  many,  the  many  being  the  States  and  the 
legislatures  and  the  governors  and  the  people  in  the  local  commu- 
nities who  traditionally  have  made  these  health  care  decisions.  I 
guess  my  question  goes  to  this  issue. 

As  I  understand  it,  the  powers  that  lie  here  are  if  a  State  does 
not  come  forward  with  a  plan — and  you  alluded  to  this  earlier — 
which  conforms  to  Federal  guidelines,  which  was  the  phraseology 
I  believe  you  used,  then  the  National  Board  deems  that  the  State 
is  not  in  compliance.  Then  they  tell  the  Secretary  of  Health  and 
Human  services  this,  and  she  then  has  the  power  to  withdraw  from 
the  States  all  financial  support  that  is  going  to  the  States  and  all 
functions  which  Health  and  Human  Services  deal  with. 

Second,  the  National  Board  then  has  the  authority  to  draft  a 
plan  for  the  States  and  institute  it.  Third,  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury  has  the  authority  to  unilaterally,  without  even  Congres- 
sional approval,  as  I  understand  it,  assess  a  tax  on  business  activ- 
ity within  the  States. 

Are  those  three  powers  appropriately  described?  If  they  are  not 
appropriately  described,  could  you  give  me  your  definition  of 
them — in  regard  to  the  National  Board's  decision  that  a  State  is 
not  in  adequate  compliance? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  Senator,  we  view  what  you  have  just  de- 
scribed as  an  absolute  last  resort.  The  only  reason  that  it  is  even 
in  there  is  because,  very  honestly,  there  are  some  States  that  have 
told  us  privately  that  they  will  need  the  Federal  back-up  enforce- 


25 

ment  provisions  to  successfully  implement  health  reform.  They  are 
not  yet  ready  to  do  it  by  themselves.  Then  there  are  other  States, 
like  Vermont,  Florida,  Washington,  Hawaii  and  Minnesota,  that 
are  chomping  at  the  bit.  They  can't  get  there  too  soon. 

So  what  we  are  trying  to  do  is  to  give  as  much  encouragement 
to  States  as  possible  ana  we  will  enhance  the  flexibility,  as  I  men- 
tioned to  Senator  Jeffords.  Any  ideas  that  you  have  and,  particu- 
larly I  would  welcome  yours  as  a  former  governor,  that  would  give 
States  that  kind  of  flexibility,  we  are  ready  to  look  at  and  to  ex- 
tend. 

This  is  a  federally  guaranteed  program.  We  do  want  every  Amer- 
ican to  have  access  to  the  same  benefits.  So  if  you  live  in  New 
Hampshire,  you  have  them  and  if  you  live  in  Arkansas,  you  have 
them.  If  we  have  a  State,  for  whatever  bizarre  combination  of  rea- 
sons, that  doesn't  want  to  do  anything — they  don't  want  to  make 
their  own  choices,  they  don't  want  to  do  what  Maryland  has  done 
or  what  Minnesota  has  done,  they  don't  want  to  guarantee  the  ben- 
efits package  to  their  citizens,  then  we  believe  there  has  to  be  some 
fall-back  position. 

Now,  I  think  it  is  highly  unlikely.  I  cannot  even  imagine  a  politi- 
cal circumstance  in  which  a  State  would  not  be  willing  to  do  what 
it  needed  to  do  and,  given  flexibility,  what  it  thought  was  right  for 
itself.  This  is  not  a  program  like  some  programs  in  the  past  where 
only  a  few  people  have  been  affected  by  them.  This  is  a  program 
that  will  affect  everyone. 

So  I  imagine  that  the  political  situation  in  most  States  will  lead 
every  governor  I  have  ever  met  and  every  State  legislature  I  have 
ever  heard  about  to  do  what  they  think  is  right  for  their  State.  In 
the  event  of  some  unforeseen  circumstance  where  a  State  refuses 
or  is  unwilling  to  do  so,  we  do  think  there  needs  to  be  some  kind 
of  enforcement  mechanism,  so  that  if  you  live  in  one  State,  you  are 
not  denied  what  you  would  have  if  you  lived  across  the  border  or 
in  any  other  State.  That  is  the  only  reason  that  is  in  there.  We 
honestly  don't  see  it  ever  coming  into  play,  but  we  needed  some- 
thing there  as — going  back  to  Senator  Coats'  example,  as  a  kind  of 
stick  as  well  as  a  carrot. 

If  there  are  additional  ways  that  you  would  like  to  see  State 
flexibility  considered,  if  there  are  additional  ideas  that  you  think 
would  meet  the  basic  requirements  of  providing  universal  coverage 
in  a  State  and  doing  it  in  a  way  that  is  appropriate  to  a  particular 
State,  we  welcome  that.  We  want  to  hear  more  about  that. 

Let  me  just  say  a  final  word  about  the  national  board.  The  na- 
tional board  is  meant  to  be  a  coordinating  and  advisory  board.  If 
the  way  we  have  described  some  of  its  functions  sound  too  regu- 
latory, we  want  to  take  a  look  at  that.  That  has  not  been  out  inten- 
tion. It  is  mostly  there  in  a  kind  of  monitoring  advisory  capacity. 
We  will  be  happy  to  sit  down  and  go  through  the  very  specific  pow- 
ers and  to  talk  about  why  we  think  they  are  necessary  and  to  have 
your  response  to  that. 

Mr.  Gregg.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Simon. 

Senator  Simon.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

We  thank  you  for  your  leadership,  which  has,  I  think  everyone 
agrees,  been  superb.  Let  me  also  join  Senator  Dodd  in  thanking  the 


26 

chairman,   Senator  Kennedy,  for  his  yeoman   work  through   the 
years  in  this  field.  We  are  all  grateful  to  him. 

You  mention  in  your  opening  remarks  this  room,  where  we  have 
had  many  historic  gatherings.  One  thing  is  different.  In  every  other 
involvement  here,  the  Democrats  were  over  there  on  the  left  and 
the  Republicans  were  over  here  on  the  right.  I  hope  it  is  signifi- 
cant. Democrats  are  moving  to  the  right.  Republicans  are  moving 
to  the  left  in  this  room.  [Laughter.] 

To  my  colleague,  Senator  Pell,  who  brought  up  the  question  of  vi- 
olence in  health,  I  would  be  happy  to  join  him — and  if  we  need  ad- 
ditional revenue,  let's  have  a  25-percent  tax  on  handguns  and  a  50- 
percent  tax  on  assault  weapons.  We  would  be  helping  the  health 
of  this  Nation  in  more  ways  than  one.  So,  Clai  Pell,  if  you  want 
to  move  in  that  direction,  I  will  join  you  on  that. 

One  word  for  all  of  my  colleagues,  as  well  as  those  in  the  admin- 
istration. I  think  it  is  important  that  we  move  expeditiously  here. 
If  this  drags  on  too  long,  people  are  going  to  look  at  and  focus  on 
the  minutiae.  They  are  going  to  distort.  Absolutely,  we  ought  to 
hold  hearings  like  this,  and  we  will  hold  plenty  of  them.  The  chair- 
man this  morning  was  talking  about  29  hearings.  Let's  focus  on  ev- 
erything we  should,  but  let's  move  and  move  rapidly  so  that  we 
give  the  American  people  what  they  are  entitled  to. 

You  opened  your  remarks  talking  about  research.  There  are 
those  who  say,  in  the  pharmaceutical  industry,  that  this  is  going 
to  hurt  research.  There  are  those  in  the  university  community  who 
are  concerned  about  the  research  aspects.  I  would  be  interested  in 
your  response  to  their  concerns. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  I  can  understand  those  concerns,  Senator,  because 
this  has  been  an  issue  that  we  have  really  struggled  with.  We  have 
tried  to  balance  what  we  consider  the  necessary  kinds  of  invest- 
ments in  research  and  development  that  we  want  to  see  biotech 
companies  and  pharmaceutical  companies  pursue,  as  well  as  other 
research  that  is  perhaps  located  on  our  campuses. 

With  respect  particularly  to  pharmaceutical  and  other  kinds  of 
research,  we  have  a  dilemma.  There  are  some  in  this  body,  as  you 
well  know,  who  believe  that  pharmaceutical  pricing  has  Tbeen  un- 
justified, much  too  high,  not  related  to  a  return  on  the  investment 
into  the  research  and  development  of  the  products.  There  are  oth- 
ers who  believe  that  it  is  one  of  our  most  profitable  industries  and 
that  it  has  been  a  great  boon  both  in  job  creation  and  in  bringing 
down  medical  costs  and  human  suffering.  They  believe  that  it  is 
only  fair  for  those  companies  to  realize  a  good  return  on  those  in- 
vestments. Both  are  probably  right,  both  positions. 

What  we  have  got  to  figure  out  how  to  do  is  to  encourage  re- 
search, make  sure  there  always  is  a  fair  and  profitable  return  on 
the  investments  in  research,  but  not  permit  the  kind  of  pricing  that 
has  caused  our  drug  prices  to  rise  at  three  times  the  rate  of  infla- 
tion and  causes  drugs  that  are  produced  in  this  country  with  a 
combination  of  government-funded  research  and  private  research  to 
be  sold  at  less  of  a  cost  overseas  than  they  are  sold  to  the  tax- 
payers who  paid  for  the  research. 

So  we  have  tried  to  strike  a  balance.  That  balance  would  ask 
that  as  we  move  forward  with  prescription  drugs  being  available  to 
Americans,  which  will  put  more  money  into  the  pharmaceutical  in- 


27 

dustry,  that  Medicare,  for  example,  be  permitted  to  have  a  discount 
on  the  price  of  those  drugs.  We  think  that  that  is  a  fair  request 
for  the  kind  of  dollars  that  will  be  going  into  drug  companies. 

We  also  think  with  respect  to  breakthrough  drugs,  there  ought 
to  be  some  review  of  pharmaceutical  pricing  and  then  the  publish- 
ing of  information  about  those  drugs  tnat  would  be  widely  available 
to  consumers,  and  institutional  purchasers  of  prescriptions.  This 
review  process  would  have  no  authority  to  regulate  the  prices  of 
drugs  and  we  suggest  it  not  to  chill  the  development  of  drugs  or 
their  marketing,  but  to  make  available  information  about  what 
their  real  costs  are  and  what  their  efficacy  is  as  anticipated  by  the 
research. 

I  mentioned  yesterday,  and  I  am  still  very  struck  by  the  story  I 
heard  just  a  few  days  ago  of  the  specialist  at  Mayo  Clinic  who  dis- 
covered that  a  pill  that  is  used  to  de-worm  animals  is  useful  in 
helping  people  with  colon  cancer.  He  teamed  up  with  one  of  our 
major  pharmaceuticals  and  they  did  the  research  together.  It  was 
not,  as  he  described  it,  very  complicated  research.  It  was  merely  to 
make  sure  that  the  components  in  the  drugs  used  for  animals  were 
safe  for  humans  and  that  it  would  have  a  good  effect  on  humans. 

At  the  end  of  this  work,  the  company  began  to  manufacture  the 
drug  and  the  only  difference,  as  he  described  it,  in  the  drug  was 
that  it  was  made  smaller  because  sheep  has  to  swallow  a  bigger 
pill  than  the  rest  of  us  do.  Well,  the  net  result  is  if  you  went  into 
a  vet  or  you  went  into  an  animal  feed  store,  you  would  buy  that 
pill  for  6  cents.  If  you  wanted  to  prescribe  it  for  your  patient  for 
colon  cancer,  it  would  cost  $6  a  pill. 

Now,  this  physician  said  that  he  had  always  been  a  strong  be- 
liever in  the  use  of  pharmaceuticals.  He  had  been  a  strong  sup- 
porter of  the  pharmaceutical  industry  because  he  had  seen  with  his 
own  eyes  what  miracles  can  be  done.  He  could  not  for  the  life  of 
him  understand  what  the  costs  were  that  would  permit  that  com- 
pany to  recover  that  kind  of  profit  on  that  particular  pill. 

So  that  is  the  kind  of  concern  we  have.  How  do  we  get  to  market 
with  good  research,  supported  research,  the  kind  of  cost-effective 
pharmaceuticals  that  our  people  need?  How  do  we  ensure  that  our 
pharmaceutical  industry  continue  to  grow  and  be  productive?  How 
do  we  be  sure  that  we  get  good  value  for  the  dollars  we  spend?  So 
that  is  how  we  have  tried  to  balance  that. 

Senator  Simon.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Thurmond. 

Senator  Thurmond.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  Mr.  Chairman, 
I  would  like  to  join  my  colleagues  in  extending  a  warm  welcome  to 
the  First  Lady,  Mrs.  Hillary  Rodham  Clinton,  an  able  person  who 
is  dedicated  to  improving  the  health  care  of  our  people.  Ms.  Clin- 
ton, it  is  a  pleasure  to  have  you  here  this  morning. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  all  agree  that  our  health  care  system  needs 
comprehensive  reform.  However,  while  we  attempt  to  address  the 
problems  of  our  health  care  system,  we  need  to  preserve  the  suc- 
cessful parts  of  our  present  system.  As  you  know,  America  now  has 
the  highest  quality  health  care  system  in  the  world.  We  need  to 
maintain  the  quality  of  services  for  the  85  percent  of  Americans 


28 

who  currently  enjoy  health  care  coverage  and  cover  those  currently 
without  a  health  care  plan. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  believe  that  we  should  insure  that  coverage  is 
available  to  all  Americans.  We  should  not  allow  the  cancellation  of 
health  care  coverage  because  of  illness,  nor  allow  coverage  to  be  de- 
nied because  of  a  preexisting  condition.  Further,  I  believe  that  cov- 
erage should  be  portable.  If  some  individuals  lose  their  jobs  or  de- 
cide to  change  jobs,  they  should  be  free  from  the  fear  that  they  will 
have  to  take  a  reduction  in  the  amount  of  health  care  coverage  or 
that  they  may  lose  it  entirely. 

We  must  preserve  the  ability  of  Americans  to  choose  from  a  vari- 
ety of  health  care  plans  and  to  choose  their  primary  physician.  We 
should  provide  patients  with  information  that  will  them  make  cost- 
effective  choices  by  providing  patients  with  this  information  and 
the  ability  to  choose.  We  will  encourage  competition  and  raise  the 
quality  of  care  provided. 

Mr.  Chairman,  if  we  provide  information  and  incentives  concern- 
ing preventive  health  care,  I  believe  we  could  prevent  many  of  the 
health  care  problems  we  have  today.  Each  of  us  must  take  respon- 
sibility to  practice  preventive  health  care.  Proper  diet,  reasonable 
exercise  and  an  optimistic  attitude  toward  life  promote  health.  The 
savings  incurred  by  practicing  preventive  health  care  are  not  easily 
measured,  but  surely  they  are  cheaper  in  cost  and  suffering  than 
practicing  curative  medicine.  I  strongly  suggest  that  serious  consid- 
eration be  given  to  including  preventive  health  care  in  any  program 
that  is  adopted. 

Finally,  Mr.  Chairman,  the  cost  of  health  care  planning  is  the 
number  one  health  issues  to  Americans  according  to  the  Wall 
Street  Journal.  Americans  do  not  want  their  health  care  costs  to 
rise  and  the  quality  of  health  care  to  diminish  because  of  sweeping 
new  government  controls  over  the  health  care  system.  We  must 
find  some  way  to  pay  for  these  reforms  without  an  undue  burden 
on  business,  trie  taxpayer  or  others. 

Again,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  welcome  the  First  Lady 
here  today.  Mrs.  Clinton,  thanks  for  your  testimony  and  I  look  for- 
ward to  working  with  you  to  address  the  health  care  problems  fac- 
ing America  today. 

I  have  two  questions.  If  time  will  permit,  I  will  just  ask  one.  Mrs. 
Clinton,  some  antitrust  experts  in  the  health  care  field  compliment 
the  recent  DOJ-FTC  statements  of  antitrust  enforcement  policy  as 
being  useful  and  clear  summaries  of  existing  enforcement  policies. 
However,  the  antitrust  experts  are  concerned  that  the  policy  state- 
ments do  announce  a  significant  change  occurring  in  antitrust  en- 
forcement policies. 

The  question  is,  do  you  contemplate  that  additional  policy  state- 
ments from  the  enforcement  agencies  will  be  forthcoming  or  will 
the  other  antitrust  adjustments  be  necessary  as  part  of  health  care 
reform? 

Mrs.  CLINTON.  Thank  you,  Senator,  and  could  I  just  say  amen  to 
your  opening  statement.  I  thought  especially  the  emphasis  on  pri- 
mary and  preventive  health  care  is  absolutely  on  target.  You  are 
a  living  example  of  that  and  I  hope  everybody  will  pay  attention 
to  you.  [Laughter.! 


29 

Senator,  we  did  believe  that  we  made  some  progress.  We  want 
to  particularly  thank  Senator  Metzenbaum  and  Congressman 
Brooks  for  their  support  for  the  statements  that  were  made  by  the 
Department  of  Justice  and  the  FTC.  We  are  still  concerned  that 
physicians  do  not  know  whether  or  not  they  can  join  together  to  be- 
come accountable  health  plans  either  on  their  own  or  with  hos- 
pitals and  we  do  want  to  clarify  that.  I  think  it  is  very  important 
that  doctors  around  the  country  feel  they  have  the  same  oppor- 
tunity to  offer  an  organized  health  plan  to  their  communities  as  in- 
surance companies  or  HMOs  currently  do. 

So  we  are  still  looking  at  that.  We  are  working  with  the  AMA 
about  that.  We  are  going  to  try  to  clarify  it.  If  we  think  any  clarify- 
ing legislation  is  necessary,  we  will  be  recommending  that  and  we 
would  welcome  any  ideas  you  have  as  to  how  we  could  achieve  our 
common  goals  about  the  antitrust  enforcement  so  that  we  can  have 
a  health  care  system  that  really  is  competitive. 

Senator  Thurmond.  Thank  you  very  much.  I  don't  have  time  to 
ask  my  second  question.  I  will  submit  it  for  the  record. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mrs.  Clinton,  Senator  Harkin,  as  you  know,  is  the  floor  manager 
for  the  HHS  appropriations  legislation  and  is  on  the  floor  and  has 
been  there  all  morning,  and  he  deeply  regrets  he  couldn't  be  here. 

Senator  Mikulski. 

Senator  Mikulski.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mrs.  Clinton,  really,  a  cordial  welcome  here  today.  I  believe  you 
are  the  third  First  Lady  in  American  history  to  come  before  the 
United  States  Congress  and  offer  testimony  on  social  policy.  The 
other  two  First  Ladies  who  came  offered  comment  on  a  policy  initi- 
ated by  others,  but  I  believe  you  are  the  first  First  Lady  to  come 
who  is  actually  the  architect  or  the  chief  architect  of  a  plan. 

I  would  like  to  compliment  the  President  for  attempting  to 
achieve  a  national  goal  of  safety  and  security  for  all  Americans  in 
the  area  of  health  care,  and  the  effort  that  you  have  made  in  tak- 
ing that  national  goal  and  now  trying  to  operationalize  it  into  a 
health  plan. 

It  is  not  easy  to  operationalize  idealism.  It  is  not  easy  to 
operationalize  noble  intentions,  but  I  believe  that  you  and  the 
President  have  undertaken  to  do  that,  and  I  think  we  see  it  re- 
flected in  the  plan  that  you  have  put  forth  here  today.  You  have 
taken  the  ordinary  stories  of  people  and  translated  them  in  the 
most  significant  public  policy  initiative  in  three  decades. 

I  think  all  of  us  owe  accolades  to  the  core  benefit  package  that 
has  been  established  that  emphasizes  prevention,  primary  care, 
and  personal  responsibility,  and  understanding  the  needs  of 
women,  children,  and  the  elderly.  The  fact  that  our  conversation  is 
focussed  on  so  many  details  is  a  tribute  to  what  is  already  agreed 
upon  in  the  conversation,  particularly  related  to  the  core  benefit 
package  and  the  emphasis  on  those  three  areas. 

My  question  goes  to  picking  up  on  the  health  alliance.  I  truly  be- 
lieve that  what  you  want  to  achieve  is  a  combination  of  market- 
place discipline,  and  yet  allowing  mission-driven  plans  focussing  on 
those  ideals  to  go  into  place. 


30 

I  am  concerned,  Mrs.  Clinton,  that  with  the  health  alliance,  they 
will  be  able  to  choose  the  plan,  and  I  am  concerned  if  the  criteria 
is  solely  or  primarily  cost,  the  cost  of  the  plan,  mission-driven 
plans,  those  that  are  primarily  operated  by  nonprofits,  those  pro- 
viders that  serve  either  urban  areas  or  rural  areas  that  will  by  the 
very  nature  of  who  they  serve  be  high-cost,  be  pushed  aside,  and 
that  it  is  not  that  we  will  have  too  little  of  marketplace  activity  or 
too  little  competition,  but  we  will  have  too  much,  and  that  instead 
of  having  a  community  of  health  care,  it  will  all  be  focussed  only 
on  the  marketplace. 
Could  you  comment  on  that? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  That  is  a  very  important  question,  and  as  you 
were  talking,  Senator,  I  was  thinking  back  to  our  morning  at  Jim- 
my's Diner  and  all  of  the  people  who  told  us  their  stories,  and 
every  one  of  those  was  a  responsible,  tax-paying,  hard-working 
American  citizen,  every  single  one  of  them,  and  every  one  of  them 
was  having  trouble  affordable  health  care  that  would  be  available 
to  them. 

I  think  it  is  important  that  we  have  a  system  in  which  many  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  health  plans  can  compete,  but  I  guess  I  see  it a  lit- 
tle bit  differently.  I  see  the  mission-driven,  which  is  a  wonderful 
phrase,  health  providers  being  more  than  ready  to  step  into  this 
system. 

Let  me  just  give  you  a  few  examples  of  what  I  mean  by  that.  If 
you  look  at  our  plan,  it  is  remarkably  similar  to  the  plan  put  for- 
ward by  the  Catholic  Hospital  Association.  The  Catholic  Hospital 
Association  worked  for  2  years  before  my  husband  was  even  elected 
President  and  came  up  with  a  plan  in  which  they  talked  about  hav- 
ing networks  of  health  care  providers  competing  for  business  that 
would  be  provided  to  people  in  their  communities. 

If  you  look  at  the  Catholic  Hospital  Association,  they  have  been 
providing  health  care  of  high  quality  often  under  very  difficult  fi- 
nancial circumstances  in  many  areas  that  nobody  else  wanted  to 
serve.  They  are  certainly  mission-driven. 

Under  our  system,  they  will  be  advantaged  because  they  have 
taken  so  many  charity  cases.  They  have  provided  so  much  uncom- 
pensated care.  They  have  provided  care  in  inner  cities  and  rural 
areas  where  there  was  a  very  large  uninsured  base  that  couldn't 
compensate  them  for  their  services.  Now  all  of  a  sudden  they  will 
be  getting  funds  coming  in  through  reimbursement  that  will  enable 
them  to  be  even  more  competitive.  . 

I  will  give  you  another  example.  If  you  take  the  Mayo  Clinic,  it 
is  a  multispecialty,  nonprofit  clinic.  Doctors  are  on  salaries.  They 
make  the  decisions  about  how  they  provide  the  care.  They  provide 
care  at  a  cost  that  is  much  less  than  many  other  sectors  of  the 
health  care  economy  because  they  have  made  decisions  about  how 
to  be  more  cost-effective,  high-quality  providers. 

So  I  think  there  are  many  examples  around  the  country  where 
the  mission-driven,  those  who  have  made  decisions  to  provide  high 
quality  even  when  they  don't  get  compensated,  like  many  of  our 
Catholic  hospitals,  are  going  to  be  extremely  well-positioned  to  be- 
come health  providers  to  many  more  people. 

Now,  in  order  to  assure  that,  these  networks  are  going  to  have 
to  be  created  with  sensitivity  to  the  populations  to  be  served.  We 


31 

i 

are  hoping  that,  going  back  to  Senator  Thurmond's  question,  we 
will  remove  whatever  antitrust  and  other  kinds  of  problems  that 
are  in  the  way  of  doctors  and  hospitals  banding  together.  If  we 
achieve  those  goals,  more  providers  will  find  it  profitable,  will  find 
it  possible  to  stay  in  business  and  provide  health  care  because  we 
are  going  to  insure  the  uninsured  and  we  are  trying  to  provide 
health  care  coverage  where  before  there  was  none. 

I  guess  the  final  point  I  would  make  about  that  is  that  I  have 
seen  in  my  discussions  now  a  growing  awareness  on  the  part  of 
many  of  the  large  hospitals  and  large  insurance  companies  about 
these  issues.  They  now  realize  that  if  they  want  to  compete  for  the 
business  of  everyone  who  now  can  buy  health  care  through  the  alli- 
ance, they  are  going  to  have  to  make  partnerships  with  community 
health  centers  with  that  inner-city  Catholic  hospital,  with  those  mi- 
nority providers  who  are  the  traditional  providers  in  an  inner-city 

area. 

So  I  actually  think  these  partnerships  will  further  enhance  the 
opportunities  for  those  who,  up  until  now,  have  been  kind  of 
pushed  into  the  corners  of  the  market  because  they  weren't  able  to 
be  competitive  because  they  took  on  more  people  and  cared  for 
more  people  who  couldn't  pay  an  adequate  reimbursement  than 
maybe  some  other  providers  have. 

Senator  Mkulski.  Well,  thank  you  for  the  answer  to  that  ques- 
tion. It  is  reassuring  to  hear  that,  and  we  look  forward  to  further 
discussion. 

You  exactly  identified  those  facilities  that  I  am  most  concerned 
about:  the  Catholic  hospital,  like  Mercy  in  my  downtown  Balti- 
more; Sinai  Hospital,  which  is  undertaking  care  to  inner-city  people 
and  new  immigrants  and  Soviet  Jews  who  have  refugeed  in  this 
country  and  so  on. 

I  would  like  now,  if  I  could,  to  change  to  the  issue  around  the 
elderly.  There  was  some  talk  about  Medicare  Part  C  and  the  pre- 
serving of  long-term  care.  You  and  I  both  lost  our  fathers  to 
wrenching  situations,  and  then  as  you  know  many  families  have 
had  to  spend  down  to  qualify  for  Government  help.  So,  while  there 
has  been  family  responsibility,  the  cruel  rules  of  Government  have 
often  pushed  people  into  family  bankruptcy. 

I  wonder  where  you  see  the  plan  heading  in  terms  of  providing 
a  safety  net  for  long-term  care  that  does  provide  for  family  respon- 
sibility, but  does  not  set  people  up  for  family  bankruptcy. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  I  don't  think  there  is  any  issue  that  I  hear  more 
about  from  both  older  people  and  people  our  age  whose  parents  are 
getting  into  situations  where  they  need  some  kind  of  continuing 

care. 

We  have  a  couple  of  parts  of  this  proposal  that  I  think  will  help. 
One  is  that  we  want  to  extend  long-term  care  coverage  by  making 
sure  we  have  got  in  place  the  services  that  older  citizens  need,  and 
so  to  that  end  we  want  States  to  develop  more  home-based  care 
and  community-based  care  that  will  be  reimbursable  and  will  be 
much  more  available. 

We  also  want  to  raise  the  spend-down  limit,  so  that  families 
don't  have  to  impoverish  themselves  to  the  extent  we  require  now 
before  they  are  eligible  for  nursing  home  care. 


32 

We  want  to  provide  reimbursement  for  sub-acute  care  at  nursing 
homes  rather  than  in  the  much  more  expensive  hospital  setting. 

If  you  take  these  various  pieces,  you  can  see  how  each  meets  a 
need  that  is  not  met  now.  Starting  with  home-based  care,  we  do 
not  provide  the  kind  of  financial  support  that  many  families  would 
need  in  order  to  keep  an  older  relative  at  home,  and  it  is  a  very 
penny-wise-and-pound-foolish  policy  as  well  as  one  that  I  think  is 
unfair  to  families. 

If  a  family  wants  to  take  on  the  responsibility,  some  little  bit  of 
help,  whether  it  is  a  visiting  nurse  or  some  other  person  to  come 
in  to  help  or  provide  respite  care,  we  need  to  provide  them  access 
to  these  services.  They  are  much  less  expensive  than  having  some- 
one go  into  a  nursing  home. 

With  respect  to  community-based  care,  I  would  only  repeat  the 
example  that  I  saw  the  first  time  I  visited  an  adult  day  care  center 
in  the  last  9  months.  It  was  at  St.  Agnes  Hospital  in  Philadelphia. 
That  hospital  wanted  to  provide  a  service  to  the  community.  So 
they  told  families  that  if  you  keep  your  older  relative  at  home,  but 
you  both  work  during  the  day,  then  bring  them  to  the  hospital.  We 
will  watch  them  during  the  day.  If  anything  happens,  we  will  be 
able  to  provide  medical  care. 

Well,  the  hospital  had  to  charge  something,  and  the  hospital 
tried  to  keep  the  cost  as  low  as  possible,  but  they  had  to  charge 
about  $35  or  $40.  Well,  that  is  about  $200  a  week  for  a  working 
family.  That  is  more  than  most  working  families  can  afford  to  pay. 

So  the  net  result  was  that,  because  there  was  no  reimbursement 
help  for  working  families,  most  of  those  families  according  to  the 
St.  Agnes  medical  staff  were  forced  to  put  their  relatives  in  nursing 
homes  which  then  cost  the  State  and  the  Federal  Government 
much  more  than  maybe  helping  to  support  a  $35-  or  $40-a-day 
charge. 

Then,  finally,  with  the  sub-acute  care,  many  older  and  disabled 
patients,  patients  who  are  under  very  severe  medical  conditions 
and  often  on  life  support,  are  kept  in  hospitals  because  if  they  are 
moved  out  of  the  hospital,  Government  assistance  for  their  care 
stops. 

I  did  not  have  to  face  that  issue  with  my  father,  but  I  would  have 
if  he  had  not  died.  So,  all  of  a  sudden,  what  you  think  you  have 
available  in  terms  of  financial  assistance  ends,  and  many  doctors 
have  told  me,  as  favors  to  families  under  great  financial  and  emo- 
tional stress,  they  keep  patients  in  hospitals  far  longer  than  they 
should  because  they  know  to  discharge  them  to  a  nursing  home  or 
discharge  them  to  home  is  an  unconscionable  psychological  and  fi- 
nancial burden  on  many  families. 

We  need  alternatives  to  that,  and  providing  this  kind  of  long- 
term  care,  reimbursing  for  sub-acute  and  maintenance  care,  will 
help  so  many  families,  and  those  are  the  things  we  want  to  pro- 
vide. 

Senator  MlKULSKl.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mrs.  Clinton,  and 
thank  you  for  the  kind  words  you  said  about  the  Maryland  pro- 
gram. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  a  statement  for  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  It  will  be  so  included. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Mikulski  follows:] 


33 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Mikulski 

Good  morning  Mrs.  Clinton.  It  is  an  honor  to  have  you  with  us 
today,  and  it  is  an  honor  to  be  a  party  to  these  deliberations. 

I  think  that  the  President,  working  through  you  and  your  task 
force,  should  be  commended  for  taking  on  this  issue  and  dealing 
with  it  in  such  a  comprehensive  and  well  considered  manner. 

Some  people  see  this  issue  as  too  complicated  to  solve.  But  I 
think  this  is  what  we  were  all  sent  to  Washington  to  do — to  deal 
with  problems  as  important  and  difficult  as  this. 

We  are,  of  course,  dealing  with  a  huge  issue  here:  it  consumes 
one-seventh  of  the  American  economy;  there  are  entrenched  special 
interests  all  around;  and  this  is  an  issue  that  touches  people  where 
they  live — the  health  and  well  being  of  their  families. 

And  there  is  no  question  that  we  have  a  crisis  on  our  hands:  ex- 
ploding costs  and  all  that  means  in  terms  of  access  to  service  and 
trying  to  stay  competitive  in  the  world  marketplace;  and  fear  of  los- 
ing coverage  and  the  financial  ruin  associated  with  a  medical  need. 

This  is  not  the  America  we  have  known,  much  less  the  America 
we  aspire  to.  People  who  play  by  the  rules — work  hard,  pay  their 
taxes,  serve  their  country  when  called  upon — end  up  without  life 
or  liberty  or  a  chance  at  happiness  because  of  a  medical  emergency 
or  medical  condition. 

If  we  don't  reform  this  system,  if  we  don't  help  to  solve  this  prob- 
lem, if  we  can't  figure  out  how  to  make  this  system  work  better, 
we  will  have  failed  more  than  this  task,  we  will  have  failed  our 
country  in  a  time  great  need. 

I  want  to  work  with  you  and  the  President  on  how  to  improve 
this  plan,  and  I  the  will  do  everything  I  can  to  make  sure  that  the 
President  is  successful  in  achieving  comprehensive  health  care  re- 
form. 

So  we've  got  our  work  cut  out  for  us,  and  in  that  regard  I  believe 
all  Americans  owe  you  a  debt  of  thanks  for  the  leadership  you  have 
provided  on  this  problem. 

Before  this  plan  was  announced  I  decided  on  a  set  of  principles 
to  use  to  guide  my  deliberations  on  this  subject.  I  am  pleased  to 
tell  you  today  that  this  plan  does  pretty  well  in  terms  of  those  prin- 
ciples. 

This  plan  makes  health  care  accessible,  affordable,  and  controls 
costs.  It  also  goes  a  long  way  to  eliminating  the  hassle. 

Providing  all  Americans  with  a  comprehensive  set  of  benefits  re- 
gardless of  pre-existing  health  conditions,  job  changes,  moves  or— 
God  forbid — actually  getting  sick  or  becoming  disabled,  would  in  it- 
self be  a  remarkable  achievement. 

Let  me  tell  you  what  else  I  like:  the  universal  coverage  and  pre- 
ventive care  elements  are  a  major  plus,  as  is  the  support  for  the 
network  of  health  clinics  that  have  traditionally  been  there  for  the 
underserved — it  is  not  enough  to  provide  a  list  of  covered  services, 
you  have  to  have  the  community  infrastructure  to  deliver  those 
services;  I'm  also  pleased  with  the  new  benefits  for  senior  citizens, 
the  addition  of  prescription  drug  coverage  under  medicare,  and 
community  and  home  based  long-term  care  benefits;  I  like  what  I 
see  for  women — breast  and  cervical  cancer  screenings,  reproductive 
health  services  and  so  forth.  But  we  need  to  make  sure  these  serv- 


34 

ices  are  comprehensive;  and  finally  I'm  pleased  about  the  fact  that 
people  will  continue  to  have  the  right  to  choose  which  health  plan 
to  join  and  who  their  doctor  will  be. 

But,  as  I  said  I  want  to  be  up-front  about  my  concerns,  and  I  do 
think  this  plan  can  be  improved. 

I'm  concerned  about  financing — I  am  worried  about  the  size  of 
the  cuts  in  medicare  and  medicaid,  and  I'm  worried  about  the  im- 
pact on  small  business. 

I  need  to  learn  more  about  what  hospitals  and  health  care  pro- 
viders think  about  whether  this  proposal  promotes  an  improved 
quality  of  care. 

I'm  concerned  about  a  provision  which  will  weaken  quality  con- 
trol in  clinical  laboratories,  the  frequency  of  some  tests  (PAP  and 
mammography,  and  the  lack  of  specifics  in  the  area  of  family  plan- 
ning and  pregnancy  related  services. 

My  ultimate  test  for  this  plan  will  be  how  well  it  serves  the  peo- 
ple of  Maryland,  and  I  plan  to  spend  a  considerable  amount  of  time 
talking  with  and  listening  to  the  people  of  Maryland  to  find  out 
what  they  think  about  this  plan. 

But  above  all  else  I'm  concerned  about  the  consequences  of  doing 
nothing. 

We  simply  can't  afford  the  status-quo. 

And  its  not  just  the  health  of  our  people  at  stake,  its  the  health 
of  our  economy  as  well. 

In  1980  Maryland  companies  spent  $1.15  billion  on  health  care 
for  their  employees. 

Twelve  years  later  that  number  is  fast  approaching  $4  billion  (up 
more  than  250%).  If  things  don't  change  it  will  hit  $8  billion  by  the 
year  2000. 

No  wonder  its  tough  to  compete  in  the  global  marketplace. 

So  while  I  don't  think  we  are  there  yet,  and  I  see  a  need  to  hear 
from  my  State,  I  am  prepared  to  go  to  work  on  this  subject,  to  roll 
up  my  sleeves  and  work  with  you  on  this  most  important  issue. 

The  Chairman.  Very  good. 

Senator  Hatch. 

Senator  Hatch.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Welcome  to  the  committee,  Mrs.  Clinton,  and  I  just  want  to  say 
it  is  always  good  to  be  with  you  and  always  good  to  see  you  again. 

I  also  want  to  thank  you  for  elevating  our  Nation's  dialogue  on 
these  critical  health  care  issues,  and  I  think  you  have  done  that 
single-handedly.  You  and  the  President  have  clearly  done  your 
homework  on  this  issue,  and  you  deserve  a  lot  of  credit  in  my  opin- 
ion for  your  hours  of  study  and  your  eloquent  defense  of  the  admin- 
istration's plan. 

So  I,  for  one,  personally  admire  you  for  getting  into  this  battle 
and  doing  what  you  have  done,  and  I  want  to  work  with  you  on 
this. 

I  agree  with  all  of  the  principles  for  reform  which  the  President 
articulated  last  week.  We  do  need  to  provide  health  security  for  our 
citizens.  We  do  need  to  reduce  cost.  We  do  need  to  reduce  bureauc- 
racy. We  do  need  to  eliminate  fraud  and  greed.  All  of  those  are  im- 
portant, but  the  problem  is  we  don't  need  to  create  more  problems 
than  we  fix,  and  that  is  what  people  are  worried  about.  With  the 
massive  sweeping  changes  the  administration  is  proposing  for  our 


35 

health  care  system,  it  is  a  matter  of  great,  great  concern  to  a  lot 

of  us.  .   . 

It  is  no  secret  that  I  have  some  problems  with  the  administra- 
tion's approaches  to  health  care.  For  example,  I  don't  believe  that 
we  need  a  national  health  benefits  board  to  determine  what  health 
care  should  be  in  this  country.  I  believe  more  employer  mandates 
would  be  devastating  to  job  creation,  and,  of  course,  there  is  always 
the  question  of  how  are  we  going  to  finance  this  beast. 

These  are  very,  very  tough  issues,  but  I  look  forward  to  seeing 
the  details  in  the  administration's  plan  when  you  get  it  done,  hope- 
fully within  the  next  couple  of  weeks,  and  as  I  have  said  before, 
I  want  to  work  with  you  and  help  you  to  the  extent  that  I  can.  I 
am  afraid  there  is  a  lot  of  work  to  do  no  matter  what  or  how  we 
look  into  health  care  reform. 

Maybe  I  would  just  ask  one  specific  question,  and  that  is  this. 
I  know  this  sounds  trite,  but  price  controls  didn't  work  in  the 
1970s,  and  I  don't  think  they  are  going  to  work  any  better  now.  Ob- 
viously, we  all  want  to  get  health  costs  under  control. 

I  raise  the  same  issues  that  you  have  already  discussed  with  re- 
gard to  innovation  and  technology,  but  I  am  afraid  that  global 
budgeting  is  going  to  result  in  rationing,  pure  and  simple.  In  order 
to  control  cost,  you  simply  have  to  control  volume  as  well  in  order 
for  it  to  work. 

So  I  think  it  would  be  useful  if  you  could  walk  us  through  exactly 
how  the  global  budget  would  work,  explaining  how  the  costs  are 
going  to  be  restrained  without  reduction  in  quality  of  care,  choice, 
access,  or  technical  innovation. 

Let  me  just  say  this.  One  of  my  friends,  a  really  great  author  in 
this  country  who  is  a  doctor,  an  internist,  Robin  Cook,  wrote  Coma 
and  the  recent  best  seller,  Terminal.  He  is  writing  a  new  novel  that 
should  come  out  before  the  end  of  this  year  which  will  show  the 
horrors  and  the  nightmares  of  global  budgeting  and  Government 
management  of  health  care.  I  think  we  will  all  want  to  read  it  be- 
cause it  will  be  right  in  line  with  what  we  are  discussing  here 
today. 

I  know  you  are  concerned  about  those  matters,  too,  but  if  you 
would,  walk  us  through  how  the  global  budget  would  work,  ex- 
plaining how  we  can  constrain  costs  without  reductions  in  quality 
of  care,  choice,  access,  or  technical  innovation,  etc. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Senator,  that  is  obviously  one  of  the  key  issues, 
and  let  me  start  by  saying  that  the  term  "global  budget"  is  really 
a  misnomer  because  there  is  not  any  intention  to  in  any  way  budg- 
et every  health  expenditure  that  any  American  would  make.  The 
budget  we  discuss  in  our  proposal  would  only  apply  to  the  guaran- 
teed benefits  package.  Anything  over  and  above  that,  anything  that 
any  individual  wished  to  spend  is  clearly  available  for  that  individ- 
ual to  do.  The  marketplace  will  be  there  for  individuals  to  take  ad- 
vantage of. 

With  respect  to  trying  to  provide  some  budgetary  discipline  with 
the  delivery  of  the  guaranteed  benefits  package,  we  are  operating 
on  the  basis  of  several  beliefs  about  the  best  way  to  do  that,  that 
I  would  like  to  share  with  you. 

The  first  is  that  rationing  already  takes  place  in  our  country.  It 
happens  every  single  day  in  every  single  community,  and  it  is  done 


36 

by  removing  people  from  the  insurance  roles.  It  is  done  by  putting 
barriers  to  access.  It  is  done  by  making  it  much  more  difficult  for 
some  people  to  pay  for  their  health  care  than  for  others.  The  net 
result  is  that  many  people  are  already  suffering  the  effects  of  ra- 
tioning because  we  have  a  kind  of  nonsystem  of  health  care  in 
which  those  of  us  who  are  able  have  access  to  the  very  best  health 
care  in  the  world.  However,  if  we  compare  ourselves  to  some  of  our 
competing  countries  on  many  health  indicators,  we  do  not  do  a  very 
goocf  job  For  our  entire  population.  So  rationing  is  already  happen- 
ing, and,  in  fact,  what  we  want  to  do  is  increase  the  market  and 
increase  the  competitive  forces  that  will  make  health  care  more 
available  to  the  entire  society. 

The  second  point  is  that  there  has  now  been  some  very  convinc- 
ing work  that  illustrates  the  stark  differences  in  health  care  deliv- 
ery and  costs  that  exist  from  one  part  of  our  country  to  another, 
and  a  number  of  people  have  been  studying  this. 

This  is  what  Dr.  Koop  has  been  doing  since  he  left  being  surgeon 
general.  He  and  Dr.  Wenberg  at  Dartmouth  are  two  of  the  leading 
researchers  in  this  area. 

If  you  have,  as  we  currently  do,  just  one  of  our  programs,  take 
Medicare,  a  300-percent  differential  between  the  delivery  of  care  in 
Miami,  FL,  and  the  delivery  of  care  in  Wisconsin,  or,  as  Senator 
Durenberger  never  tires  of  pointing  out  to  me,  a  100-percent  or 
200-percent  differential  between  Minnesota  Medicare  delivery  and 
a  place  like  Philadelphia,  with  no  difference  in  quality  that  any- 
body can  point  to.  These  differences  point  out  very  clearly  that 
there  is  a  huge  amount  of  inefficiency  in  the  way  we  are  delivering 
health  care  right  now. 

Now,  if  health  care  has  been  delivered  at  one-half  the  cost  in 
New  Haven,  CT,  compared  to  Boston,  MA,  or  one-third  the  cost  in 
Wisconsin  compared  to  Miami,  FL,  or  many  other  examples  I  could 
point  out  to  you,  why  hasn't  the  whole  market  figured  out  that  they 
can  delivery  health  care  more  efficiently  if  they  followed  what  Min- 
nesota has  done  than  if  they  follow  what  another  community  has 
done?  Well,  that  is  because,  going  back  to  Senator  Coats'  example, 
we  don't  have  any  incentives;  in  fact,  we  have  got  the  wrong  incen- 
tives in  the  health  care  system  as  it  is  currently  structured. 

We  reimburse  on  a  basis  of  diagnostic  treatment,  on  procedure, 
not  on  the  basis  of  what  is  the  quality  outcome  that  will  be  deliv- 
ered for  a  particular  population. 

I  showed  it  yesterday,  and  I  have  it,  I  think,  again  today.  This 
is  a  consumer  guide  that  makes  the  point  better  tnan  I  could.  It's 
called  "A  Consumer  Guide  to  Coronary  Artery  Bypass  Surgery."  It 
is  put  out  by  the  Pennsylvania  Health  Care  Cost  Containment 
Council. 

What  Pennsylvania  has  been  doing  for  a  number  of  years  is 
going  to  every  hospital  that  performs  coronary  bypass  surgeries, 
finding  out  how  much  they  charge  and  what  happened  to  the  pa- 
tient, how  many  died,  what  kinds  of  recovery  and  other  problems 
did  they  have.  In  that  one  State,  you  can  get  the  same  operation 
for  $21,000  or  $84,000.  There  is  no  difference  in  quality.  In  fact, 
if  you  look  at  this  consumer  guide,  the  hospital  that  is  delivering 
the  surgery  for  $21,000  is  doing  as  good  or  better  a  job  than  hos- 
pitals delivering  it  for  3  or  4  times  that  amount. 


37 

There  is  no  current  incentive  in  our  system  to  move  any  other 
hospital  in  Pennsylvania  to  close  that  gap.  We  think  by  creating  a 
market-driven  competitive  system  and  by  providing  good  consumer 
information,  we  will  begin  to  see  hospitals  get  those  costs  more  in 
line  with  each  other.  So,  in  fact,  instead  of  rationing  care,  if  more 
hospitals  in  Pennsylvania  delivered  a  high-quality  coronary  bypass 
at  $21,000,  you  would  have  more  people  taken  care  of  than  you  do 
currently  when  the  cost  is  $84,000. 

The  way  we  view  the  budget  is  as  a  backstop.  It  will  not  come 
into  effect  in  the  vast  majority  of  cases  because  we  believe  that 
good  information  and  decision-making  on  the  part  of  providers  will 
begin  to  move  this  system  in  a  more  rational  way,  so  that  we  will 
have  better  quality  health  care  for  less  money. 

So  the  budget  is  there  not  to  be  imposed,  but  to  serve  as  a  saving 
guarantee,  and  I  know  my  time  is  up,  but  we  could  go  through  very 
technically  and  explain  how  it  would  be  enforced  in  the  event  that 
it  should  be  triggered,  but  we  really  don't  believe  it  will  be  trig- 
gered in  most  instances  if  people  pay  attention  to  what  we  know 
is  out  there  about  how  to  provide  quality  health  care  at  less  cost. 

Senator  Hatch.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  That  is  all  I  wish  to  ask  today. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Bingaman. 

Senator  Bingaman.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  will  join  all  the  others  in  congratulating  you,  Mrs.  Clinton,  and 
the  President  for  your  leadership  and  also  Senator  Kennedy  for  his 
long  record  of  leadership  on  this  issue. 

I  wanted  to  ask  you  about  the  cost  containment  part  of  it  because 
I  know  that  is  central  to  your  plan.  I  introduced  a  bill  last  year 
based  on  work  that  the  Jackson  Hole  group  had  done,  and  a  central 
part  of  what  they  proposed  and  what  I  proposed  in  that  bill  to  con- 
tain cost  was  a  limit  on  the  amount  of  the  employer's  contribution 
which  would  be  tax-free  to  the  employee. 

I  know  that  Alan  Enthoven  has  continued  to  urge  that  that  be 
considered  in  this  plan.  It  does  seem  to  me  that  if  I  have  a  choice 
of  a  high-cost  plan  that  perhaps  is  doing  bypass  surgery  at  $84,000 
a  crack  and  a  low-cost  plan  that  is  doing  bypass  surgery  at  $21,000 
a  crack,  we  ought  to  build  all  the  incentives  in  we  can  for  me  to 
choose  the  low-cost  plan. 

Making  me  pay  tax  on  the  increased  cost  of  going  to  the  high- 
cost  plan  would,  I  think,  be  a  strong  incentive.  What  is  your  think- 
ing for  not  including  that  in  what  are  you  planning  to  propose? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  Senator,  let  me  start  by  saying  I  don't  think 
that  a  restructured  competitive  market,  where  health  providers  are 
coming  to  get  your  dollar  and  mine  and  we  are  making  the  choice, 
will  not  sustain  very  many  providers  who  are  charging  $84,000  for 
a  bypass  surgery.  Providers  are  going  to  have  to  become  more  cost 
effective. 

We  are  asking  consumers  to  make  cost-conscious  decisions,  and 
if  I  choose  to  join  the  most  expensive  health  care  plan,  I  will  pay 
the  difference,  and  that  will  be  the  choice  that  I  make. 

The  issue  about  taxing  health  benefits  is  one  that  we  have  really 
struggled  and  worried  over  because  we  have  a  great  deal  of  respect 
for  Alan  Enthoven  and  for  the  people  who  have  worked  on  man- 


38 

aged  competition.  We  believe  that  we  have  incorporated  a  managed 
competition  system  in  many  of  the  features  that  we  have  adopted, 
but  we  had  several  big  problems  starting  with  the  taxing  of  health 
care  benefits  immediately  when  the  plan  began,  and  they  include 
the  following. 

If  you  start  a  health  care  reform  proposal  that  will  affect  the 
whole  country,  we  know  that  people  are  starting  at  different  levels 
of  insurance  right  now.  Some  people  have  bargained  for  their 
health  insurance.  Some  employers  have  offered  health  benefits  as 
a  competitive  device  to  keep  employees  and  to  hire  employees.  So 
we  are  starting  with  differing  levels  of  health  insurance. 

The  guaranteed  benefits  package  that  we  are  offering,  we  believe 
is  a  very  good  benefits  package,  and  it  does  emphasize  primary  and 
preventive  health  care.  It  does  not,  however,  include  some  of  the 
features  that  are  available  in  insurance  policies  that  are  currently 
insuring  millions  of  Americans.  So  to  say  at  the  very  beginning 
these  millions  of  Americans  are  going  to  be  worse  off  than  they 
would  be  without  reform  struck  us  as  unfair. 

So  what  we  decided  to  do  instead  was  to  say  we  intend  to  impose 
a  tax  cap,  but  we  want  to  give  everybody  enough  notice,  employers 
and  employees,  so  that  they  can  get  ready  for  it,  so  that  they  can 
see  how  our  system  operates,  so  that  they  can  feel  secure  that  they 
are  not  giving  up  benefits  that  they  have  either  bargained  for  or 
paid  for  in  wages.  So  we  do  believe  in  the  tax  cap  as  advocated  by 
the  pure  managed  competition  advocates.  A  tax  cap  will  be  added, 
but  it  will  be  several  years  out  after  the  system  has  actually  gotten 
up  and  consumers  can  see  what  the  benefits  are  for  them. 

The  second  is  that  to  impose  a  tax  cap  right  now  would  be  to 
raise  taxes  on  millions  of  working  Americans.  I  don't  know  how  we 
could  do  that.  I  don't  think  the  President  feels  comfortable  coming 
to  you  and  saying  remove  the  tax  treatment  for  health  care  bene- 
fits, and,  oh,  by  the  way,  that  is  a  tax  hike  on  tens  of  millions  of 
Americans.  I  can  guarantee  you  once  your  constituents  figure  that 
out,  you  would  hear  a  lot  from  them  because  they  would  think  it 
was  unfair.  Our  proposal  does  ask  consumers  to  make  cost-con- 
scious decisions,  ana  we  have  seen  companies  where  this  has 
worked.  We  have  seen  States  where  it  has  worked. 

The  State  of  Minnesota  decided  it  would  only  pay  its  employer 
share  for  State  employees  into  the  lower-cost  plans,  and  people 
switched.  Many  employers  who  have  given  lower  cost  alternatives 
to  their  workers  have  saved  money  because  people  have  switched. 
So  that  is  our  thinking  behind  it. 

Yes,  we  believe  the  tax  cap  is  a  tool.  Yes,  we  want  it  included, 
but  to  do  it  now  would  result  in  a  tax  increase  on  millions  of  Amer- 
icans which  we  don't  think  at  this  point  in  time  is  fair  to  do. 

Senator  Bingaman.  Thank  you  for  clarifying  that.  It  is  obvious 
you  have  given  it  a  lot  of  thought. 

Let  me  ask  one  other  incentive-related  question.  One  of  the  in- 
centives that  exist  in  the  present  system  of  health  care  is  an  incen- 
tive not  to  smoke.  Most  or  at  least  many  health  care  providers  or 
plans  give  you  a  discount  if  you  do  not  smoke.  As  I  understand 
what  you  are  proposing,  that  would  not  be  available. 

You  have  an  assessment  provision  in  the  plan  or  contemplate  one 
for  employers  of  over  5,000  who  decide  to  opt  out.  I  think  you 


39 

charge  them  a  certain  percentage.  Why  does  it  not  make  sense  to 
maintain  some  kind  of  additional  cost  for  individuals  who  choose 
to  smoke  or  for  employers  with  work  forces  that  choose  to  smoke? 
Would  that  not  put  the  incentive  where  you  want  it  as  we  talk 
about  responsibility  in  the  health  care  system? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  Senator,  I  think  that  we  ought  to  take  a 
close  look  at  that  again.  We  are  going  to  propose  taxing  tobacco 
which  we  consider  a  disincentive  to  smoking,  and  we  hope  particu- 
larly for  young  people. 

If  there  is  a  way  without  getting  back  into  the  problems  caused 
by  experience  rating  and  underwriting  practices  that  draw  lines  be- 
tween people  where  we  can  just  target  certain  very  limited  behav- 
iors, we  will  look  at  that  again  because  I  share  your  belief  that  we 
should  try  to  encourage  wellness  and  discourage  harmful  behav- 
iors, but  we  don't  want  to  start  down  a  slippery  slope  where  all  we 
do  is  separate  young  from  old,  healthy  from  sick.  Once  we  get  back 
into  that,  then  we  are  back  into  all  of  the  administrative  costs  and 
the  underwriting  practices  that  eliminate  people  from  care,  and  we 
don't  want  that  to  happen. 

Senator  Bingaman.  I  agree  entirely,  and  I  think  your  decision  to 
just  impose  the  tax  on  tobacco  products  made  a  lot  of  sense.  It  was 
an  exception  to  the  community-based  plan,  and  it  might  be  in  this 
other  area  as  well. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Durenberger. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Mr.  Chairman  and  Mrs.  Clinton,  thank 
you. 

Let  me  begin  by  saying  that  the  people  I  represent  like  you  a  lot. 
Many  of  them  even  trust  you  which  is  very  unusual  for  people  who 
work  in  this  town,  and  I  think  it  is  because  you  are  one  of  the  first 
national  leaders  to  take  responsibility  for  actually  getting  some- 
thing done,  and  they  feel  that. 

Even  though  they  may  not  know  enough  about  the  plan  or  not 
trust  the  financing  and  so  forth,  I  must  say  that  the  sense  of  re- 
sponsibility for  doing  something  has  not  been  lost  on  my  constitu- 
ents. 

They  also  appreciate  your  mentioning  Minnesota  so  often.  It  is 
a  unique  constituency,  and  I  have  been  blessed  to  represent  it  for 
a  long,  long  time,  and  whatever  I  have  to  say  by  way  of  a  question 
will  reflect  our  experiences  in  Minnesota. 

One  of  the  things  that  I  hope  we  can  agree  on — and  I  am  just 
going  to  suggest  one,  but  we  don't  have  to  do  it  now — is  I  think  we 
need  a  goal  for  all  of  this  that  people  can  relate  to  so  we  don't  get 
bogged  down  in  all  of  the  mechanics. 

I  nave  always  used  the  goal  of  equal  access  to  high-quality  care, 
and  a  system  of  high-quality  care  through  universal  coverage  of  fi- 
nancial risk.  I  would  like  to  add  in  a  community  commitment  to 
the  health  of  our  citizens. 

There  is  nothing  in  there  about  basic  benefits  or  insurance  com- 
panies or  health  alliances  or  any  of  that  sort  of  thing.  But  it  is  an 
important  measure  because  as  we  undertake  this  task,  there  are 
two  really  important  things  we  don't  have  in  our  country  today 
that  we  need  to  get  to.  One  is  cost  containment,  and  the  other  is 
the  goal  of  universal  coverage. 


40 

So  my  question  is  going  to  be  a  question  I  have  discussed  with 
you  before,  and  that  is,  why  can't  we  do  one  before  the  other? 

In  order  to  devise  an  effective  reform  strategy,  we  somehow  have 
to  figure  out  how  to  get  the  cost  under  control.  The  reality  from  my 
experience  has  been  that  people  control  costs.  People  control  costs. 
This  is  particularly  true  if  you  want  to  maintain  high  quality. 

Government  can  control  cost  by  putting  lids  on  things,  but  then 
something  else  is  lost  in  the  system,  rationing  or  quality  or  what- 
ever. But  the  reality  is  in  whatever  we  buy,  whatever  we  use  in 
our  society,  it  is  people,  people  that  contain  the  cost. 

Communities  as  markets  are  very,  very  important  because  com- 
munities are  a  series  of  relationships  between  people  who  have  cer- 
tain needs  and  people  who  can  meet  those  needs.  It  is  in  commu- 
nities where  you  have  caregivers,  in  our  context  of  the  medical 
term,  caregivers  and  consumers  meeting  on  a  daily  basis. 

So  the  reality  is  that  communities  across  this  country  are  con- 
taining cost.  You  have  mentioned  Minnesota.  You  have  mentioned 
other  States.  There  are  employer  coalitions.  That  is  a  sense  of  com- 
munity. There  are  multispecialty  clinics,  and  you  have  mentioned 
one  of  them,  David  Nexon's  favorite,  but  there  is  also  the  Cleveland 
and  then  there  is  Oxner,  and  there  are  smaller  ones  in  many  of  our 
communities. 

There  are  efforts  to  increase  consumer  information.  You  men- 
tioned Pennsylvania.  However,  they  are  all  over  the  place.  All  of 
this  is  being  done  in  communities.  I  need  to  stress  this  because  it 
is  communities  that  make  the  difference.  It  is  not  State  Govern- 
ments. Nothing  that  has  happened  in  Minnesota  has  happened  be- 
cause the  State  Government  said  it  needed  to  happen.  It  happened 
because  people  wanted  it  to  happen.  You  have  already  mentioned 
Duluth  and  the  difference  between  Duluth  and  Philadelphia  and 
Wisconsin  and  Miami  and  so  forth. 

So  the  issue  is  really  how  do  we  spread  this  across  the  country, 
and  what  is  the  Government's  role  in  all  of  this? 

I  am  going  to  suggest  two.  First,  the  national  Government  ought 
to  set  the  rules  for  a  sound  marketplace.  If  we  want  high  quality, 
if  we  want  cost  containment,  if  we  want  more  for  less,  we  need  to 
get  productivity.  We  need  dynamic  markets.  What  are  the  rules  for 
dynamic  markets?  It  defies  any  logic  of  any  experience  I  have  had 
that  51  States  can  come  up  with  rules  for  markets  for  products  like 
health  care  and  medical  services. 

The  second  part  of  the  goal  is  the  issue  of  universal  access.  There 
the  Government  role  is  probably  even  clearer,  although  even  Re- 
publicans differ  on  this.  The  first  role  is  the  State  role,  and  that 
is  to  make  services  available  to  people  who  can't  get  them  from  a 
market.  Most  of  us  who  know  anything  about  markets  know  that 
markets  can  get  you  higher  quality  for  a  lower  price,  but  they  can't 
do  equity.  They  can't  get  doctors  to  go  out  into  this  part  of  northern 
Minnesota  where  there  are  only  2  people  per  square  mile.  They 
can't  get  good  diagnostic  equipment  into  certain  areas.  Only  Gov- 
ernment can  do  that. 

So  one  of  the  responsibilities  of  Government  is  to  make  services 
available,  and  that  is  going  to  require  subsidies,  and  that  is  one  of 
the  things  on  which  State  governments  really  ought  to  be  con- 


41 

centrating,  and  they  are  not  doing  it  today.  They  are  leaving  it  to 
some  medical  marketplace. 

The  second  is  the  affordability  of  the  premium  prices  that  we 
now  pay  for  our  coverage,  and  clearly  that  is  a  national  issue.  To- 
morrow you  will  be  before  the  Finance  Committee,  and  we  will  talk 
about  low  income,  elderly,  disabled,  and  doing  something  about  our 
policy.  Before  this  committee,  you  will  talk  about  the  employer's 
role  and  so  forth. 

I  am  sort  of  setting  up  this  question  by  saying  we  have  to  get 
to  a  market,  we  have  to  get  the  people  to  contain  the  cost,  and  we 
have  to  get  the  Government  to  make  the  access  to  the  system  af- 
fordable in  some  way. 

Right  now  the  American  people  as  reflected  by  the  people  in  my 
State  believe  that  you  can  get  to  a  market  without  universal  cov- 
erage. We  are  doing  it  in  Minnesota.  Even  though  there  is  cost- 
shifting,  we  are  moving  to  a  market.  It  is  happening  in  Utah  and 
Oregon  and  in  parts  of  New  York  and  lots  of  other  places.  They  are 
moving  to  cost  containment  even  though  there  exists  some  cost- 
shifting.  So  I  have  a  hard  time  with  the  notion  that  you  have  to 
have  universal  coverage  in  order  to  make  a  market  work. 

Even  more  important  than  that,  it  seems  that  we  have  already 
talked  about  the  fact  that  Americans  don't  want  their  taxes  raised. 
You  have  just  said  they  don't  want  their  taxes  raised  on  their  bene- 
fit. We  all  know  the  difficulty  you  have  there. 

Beyond  that,  the  reason  they  don't  want  the  taxes  raised  is  they 
are  not  sure  the  plan  is  going  to  work.  Is  there  not  some  value  in 
demonstrating  that  your  particular  approach  to  markets  in  medi- 
cine, which  no  one  has  seen  before,  actually  works  in  some  commu- 
nities in  this  country  before  we  move  to  a  national  universal  cov- 
erage system? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  Senator,  as  always,  you  ask  the  most  inter- 
esting and  challenging  questions  because  of  your  concern  and  com- 
mitment to  this  issue,  and  I  appreciated  greatly  the  times  that  we 
have  spent  together  talking  about  this. 

I  guess  I  would  answer  in  this  way.  We  have  seen  markets  begin- 
ning to  work,  the  ones  that  you  named.  We  believe  we  know  the 
conditions  that  markets  need  to  be  able  to  work  effectively,  and  we 
do  need  to  define  whatever  the  Government  role  is  in  creating  that 
national  market,  so  that  we  will  have  a  sound  and  effective  one. 

The  problem  that  I  have  in  putting  cost  containment  before  uni- 
versal coverage  or  vice  versa  is  that  in  any  decent  marketplace,  you 
would  have  people  flooding  to  Minnesota  to  figure  out  how  to  keep 
cost  down.  You  would  have  people  flooding  to  the  university  in  Du- 
luth  to  figure  out  how  to  train  more  family  care  providers  than  are 
trained  by  any  other  medical  school.  You  would  have  people  lined 
up  at  Rochester,  NY's  boundary  saying  show  us  how  you  keep  those 
costs  down  in  Rochester,  NY. 

That  has  not  happened,  and  it  hasn't  happened  because  there  is 
no  market  there,  and  there  is  no  real  pressure  for  that  market  to 
be  created  by  the  kind  of  market  that  there  would  be  if  somebody 
thought  they  could  buy  a  car  for  one-third  the  price  in  one  State 
than  they  would  in  the  other.  You  would  have  an  exodus  into  that 
State. 


42 

Part  of  the  reason  there  isn't  is  because  we  don't  have  either  a 
good  theory  for  cost  containment  with  the  right  incentives  built  in 
that  will  move  the  market  in  that  direction  across  the  country  and 
not  just  in  the  pockets  where  it  is  moving,  and  the  other  is  there 
are  all  these  escape  valves  because  we  don't  have  universal  cov- 
erage. People  don't  feel  the  pressure  to  move  because  they  can  al- 
ways shift  their  cost  to  somebody.  Maybe  we  have  States  in  which 
there  is  beginning  to  be  a  market,  but  then  the  neighboring  State 
doesn't  follow  that  example.  They  are  still  writing  the  blank  check 
and  they  are  still  getting  reimbursed  in  the  old  way,  which  is  a  lot 
easier  than  to  come  together  to  figure  out  how  to  make  that  market 
more  dynamic. 

So,  from  our  perspective,  looking  at  all  of  the  factors  you  laid  out, 
it  seems  to  us  we  have  to  proceed  in  tandem,  and  I  know  that  is 
a  more  complicated  way  perhaps  to  proceed,  but  we  think  it  guar- 
antees a  better  outcome.  I  will  look  forward,  as  I  always  do,  to  talk- 
ing with  you  in  more  detail  about  how  to  fulfill  the  Government 
role  that  you  have  outlined  and  the  universal  coverage  while  we  ob- 
tain cost  containment. 
Senator  Durenberger.  Thank  you  very  much. 
The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 
Senator  Wellstone. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 
First  of  all,  Mrs.  Clinton,  when  Senator  Mikulski  was  talking 
about  other  First  Ladies  that  have  testified,  I  think  of  my  heroine, 
Eleanor  Roosevelt,  and  I  thought  maybe  a  quote  from  her  words 
would  help  you  through  this  journey  where  all  too  often  politics  can 
be  so  tough  and  all  too  cynical. 

Eleanor  Roosevelt  once  said,  "The  future  belongs  to  those  who  be- 
lieve in  the  beauty  of  their  dreams,"  and  maybe  T  am  just  a  roman- 
tic, but  I  think  somehow  that  applies  to  this  journey. 

I  am  also  very  honored  to  be  here,  and  I  look  at  this  committee 
hearing  and  your  presence  with  a  sense  of  history  because  the 
pricklings  in  my  fingertips  tell  me  that  after  over  a  half-a-century 
political  struggle,  after  all  that  Franklin  Delano  Roosevelt  talked 
about  some  kind  of  national  health  insurance  or  universal  health 
care  coverage  in  1935,  we  are  as  close  as  we  have  ever  been  as  a 
nation  to  adopt  some  kind  of  maior  health  care  reform  that  will 
provide  humane,  dignified,  affordable  care  for  people. 

I  think  we  have  crossed  the  divide,  and  we  are  no  longer  debat- 
ing whether  or  not  we  will  have  universal  health  care  coverage,  but 
what  kind,  and  I  would  thank  you  and  I  would  thank  the  Presi- 
dent, and  I  would  thank  the  Chair  of  this  committee  for  that. 

Now  for  an  abrupt  transition.  In  Minnesota,  I  told  you  that  as 
a  strong  single-payer  advocate,  I  was  going  to  continue  to  press 
hard,  and  you  said  to  me  that  if  I  didn't  press  hard,  you  would 
worry  I  was  in  need  of  health  care.  So,  in  that  spirit,  I  will  press 
hard. 

I  am  going  to  try  to  do  this  in  under  five  minutes.  First  of  all, 
some  of  the  concerns  that  were  raised  today,  I  am  just  going  to 
highlight  and  then  go  to  my  central  question.  I  do  believe  that  Sen- 
ator Mikulski  raised  a  tough  set  of  issues  because  when  I  talk  to 
people  in  the  cities  and  in  the  rural  areas,  they  don't  see  yet  the 
public  health  and  the  community  health  care  clinic  infrastructure, 


43 

and  they  are  not  quite  sure  where  the  poor  are  going  to  fit  into 
these  networks  who  are,  after  all,  competing  on  the  base  of  price, 
and  I  think  that  is  a  valid  concern. 

I  appreciate  how  willing  you  have  been  to  work  with  many  of  us 
on  the  mental  health  substance  abuse,  but  I  still  think  outpatient 
copay  is  too  high,  and  I  worry  about  that  as  well. 

As  long  as  we  were  going  to  talk  about  long-term  care  and  I 
think  of  the  people  that  I  meet  in  Minnesota,  I  think  we  have  to 
have  a  time  certain  for  comprehensive  package  of  benefits  and  for 
universal  health  care  coverage.  We  can't  over-promise,  and  we  have 
to  be  clear  about  when  we  are  going  to  come  through. 

Now  my  question.  The  thing  that  you  say  that  is  so  powerful,  the 
thing  that  the  President  said  that  was  so  powerful,  is  there  is  a 
card  and  there  will  be  a  comprehensive  package  of  benefits,  and  no 
one  can  take  that  away,  and  I  think  we  are  also  talking  about  qual- 
ity of  service. 

Now,  when  we  talk  about  quality  of  service,  I  would  like  to  zero 
in  on  a  technical  point,  but  I  think  it  is  basic.  That  has  to  do  with 
the  average-price  plan.  For  those  who  don't  know  what  the  aver- 
age-price plan  is  about,  that  means  that  at  any  given  State  if  one 
plan  in  a  State  or  a  region  is  800  and  another  plan  is  300,  that 
80-percent  employer  contribution  will  go  to  the  $500  average-price 
plan.  I  am  glad  it  is  the  average-price  plan.  That  makes  sense  to 

me. 

But  the  issue  is  this.  It  is  not  just  a  question  of  a  package  of  ben- 
efits that  everybody  will  be  entitled  to.  It  is  whether  that  pap 
smear  is  read  correctly.  It  is  whether  or  not  the  phone  call  that  you 
make  is  answered.  It  is  whether  or  not  you  can  make  the  appoint- 
ment and  not  have  to  make.  It  is  whether  or  not  you  can  get  into 
the  clinic  and  you  can  be  treated  well. 

I  am  worried  that  middle-class  people  might  get  the  short  end  of 
the  stick.  What  happens  to  them  if  in  these  average-price  plans  you 
do  not  have  that  quality  of  care  and  you  have  deficiencies?  Those 
of  us  as  Senators  and  Representatives  with  more  income,  we  can 
buy  up  to  a  higher-price  plan,  but  middle-income  people  might  not 
be  able  to. 

So  my  question  to  you  is  what  do  we  do  about  that  problem.  Part 
of  me  says  Senators  and  Representatives  can  basically  participate 
in  the  same  plan.  Then  we  can  monitor  and  make  sure  that  it  is 
a  good  average-price  plan  since  I  think  it  is  going  to  be  for  the  vast 
majority  of  people 

Another  part  of  me  says  let's  set  some  limit  on  the  differential, 
so  that  the  higher-price  plan  can't  be  more  than  20  percent  above 
it,  so  that  we  don't  have  tiers  of  medicine.  That  is  what  I  am  wor- 
ried about,  and  I  just  wonder  how  you  respond  to  this  concern. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Senator,  I  think  that  it  is  a  legitimate  worry,  and 
it  is  one  that  we  are  going  to  have  to  be  very  sensitive  to  as  we 
move  through  this.  The  short  answer  is  that  if  it  is  an  average- 
price  plan  there  should  be  some  variety,  both  somewhat  lower  and 
somewhat  higher,  and  the  clearest  way  for  a  consumer  to  dem- 
onstrate his  displeasure  with  a  plan  is  not  to  rejoin  it  the  following 
year.  I  don't  think  there  is  any  way  we  can  predict  right  now  which 
plan  will  suit  which  consumer. 


44 

Some  of  the  low-priced  plans  that  are  now  available  in  Minnesota 
have  very  high  consumer  satisfaction.  The  State  employee  rep- 
resentatives with  whom  I  spoke,  who  switched  to  the  low-price  plan 
because  the  State  of  Minnesota  was  not  paying  for  higher  cost 
plans  are  perfectly  satisfied  with  that  plan.  I  think  that  there  will 
nave  to  be  on  an  annual  basis  each  individual  making  a  decision. 

Now,  that  is  not  to  say  that  some  plans  might  be  more  of  a  finan- 
cial stretch  than  others,  and  I  recognize  that,  but  until  the  market 
is  really  up  and  going,  we  are  not  going  to  know  which  plan, 
whether  it  is  high-,  medium-,  or  low-priced  will  be  most  satisfac- 
tory to  which  consumer. 

The  second  point  is  that  there  does  need  to  be  some  guarantee 
of  quality.  There  is  a  difference  between  maybe  having  to  wait  a 
little  bit  longer  in  one  plan  and  having  a  pap  smear  read  wrong, 
and  there  needs  to  be  guaranties  on  quality  of  those  features  that 
directly  affect  health  care.  That  is  one  of  the  jobs  that  the  health 
plan,  the  alliance,  and  all  of  us  make  certain  is  our  top  priority. 
We  need  to  give  consumers  quality  indicators  and  to  put  out  report 
cards. 

If  I  had  a  choice  every  year,  if  I  got  information  that  X-percent 
of  pap  smears  had  been  read  wrong  in  a  plan,  I  would  not  join  that 
plan,  and  that  would  be  a  very  clear  message  to  that  plan  that  they 
were  going  to  have  to  change  what  they  were  doing.  There  should 
be  a  system  to  intervene  even  before  that  to  make  sure  those  kinds 
of  things  don't  happen. 

Senator  Wellstone.  My  time  has  run  out.  I  have  just  a  quick 
point.  The  problem  is  that  there  are  parts  of  the  country  where 
within  that  average-price  plan,  there  may  not  be  another  choice. 
Your  position  is  that  each  person  has  a  vote.  My  position  is  that 
that  is  not  exactly  the  case  because  some  people  don't  have  that 
vote  to  buy  up  to  a  higher-priced  plan  because  they  don't  have  the 
income.  So  I  want  to  make  sure  that  we  don't  move  to  these  tiers 
of  medicine.  I  want  to  make  sure  that  we  shed  tiers,  as  in  T-I-E- 
R-S.  I  frankly  think  people  in  the  country  don't  want  to  see  that. 
That  is  my  point. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  You  are  absolutely  right.  None  of  us  do. 

What  we  are  trying  to  create,  as  Senator  Durenberger  said,  is  a 
dynamic  market  that  responds  to  price  and  quality  and  gives  real 
cnoice  to  consumers  unlike  what  exists  in  many  places  now  where 
there  is  no  choice  whatsoever.  You  don't  have  a  low,  medium,  aver- 
age, or  high  plan;  you  have  got  very  little  access.  We  want  to  in- 
crease that,  and  we  are  going  to  watch  that  very  carefully. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

We  have  one  final  questioner  here,  our  good  friend,  Senator 
Wofford,  who  has  been  one  of  our  real  leaders  on  health  care.  We 
will  hear  his  questions  now. 

We  know  that  you  have  another  hearing  to  testify  at.  So  we  will 
not  have  a  second  round  of  questions,  although  we  will  ask  our  col- 
leagues if  they  do  have  questions  to  submit  them  in  writing. 

After  Senator  Wofford,  if  there  is  a  member  that  wanted  to  say 
a  very  brief  final  comment,  we  would  entertain  that  as  well. 

Senator  Wofford. 

Senator  Wofford.  Mrs.  Clinton,  I  am  happy  to  join  Senator  Jef- 
fords and  others  as  a  cosponsor  of  this  bill  because  I  think  it  not 


45 

only  reflects  my  own  bill  of  a  year  and  a  half  ago,  but  it  is  designed 
to  meet  the  tests  that  the  President  put  to  us,  and  they  were  the 
tests  that  I  put  to  the  people  of  Pennsylvania  2  years  ago. 

Mr.  Chairman,  you  have  carried  this  ball  through  thick  and  thin 
over  the  years,  and  too  many  of  those  years  have  been  thin  years. 

Harry  Truman  was  beaten  back  when  he  tried  to  advance  this 
ball  half-a-century  ago,  and  Richard  Nixon,  25  years  ago.  But  I  be- 
lieve this  time,  thanks  to  a  President  of  the  United  States  who  is 
committed  and  to  the  First  Lady  of  the  land  and  the  extraordinary 
work  that  you  have  done,  Mrs.  Clinton,  we  are  going  to  take  the 
ball  across  the  goal  line. 

You  won't  fix  the  common  cold,  such  as  the  one  I  have,  but  I  do 
think  that  you  are  going  to  weave  us  together  as  we  press  hard  to 
fix  many  of  the  major  problems  of  our  health  care  system. 

Before  I  ask  about  early  retirees  and  workers'  compensation  and 
possible  savings  there  in  the  system,  I  would  like  to  introduce  you 
to  someone  behind  you  who  helped  me  advance  the  ball  up  in 
Pennsylvania,  Dr.  Robert  Reinecke,  who  is  the  leading 
opthamologist  of  Pennsylvania. 

Robert,  stand  up  for  a  minute. 

He  said  to  me  when  we  were  talking  about  how  to  reform  the 
health  care  system,  "Senator,  we  can  reform  the  system.  We  can 
decide  how  if  we  set  the  goal,  and  I  just  wish  you  would  take  this 
Constitution  to  the  people  of  Pennsylvania  and  say  in  this  Con- 
stitution if  you  are  charged  with  a  crime,  you  have  a  right  to  a  law- 
yer. It  is  even  more  fundamental  if  you  are  sick  to  have  a  right  to 
a  doctor."  I  took  the  ball  from  him  and  ran  with  it,  and  you  are 
throwing  a  great  ball  to  us  now  to  make  a  reality  of  that. 

On  early  retirees,  I  would  be  interested  in  your  reminding  this 
hearing  what  you  are  proposing  there,  including  any  comments  you 
have  on  any  short-term  measures  to  stop,  the  great  retreating 
sound  of  companies  pressed  by  their  own  cost  crises,  withdrawing 
from,  reducing,  or  canceling  the  benefits  for  early  retirees. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Thank  you.  Senator,  but  before  I  start,  I  must  say 
that  none  of  us  might  be  sitting  here  if  it  had  not  been  for  your 
courageous  campaign  that  was  waged  on  providing  health  care  to 
every  citizen  of  Pennsylvania.  Your  campaign  was  a  call  that  went 
around  the  country.  I  am  just  pleased  that  you  will  be  part  of  actu- 
ally delivering  on  that  promise  to  your  people  and  to  the  people  of 
this  Nation,  and  I  am  very  grateful  for  the  leadership  you  have 
shown  on  this  issue. 

I  know  of  your  deep  concern  about  retirees,  particularly  those 
who  are  being  denied  health  benefits  which  they  thought  they  had 
in  a  sense  paid  for  through  collective  bargaining  agreements  and 
through  other  agreements  with  employers  over  their  work  lives.  It 
is  a  serious  problem,  and  it  is  a  problem  both  for  the  individual 
who  is  perhaps  unpredictably  in  their  lives  denied  health  care 
when  they  most  need  it,  and  it  is  an  economic  problem  for  many 
of  our  companies  which  have  labored  under  much  greater  costs 
than  their  competitors  in  trying  to  meet  their  health  care  needs. 

We  have  proposed  that  the  burden  of  retiree  benefits  of  those 
who  retire  between  the  ages  of  55  and  65  after  a  certain  set  period 
of  work,  who  are  not  yet  eligible  for  Medicare,  be  taken  off  of  the 


46 

backs  of  the  employer  and  be  shared  between  the  employers  and 
the  Federal  Government. 

We  have  costed  this  out  at  about  $4.5  billion  a  year.  We  believe 
it  is  sound  public  policy  because  it  does  release  an  enormous 
amount  of  economic  potential  in  the  marketplace  by  taking  this 
burden  that  some  employers  bear.  The  employers  would  continue 
to  be  responsible  for  a  portion  of  the  payment  under  their  contracts 
or  they  could  make  some  kind  of  lump-sum  payment,  but  the  Fed- 
eral Government  would  pick  up  the  rest  which  would  guarantee 
health  security  to  those  individuals  who  are  caught  between  their 
work  lives  and  Medicare  eligibility.  We  think  this  would  be  an  ap- 
propriate kind  of  security  to  extend  to  them  with  their  making  the 
contribution  as  they  were  able  and,  if  they  went  to  work  after  they 
retired,  they  would  be  required  to  do  so. 

Senator  Wofford.  Do  you  have  any  thoughts  on  a  stop-gap 
measure,  such  as  the  one  some  of  us  are  proposing,  between  now 
and  when  we  deliver  the  goods  of  a  universal  affordable  health  se- 
curity system? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  We  will  certainly  look  at  that.  I  am  aware  of  the 
legislation  that  you  have  sponsored  and  your  strong  statements  on 
benalf  of  that  legislation.  Obviously,  we  hope  that  the  Congress  will 
deal  with  health  care  reform  expeditiously,  so  that  it  may  not  be 
necessary  for  any  transition  or  stop-gap,  but  we  will  certainly  keep 
that  under  consideration. 

Senator  Wofford.  Any  last  words  or  first  words  on  workers' 
compensation  and  how  it  will  be  included  in  this  as  a  way  of  sav- 
ings for  business? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  We  very  much  would  like  to  see  the  workers'  com- 
pensation health  care  benefits  integrated  into  the  national  health 
care  system.  We  think  that  would  be  a  great  benefit  to  small  busi- 
ness particularly,  but  to  all  businesses  that  are  not  paying  increas- 
ingly high  workers'  compensation  premiums. 

We  also  would  like  to  work  toward  an  integration  of  the  entire 
workers'  comp  system  if  we  are  able  to  make  adequate  substitutes 
for  workplace  safety  and  the  kinds  of  inducements  for  safety  that 
the  current  system  provides  through  the  experience  rating  of  insur- 
ance premiums  in  that  system.  At  the  very  beginning,  however,  we 
would  like  to  start  by  integrating  that  portion  of  workers'  comp 
into  the  health  care  payment  that  the  employer  and  employee 
would  share  and  having  the  workers'  comp  insurers  contract  out 
with  accountable  health  plans  to  deliver  the  kinds  of  health  serv- 
ices that  workers  need,  including  rehabilitation  services. 

Senator  Wofford.  Thank  you. 

The  Ckmrman.  It  will  be  so  included. 

We  have  recomputed  the  time.  We  find  that  Senator  Kassebaum 
had  1  minute  left,  and  it  seems  she  has  one  very  small  question. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  That  is  one  of  the  advantages  of  being  a 
ranking  member  and  a  thoughtful  chairman.  I  appreciate  it,  and  I 
appreciate,  Mrs.  Clinton,  all  the  time  you  have  given. 

There  is  a  witness  coming  tomorrow,  and  I  would  like  to  get  your 
answer  to  this  question.  I  am  sure  each  and  every  one  of  us  nere 
has  at  one  time  or  another  tried  to  help  constituents  in  our  States 
raise  money  to  cover  costly  experimental  procedures,  particularly 
transplant  procedures,  and  have  done  fund-raisers  and  so  forth. 


47 

In  this  case,  this  is  a  mother  who  has  multiple  myeloma,  and  her 
employer's  self-insured  plan  doesn't  cover  costly  experimental  pro- 
cedures. She  has  gone  through  all  the  traditional  treatment  proto- 
cols and  they  haven't  worked.  Her  doctor  is  recommending  a  bone 
marrow  transplant. 

Would  such  procedures — costly,  experimental  procedures  such  as 
transplants — be  covered  under  the  plan  as  it  is  devised  now? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  If  a  procedure  is  truly  experimental,  so  that  it  has 
not  yet  proven  in  appropriate  research  trials  its  clinical  efficacy  for 
treating  a  certain  disease,  it  will  not  be  considered  for  inclusion  in 
the  guaranteed  benefits  package,  but  accountable  health  plans  as 
they  do  now  will  certainly  be  free  to  offer  any  procedure  that  they 
choose  to  do  so. 

Once  a  procedure  is  still  considered  experimental  but  provable, 
then  it  may  be  considered  by  the  national  board  to  be  included  in 
the  benefits  package.  So  there  will  be  some  time  lag  there. 

What  we  have  been  telling  people,  in  the  condition  of  the  woman 
you  have  described,  is  that  health  plans  currently  make  available 
around  the  country  some  procedures  that  other  health  plans  do  not. 
There  are  some  that  provide  reimbursement  for  bone  marrow  kinds 
of  procedures  with  respect  to  breast  cancer  and  other  kinds  of  can- 
cer and  other  plans  which  do  not. 

We  believe  that  that  will  continue  to  be  the  case,  but  now  the 
consumer  will  be  able  to  choose  the  plan  that  does  provide  that 
kind  of  treatment,  so  that  there  will  be  a  clear,  up-front  commit- 
ment if  we  provide  this  service.  Even  though  it  is  still  considered 
maybe  experimental  and  not  totally  proven,  you  or  I  will  be  able 
to  join  that  or  we  will  be  able  to  buy  in  the  supplemental  insurance 
market  coverage  for  that  which  is  not  now  readily  available. 

So  we  think  that  the  net  effect  will  be  that  this  woman  and 
women  like  her  will  have  much  greater  choice  to  gain  coverage  for 
this  procedure  before  the  national  board  were  to  decide  it  could  be 
part  of  the  benefits  package  as  a  matter  of  course. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  You  wouldn't  appeal  to  the  alliance?  The 
health  alliance  would  not  make  a  decision  regarding  this? 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Well,  the  health  alliance  would  in  the  first  in- 
stance decide  whether  it  was  going  to  offer  that  service,  and  if  it 
did,  then  it  would  be  part  of  the  benefits  that  the  health  plan  itself 
were  to  offer. 

What  we  also  think  would  be  available  is  the  point  of  service  op- 
tion that  we  want  every  plan  to  offer  including  the  closed-panel 
HMOs;  that  that  would  then  be  a  referral.  There  might  have  to  be 
some  additional  payment,  but  it  wouldn't  be  the  kind  of  horrific 
costs  that  now  are  faced  by  individuals  who  are  out  there  all  by 
themselves. 

I  would  be  happy,  in  preparation  for  your  witness  tomorrow,  Sen- 
ator, to  have  written  down  exactly  what  our  procedure  is  with  some 
examples  and  some  scenarios  as  to  how  we  believe  it  would  work, 
if  that  would  be  helpful. 
Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you  very  much. 

The  Chairman.  Just  a  closing  brief  comment  from  Senator  Dodd. 
Senator  Dodd.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 


48 

Just  very  briefly,  I  appreciated  your  comments  about  the  phar- 
maceutical industry.  Senator  Simon  raised  the  issue,  and  you 
talked  about  trying  to  find  a  balance  here. 

I  know  you  are  aware  of  this.  Like  any  other  industry,  there  are 
good  guys  and  bad  guys.  So,  it  is  important  to  note,  I  think,  that 
it  takes  on  the  average  about  $400  million  and  12  years  for  a  prod- 
uct to  go  from  laboratory  to  market,  and  only  about  1  in  5,000  actu- 
ally make  it  from  the  laboratory  to  the  market.  So,  as  we  look  at 
individual  pieces  here,  it  can  cause  our  level  of  anger  to  rise.  But 
looking  overall  at  the  incredible  contribution  that  the  industry  has 
made  to  the  health  of  this  country  is  something  that  I  think  needs 
to  be  emphasized.  I  raise  this  in  a  larger  context,  and  maybe  you 
would  make  a  brief  comment  if  you  would. 

I  have  listened  to  you  countless  times  talk  about  the  role  of  the 
private  sector  and  how  important  it  is  you  have  said  that  whatever 
plan  we  develop,  it  should  be  extremely  sensitive  to  small  business 
in  this  country,  and  have  emphasized  how  critical  that  component 
is  to  this  country's  economic  success. 

There  is  out  there  this  notion  somehow  that  this  proposal  is 
antibusiness,  that  it  is  particularly  anti-small  business.  Nothing 
could  be  further  from  the  truth  for  those  of  us  who  have  listened 
to  you  and  continue  to  listen  as  this  plan  gets  developed.  I  wonder 
if  you  might  just  take  a  moment  to  comment  on  that  particularly 
broad  criticism  that  I  think  many  of  us  hear  from  our  particular 
constituencies. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Senator,  I  really  appreciate  that  opportunity.  I 
guess  I  would  start  by  saying  I  think  it  would  be  hard  to  design 
a  system  that  is  more  anti-business  than  the  one  we  currently  have 
in  which  business  bears  the  bulk  of  responsibility,  pays  most  of  the 
bills,  and  has  until  very  recently  had  very  little  to  say  or  very  little 
control  over  the  kinds  of  costs  in  the  health  care  system  that  have 
increased  their  costs  and,  in  many  industries,  lower  their  competi- 
tiveness. 

What  I  believe  is  the  fair  approach  to  what  we  are  doing  is  to 
recognize  that  business  has  borne  the  burden  for  taking  care  of 
most  Americans.  Ninety  percent  of  those  Americans  who  are  in- 
sured are  insured  through  their  employer. 

What  we  want  to  do  is  to  build  on  the  system  and  to  begin  to 
make  it  work  for  all  businesses.  Those  businesses,  large  and  small, 
that  have  been  responsible,  provided  health  care  benefits,  deserve 
to  have  some  kind  of  cap  or  some  kind  of  discount,  some  kind  of 
effort  made  to  help  them  control  their  cost  because  they  are  having 
such  a  hard  time  doing  that.  This  is  particularly  true  for  small 
business. 

For  those  businesses  that  have  not  insured,  but  who  may  have 
wanted  to,  we  want  to  make  it  affordable  for  them.  We  are  very 
sensitive  to  small  business  concerns.  You  know,  my  father  was  a 
small  businessman.  He  never  employed  more  than  one  or  two  peo- 
ple his  whole  business  career.  My  mother  worked  with  him.  He 
never  had  health  insurance  for  himself,  his  family,  or  his  employ- 
ees. It  was  just  something  that  could  never  have  been  possible  as 
the  market  was  constructed  because  it  was  so  heavily  weighed 
against  small  businesses. 


49 

What  we  want  to  be  able  to  do  is  to  build  on  what  works  and 
to  fix  what  is  wrong.  What  is  wrong  is  an  insurance  market  that 
prices  too  many  businesses  for  their  insurance  too  high  and  prices 
others  totally  out  of  the  marketplace.  I  think  that  reform  will  ad- 
dress many  of  the  concerns  that  make  businesses  today  scared  to 
death  of  the  insurance  market  and  worried  to  death  when  they 
hear  us  talking  about  insuring  everybody.  They  will  soon  realize  we 
are  talking  about  an  entirely  different  set  of  pricing  and  of  opportu- 
nities for  coverage,  and  that  for  small  businesses  we  are  going  to 
provide  it  at  a  discounted  rate,  and  we  are  going  to  cap  the  amount 
that  any  small  business  has  to  contribute  that  has  low  wage  em- 
ployees and  has  below  50  employees. 

I  just  don't  think  that  we  could  come  up  with  a  plan  that  would 
build  on  what  already  works  better  than  to  try  to  bring  in  those 
businesses  that  don't  insure  at  an  affordable  cost  and  bring  down 
the  cost  to  those  who  are  already  insuring.  That  is  just  what  we 
are  attempting  to  do  in  this  plan. 

Senator  Dodd.  I  thank  you  for  that  answer. 

The  Chairman.  We  have  kept  you  beyond  the  time  that  was  des- 
ignated. 

Are  there  any  further  comments  here? 

I  just  finally  want  to  personally  congratulate  the  President  and 
you,  Mrs.  Clinton,  for  the  fashioning  and  the  shaping  of  this  pro- 
posal, and  not  only  for  its  development,  but  for  really  the  momen- 
tum and  in  this  case  the  bipartisan  momentum  which  has  really 

Obviously,  there  will  be  adjustments  and  changes  as  the  legisla- 
tion moves  along,  but  I  dare  say  that  this  has  been  really  a  perfect 
launch.  If  Republicans  and  Democrats  can  do  half  as  well  in  meet- 
ing our  responsibility,  as  you  have  and  the  President  has,  we  will 
get  a  good,  workable,  effective  program  for  all  Americans. 

We  thank  you  very  much  for  your  presence  here  today.  We  will 
meet  tomorrow  and  have  hearings  on  the  health  security  and  sav- 
ings. We  have  a  vigorous  program  of  hearings,  as  we  want  to  learn, 
and  we  are  enormously  grateful  to  you  for  your  presence  here  and 
most  importantly  for  your  responses  and  the  illumination  that  you 
have  given  to  so  many  different  questions. 

The  committee  stands  in  recess. 

Mrs.  Clinton.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[Whereupon,  at  12:40  p.m.,  the  committee  adjourned.] 


SECURITY  AND  SAVINGS:  AMERICANS  RE- 
SPOND TO  THE  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  OF 
1993 


THURSDAY,  SEPTEMBER  30,  1993 

U.S.  Senate, 
Committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Resources, 

Washington,  DC. 

The  committee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  1:08  p.m.,  in  room 
SD-430,  Dirksen  Senate  Office  Building,  Senator  Kennedy  (chair- 
man of  the  committee)  presiding. 

Present:  Senators  Kennedy,  Wellstone,  Wofford,  Kassebaum,  Jef- 
fords, Gregg,  Durenberger. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Kennedy 

The  Chairman.  We  will  come  to  order. 

First  of  all,  I  want  to  express  appreciation  to  our  colleagues  and 
our  witnesses  for  the  adjustment  and  changes  in  the  time,  slipping 
the  hearing  several  hours.  The  First  Lady,  Mrs.  Clinton,  was  testi- 
fying in  the  Finance  Committee,  and  it  seemed  the  better  part  of 
judgment,  since  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  was  focusing  on 
health  care  and  health  care  issues,  and  she  has  an  extremely  im- 
portant message  to  give,  that  we  permit  her  to  complete  her  testi- 
mony and  for  us  to  get  started  at  the  conclusion  of  that.  So  that 
is  the  reason  for  the  change  in  the  time,  and  I  am  grateful  to  our 
colleagues  and  also  to  our  witnesses. 

I'd  like  to  say  at  the  outset  how  appreciative  all  of  us  are  to  our 
witnesses  for  their  presence  and  their  willingness  to  testify.  It  is 
not  easy  to  talk  about  one's  needs  for  themselves  or  for  their  fami- 
lies or  for  their  businesses,  and  people  consider  those  issues  as 
being  extremely  private,  so  we  understand  the  kind  of  thought  that 
has  gone  into  their  willingness  to  share  their  experiences  with  us 
here  today. 

I  think  the  best  way  that  we  can  express  our  appreciation  is  to 
be  responsive  to  those  concerns.  I  know  I  speak  for  the  members 
of  the  committee,  and  others  will  speak  for  themselves,  but  we  are 
very  interested  and  committed  to  doing  so. 

Yesterday  we  heard  eloquent  testimony  from  the  First  Lady 
about  the  President's  plan  for  comprehensive  health  reform.  Mrs. 
Clinton  emphasized  the  six  basic  principles  that  the  President  out- 
lined in  his  speech  last  week.  Two  of  these  principles,  security  and 
savings,  are  the  focus  of  this  afternoon's  session. 

Today  we  will  hear  from  six  Americans  about  their  struggle  to 
get  and  keep  affordable  health  insurance  for  themselves  and  their 

(51) 


52 

families  or  for  their  workers.  Each  witness  has  a  different  story 
and  a  different  perspective  of  what  is  wrong  with  the  current  sys- 
tem, but  all  their  stories  have  the  same  two  common  themes:  the 
lack  of  secure  coverage  and  the  exorbitant  cost  of  health  care. 

Every  family  deserves  the  protection  and  peace  of  mind  that 
comes  with  secure  coverage.  Protection  must  not  be  lost  because 
someone  loses  a  job  or  changes  jobs,  or  develops  a  chronic  illness, 
or  because  an  employer  drops  coverage  to  cut  business  costs.  Medi- 
care provided  that  security  for  the  elderly  in  the  1960's,  and  the 
Health  Security  Act  will  provide  it  for  everyone  in  the  1990's. 

We  all  know  the  statistics,  but  too  often,  we  forget  the  faces  be- 
hind these  figures:  working  men  and  women,  children,  retirees, 
small  business  owners,  the  self-employed,  all  struggling  to  survive 
in  a  system  that  breaks  down  just  when  they  need  it  most. 

We  intend  to  work  with  the  President  to  fix  the  problems  with 
the  current  system.  I  think  the  plan  the  First  Lady  outlined  for  us 
yesterday  represents  a  solid  framework  for  achieving  this  incred- 
ibly important  goal. 

People  like  Kathy  and  Linda,  whom  we'll  hear  from  shortly,  will 
know  that  no  insurance  company  can  exclude  them  for  pre-existing 
medical  problems  or  charge  them  more  for  health  insurance  be- 
cause they  have  those  problems. 

And  Joe  and  millions  of  other  early  retirees  like  him  will  not 
have  to  worry  about  losing  the  medical  coverage  they  counted  on 
when  they  planned  their  retirement. 

And  small  business  owners  like  Cyndy  and  Mike  and  Tomaca 
will  be  guaranteed  coverage  at  an  affordable  rate. 

The  President's  plan  will  ensure  that  there  will  be  coverage  of 
those  particular  concerns.  So  we'll  be  interested  in  hearing  the  re- 
actions of  our  witnesses  today  on  whether  the  President's  approach 
is  one  that  will  meet  their  needs  for  health  care  security  and  finan- 
cial protections. 

We  look  forward  to  their  comments. 

Senator  Kassebaum. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Kassebaum 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  am  pleased  that  we  have  the  opportunity  today  to  hear  from 
six  individuals  about  their  personal  health  care  experiences  and 
their  hopes  for  and  concerns  about  the  directions  that  we  may  take 
in  comprehensively  reforming  our  Nation's  health  care  system. 

I  want  to  personally  welcome  all  of  our  witnesses.  As  you  say, 
Mr.  Chairman,  it  isn't  easy,  and  it  takes  time  and  effort  to  come 
here  and  testify.  And  I  know  that  it  means  a  great  deal  to  those 
watching  and  listening  to  hear  this  testimony,  so  we  are  very 
grateful  for  the  effort  that  has  been  made  to  come  by  everyone. 

I  want  to  extend  a  special  welcome,  of  course,  to  our  two  wit- 
nesses from  Kansas,  Linda  Montgomery  and  Michael  Braxmeyer, 
and  Linda's  husband,  Richard  Montgomery.  Mike  Braxmeyer  is  a 
third-generation  owner  and  operator  of  a  grocery  store  in  rural 
western  Kansas,  Atwood,  KS.  He  will  share  his  experiences  as  a 
small  business  owner  who  provides  health  care  coverage  for  his  em- 
ployees. I  believe  his  testimony  and  observations  will  be  helpful  to 


53 

our  evaluation  of  the  role  of  small  business  in  the  health  care  sys- 
tem. . 

Linda  Montgomery,  who  is  from  Council  Grove,  KS,  is  a  wife,  a 
mother,  and  a  health  professional.  Mrs.  Montgomery  was  diagnosed 
last  year  with  bone  cancer.  Her  physician  has  recommended  that 
a  bone  marrow  transplant  may  hold  the  best  hope  of  survival  for 
her.  However,  her  insurance  does  not  cover  this  type  of  transplant. 

I  have  asked  Linda  to  testify  today  because  I  believe  that  we 
must  as  part  of  comprehensive  health  care  reform  address  the  very 
difficult  issue  of  coverage  for  experimental  therapies.  These  thera- 
pies may  hold  the  only  hope  of  survival  for  individuals,  but  may 
also  significantly  add  to  the  health  care  costs  shouldered  by  every- 
one. 

I  do  not  know  the  answer  to  this  dilemma  of  balancing  health 
care  costs  with  access  to  potentially  life-saving  remedies;  but  the 
questions  posed  by  very  costly  treatments  made  possible  by  the 
rapid  advances  we  have  made  over  the  past  several  decades  in 
medicine  and  technology  are  important  for  everyone  to  consider. 
Those  who  are  on  the  cutting  edge,  of  course,  lead  the  way  in  an- 
swering many  questions  which  these  new  advances  pose. 

But  I  do  know  that  our  current  coverage  policies  vary  widely  and 
are  often  neither  rational  nor  fair. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Wofford. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Wofford 

Senator  Wofford.  Mr.  Chairman,  it  is  good  and  important  that 
the  experiences  of  our  witnesses  are  being  voiced  at  this  congres- 
sional hearing.  , , 

We  had  an  extraordinary  experience  yesterday  with  the  First 
Lady,  analyzing  the  whole  problem  and  presenting  in  an  amazingly 
sweeping  and  detailed  fashion  the  President's  proposals.  But  you 
today,  our  witnesses,  I  know  are  going  to  match  her.  You  are  the 
other  half  that  we  need  to  hear,  because  the  problems  that  you 
have  faced  have  been  voiced  around  the  country  for  a  long  time, 
but  have  somehow  still  not  been  heard  by  the  Nation — or,  they 
have  been  voiced  and  not  acted  upon.  So  it  is  very  good  that  the 
time  has  finally  come — a  time  I  have  been  pushing  for  since  a  cam- 
paign 2  years  ago  in  which  I  brought  this  issue  forward  in  Penn- 
sylvania— the  time  when  our  Nation's  political  leadership  is  rec- 
ognizing that  the  health  care  status  quo  cannot  continue  and  that 
we  have  got  to  do  something  to  change  it. 

That  system  is  broken  for  too  many  people.  In  my  home  State  of 
Pennsylvania,  people  are  suffering  from  a  lack  of  security,  most  of 
the  people,  although  we  have  a  relatively  high  proportion  of  people 
covered  with  insurance. 

Like  our  witnesses  today,  Pennsylvania  families  are  being  denied 
coverage  or  charged  astronomical  premiums  because  a  child  has 
asthma  or  another  pre-existing  condition.  Individuals  who  are 
underinsured  are  becoming  bankrupt  by  high  out-of-pocket  costs. 
And  as  you  will  hear  from  Joseph  Roach,  a  Pennsylvania  retiree, 
early  retirees  must  worry  about  meeting  their  future  health  care 
needs  as  more  and  more  employers  are  cutting  back  on  promised 
benefits  in  order  to  cut  costs. 


54 

And  perhaps  one  group  that  is  being  hurt  the  most  by  the  status 
quo  is  small  business.  Small  business  owners  are  being  charged 
much  higher  premiums,  up  to  35  percent  higher,  than  their  larger 
counterparts,  and  their  premiums  continue  to  go  up.  Many  small 
business  owners  who  want  to  offer  their  employees  coverage  cannot 
afford  to  do  so  or  are  denied  the  opportunity  because  they  happen 
to  employ  one  person  with  poor  health. 

Small  and  large  businesses  are  charged  higher  premiums  to 
cover  the  costs  of  the  uninsured  because  some  of  their  counterparts 
refuse  to  offer  their  employees  coverage. 

So  those  are  the  problems  that  we  are  beginning  to  wrestle  with, 
and  we  have  got  to  win  that  match.  And  your  facts  and  your  per- 
sonal experience  are  going  to  help  us  do  so. 

I  am  grateful  to  an  of  you  for  your  time,  which  is  the  thing  we 
have  least  of  in  this  world. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Durenberger,  do  you  have  a  statement? 

Senator  Durenberger.  No,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  am  just  pleased  to 
be  here. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

The  basic  concept  today  is  to  try  to  take  some  very  typical  situa- 
tions and  measure  them  against  what  is  before  the  Congress  in  the 
statement  of  principles  of  the  President's  program,  and  get  people's 
reactions  to  that  program  and  see  how  it  would  affect  them  and 
their  lives  and  their  future. 

I  would  just  mention  that  Senator  Dodd  wanted  to  be  here  and 
plans  to  try  to  be  with  us  a  little  later  for  Tomaca  Govan's  testi- 
mony, but  we'll  include  his  statement  in  the  record  at  this  point. 

[Tne  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Dodd  follows:! 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Dodd 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  want  to  thank  you  for  holding  this  hearing 
today  to  put  a  human  face  on  what  will  be  a  very  long  and  detailed 
debate  on  health  care  reform. 

Inportance  of  individual  stories 

In  all  of  our  discussions  of  health  maintenance  organizations  and 
preferred  provider  networks,  of  pre-existing  conditions  and  em- 
ployer mandates,  of  numbers  and  systems  and  percentages,  I  fear 
that  we  may  lose  sight  of  what  should  be  a  central  focus  of  the 
health  care  debate — the  human  faces  that  comprise  the  uninsured 
and  human  stories  that  mark  our  health  care  crisis. 

It  is  these  stories  that  have  made  health  care  reform  one  of  the 
Nation's  top  priorities.  We  must  keep  them  foremost  in  mind  as  we 
debate  the  issues  in  the  coming  months. 

Nicole  Iannuzzi 

I  went  to  the  floor  several  weeks  ago  to  share  the  story  of  Nicole 
Iannuzzi — a  girl  from  Trumbull,  CT — to  put  a  human  face  on  the 
problem  of  children  and  health  security.  Nicole  found  out  that  she 
had  no  coverage  shortly  after  her  doctors  diagnosed  her  with  a  spi- 
nal cord  tumor.  Her  father,  who  is  a  self-insured  businessman  had 
just  switched  policies  when  she  was  diagnosed.  The  new  company 


55 

said  that  it  would  not  cover  her  because  her  problem  was  "pre-ex- 
isting." 

While  Nicole  is  thankfully  recovering  from  her  illness,  she  and 
her  family  live  with  a  great  deal  of  uncertainty  about  the  future. 
Because  of  Nicole's  illness,  the  Iannuzzi's  face  a  debt  of  close  to 
$200,000.  They  cannot  obtain  affordable  insurance  for  Nicole,  not 
even  to  cover  a  routine  exam.  The  best  they  can  buy  is  a  policy  that 
costs  $937  per  month.  And  this  policy — as  incredibly  expensive  as 
it  is — will  not  cover  any  problems  related  to  Nicole's  back. 

Nicole's  story  is  terrible,  but  not  unusual.  It  illustrates  why  we 
must  tackle  the  problems  of  the  health  care  system  and  enact 
meaningful  health  care  reform  legislation.  For  we  know  that  right 
now  in  this  country,  there  are  12  million  children  without  the  pro- 
tection of  health  insurance.  And  we  know  that  2  million  people  lose 
insurance  each  month. 

The  individuals  who  lack  coverage  may  not  understand  the  com- 
plexities of  our  health  care  delivery  system.  But  what  they  do  un- 
derstand is  the  pain  of  an  illness  left  untreated,  the  anxiety  of  an 
uncertain  future,  and  the  problem  of  facing  huge,  mounting  medi- 
cal bills,  without  much  hope  of  paying  them. 

Connecticut  witness 

One  of  our  witnesses  this  morning  is  Tomaca  [toe-may-sha] 
Govan  of  Hartford,  CT,  who— because  she  has  her  own  business — 
cannot  obtain  affordable  insurance  for  her  family.  I  look  forward  to 
hearing  from  her  and  from  our  other  panelists,  and  hope  we  are  on 
our  way  to  eliminating  the  problems  that  have  brought  them  before 
us  this  morning. 

The  Chairman.  Before  we  begin  I  have  a  statement  from  Senator 
Mikulski. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Mikulski  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Mikulski 

Mr.  Chairman,  yesterday  we  witnessed  an  extraordinary  event. 
We  had  the  opportunity  to  hear  from  the  first  lady  of  the  United 
States  who  has  become  the  Nation's  expert  and  the  President  num- 
ber one  advocate  for  health  care  reform.  What  impressed  me  the 
most — is  that  she  and  the  President  have  taken  the  ordinary  sto- 
ries of  people  around  the  country  and  translated  them  into  the 
most  significant  public  policy  initiative  in  three  decades! 

It  was  an  exciting  and  historic  day.  Only  the  third  time  in  our 
Nation's  history  that  a  first  lady  has  testified  before  Congress.  But 
only  the  first  time,  a  first  lady  has  testified  on  a  President's  major 
domestic  policy  priority. 

Today  we  are  going  to  hear  from  our  witnesses  some  of  the  sto- 
ries the  President  and  Mrs.  Clinton  have  heard  over  the  last  year 
and  a  half.  Sad  and  difficult  stories  about  not  having  health  care 
when  you  get  sick.  About  losing  health  care  when  you  get  old. 
About  having  a  sick  child  and  not  being  able  to  afford  to  go  to  the 
doctor  or  buy  the  medicine  to  make  him  well. 

We  have  all  heard  similar  stories  from  citizens  in  our  States — 
but  it  is  important  not  to  lose  the  real  face  of  health  care  reform. 

We  all  get  caught  up  in  the  detail;  in  the  structure;  in  the  com- 
plexity. And  we  must  produce  legislation.  But  let's  not  forget  for  a 


56 

minute  why  we  are  here:  to  fix  a  system  that  is  broken  and  doesn't 
work  for  the  majority  of  our  citizens.  That's  why  today's  hearing  is 
so  important.  So  that  we  keep  our  focus  on  the  all  too  ordinary  sto- 
ries of  people  like  our  witnesses  today. 

I've  set  up  a  health  care  hotline  for  my  Maryland  constituents. 
I've  asked  my  constituents  to  tell  me  their  prescription  for  what 
ails  health  care.  But  as  people  leave  their  prescriptions,  they  also 
tell  me  their  stories. 

A  woman  from  Hagerstown,  MD  called  my  office  to  tell  me  that 
she  is  spending  more  on  prescription  drugs  than  she  is  on  her  utili- 
ties. She  told  me  about  her  friends  who  are  spending  as  much  for 
health  care  as  they  are  on  their  rent. 

A  couple  from  Laurel,  MD  called  my  office  to  tell  me  their  story. 
Don's  company  closed.  Kathy  had  cancer  and  her  treatments  had 
been  covered  under  her  husband's  policy  until  they  lost  their  insur- 
ance when  the  business  closed.  She  had  $20,000  surgery  without 
insurance  and  numerous  other  bills  have  piled  up.  They  have  lost 
everything.  Kathy  said  they  were  reaping  the  benefits  of  the  Amer- 
ican Dream,  but  now  their  dream  is  gone  and  they'll  have  to  work 
the  rest  of  their  lives  to  pay  off  the  medical  bills.  People  never 
think  it  can  happen  to  them. 

Our  witnesses  today  will  tell  us  stories  like  these  and  worse. 

This  is  not  the  America  we  have  known  much  less  aspire  to.  Peo- 
ple who  play  by  the  rules — work  hard,  pay  their  taxes,  serve  their 
country  when  called  upon — end  up  without  life  or  liberty  or  a 
chance  at  happiness  because  of  a  medical  emergency. 

If  we  don't  reform  this  system,  if  we  don't  help  to  solve  this  prob- 
lem, if  we  can't  figure  out  how  to  make  this  system  work  better, 
we  will  have  failed  more  than  this  task,  we  will  have  failed  our 
country  in  a  time  of  great  need. 

We  have  our  work  cut  out  for  us.  Before  this  plan  was  an- 
nounced, I  decided  on  a  set  of  principles  to  use  to  guide  my  delib- 
erations on  this  subject.  I  am  pleased  that  it  tackles  the  major  is- 
sues: access,  affordability,  controlling  costs,  choice  of  plans  and  doc- 
tors, quality,  eliminating  the  hassle  factor  and  rewarding  people 
who  play  by  the  rules. 

I  would  like  to  thank  the  witnesses  who  have  come  here  from  all 
around  the  country  to  tell  us  their  difficult  and  personal  stories. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Our  first  panel  is  composed  of  individuals  who 
know  first-hand  what  it  is  like  to  lack  health  security.  Kathy 
Wojnar  from  Belchertown,  MA  lost  her  health  insurance  when  she 
lost  her  job.  She  needs  that  health  insurance  because  of  a  heart 
condition.  I  know  her  testimony  will  put  this  discussion  about 
health  reform  in  the  proper  context. 

Joseph  Roach,  from  Ambler,  PA,  is  one  of  millions  of  early  retir- 
ees whose  company  cut  back  on  benefits. 

We  also  have  with  us  Linda  Montgomery,  from  Council  Grove, 
KS,  who  will  share  with  us  her  personal  fight  against  bone  cancer 
and  her  struggle  to  find  insurance  to  pay  for  her  treatment. 

Ms.  Wojnar,  thank  you  very  much  for  joining  us  today.  We  look 
forward  to  hearing  your  story. 


57 

STATEMENTS  OF  KATHY  WOJNAR,  FORMER  BUSINESS  MAN- 
AGER, BELCHERTOWN,  MA;  JOSEPH  P.  ROACH,  RETHIED 
BUSINESSMAN  AND  REALTOR,  AMBLER,  PA;  AND  LINDA 
MONTGOMERY,  WD7E,  MOTHER,  RETHIED  NURSE,  COUNCH. 
GROVE,  KS 

Ms.  Wojnar.  My  name  is  Kathy  Wojnar,  and  I  currently  reside 
in  Belchertown,  MA.  I  am  a  37-year-old  widow  with  heart  disease. 
I  was  diagnosed  with  coronary  artery  disease  when  I  was  34  years 
old  and  underwent  a  procedure  called  an  arthrectomy  to  remove 
the  blockage. 

Initially,  the  procedure  was  thought  to  be  a  success.  However, 
that  evening,  I  suffered  the  first  of  three  heart  attacks.  It  was  de- 
termined that  during  the  arthrectomy,  the  physician  tore  my  artery 
with  the  lead  wire. 

I  underwent  several  angioplasties  to  open  this  artery,  but  it 
closed  each  time,  causing  two  additional  heart  attacks.  Fortunately, 
there  was  minimal  damage  done  to  the  heart.  However,  even  after 
laser  surgery  that  was  performed  at  Cedars-Sinai  Hospital  in  Los 
Angeles,  the  artery  still  remains  closed.  There  is  no  procedure  at 
this  time  that  will  keep  this  artery  open,  and  I  was  informed  by 
my  former  physician  in  California  that  bypass  surgery  would  pro- 
vide little  or  no  help  to  my  situation.  I  take  several  medications  per 
day,  follow  a  strict  diet  and  exercise  program,  and  live  a  restricted 
lifestyle. 

Up  until  April  of  this  year,  I  was  employed  at  Lambert  Bridge 
Winery  in  California  as  a  general  manager.  Through  this  company, 
I  was  provided  with  a  good  health  insurance  plan.  We  were  a  small 
company  with  under  20  employees.  The  winery  owner  lost  a  major 
lawsuit  in  1991,  and  we  were  therefore  forced  to  close  the  operation 
in  December  of  1992.  I  continued  working  until  April  of  1993.  At 
that  time,  I  lost  my  health  insurance  policy,  and  I  am  currently  un- 
insured and  uninsurable. 

While  we  were  still  covered,  and  after  my  stay  in  the  hospital, 
the  insurance  company  raised  our  rates  60  percent.  In  order  to 
combat  some  of  the  cost,  I  was  forced  to  raise  the  deductible  for  all 
employees  from  $250  per  year  to  $500  per  year.  It  was  a  difficult 
decision  to  make  and  to  implement,  as  I  felt  responsible  since  it 
was  my  disease  that  caused  this  increase,  and  now  everyone  had 
to  pay  for  it.  Intellectually,  I  knew  that  having  heart  disease  was 
not  my  fault,  but  I  still  felt  extremely  guilty. 

After  losing  the  lawsuit,  the  winery  was  put  up  for  sale.  I  knew 
that  I  would  probably  be  losing  my  job  and  therefore  would  be  fac- 
ing a  major  problem  in  regard  to  health  insurance.  I  spoke  to  our 
broker  and  was  informed  that  because  we  had  under  20  employees, 
the  insurance  company  did  not  have  to  offer  COBRA,  but  were  re- 
quired to  offer  a  conversion  plan.  He  also  stated  that  if  I  did  not 
take  this  conversion,  I  would  be  virtually  uninsurable. 

I  checked  with  the  insurance  company  and  was  informed  that  for 
myself,  the  conversion  would  be  approximately  $850  per  month  and 
that  the  insurance  would  not  be  the  same  coverage.  There  would 
be  no  prescription  drug  insurance,  not  dental,  etc.  It  would  be  your 
basic  major  medical  insurance.  I  felt  that  I  should  still  take  this 
conversion,  though,  when  the  time  came  as  I  had  no  other  alter- 
native. 


58 

Just  before  I  left  the  winery,  I  again  contacted  our  insurance 
company.  I  was  informed  that  because  the  business  had  closed, 
they  did  not  have  to  offer  the  conversion;  therefore,  they  were  can- 
celing my  insurance.  I  have  been  without  insurance  since  that  time 
and  pay  approximately  $400  a  month  for  prescription  drugs. 

After  the  winery  closed,  I  decided  to  sell  my  house,  which  I  did 
at  a  loss,  and  moved  back  to  my  home  State  of  Massachusetts.  My 
family  is  there,  and  with  my  husband  deceased,  my  health  situa- 
tion and  lack  of  employment,  I  thought  it  best  to  move  back  home. 

Just  prior  to  leaving  California,  my  cardiologist  also  moved.  I 
was  given  copies  of  my  records  and  sent  on  my  way.  So  now  I  was 
not  only  without  health  insurance,  but  without  a  physician  as  well. 
This  left  me  feeling  frightened  and  alone.  My  former  physician  did 
provide  me  with  prescriptions  that  would  last  a  few  months,  but 
I  was  instructed  to  find  a  cardiologist  as  soon  as  possible. 

I  began  phoning  cardiologists  in  western  Massachusetts  to  make 
an  appointment.  When  I  spoke  to  the  office  staff,  I  was  asked  if  I 
had  nealth  insurance.  When  I  answered  no,  I  was  told  that  they 
were  not  taking  new  patients.  When  I  mentioned  that  J  would  pay 
for  my  own  bills,  the  best  one  office  would  do  was  to  put  me  on  a 
waiting  list.  I  was  also  told  by  another  office  that  I  needed  to  find 
a  primary  care  physician  who  could  refer  me  to  them.  I  told  this 
office  that  I  was  a  cardiac  patient,  I  had  my  records,  and  I  did  not 
want  to  incur  the  expense  of  seeing  another  physician.  They  would 
still  not  see  me. 

During  the  humidity  of  the  summer,  I  was  having  trouble 
breathing,  and  when  I  asked  a  nurse  at  one  of  these  offices  if  this 
was  normal  for  cardiac  patients,  she  responded  that  she  did  not 
know,  and  that  I  should  go  to  the  emergency  room.  I  felt  the  situa- 
tion was  not  serious  enough  to  incur  the  expense  of  an  emergency 
room  visit,  so  I  did  not  go.  I  was  simply  looking  for  some  reassur- 
ances from  her. 

I  finally  made  an  appointment  with  an  internist  that  my  sister 
used  to  work  for.  They  did  not  want  to  see  me,  either,  but  when 
I  mentioned  that  my  sister  used  to  work  for  this  doctor,  they  spoke 
to  him,  and  he  accepted  me.  I  saw  him  on  September  17th.  He  was 
very  concerned  that  I  had  been  without  medical  care  for  so  long, 
sent  me  to  a  lab  for  blood  work,  and  got  me  an  appointment  with 
a  cardiologist. 

This  cardiologist  is  not  aware  that  I  do  not  have  health  insur- 
ance, so  this  may  be  my  first  and  last  appointment  with  him. 

The  question  of  insurance  also  plays  a  big  part  in  my  job  search. 
I  need  to  and  want  to  work.  I  spend  many  hours  each  week  looking 
for  employment.  I  am  afraid,  however,  that  once  I  am  hired,  my 
health  situation  will  become  an  issue.  So  far,  I  have  not  mentioned 
this  during  any  of  my  interviews  and  will  only  mention  it  in  regard 
to  health  insurance.  I  was  told  by  a  health  insurance  broker  that 
the  only  way  I  could  possibly  get  insurance  with  this  pre-existing 
condition  was  to  become  employed  by  a  large  corporation  and  hope- 
fully, the  insurance  application  would  just  get  pushed  through. 

Recently,  I  was  offered  a  job  at  a  much  lower  pay  rate  than  I  was 
making  in  California.  I  would  have  considered  taking  the  position 
if  there  were  health  insurance  benefits,  but  there  were  not.  I  was 
recently  up  for  a  position  in  a  much  larger  company,  for  the  same 


59 

low  salary,  but  there  were  health  benefits.  If  it  had  been  offered 
to  me,  I  would  have  accepted  this  position.  Again,  I  may  not  have 
been  accepted  by  their  health  care  provider,  but  it  would  have  been 
worth  a  try. 

The  thought  of  spending  the  rest  of  my  life  without  health  insur- 
ance is  a  frightening  notion.  If  I  need  to  have  any  tests  done  other 
than  blood  work,  I  cannot  afford  it.  If  I  must  go  into  the  hospital, 
it  will  wipe  out  what  little  savings  I  have.  Once  that  is  gone,  then 
the  State  will  have  to  pay  for  me.  I  do  not  want  to  be  dependent 
on  anyone  else  for  my  health  care. 

I  am  fortunate  to  have  a  small  income  besides  unemployment 
benefits,  so  I  can  afford  my  $400  per  month  in  prescription  drugs. 
But  for  the  first  time  this  month,  I  will  need  to  dip  into  my  savings 
to  pay  for  the  doctor  visits  and  lab  work.  There  are  also  times 
when  money  is  so  short  that  I  am  not  able  to  take  these  drugs  as 
often  as  prescribed. 

It  is  terrifying  enough  to  live  with  a  life-threatening  disease,  but 
to  have  this  disease  and  no  insurance  makes  it  almost  unbearable. 
In  the  past  2-1/2  years,  I  have  lost  my  health,  my  husband,  my  job, 
and  my  health  insurance.  I  struggle  each  day  to  start  a  new  life 
for  myself  and  to  fight  off  the  depression  that  keeps  trying  to 
sweep  over  me.  If  we  do  not  have  some  kind  of  health  care  reform 
in  this  country,  I  may  never  be  able  to  obtain  health  insurance 
again  because  of  this  pre-existing  condition. 

I  am  in  favor  of  President  Clinton's  health  care  reform  plan,  and 
I  only  hope  that  the  Government  and  the  American  people  will  re- 
alize how  serious  a  situation  this  is  for  millions  of  people  in  this 
country.  I  not  only  live  in  fear  that  I  am  going  to  have  another 
heart  attack,  but  that  this  time  I  will  be  having  a  heart  attack 
without  insurance. 

At  least  now,  however,  I  do  have  two  things  to  be  thankful  for. 
The  first  is  I  have  finally  found  a  physician  who  will  at  least  pre- 
scribe my  medications  for  me.  The  second  is  the  health  care  reform 
plan  introduced  by  President  Clinton  last  week.  For  the  first  time, 
there  appears  to  be  some  hope  for  people  like  me. 

Thank  you  all  for  the  opportunity  to  share  my  story. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Kathy  Wojnar  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Kathy  Wojnar 

My  name  is  Kathy  Wojnar  and  I  currently  reside  in  Belchertown,  MA.  I  am  a  37- 
year-old  widow  with  heart  disease.  I  was  diagnosed  with  coronary  artery  disease 
when  I  was  34  years  old,  and  underwent  a  procedure  called  an  artherectomy  to  re- 
move the  blockage.  Initially  the  procedure  was  thought  to  be  a  success.  However, 
that  evening  I  suffered  the  first  of  three  heart  attacks.  It  was  determined  that  dur- 
ing the  artherectomy  the  physician  tore  my  artery  with  the  lead  wire.  I  underwent 
several  angioplasties  to  open  this  artery,  but  it  closed  each  time,  causing  two  addi- 
tional heart  attacks.  Fortunately  there  was  minimal  damage  done  to  the  heart. 
However,  even  after  laser  surgery  was  performed  at  Cedar-Sinai  Hospital  in  Los  An- 

feles,  the  artery  still  remains  closed.  There  is  no  procedure  at  this  time  that  will 
eep  this  artery  open,  and  I  was  informed  by  my  former  physician  in  California  that 
bypass  surgery  would  provide  little  or  no  help  to  my  situation.  I  take  several  medi- 
cations per  day,  follow  a  strict  diet  and  exercise  program,  and  live  a  restricted  life- 
style. 

Up  until  April  of  this  year,  I  was  employed  at  Lambert  Bridge  winery  in  Califor- 
nia as  a  General  Manager.  Through  this  company,  I  was  provided  with  a  good 
health  insurance  plan.  We  were  a  small  company  with  under  20  employees.  The 
winery  owner  lost  a  major  lawsuit  in  1991,  and  we  were  therefore  forced  to  close 
the  operation  in  December  of  1992.  I  continued  working  until  April  of  1993.  At  that 


60 

time,  I  lost  my  health  insurance  policy,  and  I  am  currently  uninsured  and  uninsur- 
able. 

While  we  were  still  covered,  and  after  my  stay  in  the  hospital,  the  insurance  com- 
pany raised  our  rates  60%.  In  order  to  combat  some  of  the  cost,  I  was  forced  to  raise 
the  deductible  for  all  employees  from  $250  per  year  to  $500  per  year.  It  was  a  dif- 
ficult decision  to  make  and  to  implement.  I  felt  responsible,  since  it  was  my  disease 
that  caused  this  increase,  and  now  everyone  had  to  pay  for  it.  Intellectually,  I  knew 
that  having  heart  disease  was  not  my  fault,  but  I  still  felt  extremely  guilty. 

After  losing  the  lawsuit,  the  winery  was  put  up  for  sale.  I  knew  that  I  would  prob- 
ably be  losing  my  job  and  would  therefore  be  facing  a  major  problem  in  regard  to 
health  insurance.  I  spoke  to  our  broker,  and  was  informed  that  because  we  had 
under  20  employees,  the  insurance  company  did  not  have  to  offer  COBRA,  but  they 
were  required  to  offer  a  conversion  plan.  He  also  stated  that  if  I  did  not  take  this 
conversion,  I  would  be  virtually  uninsurable.  I  checked  with  the  insurance  company 
and  was  informed  that,  for  myself,  the  conversion  would  be  approximately  $850  per 
month,  and  the  coverage  would  not  be  the  same  as  under  Lambert  Bridge  s  company 
coverage.  There  would  be  no  prescription  drug  insurance,  no  dental — it  would  be 
your  basic  major  medical  insurance.  I  felt  that  I  should  still  take  it,  though,  when 
the  time  came,  as  I  had  no  alternative. 

Just  before  I  left  the  winery,  I  again  contacted  our  insurance  company.  I  was  in- 
formed that  because  the  business  had  closed,  the  insurance  company  did  not  have 
to  offer  a  conversion.  Therefore,  they  were  canceling  my  insurance.  I  have  been 
without  insurance  since  that  time  and  pay  approximately  $400  per  month  for  pre- 
scription drugs. 

After  the  winery  closed,  I  had  decided  to  sell  my  house,  which  I  did  at  a  loss,  and 
moved  back  to  my  home  state  of  Massachusetts.  My  family  is  there,  and  with  my 
husband  deceased,  my  health  situation,  and  my  lack  of  employment,  I  thought  it 
best  to  move  back  home.  Just  before  I  left  California,  my  cardiologist  moved  to  Eu- 
reka, CA.  I  was  given  copies  of  my  records  and  sent  on  my  way.  So  now  I  was  not 
only  without  health  insurance  but  without  a  physician  as  well.  This  left  me  feeling 
frightened  and  alone.  My  former  physician  provided  me  with  prescriptions  that 
would  last  a  few  months,  but  I  was  instructed  to  find  a  cardiologist  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible. 

I  began  phoning  cardiologists  in  western  Massachusetts  to  make  an  appointment. 
When  I  spoke  to  the  office  staff,  I  was  asked  if  I  had  health  insurance.  When  I  an- 
swered no,  I  was  told  that  they  were  not  taking  new  patients.  When  I  mentioned 
that  I  would  pay  for  my  own  bills,  the  best  one  office  would  do  was  to  put  me  on 
a  waiting  list.  I  was  also  told  by  another  office  that  I  needed  to  find  a  primary  care 
physician  who  could  refer  me  to  them.  I  told  this  office  that  I  was  a  cardiac  patient, 
had  my  records,  and  I  did  not  want  to  incur  the  expense  of  seeing  another  physi- 
cian. They  still  would  not  see  me.  During  the  humidity  of  the  summer,  I  was  having 
trouble  breathing  and  when  I  asked  a  nurse  at  one  of  these  offices  if  this  was  nor- 
mal, she  responded  that  she  did  not  know  and  maybe  I  should  go  to  the  emergency 
room.  I  felt  the  situation  was  not  serious  enough  to  incur  the  expense  of  an  emer- 
gency room  visit,  so  I  did  not  go.  I  was  simply  looking  for  some  reassurances  from 
her. 

I  finally  made  an  appointment  with  an  internist  that  my  sister  used  to  work  for. 
They  did  not  want  to  see  me  either,  but  when  I  mentioned  that  my  sister  used  to 
work  for  this  doctor,  they  spoke  to  him  and  he  accepted  me.  I  saw  him  on  September 
17.  He  was  very  concerned  that  I  had  been  without  medical  care  for  so  long,  sent 
me  to  a  lab  for  blood  work,  and  got  me  an  appointment  with  a  cardiologist.  This 
cardiologist  is  not  aware  that  I  do  not  have  health  insurance,  so  this  may  be  my 
first  and  last  appointment  with  him.  The  question  of  insurance  is  also  a  big  part 
of  my  job  search.  I  need  to  and  want  to  work — I  spend  many  hours  each  week  look- 
ing for  employment.  I  am  afraid,  however,  that  once  I  am  hired,  my  health  situation 
will  become  an  issue.  So  far,  I  have  not  mentioned  this  during  any  of  my  interviews, 
and  will  only  mention  it  in  regards  to  health  insurance.  I  was  told  by  a  health  insur- 
ance broker  that  the  only  way  I  could  possibly  get  insurance  coverage  with  this  pre- 
existing condition  was  to  become  employed  by  a  large  corporation,  and  hopefully  the 
insurance  application  would  iust  get  pushed  through. 

Recently  I  was  offered  a  job  at  a  much  lower  salary  than  I  was  making  in  Califor- 
nia. I  would  have  considered  taking  the  position  if  there  were  health  insurance  ben- 
efits, but  there  were  none.  I  was  recently  up  for  a  position  in  a  much  larger  com- 
pany, for  the  same  low  salary,  but  it  would  have  included  health  benefits.  If  the 
position  had  been  offered  to  me,  I  would  have  accepted  it.  Again,  I  may  not  have 
been  accepted  by  their  health  care  provider  but  it  would  have  been  worth  a  try.  The 
thought  of  spending  the  rest  of  my  life  without  health  insurance  is  a  frightening 
notion. 


61 

If  I  need  to  have  any  tests  done,  other  than  blood  work,  I  cannot  afford  it.  If  I 
had  to  go  into  the  hospital,  it  would  wipe  out  what  little  savings  I  have.  Once  that's 
gone,  then  the  State  will  have  to  pay  for  me.  I  do  not  want  to  be  dependent  on  any- 
one else  for  my  health  care.  I  am  fortunate  to  have  a  small  income  besides  my  un- 
employment benefits,  so  I  can  afford  my  $400  per  month  in  prescription  drugs,  but 
this  month,  for  the  first  time,  I  will  need  to  dip  into  my  savings  to  pay  for  the  doctor 
visits  and  lab  work.  There  are  also  times  when  money  is  so  short  that  I  am  not  able 
to  take  my  medication  as  often  as  prescribed. 

It  is  terrifying  enough  to  live  with  a  life-threatening  disease,  but  to  have  this  dis- 
ease and  no  insurance  to  pay  for  the  necessary  care  makes  it  almost  unbearable. 
In  the  past  two-and-one-half  years,  I  have  lost  my  health,  my  husband,  my  job,  and 
my  health  insurance.  I  struggle  each  day  to  start  a  new  life  for  myself  and  to  fight 
off  the  depression  that  keeps  trying  to  sweep  over  me.  If  we  do  not  have  some  kind 
of  health  care  reform  in  this  country,  I  may  never  be  able  to  obtain  health  insurance 
again  because  of  this  pre-existing  condition. 

I  am  in  favor  of  President  Clinton's  health  care  reform  plan,  and  only  hope  that 
the  government  and  the  American  people  will  realize  how  serious  a  situation  this 
is  for  millions  of  people  in  this  country.  I  live  in  fear  not  only  that  I  am  going  to 
have  another  heart  attack,  but  that  this  time  I  will  be  having  a  heart  attack  with- 
out insurance.  At  least  now,  however,  I  do  have  two  things  I  can  be  thankful  for. 
The  first  is  that  I  have  finally  found  a  physician  who  will  at  least  prescribe  medica- 
tions for  me.  The  second  is  the  health  care  reform  plan  introduced  by  President 
Clinton  last  week.  For  the  first  time  there  appears  to  be  some  hope  for  people  like 


me. 


The  Chairman.  Thank  you.  I  think  we'll  hear  from  the  whole 
panel  and  then  come  back  to  questions. 

Mr.  Roach. 

Mr.  Roach.  Chairman  Kennedy,  Senator  Kassebaum,  Senator 
Wofford,  and  other  members  of  the  committee,  my  name  is  Joe 
Roach,  and  I  live  in  Ambler,  PA.  I  would  like  to  thank  you  for  the 
opportunity  to  testify  today  about  the  need  for  health  care  reform 
for  retired  persons  who  are  not  yet  eligible  for  Medicare  benefits. 

I  worked  for  almost  40  years  for  a  major  computer  manufacturer 
in  a  variety  of  senior  management  positions.  Two  years  ago,  I  took 
an  early  retirement  package  from  my  company  at  age  59. 

Health  insurance  is  very  important  to  me  and  my  wife,  who  de- 
pends on  my  coverage.  I  am  a  diabetic,  diagnosed  about  15  years 
ago.  I  also  become  insulin-dependent  about  5  years  ago.  Also  about 
5  years  ago,  I  was  operated  on  for  cancer.  Fortunately,  up  until 
now,  there  has  been  no  recurrence. 

Last  year,  I  was  diagnosed  with  heart  disease  and  had  an 
angioplasty  which  so  far  has  been  successful. 

With  these  pre-existing  conditions,  obtaining  health  insurance  for 
myself  and  my  wife  would  be  cost-prohibitive,  if  not  impossible  al- 
together. 

As  you  know,  many  companies  today  are  asking  their  employees 
to  share  in  the  costs  of  medical  coverage.  Some  companies  are  try- 
ing to  do  away  complete  with  retiree  health  benefits.  With  myself 
as  an  example,  it  is  hard  to  imagine  or  even  believe  that  a  retiree 
who  has  contributed  so  many  of  his  years  to  a  life  is  today  suffering 
reductions  in  benefits  or  being  forced  to  pay  the  entire  cost  of  the 

coverage.  ... 

Most  early  retirees  like  me  were  enticed  to  retire  through  addi- 
tional benefits  offered.  These  often  related  to  payment  of  medical 
benefits.  In  my  company,  one  of  the  major  inducements  was  free 
or  nominal  cost  medical  benefits  throughout  retirement,  for  life. 
This  was  not  a  gratuitous  offer.  The  company  saved  significant 


62 

payroll  expenses  by  retiring  many  people  at  their  peak  earning 
years,  myself  included. 

From  the  employee  standpoint,  there  was  a  significant  trade-off. 
In  my  company,  early  retirement  meant  serious  reductions  in  pen- 
sion payments  during  retirement — 5  to  6  percent  per  year  before 
age  65  for  employees  with  less  than  20  years  of  service,  and  before 
age  62  for  employees  with  more  than  20  years. 

As  an  example,  someone  with  35  years  of  service  retiring  at  age 
65  would  have  his  or  her  pension  reduced  by  35  percent  in  some 
plans  and  42  percent  in  others.  If  you  assume  that  someone's  pen- 
sion would  be  approximately  40  percent  of  his  or  her  last  5  years' 
average  salary,  reduce  that  by  35  percent.  The  resulting  pension 
would  be  only  26  percent,  or  roughly  one-quarter,  of  the  worker's 
average  salary  or  wages  for  the  5  years  before  retirement. 

Just  to  give  you  a  couple  of  examples,  if  someone  was  making 
$20,000  average  salary,  their  retirement  would  be  $5,200  per  year. 
At  $30,000,  that  would  be  $7,800  per  year.  And  someone  who  aver- 
aged $40,000  would  have  the  magnificent  sum  of  $10,400. 

Pensions  are  computed  considering  service  and  compensation.  An 
employee  retiring  at  55,  as  in  my  example,  has  given  up  7  to  10 
years'  salary  at  his  highest  level  of  income.  That  employee  has  also 
accepted  a  reduced  pension,  because  of  a  lower  service  multiplier, 
the  7  to  10  years  that  he  gave  up.  He  has  also  foregone  higher  av- 
erage earnings  for  that  period — anywhere  from  7  to  10  years  at  his 
highest  level. 

Please  keep  in  mind  that  the  pension  is  further  reduced  by  5  or 
6  percent  for  each  year  before  age  65  per  our  company's  plan. 

In  addition,  an  employee  who  intended  to  work  until  age  65  has 
also  given  up  20  percent  of  his  Social  Security  benefits,  having 
probably  had  to  start  receiving  Social  Security  benefits  at  age  62 
instead  of  age  65,  because  of  his  lower  income. 

I  strongly  feel  that  any  contributions  expected  of  early  retirees 
under  health  care  reform  must  take  into  account  that  they  already 
have  had  to  make  significant  sacrifices  and  should  not  be  required 
to  pay  as  much  as  other  retirees  who  have  not  had  to  sacrifice. 

As  a  specific  example,  my  company  has  informed  me  and  other 
retirees  that  because  of  increased  medical  costs  and  pressures  on 
profits,  that  it  is  changing  the  medical  benefits  for  all  retirees,  not 
just  future  retirees. 

Effective  in  January  1996,  both  early  and  regular  retirees  will 
have  to  pay  the  entire  cost  of  their  coverage  for  medical  benefits. 
Increasingly  large  portions  will  have  to  be  paid  in  1993,  1994,  and 
1995.  The  company  projects  that  the  cost  for  a  retiree  and  spouse, 
both  under  age  65,  under  their  program,  will  be  $9,500  per  year 
by  1996,  which  in  many  cases  will  consume  the  entire  pension 
check  and  more,  leaving  nothing  for  other  necessities.  Worse  still, 
many  retirees  may  have  to  make  the  decision  to  give  up  coverage 
and  risk  total  financial  disaster  from  a  serious  illness  or  hos- 
pitalization. 

It  is  important  to  note  that  for  employed  workers,  these  possibili- 
ties for  retirement  years  are  having  a  severe  negative  effect  on  mo- 
rale in  the  workplace.  Many  employees  feel  they  can  no  longer 
trust  their  employers.  Low  morale  and  increasing  mistrust  has  to 


63 

mean  long  range  reductions  in  our  productivity  as  a  Nation.  This 
is  extremely  important  in  the  competitive  world  market  of  today. 

I  and  my  fellow  retirees  are  taking  our  company  to  court  to  stop 
this  incredible  breach  of  contract  and  violation  of  law.  Whatever 
the  outcome  of  our  particular  case,  however,  the  problem  of  early 
retirees  will  endure.  By  definition,  early  retirees  have  no  Social  Se- 
curity income.  If  they  have  a  pension,  a  big  portion  of  it  has  al- 
ready been  lost  in  the  trade-off  to  retiree  early.  Finding  employ- 
ment is  difficult. 

Our  former  employers  are  unconscionably  casting  us  adrift,  just 
when  we  have  increasing  medical  needs.  Companies  are  placing  the 
bottom  line  ahead  of  ethics,  honesty,  and  human  values. 

Meeting  the  needs  of  early  retirees  is  a  vital  part  of  national 
health  care  reform.  I  am  very  encouraged  by  what  I  have  learned 
about  how  the  President's  Health  Security  Plan  proposes  to  provide 
secure  coverage  for  early  retirees. 

I  also  strongly  believe  that  the  immediate  problem  of  retirees  los- 
ing their  employer-sponsored  coverage  must  be  addressed  now. 
Senate  Bill  1268  introduced  this  past  summer  by  Senator  Wofford 
would  do  a  great  deal  to  help  early  retirees  by  requiring  employers 
to  continue  coverage  during  litigation. 

I  and  my  fellow  retirees  therefore  urge  you  to  support  and 
promptly  enact  S.  1268  to  provide  this  immediate  protection  to  re- 
tirees whose  companies  are  removing  or  significantly  reducing  their 
benefits. 

Our  needs  must  be  addressed  through  comprehensive  health  care 
reform.  I  hope  Congress  will  consider  our  needs  and  move  swiftly 
to  enact  this  bill. 

Gentlemen,  my  appreciation  for  your  attention  and  for  your  con- 
cern for  the  early  retirees,  as  this  critically  needed  legislation,  com- 
prehensive health  care  reform,  moves  through  Congress. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Roach  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Joseph  P.  Roach 

Chairman  Kennedy,  Senator  Kassebaum,  Senator  Wofford,  and  members  of  the 
Committee:  My  name  is  Joseph  P.  Roach  and  I  live  in  Ambler,  PA.  Thank  you  for 
the  opportunity  to  testify  about  the  need  for  health  care  reform  for  retired  persons 
who  are  not  yet  eligible  for  Medicare  benefits. 

I  worked  for  almost  40  years  for  a  major  computer  company  in  a  variety  of  senior 
management  positions.  Two  years  ago,  I  took  an  early  retirement  package  from  my 
company  at  age  59. 

Health  insurance  is  very  important  to  me  and  my  wife,  who  depends  on  my  cov- 
erage. I  am  a  diabetic,  diagnosed  about  15  years  ago.  I  become  insulin-dependent 
about  5  years  ago.  Also  about  5  years  ago,  I  was  operated  on  for  cancer;  fortunately, 
up  to  now  there  has  been  no  recurrence.  Last  year,  I  was  diagnosed  with  heart  dis- 
ease and  had  an  angioplasty  which  so  far  has  been  successful. 

With  these  pre-existing  conditions,  obtaining  health  insurance  for  myself  and  my 
wife  would  be  cost-prohibitive,  if  not  impossible  altogether. 

As  you  know,  many  companies  today  are  asking  their  employees  and  retirees  to 
share  in  the  costs  of  medical  coverage.  Some  companies  are  trying  to  do  away  com- 
pletely with  retiree  health  benefits.  With  myself  as  an  example,  it  is  hard  to  imag- 
ine or  believe  that  a  retiree  who  contributed  many  years  of  his  life  to  a  company 
is  today  suffering  reductions  in  his  benefits  or  being  forced  to  pay  the  entire  cost 
of  coverage. 

Most  early  retirees  like  me  were  enticed  to  retire  with  additional  benefits.  These 
often  related  to  payment  of  medical  benefits.  In  my  company,  one  of  the  major  in- 
ducements was  free  or  nominal  cost  medical  benefits  throughout  retirement,  for  life. 


64 

This  was  not  a  gratuity.  The  company  saved  significant  payroll  expenses  by  retiring 
many  people  at  their  peak  earning  years. 

From  the  employee  standpoint,  there  was  a  significant  trade-off.  In  my  company, 
early  retirement  meant  serious  reductions  in  pension  payments  during  retirement — 
5  to  6  percent  for  each  year  before  age  65  for  employees  with  less  than  20  years 
of  service.  As  an  example,  someone  with  35  years  service  retiring  at  age  55  would 
have  his  or  her  pension  reduced  by  35  percent  in  some  plans,  and  42  percent  in  oth- 
ers. 

If  you  assume  that  someone's  pension  would  be  40  percent  of  his  or  her  last  5 
years'  average  salary  and  reduce  it  by  35  percent,  the  resulting  pension  would  be 
only  26  percent,  one  quarter,  of  the  workers  average  salary  or  wages  before  retire- 
ment. 

fceraie  Silary/Wajes  %«*?„'" 

$20,000  $5,000 

$30,000  $7,800 

$40,000  $10,400 

Pensions  are  computed  considering  service  and  compensation.  An  employee  retir- 
ing early  has  given  up  7  to  10  years  salary.  That  employee  has  also  accepted  a  re- 
duced pension,  because  of  a  lower  service  multiplier  and  foregone  higher  average 
earnings  for  7  to  10  years.  And  keep  in  mind  the  pension  is  further  reduced  by  5 
or  6  percent  for  each  year  before  age  65. 

In  addition,  an  employee  who  intended  to  work  until  age  65  also  has  given  up 
20  percent  of  his  or  her  Social  Security  benefits,  having  probably  had  to  start  receiv- 
ing Social  Security  benefits  at  age  62  instead  of  age  65. 

Any  contributions  expected  of  early  retirees  under  health  care  reform  must  take 
into  account  that  they  already  have  had  to  make  significant  sacrifices  and  should 
not  be  required  to  pay  as  much  as  other  retirees  who  have  not. 

My  company  has  informed  me  and  other  early  retirees  that,  because  of  increased 
medical  costs  and  pressures  on  profits,  it  is  changing  the  medical  benefits  for  all 
retirees.  Effective  in  January  1996,  both  early  and  regular  retirees  will  have  to  pay 
the  entire  cost  of  their  coverage  for  medical  benefits.  Increasingly  large  portions  will 
have  to  be  paid  in  1993,  1994,  and  1995.  The  company  projects  that  the  cost  for 
a  retiree  and  spouse  both  under  age  65  will  be  $9500  per  year  by  1996,  which  in 
many  cases  will  consume  the  entire  pension  check  ana  more,  leaving  nothing  for 
other  necessities.  Worse  still,  retirees  may  have  to  give  up  coverage  and  risk  total 
financial  disaster  from  a  serious  illness  or  hospitalization. 

For  employed  workers,  these  possibilities  for  retirement  years  are  having  a  severe 
negative  effect  on  morale  in  the  workplace.  Employees  feel  they  cannot  trust  their 
employers.  LAw  morale,  and  increasing  mistrust,  has  to  mean  long-range  reductions 
in  our  productivity  as  a  nation. 

I  and  my  fellow  retirees  are  taking  the  company  to  court,  to  stop  this  incredible 
breach  of  contract  and  violation  of  law.  Whatever  the  outcome  of  our  particular  case, 
however,  the  problem  of  early  retirees  will  endure.  We  have  no  Social  Security  in- 
come. If  we  have  a  pension,  a  big  portion  of  it  has  been  lost  in  the  bargain  to  retire 
early.  Finding  employment  is  difficult.  Our  former  employers  are  unconscionably 
casting  us  adrift,  just  when  we  have  increasing  medical  needs.  Companies  are  plac- 
ing the  bottom  line  ahead  of  ethics,  honesty,  and  human  values. 

Meeting  the  needs  of  early  retirees  is  a  vital  part  of  national  health  care  reform. 
I  am  very  encouraged  by  what  [  have  learned  about  how  the  President's  Health  Se- 
curity Plan  proposes  to  provide  secure  coverage  for  early  retirees.  I  also  believe  that 
the  immediate  problem  of  retirees  losing  their  employer  sponsored  coverage  must 
be  addressed  now.  Senate  Bill  1268,  introduced  this  summer  by  Senator  Wofford, 
would  do  a  great  deal  to  help  early  retirees,  by  requiring  employers  to  continue  cov- 
erage during  litigation.  I  and  my  fellow  retirees  therefore  urge  you  to  support  and 
promptly  enact  S.  1268  to  provide  this  immediate  protection  For  early  retirees.  Our 
needs  must  be  addressed  through  comprehensive  health  care  reform.  I  hope  Con- 
gress will  consider  our  needs  and  move  swiftly  to  enact  it. 

Thank  you  for  your  attention  and  for  your  concern  for  early  retirees  as  this  criti- 
cally needed  legislation,  comprehensive  health  care  reform,  moves  through  Con- 
gress. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 
Ms.  Montgomery. 


65 

Ms.  Montgomery.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman  and  Senators.  I  am 
very  grateful  for  the  opportunity  to  come  today  and  speak  before 
you,  and  I  would  like  to  thank  you  beforehand. 

My  name  is  Linda  Montgomery.  I  currently  have  a  social  work 
degree,  a  degree  in  mental  health,  and  I  am  a  licensed  mental 
health  technician  practicing  at  Stormont  Vail  Hospital  in  Topeka, 
KS,  the  largest  medical  center  in  northeast  Kansas. 

A  year  ago,  I  was  diagnosed  by  my  doctors  with  multiple 
myeloma,  a  form  of  bone  cancer,  also  a  diagnosis  usually  given  to 
the  elderly  of  a  mean  age  between  65  and  75  years.  It  is  rare  for 
someone  my  age  to  have  this  affliction. 

But  this  year,  by  my  insurance  company,  I  was  given  a  death 
sentence  when,  through  Federal  legislation,  they  were  allowed  to 
refuse  to  treat  me. 

Following  my  diagnosis  in  the  fall  of  1992,  my  physician  advised 
me  to  seek  chemotherapy  immediately.  My  own  hospital  was  too 
busy  to  take  me  in  for  the  initial  outpatient  procedures  that  I  need- 
ed in  order  to  start  my  chemotherapy,  so  my  doctor  then  arranged 
for  me  to  go  to  a  neighboring  hospital  to  get  these  outpatient  proce- 
dures done. 

While  I  was  waiting  for  the  procedure  in  the  outpatient  waiting 
room,  I  collapsed  from  hypercalcemia,  a  side  effect  of  my  condition 
at  that  time.  As  I  became  unconscious,  I  was  admitted  on  an  emer- 
gency basis  to  the  neighboring  hospital.  This  was  how  I  became 
aware  that  while  the  insurance  card  that  I  carry  looks  like  a  Blue 
Cross  and  Blue  Shield  card,  and  all  correspondence  I  receive  comes 
from  Blue  Cross,  what  I  really  had  was  insurance  coverage  through 
a  self-insured  plan  carried  through  Stormont  Vail  and  adminis- 
tered by  Blue  Cross  only. 

Even  though  I  was  unconscious  at  the  time  and  unable  to  give 
coherent  instructions  as  to  my  needs,  Blue  Cross  on  my  behalf  later 
penalized  me  25  percent  of  the  normally  covered  expenses  in  addi- 
tion to  my  regular  deductible  and  my  co-pay  for  my  hospitalization. 
This  I  found  out  was  just  to  be  the  beginning  of  the  insurance  and 
financial  nightmare  that  continues  to  this  day. 

Conventional  chemotherapy  for  me  proved  unsuccessful,  and  6 
months  later  I  relapsed  and  had  to  be  rehospitalized.  This  time,  I 
was  hospitalized  in  my  own  hospital. 

During  the  time  following  the  first  and  second  hospitalizations, 
none  of  my  medical  bills  were  paid,  including  Stormont's  own  bills. 
Bill  collectors  from  my  own  employer  became  more  persistent  than 
many  of  the  others,  trying  to  get  money  from  a  person.  Twice,  they 
insisted  that  I  sign  a  payroll  deduction  form  so  that  they  could 
begin  to  try  to  receive  payments  on  these  bills,  although  I  had  no 
income. 

I  am  still  unable  to  work  to  this  day.  Blue  Cross,  on  behalf  of 
Stormont,  then  spent  the  rest  of  this  time  searching  for  evidence 
that  my  condition  had  pre-existed,  so  that  from  that  point  they 
would  be  unable  to  deny  my  claim  entirely. 

Also,  while  I  was  still  hospitalized  in  April,  the  second  hos- 
pitalization, I  had  applied  for  Social  Security  as  soon  as  I  was  diag- 
nosed, on  the  advice  of  doctors  and  hospital  personnel.  So  I  had  ap- 
plied, and  I  had  received  notice  that  I  had  been  denied  my  claim 


66 

and  was  advised  it  was  my  right  to  reapply  if  I  wanted  to.  I  did 
so,  and  was  denied  a  claim  a  second  time. 

Knowing  this,  I  decided  at  that  time  that  I  would  have  to  at- 
tempt to  return  to  my  job,  and  I  did  so.  Social  Security  after  the 
second  denial  told  me  that  what  I  should  do  was  continue  to  work; 
if  I  could  not  work  in  my  current  capacity  on  this  gero-psychiatric 
unit,  which  is  what  I  do  in  the  nursing  service,  that  I  should  seek 
a  job  as  an  office  manager,  a  position  for  which  I  am  not  even 
trained. 

So  I  filed  an  additional  appeal  at  this  time  with  the  administra- 
tive law  judge  and  was  later  sent  a  letter  and  told  not  to  expect 
a  hearing  to  De  scheduled  for  at  least  3  to  5  months,  at  which  time 
I  might  want  to  seek  legal  counsel. 

So  at  this  point,  being  totally  frustrated,  I  wrote  a  letter  to  seek 
aid  from  my  Senators  and  have  just  recently  in  the  last  few  weeks 
qualified  for  disability  from  Social  Security. 

Following  this  hospitalization  in  April,  and  with  the  aid  of  my 
physician,  I  was  able  to  apply  and  also  qualify  for  an  experimental 
protocol  that  is  being  sponsored  by  the  National  Cancer  Institute 
and  the  National  Institute  of  Health.  So  I  have  begun  this  treat- 
ment, and  after  6  months  of  facing  death  and  bill  collectors  and 
their  attorneys,  Blue  Cross  finally  came  through  and  began  to  pay 
some  of  the  bills  of  my  claim. 

I  still  have  not  been  able  to  achieve  a  remission  even  on  this  in- 
vestigational drug,  but  I  have  been  able  to  maintain  some  control 
over  my  disease  to  this  point.  My  doctor,  however,  advises  that  this 
is  time-limited,  since  I  am  not  in  remission,  and  I  have  to  be  aware 
of  that,  and  I  would  like  to  make  you  all  aware,  that  my  only  real 
chances  for  a  return  to  health  would  be  to  have  what  is  now  called 
a  stem  cell  bone  marrow  transplant. 

This  procedure  is  not  considered  experimental  in  many  cases  and 
is  also  a  recognized  therapy  for  persons  with  cancer  of  the  blood- 
forming  organs,  which  is  what  I  have.  In  checking  with  Blue  Cross, 
they  initially  said  that  I  was  covered.  I  was  grateful  and  went  run- 
ning back  to  my  doctor  to  tell  him  the  good  news.  They  then 
checked  further  and  called  me  the  next  day  and  said  no,  my  plan 
wouldn't  cover  the  procedure;  it  only  covered  certain  cancers,  and 
mine  wasn't  one  of  them.  And  it  did  not  mention  multiple  myeloma 
at  all  in  their  contract,  so  it  would  not  be  covered  in  the  future. 

In  1991,  before  my  diagnosis,  after  the  loss  of  several  jobs  due 
to  the  economy — both  my  husband  and  I  had  lost  about  two  jobs 
apiece — my  husband  and  I  decided  to  withdraw  all  of  our  retire- 
ment money  and  invest  it  in  a  small  ice  cream  shop  business  as 
a  hedge  against  future  unemployment.  We  moved  to  a  small  town 
in  Kansas,  Council  Grove,  with  a  population  of  roughly  2,000,  and 
began  our  business  there.  We  purchased  this  business  from  the 
bankruptcy  court,  and  while  we  have  made  great  strides  in  this 
business,  if  we  make  any  money  in  1993,  it  will  be  our  first  profit. 
We  have  owned  this  company  for  2  years. 

At  the  same  time,  we  employ  between  20  and  25  employees  in 
this  community,  which  is  roughly  2.5  percent  of  our  population. 
And  since  I  could  no  longer  work  and  was  refused  disability,  in  an 
effort  to  maintain  my  home,  I  sold  first  my  furniture,  my  valued 
and  prized  antiques,  later  my  appliances — all  to  make  my  house 


67 

payments.  Finally,  in  an  effort  to  try  to  cover  the  unpaid  medical 
bills  and  the  25  percent  penalty  that  they  gave  me  for  my  insur- 
ance, I  had  to  sell  my  house,  because  I  could  no  longer  maintain 
the  mortgage  and  was  about  to  be  foreclosed  on. 

Unfortunately,  I  hadn't  owned  the  house  long  enough  to  have  eq- 
uity built  up,  but  the  foreclosure  didn't  cost  me  on  my  credit— the 
only  benefit  I  think  we  received. 

I  now  live  in  a  secondhand  mobile  home.  I  was  advised  that  I 
should  apply  for  Social  Security  and  seek  SSI  and  a  medical  card 
from  my  county  social  and  rehabilitative  services  office.  SSI  noti- 
fied me,  and  with  their  regrets,  told  me  that  since  I  still  main- 
tained an  IRA  with  slightly  over  $3,000  in  it,  that  I  did  not  qualify, 
and  I  was  refused  SSI  assistance,  and  even  if  I  had  renewed  this 
IRA  and  paid  the  taxes  and  the  early  removal  penalty  and  paid 
these  medical  bills— some  of  them— that  still,  the  store  and  its  op- 
erating losses  during  the  winter  months  was  considered  an  asset, 
and  I  would  not  qualify. 

Later,  social  and  rehabilitation  services,  whom  I  contacted  to  see, 
as  a  disabled  person,  if  I  would  be  able  to  qualify  for  a  medical 
card,  told  me  that,  yes,  I  could  fill  out  an  application;  yes,  I  could 
try  to  apply  for  a  medical  card.  They  said  that,  yes,  indeed,  I  was 
legally  disabled,  and  because  I  did  have  this  business,  that  there 
wasn't  a  thing  they  could  do  for  me  because  it  was  a  major  asset; 
and  that  if  I  wanted  to  qualify  for  this  medical  card  and  get  help, 
that  I  needed  to  divest  myself  of  the  business,  my  husband  then 
becoming  unemployed. 

Also,  the  thing  I  found  most  difficult  to  deal  with  was  they  said 
it  was  unfortunate  that  they  couldn't  do  anything  for  me;  my  only 
other  alternative  would  be  to  seek  a  divorce  because  as  an  inde- 
pendent woman  with  no  support,  I  would  then  qualify. 

Now,  I  need  to  tell  you  at  this  point  that  the  stresses  of  having 
to  live  with  any  catastrophic  illness  alone  is  enough  to  tax  many 
marriages,  possibly  ending  them.  But  when  couples  with  the  loss 
of  career,  the  loss  of  my  income,  insurmountable  medical  bills,  plus 
the  emotional  stresses  I  have  personally  of  living  with  a  body  that 
I  no  longer  recognize,  being  bald,  loss  of  intimacy  in  my  personal 
marital  relationship,  the  loss  of  friends,  a  move  to  a  different  com- 
munity, and  no  longer  a  social  life  because  my  health  won't  permit 
it^_few  marriages  could  stand  these  stresses,  and  I  consider  myself 
fortunate  to  be  married  at  this  time. 

My  husband,  however,  is  a  wonderful,  caring,  and  very  support- 
ive man,  and  because  of  our  Christian  beliefs  and  our  personal  eth- 
ics, divorce  is  out  of  the  question. 

We  also  have  to  realize  at  this  point  that  we  have  no  other  alter- 
native and  no  way  at  all  to  pay  for  any  treatments  that  I  need.  And 
now  the  bone  marrow  transplant  seems  to  be  totally  out  of  the 
question.  . 

Several  people  have  come  to  me  with  documentation  about  how 
they  may  have  the  diagnosis  that  I  have — there  are  few  of  us— but 
I  have  learned  through  phone  calls,  through  my  Senator's  office, 
through  support  groups  that  there  are  other  people  like  me  out 
there.  Some  of  them,  after  learning  about  my  diagnosis,  were  able 
to  get  help;  they  sought  that  help  through  their  State  insurance 
commissioner.  They  got  their  insurance  company  then  to   cover 


68 

their  bone  marrow  transplants.  One  of  these  cases,  I  learned  later, 
was  from  my  home  town,  and  it  involved  Blue  Cross.  The  lady  was 
then  permitted  the  bone  marrow  transplant;  she  died  before  she  re- 
ceived it. 

When  I  called  the  insurance  commissioner's  office  at  that  point, 
they  were  very  sympathetic  to  my  plight  and  then  explained  to  me 
that  what  I  had  was  a  Blue  Cross  administered  plan;  it  was  a  self- 
insured  group  plan  and  was  not  under  their  jurisdiction  as  insur- 
ance commissioners,  and  in  short,  there  wasn't  a  thing  they  could 
do  to  help  me. 

This  was  also  confirmed  later  by  the  director  of  the  risk  manage- 
ment office  in  my  own  hospital,  Stormont  Vail,  who  at  the  time 
would  not  talk  to  me  on  the  telephone  but  sent  a  secretary  to  tell 
me  that,  "If  it  wasn't  written  in  our  insurance  contract,  then  we 
won't  cover  it — sue  us." 

This,  I  had  not  expected  from  the  place  where  I  had  worked,  and 
this  was  probably  the  hardest  knock  of  all — the  same  hospital 
whose  motto  is:  "Caring  for  generations." 

Several  friends  and  acquaintances  who  are  physicians  said  there 
would  be  no  problem  with  Medicare,  and  they  would  assist  with  my 
needing  of  treatment  for  this  procedure.  But  then  they  were  as 
shocked  as  I  was  in  the  beginning  when  I  learned  that  even  though 
I  was  a  permanently  disabled  person,  I  did  qualify  for  Social  Secu- 
rity, but  I  cannot  qualify  for  Medicare  for  2  years,  something  you 
all  are  aware  of.  So  for  me,  this  is  mostly  likely  going  to  be  1  year 
too  late. 

It  seems  at  this  point  that  I  am  at  a  dead  end  and  little  can  be 
done  to  help  me.  But  you  as  Senators  are  about  to  write  a  new 
chapter  in  health  care,  and  you  have  the  opportunity  to  see  that 
others  in  the  future  won't  fall  between  the  cracks  in  the  system  the 
way  I  seem  to  have  done  so  thoroughly. 

I  want  you  to  know  that  as  small  business  owners,  my  husband 
and  1  want  very  badly  to  offer  health  care  to  our  employees;  but 
under  the  current  system,  we  just  cannot. 

When  other  business  owners  in  town  learned  that  I  had  this  op- 
portunity to  come  before  you  and  speak,  they  asked  if  they  could 
please  add  their  voices  to  mine  as  I  came  before  you,  and  tell  you 
that  they  also  want  health  insurance  for  their  employees  and  to 
please  try  to  get  the  point  across  to  you.  So  I  am  here  to  carry  that 
message  that  they  consider  the  need  for  health  care  important,  and 
they,  as  a  very  caring  community,  want  too  the  health  and  safety 
of  all  their  employees  in  these  small  businesses. 

I  don't  know  enough  about  the  Clinton  plan  at  this  time.  I  did 
hear  him  speak,  but  as  we  all  know,  we  need  to  know  more  in 
depth.  What  we  hear  in  the  media,  I  always  take  with  a  grain  of 
salt,  because  a  lot  of  it  seems  to  be  highly  sensationalized.  But  I 
have  had  the  opportunity  to  study  Senator  Kassebaum's  proposal, 
and  I  would  whole-heartedly  support  health  care  reform  of  that  na- 
ture. 

I  with  you  all  Godspeed.  I  hope  you  can  do  this  expeditiously,  get 
health  care  for  American  citizens.  For  me,  the  clock  is  running. 

I  thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Ms.  Montgomery  follows:] 


69 

Prepared  Statement  of  Linda  Montgomery 

My  name  is  Linda  Montgomery.  I  have  a  BSW  and  a  degree  in  mental  health  and 
work  in  the  geriatric-psyc  diagnostic  unit  of  Stormont  Vail  Hospital  in  Topeka,  KS, 
the  largest  medical  center  in  north  east  Kansas.  A  year  ago  I  was  diagnosed,  by 
my  doctors,  with  multiple  myeloma  a  form  of  bone  cancer,  but  this  year  I  was  sen- 
tenced to  death  by  my  insurance  company  and  the  Federal  legislation  that  allows 
companies  to  self  insure. 

Following  my  diagnosis  in  the  fall  of  1992  my  physician  advised  that  chemo- 
therapy begin  immediately.  My  hospital  was  too  busy  to  do  the  initial  procedures 
necessary  so  my  doctor  arranged  for  me  to  go  to  a  neighboring  hospital  to  have  the 
procedures  done  on  an  out  patient  basis.  While  I  was  waiting  for  the  procedure  to 
be  done  I  collapsed  from  hypercalcemia  a  side  effect  of  my  condition,  became  uncon- 
scious and  was  admitted  on  an  emergency  basis  to  this  neighboring  hospital.  This 
was  how  I  became  aware  that  while  the  insurance  card  I  carry  looks  like  a  Blue 
Cross  card  and  all  correspondence  comes  from  Blue  Cross  what  I  really  have  is  a 
self  insured  plan  from  Stormont  Vail  administered  by  Blue  Cross.  Even  though  I 
was  unconscious  and  unable  to  give  coherent  instructions  Blue  Cross,  on  behalf  of 
Stormont,  penalized  me  25%  of  the  normally  covered  expenses  in  addition  to  my  reg- 
ular deductible  and  co-pay.  This  was  just  the  beginning  of  an  insurance  and  finan- 
cial nightmare  that  continues  to  this  day.  Conventional  chemotherapy  proved  unsuc- 
cessful and  six  months  later  I  relapsed  and  had  to  be  rehospitalized.  During  that 
entire  time  none  of  my  medical  bills  were  paid,  including  Stormont's  own  bills.  Bill 
collectors  from  my  own  employer  were  more  persistent  than  many  of  the  others. 
Twice  they  insisted  that  I  sign  payroll  deduction  forms  even  though  I  was  unable 
to  work  at  that  time.  Blue  cross,  on  behalf  of  Stormont  spent  the  entire  time  search- 
ing for  evidence  that  my  condition  had  pre-existed  my  employment  at  Stormont  so 
they  could  deny  the  entire  claim.  Also  while  I  was  still  hospitalized,  Social  Security 
denied  my  disability  claim  for  the  second  time,  this  time  claiming  that  I  was  fit  to 
return  to  my  job  as  an  office  manager,  a  position  I  have  never  held  and  am  un- 
trained for.  I  filed  an  appeal  with  the  administrative  law  judge  and  was  told  not 
to  expect  to  have  a  hearing  scheduled  for  at  least  3  to  5  months,  at  which  time  I 
might  want  to  seek  legal  counsel.  With  the  aid  of  my  Senators  I  have  just  recently 
qualified  for  disability  but  I  have  been  informed  that  I  won't  qualify  for  medicare 
for  another  two  years.  Following  my  hospitalization  I  was,  with  the  aid  of  my  physi- 
cian, able  to  begin  a  new  experimental  protocol,  never  used  before  in  this  area, 
sponsored  by  the  National  Cancer  Institute.  At  this  point,  after  six  months  of  facing 
death  and  bill  collectors  and  their  attorneys,  Blue  Cross  began  to  pay  some  of  the 
bills.  I  was  not  able  to  achieve  a  remission  on  this  investigational  drug  but  I  have 
been  able  to  maintain  some  control  over  my  disease  to  this  point.  My  doctor  advises 
that  this  is  time  limited  however  and  my  only  real  chance  for  life  lies  in  my  ability 
to  receive  a  stem  cell  bone  marrow  transplant.  This  procedure  is  not  considered  ex- 
perimental and  is  a  recognized  therapy  for  persons  with  cancer  of  the  blood  forming 
organs.  In  checking  with  Blue  Cross  they  initially  said  that  I  was  covered,  then 
checked  further  and  said  that  my  plan  covers  the  procedure  for  certain  cancers  and 
doesn't  mention  multiple  myeloma  and  since  it  isn't  mentioned  it  isn't  covered. 

In  1991,  because  of  the  loss  of  several  jobs  due  to  slow  downs  in  the  economy, 
my  husband  and  I  withdrew  most  of  our  retirement  money  and  purchased  a  small 
ice  cream  shop  in  a  town  of  2,000  in  central  Kansas  as  a  hedge  against  future  un- 
employment. We  purchased  the  business  from  the  bankruptcy  court  and  while  we 
have  made  great  strides,  if  we  make  any  money  in  1993  it  will  be  our  first  profit. 
At  the  same  time  we  employee  between  20  and  25  employees  which  is  roughly  2.5% 
of  the  towns  total  population.  Once  I  could  no  longer  work,  and  since  I  was  refused 
disability  we  were  forced  to  sell  our  furniture,  antiques  and  appliances  in  an  effort 
to  make  house  payments.  Finally,  to  pay  my  medical  bills  ana  keep  our  business 
we  had  to  sell  the  house  before  we  got  behind  in  the  mortgage  and  we  now  live  in 
a  used  mobile  home.  I  was  advised  that  I  should  apply  for  SSI  and  seek  a  medical 
card  from  my  county  SRS  office.  SSI  turned  me  down  because  there  was  still  more 
that  3,000  dollars  in  my  IRA  and  even  if  I  removed  it  and  payed  medical  bills  they 
felt  they  would  still  have  to  deny  me  on  the  basis  of  the  money  we  have  in  the  bank 
to  cover  the  stores  operating  losses  during  the  winter  months.  SRS  informed  me 
that  no  matter  how  much  money  you  owe  on  the  business  or  how  little  money  you 
make,  it  is  still  considered  a  major  asset  and  so  I  must  either  get  rid  of  the  business 
or  seek  a  divorce  from  my  husband.  The  stresses  of  having  to  live  with  catastrophic 
illness  alone  is  enough  to  end  many  marriages,  but  when  coupled  with  loss  of  job, 
loss  of  income,  insurmountable  medical  bills,  and  the  emotional  stressors,  the  loss 
of  intimacy  due  to  illness,  and  the  loss  of  friends  and  social  life  few  marriages  can 


70 

over  come  this.  Because  our  marriage  is  still  strong  and  because  of  our  personal  eth- 
ics divorce  is  not  an  option  so  we  have  no  way  to  pay  for  the  treatment  I  need. 

Several  people  have  come  to  me  with  documentation  of  how  when  they  found 
themselves  with  my  diagnosis,  they  were  able  to,  with  the  help  of  their  State  Insur- 
ance Commissioner,  get  their  insurance  company  to  cover  the  bone  marrow  trans- 
Flant.  One  of  these  cases  was  even  from  my  town  and  involved  Blue  Cross.  When 
called  the  Insurance  Commissioners  Office  they  were  very  sympathetic  but  ex- 
plained that  even  though  Blue  Cross  administered  the  plan,  it  was  a  self  insured 
plan  and  was  not  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Insurance  Commissioners  Office.  In 
short,  there  was  nothing  they  could  do.  Which  was  confirmed  by  the  Director  of  Risk 
Management  for  Stormont  Vail  Hospital,  who  would  not  talk  to  me  directly  but  had 
his  secretary  tell  me  that  he  said  if  it's  not  written  in  the  plan  sue  us.  Several 
friends  and  acquaintances  who  are  physicians  suggested  that  there  would  be  no 
problem  since  medicare  would  assist  in  the  payment  for  the  procedure,  but  they 
were  as  shocked  as  I  was  to  find  that  even  though  I  was  qualified  for  disability  I 
could  not  receive  medicare  for  another  two  years.  Most  likely  at  least  one  year  too 
late. 

It  seems  like  I'm  at  a  dead  end  and  little  can  be  done  to  help  me  at  this  point, 
but  you  as  Senators  are  about  to  write  a  new  chapter  in  health  care  and  have  the 
opportunity  to  see  that  others  in  the  future  won't  fall  between  cracks  of  the  system 
the  way  I  have.  I  want  you  to  know  that  we  as  small  business  owners  want  to  offer 
health  care  to  our  employees.  But  under  the  current  system  we  can't.  When  other 
business  owner's  in  town  heard  I  was  getting  this  opportunity  to  speak,  they  ask 
me  to  add  their  voices  to  mine  in  telling  you  that  many  small  businessmen  care 
about  their  employees  and  want  help  to  keep  them  safe  and  healthy.  I  don't  know 
much  about  the  Clinton  plan,  because  what  you  hear  in  the  media  seems  to  be  high- 
ly sensationalized  but  I  have  had  the  opportunity  to  study  Senator  Kassebaum's 
proposal  and  we  would  wholeheartedly  support  health  care  reform  of  that  nature. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much,  Ms.  Montgomery,  and  all 
of  our  panelists,  for  your  very  moving  and  timely  comments  and 
presentations.  I  think  we're  going  to  hear  an  awful  lot  during  this 
debate  about  what  we  are  spending  here,  what  we  are  spending 
there,  about  costs,  about  deductibles,  about  co-pays,  about  co-insur- 
ance. So  much  of  the  debate  and  discussion  is  on  those  issues,  and 
we  all  know  they  are  important.  But  we  have  three  Americans,  our 
fellow  citizens,  who  have  worked  their  whole  lives — worked  their 
whole  lives — and  have  basically  fallen  through  the  cracks  of  the 
system;  the  system  has  "gamed   them. 

Taking  care  of  our  fellow  citizens  is  going  to  involve  costs  and  ex- 
penditures, but  any  one  of  the  problems  that  they  have  could  hap- 
pen to  any  one  of  us.  It  could  happen  to  any  one  of  us  up  here;  it 
has  happened  I  know  in  terms  of  our  colleagues  in  different  ways. 
I  have  a  son  with  cancer  who  has  been  lucky  enough  to  survive. 
But  it  could  happen  to  any  one  of  us,  and  if  we  aren't  able  to  recog- 
nize that  the  kinds  of  voices  that  we  have  heard  here  today  are 
really  the  voices  of  all  Americans,  and  if  we  get  weighted  down,  as 
some  would  have  us  do,  in  being  reluctant  to  at  least  try  to  deal 
with  these — we  may  not  get  it  right,  but  we  sure  as  the  devil  ought 
to  try  to  get  it  right.  That,  we  must  do. 

Very  briefly,  because  the  stories  speak  for  themselves,  I'd  like  to 
ask  Kathy  Wojnar,  as  I  understand,  you  would  be  prepared  if  you 
could  get  coverage  to  make  a  contribution;  would  you  not? 

Ms.  Wojnar.  Oh,  absolutely. 

The  Chairman.  You're  not  just  trying  to  get  something  for  noth- 
ing. 

Ms.  Wojnar.  Oh,  no,  absolutely  not.  I  think  we  should  all  pay 
for  our  health  insurance,  but  we  should  be  guaranteed  the  right  to 
get  it. 


71 

The  Chairman.  And  you  have  some  income,  and  you  are  cer- 
tainly prepared  to  participate  in  the  system,  but  the  problem  is  you 
can't  even  get  in  the  front  door  because  you  are  denied  virtually 
any  kind  of  consideration,  no  matter  how  much  you  could  pay. 

Ms.  Wojnar.  That's  right. 

The  Chairman.  Then  we  have  the  retirees.  American  citizens— 
and  Mrs.  Clinton  was  talking  about  young  people  paying  a  little  bit 
more  the  other  day— had  better  listen  to  Mr.  Roach  here.  It  s  not 
going  to  be  too  many  years,  and  they  are  going  to  be  right  where 
Mr.  Roach  is.  Let's  point  out— 16  percent  of  all  employers  dropped 
retiree  coverage  between  1991  and  1992;  just  dropped  them.  Thats 
16  percent.  , 

We've  got  32  million  active  workers  who  have  been  promised  re- 
tirement coverage.  They  had  better  start  listening  to  Mr.  Roach 
They  had  better  start  listening  and  look  at  what  has  happened 
with  employers  over  the  period  of  the  last  2  years.  They  have  been 
dropped  like  hot  potatoes  and  just  pushed  out  into  the  cold. 

This  will  continue  to  happen  unless  we  are  going  to  try  to  re- 
spond to  those  like  Mr.  Roach,  who  have  worked  40  years  of  their 
lives,  and  unless  we  are  going  to  try  to,  as  the  administration's  pro- 
posal does,  provide  80  percent  of  the  cost  of  the  premium.  If  the 
company  had  been  participating,  they  will  pick  up  the  20  percent. 
You'd  be  willing  to  participate,  would  you  not,  Mr.  Roach? 

Mr.  Roach.  Yes;  my  point  being,  however,  Senator,  that  we  have 
already  given  up  or  traded  off  a  significant  portion  of  our  promised 
pensions  for  this  early  retirement  and  no-cost  health  benefit.  To  go 
into  that  same  pool,  my  point  is  that  even  if  the  Government  picks 
up  that  responsibility  from  the  private  sector  that  the  Government 
has  to  consider  the  fact  of  early  retirees  who  have  already  given 
up  anywhere  from  20  to  40  percent  of  their  pensions. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  think  you  are  absolutely  right.  Over  in 
the  Finance  Committee,  Mrs.  Clinton  got  heavy,  heavy-duty  criti- 
cism for  that  aspect  of  the  program  just  about  3  hours  ago,  from 
those  saying  we  can't  afford  to  look  after  those  people.  The  esti- 
mate, at  least  before  our  committee,  was  about  $4.5  billion  even 
under  the  program. 

I  think  you  make  an  excellent  case  in  terms  of  the  additional  eq- 
uity for  the  early  retirees  beyond  the  80  percent,  and  you  make  a 
very,  very  strong  argument  on  that.  But  we're  finding  out  that  even 
this  part  of  it  has  been  criticized. 

Your  story  is  just  so  moving.  We  just  don't  quantify  the  kinds  of 
anxieties  that  you  described  and  which  anybody  can  understand. 

Mr.  Roach.  Senator,  hopefully,  I  was  only  describing  that  which 
is  a  condition  for  many,  many  people,  not  for  myself.  Many  people 
are  at  a  much  lower  income  than  I  am  able  to  attain  through  my 
own  pension,  and  in  many  cases,  these  medical  costs  are  going  to 
exceed  their  pensions. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  you  said  it  well.  I  think  the  witnesses  un- 
derstand that  we  can  be  criticized  by  others  saying  that  we  can 
find  three  people  in  the  country  who  have  tough  problems,  but 
what  all  of  you  have  commented  on  is  the  kinds  of  situations  that 
are  affecting  millions  of  our  fellow  citizens. 

Finally,  Ms.  Montgomery,  your  statement  and  comments,  as  I 
think  every  member  of  the  committee  understood,  were  brought  to 


72 

our  attention  and  national  attention  by  Senator  Kassebaum,  in  di- 
rectly asking  Mrs.  Clinton  about  it  yesterday  in  our  committee 
hearing.  So  she  has  been  a  very  effective  advocate  for  you,  and  I 
am  certainly  hopeful  that  we  can  find  the  wisdom  to  be  able  to  re- 
lieve you  of  the  kinds  of  heavy  anxieties  that  you  are  feeling  with 
regard  to  the  health  aspects  of  it.  It  is  just  an  absolutely  horren- 
dous situation,  and  you  are  an  inspiring  figure  to  be  able  to  talk 
about  it. 

Ms.  Montgomery.  You  are  very  kind,  Senator,  and  I  do  thank 
you  for  that.  My  purpose  in  being  here,  though,  wasn't  just  to  seek 
help  and  a  sympathetic  viewpoint  for  my  own  welfare.  If  I  have  a 
limited  time  on  this  earth,  I  have  decided  that  I  want  to  make  a 
point  of  making  sure  that  no  other  citizen  in  the  future  ever  has 
to  fall  between  the  cracks  as  I  did,  and  that  health  care  should  be 
a  right  in  a  country  like  this,  not  a  privilege,  and  it  has  been  left 
to  the  privileged  citizens.  And  I  am  sorry  to  say  that,  but  that's 
what  we're  coming  down  to.  It  is  getting  harder  and  more  difficult 
than  it  is  easier,  and  I  am  very  grateful  to  finally  see  health  care 
reform  come  to  the  fore  during  an  administration.  I  think  it  is  high 
time,  and  I  know  many  of  you  feel  that  way,  and  I  am  grateful  to 
see  it  happen  and  happy  to  participate  in  any  way  I  can. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  you  are  absolutely  right.  Every  member  of 
the  Congress  has  it — and  I  won't  get  into  my  little  comments  about 
those  who  are  going  to  oppose  it;  I  just  hope  they  won't  continue 
to  take  advantage  of  it  themselves. 

Ms.  Montgomery.  And  you  can  be  aware  that  I  am  not  nec- 
essarily the  exception. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Kassebaum. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  would  just  like  to  observe  that  all  three  of  you  do  represent 
many  voices,  and  some  in  more  special  ways  perhaps  than  others; 
also,  all  three  represent  enormous  costs  in  the  health  care  system 
one  way  or  another.  I  think  that  is  the  dilemma  as  we  try  honestly 
to  look  at  a  situation  where  obviously  there  is  great  compassion  for 
the  individual  and  balance  that  concern  with  society's  responsibil- 
ity. 

It  isn't  easy  when  we  are  trying  to  write  legislation  to  do  that 
in  ways  that  can  take  everything  into  account.  Mr.  Roach,  I  think 
in  your  situation  as  an  early  retiree,  this  is  an  issue,  because  to 
a  certain  extent,  the  President's  plan  really  moves  the  Medicare 
kick -in  point  from  age  65  to  age  55.  The  estimated  cost  of  $4  bil- 
lion, I  would  suggest,  is  quite  low.  It  is  going  to  be  far  greater.  It 
doesn't  mean  that  there  isn't  great  concern  for  those  who  are  being 
laid  off  and  who  have  been  encouraged  to  take  early  retirement 
and  for  those  who  see  what  they  thought  was  going  to  be  a  lifetime 
of  security  iust  evaporate. 

That's  wnat,  in  another  way,  we  are  struggling  with  as  I  men- 
tioned in  introducing  Linda  Montgomery — the  high  cost  of  new 
technology  and  how  do  we  meet  it.  Also,  her  testimony  indicates 
the  whole  kind  of  web  of  the  system  that  everybody  can  get  caught 
in  and,  as  you  said,  fall  through  the  cracks. 

I  would  like  to  ask  Mrs.  Montgomery  first,  why  did  your  physi- 
cian recommend  that  you  receive  a  bone  marrow  transplant,  and 


73 

is  this  something  that  you  could  get  through  the  National  Cancer 
Institute  or  a  National  Institutes  of  Health-sponsored  trial  in  any 
way?  Was  this  something  that  was  explored? 

Ms.  Montgomery.  We  haven't  had  a  lot  of  time,  really,  to  com- 
municate. I  have  a  wonderful  doctor,  Dr.  Stanley  Vogel,  a  wonder- 
ful oncologist,  who  also  studies  heavily  all  aspects  of  research  and 
does  belong  to  the  Southwest  Oncology  Research  Unit,  which  is  a 
subsidized  research  organization.  It  was  through  that  study,  which 
is  ongoing,  that  he  had  information  about  the  Topotecan  investiga- 
tional drug  that  he  is  now  administering  to  me,  which  is  an  i.v. 
therapy  process. 

Through  reading  the  research,  I  had  read  and  heard  that  bone 
marrow  transplantation  of  the  stem  cell  nature,  where  these  cells 
harvest  from  my  own  body,  would  be  an  opportunity  for  me. 

I  asked  my  doctor  about  it.  His  eyebrows  went  up,  and  he  got 
bright-eyed,  and  he  said,  "Do  you  really  think  your  insurance  could 
help  you  with  that?"  And  with  that,  I  had  my  first  idea  that,  yes, 
this  was  the  thing  I  needed  to  pursue. 

As  we  talked,  I  found  out  that,  yes,  this  was  probably  the  best 
chance  I  had  at  not  only  protracted  remission,  but  also  the  resump- 
tion of  a  healthy  lifestyle  where  I  might  even  be  able  to  work  once 
more. 

As  far  as  the  NCI  and  the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  I  have 
to  fall  to  my  doctor  for  that,  because  as  a  study  of  research,  he  is 
the  one  who  led  me  into  this  new  investigational  therapy  that  I  am 
on.  The  process  of  applying  for  and  meeting  the  criteria  necessary 
to  participate  in  sucn  a  study  is  rather  lengthy  and  somewhat  dif- 
ficult, and  you  also  have  to  have  a  connection  through  certain 
study  groups.  The  doctor  who  is  studying  the  Topotecan  that  I  am 
taking  now,  his  major  research  is  seated,  I  think,  in  Columbus, 
OH,  and  it  is  through  telephone  and  fax  machines  that  most  of  my 
case  work  gets  carried  on. 

So  as  far  as  the  bone  marrow  transplantation,  my  doctor  would 
have  to  pursue  that  for  me;  I  would  then  take  application  and  see 
if,  health-wise,  physically,  I  could  meet  all  of  the  criteria  necessary 
to  qualify  as  a  study  aspect  in  an  ongoing  research  program.  If  I 
qualify,  then  I  might  possibly  receive  one.  No,  the  topic  has  not 
been  broached  at  this  time. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Have  they  given  you  any  estimated  cost  for 
a  bone  marrow  transplant  for  multiple  myeloma? 

Ms.  Montgomery.  Dr.  Vogel  is  a  very  conservative  man,  but  I 
don't  think  he  was  conservative  enough  when  he  told  me  approxi- 
mately $100,000.  I  have  talked  to  many  people  since,  and  I  esti- 
mate probably  closer  to  $130,000  to  $150,000.  The  costs  vary  in  dif- 
ferent institutions;  I  am  not  sure  exactly  why,  but  I  know  costs 
vary  in  different  parts  of  the  United  States.  So  I  sort  of  reserve  the 
$150,000  amount  in  my  head  just  to  try  to  cover  everything. 

Also,  you  need  to  know  that  I  am  not  pursuing  a  gift"  of  a  bone 
marrow  transplant,  even  though  I  would  happily  participate  in  a 
study.  When  it  appeared  as  though  I  was  going  to  die  rather  quick- 
ly, I  was  happy  to  volunteer  what  I  had  to  this  study,  because  if 
I  could  do  nothing  more  useful  with  my  life  than  basically  leave  a 
legacy  that  might  help  another  person,  if  that's  all  I  had  to  offer, 
I  was  going  to  do  it.  If  I  could  once  again  qualify  for  a  study  of  that 


74 

nature,  I  would,  but  I  am  not  even  asking  that  for  free.  I  would 
happily  contribute  to  some  portion  of  that  myself,  with  whatever 
funding  I  could  either  raise  or  earn  or  as  I  continue  to  liquidate 
my  personal  holdings — but  I'm  afraid  I'm  getting  down  to  the  nitty- 
gritty  at  this  point  and  don't  have  a  whole  lot  left.  But  I  do  still 
have  that  precious  IRA  that  I  have  hung  onto  until  more  medical 
bills  need  to  be  paid.  Any  of  those  things,  I  am  willing  to  contribute 
toward  expenses.  So,  no,  I'm  not  asking  for  a  gift  nor  a  free  lunch, 
and  I  don't  think  that  anyone  here  on  this  particular  panel  is  want- 
ing that,  either. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Mr.  Roach,  yes? 

Mr.  Roach.  If  I  could  come  back  to  one  point,  Senator,  the  over- 
all health  care  reform  that  is  being  discussed,  and  what  the  Presi- 
dent is  proposing,  will  probably  go  through  a  long  period  of  discus- 
sion and  then  a  transition  period.  In  the  meantime,  there  are  a 
number  of  companies  that  are  unilaterally  discontinuing,  reducing, 
cutting  plans.  I  think  there  is  a  stopgap  that  is  needed  in  the 
meantime,  and  I  think  Senator  Wofford's  plan  is  an  excellent  one 
that  would  help  stop  that.  If  we  don't,  companies  are  going  to  start 
jumping  on  this  thing  like  it's  a  rolling  freight  train,  and  before  you 
know  it,  everyone  in  the  country  is  going  to  be  removed  from  medi- 
cal benefits  if  they  have  been  retired. 

It  is  unconscionable.  Something  has  to  be  done,  and  I  think  the 
Senator's  plan  is  the  answer.  We  would  really  appreciate  any  of 
your  help  in  getting  that  plan  pushed  through  Congress  as  fast  as 
possible. 

Thank  you,  Senator,  for  your  help. 

Senator  Wofford.  Thank  you. 

Ms.  Montgomery.  If  I  might  inject  something,  too,  with  Mr. 
Roach,  Senator  Wofford's  plan  also  has  something  to  offer  for  peo- 
ple who  now  are  finding  themselves  in  the  unique  position  of  being 
forced  into  early  retirement;  if  you  can  make  the  criteria  and  then 
meet  that  sliding  age,  then  it's  also  something,  because  I  am  find- 
ing as  a  disabled  person  who  is  probably  no  longer  able  to  work, 
I  qualify  for  many  things  under  Social  Security  until  they  find  out 
my  age,  and  then  all  of  those  things  go  back  out  the  window.  So 
that  is  going  to  be  very  important  as  time  goes  on. 

The  Chairman.  Linda,  the  interesting  point  is  that  even  if  you 
go  to  NIH,  someone  is  paying  for  it.  I  mean,  this  is  a  game.  Some- 
one has  got  to  spend  a  lot  of  time  to  see  if  you  can  get  into  one 
of  those  studies. 

My  son  had  osteosarcoma  when  he  was  12  years  old,  and  he  was 
in  a  2-year  program,  but  after  about  8  months,  the  experiment 
ended  because  they  had  sufficient  information  to  make  a  judgment 
that  it  was  positive.  From  that  point  on,  it  was  $2,800  a  treatment 
every  3  weeks  for  3  days.  And  I  remember  going  out  into  the  wait- 
ing room  and  hearing  parents  say,  because  their  child  had  about 
a  15  percent  of  living  without  this  treatment,  "What  kind  of  chance 
does  my  child  have  if  we  can  only  pay  for  3  or  4  months?"  because 
they  had  finished  the  experiment  at  NIH,  and  the  insurance  com- 
panies hadn't  picked  it  up.  And  it  took  years  before  the  insurance 
companies  would  pick  that  up.  The  last  thing  they  want  to  do  is 
put  something  else  in  there  that  is  going  to  slow  down  their  profits. 


75 

I  don't  know  how  many  times  we  have  to  keep  hearing  this  story. 
My  time  has  expired,  and  I  exercise  the  prerogative  of  the  chair, 
which  I  will  not  do  again  on  this,  but  I  couldn't  help  commenting. 

Unfortunately,  I  must  chair  another  hearing  on  a  nomination  for 
the  administration,  so  Senator  Wofford  will  chair  the  rest  of  the 
hearing.  But  I  want  to  thank  all  of  you  very  much,  and  I  hope 
you'll  take  a  look  at  the  President's  plan,  and  I  hope  you'll  take  an 
interest  in  it  and  hold  our  feet  to  the  fire.  You  know,  we  may  not 
always  have  it  just  right,  and  I  hope  you'll  really  take  an  interest 
and  keep  after  all  of  us  on  it  and  make  sure  we  do  you  justice. 

Senator  Wofford. 

Senator  Wofford  [presiding.]  Thank  you,  Mr.  Roach,  for  your 
pitch  for  the  stopgap  bill.  I  hope  my  colleagues  on  this  committee, 
in  the  same  bipartisan  fashion  that  we  have  looked  at  so  many 
things  so  well  in  this  committee  in  my  brief  experience  here,  once 
we  have  received  the  President's  plan  and  have  held  these  first 
basic  hearings  on  it,  will  come  together  and  look  at  that  stopgap 
measure,  because  it  would  put  real  pressure  on  companies  to  keep 
plans  in  place  while  we  move  forward  toward  universal  health  in- 
surance and  while  their  canceling  of  benefits  if  being  challenged  in 
court. 

Mr.  Roach.  That's  very  important. 

Senator  Wofford.  And  I  assure  you  that  my  colleagues  and  I 
will  be  looking  at  that  soon. 

As  I  listen  to  you,  I  think  first:  There,  but  for  the  grace  of  God, 
go  I.  And  I  remember  my  wife,  in  my  own  campaign  for  this  job, 
being  genuinely  scared  that  because  of  a  serious  pre-existing  condi- 
tion she  has,  that  if  I  lost  the  election  and  lost  my  job,  that  we 
would  not  have  health  insurance  coverage,  that  it  would  be  too 
costly  or  impossible  to  get — the  same  sorts  of  stories  that  we  have 
just  heard  today — and  that  we  wouldn't  be  able  to  pay  the  mort- 
gage on  our  home  very  soon. 

And  then,  aside  from  thinking  personally,  as  I  look  at  the  people 
behind  you,  30,  40  people  who  are  concerned,  listening  to  your  sto- 
ries, I  think:  There,  but  for  the  grace  of  God,  go  they,  because  if 
we  don't  move  to  universal  health  insurance  security  in  this  coun- 
try, and  if  we  don't  find  a  way  to  stop  the  inflation  in  costs,  the 
pressure  on  companies  and  institutions,  on  employers  and  on  insur- 
ance companies,  to  do  what  you  are  reporting  is  going  to  just 
mount.  And  we  have  got  to  stop  it.  That  is  why  I  appreciate  the 
urgency  you  are  giving  to  us  today,  because  every  month  every 
day,  more  and  more  employers  are  feeling  the  need  of  being 
pressed  to  take  steps  to  cut  costs  and  cut  out  benefits  and  coverage. 

So  I  am  very  grateful  for  what  you  gave  us. 

I  have  been  carrying  my  own  health  security  card  around — it 
doesn't  entitle  me  to  anything  yet,  and  it  is  a  little  different  style 
from  the  President's,  but  I  yield  to  the  President.  It  is  time  that 
each  of  us  has  a  card  that  makes  clear  that  we  will  have  health 
security,  health  care,  when  we  need  it.  And  we  have  to  find  the 
way  to  achieve  that,  and  working  together,  I  believe  we  can. 

Senator  Jeffords. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you. 

I  don't  want  to  prolong  the  testimony  any  longer,  because  you 
have  made  very  passionate  and  emotional  speeches.  But  I  would 


76 

like  to  emphasize  the  situations  that  you  are  in.  We  had  earlier 
hearings  on  retirees  which  brought  to  my  mind  the  kinds  of  policies 
that  we  are  enhancing  with  our  situation.  We  are  creating  very  un- 
fortunate hiring  practices  now.  One  certainly  is  to  let  workers  go 
early;  hire  only  the  young  and  healthy;  don't  hire  workers  over  age 
40,  and  certainly  not  above  50;  don't  provide  good  pension  plans  to 
entice  workers  to  want  to  stay  with  you. 

These  are  very  serious,  not  only  from  the  perspective  of  leaving 
people  without  health  care,  but  it  is  a  real  downer  on  pension  plans 
to  have  good  pension  plans.  It  is  a  downer  to  having  defined  benefit 
plans  any  longer,  because  they  get  too  expensive. 

As  baa  as  trie  situation  is  in  health  care  right  now,  the  thought 
of  having  good  health  care  and  not  having  a  good  pension  are  two 
of  the  worst  possibilities,  and  we  are  leading  ourselves  into  both  if 
we  don't  do  something  about  good  health  care. 

So  I  want  to  thank  you  all  for  your  testimony.  It  has  been  very 
helpful  to  us  to  accentuate  the  difficulties  this  Nation  is  getting 
into  with  the  present  health  care  policy. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Wofford.  Senator  Wellstone. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  just  wanted  to  apologize — this  is  one  of  those  days  when  there 
are  conflicts.  But  I  wanted  to  come  down  just  to  tell  you  I  appre- 
ciate your  being  here,  and  I  will  get  hold  of  the  written  testimony 
and  read  it  carefully. 

Thank  you  for  taking  the  time  to  come.  And  I  would  quite  agree 
with  what  I  think  all  of  my  colleagues  have  said,  which  is  that  this 
is  a  very  special  and  I  think  very  important  moment  in  the  history 
of  the  country,  and  we  just  simply  have  to  come  through  for  people. 
We  have  to  do  well  for  people.  And  I  think  your  testimony  is  sort 
of  a  jolt,  and  it  reminds  everyone  of  what  these  statistics  all  mean 
in  human  terms  and  why  it  is  so  important  that  we  don't  stalemate 
and  that  we  come  together  and  pass  really  good  health  care  reform 
for  people. 

Thank  you. 

Senator  Wofford.  Senator  Gregg. 

Senator  Gregg.  Ms.  Montgomery,  I  think  your  case  is  the  one 
that  I  find  most  difficult  to  deal  with,  because  it's  the  one  that  I 
don't  believe  the  President's  plan  deals  with  effectively,  and  I  be- 
lieve that  Senator  Kassebaum  has  made  this  point,  and  when  I 
was- 


Senator  Kassebaum.  I  would  just  add  I  don't  think  any  plan 
does,  really. 

Senator  Gregg.  Right.  We  don't  have  a  system  that  deals  with 
this.  In  fact,  I  was  going  to  point  out  that  when  I  had  my  prior  job, 
which  was  running  the  State  of  New  Hampshire  as  Governor,  we 
had  this  same  problem  consistently  coming  up,  and  what  we  had 
in  New  Hampshire  was  a  contingency  fund,  where  we  used  to  find 
money  from  all  sorts  of  accounts  to  try  to  help  people  out  who  were 
in  your  position.  But  that  doesn't  work,  either. 

You  have  certainly  been  extraordinarily  eloquent  in  making  your 
point,  and  I  would  hope  that  whatever  we  put  together  addresses 
this  catastrophic  illness  situation  that  falls  between  the  experi- 
mental and  the  accepted  practice,  which  is  the  procedure  you  are 


77 

talking  about.  Experimental,  still,  we  probably  cannot  come  up 
with  something  that  will  effectively  deal  with  the  experimental 
issue,  but  we  have  got  to  come  up  with  something  that  deals  with 
this  area.  One  way  to  do  it,  I  think,  is  through  a  national  cata- 
strophic insurance,  and  somehow,  we  have  to  work  this  into  the 
process.  But  you  have  certainly  highlighted  a  very  important  gap 
that  exists  in  our  system,  and  I  appreciate  your  doing  that. 
Ms.  Montgomery.  Thank  you  very  much  for  your  kind  words. 
Senator  Gregg.  Mr.  Roach,  I  guess  I  have  a  question  for  you. 
You  made  the  decision  to  go  into  early  retirement,  and  you  thought 
you  had  a  contract  with  your  employer  that  was  going  to  give  you 
health  insurance.  Now,  I  presume  you  do  have  legal  recourse  that 
you  are  pursuing— in  fact,  I  think  you  stated  that  you  have  a  legal 
recourse;  you  think   those   rights   were   contractually   agreed  to, 

and 

Mr.  Roach.  With  the  retirees  of  our  company,  Senator,  there 
have  been   11  different  lawsuits  filed,  all  in  a  class  action  suit, 
three  by  union  organizations  and  eight  by  nonorganized  groups. 
Senator  Gregg.  So  there  is  a  legal  recourse  that  you  have  there. 
Mr.  Roach.  Yes. 

Senator  Gregg.  I  guess  my  question  is  if  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment is  going  to  come  in  and  take  over  this  area,  which  is  extraor- 
dinarily expensive — the  $4.5  billion  is  a  ridiculous  estimate;  I 
mean,  it's  a  ridiculously  low  estimate — do  you  think  there  ought  to 
be  some  quid  pro  quo?  For  example,  should  that  benefit  be  a  tax- 
able event  to  you? 
Mr.  Roach.  To  the  employee  receiving  the  benefit? 
Senator  Gregg.  To  you.  You  are  going  to  be  getting  $4,000  to 
$9,000  in  insurance,  which  is  now  not  taxable,  assuming  you  are 
getting  it,  which  you  are  not,  unfortunately,  because  of  your  legal 
situation,  but  if  you  do  get  it,  if  the  Federal  Government  sets  up 
a  structure  where  there  is  no  question  but  that  you  are  going  to 
get  it,  as  your  participation  in  the  process,  shouldn't  that  be  tax- 
able income  to  you? 

Mr.  Roach.  Well,  if  it  wasn't  taxable  when  it  was  supplied  by  the 
company,  why  should  it  be  taxable  if  it  is  supplied  by  the  Govern- 
ment? 

Senator  Gregg.  Because  it  is  a  major  benefit.  It  probably  should 
be  taxable  from  the  company,  too. 

Mr.  Roach.  Well,  that  would  have  to  be  something  that  would 
have  to  be  thought  about  in  a  retroactive  sense,  and  if  it  were,  then 
it  certainly  would  bring  in  revenue,  which  someone  should  reduce 
other  taxes. 

Senator  Gregg.  I  guess  I  just  wanted  your  reaction  as  to  wheth- 
er or  not — you  then  feel  the  Government  should  come  in  and  sim- 
ply take  on  this  $4,000  to  $5,000  burden,  or  maybe  as  much  as 

$9,000  if  you're  talking  about  family  structure 

Mr.  Roach.  No,  no.  Don't  let  me  allow  myself  to  be  misunder- 
stood, if  I  may;  maybe  I  did  a  poor  job  of  explaining  it.  None  of  us 
are  asking  for  a  free  ride.  I  think  if  you  start  to  do  things  as  of 
today,  for  the  future,  you  can  look  at  that  as  future  income,  taxing 
rights  and  percentages,  and  go  from  there. 

The  program  that  I  was  addressing  primarily  was  the  fact  of 
where  companies  are  now  taking  things  that  have  already  been 


78 

paid  for,  if  you  will,  by  giving  up  large  portions  of  pensions  and 
that  type  of  thing,  and  then  unilaterally  deciding  that  they  are  no 
longer  going  to  pay  it.  That's  different  from  just  taking  a  future 
benefit  and  deciding  whether  or  not  to  tax  it. 

Senator  Gregg.  OK.  I  guess  my  question  went  to  a  different  sub- 
tlety, then;  I  missed  the  point  you  were  making. 

Mr.  Roach.  I  think  so,  but  believe  me,  I  have  no  problem  with 
paying  part  of  the  bill,  and  I  don't  think  most  Americans  today  do. 
People  in  this  country  are  a  lot  more  intelligent  than  many  people 
give  them  credit  for.  They  are  also  realists  who  know  the  economic 
situation  today.  We  know  the  problems  with  budgets  in  the  Federal 
Government,  the  State  Governments.  And  people  are  willing  to  sac- 
rifice somewhat. 

But  everything  is  relative.  People  don't  want  to  have  something 
that  they  nave  paid  a  considerable  amount  of  money  for  turned 
around  and  taken  away  from  them  by  someone  else  in  a  unilateral 
fashion.  The  retirees  who  gave  up  30  and  40  percent  of  their  pen- 
sions don't  feel  that  their  benefits  now  should  be  taken  away  from 
them;  they  have  paid  for  them. 

If  this  were  to  go  back  several  years,  and  that  condition  did  not 
exist,  and  you  asked  me  the  same  question,  my  immediate  answer 
to  you,  sir,  would  be  that  I  would  be  more  than  willing  to  pay  a 
fair  share. 

Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Wofford.  Mrs.  Clinton  yesterday  on  that  subject  here, 
as  I  heard  her  and  as  I  read  the  plan,  said  that  in  the  normal  case 
where  there  has  been  no  agreement  from  the  company,  the  em- 
ployee would  contribute  20  percent.  It  would  be  approximately  a  20 
percent  contribution.  In  cases  where  the  company  had  made  the  ex- 
plicit promises  in  their  contracts,  they  would  pay  that  20  percent 
so  that  the  employers  and  employees  would  both  be  contributing, 
in  the  proposal  she  is  making. 

Mr.  Roach.  Yes.  I  hope,  Senator,  that  I  have  distinguished  be- 
tween something  that  is  retroactive  and  something  that  is  in  the 
future.  For  example,  a  company  has  a  right  to  change  some  of  its 
policies.  If  it  were  to  decide  that  in  the  future,  it  cannot  afford  to 
cover  the  same  kinds  of  medical  benefits  that  it  has  in  the  past, 
it  has  a  right  to  change  that  and  to  request  the  employees  to  pay 
a  portion. 

What  we  are  looking  at  here,  though,  is  companies  unilaterally 
making  decisions  that  are  retroactive;  people  who  have  been  told 
something  for  20,  30  years  and  have  paid  for  it  in  lesser  wages, 
paybacks,  trade-offs  of  pensions  and  everything  else  are  all  of  a 
sudden  told:  None  of  that  counts. 

That  is  my  point,  and  I  hope,  sir,  that  I  have  made  that  point 
clearly. 

Senator  Gregg.  I  think  we  understand  that,  but  the  point  you 
were  just  making,  Senator,  of  course,  goes  to  the  fact  that  what  is 
being  proposed  here,  independent  of  Mr.  Roach's  point,  which  is 
separate  from  that,  is  basically  a  new  entitlement  of  massive  pro- 
portions, because  what  is  being  said  here  is  that  for  people  between 
55  and  65,  the  Federal  Government  is  going  to  come  in  and  pick 
up  a  minimum — or,  potentially  80  percent,  not  a  minimum — poten- 


79 

tially  80  percent  of  the  cost  of  their  health  care  insurance,  which 
translates  into — it  has  to  be  a  lot  more  than  $4.5  billion. 

So  the  question  is  if  the  Federal  Government  is  going  to  come  in 
and  assert  that  type  of  a  new  entitlement,  shouldn't  that  become 
a  taxable  event.  That's  my  point. 

Senator  Wofford.  We'll  certainly  have  to  look  at  all  the  num- 
bers. But  Mr.  Roach  was  also  testifying  as  to  the  trade-offs  in- 
volved in  early  retirement.  You  give  up  a  lot  of  things.  You  give 
up  the  income  that  you  would  have  had,  and  on  the  other  side  of 
the  ledger,  you  give  up  various  pension  benefits  and  the  actual  sal- 
ary that  you  are  foregoing.  If  you  are  able  to  get  another  job,  then 
you  pay  the  contribution  for  that. 

The  other  side  of  the  ledger  is  that  companies,  because  of  the  in- 
creasingly growing  burden  of  the  retiree  health  benefits,  are  not 
able  to  employ  new  people,  so  we  are  obviously  dealing  with  a  com- 
plex question,  and  well  have  to  do  a  cost  analysis  as  we  move 
down  the  road. 

Mr.  Roach.  Senator,  there  is  another  word  that  hasn't  been  men- 
tioned here  that  I  think  is  extremely  important,  and  that  is  "port- 
ability." Because  of  the  fact  that  so  many  of  these  things  are  hap- 
pening, people  do  not  have  the  same  loyalty  to  a  company  that  they 
had  before.  You've  heard  people  today  talk  about  30,  40  years  with 
a  company.  I  don't  think  you'll  see  that  anymore.  People  are  mov- 
ing from  company  to  company  whenever  they  can  get  a  better  deal. 
And  that  is  going  to  require  that  all  these  benefits  be  considered 
portable. 

Senator  Wofford.  We  thank  this  panel  very  much.  It  is  very  im- 
portant for  us  that  as  we  look  at  all  these  proposals  from  the  Presi- 
dent and  from  other  people,  that  we  test  them  against  real  human 
experience,  practical  experience,  the  kind  that  you  have  given  us 
today.  And  I  hope  we  remember  your  stories  as  tests  to  put  up 
against,  including  Linda  Montgomery's  test  for  us,  to  see  whether 
the  system  we  move  toward  deals  effectively  with  you  situation. 

Thank  you  all  very  much.  I  hope  we  can  keep  in  touch  with  you 
as  we  move  forward. 

Our  second  panel  this  afternoon  is  composed  of  small  business 
owners  and  self-employed  people  who  have  struggled  with  benefit 
cutbacks  and  premiums  that  continue  to  rise  with  no  end  in  sight. 

Cyndy  Adams  is  here  from  Deny,  NH.  She  and  her  husband  run 
a  contracting  firm.  She  will  describe  the  bite  taken  out  of  their  pay- 
roll by  insurance  costs  after  her  small  business  was  reclassified  by 
their  insurance  provider. 

Mike  Braxmeyer  is  a  grocery  store  owner  in  Atwood,  KS,  who 
will  describe  the  difficult  situation  he  encountered  when  the  son  of 
one  of  his  long-time  employees  developed  leukemia. 

Finally,  we'll  hear  from  Tomaca  Govan,  who  took  a  gamble  on 
the  American  dream.  She  left  her  job  to  start  her  own  business  and 
found  herself  shut  out  of  the  insurance  market. 

We  look  forward  to  hearing  from  all  three  of  you,  and  we'll  hear 
from  Cyndy  Adams  first. 


80 

STATEMENTS  OF  CYNDY  ADAMS,  SUBCONTRACTOR,  DERRY, 
NH;  MICHAEL  BRAXMEYER,  GROCER,  ATWOOD,  KS;  AND 
TOMACA  GOVAN,  OWNER,  SECRETARIAL/WORD  PROCESSING 
BUSINESS,  HARTFORD,  CT 

Ms.  Adams.  Mv  husband  and  I  own  and  operate  a  Sub-S  corpora- 
tion doing  consulting  and  engineering  in  the  field  of  land  use  plan- 
ning in  southern  New  Hampshire.  As  self-employed  individuals,  we 
belong  to  the  Salem  Contractors  Association  which,  as  a  group,  had 
contracted  with  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  of  New  Hampshire 
many  years  ago  for  their  health  insurance.  Until  a  few  years  ago, 
our  premiums  had  been  affordable,  and  our  annual  increases  were 
moderate. 

In  April  of  1991,  the  72  member  businesses  included  in  our  group 
plan  were  notified  by  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  that  they  had 
split  our  group  and  rated  the  premiums  by  the  age  and  sex  of  the 
subscriber.  Our  premium  increased  from  $389  a  month  to  $560  a 
month  for  a  family  plan  with  a  $100  deductible.  That  was  a  44  per- 
cent increase.  Others  received  even  more  substantial  increases. 

This  monthly  payment  was  impossible  for  us  to  manage,  so  we 
opted  for  a  $250  deductible  with  a  20  percent  co-pay  at  $484  a 
month.  Of  the  72  participating  businesses  prior  to  this  change,  16 
immediately  dropped  insurance  for  themselves  and  their  employ- 
ees, and  35  were  forced  to  increase  their  deductibles.  Today,  only 
29  of  those  businesses  still  have  coverage. 

In  1992,  we  were  notified  that  our  premium  would  only  increase 
from  $484  per  month  to  $508  per  month.  Others  who  entered  new 
age  brackets  were  not  as  lucky,  and  many  again  increased  their 
deductibles  or  dropped  coverage  completely. 

This  year,  we  were  notified  that  our  premium  was  to  increase 
from  $508  a  month  to  $670  a  month  for  a  $250  deductible,  a  32 
percent  increase.  We  were  forced  to  take  a  $1,000  per  person  de- 
ductible and  still  pay  $489  a  month.  Given  the  fact  that  our  only 
claims  last  year  were  for  a  couple  of  cold  and  flu-type  ailments,  and 
our  6-year-old  son's  physical  and  some  necessary  prescriptions,  we 
feel  quite  certain  that  the  1994  increase  will  force  us  to  drop  our 
insurance  completely. 

Prior  to  the  1991  increase,  our  health  insurance  represented  ap- 
proximately 11  percent  of  our  payroll.  With  the  increase  in  pre- 
miums and  based  on  a  very  hopeful  projection  of  our  payroll  this 
year,  that  cost  will  now  be  a  minimum  of  21  percent  of  our  payroll. 

During  the  12-month  period  ending  last  quarter,  that  cost  will 
now  be  a  minimum  of  21  percent  of  our  payroll,  during  the  12- 
month  period  ending  last  quarter,  our  monthly  insurance  pre- 
miums exceeded  our  monthly  payroll  tax  deposits  six  times.  The 
fact  that  we  cannot  deduct  100  percent  of  this  cost  is  another  dis- 
advantage to  the  current  system. 

As  a  Sub-S  corporation,  we  are  required  to  report  the  cost  of  our 
annual  health  insurance  on  our  tax  return.  Unlike  an  employee  of 
a  larger  corporation  who  receives  health  insurance  as  a  benefit,  our 
health  insurance  cost  is  included  as  income  on  our  1040  tax  return. 
Last  year,  we  were  only  permitted  to  deduct  25  percent  of  the  first 
6  months  of  our  premium.  This  meant  that  of  the  $6,029  of  health 
insurance   costs,   only   $745   was   deductible,    and   the   remaining 


81 

$5,284  was  figured  into  our  taxable  income,  even  though  this  was 
a  legitimate  expense. 

We  need  the  enactment  of  the  President's  proposal  to  allow  100 
percent  deduction  of  our  health  insurance  costs. 

Based  on  our  business  income,  we  qualify  for  the  3.8  percent  cap 
in  the  President's  health  reform  proposal.  Assuming  our  premium 
stays  at  $5,965  a  year,  this  would  yield  a  savings  of  almost  $3,700 
annually,  excluding  the  $2,000  in  deductibles  we  must  pay.  And 
even  if  we  were  to  receive  the  maximum  proposed  cap  of  7.9  per- 
cent, we  would  still  save  over  $2,500  annually  without  the  deduct- 
ible. 

With  the  kind  of  savings  President  Clinton  proposes  for  us,  we 
would  again  be  able  to  invest  in  our  business,  increase  our  payroll, 
and  feel  secure  that  we  would  not  be  bankrupted  by  the  cost  of 
health  insurance  and  medical  care. 

Because  of  the  $1,000  per  person  deductible  and  the  high  cost  of 
our  premium,  we  effectively  have  no  coverage  for  primary  care,  pre- 
scriptions, accidents  requiring  emergency  treatment,  diagnostic 
tests,  or  other  preventive  care. 

I  turned  40  this  year  and  cannot  have  a  mammogram  or  any 
other  screening  because  we  cannot  afford  to  pay  the  full  cost.  For 
the  same  reason,  my  husband  cannot  have  a  physical,  blood  pres- 
sure medication,  or  testing  or  other  screenings.  Dental  work  and 
eye  exams  have  become  luxuries  my  husband  and  I  try  to  avoid. 
We  do,  however,  find  a  way  to  see  that  our  6-year-old  receives  all 
appropriate  care.  To  this  end,  we  have  budgeted  this  summer  in 
order  to  pay  for  his  annual  physical  in  October.  It  seems  to  us  that 
the  more  we  pay  into  the  current  system,  the  less  secure  we  are 
with  respect  to  medical  care. 

We  have  also  heard  a  great  deal  lately  about  the  negative  effects 
President  Clinton's  proposal  may  have  with  regard  to  choice  of  phy- 
sicians, rationing,  and  the  effects  of  price  controls  set  by  a  national 
board.  We  already  have  limited  choice  of  physicians  and  price  con- 
trols, but  they  are  set  by  our  insurance  company  through  negotia- 
tions they  undertake  with  the  health  care  providers.  Each  year, 
Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  publishes  a  list  of  participating  physi- 
cians who  have  agreed  to  accept  their  maximum  allowable  charge 
for  each  procedure.  In  our  case,  this  means  that  a  physician  may 
charge  any  amount,  but  he  must  accept  a  combined  payment  of  80 
percent  from  Blue  Cross  and  20  percent  from  us  in  an  amount  set 
by  Blue  Cross  as  payment  in  full.  If  we  choose  to  see  a 
nonparticipating  physician,  Blue  Cross  will  only  pay  75  percent  of 
their  maximum  allowable  charge,  and  we  must  pay  the  entire  bal- 
ance even  if  it  exceeds  the  Blue  Cross  limit.  We  have  changed  par- 
ticipating physicians. 

Rationing  also  exists  for  us  now.  Those  of  us  with  high 
deductibles  are  self-rationing  due  to  the  economies  of  the  situation. 
Rationing  also  exists  through  the  requirement  of  advance  author- 
ization for  an  ever  increasing  list  of  procedures,  including  hospital 
admissions,  that  are  not  covered  unless  it  is  decided  in  advance 
that  the  physician's  order  is  correct.  Even  if  admitted  on  an  emer- 
gency basis,  we  have  24  hours,  regardless  of  our  condition,  to  notify 
them  and  request  authorization  to  stay  in  the  hospital.  We  would 


82 

prefer  a  system  in  which  our  medical  needs  are  the  sole  basis  for 
these  decisions. 

The  President's  plan  addresses  many  of  our  concerns  as  individ- 
uals and  citizens.  Through  the  workings  of  the  national  board,  pro- 
viders would  no  longer  have  an  economic  interest  in  the  procedures 
they  order,  and  physicians  would  be  the  ones  making  informed  de- 
cisions about  our  care,  rather  than  insurance  companies. 

Through  the  use  of  large  risk  pools,  as  we  once  had,  premium 
costs  would  be  a  reasonable  percentage  of  our  payroll  instead  of 
forcing  us  into  real  or  near  bankruptcy.  Universal  coverage  could 
reduce  the  hospital  costs  that  are  now  being  passed  on  to  those  of 
us  who  still  have  insurance. 

Preventive  care  would  significantly  lower  the  overall  health  care 
costs  and  some  Government  subsidy  programs  by  treating  problems 
before  or  immediately  after  they  occur. 

Universal  coverage  would  also  allow  a  growing  number  of  people 
to  return  to  work  without  the  fear  of  losing  the  only  source  of  medi- 
cal insurance  they  have,  which  is  Medicaid. 

And  the  President's  proposal  would,  by  eliminating  the  rating  of 
subscribers  by  age  and  sex,  remove  the  potential  for  employment 
discrimination  due  to  the  disparity  in  premiums.  In  our  current 
system,  companies  find  that  young,  single  males  are  preferable  to 
middle-aged  and  older  men  and  women  with  families,  because  they 
are  cheaper  to  insure.  Given  the  choice  between  two  reasonably 
qualified  individuals,  employers  looking  to  the  bottom  line  are  more 
apt  to  hire  the  applicant  with  the  lease  expensive  benefits. 

For  us,  the  President's  proposal  would  guarantee  our  insurance, 
provide  us  with  primary  and  preventive  care,  and  significantly 
lower  our  costs.  Althougn  we  do  still  have  some  questions  on  the 
specifics  of  certain  areas,  of  President  Clinton's  proposal,  we  wel- 
come the  change  he  is  calling  for  and  sincerely  hope  this  proposal 
for  health  care  reform  will  not  become  the  focus  of  contentious  par- 
tisan debates  designed  to  prevent  its  passage. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Cyndy  Adams  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Cyndy  Adams 

My  husband  and  I  own  and  operate  a  Sub-S  Corporation  doing  consulting  and  en- 
gineering in  the  field  of  land  use  planning  in  southern  New  Hampshire.  As  self-em- 
ployed individuals,  we  belong  to  the  Salem  Contractors  Association  which,  as  a 
group,  had  contracted  for  health  insurance  with  Blue  Cross  Blue  Shield  of  New 
Hampshire  many  years  ago.  Until  a  few  years  ago,  our  premiums  had  been  afford- 
able and  our  annual  increases  were  moderate.  In  April  01  1991,  the  72  member  busi- 
nesses included  in  our  group  plan  were  notified  by  BCBS  that  they  had  split  our 
group  and  rated  the  premiums  by  the  age  and  sex  of  the  subscriber.  Our  premium 
increased  from  $389/month  to  $500/month  for  a  family  plan  with  a  $100  deductible, 
a  44%  increase.  Others  received  even  more  substantial  increases.  This  monthly  pay- 
ment was  impossible  to  manage,  so  we  opted  for  a  $250  deductible  with  a  20%  co- 
pay  at  $484/month.  Of  the  72  participating  businesses  prior  to  this  change,  16  im- 
mediately dropped  insurance  for  themselves  and  their  employees,  and  35  were 
forced  to  increase  their  deductibles.  Today,  only  29  businesses  still  offer  coverage. 

In  1992,  we  were  notified  that  our  premium  would  increase  from  $484/ month  to 
$508/month.  Others  who  entered  new  age  brackets  were  not  as  lucky,  and  many  in- 
creased their  deductibles  or  dropped  coverage  completely.  This  year  we  were  notified 
that  our  premium  was  to  increase  from  $508/month  to  $670/month  for  a  $250  de- 
ductible, a  32%  increase.  We  were  forced  to  take  a  $l,000/person  deductible  and  still 
pay  $489/month.  Given  the  fact  that  our  only  claims  last  year  were  for  a  couple  of 
cold/flu  ailments,  our  6-year-old  son's  annual  physical,  immunizations,  and  the  nee- 


83 

essary  prescriptions,  we  feel  quite  certain  that  the  1994  increase  will  force  us  to 
drop  our  insurance  completely. 

Prior  to  the  1991  increase,  our  health  insurance  represented  approximately  11% 
of  our  payroll.  With  the  increase  in  premiums  and  based  on  a  hopeful  projection  of 
our  payroll  this  year,  that  cost  will  now  be  a  minimum  of  21%  of  our  payroll.  During 
the  12  month  period  ending  last  quarter,  our  monthly  insurance  premiums  exceeded 
our  monthly  payroll  tax  deposits  6  times.  The  fact  that  we  cannot  deduct  100%  of 
this  cost  is  another  disadvantage  to  the  current  system. 

As  a  Sub-S  corporation,  we  are  required  to  report  the  cost  of  our  annual  health 
insurance  on  our  tax  return.  Unlike  an  employee  of  a  larger  corporation  who  re- 
ceives health  insurance  as  a  benefit,  our  health  insurance  cost  is  included  as  income 
on  our  1040  tax  return.  Last  year  we  were  only  permitted  to  deduct  25%  of  the  first 
6  months  of  our  premium  This  meant  that  of  the  $6,029  of  health  insurance  costs, 
only  $745  was  deductible,  and  the  remaining  $5,284  was  figured  into  our  taxable 
income  even  though  this  was  a  legitimate  expense.  We  need  the  enactment  of  the 
President's  proposal  to  allow  100%  deduction  of  our  health  insurance  costs. 

Based  on  our  business  income,  we  qualify  for  the  3.8%  cap  in  the  Presidents 
health  reform  proposal.  Assuming  our  premium  stays  at  $5,965/year,  this  would 
yield  a  savings  of  almost  $3,700  annually,  excluding  the  $2,000  in  deductibles  we 
must  pay.  Even  if  we  were  to  receive  the  maximum  proposed  cap  of  7.9%,  we  would 
still  save  over  $2,500  annually,  without  the  deductible.  With  the  kind  of  savings 
President  Clinton  proposes  for  us,  we  would  be  able  to  invest  again  in  our  business, 
increase  our  payroll,  and  feel  secure  that  we  would  not  be  bankrupted  by  the  cost 
of  health  insurance  and  medical  care. 

Because  of  the  $l,000/person  deductible,  and  the  high  cost  of  our  premium,  we 
effectively  have  no  coverage  for  primary  care,  prescriptions,  accidents  requiring 
emergency  treatment,  diagnostic  tests  or  other  preventive  care.  I  turned  40  this 
year,  and  cannot  have  a  mammogram  or  any  other  screening  because  we  cannot  af- 
ford to  pay  the  full  cost.  For  the  same  reason,  my  husband  cannot  have  a  physical, 
blood  pressure  medication  or  testing  or  other  screenings.  Dental  work  and  eye 
exams  have  become  luxuries  my  husband  and  I  try  to  avoid.  We  do,  however,  find 
a  way  to  see  that  our  6-year-old  receives  all  appropriate  care.  To  this  end,  we  have 
budgeted  this  summer  in  order  to  pay  for  his  annual  physical  in  October.  It  seems 
to  us  that  the  more  we  pay  into  the  current  system,  the  less  secure  we  are  with 
respect  to  medical  care.  .«"••.,     » 

We  have  heard  a  great  deal  lately  about  the  negative  effects  President  Clinton  s 
proposal  may  have  with  regard  to  choice  of  physicians,  rationing,  and  the  effects  of 
price  controls  set  by  a  national  board.  We  already  have  limited  choice  of  physicians 
and  price  controls,  but  they  are  set  by  our  insurance  company  through  negotiations 
they  undertake  with  the  health  care  providers.  Each  year  BCBS  publishes  a  list ,  of 
participating  physicians  who  have  agreed  to  accept  the  BCBS  maximum  allowable 
charge  for  each  procedure.  In  our  case,  this  means  that  a  physician  may  charge  any 
amount,  but  they  must  accept  a  combined  payment  of  80%  from  BCBS  and  20% 
from  us  in  an  amount  set  by  BCBS  as  payment  in  full.  If  we  choose  to  see  a  non- 
participating  physician,  BCBS  will  only  pay  75%  of  the  maximum  allowable  charge, 
and  we  must  pay  the  entire  balance,  even  if  it  exceeds  the  BCBS  limit.  We  have 
changed  to  participating  physicians. 

Rationing  exists  for  us  now.  Those  of  us  with  high  deductibles  are  self-rationing 
due  to  the  economics  of  the  situation.  Rationing  also  exists  through  the  requirement 
of  advance  authorization  for  an  ever-increasing  list  of  procedures,  including  hospital 
admissions,  that  are  not  covered  unless  it  is  decided  in  advance  that  the  physician's 
order  is  correct.  Even  if  admitted  on  an  emergency  basis,  we  have  24  hours,  regard- 
less of  our  condition,  to  notify  them  and  request  authorization  to  stay  in  the  hos- 
pital. We  would  prefer  a  system  in  which  our  medical  needs  are  the  sole  basis  for 

tnPIP  fiodsions 

The  President's  plan  addresses  many  of  our  concerns  as  individuals  and  citizens. 
Through  the  workings  of  the  national  board,  providers  would  no  longer  have  an  eco- 
nomic interest  in  the  procedures  they  order,  and  physicians,  rather  than  the  insur- 
ance companies,  would  be  the  ones  making  informed  decisions  about  our  care. 
Through  the  use  of  large  risk  pools,  as  we  once  had,  premium  costs  would  be  a  rea- 
sonable percentage  of  our  payroll  instead  of  forcing  us  into  real  or  near  bankruptcy. 
Universal  coverage  could  reduce  the  hospital  costs  that  are  now  being  passed  on  to 
those  of  us  who  still  have  insurance. 

Preventive  care  would  significantly  lower  the  overall  health  care  costs  and  some 
government  subsidy  programs  by  treating  problems  before  or  immediately  after  they 
occur.  Universal  coverage  would  also  allow  a  growing  number  of  people  to  return 
to  work  without  the  fear  of  losing  the  only  source  of  medical  insurance  they  have, 
Medicaid.  And,  by  eliminating  the  rating  of  subscribers  by  age  and  sex,  the  Presi- 


84 

dent's  proposal  would  remove  the  potential  for  employment  discrimination  due  to 
the  disparity  in  premiums.  In  our  current  system,  companies  find  that  young,  single 
males  are  far  cheaper  to  insure  than  middle-aged  and  older  men  or  women  with 
families.  Given  the  choice  between  two  reasonably  qualified  individuals,  employers 
looking  at  the  bottom  line  are  more  apt  to  hire  the  applicant  with  the  least  expen- 
sive benefits. 

For  us,  the  President's  proposal  would  guarantee  our  insurance,  provide  us  with 
primary  and  preventative  care,  and  significantly  lower  our  costs.  Although  we  do 
still  have  some  questions  on  the  specifics  of  certain  areas  of  President  Clinton's  pro- 
posal, we  welcome  the  changes  he  is  calling  for,  and  we  sincerely  hope  this  proposal 
lor  health  care  reform  will  not  become  the  focus  of  contentious  partisan  debates  de- 
signed to  prevent  its  passage. 

Senator  Wofford.  Thank  you. 

Mike  Braxmeyer. 

Mr.  Braxmeyer.  Senators,  I'd  like  to  thank  you  for  having  me 
here  to  tell  our  story.  Fortunately,  I  do  not  have  a  catastrophic  ill- 
ness to  tell  you  about;  I  do  hope  the  new  reform  covers  that.  I  did 
experience  indirectly  some  of  the  problems  associated  with  that. 

My  story  deals  with  a  young  man  who  was  about  2  years  old  in 
1986.  He  is  the  son  of  one  of  my  employees  who  is  the  meat  market 
manager  in  our  supermarket,  which,  by  the  way,  according  to  in- 
dustry standards,  just  barely  qualifies  for  that  name.  That's  how 
small  we  are. 

My  meat  market  manager  had  a  son  who  was  2  years  old  in 
1986,  who  was  diagnosed  with  leukemia.  At  that  time,  the  insur- 
ance at  our  business  was  around  $200  per  month  for  individual  and 
a  little  under  $400  per  month  for  family  coverage.  Our  business 
covers  the  single  person;  if  our  employee  wishes  family  coverage, 
he  picks  up  the  difference.  That  has  worked  for  30  or  40  years. 

In  1988,  the  young  man,  about  4  years  old,  had  a  bone  marrow 
transplant.  The  transplant,  according  to  his  mother,  cost  $70,000 
or  $80,000.  Luckily,  our  insurance  covered  that. 

In  1988,  we  received  notice  from  our  insurance  carrier  that  our 
premiums  had  risen.  From  a  family  plan  of  $697  in  1991,  we  were 
informed,  with  eight  people  on  the  plan,  that  our  plan  would  now 
run  $1,242  per  month.  Single  coverage  was  $421. 

To  avoid  a  lot  of  numbers  games  nere,  that  meant  that  my  em- 
ployee, as  long  as  we  stayed  with  our  particular  plan,  was  going 
to  have  to  come  up  with  $800  per  month  out-of-pocket.  That  is 
$9,600  per  year  plus,  over  $10,000. 

Needless  to  say,  our  employee  could  not  handle  that.  Neither 
could  my  business  afford  $400  per  month  individual  premium  plan. 
Our  plan  was  not  associated  with  any  larger  plan,  any  larger 
group. 

At  that  time,  I  was  forced  as  an  employer  to  go  out — and  I  can 
assure  you  I  lost  a  lot  of  nights'  sleep;  it  wasn't  only  lost  sleep,  it 
was  anxious  time — we  are  not  big  enough  as  an  employer  to  hire 
a  broker  to  go  out  and  broker  our  situation — I  had  to  hunt  and 
hunt  and  hunt,  and  believe  me,  if  you  have  a  group  with  eight  peo- 
ple, you  are  not  going  to  find  many  insurance  carriers  that  want 
to  pick  you  up.  Everyone  I  talked  to  would  pick  up  our  group  ex- 
cept for  the  leukemia  patient,  who  was  in  remission  at  this  time, 
and  at  5  years  old,  was  doing  quite  well.  However,  he  had  a  lot  of 
medical  expenses.  He  was  still  collecting  from  Blue  Cross  and  Blue 
Shield.  His  parents  to  this  day  take  him  every  2  or  3  months  to 
Denver,  which  is  200  miles  from  our  home,  for  checkups.  Three 


85 

times  a  week,  he  goes  up  to  the  local  hospital  for  physical  therapy 
because  his  left  arm  has  atrophied  to  a  certain  extent.  He  has  to 
have  wax  treatments  and  physical  therapy  on  that  arm.  All  his 
teeth  are  capped  because  some  of  the  anti-rejection  drugs  essen- 
tially ate  those  teeth  away.  He  has  high  blood  pressure  because  of 
some  kidney  problems,  which  is  directly  related  to  the  bone  marrow 
transplant.  This  young  man  and  this  family  still  have  a  lot  of  ex- 
penses. 

Anyway,  back  to  1991.  We  are  hunting  for  a  plan.  I  cannot  find 
a  plan  that  will  cover  my  employees,  and  one  very  loyal  employee 
who  has  gone  through  a  living  nightmare  trying  to  keep  his  son 
alive,  like  some  of  these  three  people  behind  me  are  trying  to  do. 
But  I  cannot  find  a  plan  that  will  cover  him,  and  I  sure  can't  afford 
the  single  premium,  and  that  employee  cannot  stand  $800  a  month 
plus  the  deductible. 

We  settled  on  a  plan  that  costs  me  $205  single  coverage  and 
$428  family  coverage.  However,  that  plan  ridered  that  young  man 
for  $5,000.  There  is  a  chance  that  might  have  covered  it,  but  his 
folks  could  not  play  that  game.  They  went  out  and  bought  a  single 
plan  for  him  for  $119  a  month.  At  this  time,  it  is  now  $130  a 
month  with  a  $2,500  deductible.  They  are  paying  $130  a  month  for 
that  single  plan  for  that  young  man.  They  are  paying  approxi- 
mately $200  to  pick  up  family  coverage  for  the  rest  of  the  family. 
They  are  meeting  a  $2,500  deductible  yearly,  which  I'm  sure  they 
are  using  up — actually,  it  should  probably  be  them  and  not  me 
standing  here  before  you.  This  young  may  is  about  8  or  9  years  old 
now  and  in  school  with  the  rest  of  the  kids  his  age  in  our  commu- 
nity. He  is  one  of  five  out  of  twenty  out  of  his  class  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Iowa  who  had  a  bone  marrow  transplant  who  are  now  alive. 
Believe  me,  his  folks  have  a  lot  of  faith,  and  that  family  of  seven 
has  pulled  together. 

Anyway,  back  to  the  situation.  He  is  paying  $300  to  $400  out- 
of-pocket  right  now,  and  I  am  covering  him  on  our  health  plan. 

I  am  here  today  because  of  pre-existing  condition  problems,  and 
I  think  we  are  all  aware  of  it.  And  after  listening  to  the  testimony 
today,  I  think  we  need  to  pay  attention  to  catastrophic  illness.  I  am 
not  sure  our  problem — and  I  am  not  going  to  preach,  because  I 
don't  know  the  numbers — is  not  so  much  basic  health  insurance  as 
some  catastrophic  problems.  A  catastrophic  problem  is  really  the 
reason  why  I  am  here.  It  is  a  major  problem  for  my  business. 

That  is  what  happened  to  the  business.  Let  me  sit  here  before 
you  as  an  employer — and  I  have  heard  some  sorry  stories  about 
employers  who  were  not  honest  or  who  did  not  want  to  take  care 
of  their  employees — I  am  from  a  small  town  in  a  small  State  with 
few  people.  We  have  some  problems.  My  employees  are  valuable  to 
me.  I  could  not  leave  my  employee,  this  meat  market  manager, 
hanging  out  there  without  some  coverage. 

Some  of  the  plans  I  went  to  told  me  one  way  to  get  around  this 
was  to  fire  the  meat  market  manager,  and  2  days  later  hire  him 
back;  they'd  have  to  take  him.  Those  are  the  kinds  of  things  we 
don't  get  into  out  our  way,  and  I  am  afraid  of  those.  I  am  a  small 
enough  business  that  I  don't  have  a  lawyer  or  an  accountant  or  a 
consultant  on  retainer.  I  deal  with  most  of  these  problems  myself. 


86 

It  is  a  hands-on  business.  I  really  cannot  speak  to  the  larger  busi- 
nesses that  were  referred  to  earlier  in  the  testimony. 

Anyway,  as  far  as  businesses  go,  you  folks  are  about  to  saddle 
the  employers  in  this  country  with  the  burden  square  on  their 
shoulders.  And  I'm  not  sure  we  shouldn't  cover  it.  I  personally  feel 
we  should,  and  I'm  willing  to  do  it.  I  don't  know  what  percentage 
of  my  payroll  goes  directly  to  health  insurance  premiums  right 
now.  I  have  13  employees  that  I  pay  $205  a  month  on.  I  am  willing 
to  go  more  if  that's  what  it  takes  to  cover  them.  Please  make  sure 
your  plan  covers  them. 

It  is  also  a  choke-hold  or  a  strangle-hold  you  are  going  to  put  on 
our  shoulders  and  around  our  necks.  All  I  ask  as  an  employer — and 
I'm  not  sure  I  represent  the  employers  in  Kansas  and  in  this  coun- 
try; I'm  awfully  small — but  I  ask  you  to  try  to  take  care  of  all  situa- 
tions as  best  you  can.  You  are  taking  cost  questions  and  choices 
right  out  of  our  hands. 

We  will  no  longer  determine  in  companies,  if  I  understand  the 
plans  right — and  Senator  Kassebaum  s,  I  have  looked  at  thor- 
oughly; I  like  the  plan — please  hear  me;  I'm  an  employer,  and  I  like 
the  plan,  and  I  am  willing  to  pay.  I  think  it  is  a  good  plan.  But 
5  and  6  years  from  now,  the  commissions  making  decisions,  are  we 
going  to  have  some  Medicare  coverage  slipped  in  on  us?  What 
about  home  health  and  long-term  care? 

I'm  not  sure  maybe  we  shouldn't  be  paying  some  of  those,  but 
please  be  up-front  with  those  charges.  We  have  an  independent 
manufacturer  in  my  home  town — a  town  of  1,500  people,  3,000  in 
a  county  of  about  900  square  miles — we  have  a  small  manufacturer 
who  used  local  funds,  10  or  12  years  ago,  to  start  a  manufacturing 
company.  Right  now,  I  believe  they  employ  between  60  and  75  peo- 
ple. They  do  not  have  an  insurance  plan.  I  understand  they  are 
looking  at  one  right  now.  Depending  on  what  legislation  you  folks 
pass  up  here,  they  will  or  will  not  be  in  business  2  or  3  years  from 
now.  I  think  it  will  weigh  heavily  on  them.  Indirectly,  my  business 
depends  on  that. 

I  think  most  employers  want  to  work  together.  I  guess  one  of  the 
last  things  I'd  like  to  say  is  let's  do  this  together — employees,  em- 
ployers, and  you  folks  in  the  Government  making  the  decisions — 
I  think  we're  all  willing  to  do  that. 

Last  but  not  least,  a  pitch  for  rural  health  care.  On  October  1, 
1992,  you  folks  designated  a  community  health  center  for  our  area. 
You  helped  fund  it,  and  it  is  active  at  this  time.  I  happen  to  be  on 
the  board  of  directors  of  that  organization.  I  think  it  is  a  salvation 
for  rural  care  in  America.  I  think  it  is  probably  where  you  are 
going  with  some  of  your  legislation,  and  I  applaud  that.  I  think  the 
Public  Health  Corps  is  essential  to  health  care  in  rural  commu- 
nities. You  are  also  helping  with  that. 

Our  particular  organization  is  a  multicounty,  multiState  organi- 
zation. We  have  two  counties  in  Kansas  and  one  in  Nebraska.  It 
is  working  well,  and  I  hope  you  consider  that  in  the  legislation. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Braxmeyer  follows:! 


87 
Prepared  Statement  of  Michael  Braxmeyer 


Good  afternoon  senators.  First  I  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  address 
your  committee.  Having  spent  the  last  several  days  knowing  that  I  had  this 
opportunity,  trying  to  determine  just  what  I  needed  to  say,  1t  came  down  to 
three  major  topics. 

But  before  that  —  just  some  kind  of  Introduction.  My  name  Is  Mike 
Braxmeyer.  My  age— 44.  Married  for  22  years  with  three  children.  My  wife, 
Rosie,  is  from  a  small  community  in  Central  Kansas.  My  oldest  daughter  is  at 
Kansas  State,  Adam  is  in  high  school,  and  Emily  Is  In  grade  school. 

1  was  born  In  Oregon,  raised  In  Atwood,  Kansas,  graduated  from  high  school 
there  and  from  Kansas  State  in  1971  with  a  degree  In  economics.  I  was  employed 
by  K-Mart  from  1971  to  1974  In  Oes  Moines,  Chicago,  and  Milwaukee. 

My  wife  and  I  moved  back  to  Atwood,  Kansas,  In  1974  to  manage  my  family's 
business  and  to  raise  our  family  1n  rural  USA.  The  business  is  Williams 
Brothers,  a  supermarket  begun  by  two  brothers  in  1938.  As  a  business  we  employ 
11  people  full  time  and  15  to  20  part  time.  As  for  size,  we  have  10,000  square 
feet  of  floor  space  and  do  just  enough  volume  to  be  classed  a  supermarket  —  by 
industry  standards.  Atwood  Is  a  town  of  1,500  In  a  farm  county  of  3,700  people 
and  950  square  miles.  He  are  located  200  miles  from  downtown  Denver  and  400 
miles  from  Kansas  City  in  the  very  northwest  corner  of  Kansas.  The  nearest 
town  over  10,000  people  Is  140  miles  distant. 

I  would  like  to  make  several  points. 

Some  kind  of  health  reform  Is  necessaryl  Here's  our  story. 

In  1988  we  had  an  independent  group  of  about  eight  employees  on  a  health 
plan  costing  less  than  $200  a  month  for  single  coverage  and  $400  for  family 
coverage.  He  were  Independent—not  associated  witn  any  other  groups.  For 
years  we  have  covered  our  full-time  employees  by  payina  100  percent  of  their 
premium,  and  If  they  desired  family  coverage,  the  employee  funded  the  premium 
over  and  above  the  single  rate.  At  that  time,  the  company  was  paying  right  at 
50  percent  of  the  total,  and  I  believe  we  had  three  or  four  enrolled  In  family 
plans. 

On  August  7,  1986,  Roman  Carroll,  aged  two,  was  diagnosed  with  leukemia. 
Roman  Is  the  youngest  son  of  our  meat  market  manager,  Pat,  who  was  enrolled  In 
the  family  plan.  As  I'm  sure  you  all  know,  it  was  devastating  for  the  family 
of  eiqht.  After  nearly  two  years  of  expensive  treatments  and  heartaches,  Roman 
was  taken  to  the  University  of  Iowa  at  Iowa  City  for  a  bone  marrow  transplant, 
the  donor  being  Roman's  oldest  sister,  Glna.  The  operation  was  successful  and 
today  Roman  is  in  school  with  others  his  age.  He  has  some  health  problems 
relating  directly  to  his  condition  and  may  have  many  more.  He  has  had  all  his 
teeth  capped  and  experiences  high  blood  pressure  due  to  his  disease  and 
medications.  One  arm  has  atrophied  slightly,  and  he  undergoes  physical  therapy 

three  times  a  week.  He  takes  numerous  medications  to  prevent  donor  rejection 
and  to  alleviate  side  effects.  He  travels  to  Denver  every  other  month  for 
checkups  and  to  Iowa  City  for  examinations  yearly.  Needless  to  say  his  family 
has  undergone  many  anxious  times,  and  It  has  been  an  ordeal  for  them. 

But  faith  has  not  paid  the  bills.  I  have  watched  Pat,  the  father,  my 
employee,  suffer  through  the  threat  of  losing  his  son  and  the  worry  of  covering 
bills.  Pat's  wife,  Madge,  has  suffered  with  Roman  and  also  dealt  with  endless 
paperwork  trying  to  nay  uncovered  services  as  best  they  are  able.  She  Is  still 
paying  for  medications  not  covered,  and  because  of  a  Kansas  insurance  policy, 
she  still  has  to  hassle  with  bills  from  Iowa  and  Colorado  where  coverage  Is 
fuzzy.  Here  are  some  figures. 


88 


Their  report: 

In  1991    .  Roman 

In  1992 
In  1993 


$109  a  month 


I! 


19  a  month 
59  a  month 


$1,000  deductible 
$1,000  Co-Insur. 


Changed  to  $130  a  month  with  $2,500  deductible 
Store  Report: 


1991  preimums 
March 
By  this  time  down  to 

one  on  f  ami ly 
May 


210  single 
697  family 


I 

$  421  single 
$1,242  family 

$  821  dlff.  1992 


Pat     $130  premium 

.200  deductible 

223  single  to  family  dlff.  IGA  Group  Insurance  Trust 

553 

Result  In  1991--Absolutely  unable  to  pay  those  high  premiums  even  for  single 
coverage.  No  family  Is  able  to  pay  $821  a  month  for  family 
coverage  plus  $500  deductible.  By  this  time,  three  of  the  four 
families  had  gone  elsewhere — my  own  Included. 

Many,  many,  not  just  sleepless  nights,  but  anxious  time.  We  could  not 
afford  this  policy,  Pat  had  to  have  coverage  for  Roman,  no  other  plan  would 
accept  Roman  except  on  a  rider  for  his  condition,  we're  not  large  enough  to 
broker. 

Result:      IGA  group  Insurance  with  $154,   $299  premiums  but  riders  (5,000  on 
Roman  and  one  on  heart  medication  and  one  on  allergies,   etc. 

Madge  and  Pat  still  estimate  that  they  pay  $100  to  $200  a  month  on  medical 
bills  dating  back   to  Roman's  $76,000  transplant. 

Who  will   pay  for  the  health  of   this  country's  people? 

Voluntarily,  for  say  40  or  50  or  more  years,  employers  have  paid  for  more 
and  more  health  benefits  of  employees.  I  guess  we've  done  this  to  keep  our 
employees,  to  reward  their  dedication  over  and  above  their  pay.  Both  large  and 
small  employers  alike  to  varying  degrees  have  paid  for  the  health  of  employees. 
Now  its  cost  has  "EXPLODED."  and  Washington  would  like  to  mandate  employer 
payments.  Maybe  we  voluntarily  have  put  ourselves  In  this  position  as 
employers,  fifty  or  60  years  ago  would  this  have  been  expected  of  us.  Twenty 
or  30  years  from  now  will  employers  be  mandated  to  pay  room  and  board,  or  the 
education,  primary,  secondary,  college,  along  with  vocational  tech,  of  our 
employees'    fam11ies--or  maybe  vacations. 

Possibly  you'll  Interpret  this  as  a  small  businessman  attempting  to 
backpeddle  or  avoid  business  costs.  Please  understand,  one  health  care  needs 
to  be  revised,. but  two,  you're  laying  it  on  our  shoulders.  Please  do  it 
gently.  Business  as  a  whole  believes  In  helping  pay  our  employee's  health 
costs.  But  more  than  NAT1A,  more  than  FICA,  more  than  minimum  wage  laws,  this 
has  the  potential  to  choke  and  strangle  the  life  out  of  businesses,  large  and 
small.  I  know  I  sit  before  you  with  some  small  numbers--sma 1 1  town,  small 
business  rural  small  state--and  I'm  sure  I  am  looked  on  as  a  small  business, 
but  I  do  believe  If  this  Is  not  handled  justly  and  delicately  ,  a  lot  of  us 
large  and  small  will  suffocate.  Ihree  or  four  years  from  now,  some  businesses 
will  not  exist  because  of  this  reform.  Honest  employers  who  would  like  to 
share  health  costs  with  thHr  employees  —  good  souna  businesses  who  were  simply 
put  ouf  of  business  because  of  the  legislation  you're  going  to  pass.  Again  I 
say  this  not  to  undermine  your  reform  but  to  ask  you  to  be  careful  with  this 
potential   choke. 

Costs  will  now  be  out  of  our  hands.  Insurers  and  providers  and  alliances 
will  now  determine  costs.  Increases  will  be  determined  by  your  appointed 
national   health  board  or  alliances. 


I  would 
centers  and 
care. 


also   like  to  add,    please  continue   to   support   community  health 
the   Public  Health  Service  Corps.     These  are  vital   to  rural  health 


89 

Senator  Wofford.  Thank  you.  You  and  Cyndy  Adams  both  are 
doing  what  people  all  over  this  country  are  doing.  They  are  not 
only  thinking  about  their  own  problems,  but  they  are  thinking 
about  how  we  ought  to  fix  the  problems  of  the  country  on  this.  We 
very  much  want  tne  kinds  of  suggestions  that  both  of  you  have  put 
in  terms  of  where  we  go  from  here,  as  well  as  putting  so  clearly 
to  us  your  own  situations. 

Tomaca  Govan,  your  Senator  Dodd  very  much  wanted  to  be  here 
to  welcome  you  and  ask  questions;  he  is  on  another  assignment 
now,  however,  and  may  not  make  it,  depending  on  how  long  we  go. 

Please  go  ahead. 

Ms.  Govan.  Thank  you.  Good  afternoon.  Thank  you  for  having 
me  here  today. 

I  am  a  small  business  owner  from  Hartford,  CT.  I  am  married, 
and  I  have  three  children.  Currently,  my  family  has  no  health  in- 
surance. My  husband  has  a  part-time  job  and  is  looking  for  full- 
time  employment  with  the  medical  benefits  that  we  need. 

I  had  insurance  with  an  HMO  through  my  previous  employer.  I 
left  my  job  earlier  this  year,  after  I  had  a  baby,  to  start  my  own 
business.  I  expected  to  keep  my  insurance  for  18  months  through 
COBRA  coverage.  The  insurance  premium  for  myself,  my  husband, 
and  our  three  children  was  $462  per  month.  This  amount  was  pret- 
ty steep,  but  I  knew  I  had  to  have  insurance  for  myself  and  my 
family,  and  I  just  figured  okay,  if  that's  what  it  is,  I'll  just  have 
to  pay  it  every  month.  I  also  believed  that  if  at  some  point  down 
the  road,  the  expense  of  this  HMO  coverage,  which  is  top-of-the- 
line  medical  insurance,  was  too  expensive,  that  I  could  easily 
change  over  and  get  insurance  that  did  not  cost  as  much  because 
it  wouldn't  cover  as  much. 

I  was  unprepared  for  my  business  income  to  waiver  and  fluctuate 
as  it  did  over  the  summer.  I  knew  I  wasn't  going  to  be  able  to  keep 
paying  almost  $500  per  month  for  insurance,  so  I  began  looking  for 
other  options.  I  had  no  idea  how  hard  it  was  going  to  be  to  find 
coverage  that  was  comparable  to  what  I  had  and  that  was  afford- 
able. Affordable,  comprehensive  medical  insurance — I  didn't  think 
that  was  too  much  to  ask  for,  but  it  was. 

I  started  by  going  through  the  yellow  pages.  As  I  called  different 
insurance  companies  and  agents,  my  initial  shock  turned  to  anger 
and  frustration.  It  was  also  very  frightening.  I  learned  that  finding 
anything  that  was  remotely  comparable  in  terms  of  coverage  and 
price  was  impossible.  Either  the  cost  was  a  little  less  than  what  I 
was  paying  and  covered  only  emergency  care,  or  it  was  more  expen- 
sive and  offered  less  than  the  same  level  of  care  that  I  had. 

Many  insurance  companies  did  not  sell  insurance  to  self-em- 
ployed individuals  and  their  families.  I  did  not  know  this.  I  fell 
under  a  separate  category  and  was  referred  to  companies  that  I 
had  never  heard  of  before  to  obtain  insurance.  I  called  several  of 
these  companies.  Most  of  them  would  not  give  me  information  over 
the  phone  and  would  not  send  me  any  brochures  or  other  docu- 
mentation in  the  mail  to  review.  They  insisted  that  they  be  able 
to  come  over  and  personally  show  me  tneir  insurance  plans. 

I  agreed  to  look  at  two  plans  from  two  different  companies.  These 
people  came  to  my  house  with  big  binders  and  showed  me  page 
after  page  as  they  discussed  each  one.  It  reminded  me  of  meeting 


90 

with  Amway  salespeople.  We  reviewed  what  I  considered  to  be 
"rickety"  insurance  plans,  where  I  could  pick  and  choose  coverages 
and  deductibles.  Then  they  tried  to  press  me  for  an  immediate  deci- 
sion. 

It  was  clear  that  they  only  wanted  to  walk  out  of  my  house  with 
my  check  in  their  hand..  Also,  one  of  the  salespeople  could  not  fully 
answer  my  questions.  Again,  these  were  companies  I  had  never 
heard  of  before;  they  were  not  regulated  by  the  State  of  Connecti- 
cut, which  means  that  there  are  specific  requirements  and  guide- 
lines for  coverage  that  the  State  of  Connecticut  has  that  these  com- 
panies were  not  required  by  State  law  to  provide. 

I  was  afraid  of  signing  up  with  one  01  these  companies.  I  envi- 
sioned my  monthly  premiums  just  disappearing  into  never-never 
land  every  month,  and  I  seriously  wondered  if  the  insurance  was 
really  real.  And  if  I  did  have  to  go  into  the  hospital,  would  that  in- 
surance be  there  and  would  it  be  useful? 

I  knew  that  eventually,  I  would  lose  my  medical  insurance  cov- 
erage completely.  I  began  to  panic  because  I  could  not  find  any- 
thing. And  I  was  told  by  many  companies  that  I  had  to  be  insured 
already  in  order  to  get  insurance.  That  doesn't  make  sense  to  me. 

I  have  an  infant  who  is  now  7  months  old.  Before  I  lost  my  medi- 
cal insurance,  I  went  to  my  HMO  carriers  and  tried  to  insure  just 
the  baby.  That  way,  at  least  he  would  be  taken  care  of,  and  I  would 
not  have  to  worry  about  the  out-of-pocket  costs  for  vaccinations  and 
doctor  visits.  Also,  because  infants  are  fragile,  they  tend  to  contract 
colds,  ear  infections  and  other  viruses  easily,  and  having  access  to 
good  medical  care  is  very  important.  I  figured  that  as  soon  as  busi- 
ness picked  up,  I  would  oe  able  to  add  otner  family  members  to  the 
insurance  as  our  income  allowed.  This  was  an  ideal  plan  to  me.  I 
would  pay  a  much  lower  monthly  premium  for  just  one  person  in- 
stead of  the  whole  family.  I  would  still  have  an  "in"  to  the  HMO, 
and  family  and  I  could  ieel  confident  with  keeping  the  same  level 
of  medical  care  that  we  had  for  years. 

However,  I  was  not  able  to  insure  the  infant  only.  One  of  the  par- 
ents had  to  have  coverage,  too.  The  cost  for  two  people  in  this  HMO 
was  over  $300.  This,  again,  was  something  I  just  could  not  afford, 
so  I  had  no  choice  but  to  let  my  insurance  go. 

Currently,  my  family  does  not  have  medical  insurance,  and  we 
are  afraid.  We  are  afraid  to  be  without  it.  I  realize  that  a  hospital 
cannot  refuse  emergency  treatment  to  anyone.  However,  it  is  all 
the  nonemergency  situations  that  may  arise  that  I  am  worried 
about. 

I  have  a  very  active  7-year-old  son,  and  because  boys  are  boys, 
what  do  I  do  if  he  falls  on  his  bike  and  breaks  his  arm?  I  am  also 
concerned  about  us  needing  to  go  the  doctor  for  checkups  and  ill- 
nesses and  prescription  medication.  These  things  would  have  to  be 
paid  for  out  of  our  pockets. 

I  am  greatly  disillusioned.  I  decided  to  take  a  risk  and  take  my 
shot  at  the  American  dream  by  starting  my  own  business.  If  I  had 
known  that  finding  insurance  would  be  this  difficult,  this  frustrat- 
ing, and  this  frightening,  if  I  had  known  that  it  was  totally 
unaffordable,  then  I  would  not  have  quit  my  job.  I  would  have 
stayed  there  and  explored  other  options.  I  knew  that  insurance  was 
expensive,  but  I  had  no  idea  just  now  expensive.  I  honestly  thought 


91 

that  I  could  obtain  affordable  medical  insurance.  I  thought  it  was 
just  the  HMOs  that  were  hundreds  and  hundreds  of  dollars  per 
month. 

I  know  many  people  like  me  who  have  dreams  of  self-employ- 
ment, but  are  forced  to  keep  their  jobs  because  they  are  afraid  to 
be  without  medical  insurance  for  themselves  and  their  families. 
Our  country  and  our  communities  are  denied  their  brilliance,  they 
are  denied  the  economic  stimulation  and  growth  that  these  new 
businesses  would  bring. 

President  Clinton's  plan  makes  sense  to  me.  It  doesn't  just  offer 
affordable  insurance — and  to  me,  the  key  is  affordable — it  offers  a 
comprehensive  benefits  package.  I  will  know  what  I  am  getting. 
And  most  importantly,  that  insurance  is  going  to  be  there,  regard- 
less of  what  my  income  is,  where  I  work,  or  where  I  live  in  the 
United  States. 

I  need  to  be  able  to  provide  medical  protection  for  my  family,  and 
from  what  I  have  heard,  President  Clinton's  plan  will  allow  me  to 
do  that,  and  it  will  also  allow  me  to  freely  continue  to  pursue  my 
quest  for  success  as  an  entrepreneur.  And  I  know  I  speak  for  many 
other  people  back  home  in  Connecticut. 

Thank  you. 

Prepared  Statement  of  Tomaca  Gov  an 

My  name  is  Tomaca  Govan.  I  am  the  owner  of  a  small  business  from  Hartford, 
CT.  I  am  married  and  have  three  children.  Currently,  my  family  has  no  health  in- 
surance. 

I  had  insurance  with  an  HMO  through  my  previous  employer.  I  left  my  job  earlier 
this  year  to  start  my  own  business.  I  expected  to  keep  my  insurance  for  18  months 
through  COBRA  coverage.  The  insurance  premium  for  myself,  my  husband,  and  our 
three  children  was  $462/month.  This  amount  was  pretty  steep,  but  I  knew  I  had 
to  have  insurance  for  myself  and  my  family  and  I  just  figured  Okay,  if  that's  what 
it  is,  I'll  just  have  to  pay  it  every  month."  I  also  believed  that  if  at  some  point  down 
the  road  the  expense  of  this  HMO  coverage,  which  is  top  of  the  line  medical  insur- 
ance, was  too  expensive,  I  could  easily  change  over  and  get  insurance  that  didn't 
cost  as  much  because  it  wouldn't  cover  as  much. 

I  was  unprepared  for  my  business  income  to  waver  and  fluctuate,  as  it  did  over 
the  summer.  I  knew  that  I  wasn't  going  to  be  able  to  keep  paying  almost  $500/ 
month  just  for  insurance.  So  I  began  looking  for  other  options.  I  had  no  idea  how 
hard  it  was  going  to  be  to  find  coverage  that  was  comparable  to  what  I  had  and 
that  was  affordable.  Affordable,  comprehensive  medical  insurance:  I  didn't  think 
that  was  too  much  to  ask  for,  but  it  is. 

I  started  by  going  through  the  yellow  pages.  As  I  called  different  insurance  com- 
panies and  agents,  my  initial  shock  turned  to  anger  and  frustration.  It  was  also 
frightening.  A  lot  of  companies  would  not  offer  insurance  to  self-employed  people. 
I  learned  that  finding  anything  that  was  remotely  comparable  to  what  I  had  before 
in  terms  of  coverage  and  price  was  impossible.  Either  the  cost  was  a  little  less  than 
what  I  was  paying  and  covered  only  emergency  care,  or  it  was  more  expensive  and 
offered  less  than  the  same  level  of  care  that  I  had.  Many  big  name  insurance  compa- 
nies did  not  sell  insurance  to  self-employed  individuals.  I  fell  under  a  separate  cat- 
egory and  was  referred  to  companies  that  I  had  never  heard  of  before  to  obtain  in- 
surance. I  called  several  of  these  companies.  Most  of  them  would  not  give  me  infor- 
mation over  the  phone  and  would  not  send  me  any  brochures  or  other  documenta- 
tion in  the  mail  to  review.  They  insisted  that  they  be  able  to  come  over  and  person- 
ally show  me  their  insurance  plans. 

I  agreed  to  look  at  two  plans  from  two  different  companies.  These  people  came 
to  my  house  with  big  binders  and  showed  me  page  after  page  as  they  discussed  each 
one.  It  reminded  me  of  a  meeting  with  Amway  sales  people.  We  reviewed  what  I 
considered  to  be  "rickety"  insurance  plans,  where  I  could  pick  and  choose  coverages 
and  deductibles.  Then,  they  tried  to  press  me  for  an  immediate  decision.  It  was  clear 
that  they  only  wanted  to  walk  out  of  my  house  with  my  check  in  their  hand.  Also, 
one  of  the  salespeople  could  not  fully  answer  my  questions.  Again,  these  were  com- 
panies I  had  never  heard  of  before.  They  were  not  regulated  by  the  State  of  Con- 


92 

necticut,  which  means  that  there  are  specific  requirements  and  guidelines  for  cov- 
erage that  the  State  of  Connecticut  has,  that  these  companies  were  not  required  by 
law  to  follow. 

I  was  afraid  of  signing  up  with  one  of  these  companies.  I  envisioned  my  monthly 
premiums  just  disappearing  into  never-never  land  every  month,  and  seriously  won- 
dered if  the  insurance  was  for  real.  And  if  I  did  have  to  go  into  a  hospital,  would 
that  insurance  be  there  and  be  useful? 

I  knew  that  eventually  I  would  lose  my  medical  insurance  coverage  completely. 
I  began  to  panic  because  I  couldn't  find  anything.  And  I  was  told  by  many  compa- 
nies that  I  nad  to  be  insured  already  in  order  to  get  insurance.  That  doesn't  make 
sense  to  me. 

I  have  an  infant  who  is  now  seven  months  old.  Before  I  lost  my  medical  insurance, 
I  went  to  my  HMO  carrier  and  tried  to  insure  just  the  baby.  That  way,  at  least  he 
would  be  taken  care  of  and  I  would  not  have  to  worry  about  the  out-of-pocket  costs 
for  vaccinations  and  doctor  visits.  Also,  because  infants  are  fragile,  they  tend  to  con- 
tract colds,  ear  infections,  and  other  viruses  easily,  and  having  access  to  medical 
care  is  very  important.  I  figured  that  as  soon  as  business  picked  up  I  would  be  able 
to  add  other  family  members  to  the  insurance  as  our  income  allowed. 

This  was  an  ideal  plan  to  me.  I  would  pay  a  much  lower  monthly  premium  for 
just  one  person  instead  of  the  whole  family.  I  would  still  have  an  "in"  to  the  HMO 
and  my  family  could  feel  confident  with  keeping  the  same  level  of  medical  care  that 
we  had  for  years.  However,  I  was  not  able  to  insure  the  infant  only;  one  parent  had 
to  have  coverage,  too.  The  cost  for  two  people  in  this  HMO  was  over  $300.  This, 
again,  was  something  that  I  could  not  afford,  so  I  had  to  let  my  insurance  go. 

So,  my  family  currently  does  not  have  any  medical  insurance.  I  am  afraid  to  be 
without  it.  I  realize  that  a  hospital  cannot  refuse  emergency  treatment  to  anyone. 
However,  it's  all  the  non-emergency  situations  that  may  arise  that  I  am  worried 
about.  I  have  a  very  active  seven-year-old  son.  And  because  boys  are  boys — what 
do  I  do  if  my  son  falls  off  his  bike  and  breaks  his  arm?  Or  if  someone  in  my  family 
needs  to  have  surgery?  I  am  concerned  about  us  needing  to  go  to  the  doctor  for 
check  ups  and  illnesses,  and  prescription  medication  that  would  have  to  be  pur- 
chased: these  things  would  have  to  be  paid  for  out  of  our  pockets. 

I  am  greatly  disillusioned.  I  decided  to  take  a  risk,  and  take  my  shot  at  the  Amer- 
ican dream  by  starting  my  own  business.  If  I  had  known  that  finding  insurance 
would  be  this  difficult,  this  frustrating,  and  this  frightening,  if  I  had  known  that 
it  was  totally  unaffordable  then  I  would  not  have  quit  my  job.  I  would  have  re- 
mained there  and  explored  other  options.  I  knew  that  insurance  was  expensive,  but 
I  had  no  idea  just  how  expensive!  1  honestly  thought  that  I  could  obtain  affordable 
medical  insurance.  I  thought  it  was  just  the  HMO's  that  were  hundreds  and  hun- 
dreds of  dollars  per  month. 

I  know  many  people  like  me  who  have  dreams  of  self-employment,  but  are  forced 
to  keep  their  jobs  because  they  are  afraid  to  be  without  medical  insurance  for  them- 
selves and  their  families.  Our  country  and  our  communities  are  denied  the  economic 
stimulation  and  growth  that  these  new  businesses  would  bring. 

President  Clinton's  plan  makes  sense  to  me.  It  doesn't  just  offer  affordable  insur- 
ance, (and  the  key  here  is  affordable)  it  offers  a  comprehensive  benefits  package. 
I  will  know  what  I  am  getting.  And  most  importantly,  that  insurance  is  going  to 
be  there,  regardless  of  what  my  income  is,  where  I  work,  or  where  I  live.  I  need 
to  be  able  to  afford  medical  insurance  for  my  family.  President  Clinton's  plan  will 
allow  me  to  do  that.  It  will  also  allow  me  to  be  able  to  continue  my  own  personal 
quest  for  success  as  an  entrepreneur. 

Senator  Wofford.  I  thank  all  three  of  you. 

Senator  Kassebaum. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you  all  very  much. 

I  will  start  with  Mr.  Braxmeyer.  First,  I  will  say  that  he  drove 
200  miles  in  order  to  get  to  the  airport  in  order  to  get  to  Washing- 
ton. It  is  a  far  piece  out  in  the  western  part  of  the  State. 

I  have  not  supported  employer  mandates.  That  is  one  difference 
that  I  have  had  with  the  President's  approach.  Was  that  something 
that  you  were  indicating,  perhaps,  in  your  comments,  Mr. 
Braxmeyer,  that  you  would  have  some  difficulties  with  an  employer 
mandate?  Or,  do  all  three  of  you  believe  the  employer  mandate  is 
important — the  80  percent/20  percent  contribution. 


93 

Mr.  Braxmeyer.  I  personally  believe  in  it.  We  have  done  it,  Sen- 
ator Kassebaum,  in  our  business  for — I  came  back  in  1974.  It  is  a 
family  business.  I  don't  know  how  many  years  it  was  going  on  be- 
fore that.  I  believe  in  it  personally,  and  from  what  I  read  in  the 
papers  back  in  Kansas,  Capitol  Hill  is  heading  that  way.  And  I  do 
not  see  any  way  to  avoid  that. 

Right  now,  I  don't  see  that  the  public  can  stand  an  income  tax, 
or  a  sales  tax.  whatever  kind  of  taxes  are  available,  so  I  support 
employer  involvement.  It  looks  like  possibly,  if  I  put  the  figures  to 
it  correctly,  it  could  save  me  money  personally.  Now,  I  want  to 
make  sure  my  employees  are  covered  as  well  as  they  are  now.  I 
have  this  leukemia  patient,  and  I  don't  know  if  they  are  anxious 
to  trade  doctors  right  now. 

What  concerns  me  a  little  bit  is  all  the  alliances  amongst  provid- 
ers that  might  get  together.  We  are  out  there  in  virtually  nowhere. 
I  am  400  miles  from  Kansas  City,  and  the  nearest  town  over 
10,000  is  100-plus  miles.  It  bothers  me  a  little  about  the  alliances 
that  may  be  formed  amongst  providers.  That's  why  I  really  endorse 
the  community  health  centers.  I  think  they  are  the  answer  for  us 

out  there. 

Back  to  your  question,  I  do  endorse  employer  involvement. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Do  you  believe  that's  true  for  the  other  em- 
ployers in  Atwood?  You  mentioned  the  small  manufacturer  there 
who  brought  certainly  some  employment  to  the  area. 

Mr.  Braxmeyer.  He  is  essential  to  our  community  of  1,500.  They 
are  looking  at  a  plan,  I  understand.  Now,  how  extensive  that  plan 
is — if  that  plan  is  as  extensive  as  the  plan  you  have  outlined  or 
President's  plan,  I  don't  know.  I  would  think  it  would  depend  on 
the  premiums  involved.  I  don't  know  what  coverage  they  are  look- 
ing at. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  You  didn't  ask  necessarily  about  an  em- 
ployer mandate  in  visiting  with  them? 

Mr.  Braxmeyer.  No,  I  aid  not. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  One  other  aspect  of  this,  of  course,  that  has 
been  a  real  problem  in  Kansas  is  the  escalating  cost  of  workmen's 
compensation.  That  is  affecting  other  States  as  well,  but  I  know  in 
Kansas  it  has  really  become  a  high  cost  of  doing  business.  Is  that 
a  problem  for  you?  Would  you  feel  it  would  make  it  more  attractive 
if  workmen's  compensation  were  rolled  into  the  basic  benefit  pack- 
age, if  that  can  be  worked  out.  That's  something  that  is  not  in  the 
President's  plan  at  this  point. 

Mr.  Braxmeyer.  I  just  came  from  an  industry  meeting  in  Kansas 
City  a  week  ago,  where  we  spent  an  entire  afternoon  on  this.  State- 
wide, the  State  of  Kansas  has  a  very  liberal  workmen's  compensa- 
tion package.  I  am  going  to  pay  4  percent  next  year.  I'll  pay  about 
$10,400,  my  agent  tells  me,  for  workmen's  comp.  Since  1982,  I 
think  I  have  had  eight  or  maybe  nine  claims,  amounting  to  less 
than  $4,000  in  11  years.  I'll  pay  $10,000  this  year. 

Depending  on  how  it  is  managed  in  Washington,  DC,  I  think 
most  employers  in  Kansas  would  like  to  see  that  considered.  How- 
ever, I  would  like  to  see  that  considered  as  a  separate  measure 
over  and  above  or  side-by-side  with  health  coverage  for  employees; 
in  other  words,  separate  accountability,  so  it  is  not  all  rolled  into 
one  package.  One  package  premium-wise,  but  let  us  look  at  that  as 


94 

an  employer  or  as  a  business  and  say,  well,  so  many  dollars  are 
going  for  workmen's  compensation  and  so  many  dollars  for  health 
care  for  our  employees.  I  would  welcome  that,  I  think,  at  least  the 
consideration  of  that. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  I  would  just  say  to  Ms.  Adams  and  to  any 
self-employed  person  that  I  think  there  is  total  agreement  here 
that  there  should  be  100  percent  deduction  for  the  basket  of  bene- 
fits. I  think  you  would  find  that  everyone  believes  that  the  25  per- 
cent limit  is  an  inequity  that  should  not  be  continued. 

I  thank  you.  I  certainly  appreciate  all  three  of  you  coming.  It  is 

faring  to  take  a  long  time  for  us  to  sort  out — for  some  of  us,  maybe 
onger  than  others — some  of  the  complexities  of  this,  but  everybody 
who  has  testified  points  to  some  of  the  real  concerns  that  we  have 
to  try  and  find  answers  for. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Senator  Wofford.  Let's  explore  the  employer  mandate  and  the 
employer  costs  today  with  all  three  of  you.  Mr.  Braxmeyer  was  say- 
ing that  as  he  perceives  the  President's  plan,  it  would  probably 
save  him  money. 

Would  you  just  give  me  your  analysis  on  that  to  see  whether 
we're  on  the  same  wavelength? 

Mr.  Braxmeyer.  I'm  not  sure  how  accurate  that  estimate  is,  Sen- 
ator. I  base  that  on  the  fact  that  we  pay  $205  a  month  for  13  em- 
ployees. 

Senator  Wofford.  The  7.9  percent  cap  on  payroll  might  help 
you? 

Mr.  Braxmeyer.  I  think  that  is  probably  in  the  neighborhood  of 
where  I  am  at  now.  The  thing  I  am  not  sure  about  is  family  cov- 
erage involved  in  that  and  especially  part-time  coverage.  Some  of 
my  part-time  employees  also  work  other  places.  Some  of  them  are 
dependents  under  other  family  coverages,  and  I  am  not  sure  where 
I  would  fold  into  that  cost- wise. 

Senator  Wofford.  In  the  President's  plan,  family  and  part-time 
are  both  specifically  covered  in  ways  you  need  to  look  at.  But  a  big 
item  for  you  is  that  the  rating  oi  that,  whatever  the  premium  is 
in  your  region,  would  be  for  everyone  in  that  region  and  not  based 
on  your  own  company's  experience,  so  that  the  high  cost  of  an  em- 
ployee with  leukemia  would  be  shared  across  a  large  pool  and  not 
imposed  on  you. 

Mr.  Braxmeyer.  That  is  the  attractiveness  of  this  package.  We 
were  an  eight-member,  stand-alone,  group  insurance,  and  when 
this  catastrophic  illness  hit  us,  thats  exactly  what  happened.  We 
also  have  some  minor  heart  conditions  involved  in  our  gnmp  and 
some  typical  allergies  and  things  like  that,  but  I  personally  do  not 
feel  that  was  the  reason  for  the  jump;  it  was  the  catastrophic  ill- 
ness. 

Senator  Wofford.  And  as  you  perceive,  one  of  the  reasons  for 
the  alliances  or  the  big  purchasing  cooperative  pools,  is  so  that  you 
would  have  the  benefit  of  big  purchasing  power  that  large  corpora- 
tions now  have  and  large  State  employee  programs  have. 

We  are  being  buzzed  by  something,  Senator  Kassebaum.  I  think 
there  is  a  vote  on. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  There  is  a  vote  on,  I  hate  to  say. 

Senator  Wofford.  Which  means  we  have  just  a  few  minutes. 


95 

The  percent  of  payroll  that  Cyndy  Adams  referred  to,  I  think  you 
said  you  had  reached  30  percent;  is  that  right? 

Ms.  Adams.  Right  now,  we  project  21  percent  this  year.  But 
when  you  have  your  monthly  health  insurance  for  one  family  plan 
exceeding  your  payroll  tax  deposits  each  month  for  6  months,  it's 
a  bit  rough.  We  see  the  President's  plan,  if  they  couldn't  lower  our 
premiums  for  1  year,  we  would  still  save  $3,700  plus  the  $2,000  in 
deductibles  that  we  pay  out.  It  would  be  a  substantial  savings  for 
us  right  now  if  that  were  to  take  place. 

Senator  Wofford.  Would  there  be  some  savings  in  terms  of  time 
and  investment  in  the  health  plans  if  there  were  one  large  regional 
purchasing  alliance,  where  you  paid  to  that  alliance  the  premium, 
but  the  administering  of  the  plan  and  the  choices  the  employees 
and  you  would  have  would  be  a  menu  that  everybody  in  the  whole 
region  would  have,  and  you  would  not  be  individually  negotiating 
it  each  year? 

Ms.  Adams.  That  would  probably  help  our  association.  The  asso- 
ciation still  administers  it,  but  we  are  not  a  large  group  anymore. 

Senator  Wofford.  But  your  story  suggest  that  a  lot  of  small 
businesses  want  or  feel  the  need  to  have  health  insurance,  but  that 
it  has  gotten  out  of  reach. 

Ms.  Adams.  That  is  exactly  right.  We  have  some  members  who 
have  had  their  insurance  increased  by  168  percent  in  that  first 
year  of  de-grouping,  and  it  was  a  phenomenal  increase.  Those  peo- 
ple dropped  out  immediately.  And  that  was  for  a  two-person  plan. 

Senator  Wofford.  We  will  want  to  hear  your  thoughts  as  the 
proposals  for  the  health  alliances  and  how  they  are  organized  and 
shaped  come  before  the  committee,  and  we  start  crafting  it,  be- 
cause there  will  be  a  lot  of  concern  on  this  committee  to  make  sure 
that  they  are  organized  in  such  a  way  that  they  represent  you  and 
your  employees.  Under  the  President's  proposal,  a  provider  is  not 
permitted  to  be  in  the  alliance.  The  alliance  is  to  represent  you, 
dealing  with  the  providers.  So  you  need  to  follow  this  as  we  go  to 
see  that  we  live  up  to  that.  The  theory  of  it  is  that  those  alliances 
would  be  nonprofit  corporations  that  you  will  be  represented  in, 
businesses  and  employees,  and  not  the  providers,  so  that  it  deals 
in  strength  on  your  behalf  with  the  p/oviders.  That  is  the  theory. 
We  have  to  see  if  we  can  shape  it  in  such  a  way  that  it  leads  up 
to  it. 

I  guess  we  are  coming  to  the  end.  Tomaca  Govan,  would  you  like 
to  give  us  any  last  words  on  this?  I'm  sorry  that  this  is  being  cut 
short.  I  know  that  you  all  have  to  leave  for  plans,  so  that  by  the 
time  we  got  back  in  20  minutes  or  so,  it  wouldn't  make  sense  to 
try  to  continue.  But  do  you  have  a  last  thought  for  us? 

Ms.  Govan.  Well,  basically,  I  really  think  it  is  important  for  ev- 
erybody, the  citizens  as  well  as  Senators,  to  just  keep  track  of  what 
is  going  on  and  to  make  sure  to  let  our  representatives  know  what 
our  needs  are. 

That's  basically  it — everybody  pay  attention  to  what  is  going  on. 

Senator  Wofford.  We  are  delighted  that  you  are,  all  six  of  you 
today,  and  we  look  forward  to  keeping  in  touch  with  you  as  we 
move  forward. 

Thank  you  for  this  afternoon,  for  this  whole  day,  and  for  the  long 
drives  and  flights  that  you  took. 


96 


The  committee  is  adjourned. 

[Whereupon,  at  3:10  p.m.,  the  committee  was  adjourned.] 


THE  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  OF  1993:  VIEWS 
OF  HEALTH  CARE  PROVIDERS 


TUESDAY,  OCTOBER  5,  1993 

U.S.  Senate, 
Committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Resources, 

Washington,  DC. 

The  committee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  10:05  a.m.,  in  room 
SD-430,  Dirksen  Senate  Office  Building,  Senator  Kennedy  (chair- 
man of  the  committee)  presiding. 

Present:  Senators  Kennedy,  Metzenbaum,  Simon,  Bingaman, 
Wellstone,  Wofford,  Kassebaum,  Jeffords,  Coats,  Gregg,  Hatch,  and 
Durenberger. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Kennedy 

The  Chairman.  We'll  come  to  order. 

All  of  us  know  that  the  American  health  system  is  in  crisis.  No 
American  family  can  be  confident  that  the  health  insurance  that 
protects  them  today  will  be  there  tomorrow  if  serious  illness 
strikes.  Costs  are  out  of  control.  Excess  medical  cost  inflation 
threatens  to  price  care  out  of  reach  for  individuals  and  families, 
and  it  is  a  major  burden  on  the  economy,  the  Federal  deficit,  and 
the  ability  of  businesses  to  compete  in  world  markets. 

The  system  is  overflowing  with  red  tape  and  excessive  adminis- 
trative costs,  which  affect  doctors,  hospitals,  nurses,  and  patients 
alike.  Large  numbers  of  citizens — even  those  with  insurance — in- 
creasingly find  their  choice  of  doctors  limited  by  insurance  compa- 
nies and  their  employers. 

Much  is  wrong  with  American  medicine,  but  there  is  also  much 
that  is  right.  U.S.  doctors,  nurses,  and  hospitals  provide  the  best 
medical  care  in  the  world.  We  are  the  world  leader  in  biomedical 
research. 

The  President  has  proposed  a  bold,  comprehensive  plan  to  fix 
what  is  wrong  with  the  health  care  system  while  preserving  what 
is  best.  There  is  broad  bipartisan  agreement  on  the  basic  goals  that 
President  Clinton  has  set  out,  and  in  the  coming  weeks,  Congress 
will  be  working  closely  with  the  administration  to  write  legislation 
achieving  these  goals. 

This  hearing  is  the  fourth  in  a  series  that  the  Labor  and  Human 
Resources  Committee  is  holding  on  the  President's  plan.  We  intend 
to  explore  this  proposal  in  detail  and  to  give  it  the  highest  priority. 

Today  we  will  hear  from  representatives  of  major  organizations 
representing  the  views  of  doctors,  nurses,  and  hospitals.  The  sup- 
port and  cooperation  of  health  care  providers  is  essential  for  health 

(97) 


98 

care  reform.  Those  who  provide  the  care  are  the  ones  who  will 
make  reform  work.  They  see  the  problems  of  the  current  system 
firsthand,  and  they  have  an  indispensable  contribution  to  make  in 
helping  to  define  the  problem  and  developing  workable  solutions. 

Those  on  the  front  lines  of  health  care  share  the  same  sense  of 
urgency  felt  by  the  American  people.  They  know  it  is  wrong  when 
patients  cannot  receive  necessary  care  because  insurance  will  not 
pay,  or  lose  the  savings  of  a  lifetime  because  they  become  ill. 

Often,  they  spend  more  time  filling  out  forms  and  talking  on  the 
telephone  to  insurance  companies  than  treating  patients.  Too  often, 
they  see  patients  in  the  emergency  room  with  serious  illnesses  that 
could  have  been  avoided  or  easily  treated  by  earlier  care.  Too  often, 
continuity  of  care  is  interrupted  when  an  employer  changes  health 
plans,  and  patients  must  change  doctors. 

At  the  same  time,  providers  have  legitimate  questions  and  con- 
cerns about  the  consequences  of  reform  for  themselves  and  their 
patients.  I  am  prepared  to  work  with  them  to  resolve  their  con- 
cerns, and  I  know  the  President  is  as  well. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  someone  who  has  been  involved  with 
this  issue  of  comprehensive  health  care  reforms  for  some  period  of 
time,  the  striking  thing  is  not  the  concerns  that  health  providers 
have  expressed  about  trie  President's  plan,  but  the  unprecedented 
degree  of  agreement  and  enthusiasm  about  many  of  its  central  pro- 
vision, the  recognition  that  comprehensive  reform  is  essential,  and 
the  strong  desire  by  everyone  to  work  constructively  together  to  fi- 
nally pass  legislation  that  will  assure  health  security  for  every 
American. 

The  representatives  of  the  leading  health  provider  organizations 
who  are  here  today  will  address  many  of  the  issues  posed  by  the 
plan — both  the  areas  of  agreement  and  the  areas  that  may  need 
adjustment.  I  welcome  their  participation  and  look  forward  to  their 
testimony. 

Senator  Jeffords. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Jeffords 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

It  is  a  pleasure  to  be  here  this  morning  to  discuss  the  Health  Se- 
curity Act  with  various  health  providers.  No  group  is  more  impor- 
tant to  health  reform  than,  of  course,  are  the  providers.  Providers 
are  the  health  care  system.  I  doubt  health  care  reform  can  be  suc- 
cessful unless  most  providers  want  to  make  it  a  success. 

As  many  of  you  know,  in  my  own  State  of  Vermont,  we  are  on 
the  verge  of  enacting  our  own  State  health  care  legislation.  We 
have  already  enacted  numerous  significant  reforms,  all  aimed  at 
making  the  most  of  each  health  care  dollar  spent  throughout  the 
State. 

I  don't  think  any  State  is  more  efficient  nor  does  any  State  have 
any  higher  expectations  concerning  health  care  than  does  my  State. 
I  believe  the  State  of  Vermont  is  at  present  the  only  State  that  al- 
ready has  a  State  health  care  budget.  For  a  one-year  period  start- 
ing tnis  past  July,  our  budgets  take  the  form  of  expenditure  targets 
and  are  frequently  phased  in. 

For  the  past  10  years,  Vermont  has  enacted  statewide  budget  re- 
view process  for  hospitals,  continuous  quality  improvement  pro- 


99 

grams  for  outcomes  research,  a  Medicaid  supplement  for  children 
and  families  of  up  to  225  percent  of  poverty,  and  insurance  market 
reforms  requiring  community  rating  and  guaranteed  acceptance. 

Many  people  have  asked  me  how  Vermont  was  able  to  accom- 
plish such  sweeping  reform.  The  answer  is  simple.  In  Vermont,  no 
decision  on  health  care  has  been  made  without  the  advice  and  the 
support  of  the  providers.  Nobody  knows  more  about  what  is  wrong 
with  our  health  care  system  than  do  the  providers.  We  must  seek 
and  rely  upon  their  expertise  to  make  it  better. 

That  is  why,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  look  forward  to  hearing  the  panel- 
ists today.  I  appreciate  your  holding  this  hearing  in  order  to  pro- 
vide all  the  committee  members  an  opportunity  to  hear  what  they 
have  to  say  and  to  work  with  them  in  order  to  make  this  a  work- 
able system. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Metzenbaum. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Metzenbaum 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  commend  you  on  holding 
this  hearing  today,  and  I  am  looking  forward  to  hearing  the  testi- 
mony of  today's  witnesses,  some  of  whom  I  have  worked  with  very 
closely  in  the  past  and  some  of  whom  have  been  naysayers  and 
have  been  very  difficult  to  get  to  the  negotiating  table. 

Clearly,  health  care  providers  play  a  crucial  role  in  our  health 
care  system  and  must  play  a  key  role  in  any  reform  plan.  But  the 
ultimate  test  of  reform  must  be  that  it  serves  the  needs  of  the  pa- 
tients. 

I  think  what  we  have  found  now  in  America  is  a  situation  where 
the  American  people  very,  very  much  want  a  health  care  plan.  The 
don't  know  how  to  go  about;  they  don't  know  the  intricacies;  they 
don't  know  the  details.  But  those  who  stand  in  the  way  of  provid- 
ing a  health  care  plan  for  all  Americans  will  not  be  very  popular 
with  the  American  people. 

Most  Americans  do  not  understand  all  the  details  about  health 
alliances  and  some  of  the  other  terms  that  are  being  used  at  the 
present  time.  But  they  do  know  this — they  are  afraid  of  the  future. 
They  are  afraid  of  getting  sick,  they  are  afraid  of  their  children  get- 
ting sick,  and  they  want  some  action. 

So  I  say  to  those  who  are  the  providers,  the  system  needs  you 
very  much,  but  the  American  people  are  demanding  of  you  a  sense 
of  cooperation.  They  feel  that  they  are  entitled  to  it;  I  think  we  in 
Congress  feel  they  are  entitled  to  it.  We  respect  the  professions,  we 
respect  the  people  in  the  professions,  we  respect  the  providers,  but 
we  also  respect  the  demands  of  the  American  people. 

I  found  over  the  weekend  a  rather  interesting  phenomenon 
among  a  number  of  my  friends  who  are  members  of  the  medical 
profession  with  whom  I  was  spending  some  time — there  was  a  gen- 
eral consensus,  a  general  feeling,  that  we  want  something  to  work. 
They  don't  want  to  be  the  ones  against  whom  fingers  are  pointed. 
And  I  am  hopeful  that  the  American  Medical  Association  and  the 
various  other  associations  will  see  fit  to  join  with  us  in  moving  for- 
ward and  being  supportive  rather  than  standing  in  the  way. 


100 

I  am  pleased  to  say  that  the  American  Hospital  Association  and 
I  have  had  a  good  working  relationship  to  date;  we  have  made 
great  progress;  we  have  brought  about  some  new  guidelines  at  the 
antitrust  division,  and  I  am  sure  we  will  hear  more  about  that 
from  Mr.  Davidson  as  he  speaks. 

But  I  do  call  upon  those  who  are  the  providers  to  join  with  us 
in  coming  up  with  the  answers  and  not  standing  in  the  way. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Coats. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Coats 

Senator  Coats.  I  don't  have  an  opening  statement,  Mr.  Chair- 
man, but  I  am  pleased  that  we  are  holding  these  hearings.  I  think 
there  is  a  great  deal  to  learn  about  the  system.  It  is  extraordinarily 
complex.  Many,  many  parts  go  into  making  up  the  whole  in  terms 
of  health  care  delivery. 

Assessing  exactly  what  the  problem  is  and  providing  an  adequate 
solution  to  the  problems  is  a  huge  challenge  for  this  Congress.  I 
hope  that  we  can  do  so  on  an  objective  basis.  There  is  much  to 
learn  about  the  impact  of  the  President's  proposed  plan.  Hopefully, 
there  is  much  to  learn  about  alternatives  that  will  address  the  very 
real  problems  that  exist  within  the  health  care  delivery  system. 

I  think  we  all  understand  and  agree  that  reforms  need  to  be 
made.  The  question  is  which  reforms,  how  will  they  be  imple- 
mented, and  what  will  the  ultimate  impact  be  on  the  ultimate 
consumer  of  medical  care. 

It  is  one  thing  to  look  at  a  nicely  drafted  plan  that  might  look 
good  on  paper.  I  think  the  question,  as  the  Senator  from  Ohio  has 
stated,  has  to  be  what  is  the  ultimate  impact  on  the  recipient  of 
the  medical  care. 

Certainly,  within  our  system,  we  have  many  who  are  very 
pleased  with  the  care  that  they  are  receiving;  we  have  others  who 
are  not  receiving  care  or  are  not  happy  with  the  level  of  care  they 
are  getting. 

Making  sure  that  we  don't  turn  the  tables  upside-down  to  pro- 
vide better  care  to  some  at  the  expense  of  others,  but  having  the 
goal  of  providing  sufficient  and  quality  care  to  all  Americans  I 
think  is  a  worthy  goal  that  we  need  to  work  toward,  and  I  hope 
we  can  do  so  on  an  objective  basis.  I  for  one  have  a  great  deal  to 
learn  in  terms  of  how  all  this  works  and  am  looking  forward  to  the 
testimony  of  the  witnesses. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Coats. 

Senator  Bingaman. 

Senator  Bingaman.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  really  just  came 
to  hear  the  witnesses. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Gregg. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Gregg 
Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 


101 

I  also  came  to  hear  the  witnesses,  but  I  do  think  that  prior  to 
the  witnesses  speaking,  there  are  some  areas  that  we  need  to  ad- 
dress. 

Obviously,  the  objective  here  is  to  maintain  a  high-quality  sys- 
tem and  to  contain  costs.  And  as  we  talk  to  these  health  care  pro- 
viders, a  question  which  I  hope  they  will  address  is  how  they  see 
the  various  plans  which  are  being  considered  affecting,  one,  qual- 
ity, and  two,  cost. 

For  example,  the  Clinton  proposal  has  suggested  that  we  take 
approximately  $238  billion  out  of  the  system  in  the  area  of  Medic- 
aid and  Medicare.  Now,  I  have  to  presume  that  most  of  that  is 
going  to  come  out  of  the  hospital  community  and  out  of  the  physi- 
cian community,  in  some  way  or  other,  and  I  would  be  interested 
in  the  views  of  the  hospital  and  physician  communities  on  how 
they  feel  they  can  deliver  quality  in  light  of  that  sort  of  a  contrac- 
tion in  the  amount  Medicare/Medicaia  payments  and  whether  or 
not  they  feel  that  there  is  some  conflict  there. 

Also,  I  am  interested  in  knowing  how  global  budgeting  and  pre- 
mium caps  which  may  be  put  in  place  by  the  national  boards  and 
standby  price  controls  are  perceived  within  the  community  in  af- 
fecting quality  of  care,  because  the  bottom  line  here  is  quality  of 
care,  and  the  question  is  whether  or  not  this  proposal  that  has 
been  put  forward  by  Mrs.  Clinton  and  the  President  is  an  academi- 
cally driven  event  which  may  not  have  taken  into  consideration  the 
reality  of  the  hands-on  deliverers  of  the  service.  So  I  will  be  inter- 
ested of  a  review  in  that  framework. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Gregg. 

Senator  Wellstone. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Wellstone 

Senator  Wellstone.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  apologize  for 
being  late.  I  was  in  a  mark-up  of  the  Committee  on  Energy  and 
Natural  Resources. 

I  would  like  to  thank  all  of  the  panelists  for  being  here  today. 
I  really  do  believe  that  all  of  you  have  made  an  enormous  contribu- 
tion. I  cannot  remember  a  time  in  my  adult  life — and  certainly  the 
chairman  has  been  the  leader  in  the  United  States  Congress  on 
this — when  we  have  been  as  close  in  our  country  to  adopting  what 
I  think  will  be  significant  health  care  reform. 

There  are  a  couple  of  questions  or  issues,  though,  that  I  would 
like  to  highlight  today  with  you  that  I  would  be  very  interested  in 
your  reaction  to.  In  Minnesota  when  I  talk  to  caregivers,  one  of  the 
concerns  that  they  do  have  about  the  managed  competition  frame- 
work, based  upon  current  experience,  is  the  concern  about  being 
micromanaged,  the  concern  about  what  damage  might  be  done  to 
the  traditional  doctor/patient  relationship,  which  I  think  is  very, 
very  important  not  only  to  the  caregivers  but  also  to  consumers  as 
well. 

There  was  a  piece  in  the  business  section  today,  and  later  on  I  d 
like  to  zero  in  on  this,  and  the  title  is,  "Thinning  the  Health  Care 
Herd."  It  is  about  recent  health  care  mergers.  And  I  think  if  there 
is  any  concern  that  I'd  like  to  share  with  you  all  today  and  talk 
with  you  about,  it's  this  whole  issue  of  the  big  insurance  companies 


102 

coming  in  and  buying  up  managed  care  networks,  and  whether  we 
have  a  real  danger  of  medicine  going  oligopoly.  The  bottom  line  is 
clearly  not  the  only  line,  and  I  worry  about  where  caregivers  fit 
into  this.  I  would  like  to  get  your  reaction  to  a  proposal  that  I  cer- 
tainly want  to  make,  wnicn  is  that  in  any  health  care  plan, 
caregivers — and  I  define  that  broadly — doctors,  nurses,  nurse  prac- 
titioners, occupational  therapists  and  so  on — are  going  to  have  to 
have  access  to  capital  so  they  can  set  up  their  own  independent 
networks  and  not  nave  to  hang  out  a  Prudential  sign  or  whatever. 

I  wonder  what  your  reaction  might  be  to  that  kind  of  proposal 
because  I  do  worry  about  caregivers  getting  swallowed  up  in  these 
networks,  being  micromanagea,  and  I  also  worry  about  wnat  I  read 
today  in  the  Washington  Post,  as  to  where  all  of  this  is  going. 

A  second  question  that  I  have,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  I  certainly 
want  to  put  to  the  panelists  today  is  that  I  am  still  concerned 
about  whether  or  not  there  is  real  choice,  and  whether  or  not  the 
financial  incentives  or  disincentives  built  into  the  plan  may  make 
it  much  more  difficult  for  caregivers  and,  for  that  matter,  consum- 
ers as  well  to  operate  within  a  fee-for-service  framework.  Since  that 
is  extremely  important  in  parts  of  Minnesota,  where  we  are  not  at 
all  sure  managed  care  is  going  to  fit — rural,  small  town,  inner 
city — I'd  like  to  talk  to  you  all  about  that  as  well. 

Then,  finally,  I  would  like  to  zero  in  on  the  whole  question  of  liv- 
ing witnin  annual  budgets.  I  think  I  know  what  your  position  is, 
and  I  think  we  have  a  different  position,  but  as  we  think  about 
how  we  are  going  to  provide  good  care  and  also  have  some  cost  con- 
trol, I  think  that  is  a  thorny  issue  and  one  that  I  look  forward  to 
discussing  with  you. 

My  final,  final  point — again,  I  really  would  like  to  zero  in  on 
whether  or  not  we  run  the  danger  of  moving  toward  a  very 
bureaucratized,  conglomerate-like  health  care  system,  unless  some- 
how the  caregivers  are  able  to  set  up  their  own  networks  with  their 
own  capital,  without  having  to  hang  out  a  Prudential  sign.  To  me, 
that  would  be  an  anti-design  for  where  we  want  health  care  to  go. 

I  thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Well  stone  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Wellstone 

I  want  to  thank  each  of  our  distinguished  panelists  for  coming 
before  us  this  morning,  and  to  thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  call- 
ing this  hearing.  The  views  of  health  caregivers  on  health  care  re- 
form are  critically  important  to  those  of  us  who  would  legislate  that 
reform.  All  of  us  will  be  touched  in  important  ways  by  health  care 
reform,  but  the  lives  of  health  caregivers  will  be  changed  pro- 
foundly on  a  day  to  day  basis  by  the  project  we  undertake  here. 

I  am  pleased  to  note  that  there  is  fundamental  agreement  among 
those  of  you  here  before  us  that  we  must  change  our  health  care 
system  to  ensure  adequate  coverage  for  all.  We  don't  have  to  think 
back  very  far  to  remember  a  time  when  this  was  not  the  case.  I 
know  that  we  owe  this  progress  to  the  farsighted  leadership  of  sev- 
eral of  you,  and  I  want  to  thank  you  for  that  contribution  as  well. 

I  am  concerned  by  some  aspects  of  the  President's  health  care  re- 
form proposal,  and  I  believe  I  share  these  concerns  with  many 
caregivers.  The  most  consistent  message  I  hear  from  doctors  and 


103 

nurses  and  other  providers  in  Minnesota  is  that  they  want  the  au- 
tonomy to  make  the  best  clinical  decisions  for  the  people  they  treat. 
They  are  worried  about  being  herded  into  managed  care  plans  run 
by  and  for  an  insurance  company,  whose  primary  goal  is  to  turn 
a  profit.  It  is  one  reason  why  the  Ramsey  County  Medical  Society, 
the  largest  medical  society  in  Minnesota  and,  since  it  is  based  in 
the  Twin  Cities,  the  one  with  the  most  experience  with  health 
maintenance  organizations,  recently  proposed  a  study  of  single 
payer  systems.  Some  40  percent  of  managed  care  plans  are  already 
owned  by  insurance  companies,  and  the  figure  grows  daily. 

The  President's  proposal  must  assure  community  caregivers  the 
funding  and  the  independence  to  run  their  own  practices,  without 
insurance  company  interference  and  micromanagement.  We  must 
assure  that  there  is  adequate  capital  provided  to  set  up  the  kinds 
of  community-based  and  value-driven  networks  of  caregivers  that 
the  Catholic  Hospital  Association  has  described  so  eloquently. 
Those  networks,  and  all  networks,  must  incorporate  the  voices  and 
concerns  of  consumers  in  a  central,  decision-making  role. 

Our  new  world  of  providers  must  include  a  greater  role  for  ad- 
vanced practice  nurses  and  other  mid-level  practitioners  who  are 
already  so  important  in  bringing  primary  care  services  to  under- 
served  rural  areas  in  places  Tike  Minnesota.  The  President's  plan 
goes  far  in  recognizing  the  importance  of  these  professionals.  We 
must  go  farther,  and  give  them  the  opportunity  to  work  in  the  pa- 
tient-intensive settings  in  which  they  are  so  effective,  and  not  con- 
sign them  to  increasingly  understaffed  institutions,  where  covering 
an  alarmingly  high  number  of  patient  beds  and  filling  out  forms 
take  priority  over  high  quality  patient  care. 

The  proposal  must  make  free  choice  of  provider  affordable,  in- 
cluding the  choice  of  a  fee-for-service  provider.  The  current  pro- 
posal places  financial  penalties  on  those  who  would  choose  fee-for- 
service  over  a  managed  care  plan,  where  choice  of  caregiver  is  lim- 
ited. Free  choice  has  got  to  remain  available  to  middle-income  and 
low-income  Americans,  not  just  to  the  wealthiest  and  most  privi- 
leged among  us. 

I  am  introducing  into  the  record  today  a  statement  by  Dr.  Cecile 
Rose,  President  of  the  Physicians  for  a  National  Health  Program 
(PNHP).  PNHP  represents  5,500  physicians  nationwide  who  sup- 
port the  single  payer  system  proposed  in  my  legislation,  the  Amer- 
ican Health  Security  Act,  S.  491.  They  suggest  that  the  single 
payer  system  would  provide  patients  and  caregivers  the  greatest 
freedom  to  choose  their  care,  while  controlling  costs  most  effec- 
tively. 

PNHP  has  also  raised  questions  recently  about  whether  fee-for- 
service  medicine  will  remain  viable,  if  the  majority  of  consumers  in 
an  area  are  forced,  for  financial  reasons,  into  managed  care  plans. 
I  believe  those  concerns  merit  consideration. 

PNHP  also  supports,  as  does  the  President's  plan,  the  need  for 
annual  budgets  for  health  expenditures,  and  global  budgets  for  hos- 
pitals and  health  care  institutions.  This  budget  discipline  is  key  to 
controlling  health  care  costs,  and  achieving  the  expansion  of  cov- 
erage and  services  that  we  all  agree  is  so  critical.  Those  of  us  who 
applaud  universal  coverage  must  face  the  hard  facts,  that  it  is  not 
possible  if  expenditures  are  limitless.  It  is  irresponsible  to  suggest 


104 

that  we  undertake  the  kind  of  major  expansion  of  benefits  the 
President  has  suggested,  and  hope  we  can  leave  it  to  market  forces 
to  control  the  costs. 

The  market  cannot  distribute  health  care  services  or  technology 
fairly.  We  have  a  greater  supply  of  high-tech  diagnostic  equipment 
in  the  world,  but  life  expectancy  for  young  males  in  parts  of  Har- 
lem is  worse  than  in  Bangladesh.  The  U.S.  has  10,000  mammog- 
raphy machines,  while  current  demand  could  be  met  with  2,000 
machines.  Still,  low-income  women  and  African  American  women 
have  little  access  to  this  life-saving  early  cancer  detection  device, 
and  as  a  result  die  sooner  than  white  women  with  breast  cancer; 
and  because  of  under-utilization,  the  cost  of  each  test  is  twice  as 
high  as  necessary. 

Americans  already  pay  more  out  of  pocket  than  residents  of  any 
other  nation.  Somehow  we  have  not  become  sufficiently  cost-con- 
scious consumers  to  control  prices. 

I  invite  our  provider  friends  to  focus  on  the  needs  of  their  pa- 
tients and  their  nation,  as  they  always  have  at  their  best,  and  take 
the  cod  liver  oil  of  a  budget  as  necessary  to  the  cure,  even  if  not 
always  pleasant. 

We  have  a  great  deal  of  work  to  do  together  in  the  coming 
months.  I  will  continue  to  advocate  that  consumers  deserve  the 
best  health  care,  based  on  informed,  value-driven  medical  judge- 
ment, and  on  consideration  for  the  feelings  and  opinions  of  pa- 
tients. It's  the  kind  of  care  I  know  our  providers  want  to  give.  It 
must  be  based  on  the  needs  of  all  of  the  people,  in  underserved 
urban  and  rural  areas,  as  well  as  in  comfortable  corners  of  our 
country.  It  must  recognize  the  contributions  of  all  of  the  caregivers 
who  are  willing  to  serve.  And  it  cannot  be  based  on  a  corporate 
mentality  driven  by  profits  and  mergers. 

I  look  forward  to  continuing  to  work  with  you  on  these  goals,  and 
thank  you  again  for  your  testimony. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Wellstone. 

Senator  Durenberger. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Durenberger 

Senator  Durenberger.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  just  appreciate  the 
chance  to  be  here,  and  I  appreciate  the  fact  that  in  my  experience, 
I  have  had  now  going  on  16  years  of  speaking  with  these  associa- 
tions, and  I  just  nope  we  are  finally  at  the  point  where  we  can  de- 
velop a  consensus  not  just  on  the  fact  that  something  needs  to  be 
done,  but  where  we  find  the  common  interest  among  all  of  us. 

I  smile  when  I  think  about  it,  but  I  must  tell  you — and  this  is 
for  Jim  Todd's  benefit  as  well — how  confused  providers  are.  I  really 
put  this  down  to  the  fact  that  we  are  all  using  the  same  vocabu- 
lary, but  we  are  all  talking  different  languages,  literally.  But  all  of 
this  stuff  you're  going  to  hear  around  here,  talk  about  choice,  and 
accountable  health  plans,  and  until  we  can  learn  to  make  the  vo- 
cabulary mean  the  same  thing  to  everybody,  we  are  going  to  have 
some  problems. 

Without  Minnesota,  a  very  progressive  State  that  Mrs.  Clinton 
uses  as  an  example  all  the  time,  and  we've  got  all  these  terrific 
doctors  and  hospitals  and  all  that  sort  of  thing,  last  weekend,  the 
Minnesota  Medical  Association  went  up  to  Duluth,  and  the  pro- 


105 

posal  was  that  they  should  initiate  a  study  of  the  single-payer  sys- 
tem, the  one  which  my  colleague  advocates,  and  it  came  within  two 
votes  of  passing.  To  me,  in  a  State  which  has  shown  provider  cre- 
ativity, which  is  being  penalized  consistently  by  Government-run 
systems,  the  past  president  of  the  association  says,  "Well,  I  am  for 
a  single-payer  system;  I  just  don't  want  the  Government  involved 
in  it.  [Laughter.] 
Senator  Wellstone.  He  says  more  than  that,  but  I'll  keep  that 

out. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Well,  with  all  due  respect  to  him  and  to 
others,  it  is  confusing  out  there;  it  is  really  very  confusing  out 
there,  particularly  for  people  who  have  committed  themselves  pro- 
fessionally to  the  good  of  all  the  rest  of  us  in  health  care. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Durenberger. 

Senator  Hatch. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Hatch 

Senator  Hatch.  Thank  you,  Senator  Kennedy. 

P.J.  O'Rourke  said  if  you  think  health  care  is  expensive  now, 
wait  until  you  see  it  when  it  is  "free." 

As  we  continue  this  important  series  of  hearings,  certain  points 
will  be  repeatedly  heard — the  need  for  universal  coverage  for  all 
Americans,  the  need  to  make  institutions  more  efficient,  the  need 
to  reduce  bureaucracy;  the  need  to  reduce  fraud  and  abuse,  and  the 
need  to  curtail  increases  in  Federal  spending  for  Medicaid  and 
Medicare. 

I  want  to  emphasize  that  we  must  seek  to  preserve  the  vast  ma- 
jority of  our  health  care  system  because  it  works  well,  and  select 
carefully  those  aspects  that  need  improvement.  We  should  seek  to 
avoid  making  changes  for  the  sake  of  change,  or  for  trying  out  new 
ideas  that  have  not  been  appropriately  tested  or  refined.  We  must 
recognize  that  there  is  no  single  simple  answer  although  witnesses 
may  offer  many  steps  that  might  be  helpful. 

During  these  hearings,  we  must  hope  that  witnesses  will  offer 
differing  opinions  of  how  they  view  problems  and  solutions  of  our 
complex  systemic  problems  in  health  care.  I  am  hopeful  that  at  the 
end  of  these  hearings,  we  will  have  a  robust  and  useful  set  of 
views.  We  will  then  need  to  decide  what  problems  need  to  be  ad- 
dressed, in  what  priority,  and  move  rapidly  to  determine  the  best 
options  for  reform. 

I  would  like  to  hear  these  witnesses'  views  on  insurance  reform 
as  we  contemplate  universal  insurance.  I  would  like  their  reaction 
to  my  belief  that  reform  must  require  individual  responsibility  and 
provide  choice  of  care  provider.  I  want  to  know  why  they  believe 
Americans  should  not  be  responsible  for  their  own  health  care 
under  an  individual  manage.  And  why  shouldn't  Americans  have 
real  choice  over  what  is  covered  under  a  benefit  package?  Shouldn't 
each  American  have  the  right  to  choose  his  or  her  own  physician? 

As  you  know,  I  have  long  championed  malpractice  reform  as  a 
fundamental  improvement  to  health  care.  Medical  liability  costs 
are  estimated  to  range  by  the  AMA  upward  of  around  $25  billion 
plus.  I  think  it  is  far  higher  than  that  if  you  take  into  consideration 
all  the  aspects  of  defensive  medicine  tnat  come  from  the  fear  of 
doctors  that  they  are  going  to  be  sued  for  medical  liability. 


106 

The  providers  testifying  today  all  confront  medical  liability  daily. 
I  want  to  have  their  views  on  my  proposals  for  innovative  arbitra- 
tion and  alternative  dispute  resolution  mechanisms  to  keep  medical 
liability  problem  out  of  the  courtroom.  Do  they  favor  caps  on  non- 
economic  damages;  limitations  on  single  payments  and  limitations 
on  attorneys'  fees? 

Likewise,  I  have  urged  reform  of  antitrust  laws  that  unneces- 
sarily cost  us.  Hospitals  in  Utah  and  other  States  have  spent  mil- 
lions defending  against  Federal  enforcement  of  antitrust  laws — mil- 
lions of  dollars  that  could  have  been  spent  on  patient  care.  Do  the 
witnesses  agree  with  the  providers  in  Utah  and  elsewhere,  which 
have  repeatedly  complained  that  Federal  laws  prevent  them  from 
achieving  greater  efficiency  in  giving  services? 

Do  the  witnesses  share  my  view  that  the  legislative  relief  is  nec- 
essary to  protect  rural  hospitals,  which  are  fearful  of  even  talking 
about  any  kind  of  cooperation,  because  Federal  enforcement  agen- 
cies may  find  an  antitrust  violation? 

We  all  hear  complaints  about  the  bureaucratic  complexity  of  pro- 
viders and  Government,  the  mountains  of  forms  and  the  tangle  of 
necessary  approvals.  I  am  sure  that  the  witnesses  will  agree  that 
agreement  on  common  forms  and  electronic  processing  will  greatly 
simplify  administrative  costs.  Do  they  believe,  however,  that  we 
can  have  a  single  form  on  one  page  for  all  providers? 

As  we  look  ahead,  I  want  to  keep  the  bureaucracy  to  a  minimum. 
I  hope  the  witnesses  will  let  us  know  how  different  types  of  propos- 
als for  Government  intervention  would  add  administrative  costs.  If 
the  goal  is  to  keep  health  care  money  flowing  to  patient  care  and 
cut  trie  cost  of  red  tape,  then  we  ougnt  to  do  everything  we  can  to 
do  that. 

Finally,  the  bottom  line  issue  is  controlling  the  costs  of  health 
care,  including  the  soaring  costs  associated  with  Medicaid  and 
Medicare.  My  view  is  that  price  controls  in  whatever  form  should 
be  avoided  at  all  costs,  and  I  believe  that  we  need  to  hear  opinions 
on  how  to  control  costs  without  price  controls. 

I  also  want  to  avoid  shifting  Medicaid  and  Medicare  costs  to  pri- 
vate insurance  without  making  the  necessary  reforms  that  would 
curtail  unnecessary  cost  increases.  It  is  in  the  area  of  cost  control 
that  I  think  we  will  need  the  views  of  our  very  best  minds  in  this 
country  to  determine  approaches  that  can  control  costs  without  los- 
ing quality  or  imposing  rationing. 

So  Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  happy  that  you  are  conducting  these 
hearings  and  taking  such  a  great  interest  in  this  matter,  as  you  al- 
ways have,  and  I  appreciate  your  leadership  in  this  matter.  I  hope 
these  questions,  though,  can  be  answered. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Hatch. 

Senator  Simon. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Simon 

Senator  Simon.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  have  no  opening  statement.  We  obviously  are  going  to  be  hear- 
ing a  great  deal  in  this  area  over  the  coming  months,  and  I  look 
forward  to  that. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Kassebaum. 


107 

Senator  Kassebaum.  I  have  no  opening  statement,  Mr.  Chair- 
man. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  The  first  panel  is  composed  of  representatives  of 
the  two  leading  hospital  associations  of  the  United  States.  Dick  Da- 
vidson is  president  of  the  American  Hospital  Association.  Many  of 
us  have  worked  closely  with  him  over  the  years.  He  is  widely  re- 
spected by  Members  of  Congress  on  both  sides  of  the  aisle. 

I  think  you  know,  Mr.  Davidson,  we  have  a  very  effective  associa- 
tion in  Massachusetts;  Steve  Hagerty  chairs  that  association,  and 
they  have  been  enormously  constructive  and  positive  and  helpful  to 
all  of  us  in  terms  of  understanding  the  interests  of  the  hospitals. 

We  are  delighted  as  well  to  welcome  Sister  Maryanna  Coyle,  who 
is  the  president  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity  of  Cincinnati  and  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  operation  of  the  health  care  system  that  includes 
20  hospitals  as  well  as  other  health  facilities.  She  is  here  today  as 
chairperson  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Catholic  Health  Associa- 
tion of  the  United  States.  The  Catholic  Health  Association  rep- 
resents more  than  1,200  Catholic  health  facilities  nationwide  and 
has  been  in  the  forefront  of  the  movement  to  assure  health  care  ac- 
cess for  all.  As  she  knows,  Sister  Caritas  of  Mercy  Hospital  in 
Springfield  is  one  of  the  very  dynamic  spokespersons  also  on  the 
issue  of  health  care,  and  I  know  she  shares  my  high  regard  for  her. 
We  are  delighted  to  have  her  here  today. 

Mr.  Davidson,  as  you  can  probably  tell  at  the  outset,  there  is  not 
a  uniform  opinion  about  what  we  ought  to  be  doing. 

Just  before  you  proceed,  I  see  my  friend  and  colleague  Harris 
Wofford.  Did  you  have  any  opening  comment? 

Senator  Wofford.  No,  Mr.  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Chairman.  Before  we  begin  I  have  a  statements  from  Sen- 
ators Mikulski  and  Dodd. 

The  prepared  statements  of  Senators  Mikulski  and  Dodd  follow:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Meculski 

Madame  Secretary,  it  is  an  honor  to  welcome  you  back  to  this 
Committee.  In  your  short  tenure  at  HHS  you  have  already  become 
a  forceful  advocate  for  prevention.  Your  leadership  on  childhood  im- 
munization is  to  be  commended.  And  that  leadership  is  reflected  as 
well  in  the  President's  health  care  plan,  I  would  also  like  to  extend 
a  warm  welcome  to  our  other  witnesses  testifying  today. 

I  am  very  pleased  to  see  that  the  President's  plan  builds  on  the 
provision  of  prevention  services— especially  for  women  and  children 
where  it  has  been  so  neglected  in  our  health  care  system  in  the 
past. 

In  fact,  I  believe  that  this  is  the  first  President  to  not  only  advo- 
cate a  comprehensive  core  benefit  package  for  everyone  but  to  ad- 
vocate access  that  is  based  on  prevention  and  screening. 

Health  promotion  and  disease  prevention  are  perhaps  our  best 
opportunity  to  reduce  the  ever-increasing  portion  of  our  resources 
that  we  spend  to  treat  diseases.  Medical  care  alone  won't  work.  The 
best  research  alone  won't  work.  Caring  and  sensitive  health  care 
providers  alone  won't  work. 

We  need  all  of  that  and  we  need  more.  We  need  a  basic  benefit 
package  that  provides — free  of  charge — key  preventive  health  bene- 


108 

fits.  We  need  to  create  a  culture  of  personal  responsibility  for 
healthy  behavior.  And  we  need  a  strong  public  health  service  that 
provides  education,  outreach  and  services  for  people  in  their  com- 
munities. 

There  is  perhaps  no  greater  challenge  we  face  than  stopping  dis- 
ease and  illness  before  it  starts.  Saving  lives  has  long  been  a  core 
mission  of  this  Committee  and  of  the  public  health  service.  The  eco- 
nomics of  prevention — as  we  have  found  out  from  Healthy  People 
2000 — is  not  only  good  for  our  health — it  is  good  for  our  wallet. 

Think  of  the  lives  and  money  we  could  save  if  we  turned  our 
health  care  system  upside  down  and  started  preventing  disease  in- 
stead of  waiting  until  people  got  sick.  The  yearly  cost  of  treating 
alcohol  and  drug  abuse  is  at  least  $16  billion.  Smoking  related  ill- 
ness cost  $65  billion  a  year.  Preventable  injury  alone  costs  over 
$100  billion  a  year,  cancer  over  $70  billion  and  cardiovascular  dir 
ease  $135  billion. 

We  need  to  change  the  mind  set  in  this  country.  And  this  pla 
will  begin  to  help  us  do  that. 

Madame  Secretary,  last  year  one-third  of  American  women  di 
not  get  any  basic  preventive  service.  No  mammogram.  No  pelvic 
exam  or  pap  test.  No  physical  or  breast  examination. 

Breast  cancer,  cervical  cancer  and  other  gynecological  cancers 
diseases  can  be  prevented  or  detected  early  and  treated  success- 
fully. Yet  by  and  large,  these  women  were  not  referred  by  their 
physician  for  screening  services. 

I  am  very  pleased  that  the  President's  plan  provides  for  these 
services,  but  I  have  some  serious  concerns  about  the  frequency  for 
which  they  will  be  provided. 

The  President's  plan  seems  to  call  for  a  screening  mammogram 
for  women  every  other  year  after  the  age  of  50 — even  though  the 
American  Cancer  Society  and  the  National  Cancer  Institute  rec- 
ommend annual  screening  after  the  age  of  50  and  screening  every 
other  year  for  women  over  the  age  of  40.  The  Plan  also  limits  an- 
nual pap  tests  to  once  every  three  years  if  a  woman  tests  negative 
for  three  years  in  a  row. 

I  also  have  some  concern  that  money  will  be  cut — over  $90  mil- 
lion— from  the  public  health  service  programs  to  offset  the  cost  of 
the  new  plan  before  the  new  plan  is  even  operational. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  public  health  services  this  Committee  legis- 
lates are  vital  to  our  states,  our  local  communities  and  to  the  peo- 
ple they  serve.  They  create  the  infrastructure  at  the  community 
level  that  get  people  to  the  services  they  need.  They  monitor  access 
to  care  and  assure  services  for  people  who  otherwise  do  not  have 
access  to  appropriate  care.  They  promote  health. 

I  know  we  share  common  goals  in  reforming  our  health  care  sys- 
tem Madame  Secretary:  first,  that  the  new  system  make  health 
care  accessible  to  everyone:  second,  that  it  control  costs  without 
cutting  quality:  third,  that  it  make  health  care  reliable  and  port- 
able, and  forth,  that  it  eliminate  the  hassle  for  families,  business 
and  providers. 

I  look  forward  to  your  testimony  and  to  working  with  you  in  get- 
ting the  best  health  care  reform  legislation  enacted  into  law. 


109 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Dodd 

I  want  to  thank  the  Chair  for  holding  this  morning's  hearing.  In 
my  view,  it's  critical  that  we  hear  the  views  of  people  on  the  front 
lines  of  medicine  early  in  the  discussion  of  health  care  reform. 

IMPORTANCE  OF  PROVIDERS'  VffiWS 

It  makes  sense  that  our  first  two  hearings— following  Mrs.  Clin- 
ton's overview — would  focus  on  patients  and  providers,  the  groups 
most  directly  affected  by  our  current  system  and  proposed  reforms. 

providers'  UNIQUE  VD3W  to  what's  wrong 

Our  providers  have  a  unique  view  of  what's  wrong  with  our 
health  care  system.  Our  doctors  and  nurses  know  what  it  means 
when  a  patient's  care  cannot  be  continued  because  of  the  loss  of  in- 
surance. They  know  what  it  means  when  necessary  procedures  are 
not  covered  by  a  patient's  insurance  plan.  Patients  end  up  in  their 
offices  who  cannot  afford  to  pay  the  out  of  pocket  costs  for  medi- 
cine. And  our  hospitals  know  the  human  and  economic  cost  of 
treating  the  uninsured  in  emergency  rooms. 

Our  providers  face  frustration  in  the  system  every  day.  They 
spend  time  doing  paper  work  when  they  could  be  with  patients. 
They  are  forced  to  practice  defensive  medicine,  yet  are  blamed  for 
ordering  too  many  tests.  If  they  choose  to  practice  in  an  under- 
served  area  they  have  limited  access  to  information  and  technology 
and  face  demand  for  their  services  that  outstrips  their  time. 

MAINTAIN  QUALITY  CARE 

While  providers  can  tell  us  much  about  what's  wrong,  they  offer 
an  important  view  on  proposed  changes  to  the  health  care  system. 
We  need  to  hear  from  providers  so  that  as  we  move  to  fix  what's 
wrong,  we  do  not  inadvertently  disrupt  or  destroy  what's  right  in 
our  health  care  system.  And  our  Nation's  providers  are  a  major 
part  of  what's  right.  Indeed,  the  Nation  is  focused  on  the  issue  of 
health  care  reform  largely  because  we  want  all  Americans  to  have 
access  to  the  high  quality  care  that  now  exists  only  for  some. 

Mrs.  Clinton  emphasized  to  this  committee  last  week  that  "we 
want  to  preserve  and  strengthen  the  high  quality  of  medical  care 
that  is  a  trademark  of  our  Nation — our  unrivaled  doctors,  nurses, 
hospitals,  and  sophisticated  technology."  She  and  every  member  of 
this  committee  agree  that  the  health  care  in  this  country  is  the 
envy  of  the  world.  I  look  forward  to  hearing  from  the  provider 
groups  this  morning  and  expect  to  maintain  an  ongoing  dialog  as 
the  debate  continues.  Our  nurses,  hospitals,  primary  care  doctors, 
and  specialists  are  the  backbone  of  our  health  care  system,  and 
therefore  critical  to  the  discussion. 

Mr.  Chatoman.  Mr.  Davidson,  please  proceed. 


110 

STATEMENTS  OF  DICK  DAVIDSON,  PRESIDENT,  AMERICAN 
HOSPITAL  ASSOCIATION,  WASHINGTON,  DC,  AND  SISTER 
MARYANNA  COYLE,  PRESIDENT,  SISTERS  OF  CHARITY  OF 
CINCINNATI,  AND  CHAHiPERSON,  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES, 
CATHOLIC  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 
WASHINGTON,  DC 

Mr.  Davidson.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman  and  good  morning. 

I  am  Dick  Davidson,  president  of  the  American  Hospital  Associa- 
tion. We  are  kind  of  the  umbrella  group  of  all  of  the  hospitals  in 
America,  some  5,000  member  institutions  across  the  country,  rep- 
resenting virtually  all  of  the  interest — religious,  not-for-profit,  in- 
vestor-owned, governmental  institutions.  You  name  them,  and  they 
are  an  integral  part  of  our  association.  So  when  we  speak  here  be- 
fore you  today,  we  are  speaking  in  the  interests  of  all  of  the  hos- 
pitals in  America. 

I  want  to  say  at  the  outset  that  the  American  Hospital  Associa- 
tion salutes  President  Clinton  and  the  First  Lady  for  nurturing  the 
current  health  care  reform  debate.  We  think  it  is  time;  we  think 
we  will  all  come  to  some  place  where  we  will  reach  some  agree- 
ment. America  is  ready  for  this,  and  providers  are  ready  for  it.  The 
status  quo  is  no  longer  sustainable,  and  we  have  got  to  move  to  a 
better  place. 

We  commend  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  know  you  must  feel  excited 
about  what  is  going  on,  after  25  years  of  being  a  pioneer  in  this 
area.  It  seems  tnat  timing  is  everything,  and  the  time  is  now. 

What  I  would  like  to  do  this  morning  is  to  talk  a  little  bit  about 
some  of  the  issues  of  the  President's  proposal  and  get  to  some  de- 
tails later.  There  are  three  things. 

First,  the  President's  plan  has  a  lot  of  common  ground  for  hos- 
pitals in  this  country,  because  we  stand  for  a  variety  of  things  and 
feel  strongly  about  them.  No.  1,  we  feel  that  our  job  is  to  help  im- 
prove the  nealth  of  the  population.  Second,  we  are  for  universal  ac- 
cess to  health  insurance.  We  think  that  is  a  moral  imperative,  and 
it  is  time  to  move  there.  Third,  we  think  we  need  a  more  integrated 
delivery  system.  The  current  one  does  not  work  effectively,  and  we 
must  change  it. 

In  addition,  we  think  there  needs  to  be  economic  discipline  in  the 
system  in  order  to  deal  with  cost  control,  and  we  think  there  must 
be  much  greater  public  accountability.  We  need  to  deal  with  the 
problems  of  professional  liability  and  to  move  on  into  other  areas 
of  antitrust,  and  we  thank  Senator  Metzenbaum  for  his  leadership. 
We  have  made  an  important  first  step,  and  we  thank  you  publicly, 
Senator,  for  your  leadership  in  that  area. 

Second,  universal  access  and  delivery  system  reform  are  our  two 
highest  priorities.  We  do  not  believe  that  access  to  care  in  America 
should  be  expanded  into  this  delivery  system;  if  we  are  going  to 
give  more  Americans  the  opportunity  to  get  care,  it  shoula  be  into 
a  new  delivery  system,  and  we  are  prepared  to  talk  about  that. 

Finally,  with  any  comprehensive  health  care  reform  proposal, 
there  are  going  to  be  certain  things  that  people  have  some  concern 
about,  and  we  have  some  concerns  with  the  Clinton  plan  and  will 
share  our  observations  about  them  and  whether  we  can  offer  some 
proposals  to  clear  up  the  rough  spots. 


Ill 

Let  me  first  accentuate  the  positive — how  the  President's  plan 
fits  our  vision.  We  stand  squarely  behind  the  President's  insistence 
on  achieving  universal  access  to  insurance  through  the  workplace. 
It  is  the  most  practical  way  to  achieve  the  objective;  we  think  it 
may  be  the  only  way  to  get  there  in  the  near  term.  The  status  quo 
is  not  sustainable,  and  that  is  why  we  support  that  notion. 

The  President's  plan  also  begins  to  create  a  new  environment  for 
health  care  delivery  for  hospitals,  for  doctors  and  other  providers, 
in  essence  bringing  us  together  to  cooperate.  The  accountable 
health  plans  he  proposes  are  Trissing  cousins"  to  the  AHA's  notion 
of  community  care  networks.  We  would  hope  that  they  would  actu- 
ally become  "twins"  in  that  we  think  it  is  essential  that  we  have 
community-based  organizations  working  together.  So  we  think  we 
can  build  on  the  President's  proposal  to  bring  about  more  commu- 
nity-based collaboration  among  doctors  and  hospitals,  and  we  can 
talk  about  that. 

Our  job,  in  our  view,  is  that  we  should  do  what  we  do  best,  and 
that  is  keeping  people  healthy  and  taking  care  of  the  sick  and  in- 
jured. That  is  the  nature  of  the  business  we  are  in,  community  by 
community,  across  America. 

Next,  the  problems  and  our  proposed  solutions.  First,  Medicare 
program  spending  growth  is  arbitrarily  capped  so  that  about  $124 
billion  is  squeezed  out  by  the  year  2000.  These  changes  are  not  in- 
tended to  fix  what  is  wrong  with  the  Medicare  program.  These 
changes  in  payments  to  hospitals  and  doctors  are  made  solely  for 
the  purpose  of  financing  additional  benefits.  And  of  course  we  agree 
with  the  idea  of  providing  expanded  benefits,  but  we  strongly  object 
to  financing  them  out  of  further  payment  cuts  to  hospitals,  which 
in  essence  provide  a  substantial  portion  of  care  to  the  Nation's  el- 
derly. We  do  not  think  that  system  can  work  the  way  it  is  struc- 
tured at  this  point. 

This,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  services  for  the  Medicare  popu- 
lation continue  to  be  paid  for  in  the  President's  plan  on  a  per-ad- 
mission  or  per-visit  basis,  really  amounts  in  our  view  to  business 
as  usual,  and  we  have  got  to  change  that. 

Medicare's  payment  system  is  broken.  We  can  tinker  on  the 
edges  of  payment  forever  and  never  get  it  straight  and  never  get 
it  fixed.  We  have  got  to  change  that,  and  in  this  reform  proposal, 
we  have  got  to  look  at  ways  that  we  can  move  the  elderly  of  the 
Nation  into  a  new  delivery  system.  We  think  that  that  is  absolutely 
essential. 

Also,  the  overall  plan  reduces  the  deficit  by  $91  billion.  We  just 
went  through  a  budget  debate  and  budget  crisis  where  we  ulti- 
mately ended  up  using  payment  to  hospitals  and  doctors  to  reduce 
the  deficit  by  some  $56  billion.  We  cannot  imagine  that  we  are 

going  to  sustain  another  $91  billion  deficit  reduction  strategy  in  the 
ealth  care  field,  and  we  think  that  those  funds  ought  to  be  used 
to  expand  the  benefits  to  senior  citizens,  and  those  funds  ought  to 
be  set  aside  to  assure  that  we  don't  have  to  have  arbitrary  cutbacks 
in  the  future;  that  health  care  reform  should  not  be  the  vehicle  for 
deficit  reduction.  We  are  trying  to  solve  a  very  serious  social  and 
economic  problem  in  this  country.  So  we  are  very  concerned  about 
that. 


112 

In  addition,  the  way  we  treat  Medicare  patients  today  if  we  are 
going  to  move  into  the  future  and  have  two  kinds  of  delivery  sys- 
tems— one  for  people  outside  Medicare  and  one  for  people  in  Medi- 
care. Forty  percent  of  the  revenues  that  flow  through  hospitals  and 
30  percent  of  the  patients  that  we  treat  are  senior  citizens.  We  can- 
not reform  the  delivery  system  if  in  fact  almost  half  of  the  folks 
that  we  take  care  of  are  on  a  different  kind  of  payment  arrange- 
ment. So  we  have  got  to  change  that. 

The  Medicare  spending  cap  is  iust  one  kind  of  cap  that  is  being 
looked  at.  But  there  is  also  another  cap  being  looked  at,  and  that 
is  another  way  to  find  how  to  put  a  cap  on  private  sector  spending. 
The  administration  proposes  a  formulistic  strategy  to  putting  a  cap 
on  private  spending  through  insurance  premium  caps,  and  it  is  a 
formulistic  approach  which  defies  some  logic.  We  think  it  is  impor- 
tant to  begin  to  look  at  how  we  have  targets  to  look  at  in  the  fu- 
ture, but  to  say  that  we  are  going  to  have  arbitrary  caps  and  kind 
of  put  the  system  on  "cruise  control"  and  take  our  hands  off  the 
wheel  is  something  that  concerns  us  very  much. 

Instead,  in  our  view,  any  attempt  to  limit  spending  on  the  pri- 
vate side  must  include  a  process  to  match  personal  health  needs 
with  available  resources  in  an  open  and  public  way.  We  have  got 
to  have  public  debate  as  we  expand  benefits,  so  we  are  sure  we 
don't  make  more  promises  than  we  can  deliver.  We  think  the  Presi- 
dent's proposal  for  an  independent  commission  provides  the  public 
opportunity  to  have  those  kinds  of  debates  along  with  the  U.S.  Sen- 
ate and  the  House  of  Representatives,  and  we  think  that  is  an  es- 
sential way  to  do  that. 

So  we  are  unalterably  opposed  to  the  kinds  of  price  controls  that 
are  described  in  the  President's  proposal,  but  we  are  certainly  will- 
ing to  talk  about  some  way  to  establish  reasonable  growth  and 
oversight  in  health  care  expenditures  for  the  United  States. 

Health  system  costs  can  only  be  controlled  if  we  change  the  way 
we  operate  at  the  community  level.  I  just  want  to  repeat  that.  To 
us,  that  is  the  most  essential  thing.  We  must  change  the  health  de- 
livery system  community  by  community  across  America.  The  job  of 
the  Federal  Government  is  to  provide  incentives  to  make  that  hap- 
pen. There  is  no  cookie  cutter  that  we  can  provide  from  Washing- 
ton to  make  these  things  happen.  But  there  are  incentives,  and  we 
think  the  President's  plan  provides  incentives.  They  employ 
capitated  payments  to  groups  of  providers.  From  our  perspective, 
this  is  absolutely  key  to  cost  control  because  it  is  going  to  encour- 
age hospitals  and  doctors  and  other  providers  to  begin  to  work  to- 
gether in  a  way  you  have  not  seen  them  work  together  in  the  past. 
We  think  that  is  the  key  to  success  for  the  future. 

For  such  collaborative  effort  to  be  successful,  we  see  the  need  for 
some  change  in  the  way  the  President's  accountable  health  plans 
are  put  together.  There  needs  to  be  a  lot  more  detail.  We  think  the 
President  is  absolutely  on  the  right  track.  We  think  there  must  be 
better  safeguards  to  prevent  these  plans  from  being  simply  fly-by- 
night  insurance  mechanisms  run  out  of  tall  buildings  in  big  cities, 
with  computers  and  discounted  contracts.  In  our  view,  that  is  not 
health  care  reform.  We  think  we  have  got  to  reform  the  system 
community  by  community  and  let  communities  have  responsibility 
for  oversight. 


113 

So  we  propose  minimum  Federal  guidelines  for  health  plans  to 
ensure  that  they  are  locally  governed  and  accountable  to  the  people 
they  serve.  We  need  to  turn  the  health  care  delivery  system  back 
to  the  people.  To  us,  that  is  the  essential  way  to  reform  this  sys- 
tem. 

In  closing,  these  are  the  key  issues  for  America's  hospitals.  We 
have  many  other  ideas  for  change  that  will  help  make  the  pieces 
of  this  reform  plan  better  and  fit  together,  and  we  are  willing  to 
support  them  and  support  them  vigorously.  We  pledge  to  you,  ^lr. 
Chairman  and  members  of  this  committee,  a  constructive  hospital 
effort  to  achieve  the  key  principles  outlined  in  the  President's  plan 
and  reach  our  shared  goal  of  better  health  care  for  all  Americans. 
We  think  the  time  is  now. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Davidson  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Dick  Davidson 

Good  morning.  I  am  Dick  Davidson.  President  of  the  American  Hospital  Associa- 
tion, representing  5,000  hospitals  ana  health  care  organizations  across  America.  It 
is  a  pleasure  to  be  here  this  morning  in  the  cause  of  moving  health  care  reform  for- 
ward!. Senator  Kennedy  and  other  members  of  this  committee  have  been  true  pio- 
neers in  the  effort  to  extend  and  improve  health  coverage  for  the  nation,  and  I  know 
you  share  the  American  Hospital  Association's  excitement  about  the  real  oppor- 
tunity for  achieving  that  goal  that  the  current  environment  provides  us. 

AHA  salutes  President  Clinton  and  the  First  Lady  for  their  significant  work  in 
nurturing  the  current  reform  climate.  America's  hospitals,  through  AHA,  have 
worked  for  more  than  two  years  to  shape  our  own  blueprint  for  health  care  reform: 
we  are  very  pleased  that  the  President's  plan  shares  many  of  our  building  blocks. 
In  a  nutshell,  AHA's  reform  objectives  include: 

1.  Universal  access  in  a  reasonable  time  period  financed  in  a  pluralistic  man- 
ner; 

2.  Redeveloping  health  care  delivery  into  an  integrated  and  coordinated  sys- 
tem able  to  address  the  needs  of  the  population; 

3.  Economic      discipline      based     on      clear      incentives      rather     than 
micro  management; 

4.  Balancing  promised  benefits  with  adequate  financing; 

5.  Public  accountability  for  the  clinical  effectiveness  and  economic  efficiency 
of  health  plans; 

6.  Antitrust  and  malpractice  reform. 

You  will  notice  that  "universal  access"  is  at  the  top  of  the  list.  We  share  the  Presi- 
dent's belief  that  any  reform  plan  must  move  us  as  quickly  as  possible  to  health 
coverage  for  all.  This  is  a  non-negotiable  item  for  us,  not  only  because  it  is  the  mor- 
ally right  thing  to  do,  but  also  because  without  universal  coverage  health  care  re- 
form simply  doesn't  work — without  it,  you  will  still  have  a  system  with  providers 
continuing  to  shift  costs  from  the  uninsured  to  the  privately  insured,  undermining 
our  goal  of  moderating  rising  health  costs. 

The  other  basic  building  block  we  share  with  the  Clinton  proposal  is  its  boldness 
in  calling  for  a  fundamentally  restructured  health  care  delivery  system.  In  the  Clin- 
ton proposal,  health  plans  would  offer  a  guaranteed  national  benefit  package  to  con- 
sumers, without  regard  to  pre-existing  conditions.  The  plans  would  receive  a  fixed, 
per-person  annual  payment,  providing  the  financial  resources  for  preventive  care 
that  our  current  system  so  sorely  lacks. 

The  Clinton  proposal's  "health  plans"  provide  the  structure  to  accommodate 
AHA's  own  approach  to  restructuring  the  delivery  system  through  community  care 
networks — cooperating  groups  of  local  providers  paid  on  a  capitated,  or  per-person, 
basis.  This  approach  provides  the  economic  incentives  for  providers  to  work  to- 
gether, eliminating  expensive  duplication  of  services  and  technology,  and  for  estab- 
lishing a  seamless  system  of  care  that  works  better  for  patients. 

We  also  like  the  fact  that  the  Clinton  proposal  establishes  a  framework  for  a  na- 
tional independent  commission  that  would  interpret  and  update  the  guaranteed  na- 
tional benefit  package  to  be  offered  to  consumers.  And,  we  endorse  the  proposal's 
movement  toward  more  clearly  spelling  out  anti-trust  guidelines.  The  current  anti- 
trust climate  is  murky.  Hospitals  that  want  to  merge  or  share  technology  are  some- 


114 

times  discouraged  from  doing  so  out  of  fear  of  running  afoul  of  the  Justice  Depart- 
ment and  regulators.  This  chilling  effect  undermines  our  shared  goal  of  achieving 
greater  efficiency  in  health  care  delivery. 

While  we  have  more  agreement  than  disagreement  with  the  Clinton  proposal — 
more  common  ground  than  battleground — we  would  like  to  share  with  you  our  areas 
of  significant  concern,  and  offer  our  view  of  how  these  areas  can  be  improved. 

First,  under  the  Clinton  proposal  Medicare  spending  growth  is  capped  so  that 
$124  billion  is  squeezed  out  of  the  program  by  the  year  2000.  These  changes  are 
not  intended  to  fix  what's  wrong  with  the  Medicare  program.  They  will  fund  pre- 
scription drug  and  long-term  care  benefits  for  the  elderly.  We  are  supportive  of 
these  benefits,  but  we  can't  support  underpaying  hospitals  in  order  to  finance  them. 

The  solution?  The  Clinton  plan  calls  for  using  reform  savings  and  taxes  to  reduce 
the  deficit  by  $91  billion.  We  believe  those  savings  should  be  left  in  the  health  care 
reform  effort  where  they  can  reduce  the  need  for  arbitrary  cuts.  First  of  all,  provid- 
ing universal  access  to  health  coverage  is  going  to  increase  health  spending.  This 
is  not  the  time  to  be  bleeding  resources  from  the  system.  Second,  the  process  of 
reconfiguring  hospitals  and  other  provider  services  also  takes  financial  resources. 
We  know  from  experience  that  laying  out  a  solid  plan  for  merging  services  between 
two  hospitals,  or  between  a  hospital  and  physician  group,  can  take  a  year  or  more. 
Hospitals  must  have  the  resources  that  allow  them  to  do  this;  they  won't  have  them 
in  a  too-constrained  financial  environment. 

The  infrastructure  investments  we  all  endorse  in  order  to  reduce  administrative 
costs — electronic  billing,  computerized  patient  records,  new  information  systems — 
also  require  front-end  dollars  before  they  can  be  put  in  place.  Our  ability  to  get  be- 
yond the  traditional  hospital  acute  care  role  that  will  be  necessary  under  reform  is 
also  jeopardized  by  excessive  spending  reductions.  For  example,  consumer  edu- 
cation, wellness,  and  outreach  programs — not  funded  by  the  current  system — are 
among  the  most  vulnerable  programs  when  finances  are  squeezed. 

A  similar  disconnect  of  actual  needs  from  resources  happens  on  the  private  side 
in  the  Clinton  proposal,  where  spending  growth  is  capped  by  tying  it  to  the 
Consumer  Price  index  (CPI).  But  the  CPI  has  no  real  link  to  the  actual  costs  of  pro- 
viding care;  health  care  has  its  own  set  of  input  costs  that  aren't  reflected  in  the 
CPI — labor  costs  that  are  driven  up  by  health  care  personnel  shortages  and  the 
steeply  rising  cost  of  new  medical  technology,  for  example. 

We  agree  on  the  need  to  slow  health  spending  growth.  But  to  try  to  do  it  through 
a  rigid  formula  amounts  to  putting  the  system  on  cruise  control,  taking  one's  hands 
off  the  steering  wheel,  and  hoping  for  the  best.  That  is  not  a  responsible  way  to 
navigate  the  uncharted  territory  of  health  reform.  Why?  Because  it  doesn't  allow  us 
to  adjust  course  to  accommodate  unforeseen  circumstances.  The  slowness  of  the 
economy  in  coming  out  of  the  recession;  previously  unknown  crises  such  as  the  AIDs 
epidemic — all  caution  that  we  keep  our  hands  firmly  on  the  steering  wheel.  And  the 
way  v-e  do  that  is  to  match  health  needs  with  available  resources  in  an  on-going, 
open  and  public  way.  In  our  view,  that  should  be  the  job  of  the  independent  national 
commission. 

We  also  have  concerns  about  the  structure  of  the  Clinton  health  plans.  While  they 
have  shared  characteristics  with  our  vision  of  integrating  care  through  community 
care  networks,  they  are  by  no  means  identical.  The  health  plans  must  have  a  better- 
defined  role  set  out  at  the  national  level,  and  more  accountability  built  in  at  the 
local  level.  We  have  real  concerns  that  as  currently  defined  they  could  harbor  fly- 
by-night  insurance  schemes.  The  way  to  address  these  concerns  is  to  make  sure 
health  plans  are  under  local  governance,  are  targeted  toward  meeting  local  needs, 
and  have  a  local  accountability  mechanism. 

So  yes,  there  is  work  to  be  done  in  examining  these  and  other  areas  of  concern, 
such  as  the  size  of  health  alliances.  We  need  to  work  together  to  identify  options 
and  compromises.  But  it's  not  an  impossible  job.  We  have  been  given  a  strong  start 
by  the  President  and  the  First  Lady  in  putting  forth  a  serious  reform  initiative. 
Much  work  has  already  been  done  in  Congress  as  well,  including  efforts  by  this  com- 
mittee. And  a  spirit  of  bi-partisanship  is  emerging. 

For  those  of  us  who  see  a  broken  health  care  system  and  want  to  fix  it,  it's  a  truly 
exciting  time — even  an  historic  time — for  health  policymakers  and  providers.  We 
sense  a  rare  opportunity,  an  opportunity  that  may  not  come  again  for  a  long  time, 
to  reshape  our  health  care  system  to  make  it  work  better  for  all  of  us. 

Hospitals  pledge  to  play  a  constructive  role  in  that  process.  To  work  hard  to  sup- 
port reform  elements  we  believe  build  the  right  foundation,  and  to  find  agreement 
in  those  areas  we  now  feel  are  not  solidly  grounded.  As  the  American  Hospital  Asso- 
ciation serves  in  that  role,  we  dont  see  ourselves  as  advocates  for  the  President's 
plan,  or  the  Conservative  Democratic  plan,  or  the  Senate  Republican  plan;  for  busi- 


115 

ness  or  for  labor.  We  see  ourselves  as  advocates  for  the  workable,  the  truly  better- 
in  short,  for  good  public  policy.  ,...,.,,  ,  j  e  •*•  n 
Legislation  that  captures  these  qualities  is  likely  to  be  drawn  from  positions  all 
along  the  political  spectrum.  As  politicians  skilled  in  the  art  of  compromise,  I  know 
you  recognize  that  truth  as  well.  The  American  Hospital  Association  looks  forward 
to  working  with  you  to  reach  our  shared  goal  of  better  health  care  for  all  Americans. 

The  Chairman.  Sister  Coyle. 

Sister  Coyle.  Good  morning,  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  this 
committee.  My  name  is  Sister  Maryanna  Coyle,  and  I  am  here  as 
chairperson  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Catholic  Health  Associa- 
tion of  the  United  States,  CHA,  which  represents  over  900  health 
care  facilities  nationwide. 

As  president  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity,  I  am  also  a  sponsor  of  our 
health  care  system,  which  is  the  5th  largest  Catholic  system  in  our 
country,  with  facilities  in  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Colorado,  New  Mexico, 
and  Nebraska. 

The  CHA  recognizes  and  commends  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  the 
untiring  dedication  that  you  have  shown  toward  the  cause  of  uni- 
versal health  care  coverage  during  the  past  25  years.  Like  the 
President,  CHA  believes  that  the  debate  about  health  care  reform 
is  essentially  a  debate  about  values.  We  believe  that,  first,  health 
care  is  a  service,  not  a  commodity;  second,  human  dignity  requires 
universal,  comprehensive  coverage;  third,  public  policy  must  serve 
the  common  good-  fourth,  growth  in  health  care  spending  must  be 
controlled;  fifth,  the  well  and  the  wealthy  have  a  responsibility  to 
care  for  the  poor  and  the  sick;  and  sixth,  a  reformed  health  care 
system  must  promote  simplicity. 

CHA  is  encouraged  by  the  fact  that  the  President's  proposal  is 
based  on  a  similar  set  of  principles.  We  believe  that  nothing  short 
of  comprehensive  health  care  reform  can  fix  our  broken  system.  To 
that  end,  CHA  has  designed  a  proposal  for  systemic  health  care  re- 
form. 

We  are  convinced  that  if  Congress  fails  to  act  forcefully,  com- 
prehensively, and  soon,  matters  will  only  get  worse.  Incremental 
approaches  are  no  longer  an  option. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  call  on  you  and  your  committee  to  hold  fast 
to  several  components  in  the  President  s  health  care  proposal.  Hold 
fast  to  universal  coverage  and  the  speed  with  which  it  is  accom- 
plished under  the  Clinton  proposal.  It  is  the  linchpin  of  reform. 

Hold  fast  to  a  substantial  uniform  benefit  package.  Avoid  a  basic 
package  that  becomes  a  floor  for  the  middle  class,  but  a  ceiling  for 
the  poor. 

Hold  fast  to  the  many  protections  for  low-income  populations 
that  are  incorporated,  including  the  incorporation  of  Medicaid 
funds  into  health  alliances. 

Hold  fast  to  provisions  for  uninterrupted  coverage  of  consumers 
regardless    of  employment    status — a   focus    on   keeping   people 

Hold  fast  to  the  high  degree  of  consumer  choice  among  health 
plans  created  by  the  use  of  regional  health  alliances. 

Hold  fast  to  overall  expenditure  controls.  CHA  is  on  record  in 
favor  of  a  global  budget. 

Hold  fast  to  the  financing  mechanism  in  the  Clinton  proposal 
that  asks  everyone  to  share  the  burden.  Do  not  retreat  on  the  em- 
ployer mandate. 


116 

Finally,  hold  fast  to  the  high  cut-offs  for  firms  that  use  health 
alliances,  to  avoid  exacerbating  the  fragmentation  and  cost-shifting 
which  is  the  reality  of  our  current  system. 

While  we  all  urge  you  to  hold  fast  to  these  components,  I  want 
to  share  with  you  five  ways  in  which  the  CHA  believes  that  the 
President's  proposal  must  be  strengthened. 

First,  it  needs  a  much  sharper  focus  on  delivery  system  reform. 
This  can  be  achieved  by  a)  merging  the  insurance  and  delivery 
functions  in  the  form  of  integrated  networks  that  provide  a  coordi- 
nated continuum  of  care  for  an  enrolled  population;  b)  incorporat- 
ing Medicare  into  the  overall  reform  system  through  a  scheduled 
transition  process;  c)  fully  integrating  long-term  care  with  acute 
care  under  a  specified  timetable  if  we  are  to  have  truly  a  contin- 
uum of  care,  and  d)  creating  a  more  realistic  timetable  for  reducing 
the  rate  of  growth  in  both  public  and  private  health  care  spending. 

The  President's  proposal  indicates  that  reductions  may  not  be  too 
much,  but  they  certainly  are  too  fast  for  an  effective,  quality  sys- 
tem. 

Our  second  recommendation  for  strengthening  the  Clinton  pro- 
posal is  to  employ  a  more  effective  process  for  setting  the  global 
budget  by  incorporating  critical  information  about  population  needs 
and  local  system  efficiencies  over  time.  This  is  a  bottom-up,  top- 
down,  as  opposed  to  top-down  approach. 

Third,  CHA  strongly  opposes,  on  both  moral  and  political 
grounds,  the  inclusion  of  abortions  in  the  guaranteed  national  ben- 
efit package.  We  are  hopeful  that  Congress  will  keep  health  care 
reform  and  legal  abortions  as  separate  and  distinct  issues. 

Fourth,  CHA  firmly  supports  the  inclusion  of  a  strong  conscience 
clause  provision  for  individuals,  institutions,  and  employers  in 
health  care  reform  legislation. 

Fifth,  it  is  quite  possible  that  commercial  influences  will  over- 
whelm the  professional  ethos  in  American  medicine.  In  this  regard, 
two  questions  arise.  How  will  patients  fare  when  the  treatment 
that  they  need  could  make  their  provider  less  competitive  and  less 
profitable?  Second,  will  health  plans  owned  by  commercial  interests 
beholden  to  distant  shareholders  abandon  communities  when  their 
profits  are  squeezed? 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  Chairman,  our  success  in  reforming  the  Amer- 
ican health  care  system  will  be  measured  by  the  responsive  given 
to  the  following  question:  Did  we  produce  a  reformed  health  care 
system  that  better  meets  the  needs  of  individuals,  families,  and 
communities? 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Sister  Coyle  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Sister  Maryanna  Coyle 

Good  morning,  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  Committee.  My  name  is  Sister 
Maryanna  Coyle.  I  am  Chairperson  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Catholic  Health 
Association  of  the  United  States  (CHA).  The  Catholic  Health  Association  represents 
more  than  1,200  healthcare  facilities  and  organizations  that  make  up  the  nation's 
largest  group  of  not-for-profit  healthcare  institutions  under  a  single  sponsor. 

I  am  also  President  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity  of  Cincinnati  which  sponsors  the  Sis- 
ters of  Charity  Health  Care  Systems,  Inc.  Our  twenty  hospitals,  four  long-term  care 
facilities  and  five  retirement  communities  in  five  states  constitute  the  fifth  largest 
Catholic  healthcare  system  in  the  United  States. 


117 

Mr.  Chairman,  it  is  an  honor  to  appear  before  your  committee  as  Congress  begins 
to  determine  how — not  whether — to  reform  our  nation's  healthcare  system.  At  the 
outset  of  our  testimony  we  want  to  recognize  and  commend  you  for  the  dedication 
and  perseverance  you  nave  shown  to  the  cause  of  universal  healthcare  coverage  dur- 
ing the  past  twenty-five  years.  You  had  the  courage  and  tenacity  to  keep  the  beacon 
lit  even  when  the  prospects  for  universal  coverage  seemed  hopeless. 

CHA  shares  your  belief,  and  President  Clinton's,  that  the  goal  of  universal 
healthcare  coverage  is  and  must  remain  the  one  non-negotiable  item  throughout  the 
coming  debate  on  healthcare  reform.  It  is.  Mr.  Chairman,  the  linchpin  of  reform. 
Since  1986,  CHA  has  been  a  consistent  advocate  for  universal  coverage  in  a  rede- 
signed healthcare  system.  La  our  testimony  today,  we  will,  first,  state  our  basic 
agreement  with  many  of  the  components  of  President  Clinton's  proposal  and  indi- 
cate that  we  believe  his  proposal  is  headed  in  essentially  the  right  direction.  Second, 
we  will  make  a  number  of  recommendations  that  we  believe  are  necessary  to 
strengthen  the  proposal.  Finally,  we  will  pledge  ourselves  to  work  with  the  White 
House  and  the  Congress  to  do  everything  we  can  to  make  meaningful  healthcare 
reform  a  reality  in  1994. 

A.  THE  NEED  FOR  VALUES-BASED  REFORM 

Two  years  ago  the  Catholic  Health  Association  developed  its  own  proposal  for 
healthcare  reform.1  This  comprehensive  plan  describes  our  vision  for  a  healthy 
America.  You  can  imagine  how  pleased  we  were  to  hear  Mrs.  Clinton  cite  our  plan 
as  a  model  for  the  Administration's  own  reform  proposal  in  her  testimony  before 
this  and  other  committees  last  week. 

Like  the  President,  we  believe  that  healthcare  reform  is  essentially  a  debate  about 
values.  Accordingly,  our  proposal  is  anchored  in  the  following  set  of  core  values.  We 
believe  that: 

•  healthcare  is  an  essential  social  good,  a  service  to  persons  in  need  which 
should  never  be  reduced  to  a  mere  commodity  exchanged  for  profit; 

•  human  dignity  requires  that  all  persons  be  guaranteed  a  right  to  a  uniform, 
comprehensive  package  of  healthcare  services; 

•  our  nation's  excessive  focus  on  individual  and  institutional  self-interest  must 
be  balanced  by  a  recognition  of  the  common  good; 

•  our  healthcare  system  must  be  reorganized  so  that  it  can  better  manage 
healthcare  resources  and  better  control  the  growth  in  healthcare  spending; 

•  we  must  re-establish  the  principle  that  the  well  and  the  wealthy  have  a  re- 
sponsibility to  care  for  the  poor  and  the  sick;  and, 

•  a  reformed  healthcare  system  must  promote  simplicity  by  placing  responsibil- 
ity at  the  most  appropriate  levels  of  organization. 

CHA  is  encouraged  by  the  fact  that  President  Clinton's  reform  proposal  is  based 
on  a  similar  set  ofprinciples.  As  the  President's  reform  proposal  notes,  these  values 
"reflect  fundamental  national  beliefs  about  community,  equality,  justice  and  liberty" 
and  they  anchor  healthcare  reform  in  our  nation's  "shared  moral  traditions." 

B.  THE  NEED  FOR  SYSTEMIC  HEALTHCARE  REFORM 

Today,  millions  of  working  Americans,  their  families,  and  others  cannot  afford  or 
otherwise  obtain  healthcare  insurance,  and  are  often  excluded  from  the  benefits  of 
our  nation's  healthcare  system.  Hundreds  of  thousands  go  without  needed  care  or 
become  impoverished  when  they  have  to  pay  their  medical  bills.  And  large  numbers 
die  prematurely  for  lack  of  care.  Paradoxically,  all  of  this  is  happening  at  a  time 
when  national  healthcare  expenditures  are  escalating  rapidly,  seemingly  without 
control,  and  are  consuming  increasing  portions  of  the  nation's  wealth.  These  prob- 
lems have  been  exacerbated  by  the  abandonment  of  community  rating  in  private 
health  insurance  and  employers'  growing  resistance  to  cost  shifting.  Together  these 
developments  are  undermining  our  nation's  voluntary  social  safety  net  in  healthcare 
and  are  making  it  more  difficult  for  many  of  our  non-for-profit  healthcare  institu- 
tions to  meet  their  historic  missions  of  community  service. 

Meanwhile,  the  healthcare  delivery  system  is  fragmented  and  lacks  economic  dis- 
cipline. It  is  increasingly  burdened  by  a  broad  range  of  private  and  public  rules  on 
prices,  volume,  and  methods  of  treatment  that  make  American  healthcare  providers 
among  the  most  regulated  in  the  world. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  have  reached  the  point  in  healthcare  when  one  thing  is  certain: 
if  Congress  fails  to  act  forcefully,  comprehensively,  and  soon,  things  will  only  get 


1  Setting  Relationships  Right:  A  Proposal  For  Systemic  Health  care  Reform,  The  Catholic 
Health  Association  of  the  United  States. 


118 

worse.  We  no  longer  have  the  luxury  of  ignoring  the  problem  and  hoping  that,  some- 
how, someday,  it  will  simply  fix  itself.  Similarly,  partial  or  incremental  approaches 
are  no  longer  an  option.  The  underlying  problems  are  systemic  in  character  and,  as 
the  President  has  recognized,  can  only  be  addressed  through  comprehensive  change. 

C.  COMPONENTS  OP  THE  CLINTON  PROPOSAL  SUPPORTED  BY  CHA 

Now  let  me  turn  to  the  specifics  of  the  President's  proposal.  Mr.  Chairman  and 
members  of  the  committee,  we  call  on  you  to  hold  fast  to  several  critical  components 
of  the  President's  approach  to  reform. 

1.  We  urge  vou  to  hold  fast  to  universal  coverage.  The  Clinton  proposal  calls  for 
coverage  of  all  our  citizens  by  January  1,  1998.  For  both  moral  and  pragmatic  rea- 
sons, we  ask  you  not  to  compromise  either  on  the  principle  of  universal  coverage 
or  the  speed  with  which  it  is  accomplished  under  the  Clinton  proposal.  The  moral 
reasons  should  be  clear  to  everyone.  We  should  no  longer  tolerate  being  the  only 
Western  industrialized  nation  that  leaves  millions  of  people  without  healthcare  cov- 
erage. Research  has  shown  repeatedly  that  the  37  million  uninsured  in  this  nation 
are  more  likely  to  forego  or  postpone  care  than  their  insured  counterparts. 


ACCESS  AND  COSTS:  THE  VICIOUS  CIRCLE 


/ 


RESTRICTED  ACCESS  IS  COSTLY 


•  Postponed  care/costly  conditions 

•  Inappropriate  soilings 

•  Uncoordinated  care 

•  Mlsallocatlon  of  resource* 


INCREASING-  COSTS 
FURTHER  RESTRICT  ACCESS 


•  Insurance  less  affordable 

•  Public  programs  restricted 

•  Providers  less  able/willing  to 
serve  uninsured 


INCREASING  COSTS  , 
ARE  SHIFTED  TO  EMPLOYERS 


•  Uncompensated  care 

•  Public  program  underpayment 

•  High  employer  premiums 


THE  COST-SHIFT 
DESTABILIZES  COST  CONTAINMENT 


•  Unoven  provider  playing  field 

•  Costs  shifted  rather  than  saved 

•  Blunted  Incentives  for  efficiency 

•  Declining  employer  tolerance 


Catholic  Haa/tfi  Allocation  of  tha  UrJt.d  Statu 


The  pragmatic  reasons  for  universal  coverage  are  equally  compelling.  Anything 
less  than  universal  coverage  creates  a  vicious  circle  whereby  the  uninsured  are  more 
likely  to  receive  care  in  costly  settings  like  the  emergency  room  and  for  conditions 
that  have  grown  more  severe  with  time.  The  resulting  high  cost  of  this  carets  then 
shifted  to  employers  who  in  turn  find  insurance  coverage  for  their  workers  increas- 
ingly unafforaable.  We  must  break  this  vicious  circle  if  there  is  to  be  any  hope  of 
controlling  health  expenditures  in  this  nation. 

2.  We  urge  you  to  bold  fast  to  the  guaranteed  national  benefit  package  included 
in  the  Clinton  proposal.  Again  there  are  both  moral  and  pragmatic  reasons  for  this. 
Morally,  we  should  avoid  crafting  a  "basic"  package  that  becomes  a  floor  for  the 
middle  class  and  ceiling  for  the  poor.  We  believe  that  the  best  strategy  to  defend 
the  interests  of  the  poor  is  to  create  a  system  that  ties  their  fate  to  that  of  the  aver- 
age person.  Such  a  system  has  the  powerful  potential  of  drawing  our  society  to- 
gether rather  than  dividing  it  alone  economic  or  class  lines.  Our  most  successful  so- 
cial programs,  Social  Security  ana  Medicare,  include  all  Americans,  rich,  middle 
class  and  poor.  Pragmatically,  a  pared  down  uniform  benefit  package  would  only 


119 

perpetuate  the  cost  shifting  and  insurance  risk  segmentation  that  are  tearing  our 
current  healthcare  system  apart. 

3.  We  urge  you  to  hold  fast  to  the  many  protections  for  low  income  populations 
in  this  proposal.  Most  important  is  the  incorporation  of  Medicaid  funds  into  the 
Health  Alliance  along  with  most  other  forms  of  financing.  No  longer  would  the  poor 
be  treated  as  a  separate  class  of  citizens  when  it  comes  to  financing  for  the  new 
system,  because  premium  payments  to  plans  for  former  Medicaid  recipients,  other 
low  income  populations,  and  everybody  else  in  the  Health  Alliances  will  be  indistin- 
guishable. The  fate  of  the  poor  will  be  tied  to  the  fate  of  the  middle  class.  This  is 
the  right  and  moral  thing  to  do.  It  will  also  contribute  substantially  to  system  sta- 
bility over  time  because  it  ends  the  cost  shift  from  Medicaid  to  the  private  sector, 
reduces  the  exposure  of  Medicaid  financing  as  a  singular  "easy"  target  for  budget 
cutting,  and  eliminates  many  of  the  financial  disincentives  to  serve  the  poor.  Fi- 
nally, it  would  eliminate  the  current  disincentive  to  leave  welfare  since  the  poor 
would  no  longer  face  the  prospect  of  losing  their  health  insurance  when  they  take 

a  job. 

4.  We  urge  you  to  hold  fast  to  provisions  for  continuous,  uninterrupted  coverage 
of  consumers.  As  in  our  own  proposal,  President  Clinton  has  largely  ended  the  link 
between  employment  and  health  insurance  coverage.  Both  the  employed  and  the 
non-employed  under  his  plan  can  select  from  among  any  certified  health  plan  in 
their  community.  No  longer  would  a  person's  choice  be  restricted  to  the  one  or  two 
health  plans  selected  by  his  or  her  employer,  and  when  a  person  changes  jobs  or 
becomes  temporarily  unemployed,  he  or  she  can  stay  with  the  same  health  plan  and 
the  same  family  physician.  This  is  important  both  because  it  is  the  humane  and  dig- 
nified thing  to,  and  because  a  continuous,  uninterrupted  relationship  with  ones 
physician  is  critical  to  the  goal  of  keeping  people  healthy. 

5.  We  urge  you  to  hold  fast  to  the  high  degree  of  consumer  choice  embodied  in 
the  President's  plan.  The  main  reason  there  is  so  much  choice  in  his  plan  is  not 
because  of  the  so-called  "fee-for-service"  option,  but  because  the  link  between  em- 
ployment and  health  care  coverage  has  been  severed.  Even  without  the  fee-for-serv- 
ice  option,  a  family  could  select  any  certified  plan  in  the  community,  which  means 
they  could  go  to  the  health  plan  that  has  their  family  physician  as  a  practitioner. 
This  is  simply  not  possible  for  many  working  families  today  who  often  find  they 
must  abandon  their  family  physician  as  they  change  jobs. 

6.  We  urge  you  to  hold  fast  to  overall  expenditure  control  in  the  President  s  pro- 
posal. CHA  has  long  been  on  record  in  favor  of  a  global  budget.  Morally,  this  is  a 
question  of  responsible  stewardship.  As  a  nation  we  can  no  longer  allow  unpredict- 
able and  uncontrollable  health  expenditures  increase  in  a  way  that  squeezes  out 
other  important  social  needs  like  education,  social  services  and  public  health,  en- 
larges the  deficit,  and  makes  many  UJ3.  companies  less  competitive.  Pragmatically, 
we  all  know  that  the  rate  of  increase  in  healthcare  spending  is  unsustainable  and 
there  is  no  guarantee  that  "managed  competition"  by  itself  will  work  without  an  ex- 
penditure "backstop."  . 

7.  We  urge  you  to  hold  fast  to  the  more  equitable  financing  inherent  in  the  Clin- 
ton proposal.  Everyone  is  asked  to  share  the  burden  in  this  plan  and  "free  riders" 
are  no  longer  allowed  to  shift  their  health  care  costs  to  those  who  have  been  willing 
to  pay.  The  employer  mandate  is  critical  to  this  approach  because  it  ends  the  desta- 
bilizing cost  shift  from  one  employer  to  the  next,  and  because  it  reinforces  the  no- 
tion that  we  are  all  in  this  together.  Please  don't  retreat  on  the  employer  mandate. 

8.  Finally,  we  urge  you  to  hold  fast  to  the  high  cutoff  for  firms  that  must  use  the 
Health  Alliance  in  the  President's  plan.  As  you  know,  all  firms  with  fewer  than 
5,000  employees  would  pay  standardized  premiums  to  the  Health  Alliance  which 
would  then  negotiate  with  health  plans  on  behalf  of  all  workers.  To  lower  this 
threshold  and  allow  substantial  numbers  of  employers  to  continue  negotiating  sepa- 
rately with  health  plans  outside  the  Health  Alliance  would  be  a  serious  mistake. 

We  carefully  considered  letting  employers  have  this  option  when  we  developed  our 
own  reform  proposal,  but  we  found  that  it  would  have  the  potential  to: 

•  perpetuate  the  cost  shift  as  different  premium  levels  are  negotiated  inside 
and  outside  the  health  alliance; 

•  constrain  consumer  choice  as  families  might  be  limited  to  the  health  plans  se- 
lected by  their  employer  rather  than  all  health  plans  in  a  community; 

•  disrupt  continuous  relationships  with  physicians  as  consumers  are  forced  to 
change  plans  whenever  their  employment  status  changes; 

•  reinforce  risk  segmentation  as  health  plans  could  continue  to  find  ways  (even 
with  insurance  market  reforms)  to  selectively  market  to  firms  with  younger, 
healthier  populations; 


120 

•  segregate  lower  and  higher  income  populations  as  the  health — alliances  would 
serve  predominately  small,  low  wage  firms  and  the  former  Medicaid  popu- 
lations; and 

•  increase  administrative  costs  associated  with  continued  employer  involve- 
ment, multiple  health  plan  contracts,  and  turnover  among  plans  by  consumers. 

Please  don't  retreat  on  the  high  employer  threshold  for  participation  in  the  Health 
Alliances. 

D.  STRENGTHENING  THE  CLINTON  PROPOSAL 

Allow  me  to  share  with  you  five  ways  in  which  the  Catholic  Health  Association 
believes  the  Clinton  proposal  must  be  strengthened. 

1.  Delivery  Reform 

First,  the  proposal  needs  a  much  sharper  focus  on  reform  of  the  healthcare  deliv- 
ery system.  As  it  now  stands,  the  proposal  deals  extensively  with  coverage,  access, 
financing,  and  expenditure  control,  but  says  very  little  about  how  the  healthcare  de- 
livery system  can  and  should  be  reoriented  to  achieve  both  lower  costs  and  clinically 
effective  healthcare. 

CHA's  healthcare  reform  proposal  starts  with  delivery  reform  as  the  way  to  make 
healthcare  better  coordinated,  less  costly,  and  more  responsive  to  needs  of  people 
and  communities.  At  the  heart  of  our  plan  is  the  person-centered,  community-based 
Integrated  Delivery  Network  or  DDN.  The  IDN  is  a  set  of  providers  organized  to  as- 
sume financial  risk  for  a  full  continuum  of  healthcare  services.  Providers  are  linked 
together  through  a  series  of  contractual  or  ownership  arrangements.  These  networks 
receive  a  risk-adjusted,  capitated  payment  and  are  held  accountable  for  improving 
or  maintaining  the  health  status  of  their  enrolled  populations.  In  the  CHA  vision, 
consumers  participate  in  network  decision-making  and  choose  among  competing  net- 
works based  on  quality  and  service. 

We  believe  that  the  kind  of  delivery  reform  embodied  in  these  networks  is  essen- 
tial for  true,  long  term  cost  control  in  a  reformed  system.  This  is  because  the  incen- 
tives in  a  capitated  network  are  realigned  to  encourage  primary  and  preventive 
care,  less  unnecessary  care,  better  coordinated  care,  services  in  less  costly  settings, 
more  appropriate  capacity  levels,  and  a  more  rational  use  of  high  technology  serv- 
ices. Without  delivery  reform,  however,  insurers  will  be  encouraged  to  rely  on  a  la 
carte  discounting,  rate  setting,  formula-driven  utilization  controls,  and 
micromanagement  of  providers  in  order  to  get  the  "quick"  savings  they  need  to  live 
within  premium  caps.  Some  of  these  devices  may,  in  fact,  be  appropriate.  But  to  rely 
on  them  solely  will  be  a  mistake.  We  believe  that  the  insurance  function  should  be 
merged  with  the  delivery  function  in  the  form  of  integrated  networks  and  that  the 
focus  should  be  on  more  efficient  methods  of  organizing  care,  not  simply  clamping 
down  on  payments  and  utilization. 

I  want  to  emphasize  that  the  Clinton  proposal  does  include  new  incentives  for  de- 
livery reform.  As  you  know,  consumers  in  the  President's  proposal  are  given  finan- 
cial incentives  to  select  cost-effective  health  plans,  and  the  plans  will  often  have  to 
organize  themselves  to  operate  within  annual  premium  limits.  The  President  has 
also  stressed  primary  ana  preventive  care  in  his  guaranteed  national  benefit  pack- 
age. 

But  there  are  also  several  elements  of  the  Clinton  proposal  that  will  impede  or 
hinder  delivery  reform.  First,  there  is  little  emphasis  on  the  need  for  clinical  and 
financial  integration  of  care  in  the  form  of  community -based,  person-centered  net- 
works. Rather,  the  proposal  assumes  and  even  encourages  significant  reliance  on  in- 
surance companies  to  form  and  administer  plans.  This,  in  itself,  is  not  a  problem 
as  long  as  the  insurers  act  as  partners  with  providers  to  create  truly  integrated 
community -based  networks.  It  does  become  a  problem,  however,  if  insurers  act  as 
distant  regulators  who  seek  savings  simply  through  discounts  and  formula-driven 
utilization  controls,  as  many  do  today.  This  kind  01  arrangement  may  bring  "quick" 
savings  to  the  system  and  substantial  profits  for  insurers,  but  it  will  not  result  in 
better  coordinated  or  more  efficient  care.  Nor  will  it  ensure  accountability  to  local 
communities. 

Another  impediment  to  delivery  reform  is  that  Medicare  is  left  outside  the  new 
financing  arrangements.  While  the  Health  Alliances  may  encourage  more  integrated 
systems  of  care  through  annual  per  person  payments,  Medicare  will  perpetuate  the 
opposite  incentive  by  paying  providers  on  a  procedure-by-procedure  basis.  Thus  pro- 
viders will  continue  to  face  the  mixed  and  counterproductive  financial  incentives 
that  plague  our  current  system.  We  can  understand  why  Medicare  may  not  be  im- 
mediately folded  into  the  Health  Alliances,  but  we  urge  you  to  consider  a  fixed 


121 

schedule  and  transition  plan  for  bringing  in  Medicare  to  ensure  consistent,  stable 
incentives. 

Another  impediment  to  delivery  reform  is  the  failure  of  the  President  s  plan  to 
fully  integrate  long  term  care  with  acute  care.  We  support  the  President  in  his  ex- 
pansion of  long  term  care  services  to  the  disabled  ana  elderly,  but  once  again,  sus- 
tainable cost  savings  will  occur  only  if  integrated  networks  can  manage  the  full  con- 
tinuum of  healthcare  services,  thereby  allowing  them  to  make  patient-specific  deci- 
sions about  the  most  appropriate,  most  humane,  and  least  costly  patient  care  set- 
tings. Admittedly,  local  healthcare  systems  are  not  yet  prepared  to  accept  capitated 
payments  for  the  full  array  of  acute  and  long  term  care  services,  but  reform  should 
move  the  system  in  that  direction  through  a  target  date  and  transition  plan.  Other- 
wise, we  will  perpetuate  an  artificial  and  costly  bifurcation  in  what  should  be  a 
seamless  continuum  of  care  for  people  in  all  stages  of  life. 

Finally,  delivery  reform  will  be  hindered  because  expenditures  in  the  Clinton  pro- 
posal are  compressed  unevenly  and  unrealistically  fast.  As  I  said  earlier,  CHA  fully 
supports  the  need  to  bring  both  private  and  public  healthcare  costs  under  control 
through  a  global  budget.  But  the  current  draft  of  the  Clinton  proposal  calls  for  a 
faster  compression  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  This  will  result  in  greater  cost  shift- 
ing between  the  public  and  the  private  sector,  and  could  ultimately  lead  to  severe 
access  problems  for  the  elderly. 

More  importantly,  total  spending  is  brought  down  at  an  implausibly  rapid  rate 
that  may  well  encourage  "quick  and  easy"  payment  and  utilization  controls,  out  cer- 
tainly will  not  allow  time  for  the  development  of  efficient,  community-based 
healthcare  networks.  The  reduction  in  spending  increases  envisioned  in  the  Clinton 
plan  may  not  be  too  much,  but  it  is  certainly  too  fast  for  effective  delivery  reform. 

2.  Process  for  Setting  the  Global  Budget 

Our  second  recommendation  for  strengthening  the  Clinton  proposal  is  to  employ 
a  more  effective  and  realistic  process  for  setting  the  global  budget.  Our  reform  pro- 
posal calls  for  a  "top  down/bottom  up"  national  budget-setting  process  that  would 
incorporate  critical  information  on  population  needs  and  local  system  efficiencies 
over  time.  Our  plan  likewise  outlines  a  series  of  "checks  and  balances"  that  would 
help  ensure  direct  and  explicit  accountability  to  voters  for  each  year's  global  budget. 

In  contrast,  the  President's  plan  calls  for  a  "top  down  only"  approach  to  a  national 
budget  as  defined  by  a  formula-driven  rate  of  increase.  In  CHA  s  view,  this  approach 
misses  an  important  opportunity  to  make  healthcare  expenditures  not  only  more 
predictable  and  reasonable,  but  also  more  consistent  with  changing  health  needs, 
system  capacity,  and  the  public's  own  view  with  regard  to  the  tradeoffs  between 
healthcare  and  other  important  social  goals. 

3.  Abortion 

CHA  strongly  opposes  on  both  moral  and  political  grounds  the  inclusion  of  abor- 
tion in  the  guaranteed  national  benefit  package  of  benefits  provided  under 
healthcare  reform.  While  abortion  is  currently  legal  it  is  strongly  opposed  by  mil- 
lions of  employers  and  taxpayers.  This  government  should  not  compel  them  to  pay 
for  abortions.  We  believe  that  this  position  is  shared  by  many  members  of  the  House 
and  Senate.  We  are  therefore  hopeful  that  when  Congress  decides  this  issue  it  will 
come  down  in  favor  of  keeping  healthcare  reform  and  legal  abortion  separate  and 
distinct  issues. 

4.  Conscience  Clause 

CHA  firmly  supports  the  inclusion  of  a  strong  conscience  clause  provision  for  indi- 
viduals, institutions  and  employers  in  healthcare  reform  legislation.  The  President 
has  stated  his  intention  to  include  conscience  clauses  in  his  legislation.  CHA  will 
be  working  with  the  White  House  and  Congress  to  ensure  that  the  protection  is  ade- 
quate. 

5.  Maintaining  the  Professional  Ethos  in  American  Medicine 

Most  politically  viable  healthcare  reform  plans  (including  the  President's  proposal) 
would  rely  heavily  on  market  forces  to  control  healthcare  costs  and  improve  the 
quality  of  care.  They  would  accomplish  this  by  shifting  most  of  the  financial  risk 
in  healthcare  from  the  purchasers  of  care  (government  and  .employers)  to  those  who 
are  providing  the  care,  hospitals  and  doctors.  The  latter  would  be  organized  into  ac- 
countable health  plans  that  would  compete  with  one  another  on  price  and  quality 
for  market  share.  Inefficient  plans  and/or  low  quality  plans  would  either  improve 
or  fail  and  leave  the  market.  In  certain  areas  of  the  United  States  economic  forces 
already  are  forcing  local  healthcare  systems  to  reorganize  themselves  along  these 
lines. 


122 

While  it  is  hoped  that  these  developments  will  result  in  lower  cost/higher  quality 
healthcare,  it  is  important  to  recognize  that  they  represent  a  profound  shift  from 
existing  practice.  During  the  past  fifty  years,  healthcare  providers  have  been  largely 
shielded  from  financial  risk  and  enabled  thereby  to  treat  their  patients  without  re- 
gard to  the  economic  consequences  for  the  patient,  themselves  or  society.  This  sepa- 
ration of  financial  accountability  from  clinical  autonomy  has  helped  to  preserve  a 
strong  professional  "patient-first"  ethic  in  American  medicine.  While  some  patients 
are  occasionally  overtreated,  few  insured  patients  are  ever  systematically 
undertreated.  Furthermore,  most  U.S.  communities  are  able  to  develop  and  sustain 
reasonably  good-to-high  quality  healthcare  services.  Nevertheless,  most  analysts  be- 
lieve that  shielding  the  clinician  and  patient  from  the  economic  consequences  of 
their  actions  has  led  to  a  level  of  inefficiency  and  high  costs  that  is  no  longer  eco- 
nomically or  politically  sustainable. 

However,  the  implications  of  shifting  financial  risk  to  providers  in  the  context  of 
all-out  price  competition  have  not  been  carefully  examined.  It  is  quite  possible  that 
intense  competition  in  some  healthcare  markets  will  unleash  commercial  influences 
that  will  overwhelm  the  professional  ethos  in  American  medicine,  threatening  pa- 
tient care  and  undermining  the  long  term  stability  of  a  community's  healthcare  re- 
sources. 

At  least  two  questions  need  to  be  addressed  in  this  regard: 

•  How  will  patients  fare  when  the  treatment  they  need  could  make  their  pro- 
vider less  competitive  in  a  market,  less  profitable  or  even  force  the  provider  into 
bankruptcy? 

•  Will  AHPs  owned  by  commercial  interests  beholden  to  distant  shareholders 
abandon  communities  when  their  profits  are  squeezed  (as  they  will  be)  and  a 
higher  return  on  investment  can  be  achieved  elsewhere  in  the  economy? 

These  are  critically  important  questions  that  have  not  received  enough  attention. 
We  know  from  the  savings  and  loan  debacle  that  when  economic  incentives  change 
and  systems  of  accountability  are  relaxed  individuals  and  society  can  be  uninten- 
tionally saddled  with  very  high  costs. 

E.  THE  MEASURE  OF  SUCCESS 

Finally,  Mr.  Chairman,  we  conclude  our  testimony  by  returning  to  the  point  at 
which  President  Clinton  opened  this  historic  healthcare  debate:  a  clear  focus  on  val- 
ues. Values  are  the  beacons  which  guide  us,  especially  in  stormy  times  when  our 
sense  of  direction  can  become  distorted.  But  values  also  provide  us  with  the  stand- 
ards by  which  we  can  measure  our  progress.  How  should  we  measure  it  in  this  de- 
bate? By  one  very  simple  standard:  the  availability  of  persons  throughout  America's 
future  healthcare  system  who  are  motivated  to  help  others. 

However  impressive  governmental  programs,  universal  coverage,  fee  schedules, 
"market  opportunities,"  corporations  and  mstitutions  may  be,  successful  healthcare 
reform  will  come  down  to  people  caring  for  people.  When  we  are  sick  and  in  need, 
it  is  the  very  small  events  in  each  of  our  lives  that  make  the  difference.  At  such 
times  we  ask,  "Is  someone  there  when  I  call?  Do  they  make  me  feel  like  a  human 

}>erson?  Can  I  maintain  my  dignity  and  self-respect?"  These  are  the  issues  by  which 
uture  generations  of  Americans,  their  families  and  communities  will  judge  the  suc- 
cess of  what  we  are  beginning  today.  They  are  the  issues  we  must  keep  in  front 
of  us  throughout  this  debate.  It  is  what  the  American  people  expect  of  us  and  what 
we  owe  to  them. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  both  for  your  very  important,  con- 
structive statements  and  testimony.  We  have  a  great  deal  of  re- 
spect from  working  with  both  of  you,  and  I  think  all  the  members 
of  the  committee  and  the  American  people  can  understand  why.  It 
has  been  very  positive  and  helpful  testimony. 

We  will  follow  7-minute  rounds  for  questioning,  and  I  will  ask 
staff  to  keep  us  on  track. 

As  I  understand  both  Mr.  Davidson  and  Sister  Coyle,  you  will 
work  with  us,  this  committee  and  the  other  committees  and  the  ad- 
ministration, in  helping  to  achieve  a  program  to  reach  the  goals 
that  you  have  outlined. 

Mr.  Davidson.  Absolutely,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Sister  Coyle.  That  is  certainly  true,  and  we  at  CHA  have  spent 
2  years  with  a  committee  representing  the  broad  section  of  consum- 


123 

ers  and  providers  in  determining  the  direction.  We  want  to  be  very 
present  to  you,  both  in  the  technical  and  the  philosophical  and 
value-oriented  sense. 

The  Chairman.  That  is  enormously  helpful.  I  think  all  of  us  look 
forward  to  continuing  that  relationship. 

Mr.  Davidson — and  I  would  ask  Sister  Coyle  as  well  if  she  might 
give  a  reaction — the  areas  in  which  we  have  agreement,  as  I  under- 
stand it,  are  universal  coverage 

Mr.  Davidson.  [Nodding  head.l 

The  Chairman.  Let  the  record  show  that  they  both  nodded  their 

heads  in  approval.  ,     . ,  ,  ,       •,      j 

Mr.  Davidson.  Well,  we  can  respond  with  more  than  a  head  nod. 

Sister  CoYLE  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  OK.  Let  me  mention  just  three  or  four.  You  agree 
with  universal  coverage;  you  agree  with  employer  contributions 
and  individual  contributions;  you  agree  with  protection  for  the 
poor;  you  agree  with  the  national  benefit  package,  and  you  agree 
with  an  independent  commission  or  board.  Am  I  correct? 

Mr.  Davidson.  Yes. 

Sister  Coyle.  That  is  correct. 

The  Chairman.  And  you  agree  on  antitrust  changes.  There  are 
still  areas  within  all  of  these,  obviously,  that  have  to  be  worked 
out,  but  you  do  agree  that  there  have  to  be  antitrust  changes.  You 
agree  that  there  have  to  be  integrated  systems  of  care;  you  agree 
that  there  must  be  insurance  reform,  administrative  simplification, 
and  slowing  of  spending  growth.  Am  I  correct? 

Sister  Coyle.  That  is  accurate,  yes. 

Mr.  Davidson.  That  latter  question,  I  would  like  to  hear  again, 
Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Slowing  spending  growth. 

Mr.  Davidson.  We  are  certainly  for  slowing  spending  growth;  it 
is  the  question  of  the  strategy  to  get  there. 

The  Chairman.  As  I  understand,  you  would  say  reasonable  but 
not  "arbitrary." 

Mr.  Davidson.  We  think  behavior  change  is  going  to  have  some 
effect  on  spending  growth.  You  asked  us  earlier  the  question  about 
a  willingness  to  work  with  the  committee,  and  I  think  it  is  essen- 
tial that  you  all  understand  that  we  have  very  strong  feelings  that 
the  status  quo  is  not  sustainable,  it  doesn't  not  serve  America  well, 
and  we  need  to  move  to  a  better  place.  We  are  committed  to  that, 
and  we  are  committed  to  substantial  change.  We  may  disagree  over 
some  of  the  vehicles  to  get  there,  but  when  you  listen  to  what  it 
is  that  we  have  said  we  are  for,  we  are  calling  for  more  dramatic 
behavior  change  among  hospitals  and  doctors  than  perhaps  any- 
body here  in  Washington. 

So  we  are  willing  to  work  with  you  to  deliver  better  services  to 
communities,  which  should  have  the  net  effect  of  gaining  some  con- 
trol over  cost  growth  as  opposed  to  an  arbitrary  way  of  setting  caps 
and  working  backward. 

So  there  is  a  very  strong  commitment,  and  I  know  that  is  how 
Sister  feels;  we  have  talked  about  this.  The  hospital  community 
feels  very  strongly  that  they  want  to  see  change. 

Sister  Coyle.  To  add  to  that,  we  believe  that  merely  addressing 
the  financing  will  not  solve  the  problem,  that  we  need  a  substan- 


124 

tial,  fundamental  reshaping  of  our  health  care  system,  and  that 
ways  in  which  we  work  together  as  partners  in  the  concept  of  an 
integrated  delivery  network  will  in  fact  be  an  efficient,  cost-effec- 
tive, and  still  quality-driven  system. 

The  Chairman.  As  time  is  moving  along,  let  me  ask  your  reac- 
tion to  the  benefit  package  under  the  President's  plan.  Is  it  too 
broad?  Is  it  a  Cadillac,  or  a  Ford,  or  what  could  you  say  about  that? 
Do  you  think  it  is  in  the  ball  park? 

Sister  Coyle.  From  the  description  Mrs.  Clinton  has  given,  I  be- 
lieve that  the  benefit  package  as  they  have  constructed  it  is  com- 
parable to  the  package  of  a  Fortune  500  company.  If  that  is  true, 
then  certainly,  that  would  meet  our  expectations.  We  believe  that 
a  benefit  package  should  be  broad  enough  to  include  those  benefits 
that  middle  class  citizens  in  our  society  have  at  the  present  time. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Davidson. 

Mr.  Davidson.  Mr.  Chairman,  we  see  a  pretty  comprehensive 
package  there.  We  think  that  probably  you  are  going  to  have  to 
face  the  question  of  some  limits  on  some  of  those  benefits  and  that 
the  national  commission  that  should  oversee  this  ought  to  be  think- 
ing through  times  when  we  can  expand  benefits.  But  we  think  it 
is  a  pretty  basic  and  fundamental  package  that  would  serve  a  lot 
of  Americans  quite  well. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Kassebaum. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  was  very  impressed  with  both  statements.  You  both  understand 
well  the  problems  of  the  hospitals  as  being  on  the  front  lines.  I  to- 
tally agree  with  both  of  your  comments  about  fully  incorporating 
Medicare  into  the  system  of  reform.  I  think  the  cost-shifting  that 
would  continue  to  occur  would  be  a  terrible  problem  if  this  integra- 
tion does  not  occur. 

Is  that  your  basic  concern? 

Mr.  Davidson.  Well,  that  is  certainly  one  concern,  in  other 
words,  that  we  are  going  to  stay  with  the  current  payment  system 
and  keep  squeezing  it  back,  which  ultimately,  the  current  payment 
system  is  underpaying  hospitals  and  their  care  for  the  elderly  now, 
which  means  that  we  will  have  further  reductions  in  it.  Two  out 
of  three  hospitals  that  treat  Medicare  patients  lose  money  in  the 
process  of  treating  them.  The  Medicare  program  is  paying  on  aver- 
age at  about  88  to  90  cents  on  the  dollar,  so  if  we  squeeze  tighter 
and  still  deliver  care  in  the  same  way,  we  are  going  to  have  a  seri- 
ous set  of  problems — we  have  missed  the  point,  and  the  point  is  to 
change  the  delivery  system  and  the  way  we  treat  senior  citizens. 
We  could  do  better. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Sister  Coyle. 

Sister  Coyle.  Not  addressing  the  Medicare  issue  and  including 
it  is  again  a  fragmented  approach  to  health  care  reform.  We  believe 
in  a  reformed  system  that  provides  a  continuum  of  care.  That 
means  all  forms  of  care.  We  oelieve  that  other  sources  of  revenue 
ought  to  be  looked  at  rather  than  Medicare  reductions. 

As  you  both  know,  too,  it  is  particularly  hard  on  rural  hospitals, 
where  such  a  large  percent  of  the  patient  population  is  Medicare. 

I  was  interested  in  both  of  your  talking  about  reform  of  the  deliv- 
ery system  and  the  importance  of  an  integrated  system  of  care. 
One  question  that  I  would  have  is  in  talking  about  moving  to  an 


125 

integrated  delivery  system,  how  would  you  envision  incorporating 
perhaps  the  support  for  some  for  a  medical  savings  account?  Obvi- 
ously, I  think  all  of  us  would  like  to  see  a  medical  savings  account 
somehow  be  a  part  of  the  system,  but  how  would  you  envision  it 
as  part  of  an  integrated  system  of  care  and  an  ability  to  stress  indi- 
vidual responsibility? 

Mr.  Davidson.  I  think  in  any  reform  notions  that  we  move  to- 
ward, we  are  going  to  see  individual  participation  in  paving  for  the 
care;  the  whole  idea  of  medical  IRAs  as  a  way  to  supplement  that 
individual  payment  would  make  some  sense  in  any  redesigned  sys- 
tem. 

Sister  Coyle.  Again,  I  think  we  are  talking  about  shared  respon- 
sibility, and  the  part  that  every  individual  ought  to  be  playing  in 
a  reformed  system. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  And  finally,  just  to  touch  on  the  health  alli- 
ances. I  have  worried  that  this  structure  could  become  too  monopo- 
listic in  its  current  form.  Both  of  you  spoke  about  the  importance 
of  community  and  regions,  obviously,  having  differences  that  need 
to  be  addressed.  Do  you  think  that  the  health  alliance  structure  al- 
lows enough  flexibility?  Do  you  worry  that  it  could  become  too  in- 
trusive and  be  difficult  to  shape,  State  by  State?  I  mean,  one  State 
may  have  a  very  different  approach  through  their  health  alliance 
structure  than  the  adjoining  State.  What  problems  do  each  of  you 
see  with  a  health  alliance  structure? 

Mr.  Davidson.  I  think  the  worry  that  many  of  us  have  is  that 
the  health  alliance  strategy  is  kind  of  the  linchpin  of  the  plan;  that 
we  have  a  lot  that  we  are  banking  on  in  it  being  successful.  We 
are  talking  about  creating  50  or  more  organizations  that  do  not 
exist  today.  When  you  just  begin  to  think  about  the  mechanics  of 
that,  that  means  developing  a  governance  structure,  that  means 
developing  a  staff,  a  management  information  system,  and  so  forth. 

Our  view  is  that  we  think  it  is  important  to  create  that  kind  of 
an  approach  at  the  State  level,  but  perhaps  we  ought  to  move  it 
along  slowly  and  start  it  off  with  its  original  notion.  The  original 
notion  of  the  purchasing  alliance  was  to  in  essence  create  some- 
thing like  a  farmers'  coop  for  the  little  guys,  for  the  small  employ- 
ers who  did  not  have  any  leverage  in  the  market  place,  and  you 
would  provide  them  an  opportunity  with  market  reform  and  com- 
munity rating  to  come  together  in  the  aggregate  and  better  rep- 
resent their  interests.  We  think  that  is  probably  a  good  strategy. 

Now,  what  is  the  cut-off  point  in  terms  of  companies  with  a  given 
number  of  employees?  We  do  not  know  whether  that  is  50  or  100. 
But  we  think  the  idea  of  perhaps  going  slowly  there  would  make 
more  sense.  To  bank  the  whole  operation  on  bringing  everybody 
into  the  organizations  that  do  not  exist  today  is  a  bit  risky,  and  we 
would  urge  rethinking  some  of  that,  and  we  think  there  is  a  way 
to  work  out  some  common  ground  there. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Sister  Coyle. 

Sister  Coyle.  The  concept  of  a  health  alliance,  which  we  also 
have  in  the  CHA  plan,  is  very  acceptable.  We  feel  that  there  should 
be  a  brokerage  type  of  arrangement  so  that  objectivity  and 
inclusivity  are  part  of  the  reform  system. 

However,  our  emphasis  is  certainly  on  the  local  community,  on 
the  formation  of  integrated  delivery  networks  where  providers,  par- 


126 

ticipants,  and  consumers  together  can  assess  community  needs,  can 
monitor  the  quality  of  health  care  service;  that  there  would  be  an 
accountability  built  into  the  system  at  the  local  level  as  well  as  at 
the  State  level. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Metzenbaum. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Mr.  Davidson  and  Sister,  I  might  say  how 
pleased  I  am  to  have  somebody  here  from  Ohio  speaking  for  the 
Catholic  hospitals  of  this  country,  and  I  know  what  a  fine  job  you 
do  at  your  own  hospital  in  Cincinnati. 

One  of  the  areas  that  has  concerned  me  vis-a-vis  the  question  of 
cost  has  to  do  with  the  fact  that  just  about  every  hospital  in  this 
country  leases  out  on  an  exclusive  basis  departments  to  radiolo- 
gists, anesthesiologists  and  pathologists.  There  is  really  no  medical 
reason  for  that  that  I  can  understand,  but  the  pressure  of  the  orga- 
nization has  now  made  it  possible  for  these  three  specialties  to  be- 
come some  of  the  highest  paid  medical  practitioners  in  the  country. 

Wouldn't  you  agree  that  hospitals  could  achieve  some  economies 
by  making  it  possible  to  have  competitive  procedures  available  in 
tne  hospital  or,  absent  that,  and  probably  trie  best  way,  if  you  fol- 
low the  procedure  that  used  to  be  the  case,  the  pathologist  used  to 
be  on  the  payroll  of  the  hospitals.  Then  they  decided  they  were 
independent,  and  they  had  the  right  to  act  as  professionals,  and 
that  they  would  run  these  departments.  But  the  patient  winds  up 
getting  a  bill  for  anything  they  want  to  change.  The  hospitals  don't 
provide  any  pressure  to  Keep  the  prices  down,  and  it  has  become 
a  runaway  situation  for  these  various  professions. 

I  am  much  disturbed  about  this.  I  think  we  ought  to  be  doing 
something  about  it,  and  I  would  like  to  get  your  views. 

Mr.  Davidson.  Senator,  there  is  great  variation  in  practices 
among  hospitals  across  the  country  in  terms  of  their  contracting  re- 
lationships with  anesthesiologists  and  radiologists  and  so  forth.  It 
is  hard  to  generalize  the  way  those  matters  are  treated.  In  some 
cases,  there  is  a  lot  of  internal  oversight,  monitoring  of  charges  to 
patients,  and  all  the  rest;  in  others,  they  are  exclusive  franchises 
where  the  group  makes  a  determination. 

If  we  were  going  to  continue  the  hospital  system  as  we  know  it 
today,  then  this  issue  is  one  that  woula  need  to  be  looked  at  very 
carefully.  But  we  are  talking  about  developing  a  system  that  is 
very  different,  integrating  hospitals  together  with  physicians  and 
being  paid  on  a  capitated  basis,  which  will  provide  us  new  incen- 
tives to  provide  services  at  the  lowest  cost  possible,  which  should 
deal  with  individual  pricing  arrangements  within  our  institutions. 
We  think  that  there  will  be  the  leverage  there  to  deal  with  these 
issues  in  this  new  capitated  arrangement. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Mr.  Davidson,  you  and  I  and  my  staff 
worked  out  a  procedure  dealing  with  the  antitrust  problems  hos- 

f>itals  had,  and  we  came  out  very  well.  I  think  that  was  your  prob- 
em.  and  we  tried  to  work  with  you,  and  we  did  work  with  you,  and 
we  helped  solve  it.  This  one  is  mv  problem,  and  I  think  the  Amer- 
ican people's  problem.  I  would  like  to  see  if  we  couldn't  work  out 
something  on  this  subject  to  prevent  these  runaway  costs  becoming 
affixed  to  the  cost  of  medical  care,  or  continuing  to  be  affixed  to  the 


127 

cost  of  medical  care  in  this  country,  and  I  would  to  explore  the  sub- 
ject with  you.  . 

Mr.  Davidson.  We  would  be  very  happy  to  speak  with  you,  Sen- 
ator. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Sister,  do  you  have  any  comment  on  this? 

Sister  Coyle.  Yes,  Senator.  I  think  that  we  are  talking  about  a 
reformed  system.  But  I  am  aware  of  initiatives  that  are  already 
taking  place  that  are  perhaps  returning  us  to  our  original  purpose 
in  providing  health  care,  being  a  service  and  not  a  commodity. 

Just  this  past  month  in  Cincinnati,  OH,  six  hospitals  with  an  in- 
surance group  with  1,000  physicians  and  100  pharmacies  created 
an  integrated  network.  It  is  called  "New  Health."  That  shows  ways 
by  which  insurance  groups,  physicians,  providers,  and  pharmacies 
can  work  together,  giving  people  a  broad  range  of  choice.  One  thou- 
sand physicians  are  in  this  particular  network. 

I  point  this  out  because  I  think  it  is  beginning  to  say  to  the 
health  care  industry  and  to  our  local  communities  that  partner- 
ships, networks,  in  providing  health  care  are  going  to  be  for  the 
best  service  of  our  people,  and  that  is  why  we  are  in  the  business. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Sister,  let  me  ask  you  what  do  you  need 
the  insurance  companies  for?  What  do  they  add?  All  the  others  con- 
tribute something.  Insurance  companies  now  get  25  cents  out  of 
every  dollar  that  is  spent  for  medical  services,  and  it  seems  to  me 
that  you  can  form  health  care  associations  without  the  insurance 
companies.  I  don't  have  any  antipathy  toward  the  insurance  com- 
panies, but  the  fact  is  if  you  do  not  need  them,  then  why  are  you 
paying  for  it? 

Sister  Coyle.  Well,  I  think  in  this  situation,  the  insurance  com- 
pany was  already  part  of  the  structure,  and  they  already  are  hold- 
ing contracts  with  a  number  of  purchasers.  I  believe  this  is  an  in- 
cremental step.  But  the  need  to  reform  the  insurance  industry  is 
also  part  of  health  care  reform,  and  I  do  not  think  in  Cincinnati, 
OH,  we  are  able  to  abolish  the  insurance  industry  tomorrow. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  I  am  not  suggesting  that  we  abolish  the 
insurance  industry.  They  provide  a  very  useful  factor  in  our  econ- 
omy. But  in  the  health  care  field,  I  do  not  think  that  they  are  a 
necessity,  and  therefore  I  think  one  of  the  big  battles  that  we  in 
Congress  are  going  to  have  is  the  effort  of  the  insurance  industry 
to  preserve  its  position  and  its  ability  to  reap  in  hundreds  of  mil- 
lions of  dollars  for  doing  the  administrative  work.  If  we  could  elimi- 
nate that,  it  would  seem  to  me  that  there  would  be  tremendous 
economy.  There  are  many  other  areas  for  the  insurance  industry  to 
operate  in  other  than  this  one,  as  I  see  it. 

Sister  Coyle.  I  think  that  will  be  an  issue  that  will  be  part  of 
the  debate  and  discussion.  But  we  as  the  CHA  have  called  for 
bringing  insurance  providers  into  the  concept  of  managed  care. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Mr.  Davidson,  this  is  my  last  question. 
The  American  Hospital  Association  has  proposed  the  creation  of 
community  care  networks  to  provide  health  care  to  individuals.  Do 
you  believe  these  networks  will  be  able  to  compete  against  the  big 
insurance  companies? 

Mr.  Davidson.  I  guess  if  you  were  to  look  at  a  forecast  of  what 
is  going  to  happen  over  the  next  decade,  we  will  probably  see  a  re- 
structuring or the  health  insurance  field.  When  you  move  to  a  sys- 


128 

tern  of  community  rating  and  change  the  nature  of  their  business, 
we  will  see  a  reduction  in  the  number  of  insurers.  I  think  you  will 
see  partnerships  developing,  integration  of  not  only  delivery  sys- 
tems of  hospitals  and  doctors,  but  partnerships  with  insurance 
companies. 

So  I  think  you  are  going  to  see  a  lot  of  change  in  that  field,  driv- 
en by  a  different  set  of  values  and  a  different  set  of  incentives.  So 
I  think  you  are  going  to  be  seeing  lots  and  lots  of  change. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Jeffords. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  appreciate  your  testimony,  and  I  am  very  interested  in  some 
specific  aspects  of  it.  With  respect  to  Medicare,  you  suggest  that  it 
would  be  wise  to  have  sort  of  a  seamless  system  and  not  have  two 
systems.  Can  you  think  of  any  disadvantage  to  the  elderly  of  hav- 
ing it  as  one  system? 

Mr.  Davidson.  I  think  for  the  elderly — and  I  must  share  a  per- 
sonal experience.  In  our  family,  we  have  lost  three  parents  in  the 
past  year  and  a  half,  and  on  the  basis  of  that  experience  and  how 
care  was  accommodated  and  coordinated  and  the  degree  of  collabo- 
ration that  exists,  I  guess  I  learned  from  that  experience  that  we 
could  do  a  lot  better. 

I  think  the  concern  that  elderly  patients  have  when  we  begin  to 
talk  about  these  changes  is  the  fear  of  the  unknown,  of  if  you 
change  something,  will  it  be  better  for  me,  and  since  I  don't  know 
about  it,  I  am  nervous  about  it.  I  think  that  what  we  have  got  to 
do  is  to  assure  people  that  we  can  deliver  care  perhaps  better  than 
we  do  today.  We  can  do  a  better  job  of  taking  care  of  patients.  For 
an  awful  lot  of  people  in  America,  the  elderly  as  well  as  middle 
aged,  many  of  us  are  in  charge  of  our  own  care,  and  we  make  deci- 
sions about  what  kinds  of  physicians  we  see.  No  one  coordinates  it. 
So  we  think  there  is  a  way  to  treat  all  patients  better,  and  for  the 
elderly,  if  we  are  going  to  move  them  into  a  new  kind  of  system, 
we  are  going  to  have  to  persuade  them  of  that,  and  give  them  a 
demonstration  that  care  for  them  could  be  better. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Sister  Coyle. 

Sister  Coyle.  I  agree  with  Dick.  I  think  that  maintaining  the 
current  status  with  Medicare  perpetuates  the  treatment  and  cure 
approach.  We  are  looking  at  a  holistic,  preventive  promotion  of 
health  approach,  and  to  me,  that  would  be  very  much  more  incor- 
porated by  having  Medicare  part  of  the  total  package. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you. 

One  of  the  presumptions  that  is  made  by  the  Clinton  plan  is  that 
there  are  so  many  inefficiencies  and  problems  in  our  system  that 
if  we  become  more  efficient  and  can  operate  better  that  we  can  op- 
erate without  huge  additional  resources.  In  making  that  conclusion, 
they  note  that  we  spend  twice  as  much  as  most  industrialized  na- 
tions do  per  capita  for  our  health  care  right  now.  I  just  came  back 
from  Taiwan,  where  they  are  in  the  process  of  health  care  reform, 
and  they  spend  4  percent  of  their  GDP,  and  they  have  better  statis- 
tics than  we  do. 


129 

Second,  there  is  no  evidence  from  commonly  used  statistics  that 
we  are  really  reaching  any  better  results,  holistically,  anyway,  in 
health  care  by  our  present  system. 

And  third,  there  are  such  inefficiencies — such  as  those  noted  by 
Dr.  Elwood,  which  are  startling,  that  maybe  as  much  as  one-third 
of  our  health  care  is  either  nonproductive  or  counterproductive — 
and  with  the  medical  malpractice,  defensive  medicine  paperwork 
and  the  cost-shifting  that  goes  on,  that  perhaps  we  can  live  within 
our  present  budget  and  even  do  things  better. 

Do  you  agree  or  disagree  with  that? 

Mr.  Davidson.  I  think  we  would  certainly  agree  that  we  can  do 
better.  The  degree  of  savings  from  administrative  cost  changes  may 
get  exaggerated,  but  there  are  plenty  of  savings  involved.  There  are 
certainly  savings  involved  in  coordinating  care  more  effectively. 
Just  within  a  given  hospital,  if  you  begin  to  study  procedure,  from 
the  time  we  order  a  test  to  the  time  the  results  get  into  a  physi- 
cian's hands  and  then  a  treatment  protocol  begins,  there  are  lots 
of  ways  that  we  could  be  more  efficient. 

We  see  the  efficiencies  growing  out  of,  again,  the  delivery  system 
change.  Let  me  give  you  a  for  instance.  On  any  given  day  in  an 
American  hospital,  people  who  work  there  on  nursing  stations  are 
confronted  with  150  different  utilization  review  forms  from  insur- 
ance companies.  And  the  insurance  companies  are  not  willing  to 
share  the  nature  of  these  things,  and  you  can't  get  them  coordi- 
nated. And  they  add  little  or  not  value  to  the  quality  of  patient 
care,  yet  we  spend  a  lot  of  time  filling  forms  out,  responding  to 
phone  calls  as  to  whether  this  procedure  is  appropriate,  necessary, 
or  can  we  move  ahead  with  this  protocol. 

That  alone,  just  in  coordinating  the  whole  utilization  and  review 
process  in  a  better  way,  would  make  good  sense.  When  we  talk 
about  delivery  system  reform,  we  see  internal  focus  on  real  value- 
driven  indicators  of  quality,  looking  at  medical  outcomes  and  get- 
ting rid  of  a  lot  of  the  paper  that  does  not  add  any  value  to  patient 
care 

So  there  are  savings  there,  but  you  cannot  pick  these  savings  up 
and  put  them  in  a  bucket  and  say  we  are  going  to  make  that  buck- 
et of  money  available  for  new  benefits;  in  other  words,  these  are 
things  that  will  come  out  of  the  system  over  time.  But  it  is  going 
to  take  a  lot  of  time,  Senator. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Well,  what  does  that  mean  at  the  bottom 
line?  Does  that  mean  you  do  not  believe  we  can  live  substantially 
within  our  present  resources  dedicated  to  health  care,  that  we  will 
have  to  raise  substantial  amounts  of  revenue,  or  that  we  can  live 
within  the  present  budget  and  make  the  efficiencies  to  provide  us 
additional  revenue  to  take  care  of  additional  benefits? 

Mr.  Davddson.  If  we  were  to  bring  37  million  more  Americans 
into  mainstream  health  care  in  the  next  4  years,  we  obviously 
would  be  incurring  more  costs.  Yet  there  are  savings  to  be  gained 
down  the  line  by  getting  everybody  into  organized  delivery  systems. 
So  I  think  you  are  going  to  see  two  lines  that  pass  each  other 
at  some  point,  and  it  is  hard  to  forecast  where  that  point  is. 

Senator  Jeffords.  But  37  million  Americans  are  getting  health 
care;  they  are  not  being  left  to  die  in  the  alleys,  are  they?  Isn't  that 
cost-shifted  to  somebody  else? 


130 

Mr.  Davidson.  Well,  they  are  the  people  who  show  up  at  our 
doors  for  care.  There  are  millions  of  Americans  who  do  not  get  care, 
who  defer  care.  Ultimately,  when  they  arrive  at  a  hospital  door, 
they  are  in  much  more  serious  condition  than  they  are  otherwise. 

Senator  Jeffords.  But  they  get  care  at  that  point  even  though 
it  is  more  costly;  right? 

Mr.  Davtoson.  Generally,  when  that  is  an  emergency. 

Sister  Coyle.  But  the  reason  it  is  more  costly  is  because  they 
have  not  had  preventive  care.  For  example,  with  the  neonatal  and 
prenatal  situations,  we  have  women  who  do  not  have  appropriate 
care  during  the  term  of  pregnancy,  and  at  the  point  when  they  are 
ready  to  delivery,  very  often  the  cost  of  delivery  and  the  care  of 
newborn  babies  that  need  intensive  care  within  our  facilities  has 
escalated  because  there  has  not  been  a  pattern  of  healthy  habits. 

So  when  we  talk  about  a  reformed  system,  we  are  talking  about 
everyone  having  access  to  care. 

Senator  Jeffords.  And  that  preventive  health  care  would  have 
been  cheaper  than  the  acute  health  care,  would  it  not? 

Sister  Coyle.  Overall,  it  will  be.  And  that  is  one  of  the  failings 
of  our  society 

Senator  Jeffords.  I  am  running  out  of  time,  and  I  do  want  to 
get  one  provincial  question  in.  Vermont  has  some  of  the  lowest 
costs  in  the  country.  Are  you  concerned  about  what  will  happen  if 
we  have  a  universal  capping  of  costs  and  so  on  for  those  States  and 
hospitals  which  have  proved  to  be  more  efficient;  or,  how  do  you 
see  the  system  as  presently  devised  being  able  to  handle  the  dif- 
ferences in  the  per  capita  costs  of  various  hospitals,  and  what 
kinds  of  problems  do  you  foresee? 

Senator  Wellstone.  [Presiding.]  Would  the  Senator  yield  for  a 
moment,  and  if  you  could  be  kind  enough  to  be  relatively  brief— 
I  am  trying  to  chair,  but  also  vote,  so  Fd  like  to  have  the  chance 
to  get  in  a  couple  questions  before  I  have  to  leave. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Oh,  is  there  a  vote  on? 

Senator  Wellstone.  Yes,  in  just  1  minute. 

Senator  Jeffords.  OK.  This  is  my  last  question.  It  is  not  exactly 
one  that  is  easy  to  answer  in  a  few  words,  however. 

Mr.  Davidson.  I  think  your  concern  is  very  legitimate.  Look  at 
States  that  have  somehow  experienced  lower  health  care  costs  than 
others.  If  you  ultimately  move  some  kind  of  an  arbitrary  cap  onto 
these  things,  you  lock  people  in  at  a  lower  cost  level,  have  less  abil- 
ity for  growth — I  think  that  is  one  of  the  reasons  we  are  against 
any  kind  of  an  arbitrary  cap.  We  have  to  build  the  system  from  the 
bottom  up  to  make  a  determination  of  appropriate  spending  levels, 
and  there  are  going  to  be  variations  geographically,  and  Vermont 
ought  to  be  rewarded  for  being  low  cost,  and  Kansas  ought  to  be 
rewarded  for  being  low  cost.  We  have  got  to  find  a  way  to  do  that, 
and  a  straight,  arbitrary  formula  will  not  get  you  there,  and  that 
is  one  of  the  areas  we  are  concerned  about. 

Sister  Coyle.  And  I  think  that  is  our  primary  concern  about  the 
present  concept  regarding  the  global  budget.  The  formula  approach 
needs  to  be  addressed  in  light  of  local  population  needs,  statewide 
resources,  and  health  care  patterns.  I  think  that  is  what  is  missing 
in  the  Clinton  proposal. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you. 


131 

Senator  Wellstone.  Thank  you. 

I  wonder  if  I  could  be  very  direct  and  just  lay  my  major  concern 
right  out  on  the  table.  Again,  in  today's  Washington  Post,  there  is 
a  charge  of  recent  health  care  mergers.  In  June,  Galen  Healthcare 
takes  over.  There  is  a  merger  of  Galen  and  Columbia.  In  July, 
Merck  and  Medco;  in  August,  Humana  takes  over  Group  Health. 
And  now,  we  have  Columbia  and  HCA,  the  Hospital  Corporation  of 

A  New  York  T?mes  headline:  "Health  Industry  is  moving  to  form 
service  networks." 

My  concern  about  this  is  that  I  think  we  may  not  be  moving  to- 
ward competition,  but  rather  toward  collusion.  We  may  be  moving 
toward  oligopoly  at  best.  And  the  big  question  for  people  in  our 
country  is  going  to  be  who  manages  the  managed  competition. 

And  the  second  question,  one  more  time — and  I  am  a  huge  pro- 
ponent of  health  care  perform,  and  I  come  at  it  from  a  single-payer 
perspective— but  one  thing  I  don't  want  to  see  happen  is  bottom 
Fine  medicine  where  the  bottom  line  is  the  only  line,  and  one  thing 
I  do  not  want  to  see  happen  is  these  conglomerates  taking  over 
with,  I  think,  very  severe  damage  done  to  the  traditional  doctor- 
patient  relationship. 

I  will  tell  you  one  more  time,  Senator  Durenberger  is  quite  right 
about  what  happened  in  Minnesota,  including  that  the  largest  med- 
ical society,  in  Ramsey  County,  is  asking  for  a  study  of  single-payer 
in  our  State,  because  of  the  experiences  that  caregivers  had  with 
some  of  the  managed  care  plans.  They  have  been  micromanaged  to 
death,  to  the  extent  that  I  think  there  is  a  considerable  amount  of 
demoralization. 

I  think  when  caregivers  raise  questions  about  this,  they  are  rais- 
ing these  questions  in  very  good  faith.  So  I  would  like  to  ask  you 
for  a  response  to  my  proposal.  I  think  built  into  whatever  health 
care  reform  there  is,  there  has  to  be  an  assurance  that  caregivers 
can  have  access  to  capital  to  set  up  their  own  independent  net- 
works. I  do  not  want  doctors  and  nurses  and  nurse  practitioners 
and  others  to  have  to  hang  out  an  Aetna  sign  or  a  Travellers  sign. 
Forty  percent  of  these  HMOs  are  already  owned  by  an  insurance 
company,  and  we  are  right  now  experiencing  a  buying  frenzy;  that 
is  what  these  stories  are  about  today.  While  we  are  talking  here 
today,  there  is  merger  mania  in  health  care. 

What  direction  is  this  taking  us  in,  and  would  you  agree  or  not 
agree  with  this  proposal  that  built  into  any  reform  effort  should  be 
that  providers  have  to  have  access  to  capital. 

Mr.  Davidson.  Senator,  in  our  testimony  we  made  reference  to 
the  point  that  the  whole  question  of  alliances  and  their  structure 
needed  much  more  attention  to  assure  that  the  accountable  health 
plans  that  they  work  with  represent  local  communities.  That  is 
how  we  have  got  to  come  at  that. 

You  see  on  the  business  pages  the  mergers  of  investor-owned  or- 
ganizations; all  across  America,  you  have  lots  of  hospital  and  doctor 
organizations  talking  to  each  other  in  local  communities,  seeing 
how  we  can  reconfigure  the  capacity  of  the  health  delivery  system 
to  meet  the  demands  of  tomorrow.  Those  things  do  not  make  the 
business  pages  because  they  are  generally  being  done  by  small, 
community-based  institutions.  But  the  underlying  concern  that  we 


132 

do  have,  all  of  us,  is  how  do  we  maintain  community-based  control 
of  our  organizations.  How  can  we  come  together  and  make  deci- 
sions at  the  community  level  about  the  appropriate  levels  of  capac- 
ity? The  Government  cannot  do  it;  it  has  not  done  that  effectively 
in  any  State,  and  we  think  it  ought  to  be  done  by  community-based 
organizations  that  address  your  concerns. 

Senator  Wellstone.  I  would  like  to  get  to  the  community-based 
organizations,  but  do  you  or  do  you  not  think  it  is  a  proposal  that 
is  worth  considering  taking  up  that  again  the  caregivers — I  am  just 
going  to  focus  on  that  for  a  moment — have  to  have  the  capital  and 
the  wherewithal  to  be  able  to  set  up  their  own  networks,  if  this  is 
the  direction  we  are  going  in,  as  opposed  to  having  to  hang  out  an 
Aetna  sign?  Because  I  see  this  whole  thing  going  toward  merger/ 
conglomerate. 

Sister  Coyle.  Senator  Wellstone,  we  do  not  envision  our  health 
care  system  to  be  managed  by  Wall  Street.  It  is  essential  that 
caregivers  and  consumers  be  active  participants  in  assessing  com- 
munity needs  and  designing  the  types  of  integrated  delivery  or  con- 
tinuing care  networks  that  will  be  community-focused. 

Health  care  reform  is  about  responding  to  the  needs  of  people. 
It  is  not  about  building  an  additional  corporation.  We  are  very  con- 
cerned that  managed  competition  that  focuses  primarily  on  price 
and  cost  rather  than  on  quality,  scope  of  service  and  efficiency,  will 
not  be  an  appropriate,  healthy  approach  to  health  care  reform  in 
our  society. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Well,  Sister,  that  is  precisely  my  concern. 

Let  me  ask  one  more  question  of  a  different  kind.  I  really  appre- 
ciate— I  followed  your  statement  very  carefully  that  we  must  at  all 
costs  avoid — and  I  quote — "creating  a  basic  package  that  becomes 
a  floor  for  the  middle  class  and  a  ceiling  for  the  poor."  I  just  want 
to  tell  you,  Sister,  that  I  am  going  to  continue — I  tried  once  last 
week  with  an  amendment,  and  I  am  going  to  have  a  different  for- 
mulation— but  the  principle  is  going  to  be  that  whatever  plan  Sen- 
ators and  Representatives  participate  in  by  way  of  package  of  bene- 
fits and  quality  of  services  for  ourselves  and  our  families  must  be 
available  and  affordable  for  the  people  we  represent.  I  think  that 
has  to  be  built  into  this.  Otherwise,  we  have  lots  of  tiers  of  bene- 
fits. 

I  am  not  asking  you  to  respond  and  agree  or  disagree.  I  just  want 
to  let  you  know  that  I  am  going  to  continue  to  push  that  forward. 

My  question  is  this,  on  the  community  part,  for  both  of  you — the 
poor  and  where  they  figure  in.  If  you  have  these  alliances,  maybe 
one,  maybe  several  in  a  State,  and  then  you  have  these  networks 
that  are  competing,  many  of  which  are  in  fact  going  to  be  owned 
by  insurance  companies  or  get  bought  up — I  am  telling  you,  I  know 
you  don't  want  to  see  this  happen,  but  I  am  telling  you  we  are 
going  to  head  toward  monopoly,  and  we  are  going  to  head  toward 
collusion  and  not  competition.  I  mean,  I  read  the  articles  about 
what  the  big  insurance  companies  are  planning  on  doing.  They  are 
competing  to  keep  costs  down.  Why  would  they  want  to  take  care 
of  poor  people?  What  is  the  guarantee  that  we  nave  any  kind  of  in- 
frastructure of  delivery,  like  community  health  care  clinics,  public 
health,  out  in  the  community  where  people  really  get  the  care  and 


133 

where  they  have  some  say?  Where  is  the  guarantee  in  this  plan 
that  that  is  going  to  happen? 

Sister  Coyle.  First  of  all,  we  advocate  that  there  would  be  an  ob- 
jective outside  group,  the  alliance,  for  example,  that  would  charter 
these  integrated  delivery  networks,  and  that  within  them,  there 
would  be  a  range  of  service  as  well  as  population  so  that  all  of  the 
poor  are  not  shifted  to  one  network  as  opposed  to  another.  That  is 
going  to  require  monitoring  by  the  alliance;  it  is  also  going  to  re- 
quire the  responsibility  to  share  the  burden,  because  the  concept  of 
capitation  is  based  on  spreading  the  risk,  and  if  we  have  all  the 
poor  in  one  network,  we  have  not  spread  the  risk;  we  have  consoli- 
dated it.  „  ,  .      .      . 

So  it  is  very  essential  that  in  the  forming  of  the  networks,  m  the 
approval  of  the  networks,  there  be  specific  guidelines  that  require 
a  broad  spectrum  of  the  population  to  be  served. 

Senator  Wellstone.  This  is  a  tremendous  focus  you  are  putting 
on  the  alliances. 

My  time  is  up.  Senator  Gregg,  have  you  voted  already? 

Senator  Gregg.  Yes. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Then  why  don't  I  let  you  go  ahead,  and 
then  I  will  excuse  myself. 

Thank  you  very  much.  I  would  certainly  like  to  pursue  some  of 

this  with  you. 

I  also,  Senator  Gregg,  would  like  to  include  in  the  record  a  state- 
ment by  Dr.  Cecile  Rose,  who  is  the  president  of  Physicians  for  a 
National  Health  Program,  the  PNHP,  expressing  some  of  their  con- 
cerns about  where  fee-for-service  fits  in. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Rose  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Cecile  Rose 

Good  morning.  My  name  is  Dr.  Cecile  Rose,  and  I  am  the  President  of  Physicians 
for  a  National  Health  Program  (PNHP),  a  membership  organization  of  5,500  physi- 
cians in  the  United  States.  PNHP  is  organized  to  educate  physicians  and  the  gen- 
eral public  on  the  merits  of  a  Canadian-style,  single-payer  health  care  system, 
which  we  believe  would  meet  the  goals  for  reform  outlined  by  President  Clinton. 

PNHP  believes  that  the  evidence  supporting  single-payer  reform  makes  it  a  far 
better  policy  choice  than  the  managed-competition  approach  favored  by  President 
Clinton.  We  believe  that  managed  competition  cannot  achieve  the  administrative 
savings  needed  to  expand  coverage  to  the  uninsured  and  underinsured.  Single-payer 
reform,  on  the  other  hand,  has  been  shown  to  achieve  tremendous  savings.  The  Con- 
gressional Budget  Office  released  a  report  in  July  of  this  year  comparing  the  four 
leading  health  care  reform  proposals.  Single-payer  evidenced  by  far  the  greatest 
amount  of  savings.  . 

A  study  by  the  General  Accounting  Office  in  June  1991  found  that  the  administra- 
tive savings  using  a  Canadian  system  in  the  United  States  would  be  $67  billion  per 
year.  In  1993  that  figure  would  be  $90  billion  annually.  The  cost  of  serving  the 
newly  insured  and  increasing  coverage  for  the  currently  insured  could  be  easily  paid 
by  these  savings. 

We  fear  that  the  administrative  savings  claimed  for  managed  competition  cannot 
be  achieved.  On  the  contrary,  the  market  forces  on  which  managed  competition  re- 
lies to  restrain  costs  have  not  succeeded  in  doing  so  during  20  years  of  various  state 
and  private  sector  cost  control  initiatives. 

We  fear  that  managed  competition  will  push  all  but  the  wealthy  into  stripped 
down  versions  of  HMOs  and  assure  a  multi-tiered  health  care  system,  separate  and 
unequal.  ,       .  ,  , 

We  fear  that  managed  competition  will  deny  most  patients  the  right  to  choose  or 
change  their  doctor  and  hospital,  completing  the  transformation  of  American  medi- 
cine from  one-on-one  doctor-patient  relationships  to  a  medical  system  run  by  insur- 
ance giants  like  Prudential  and  Aetna. 


134 

In  half  of  America,  the  population  is  too  sparse  to  allow  competition;  a  town's  only 
hospital  can't  compete  with  itself.  In  the  rest  of  the  nation,  the  big  insurance  compa- 
nies, which  will  run  the  system,  are  more  likely  to  collude  to  raise  prices  than  to 
compete  to  lower  them. 

The  Canadian  approach  is  simple  and  straightforward:  include  everyone  in  a  sin- 
gle public  insurance  program  like  Social  Security;  cover  all  needed  care  without  co- 
payments  or  deductibles;  and  leave  patients  free  to  choose  any  doctor,  clinic  or  hos- 
pital in  the  country.  Since  Canadians  started  their  program  25  years  ago,  their  life 
expectancy  has  soared — nearly  two  years  higher  than  that  of  Americans.  They  pay 
40  percent  less  for  care  than  we  do,  and  get  more  care:  more  doctor  visits,  more  hos- 
pital care  and  even  more  bone-marrow  transplants. 

We  support  the  principles  President  Clinton  has  outlined  for  his  plan.  Each  prin- 
ciple can  be  achieved  by  single-payer  reform. 

Security — A  single-payer  system  is  based  on  universal  coverage.  Managed  com- 
petition, on  the  other  hand,  would  create  an  elaborate  system  to  determine  eligi- 
bility and  set  premiums.  Even  before  the  Clinton  plan's  official  release,  White  House 
spokespeople  discussed  delaying  the  phase-in  of  universal  coverage  to  soften  the  cost 
impact.  The  example  of  Massachusetts  is  illustrative  of  what  could  happen  across 
the  country.  Five  years  after  passage  of  universal  health  insurance  legislation,  more, 
not  fewer,  people  are  uninsured,  and  as  costs  have  soared,  the  phase-in  of  the  em- 
ployer mandate  has  failed  to  materialize. 

Simplicity — Single-payer  reform  will  make  the  government  the  sole  insurer,  elimi- 
nating the  need  for  duplicative  and  costly  bureaucracy  in  the  nation's  1,500  health 
insurance  companies.  Managed  competition,  on  the  other  hand,  will  create  a  new 
layer  of  bureaucracy  in  the  form  of  Health  Alliances.  Furthermore,  the  bureaucratic 
tasks  assigned  to  the  Health  Alliances  are  daunting.  They  will  administer  premium 
caps;  negotiate  with  and  monitor  health  plans  for  quality  of  care,  risk  selection  and 
financial  abuses;  set  fees  and  capitation  payments;  collect  premiums  from  millions 
of  employers  and  hundreds  of  millions  of  individuals;  and  verify  eligibility  for  pre- 
mium subsidies  available  to  the  45.6  million  people  whose  incomes  are  at  or  below 
150%  of  poverty.  A  single-payer  approach,  on  the  other  hand,  would  require  no  in- 
come eligibility,  no  premium  caps,  and  no  concern  about  risk  selection,  since  every- 
one is  covered.  The  single-payer  approach  would  sharply  cut  the  $50  billion  spent 
annually  on  insurance  overhead  by  eliminating  marketing  costs,  efforts  at  selective 
enrollment,  stockholder's  profits,  executives'  exorbitant  salaries,  and  lobbying  ex- 
penses. 

Savings — The  Government  Accounting  Office  stated  in  June  1991  that  the  single- 
payer  approach  would  save  $67  billion  per  year  in  administrative  costs.  The  Clinton 
proposal,  relying  solely  on  computerization  and  standardization  of  billing  for  admin- 
istrative savings,  is  unlikely  to  save  more  than  $7-8  billion  per  year. 

The  Clinton  proposal  would  create  Health  Alliances,  necessitating  a  complex  regu- 
latory mechanism  to  control  premiums  and  hence  to  control  costs.  The  single-payer 
system  eliminates  the  need  for  such  complexity,  and  therefore  requires  a  much 
smaller  administrative  network.  The  Canadian  health  care  system  administration, 
employs  approximately  the  same  number  of  persons  as  does  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield 
in  the  state  of  Massachusetts  alone! 

Furthermore,  insurance  overhead  in  Canada's  public  system  takes  only  one  cent 
of  each  premium  dollar;  our  private  insurance  companies  and  HMOs  keep  an  aver- 
age of  14  cents  of  every  premium  dollar  in  overhead. 

Choice — The  Clinton  proposal  claims  it  will  allow  freedom  of  choice.  However,  by 
shepherding  most  people  into  HMOs,  most  people  will  have  fewer  choices.  A  nation- 
wide study  of  17,000  patients  released  in  August  1993  found  that  patients  are  wide- 
ly dissatisfied  with  health  maintenance  organizations. 

A  single  payer  system  allows  for  true  choice.  Canadians  can  choose  any  hospital 
or  doctor,  and  may  change  providers  at  any  time.  Under  managed  competition,  one 
must  choose  from  those  providers  allowed  within  a  particular  plan. 

Ouality — A  single  payer  system  could  apply  all  the  techniques  for  quality  im- 

ftrovement  that  managed  competition  proposes  and  apply  them  over  the  entire  popu- 
ation,  not  merely  within  health  plans.  Providers  would  compete  solely  on  the  basis 
of  quality  since  all  costs  would  be  equal. 

Responsibility — The  Clinton  proposal  will  shift  a  significant  cost  of  the  new  sys- 
tem onto  small  businesses,  self-employed  people,  and  middle  and  lower-income  peo- 
ple. Many  of  the  "savings"  will  be  achieved  by  restricting  or  denying  care,  rather 
than  by  expanding  care.  Single-payer,  on  the  other  hand,  is  financed  by  progressive 
income  ana  payroll  taxes,  eliminating  the  need  for  co-payments  and  deductibles,  and 
making  the  system  more  equitable. 

I  hope  you  will  seriously  consider  the  potential  for  savings,  simplicity,  streamlin- 
ing, and  universal  coverage  achievable  with  a  single-payer  system.  We  in  Physicians 


135 

for  a  National  Health  Program  stand  ready  to  work  with  you  in  ensuring  that 
health  care  reform  in  this  country  incorporate  the  best  mechanisms  to  meet  the 
goals  we  all  share. 

Senator  Gregg.  As  I  understand  your  view,  it  is  that  the  $238 
in  savings  which  the  administration  plan  has  suggested  in  the  way 
of  Medicare  and  Medicaid  is  too  much  and  too  fast,  or  too  fast,  any- 
way, and  probably  too  much.  And  if  I  heard  you,  Sister,  I  think  you 
used  the  phrase  there  should  be  another  source  of  revenue.  What 
is  it^a  VAT  and  higher  income  tax?  What  is  the  other  source  of 
revenue  if  these  savings  are  not  recognized  in  Medicare  and  Medic- 
aid? 

Sister  Coyle.  Well,  I  thought  you  were  going  to  define  that  other 
source  of  revenue. 

Senator  Gregg.  No.  We  are  here  to  hear  your  suggestions,  so 
why  don't  you  give  us  some  specific  suggestions  on  where  we'll  find 
the  revenue  to  pay  for  this  fairly  significant  benefit  package  which 
now  would  be  an  entitlement? 

Sister  Coyle.  I  know  that  the  Clinton  proposal  has  already  sug- 
gested a  tax  on  the  tobacco  industry. 

Senator  Gregg.  That  is  correct.  I  think  they  expect  to  get  $105 
billion;  I'm  not  sure. 

Sister  Coyle.  It  believes  that  it  is  possible  that  a  similar  tax 
could  be  placed  on  the  alcohol  industry.  I  am  looking  at  those  in- 
dustries that  in  some  way  contribute  to  the  health  needs  within 
our  society. 

Senator  Gregg.  So  you  think  that  rather  than  this  savings  in 
Medicare  and  Medicaid,  you  could  make  up  most  of  this  cost  in- 
crease through  taxes  on  sin? 

Sister  Coyle.  Well,  I  did  not  call  it  "sin."  [Laughter.]  Other  peo- 
ple have  referred  to  it  as  that.  But  I  am  looking  at  those  behaviors 
in  our  society  that  contribute  to  the  escalating  cost  of  health  care. 
Frankly,  I  really  have  not  looked  at  other  revenues,  but 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  it  is  a  big  number;  my  point  is  it  is  a  big 
number. 

Sister  Coyle.  Yes. 

Senator  Gregg.  The  administration  is  talking  $230  billion.  Actu- 
ally, I  think  their  total  number  is  $287  billion  in  total  Federal  sav- 
ings. And  I  understand  that  the  hospitals  do  not  want  to  bear  the 
brunt  of  that,  because  clearly,  if  Medicare  and  Medicaid  are  con- 
tracted in  their  rate  of  growth,  you  folks  are  probably  going  to  bear 
the  majority  of  that  contraction  as  you  did  in  the  DRG  program 
and  other  programs. 

But  that  still  leaves  the  gap.  If  you  are  going  to  have  the  benefits 
package — and  in  fact,  vou  nave  suggested  an  even  broader  benefits 
package  than  what  the  administration  has  suggested,  then  you 
have  got  to  pay  for  it  somehow.  And  I  guess  I  am  just  looking  for 
ideas. 

Sister  Coyle.  I  also  think  that  in  addition  to  other  sources  of 
revenue,  we  need  to  look  at  other  changes  in  societal  behavior  pat- 
terns that  contribute  to  the  cost  of  health  care  in  our  society,  and 
that  is  a  long-term  savings  that  is  not  going  to  happen  tomorrow. 

Senator  Gregg.  I  think  the  whole  package  is  aimed  at  that  pri- 
mary preventive  care,  which  is  something  I  strongly  support.  But 
those  are  hard  to  quantify,  as  is  the  effect  of  insuring  everyone  and 


136 

how  that  will  affect  utilization.  I  mean,  you  have  to  presume  that 
that  is  going  to  dramatically  increase  utilization  from  a  lot  of  sec- 
tors that  may  not  be  taking  advantage  of  the  system  now — and  I 
do  not  mean  taking  advantage  in  a  pejorative  sense,  but  I  mean 
just  using  the  system.  So  those  are  difficult  ones  to  quantify. 

But  what  is  quantifiable,  using  the  administration  numbers, 
which  I  happen  to  think  are  low — their  estimates  on  the  new  enti- 
tlements are  clearly  low*  their  estimate  of  $4.5  billion  which  is  now 
being  adjusted  upward,  but  is  not  enough  in  my  opinion  to  pick  up 
the  early  retirement  item  of  that  new  entitlement;  it  is  very  low. 
Their  long-term  care  entitlement  is  low.  Their  drug  entitlement  es- 
timates are  low.  But  using  their  numbers,  they  have  got  this  num- 
ber of  $287  billion,  of  which  230-some-odd  billion  is  made  up  of 
Medicare  and  Medicaid.  And  you  folks  are  taking  the  position  that 
that  is  too  much  to  take  out  of  your  industry  at  this  time,  that  hos- 
pitals cannot  bear  that,  and  so  I  guess  you  have  answered  the 
question.  You  think  it  should  come  from  a  tax  on  various  activities 
which  incur  negative  effects  on  the  health  care  system. 

Sister  Coyle.  That  is  one  possibility  to  look  at,  yes. 

Senator  Gregg.  Mr.  Davidson,  do  you  have  any  thoughts  on  this? 

Mr.  Davidson.  Well,  I  would  like  to  separate  the  numbers.  I  spe- 
cifically addressed  the  $124  billion  in  Medicare  growth  reductions 
over  time,  and  then  the  Medicaid  numbers  are  another  set  of  num- 
bers. There  will  be  some  legitimate  savings  on  the  Medicaid  side 
as  you  ultimately  move  Medicaid  beneficiaries  out  of  current  State- 
run  programs  into  integrated  delivery  systems,  but  we  do  not  know 
what  those  savings  win  be.  But  we  think  they  are  legitimate  sav- 
ings. 

Senator  Gregg.  Do  you  have  an  idea?  Do  you  have  a  ball  park 
figure— 5  percent,  10  percent? 

Mr.  Davidson.  That  could  be  as  good  a  guess  as  any.  I  would  be 
hesitant  to  name  a  number  except  to  say  that  there  will  be  some. 

But  our  specific  reference  to  the  Medicare  program  was  address- 
ing here  a  savings  by  treating  Medicare  the  same  as  usual,  and  you 
cannot  expect  that  to  happen  in  those  particular  numbers.  Eighty 
percent  of  the  cuts  do  come  from  reductions  in  hospital  payment. 

So  the  question  goes  back,  Senator,  to  the  commitment  to  reach- 
ing universal  access,  and  can  we  agree  that  that  is  a  commitment 
people  want  to  make.  And  then  you  have  to  face  the  hard  choices 
of  how  you  finance  it.  I  certainly  would  agree  with  Sister  in  the 
whole  notion  that  we  ought  to  look  at  financing  mechanisms  that 
are  tied  to  vehicles  that  contribute  to  the  poor  health  of  the  Nation. 
You  can  begin  to  brainstorm  that  whole  idea  as  to  what  else  you 
might  legitimately  do. 

Obviously,  the  excise  tax  on  tobacco  and  distilled  spirits  is  a  le- 
gitimate question  in  terms  of  social  policy.  I  mean,  someone  has 
raised  the  question  of  a  firearms  tax.  You  can  go  down  the  list.  But 
they  are  legitimate  questions.  Someone  has  raised  the  question  of 
whether  or  not  we  ought  to  have  a  national  lottery,  since  there  is 
a  feeding  frenzy  on  the  development  of  gambling,  and  it  tends  to 

f>ay  on  the  problems  of  the  poor,  and  if  the  poor  are  users  of  the 
ottery  system,  then  perhaps  that  is  a  strategy  to  have  them  con- 
tribute to  health  care.  That  is  another  kindof  thing  people  are 
thinking  about. 


137 

The  point  is  that  if  we  are  going  to  be  committed,  we  do  have 
to  make  honest  and  hard  choices,  and  we  are  prepared  to  work 
with  you  on  that  and  to  recognize  that  the  question  is  the  objective 
and  how  achievable  is  it,  and  can  we  continue  to  sustain  the  status 
quo,  and  what  is  the  economic  impact  of  doing  nothing. 

Senator  Gregg.  I  am  just  trying  to  get  to  some  hard  numbers. 
On  the  $124  billion,  which  is  what  you  are  willing  to  discuss,  the 
Medicare  number,  do  you  have  a  number  that  you  feel  the  Hospital 
Association  has  agreed  that  they  could  absorb? 

Mr.  Davidson.  No,  I  do  not,  but  we  would  be  happy  to  work  with 
you  on  some  kind  of  forecast  and  estimate  about  what  you  might 
expect  in  changes  in  the  delivery  system  if  in  fact  Medicare  were 
brought  into  the  changed  delivery  system. 

Senator  Gregg.  You  have  not  done  those  yet? 

Mr.  Davidson.  No. 

Senator  Gregg.  I  was  also  wondering  about  the  issue  of  utiliza- 
tion. In  my  State,  I  think  it  is  about  60  percent — most  hospitals, 
I  guess,  statewide — so  you  have  a  large  number  of  beds  which  are 
not  being  utilized.  This  system  is  inevitably  going  to  lead  the  ad- 
ministration system,  or  just  about  any  system  which  fundamentally 
changes  the  way  we  deliver  health  care  and  addresses  efficiencies, 
is  going  to  lead  to  a  contraction  in  the  number  of  beds  that  are 
available. 

Mr.  Davidson.  Absolutely. 

Senator  Gregg.  How  do  you  address  that  in  the  context  of  rural 
hospitals,  which  are  underutilized,  which  are  not  efficient  for  that 
reason;  and  should  there  be  something  in  this  that  deals  with  that 
fact,  or  do  we  just  close  them? 

Mr.  Davidson.  Well,  the  way  the  current  system  is  working,  we 
are  starving  some  of  those  institutions,  and  they  will  close.  Wheth- 
er they  should  or  not  is  another  question. 

I  think  when  we  talk  about  reform,  we  talk  about  bringing  insti- 
tutions together  to  work  together  in  collaboration  where  we  can 
make  some  decisions  about  who  should  continue  to  exist  and  who 
should  not,  and  if  in  fact  you  have  to  close  a  rural  acute  care  hos- 
pital, what  kind  of  service  ought  to  remain  in  the  community.  Up 
until  now,  we  have  not  had  a  real  strategy  or  public  process  to  deal 
with  those  questions. 

Senator  Gregg.  I  guess  my  question  is — I  asked  Mrs.  Clinton 
this  question  at  one  of  our  meetings,  and  I  respected  her  response. 
She  said,  "Well,  basically,  our  plan  is  to  structure  a  plan  where  the 
marketplace  settles  that  issue."  I  do  not  happen  to  think  that  is 
going  to  happen,  but  you  are  saying  there  should  be  something  be- 
yond the  marketplace  settling  the  issue  of  rural  hospitals  that  are 
underutilized  but  that  represent  a  community  service,  whether 
those  stay  open  or  close. 

My  question  is  do  you  have  any  proposals  for  us  that  we  should 
be  putting  into  this  process. 

Mr.  Davidson.  Senator,  there  may  be  frontier  institutions  that 
somehow  fall  out  of  any  of  these  new  concepts  of  delivery.  For  in- 
stance, in  the  State  of  Montana — when  we  think  of  something  more 
rural — hospital  people  have  said  that  they  are  anxious  to  begin  to 
come  together  and  try  to  link  the  rural  hospitals  of  Montana  into 


138 

some  kind  of  an  organized  delivery  system.  We  were  impressed 
with  their  vision  and  their  view  that  they  could  make  that  happen. 

There  are  going  to  be  certain  places  where  in  fact  this  might  not 
be  able  to  be  worked  out,  and  the  question  is  if  there  would  be  a 
great  void  for  the  community  by  that  institution  closing,  then 
maybe  we  need  to  have  some  kind  of  Federal  assistance  to  assist 
those  particular  institutions.  I  do  not  know  how  many  fit  into  that 
category,  but  there  may  be  some.  That  would  be  outside  of  the  alli- 
ance structure  as  we  see  it  proposed. 

Senator  Gregg.  That  is  the  concern  I  have.  If  I  could  ask  one 
more 

Sister  Coyle.  Senator,  we  have  a  rural  hospital  in  Martin,  KY. 
We  are  currently  reshaping  that  hospital.  In  its  current  pattern,  it 
is  quite  costly.  This  has  been  a  phenomenon  over  the  past  20  years, 
that  each  one  of  our  stand-alone  hospitals  has  continued  to  escalate 
the  amount  of  service  and  the  nature  of  service.  By  forming  a  part- 
nership with  a  neighboring  hospital,  we  are  beginning  to  redefine 
the  presence  of  that  hospital.  It  will  be  continuing  in  that  commu- 
nity, but  its  service  will  be  preventive  as  well  as  treatment  and 
cure.  I  think  that  is  what  we  are  going  to  be  looking  at,  because 
we  just  cannot  abolish  the  rural  hospitals  if  we  believe  that  provid- 
ing health  care  is  a  community  responsibility. 

Senator  Gregg.  I  guess  that  is  my  concern.  I  think  we  may  end 
up  with  abolishing  a  lot  of  the  rural  hospitals  from  an  economic 
standpoint,  but  I  am  not  sure  that  from  a  quality  of  service  stand- 
point, that  is  the  best  approach. 

Let  me  ask  one  more  question  of  you,  Sister.  If  the  benefits  pack- 
age includes  in  it  as  a  directive  of  the  national  board  that  abortions 
must  be  done,  how  is  the  Catholic  medical  hospital  system  going 
to  address  that  issue? 

Sister  Coyle.  Well,  the  Catholic  Hospital  Association  is  not 
ready  to  speculate  on  that  "if  at  this  time.  I  believe  we  made  our 
position  clear  that  we  perceive  legal  abortion  and  health  care  as 
separate  and  distinct  issues.  Through  our  own  efforts,  we  will  con- 
tinue in  the  debate  to  maintain  that  voice.  At  this  time  we  cannot 
and  do  not  wish  to  speculate  on  another  outcome. 

Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Simon. 

Senator  Simon.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  thank  you  both 
for  your  testimony. 

Mr.  Davidson,  I  heard  you  say  something,  and  I  did  not  quite 
catch  it,  and  I  looked  through  your  written  statement  and  did  not 
see  it.  You  expressed  concern  about  the  per-patient  visit  or  stay 
basis  for  payment.  Did  I  miss  something? 

Mr.  Davidson.  A  continuation  of  the  current  Medicare  payment 
system  proliferates  a  system  that  we  have  that  has  not  been  as  ef- 
ficient as  it  could  be.  What  we  are  saying  is  that  the  whole  notion 
of  restructuring  the  health  care  delivery  system  cannot  have  a  seg- 
mented set  of  patients.  In  other  words,  in  rural  areas  of  your  State, 
you  have  some  hospitals  that  may  treat  60  percent  who  are  elderW, 
and  we  are  talking  about  changing  the  delivery  system,  but  Medi- 
care is  going  to  continue  to  pay  on  a  per-unit  basis,  per  admission, 
per  visit,  and  so  forth,  and  that  will  get  in  the  way  of  changing 
that  system. 


139 

We  are  saying  that  we  ought  to  have  encouragement  for  senior 
citizens  to  join  organized  delivery  systems  that  are  paid  on  a 
capitated  basis.  We  think  that  is  essential,  because  otherwise,  we 
are  going  to  run  a  two-track  system,  and  it  will  get  in  the  way  of 
restructuring  the  way  we  deliver  health  care,  and  I  think  we  are 
going  to  get  very  frustrated,  and  we  are  going  to  fail.  That  is  a  very 
serious  concern  that  we  have. 

Senator  Simon.  As  I  look  at  the  total  program — and  I  think  basi- 
cally, it  is  a  very  sound  program — but  the  two  areas  of  concern  that 
I  have,  you  have  touched  upon.  One  is  cost  control.  And  I  believe, 
Sister,  it  was  you  who  expressed  the  concern  that  it  is  attempting 
to  move  too  rapidly.  I  guess  some  of  us  have  the  feeling  it  is  not 
moving  rapidly  enough. 

The  second  concern  I  have  is  that  we  are  all  guessing  in  terms 
of  utilization,  but  when  you  add  the  37  or  38  million  people  who 
are  uncovered,  it  does  seem  to  me  that  we  are  likely  to  have  fairly 
significant  increases  in  demand — and  I  see  Dr.  Todd  in  back  of  you 
there — in  terms  of  use  of  physicians,  and  also  in  terms  of  utiliza- 
tion of  hospitals.  But  part  of  that  can  be  good.  In  other  words,  you 
may  have  a  hospital  move  from  a  70  percent  occupancy  rate  to  an 
80  percent  occupancy  rate. 

Assuming  that  we  move  away  from  the  savings  on  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  that  are  anticipated  here,  do  you  have  any  suggestions  as 
to  how  we  should  pay  for  the  costs  that  we  are  talking  about? 

Mr.  Davidson.  How  to  finance  the  new  costs,  in  terms  of  new 
revenue  sources? 

Senator  Simon.  Yes. 

Mr.  Davidson.  We  have  talked  about  the  excise  taxes,  consider- 
ation of  a  variety  of  options.  And  that,  again,  takes  you  back  to 
what  is  our  commitment  to  move  to  universal  access.  We  have  to 
determine  how  strongly  we  feel  about  that,  and  then  once  we  have 
made  a  determination  that  we  have  strong  feelings  about  it,  then 
we  have  to  make  the  hard  choices  on  the  financing  options,  and  I 
guess  the  view  that  Sister  and  I  have  expressed  is  that  we  ought 
to  consider  revenue  sources  that  are  somehow  tied  to  contributing 
to  health  problems  in  America.  That  is  what  takes  you  to  the  to- 
bacco tax,  the  distilled  alcohol  tax,  and  you  start  to  go  down  the 
list  of  other  things  that  may  be  related  to  that. 

Senator  Simon.  Sister,  do  you  want  to  add  anything  there? 

Sister  Coyle.  No.  My  response  is  similar.  I  do  think  that  over 
the  long-term,  we  will  see  cost-effectiveness.  Our  concern  at  the 
present  time  is  when  I  said  too  fast  and  too  soon,  that  we  cannot 
just  attempt  to  reform  the  system  and  lose  the  emphasis  on  quality 
care,  quality  service,  and  shortcuts  in  the  short  term  may  be  liabil- 
ities in  the  long-term. 

Senator  Simon.  But  short  term,  you  are  talking  about  limiting 
growth  to  11.6  percent  the  first  year.  Now,  that  does  not  sound  like 
a  very  extravagant  aim. 

Mr.  Davidson.  I  do  not  think  you  heard  us  expressing  special 
concern  over  that.  It  is  the  long-term  forecast  by  the  year  2000  that 
takes  you  down  to  inflation  plus  population.  The  health  care  field 
has  never  operated  at  straight  inflation  for  a  whole  variety  of  good 
reasons,  and  the  CPI  is  not  always  the  best  measure  to  be  compar- 
ing health  care  costs  against.  I  think  that  is  our  concern,  Senator, 


140 

that  those  forecasts  may  be  overly  ambitious,  and  from  a  hospital 
perspective,  on  the  Medicare  side,  80  percent  of  those  savings  are 
going  to  be  reduced  payments  to  hospitals — and  that  is  without 
changing  the  way  you  deliver  Medicare  services.  That  is  why  we 
make  the  point  that  you  cannot  make  that  happen  and  accrue  sav- 
ings unless  you  really  begin  to  hone  in  on  new  ways  to  deliver  serv- 
ices to  America's  senior  citizens. 

Senator  Simon.  By  the  year  2000,  the  aim  is  4.1  percent.  Even 
under  the  present  system,  a  representative — and  I  do  not  think  he 
would  mind  my  mentioning  this — of  General  Electric  mentioned 
that  in  the  State  of  Ohio,  by  using  managed  competition,  they 
brought  down  their  costs  to  about  5.6  percent,  which  is  not  that  far 
from  4.1  percent,  and  with  additional  savings  that  you  should  expe- 
rience, it  does  not  seem  to  me  that  4.1  percent  is  that  unrealistic. 

What  is  wrong  with  my  thinking  here? 

Mr.  Davidson.  Senator,  I  do  not  know  that  there  is  anything 
wrong  with  your  thinking,  except  that  what  we  are  talking  about 
is  substantial  change  that  could  turn  out  to  be  a  crapshoot,  and  we 
think  the  issues  are  too  significant  to  let  it  happen  that  way,  and 
we  need  to  be  very  careful  as  we  progress.  And  I  think  that  is  what 
you  hear  us  expressing. 

Sister  Coyle.  I  think  our  concern  is  about  the  timing  and  the 
ability  to  accomplish  that  amount  of  savings  over  the  short  period 
of  time.  That  is  probably  less  than  5-year  period  if  you  look  at 
where  we  are  today. 

Senator  Simon.  All  right.  Thank  you  both  very  much. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Durenberger. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  appreciate  the  pressure 
of  the  time,  and  I  really  regret  very  much  that  we  do  not  have 
more  time  with  these  witnesses. 

I  have  a  series  of  questions  that  I  would  like  to  submit  for  re- 
sponse in  writing.  I  must  begin,  however,  where  I  left  off,  which 
was  vocabulary  versus  language.  There  is  no  managed  competition 
in  the  State  of  Ohio,  and  everybody  knows  that.  There  is  some 
managed  care  going  on,  and  again,  that  is  a  misnomer;  some  people 
are  managing  the  costs,  taking  discount  rates  out  of  hospitals  and 
doctors  and  so  forth,  and  then  there  are,  in  some  parts  of  the  coun- 
try, genuine  organizations  that  try  to  manage  care,  and  I  am  sure 
in  Ohio  there  are  some  of  those.  There  are  a  couple  of  cities  in 
Ohio,  as  I  recall — Cleveland,  Cincinnati — that  are  trying  to  get  the 
markets  even  in  a  very  dysfunctional  environment.  But  until  we 
have  national  rules  in  which  people  can  make  choices  based  on  in- 
formation and  have  the  resources  to  make  those  choices  and  have 
a  genuine  choice  of  providers  from  whom  to  buy  that  and  rules  for 
health  plans  and  health  alliances  as  we  are  debating,  there  is  not 
going  to  be  any  managed  competition;  there  will  not  be  any  man- 
aged competition  until  we  get  every  community  being  rewarded  for 
doing  good  things. 

As  I  recall  the  Part  A  statistics  during  the  1980's,  when  we  gave 
some  appropriate  signals  to  the  hospital  industry,  they  changed. 
You  talked  about  behavior  earlier;  it  changed.  If  you  look  at  the 
Medicare  increases  in  the  1980's,  they  did  not  come  from  Part  A, 
and  they  did  not  come  from  hospitals,  because  hospital  behavior 


141 

changed  drastically  in  this  country.  The  expenditures  increased  be- 
cause nobody  did  anything  about  the  Part  B  side. 

I  understand  both  of  you  to  say  that  if  we  had  a  plan  on  the 
table  now  where  the  elderly  and  the  disabled  in  this  country  who 
are  Medicare-eligible  could  buy  an  accountable  health  plan  in  a 
community  in  which  they  function  appropriately,  rather  than  buy- 
ing a  Part  A,  Part  B,  Medigap  and  so  forth,  that  if  in  fact  those 
plans  would  coordinated  the  access  to  services  in  that  community 
for  an  appropriate  annual  price,  that  you  would  favor  that  kind  of 
system;  you  think  it  is  important  for  the  elderly  and  the  disabled 
in  this  country  to  move  in  the  direction  of  being  treated  the  same 
way  that  everyone  else  in  this  country  is  treated  in  terms  of  com- 
prehensive benefits,  somebody  to  do  their  work  for  them  other  than 
HCFA,  and  that  that  would  be  fair  to  the  elderly  and  the  disabled, 
as  well  as  enable  communities  to  do  a  better  job  of  finding  the  effi- 
ciencies in  the  provider  system. 

Mr.  Davidson.  Yes,  Senator,  that  is  a  view  that  we  hold,  and  the 
view  is  that  we  ought  to  use  the  expansion  of  benefits  as  an  incen- 
tive to  enroll  elderly  people  in  these  new  kinds  of  delivery  systems. 
In  other  words,  consider  the  expansion  of  benefits  for  pharma- 
ceuticals and  long-term  care  as  something  you  get  by  enrolling  in 
an  integrated  delivery  system. 

There  are  other  ways  that  we  could  provide  incentives.  I  think 
the  point  that  we  are  making — I  don't  know  that  we  said  we  were 
opposed  to  what  we  see  on  the  table  because  this  is  not  in  there— 
what  we  are  saying  is  that  we  have  serious  concern  that  we  will 
not  achieve  the  objectives  if  we  keep  Medicare  the  way  it  is  today, 
and  we  are  going  to  frustrate  each  other.  You  will  be  angry  with 
us,  we  will  not  be  happy  with  you,  and  the  elderly  will  not  be  bet- 
ter served.  We  have  got  to  address  that  as  a  real  issue. 

Sister  Coyle.  We  believe  that  placing  the  elderly  in  the  plan 
really  does  integrate  the  continuum  of  care.  It  also  would  spread 
the  financial  risk  more  appropriately  across  the  total  community. 
It  seems  that  if  we  are  reforming  the  system  to  exclude  a  very  sig- 
nificant portion,  especially  in  the  consumption  of  health  care  goods 
and  costs,  that  we  are  really  not  reforming  the  total  system. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Would  either  of  you  take  on  the  issue  of 
capital?  I  do  not  know  that  that  has  been  raised  here  yet.  Particu- 
larly for  hospitals,  there  is  an  over-investment,  but  maybe  we  need 
new  investment  in  new  kinds  of  hospitals.  We  have  all  experienced 
that  in  rural  areas,  and  you  might  experience  that  in  transition 
communities.  Access  to  capital  is  critical. 

Traditionally,  you  will  have  some  kind  of  reserve  in  your  pay- 
ment system  to  use  for  that  kind  of  investment.  In  capitated  sys- 
tems, in  fixed-rate  systems,  in  systems  with  budgets  that  con- 
stantly ratchet  down — I  am  just  guessing — but  I  would  think  you 
would  be  very  apprehensive  that  the  individual  hospital  institu- 
tions in  this  country  would  have  the  room,  without  the  help  of 
some  other  entity — for  example,  an  accountable  health  plan  or 
some  kind  of  an  integrated  service  network — someone  who  in  effect 
spreads  the  risk  of  capital  investment,  to  get  the  kind  of  capital 
that  our  communities  are  going  to  need  to  shut  down  some  hos- 
pitals, transition  the  function  of  others,  whatever  it  may  be  out 


142 

there.  Would  one  or  the  other  of  you  speak  to  the  issue  of  capital 
and  how  that  relates  to  the  payment  system? 

Mr.  Davidson.  One  issue,  specifically.  In  talking  about  new  inte- 
grated delivery  systems,  the  major  area  of  new  capital  investment 
is  going  to  be  in  information  systems.  What  we  learn  as  we  talk 
through  all  of  this  and  try  to  coordinate  the  connections  of  elec- 
tronic information  and  standardized  medical  records  and  all  the 
rest  is  that  you  are  not  going  to  see  the  building  of  buildings.  You 
will  see  the  changing  in  the  configuration  of  buildings.  You  will  see 
more  care  at  home  and  in  alternative  settings  to  hospitals.  But  you 
are  going  to  see  very  sophisticated  information  systems  develop 
that  cost  an  awful  lot  of  money. 

I  was  just  with  a  hospital  CEO  from  the  State  of  Virginia  that 
runs  what  we  would  call  a  community  care  network.  They  are  look- 
ing at  a  potential  $25  million  investment  next  year,  just  in  infor- 
mation system  development.  So  the  concern  for  capital  is  that  we 
are  probably  talking  about  new  capital  configurations.  Some  of  this 
will  come  through  capitated  payment,  some  of  it  will  come  with 
new  partnerships  with  other  players  and  all  the  rest.  But  it  is  a 
real  issue;  we  cannot  get  from  here  to  there  without  an  infusion  of 
capital,  perhaps  for  different  kinds  of  things  than  we  have  used  in 
the  past. 

Sister  Coyle.  Yes,  I  agree.  In  fact,  when  you  mentioned  earlier 
in  your  opening  remarks  that  there  is  much  confusion  about  the  vo- 
cabulary and  having  different  meanings,  I  think  that  is  also  true 
in  regard  to  how  we  image  capital.  In  a  reformed  system  and  in 
a  new  approach  to  health  care  delivery,  the  emphasis  shifts  from 
brick  and  mortar  to  provision  of  care,  to  information  systems,  to 
those  types  of  equipment  that  will  better  meet  the  needs  of  people. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Wofford. 

Senator  Wofford.  It  was  very  constructive,  important  testimony, 
what  I  heard  and  all  that  I  have  read,  and  I  want  to  thank  you 
both.  I  will  not  hold  up  the  other  panel,  or  you  are  going  to  be 
blocked  from  hearing  them,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Thank  you. 

Mr.  Davidson.  Thank  you,  Senator. 

Senator  Wofford.  I  have  many  questions  for  you,  and  I  look  for- 
ward to  getting  together  with  you. 

The  Chatoman.  We  will  submit  some  written  questions  as  well. 

Thank  you  very,  very  much.  It  was  very  constructive  and  helpful 
presentation. 

Mr.  Davtoson.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Sister  Coyle.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Our  next  panel  is  composed  of  representatives  of 
many  of  the  most  important  organizations  speaking  for  front-line 
providers  of  health  care  services. 

Dr.  James  Todd  is  executive  vice  president  of  the  AMA  and  is 
known  to  everyone  here.  He  is  a  forceful  spokesman  for  his  mem- 
bership and  someone  that  I  and  other  members  have  worked  with 
closely  for  many  years  on  a  variety  of  issues. 

Linda  Shinn  is  the  executive  director  of  the  American  Nurses  As- 
sociation. The  ANA  represents   a  group   of  providers,  American 


143 

nurses,  who  have  been  unswerving  in  their  commitment  to  their 
patients  and  who  can  expect  to  play  an  even  more  important  role 
under  the  health  reform  than  they  do  today. 

Dr.  Leonard  Lawrence  is  associate  dean  of  the  University  of 
Texas  School  of  Medicine  at  San  Antonio,  TX.  He  is  also  president 
of  the  National  Medical  Association.  For  over  20  years,  he  has  been 
a  medical  educator,  administrator,  and  physician,  devoting  himself 
to  the  needs  of  the  medically  underserved  communities.  Trie  NMA 
speaks  for  African  American  physicians,  especially  for  the  concerns 
of  minority  patients. 

Dr.  Robert  Graham  is  the  executive  vice  president  of  the  Amer- 
ican Academy  of  Family  Physicians,  a  key  group  representing  pri- 
mary care.  Prior  to  joining  the  Family  Physicians,  Dr.  Graham  was 
a  career  officer  of  the  Public  Health  Service  and  among  many  other 
posts,  served  as  the  director  of  health  resources  and  services  ad- 
ministration. 

We  are  delighted  to  have  had  the  opportunity  to  work  with  him 
on  a  number  of  different  health  measures  in  the  past,  and  he  has 
always  been  very  constructive  and  helpful  to  this  committee. 

We  are  glad  to  have  all  of  you  here,  and  we  will  start  with  Dr. 
Todd. 

STATEMENTS  OF  DR.  JAMES  S.  TODD,  EXECUTIVE  VICE  PRESI- 
DENT, AMERICAN  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION,  WASHINGTON, 
DC;  LINDA  SHINN,  R.N„  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR,  AMERICAN 
NURSES  ASSOCIATION,  WASHINGTON,  DC;  DR.  LEONARD 
LAWRENCE,  PRESIDENT,  NATIONAL  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION, 
AND  ASSOCIATE  DEAN,  UNIVERSITY  OF  TEXAS  SCHOOL  OF 
MEDICINE,  SAN  ANTONIO,  TX;  AND  DR.  ROBERT  GRAHAM, 
EXECUTIVE  VICE  PRESIDENT,  AMERICAN  ACADEMY  OF  FAM- 
ILY PHYSICIANS,  WASHINGTON,  DC 

Dr.  Todd.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  good  morning,  mem- 
bers of  the  committee. 

I  am  Jim  Todd,  executive  vice  president  of  the  American  Medical 
Association.  Let  me  say  right  up  front  that  we  applaud  President 
Clinton  as  well  as  the  First  Lady  for  taking  the  first  necessary  step 
in  bringing  to  an  end  the  difficulties  of  far  too  many  of  our  patients 
in  finding  affordable,  adequate  health  care  coverage. 

The  basic  principles  of  the  President's  plan  mirror  what  the 
American  Medical  Association  has  been  calling  for  in  its  own  re- 
form proposal.  "Health  Access  America,"  for  the  last  4  years.  Both 
plans  seek  to  build  on  what  already  works  well  in  health  care,  and 
both  would  make  certain  that  the  health  care  system  works  fairly 
for  all  Americans. 

We  also  understand  the  need  to  produce  a  system  that  is  dis- 
ciplined and  can  provide  a  measure  of  quality  upon  which  our  pa- 
tients can  rely. 

Our  plans  also  agree  on  the  need  for  universal  coverage,  a  na- 
tional package  of  health  benefits  emphasizing  preventive  care;  a  re- 
quirement that  all  employers  share  in  the  responsibility  of  provid- 
ing coverage  that  most  employees  in  America  have  long  enjoyed, 
while  at  the  same  time  providing  mechanisms  to  deal  with  the  po- 
tential for  dislocation  among  small  employers  and  their  employees; 
insurance  reforms  that  will  require  insurers  to  insure  risk  rather 


144 

than  avoid  it;  a  competitive  environment  where  health  care  costs 
at  all  levels  will  have  to  be  justified;  and  a  pluralism  as  a  means 
of  guaranteeing  health  care  quality  and  access. 

We  are  very  pleased  that  in  the  various  discussions  we  have  had 
with  the  administration  as  it  has  crafted  this  proposal,  many  of  the 
suggestions  we  offered  were  accepted. 

In  many  other  respects,  however,  we  still  do  not  see  the  nec- 
essary level  of  physician  participation  on  behalf  of  their  patients  in 
some  of  the  crucial  aspects  of  the  President's  plan  that  we  have  dis- 
cussed. 

We  understand  that  modification  is  ongoing,  and  we  are  encour- 
aged that  the  President  has  signalled  a  willingness  to  negotiate  the 
specifics  of  the  plan.  Yet  right  now,  physicians  have  simply  too 
many  questions  about  how  the  plan  will  be  implemented;  about 
why  the  plan's  effort  to  cut  waste  and  spending  does  not  go  far 
enough  in  limiting  liability  costs  through  caps  on  noneconomic 
damages  and  meaningful  limits  on  attorneys'  fees;  about  why  phy- 
sicians will  not  be  given  adequate  exemptions  from  current  anti- 
trust restraints  to  allow  them  to  protect  their  patients'  interests  in 
a  health  care  market  that  will  be  dominated  by  large  managed  care 
entities  under  this  plan;  about  why  strict  spending  controls  are 
called  for  when  they  have  never  been  shown  to  work  anywhere 
else;  about  a  national  health  board  designed  basically  to  regulate 
the  system  when  better,  more  participatory  models  for  providing 
guidance  to  the  health  care  system  are  available;  about  health  alli- 
ances that  could  add  another  level  of  regulatory  authority  to  the 
system  when  all  that  is  needed  is  an  impartial  entity  that  helps  or- 
ganize the  way  insurers  and  small  employers  come  together  in  the 
marketplace;  about  the  intent  to  nationalize  medical  education  by 
essentially  telling  students  what  careers  they  may  pursue — some- 
thing done  nowhere  else  in  any  field  in  this  Nation;  and  finally, 
about  why  a  whole  new  bureaucracy  of  quality  oversight  will  be 
better  than  that  now  existing  in  the  private  sector. 

Before  physicians  can  say  whether  they  oppose  or  support  the 
President's  plan,  they  need  more  detailed  answers  to  these  ques- 
tions. Other  health  system  reform  plans  have  been  and  will  con- 
tinue to  be  offered  from  both  sides  of  the  aisle;  none  are  perfect, 
nor  should  we  expect  them  to  be  at  this  juncture.  But  on  balance, 
the  President  deserves  our  congratulations  for  his  unprecedented 
leadership  in  making,  at  long  last,  meaningful,  comprehensive 
health  system  reform  a  real  possibility. 

We  also  congratulate  this  committee  and  its  chairman  not  only 
for  its  past  leadership  but  for  quickly  beginning  the  task  of  examin- 
ing and  shaping  the  President's  plan.  There  is  still  much  work  to 
do,  and  at  the  end  of  this  long  process,  when  all  is  said  and  done, 
our  litmus  test  will  consist  of  only  two  questions:  Will  patients 
have  the  freedom  to  obtain  care  from  the  provider  and  facility  of 
their  choice,  and  can  physicians  provide  necessary,  effective,  effi- 
cient care  without  undue  restrictions  on  their  clinical  judgment? 

Our  patients  deserve  positive  answers  to  these  questions,  and  the 
AMA  promises  to  work  with  the  administration,  the  Congress,  and 
our  patients  to  see  that  positive  answers  will  be  achieved. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 


145 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Todd  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  op  James  S.  Todd 

Mr.  Chair  and  Members  of  the  Committee: 

My  name  is  James  S.  Todd,  MD,  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association  (AMA).  Accompanying  me  is  David  L.  Heidorn,  JD,  of  the  AMA's  Di- 
vision of  Federal  Legislation. 

On  behalf  of  the  AMA's  300,000  member  physicians,  I  am  pleased  and  honored 
to  be  able  to  share  with  you  what  I  believe  many  individual  physicians  would  say 
about  the  President's  proposal  for  health  system  reform  if  they  had  this  opportunity 
to  be  here  and  talk  with  you  today. 

The  President's  proposal  is  long  awaited.  Physicians  know  the  limitations  of  the 
current  system.  They  see  the  difficulties  far  too  many  of  Americans  have  finding  af- 
fordable, adequate  health  care  coverage.  For  the  past  four  years,  the  AMA  has  been 
telling  whomever  would  listen  about  the  need  for  comprehensive  reform  and  a  way 
to  achieve  meaningful  change  through  our  own  proposal,  Health  Access  America. 
Before  that,  we  helped  organize  an  effort  of  leaders  among  physicians,  a  wide  range 
of  health  care  providers,  academia,  and  both  federal  and  state  government  to  define 
the  difficulties  and  solutions  needed  to  address  problems  in  the  health  care  sys- 
tem—called Health  Agenda  for  the  American  People — well  before  the  problems  of 
the  health  care  system  captured  the  public's  attention  as  they  have  in  the  last  sev- 
eral years. 

We  have  long  understood  that  problems  with  America's  health  care  system  had 
to  be  addressed,  that  the  status  quo  was  no  longer  sufficient.  We  applaud  President 
Clinton  for  his  resolve  in  addressing  these  problems,  in  taking  the  first  necessary 
step  to  end  the  status  quo.  Likewise,  we  applaud  the  First  Lady  for  her  leadership 
in  the  difficult  process  of  framing  the  President's  proposal.  It  is  encouraging  to  phy- 
sicians that  the  President  has  signalled  a  willingness  to  negotiate  details  of  the  plan 
as  long  as  such  negotiation  does  not  undermine  the  basic  principles  of  reform.  We 
look  forward  to  such  negotiations  as  the  package  proceeds  through  the  Congress. 

For  these  reasons  alone,  I  can  confidently  say  that  the  Administration,  the  Con- 
gress, the  medical  profession  and  others  can  move  forward  into  a  new  era  of  health 
system  reform. 

BUILDING  FAIRNESS  INTO  WHAT  WORKS 

Our  confidence  that  we  can  accomplish  our  joint  goals  is  fueled  by  how  much 
there  is  in  President  Clinton's  proposal  that  reflects  our  own  plan  for  health  system 
reform.  Most  importantly,  we  share  President  Clinton's  intended  goal  of  building  on 
what  works  well  in  the  system  now,  not  replacing  it  or  tearing  it  down.  We  also 
recognize  that  a  strong  theme  in  the  President's  proposal  is  enforcing  fairness  on 
a  system  that,  for  all  the  world-leading  wonders  in  medical  care  it  makes  readily 
available  to  most  Americans,  does  not  fairly  ensure  that  all  Americans  have  access 
to  that  same  level  of  care. 

Every  American  should  have  coverage  so  that  the  system  is  available  to  every 
American,  and  the  rules  of  the  system  should  work  the  same  for  everyone.  President 
Clinton's  proposal  would  make  a  great  leap  in  ensuring  that  they  will — by  making 
sure  that  all  employers  share  in  the  responsibility  of  offering  health  care  coverage 
that  most  employees  in  America  have  long  enjoyed;  by  defining  at  the  national  level 
a  package  of  health  care  benefits  including  preventive  care  that  will  be  available 
to  all  Americans;  by  requiring  health  insurers  to  insure  risk,  not  avoid  or  limit  it; 
by  reconstructing  federal  tax  incentives  so  that  the  self-employed  are  treated  the 
same  as  large  corporations,  and  ending  federal  tax  dollar  underwriting  of  health 
care  benefits  richer  than  the  nationally  defined  benefit  package;  and  by  establishing 
reasonable  cost-sharing  requirements  that  will  encourage  individuals  to  assume  a 
level  of  responsibility  for  the  health  care  choices  they  make.  We  are  also  encouraged 
that  the  plan  recognizes  the  need  for  liability  reform  to  be  part  of  health  system 
reform. 

These  changes  alone  would  bring  about  a  resolution  of  many  of  the  difficulties  our 
patients  now  experience  in  the  health  care  system.  Even  more  is  needed,  though. 
Unfortunately,  many  of  the  directions  taken  in  the  President's  proposal  beyond 
these  basic  principles  create  in  physicians  serious  reservations  about  the  effect  the 
proposal,  if  enacted  as  it  stands  today,  would  have  on  the  ability  of  physicians  to 
provide  quality  health  care  to  their  patients. 


146 

ONE  MEASURE:  THE  PHYSICIAN-PATIENT  RELATIONSHIP 

There  is  only  one  measure  by  which  physicians  will  judge  this  proposal — how  will 
it  affect  the  ability  of  a  physician  and  his  or  her  patient  together  to  make  whatever 
decisions  are  necessary  about  the  patient's  medical  needs.  When  a  physician  sits  in 
an  examining  room  with  a  patient  facing  a  difficult,  often  life-threatening  moment 
of  decision,  the  physician  needs  to  know,  without  doubt,  that  a  decision  can  be  made 
solely  in  the  best  interests  of  that  patient's  health  and  well-being,  nothing  else.  As 
the  President's  proposal  stands  now,  far  too  much  could  come  between  the  physician 
and  patient  at  that  moment  of  truth,  making  it  difficult  to  make  the  best  possible 
decisions  on  behalf  of  patients. 

The  combination  of  arbitrary  global  budgets,  premium  caps  and  the  need  to  save 
dollars  by  plans  could  necessitate  many  of  the  same  intrusive  controls  and  second 
guessing  of  physician  decisions  that  exist  in  many  of  today's  tightly  controlled  insur- 
ance plans.  Such  interference  is,  has  been,  and  continues  to  be  inappropriate.  It  is 
inappropriate  now  when  insurance  companies  arbitrarily  second-guess  physicians' 
clinical  decisions  in  utilization  review  or  force  physicians  to  step  out  of  the  examin- 
ing room  to  seek  preauthorization  for  necessary  care.  It  is  inappropriate  when  the 
threat  of  liability  action  forces  physicians  to  order  tests  that  would  not  be  necessary 
in  a  less  hostile  environment. 

Under  a  new  health  care  system,  we  must  avoid  interference  that  results  from 
decisions  about  the  availability  and  quality  of  health  care  made  from  a  bureaucratic, 
centralized  place,  distant  from  the  patient's  bedside,  and  disconnected  from  the 
needs  of  a  physician's  individual  patient.  There  are  many  positive  aspects  of  the 
President's  plan  that  could  and  should  be  carried  out  with  little  government  involve- 
ment, however  new  levels  of  bureaucracy  are  envisioned  at  the  federal,  state,  and 
corporate  levels.  Physicians  wonder  what  role  will  be  left  for  them  in  the  new  sys- 
tem. 

FEDERAL  INTERFERENCE 

At  the  federal  level,  a  national  health  board  of  seven  individuals  would  have  sole 
responsibility  for  establishing,  administering,  and  disciplining  the  system  proposed 
by  the  President.  One  of  its  key  responsibilities  would  be  to  enforce  global  budgets 
on  health  care  spending.  If  such  budgets  were  truly  targets,  meant  as  a  flexible 
guide  established  with  the  help  of  physicians  to  assist  in  identifying  cost  difficulties 
and  specific  solutions,  reflecting  changing  demographics  and  specific  health  care 
needs  across  the  population,  the  AMA  could  support  them.  Instead,  the  "targets'' 
here  are  strict  spending  controls  based  solely  on  changes  in  the  Consumer  Price 
Index  and  enforced  through  the  cost  of  insurance  premiums,  with  potential  assess- 
ments on  providers. 

Nowhere  in  the  world,  in  any  kind  of  system  that  delivers  any  service  or  good  to 
anyone,  have  such  spending  controls  ever  worked.  Their  implementation  does  noth- 
ing to  control  the  demand  lor  services  and  often  times  increases  that  demand.  Such 
controls  result  in  arbitrary  maldistribution  of  services  that  often  falls  far  short  of 
meeting  consumers'  needs.  With  health  care  in  the  United  States,  the  result  will  be 
no  different.  Treatment  plans  on  how  to  meet  individual  patient  needs  now  made 
between  a  physician  and  a  patient  in  the  physician's  examining  room  could  be  made 
instead  in  Washington,  DC.  Physicians  cannot  accept  this  limitation.  We  do  not  be- 
lieve our  patients  will  either  when  beneficial  care  is  not  promptly  available.  That 
is  not  the  kind  of  reform  the  American  people  are  expecting. 

Physicians  have  the  same  kinds  of  concerns  about  the  control  the  federal  govern- 
ment will  be  taking  over  the  supply  of  physicians  under  the  President's  proposal. 
By  mandating  medical  schools  to  train  50%  of  their  physicians  in  primary  care  and 
allocating  medical  residency  slots  through  new  national  and  regional  graduate  medi- 
cal education  councils,  the  federal  government  will  essentially  nationalize  medical 
education  in  this  country.  While  there  is  a  need  for  more  primary  care  physicians 
throughout  the  nation,  the  incentives  to  practice  primary  care  included  in  the  Presi- 
dent's plan,  along  with  changes  in  the  health  care  marketplace  that  are  already 
happening,  may  well  be  enough  to  encourage  and  enable  medical  students  to  pursue 
primary  care.  The  AMA  has  advocated  for  these  same  incentives  for  a  long  time. 
They  should  finally  be  given  an  opportunity  to  work. 

STATE  INTERFERENCE 

At  the  state  level,  health  alliances,  as  proposed  in  the  President's  plan,  will  only 
add  to  this  bureaucratization  of  the  health  care  system,  providing  another  layer  of 
decision-making  which  could  undermine  the  physician-patient  relationship.  The 
AMA  has  watched  with  interest  the  development  of  the  concept  of  health  alliances 


147 

in  the  managed  competition  proposals  that  have  come  before  Congress.  In  a  pure 
managed  competition  approach,  health  alliances — or  insurance  purchasing  coopera- 
tives— would  act  simply  as  unbiased  conduits  between  health  insurance  plans  and 
consumers,  acting  to  organize  the  market  under  rules  that  apply  equally  to  all. 
There  is  a  need  for  such  a  role  to  be  played  to  help  small  businesses  organize  their 

Eurchasing  power  in  the  insurance  market.  Such  a  system — the  Federal  Employee 
[ealth  Benefit  Plan  (FEHBP)— -provides  health  benefits  to  federal  workers,  mem- 
bers of  Congress,  and  their  dependents.  With  little  bureaucracy,  FEHBP  empowers 
individuals  to  make  rational  insurance  purchasing  decisions  based  on  their  needs 
and  desires.  The  American  people  deserve  no  less. 

President  Clinton's  proposal  for  health  alliances  goes  beyond  this  basic  need,  how- 
ever, giving  alliances  what  will  amount  to  regulatory  command  and  control  author- 
ity, in  concert  with  the  national  board,  to  enforce  premium  prices  on  insurance 
plans  and  exclude  plans  with  higher  premiums.  Authority  also  is  given  to  alliances 
to  determine  what  kinds  of  health  plans  would  be  allowed  to  compete  by  limiting 
the  number  of  fee-for-service  plans  under  an  alliance.  This  is  not  competition.  We 
recognize  the  need  to  manage  competition  fairly,  but  this  limitation  is  not  fair  and 
is  not  going  to  promote  competition,  which  is  the  only  way  that  cost-effectiveness 
and  quality  health  care  can  be  guaranteed.  An  open  fee-for-service  plan  should  be 
available  in  every  area  of  the  country. 

The  proposal  for  health  alliances  is  also  problematic  in  that  it  requires  all  employ- 
ers with  up  to  5000  employees  to  purchase  coverage  through  them.  Such  a  nigh 
threshold  will  give  alliances  far  too  much  market  power  in  a  state  or  region,  choking 
off  pluralism  and  competition  in  a  market.  It  is  truly  small  employers,  those  with 
less  than  500  employees,  that  need  government  help  in  pooling  their  resources  to 
buy  insurance,  not  employers  with  thousands  of  employees.  Government  involve- 
ment should  be  limited  to  where  there  is  a  need,  allowing  competition  to  work 
where  it  is  able.  Allowing  medium  sized  employers  to  maintain  their  own  plans  will 

Jtrovide  an  appropriate  counterbalance  to  the  power  of  the  alliance  and  wul  provide 
reedom  for  an  expanded  number  of  plans  in  any  particular  geographic  area. 

CORPORATE  INTERFERENCE 

Finally,  physicians  see  the  erosion  of  their  professional  decision-making  role  and 
their  ability  to  represent  the  best  interests  of  their  patients  in  the  overwhelming 
preference  the  plan  gives  to  what  will  no  doubt  become  large  corporate  managed 
health  care  entities.  The  AMA  does  not  oppose  managed  care.  We  understand  the 
current  economic  pressures  that  are  already  pushing  more  and  more  physicians  into 
managed  care  arrangements.  That  is  competition,  for  now.  A  health  care  reform 
plan  should  not,  however,  codify  that  marketplace  phenomenon.  If  fee-for-service  is 
truly  noncompetitive,  our  patients  should  make  that  decision,  not  the  federal  gov- 
ernment. Government  action  should  at  least  he  neutral,  or,  where  there  is  a  domi- 
nance in  a  8  market,  should  help  balance  the  marketplace  to  encourage  competition. 

Instead,  we  see  an  overly  narrow  definition  of  fee-for-service  under  a  proposal  la- 
beled fee-  for-service  that  eliminates  many  of  the  elements  of  fee-for-service.  Rather 
than  giving  physicians  and  patients  the  ability  to  choose  how  and  where  medical 
care  is  delivered,  and  how  much  the  service  should  cost,  the  government  will  impose 
a  price  on  services  that  all  physicians  choosing  to  practice  outside  large  managed 
care  entities  will  have  to  accept.  It  is  doubtful  whether  many  physicians  will  be  able 
to  make  tins  choice  outside  of  already  underserved  areas  of  the  country  where  man- 
aged care  corporations  will  not  find  it  cost-effective  to  go.  In  a  short  time,  managed 
care  will  have  no  competition  in  the  marketplace.  A  physician  will  have  little  choice 
if  she  or  he  cannot  agree  to  managed  care  decisions  that  limit  her  or  his  ability  to 
meet  patient's  medical  needs.  Such  a  situation  is  unacceptable  to  physicians.  The 
fee-for  service  option,  as  proposed  by  the  President  combined  with  the  global  budget 
would  limit  patient  freedom  of  choice  to  only  an  IPA/HMO  type  of  fee-for  service 
plan. 

True  fee-for-service,  without  arbitrary  constraints,  should  be  given  an  opportunity 
to  fully  compete  in  a  new  health  system.  Instead  of  price  controls,  a  reimbursement 
system  based  on  the  RBRVS  could  be  created,  giving  patients  an  opportunity  to 
compare  prices  based  on  physicians'  choices  of  conversion  factors  they  individually 
want  to  apply. 

Also  needed  are  greatly  expanded  protections  from  anti-trust  constraints  for  phy- 
sicians to  ban  together  and  organize  networks  to  compete  with  the  accumulation  of 
health  care  market  power  in  large  corporate  entities.  Physician  organizations  like 
the  AMA  should  be  allowed  to  represent  physicians.  Current  restraints  on  such  ac- 
tivities are  already  no  longer  valid  where  individual  physicians  have  little  choice  but 
to  accept  arrangements  offered  to  them. 


148 

Physicians  also  must  be  given  the  opportunity  to  compete  for  patients  in  such 
markets,  by  requiring  dominant  managed  care  entities  to  allow  physicians  who  meet 
credential  requirements  to  provide  care  under  a  managed  care  arrangement.  Large 
corporate  entities  should  not  be  allowed  to  freeze  otherwise  qualified  physicians  out 
of  providing  needed  care  to  their  patients  if  those  patients  want  to  choose  that  phy- 
sician. 

FINANCING 

Fueling  physicians'  concern  over  the  President's  proposal  is  the  light  brush  that 
has  been  given  to  financing  the  plan.  The  key  revenue  source  offered  is  a  continued 
federal  cutback  in  Medicare  and  Medicaid  funding.  Not  only  is  this  unacceptable  to 
physicians  and  their  patients  who  rely  on  these  already  underfunded  programs,  it 
is  doubtful  that  this  can  be  a  reliable  revenue  source  to  fund  the  expansion  of  health 
care  access  hoped  for  in  the  proposal.  An  increased  "sin"  tax  on  tobacco  has  been 
proposed  by  the  President,  which  the  AMA  would  support.  We  would  also  support 
increased  taxes  on  alcohol  as  well  as  increased  cost  savings  that  will  come  with  ad- 
ministrative savings  envisioned  in  the  plan. 

With  some  reservations,  the  administrative  cost  savings  offered  in  the  plan  are 
laudable  and  necessary.  But  given  the  bureaucratization  of  health  care  at  the  fed- 
eral, state,  and  corporate  level  provided  in  the  plan,  we  see,  in  fact,  greater  adminis- 
trative costs,  not  less.  For  example,  the  National  Board  will  have  numerous  sub 
boards  and  commissions,  such  as  in  quality,  benefits,  graduate  medical  education, 
that  will  all  need  to  develop  complex  rules  and  regulations.  A  system  that  adds  lev- 
els of  management,  not  reduces  them,  can  only  be  more  expensive.  The  absurd  du- 
plication of  oversight  over  the  physician-patient  relationship  physicians  now  experi- 
ence under  insurance  company  control  will  not  lessen  under  a  system  dominated  by 
large  corporate  health  care  entities;  more  oversight  is  only  added  through  the  new 
state  and  federal  superstructure  of  control.  We  simply  do  not  see  sufficient  adminis- 
trative cost  savings  in  the  President's  proposal. 

And  where  there  are  unnecessary  costs  in  the  system  in  the  high  cost  of  liability 
both  in  litigation  costs  and  defensive  medicine,  the  President's  proposal  takes  too 
little  action.  To  ensure  such  high  costs  do  not  continue  under  a  new  system,  initia- 
tives similar  to  those  taken  by  California  under  its  MICRA  liability  reform  law 
should  be  enacted.  A  $250,000  limit  on  noneconomic  damages  must  be  established 
if  true  cost  savings  are  to  be  achieved,  and  limits  on  attorneys'  fees  significantly 
below  the  33  1/3  percent  limit  proposed  by  the  plan  are  needed.  That  is  no  limit 
at  all,  since  this  is  the  typical  share  of  awards  taken  from  their  clients  now. 

Physicians  need  to  know  from  where  the  actual  financing  of  the  President's  pro- 
posal will  come. 

CONCLUSION 

The  President  and  the  First  Lady  should  receive  full  credit  for  advancing  the 
health  reform  issues  and  ensuring  that  health  system  reform  has  finally  begun. 
Now,  Congress  has  an  unprecedented  opportunity  to  enact  legislation  that  will 
change  forever  the  way  health  care  is  delivered  in  this  nation.  It  is  our  intent  to 
help  ensure  that  change  is  for  the  positive,  so  that  all  Americans  can  receive  the 
high  quality,  personal  medical  care  that  most  Americans  now  receive  from  their 
physicians.  That  is  our  goal. 

My  comments  today  are  general.  It  is  my  intent  to  provide  an  overview  of  our 
more  basic  concerns  as  the  President's  proposal  applies  to  physicians'  ability  to  con- 
tinue to  serve  in  their  professional  role  oi  providing  medical  care  to  their  patients, 
without  constraint,  a  matter  on  which  physicians  have  serious  reservations.  (A  de- 
tailed response  to  the  President's  plan  is  attached.)  As  the  members  of  this  Commit- 
tee well  know,  many  hearings  can  and  will  be  held  on  these  and  many  more  specific 
issues  over  the  next  several  months.  I  hope  and  trust  that  the  AMA  will  have  the 
opportunity  to  make  more  specific  comments  when  the  time  is  appropriate. 


149 


IMF.  IRr.SIDtM  S  rROCRAM 


All  I'*?  clti/cns  h*pnl  resident*  nnri  enroll  in  health  insurance  plans 
Plans  may  In*  purchased  through  a  stale  regional  health  alliance  A 
hi  cc  crnphncr  (nunc  lhan  ''ion  employee*}  mas  provide  en  crape 
rjtrouch  its  own  alliance     llcihh  seem  it;  card  entitles  each  in 

nationally    ill  lined  Comprehensive  benefit  paikape      '  i"v  crilllKDt 
employees,  Medicaid  hcocth  j  nicv  anil  rcluccs  mulci  age  M  also 
purchase  through  atlramc?      Medicare,  rtiilii.it>    health  care.  VA.  ami 
fiulian  Health  Service  continue 


Fmpbiyrr  Requirement 

All  employers  nuisl  pa*  Rll%  of  weighled-avg  plan  piemhnn  for  all 
employ ccs,  with  pin  rata  contribution  tot  paiMimc   employees  umler 
.in  tn-;  .1  ttccl      Rut  employer  tnntributimi  is  cappcl  at  7  9%  of 
pa*  roll     Small  einptuyc's  (lets  than  ?"  employees)  are  capped 
between  !*■  5%  ami  »  s-*i,  depending  on  employee  avp  annual  wages 
Corporate  alliances     self  insured  large  employers  (5.IHHI* )  and 
equally   huge  nni"n  plan*  may  self  fund,  contract  with  health  plan,  or 
arrange  coverage  thioupli  alliance:  but  must  generally   meet  same 
rcquitcmcnis  as  Insured  plans. 


F.mp1n*rf /Individual  Requirement 

l-'inpbnrcs  pav  ?'*%  <»l  wclp.lited  avg  cns|  alliance  health  plw. 
depending  "ti  its  «•<!     Sell-employed  and  uncmplovcd  pay   100%.  httl 
anyone  below   15'*%  nl  pmcrt*   icteocs  federal  pi  cm  him  assistance 
h'»m  alliance     Undocumented  aliens  riot  eligible    tvri  federal  aid  In 
institutions  for  their  care  continues     State*  must  niltlress  migrant 
wotker  issues. 


Nationally    Refined  Rrnrftt  Package 

Comprehensive  medical,  clinical  preventive  services  based  on 
periodicity   schedule;  hpspirc  and  home  health:  ?0  days  episode  and 
Mi  ilav^.vr  inpatient  mental  health  substance  abuse  with  JO  visiis/vr 
p«Achomc'  apy  ;  family   planning,  pregnanes- •related;  hospice: 
outpatient  prescription  drugs;  rehab.  |JV||    and  prosthetic  'orthotic 
devices;  tfciitn/ticatinp:  preventive  dental  Tor  chlldien:  health 
education 


AMA  S  RKSI'ONSt 


I'lncha-mir  cooperatives  can  he  useful  in  helping  smalt  businesses 
pi  ltd  then  purchasing  power  in  huv  Insurance     I  nice  employers 
should  remain  mitsidc  of  alliances  in  create  Iriic  cmnpclililHl.     As    fl 
envisioned  here,  though.  Alliances  have  far  tort  much  rn.ul.et 
influence  and  nmsl  serve  a  regulator*   role  undci  the  couind  ol  (he 
national  health  hoard     I  or  alliances  lo  work,  large  employers 
nmsl  he  delined  at  more  than  5'HI  employees,  not  5*MMI     It  is  huh 
small  employers,  not  "lies  with  thousands  <d  employees,  who  now 
ha^e  pioHcms  huyiug  insurance  ami  cui'ld  use  alliances     Ity 
including  laipc  employ eis.  alliances  will  uionopoli/e  markets. 
therein   reducing  cmitpctilHtti  and  eon-inner  ciuiliol  it|  health  care 
dc«:Hions.  •  -At;o.  the  Alliances  arc  far  ton  much  under  ihc  eonl'ol 
nt  the  national  health  hoard  lo  he  cllcctKc    esptcially  hecnuse  «>( 
Ihc  hudpcl  caps  ihcy  must  enfmcc     Ralher  than  helping  improve 
the  htsurancc  market,  alliances  will  scr\e  as  regulators    iherehy 
hurcaucrali/iug  Ihc  health  care  system  even  more  than  it  is  now 


I  he  AMA  believes  that  ihc  hest  »n)  to  achieve  meaningful  health 
reform  i<  to  huild  »n  (he  exisiioc  employ  er-h  tsetl  health  iusiuance 
syslem.    Ihc  mctiuiircs  in  ihe  current  sjstcin  should  *'c  addressed 
v*  iihout  satriticing  (lie  health  caic  quality   and  access  that  must 
Americans  enjoy       fhls  goal  can  he  achieved  through  an  employer 
requirement  with  appiopriate  protections  for  small  businesses. 
I  ilewisc.  il  l<  critical  for  employers  to  contribute  the  same 
percentage  of  premium  to  whichever  plan  lis  employees  choose. 
otherwise  the  system  is  biased  toward  mauaccd  cue.     lire  percent 
of  pavrolt  tap  is  itm  low  foi  large  business,  discouraging  them 
from  establishing  llierr  own  plans,  therefore  increasing  monopsony 
buying  power  of  ihc  Alliances 


Ihc  federal  government  nmsl  Increase,  not  reduce  its  funding  and 
leadership  in  addressing  widnrumenlcd  individuals  and  migiant 
workers     rrohlems  associated  wild  providing  Ihem  caic  go  far 
beyond  states   resources    Assistance  should  he  provided  for 
individuals  and  families  with  incomes  under  2t*tr»  nf  the  poverty 
rale. 


f'osl  Sharing 

Health  plan-,  may  olfer  I  of  1  options.: 

•  low  eost  shaiing  -•  no  dcilitctihle.  Sltl  copaj  for  oulpatienl  service 
b'H  ihmk  lor  htpaliciri.   10" I  coin  manee  p"ini-of  ser\i»  e  option. 
5t^tH»  indivfthrnlfinOO  family   out  otp.tcket  mat.  ^5  copay  for 
pie--tiiptii>n 

•  Mich  tost  sharing:    •  none  for  preventive:  MlW  S"M*  deiluclihlc. 
2tr*»  coinsruatKC,  and  -ame  rurl-ttl-poi'lcl  n»a\  lor 

inp  itit  nl  oirlpalreril     t?5'*"jr  deductible.  20%  coinsurance,  and  same 
pul-of.pntAel  ma\  Hu  diugs 

•  (  nmhinatiori    -  htw  ci»st  <haring  if  preferred  providers  used  and 
higher  cost  sharing  with  ?ti%  coinsurance  for  nut-nf-nclwnrk 
providers;  same  mtt-ol  pocket  mas 


Ihe  preventive  hcnrlit  package  is  inadequate  and  doesn't  appear 
to  use  most  current  data     Other  benefits  nrc  not  Inconsistent  with 
AMA  s  own  rcctiuimcitdatrcms  Tor  a  staodaid  hcnellt  package     flm 
much  more  detail  Is  needed     Any  national  health  bftard  uptlaiing 
of  this  package  should  he  subject  to  Congressional  approval, 
(overage  for  menial  health/substance  ahuse  should  minor  medical 
care 


National   Health    P.nnirt 

National  Itoatd  oversees  the  eslahlt'ihntcnl  and  adminKintion  of  the 
new  system     President  appoints  7  members  In  slaggcied  l-yr  terms 
who  linn  are  fed-ral  employees  and  may  not  have  health  care  as«.els; 
I  imrl  represent  sta'es     holies  include 

•  implementing  and  enlbrt  inp  national  health  spcudtng  budget 

•  establishing  state  plan  icpiiiemcnl'.  moniioriug  compliance 

•  reviewing  alliance  plans  submillcd  by  stales,  with  enforcement 
Ihiouph  ItllS  and  lirasury 

•  Intei  pi 'ting  updating   benelif  package 

•  selling  qit.tlriv   nianacemcnL ttnprov etttent   sjstem 

■   commenting  on  breakthrough  drug  prices,  hut  cannot  conlrot  drug 
prices 


I'ndcr  low  eost  sharinp.  -10"*  coinsuiancc  fur  a  poini-of-scrvice 
option  is  unacceptable,  especialb   under  a  plan  that  will  allow 
managed  *aic  plan?  to  dominate  die  market      lo  help  en.ure  th 
quality  of  managed  tare,  patients  nmsl  he  given  a  reasonable 
oppxiiuuilv    in  sc  physicians  outside  a  plan     Further,  nianaged 
care  plan's  slnnrld  be  iequiied  to  accept  any  physician  nlm  meets 
elated  credentials  and  i*hn  agrees  in  provide  services  mulct  an 
agreement  with  the  plan  and  subject  to  p'iri  capacity.    Health 
Medical  Savings  Accounts  (MSA)  should  be  authorized  lo  assist 
individuals  and  families  in  meeting  out  of  pu<  kel  expenses 
Including  co-insuiance  and  deductibles     plan  should  authorize 
individuals  lo  contract  Tor  any  health  services  they  wont  with  ihelr 
own  after  vox   funds 


Ihc  AMA  unequivocal!)  opposes  a  nalional  heallh  spending 
budret  and  giving  a  national  hoard  responsibility    for  Implementing 
and  enforcing  one     Such  centralized  decision-making  and  artificial 
spending  have  never  ivrukcd  anwvhcrc  and  will  quickie  bring 
about  dilficulties  in  heallh  care  access  and  quality.    A  truly 
representative  national  commission  may  be  able  to    help  in  selling 
goals  for  the  health  care  system  for  expanding  access,  and  In 
setting  budget  goals  that  take  Into  account  disease  and 
demographic  t  hanger  and  changes  in  demand.    Rut  this  proposal 
cicatcs  anew  federal  bureaucracy   with  price  control  authority. 
Also,  il  i>  unacceptable  that  no  place  has  been  reserved  on  the 
|  hoard  for  a  physician  or  AMA  representative. 


150 


inr.  rnf.sinr.Nrs  rnncRAM 


Stuff    RpxpornlhillllM 

Stales 

■  bx    I  1,97.  must  cMahlMi  at  least  I  alliance  and  assure  all  eligible 
individuals  cm. til 

•  ccrfdv    health  plans  In  partii  ipale   in  alliance* 

•  ensure  the  axailahilitx   of  a  plan  priced  a!  or  helm*  weighted -atg 
premium 

•  submit  lo  National  Health  Hoard  plan*  i»t  regulate  health  plan*, 
at Int ini Met  Jala  collection  and  ipialitt   management,  unpin  vrmcnl 

•  tnav  establish  a  xing'e-pavof  health  care  sjslcm  cnrnplx  inp  with 
benefit  pad  ace  anil  rosl  stinting  requirement!!,  nt  a  single  pa>  or 
alliance  lor  part  of  a  Male 


am,vs  nrsroNsc 


Ihc  AMA  Mrnuplx   opposes  ihc  establishment  of  a  single  pax  or 
healili  cue  sxmciii.  whether  on  a  slate  or  national  level  a-  pan  nl 
national  bealih  sssleni  rcfiiim  legislation     No  centralized  dechfcm 
making  Billhvlil)   can  control  ensis  nnd  engine  ath-pia'e  access  hi 
qu.itiiv  services,  espccialh  in  healih  core     When,  lor  good  reason. 
the  national  plan  rejects  a  sinrjlc  payor  ssslem  nationally  allowing 
a  Mate  lo  suHecl  its  tf  sidcnls  lo  such  an  unreasonable  approach  is 
ennliadiclory  nnd  makes  lillle  sense. 


Health  Alliances 

Health  alliances  act  as  conduits  between  hcalllt  plan*;  and  indiv frtual 
pun  It  !•«.■»«  ol  health  hr-utnnce  coverage,  emitiaclinc  with  hcaltfi  plan? 
In  provide  llie  ic'|ntiij  benefit  paitapc  ami  providing  a  simplified 
uniform  means  for  indiv  idu.ds  In  choose  hciwon  plans     Alliances 

•  must  cinittaci  with  a  plan  unless  ils  pteniiutn  exceeds  die  weighlcd- 
:nr  premium  hv  more  than  20%  its  ipialilv    is  poor,  nt  it 

di  uimin  ites 

•  mnsl  use  tisk  >a<ljuMulcnl  ineihaukm  In  account  lor  cmnlhncnl 
variations  asr»»ss  pi  tns 

•  Inns  he  a  n*mprnlll  corporation  or  slate  ncen<\.  hnt  nonpodil  s 
hoard  mnsl  ei|nall\  consist  cd  cunsnniers  and  cmptiwers  «ln«c 
selection  is  determined  bx  the  Mite 

•  mnsl  establish  pimidei  advisors  tmaids 

•  tnuM  enroll  all  eligible  Individual*  and  ha\e  annual  open  enrollment 
periods 

•  max  not  bear  insurance  risk 

•  Itni5l  publish  consumer  info  on  enM.  providers,   access  restrictions, 
and  mialiix    of  plans 

Alliances  mnsl  ollei  ai  least  I  ait)-wi|linp-nrovWcr   frf-fpr-xervlte 

plnn.  bill   '"is    limit   nnmher  to   1  ihrough  competitive    bidding 

National  Health  Hoard  mas   waive  rc<|iutcnicni  il  not  viable  or 
lu<ttnictenl  Intel  «*sl      \pci  collective  provider  ncpotiali'Uis.  alliance 
sets  prmldci  **r  schedule  |i»l  caeh  lec-f««r-scrvice   pi  <n    and 
ptn\ldrrs  ma)  not  lulanrf  bill     Slate s  max   impose  pro'polixc 
budeeliop  no  fee  b«r  sen  he  plans,    f  oiporalc  alliances  must  also 
nllct  at  least  I  fce-for-scrv  kc  plan 


ERISA 

•  Corporate   alliances  suHecl  lo  ikw   fidtirjatv/  cnfoitnoent 
teipiiretnenis  rcpatdtiifl  national  Itcoclll  pad  ace.  plan  tnfri 
te(|iiitenieuts    and  itntfoltn   data    claims,  electronic   hillinp,   and 
|ricsani  r  procrdurcs 

•  Sell  btoded  plans  miiM  set  h«:nelil  pasuicnt  trust  fund,  beneficiaries 
ICCfhc  'perial  proliclion  in  banktuptC)   If  emploxcr  fails 

•  National  puaiaut)   htnd  cslahlislted 

•  I  riS\  ptrcinpitnn  of  state  laws  modified  In  apph  mil)  lu 

cm  pot  ate  afltauees    all"\s  nondiseiitninatoty   taxes  on  litem,  allow 
state  all  pawn  rate  setting,  allow  states  lo  include  corporate 
alliances  i»  icimhursc  essential  enmnntnll)  pins  Met s 

flcnlth  Hans 

•  Hcalllt  plans  must  accept  all  clipihlc  Imlis idiials.  haic  an  open 
cnmllnicnl  period,  and  max  not  cancel  reduce  benefits  r\en  tor 
curnllcc  nonpasincnl     rre*i*\isting  condition  limits  and  dfecase- 
specillc  csclusliHis  are  ptnhiMfcil 

•  I  aelt  At ip list,  alliaiue  nepoti.ile*  pieiuinni  tales  isith  rath  plan  and 
pnhltsltcs  tates     I'mplnscr'  rrupltwce  rax  communits  rate 
Alliance  adiliMs  ptsments  lo  plans  based  on  ri-A.  u  inp  b-nnida  set 
hx   n.uioual  bealih  hoanl     flans  with  bipb  ti^l  populations  max 
rcinsmc 

•  Hans  must  puttidc  aMiaorc  with  cMcn^isc  inlo  on  ftM  i|ii:tlil). 
pio\Met  ax  ailahilitx .   t 'ft    coii'timci  li rhls    and  r'an  tespnnsihHilics 

•  I'lans  ttnoi  pn-vide  inu'-Miuei'   Into  t»n  rlslts,  bene  lit*,  mrdhal 
pttK'edittc  to -is.  and  ndxaucc  iliiecfixrs     ttricsancc  procerhircs  and 
alicruiiixc  dispute  ie  ol-itinn  iei|itiieil 

•  Slate  laws  protrttini  ar*alns|  m:uiapcd  care  abuses  are  prcernptcrl 

•  *xtalr  laws  hanninp  ibe  roipoiate  piaclicc  °f  medicine  are 
ptecuipled 

•  Ihc  ahdit)    nf  plans  to  vwn  facilities   or  offer   medical  serxkes  Is 
niitbo'l''  d 

•  thil -ol-seixkr-atea   rni'ireinx  ittpctll  care  reiplired    paid  on 
alliance  s  f(<   lor  vet* tec   pasnicnl  <»hedule 

•  A  plan  must  haxr  nthisois    boaids  •  I  proxiilris  sel  clcd  hs 
proslder*.  which  must  be  consulted  (remienlb    and  has  access  to 
plan  inform  itlon 

•  loans  are  axadablc   for  coinmunttx  based  plans 


Ihc  AMA  h  ailamantU  oppused  In  (he  ptjn's  ic*lrictnms  t»n  lee- 
fot-scrxke      true  rce-lur-scixke   gives  individuals  the  Inedom  tr» 
choose  health  tare  jenkes     ll>  cstabltshine  a  fee  schedule  and 
bairinp  plo  sieians  and  patients  vxillinp  anil  aide  lioin  apreeine  In 
the  co<t  ol  llirii  medical  rare,  hue  choice  no  lonper  vvill  cvi<1  in 
lite  I'S  hea'lh  rate  «ss|em     I'livsieians  and  patients  will  I'tnd  il 
dillicnh  l»»  use  clmice  In  pnaid  againsl  health  cue  decision-malinp 
made  al  corp>>rale  and  hmeaueraiic    levels    thus  diminishinp  ihc 
abilitx    ol  phxsiciarts  trx  advocate  lor  their  patients 

If  a  health  alliance  at  is  as  an  impartial  conduit  between  hcahh 
plans  and  purchasers^  ailinp  io  male  il  easier  tot  indit tibials  ;md 
sniaH  bicincssc-  lo  make  insurance  purchases  and  enemtntrhtc 
comprtiiivcness  between  be  tlih  plans,  health  alliances  can  help 
bring  ahctul  needed  fairness  In  the  health  insurance  market     II  an 
alliance  caunnt  ?ct  tairh.  Irtic  compeliiivcness  cartnrri  be  assured 
Alliances  should  h>-  rei|uii>  d  In  accept  all  Tee  fi>r-s-rx  lee  plans 
olfcred    Instead  id  limiting   Ihc  number  In   1      Ime  hecdotn-of- 
chotce  f*'i  indls (duals  to  determine  what  |>ind  nl  health  care 
dcli\er>   hesl  mecls  iheli  necsls  is  scveteh  diminished 

Plans  sfiould  hf  encouraged  in  recognize  Ihc  Ul.lftA  S  lor 
dcteimining  phssician  rcimlntrscment  using  Individual  phxsician 
selected    ennvrrsiort  factors 

Plans  vbi>uld  atitlu<rt7C  mdividnals  lo  contract  foi  an>  healih 
services  tbev  want  xviih  their  oxxn  aMcr-lax   funds. 


AMA  his  lone  supported  I  RI^A  relorm      the  plan  pmpo  es  to 
address  mam  n!  the  problems  idcii'ilied  bv  Ihc  AMA  lhai  have 
ilex  eloped  under  frtlSA.  including  protecting  beneficiaries  ol  sell 
Insured  plans  fiotn  unfair  coverage  declsihns  and  plan  insoltenc}. 
Such  chanrcs  have  long  been  needed  (»>  ensure  tlni  all  American": 
arc  treated  fairlx   bx  ihosc  who  insure  their  bealih  benelils. 
whclhct  an  emplover  nr  an  insutancc  cntupanv 

llnwexet    I'RISA  s  ptcrniplinn  of  stale  law  should  not  be 
amended  In  authnii/c  a  stale  single  pax  or  «> Stent    to  appl)  lo  lare 
cinp'  xcrs  or  in  allow  varying  icscrve  ictpiircmculs  from  insured 
plans  within  the  state 


Ihc  insmancc  iclnnns  nlfctcd  in  ihc  I'tcsident's  plan  are 
important   elements  of  hcahh  svslem  reform      Setting  premiums 
based  nn  communlls  taiiup  and  eliminating  pre-exislinr  condhhtn 
ewlu  "»n<  have  loop  been  utged  bx  the   \M  \     Health  Plans 
shmdd  be  ie<|uii-d  (<•  cicatc  a  <  ommiiiee  nf  praclkmg  plissicrans 
within"  the  plans  thai  is  responsible  for  establishing  clinical 
decision  crilciia     I  xtepiions  lo  communitx   rating  should  not  be 
planted  In  huge  fiinis     Pstahllshlng  a  sxsiem  nl  shatinp  unifmm 
inl-Hpi atiou   ahoiil  plans  ihliillgh  ihc  illianees  will  help  mnsmners 
male  hifoi tned  iu-ui.-uue  puicha<iiig  tlei'iih)tt5     Ncscrlhcleps, 
pro\lsti*ns  Mm  would  preeinpl  lavxs  ih.it  states  have  enacted  l<» 
proicct  ntninsl  abuses  In  inaiiar.cd  cur  need  in  he  eliminated,     Ih 
President  ^  p'1"  twerall.  gisc    such  a  sifi«np  cncnuiagemcnl  hi 
managed  care  that  states  need  In  be  nlhmcd  in  continue  their 
NUthmH)    In  ad  when  abuses  occur 

I  lie  plan  should  not  override  slate  corporate  prnelice  of  medicine 
laws  In  slates  that  curreull)    prohibit  such 

further,  managed  tare  plans  should  be  reunited  In  accepl  am 
pits  sic  lau  who  meets  Mated  credentials  and  who  agrees  lo  pioxldc 
services  under  an  ngreemenl  with  Ihc  plan  and  subject  In  plan 
capacitx 


151 


IMF.  PIUSIIHNI  S  IfMXiHAM 


f'lnhat  Rodf  rls'Prlrr  f  nnfrnls 

I  he  plan  ill*-  tides  a  ntiliun.il  health  caie  Imdpcl  died  mi  ihr 
wc ichtcd-a* g  ptetuhim  I'M  the  guaranteed  Kcitcl'l  p'u.tag*'  as  a 
lairctcd  barfcsfnp  in  mail.et  action      Id-  tarpef  incrca^-:  in  premiums 
|"f  l*W  15  I'M  •  1  5.  CM  *  I  for   t')'»7.  (  11  •  n  S  („r   |TJR.  ant! 
(.  I'l  for  ln'>°-  anil  beyond     A  national  per  capita  based  premium  is  set 
hv  ilu-  national  hoard,  as  is  a  s\«tem  In  adiusl  a'  alliance  level  for  rjsl 
fa«  Ints  lil.c  ape  demographics     f  Program*  for  Alliances  then  receive 
an  avg  premium  from  the  national  hoard     Plans  submit  bids  In 
alliances  cHltci  blind  w  with  knowledge  nf  ll'c  taig-i     Alliances  then 
submit  ihcif  negotiated  premiums  in  national  hnatd.  which  tells  the 
atltancc  il  iis  i\p  premiums  is  acceptable  nf  n»l     If  not.  the  nllinnce 
renegotiates     If  Ihc  alliance  e>cc*'ds  its  tamei.  thee  K  a  2->r 
recoupment      Impels  mav  nnt  dc  adjusted.  except  h»  C"nnptcss 
t  iHptiiate  alliances  use  an  equivalent  target  and  are  terminated  If  the\ 
miss  target  2  out  ol  }  \rs 


I  he  AMA  <laiinchh     ppnscs  the  selling  nl  anv  national  budget 
Am  tic  isinn-maVinp  in  health  tare  based  mainly   on  economics 
and  nnt  ■■«  patient  nods  is  nnt  in  the  best  interests  ol  patients    anil 
will  lead  in  rationing  tint  cannot  address  the  dilli-  nines  and 
inetpjitics  in  ntli  cuncnt  health  rate  system.    I  his  issue  wilt  he  a 
lej  area  or  concetti  and  activit)    in  the  coming  months  as  health 
System  reform  continues  in  Congress     I  he  President  s  plan  calls 
its  spending  limits  "targets  "     I  he  AMA  relieves  that  a 
paitkipaiory   process  that  Inctudci  physicians  might  be  u'dnl  to 
establish  true  gnils  that  can  he  flcxihle  and  arc  based  on  patient 
needs.    As  written,  though    IhcsC  '  targets'  are  stringent,  arbitrary 
caps  on  spending      this  Is  fully  unacceptable 


AdminNll  Jlllvf    Slmpliriratlnn 

•  National  heitd  must  develop  simplified  forms     IU   human   l**9S. 
1 11***2  mul  dc  used  for  lns|iltrtb»nal  services   standard  health 

in  ui  in-.c  claim  loon  similar  tn  IK  I  A  IMrrt  f«»r  ntminslitutinnat. 
IK  I  V  15'Ht  inr  dentists,  and  universal  drug  elahn  form  for 
ph  -itm.icics 

•  National  hoard  nuisi  set  automated  transaction  and  ending  standard 
Private  proms  must  adopt  electronic  data  Interchange  fl  l>M 
standards  hs   I  *  I  #  **  ^ :  federal  programs  ASAl'  niVr  enactment 
Providers,  including  medical  groups  id  mri  2".  must  automate 
within  r"»  ums  id  standardization      States  ran  denv  pav  incut  tn  plans 

lint   UMIlg   I  IM 

•  Medicare  simptilh  ration      contractors  will  h--  c"iiM»lldaied  based  on 
function    not  aiea:  halamc  hilling  fin  PMI    eliminated,  national 
data  111*.-  on  Mediraie  K'ncTitiarics  created   and  Mcdigap 
Icrminnlions  take  place  as  put  ol  national  data  lite .  presumptive 
waiver  of  en  insurance  with  plij  sir  tan's  acfcnnwlcdc*  inent: 
phyckians  input  in  catrier  performance.  Tarts  ,V  and  I!  claim 
pTf*rC55tnfE  irttcpiaied.  alleviation  tet|iiirctiicul  rlimiua'eil  except  fnr 
hospital  medical  «laff  plivilcg'-s;  pre  approval  fnr  It)  surgical 
procedures  eliintnaled;  system  ehangrs  mote  than  mice  evcrv   120 
dav*  ptfhihiitd.   Ii7.'»s  onisi  rocits  on  patterns,  not  individual  eases 

•  The  health  sec  mil;  cards  all  uulixiduab  receive  Is  lile  an 
automated  leuYr  machine.  Ii«  he  "^A  to  access  ,i  national  uniform 
health  data  -el  cslalilishrd  by  the  n.linnal  bn.ml 

•  I'niipie  idcHtifteiS  In  be  established  for  plans,  piaeltlinners. 
providers,  and  patients 

•  An  hifniuialton  system  is  envisioned  thai  will  t>c  and-  l«»  ctdlect  dal 
fmm  all  rncponlcfs    using  a  standard  Inimal  »Wi  an  emphasis  on 
electronic  records     Fncninlct  data  Is  to  he  ItansiniUcd  ti»  regional 
information  nclwml.  in  he  used  to  set  ualinnal  info  trends     A 
national  data  advisors  committee  fur  research  is  established 


AM  \  supports  l-uward  moviinent  in  electronic  data  management 
that  will  had  tn  patient  caie  Irnpnucmenls.  but  sued  changes 
should  not  soles   he  predicated  on  cost  saving-;     While 
administrative   simplilivatinn   |<  necessary  In  help  contain  health 
care  costs,  certain  specifics  nl  thh  pmposal  ma)  prove 
tins alisf actnts   if  not  implemented  in  the  best  wav.    Wheic  the 
private  settor  is  capable  ol  bringing  about  simplification. 
eovrrnmcut    boidd  trot  duptkalc  Ihose  elliuis.    We  are  concerned 
that  the  national  hoard  will  set  standards  lor  coding  systems  when 
AMA  s  (  I'l  coiling  i1-  ahead)  used  fin  coding  ihronghnui  the 
health  care  industry       the  national  board  should  recogui/C  this 
achiet emcnl    which  is  the  result  of  a  long  conpeialive  rclitionship 
between  Ihn  private  S"Ctti  and  go%citnn<nl      We  are  also 
concerned  that,  while  private  payors  arc  given  the  icspimsibilily 
for  ado|>(ing  I  Ml  standards   o  time  limit  is  set  for  its  adoplinn 
We  arc  fnlh   cnnlident  that  the  ptivntc  sector  is  developing  and 
quictlv   lnlct*ratiug  MM  without  (»iivenm'cnl  involvement     Nn 
new  iMirpi-  ith-uliliers  should  be  created  hv  the  government 
I'hvsicians  already  are  idcntlllcd  b>  Mcdicare.Medicaid  I'l'IN 
numbers,  and  SPIN  is  already  widclv  accepted  tn  sectors  ol  the 
Indu^n      Accepted  identifiers  need  not  be  duplicated     As  with 
other  I  l»l  issues   a' soring  patient  cooltdentinlily    will  continue  tn 
he  n  goal  nf  the  AMA 

I  here  should  he  nn  mitm-manapement  of  the  Inlounatlnn  system 
at  the  national  level      I  he  e*«sts  ol  developing  ans  Information 
management  systems  slmold  dc  kept  in  a  minimum  and  not 
shilled     Confldentlallts    must  he  assured. 


t)iiatlt> 

•  A  national  iptalitv   management  program  is  sci   to  be  nvetsecn  hv  a 
IS-memhcr  advlsiir)  council  to  Ihc  nalhmal  board,  consisting  of 
consumers,  plan  reps,  slates,  and  pnldie  health  and  qualitv.   experts 
Naliuual  pcrfnrrnanrc   goals,  minimum   standards,  research  support, 
and  a  report  i«n  quality   arc  trtpiircd.     Advisory  council  must  set 
national  pr*>gram  to  rlevelop  practice  guidelines.  Scientific  standards 
and  priorities 

•  I  inptani  is  "eusiomer-h'cti'cd,"  based  on  conumci  satisfaction  and 
mitcomcs     Plan  info  c»»He«l<d  h\  attimces  I*  tn  he  li«d  lo  compart- 
plans     Pitigiam  pnhlKhes  results  i«|  alt  plans  annually      Regional 
data  centers  cieiied     States  eufnue  standards 

•  National  regulation  preempts  Incal  rreulatfam;  inter vention  ntitsl 
Pvens  nn  prohleuis.  with  targeted  reviews  and  tainhmth  selected 
validation  sites;  demo  program  required  hv   1/1  9r*» 

•  Medicate  I1WH  continue  until  I II IS  determine  thev  are  nn  longer 
nccc  sary 

•  Mill  funding  expanded  for  elleiilvencss  and  ini*cmncs  ba'.ed  on 
quality*,  nhii  a  piogjiam  to  evaluate  reform  and  progtatn  to  slud\ 
how  ennsnmcr  choice  and  dcci-dominating  late  place. 


AMA  recommended  a  comprehensive  progtatn  that  would 
rccngni'C  the  profession's  vsell-csfahlished  accrediting  and  tptalitv 
assurance  programs    lh«:  AMA  is  decpl)  concerned  that  phvsiciam 
have  nnt  been  included  spccificallv   in  the  adslsmy  council  that 
will  he  responsible  for  sn  Item)  iniiiatfves  in  t|tiality.  especiallv 
the  establi'hment  ol  practice  parameters      We  will  noflc  to  ensure 
that  suth  eldnls  eonlimie  In  he  led  h>  the  ptofcs^rmi     We  are 
hopelul  that  1  HIS  will  ouicklv,  come  to  the  conclusion  that 
Medicate  I'ROs  nre  not  cost  etfecllve 


Senpr  nl  rracllcf 


Siope  t*f  professional  practice  continues  in  he  based  on  state  laws 
However.  IIIIS  oiusl  develop  and  encoinage  state  adoption  of  a 
natimial  mnttel  profession  il  practice  statute  for  advance  practice 
nurses  ami  phssktan  assistants     Stales  mas  irslikrl  the  practice  of 
health  care  professionals  mtlv  on  the  basis  of  compeiencs 


Hie  AMA  imposes  an>  federal  elintts  to  duplicate  or  supplant 
states    rrsprmsibilitv.   to  ensure  their  residents    health  and  satetv 
tluongd  national  professional  practice  standards     Slates  are  in  a 
unitfue  ptisithm  In  react  to  their  specific  health  care  needs,  and 
deciding  the  appupiialcncss  of  professional  practice  is  a  lev 
means  id  assuring  the  safety  and  <pjali|v   n|  health  caie  in  a  slate 
federal  standards  must  not  supplant  slate  authorit)   or  criteria. 


152 


iiif.  mi.si»r.Nrs  rno<;n.\M 


AMA  S  RFSrONSE 


Phvslrlan   Wnrktmrr 

•  After  5-m  transition.  ?<**«  t.(  plosicMns  in  training  must  be  in 
prioiarv   care     l"hasc-ln  trquirc*  primary  slot*  eaeh  \r    in  increase 
";  and  special!*   slots  In  dcir -,is»-  |n"i 

•  WIS  alloc  itr*  positions  ha- rd  nil  recommendation*  nl  new  national 
council  on  pmduatc  medical  r  ducal  ion:  national  council  allocate* 
positions  in  regional  councils   which  distribute  positions  in 
programs,    AuWatious  based  on  pHH*ram  f|tm1il\ .  relevance  of 
traming  pro-prams  to  actual  practice    minorit;    representation,  and 
pa'iin  ipatfnn  t>f  lot  allv   coordinated  plan*.    Programs  wi'h  more 
slots  th.m  assigned  receive  no  national  (iMI    lundinc     IIMS  ha* 
icto  met  allocations      Allocation*  pood  fin  tip  In  1  vr*. 

•  National  conncil  members  mini  in  <  hide  cifwat»rs.  practicing 
physicians,  hospital  administrator*,  prorram  directors,  nurses. 
other*     Views  id  national  pmh-ssinnal  associations  musl  be  sought 
Regional  council*  include  rep*  htnn  health  alliance*,  teaching 
programs,  consumers 

•  Financing     insure!  and  Meditate  pi  toted  (SMI-  Funds  l5o  hillion) 
oic  made  tn  programs,  not  institutions,  to  encourage  out-of- 
Institution  program*      transition  pavmciil  made  in  h«»  pitil*  that 
have  rcdm cd  positron*  to  replace  residents  with  oilier  slafT. 
hepinninc  at  I5ti"«  nl  a*g  resident  amoimt  in  Inst  vr 

•  I'r utiiiiv   cate  incentives     primar*   practice  loan  lorpivcne*$: 
development  o(  prima  t}   care  retraininc    special  emphasis  Tor 
minorities  and  enmmunit*.   (raining  it  undergraduate  level  and 
continuing  medical  education;  double  training  positions  fin  nm*e 
piaclilinners.  nurse  mid- wi\es.  and  phv*ici;»n  assistant*:  special 
emphasis  lot  mental  health  •iiihstnnce  abuse  prevention,  geriatric*, 
sclmid-ha*  cd  health  cue.  community   cate.  ami  managed  care. 

•  Medicate  primar)  care  incentives  rehire  payment  rale*  for  office 
consultations  with  savings  transferred  to  increase  reimbursement  lot 
nllicc  \i*-its:  increase  oHice  visit  RVI's  to  cmer  pre-  and  post- visit 
time  and  reduce  RVI's  uj»  .ill  non -primar  v  carr  services  to  maintain 
rtcufralilv:  resource  based  nvcrhcad  cuiiponcnt;  Increase  piimaty 
care  MI'VS  lot  primal*,  caic  In  (SIM'  per  capita  •  5"«  in  P9V 
rncirasc  10%  bonus  lor  nonprlmary  care  in  urban  shortage  areas 
and  double  hnnos  to  20%  foi  primal}  care  In  all  shortage  areas: 
retlnce  imf-ticr  Intensity  procedures 


Ihc  program  would  fed- rali/c  the  nations' s  system  »»l  medh  it 
education     While  mote  prirnan   care  physicians  arc  needed   'he 
AMA  opposes  arbitrary    quota*  restricting  individuals    free  choice 
tn  pursue  their  chosen  field*      the  reasons  Mime  phssici-in*  do  in»i 
chouse  piimnix   care  are  complex  and  Involve,  filcslvlc.  practice 
envirnomcnl,  educational  bait  ground.  Inline  income  ami  meelhig 
pcrstmal  ro.iI*  ha*cd  on  Individual  intcrevt     Sn  a  rnutti-lacetfil 
approach  in  ^liimihlr  lnl«  rc*t  i*  nceocri    I  cdcral  centralized 
dcil*i»ninakiiip  will  not  pnnrantee  an  ruleinnte  snppK  ul  primar* 
care  ptrvsiclans.    Allocations  are  best  made  based  tm  local  need* 
and  Institutions'  ability   to  provide  an  acceptable  educational 
experience 

While  the  idea  »f  a  national  council  ma>  have  some  merit    ft 
*h«mld  be  advisory   in  nature  nnd  it*  tnmpo.ilimt  reflect  those 
knowlcdpeahle  about  inrdkal  education,    Rrgi'mal  councils 
prcilonilnanllv  made  up  of  pity sfe tans  could  be  established  to  nuu\i 
advisor)  rccoiinnendalions      The  *i/e  *houM  not  he  excessive: 
tepinnal  health  plinniup  bodic*  with  ttide  tcpresenlotUUl 
demonstrated  the  political  nature  "I  such  groups  resulting  In 
Ineffective   function     IIIIS  *ltould  nut  have  vein  povxer.    Regional 
council  decision*  *hould  be  advisory 

AM  \  oppose* 

•  dillcicniiat  pavuient  to  ptograms  based  on  special!) 

•  the  use  nl  accreditation  bodies  'o  rank  programs  by  qualitv:  the 
concept  is  not  \ct  rlevelopcd  sulliv  icntly    to  be  effective 

•  fcdcial  prohibition  of  Independent  fun-ling  nf  <;MI   poshhms: 
changes  In  need  for  phvslctan  Iraininp  mav  require  flexibilitv    in 
seeking  fmitling 

•  allocating  lund*  in  individual  programs,  which  would  fragment 
ihr  svsicm  and  create  a  large,  irtcllrcienl  horeaueracv:  nflocatiofl 
of  funds  to  constutia  that  include  medical  schools  would  provkh 
more  ellecllve  cooidinalinn  and  evaluation  of  programs 

•  RMKAS  shuulil  not  be  manipulated  tn  achieve 
allocation  po;il* 


Ararlrmlr  Health  ('enters 

•  Medicare  fund*  and  a  surcharge  on  private  he  ihh  plan  premiums 
{<f\  hltlitml  are  n»  be  collected  a*  a  tiicit  pcrcent:ipe  adtt-on  to  help 
academic  hospitals, 

•  KK'dkaie  pavment*  in  teachinf  hopiial*  io  lourpensaie  for 
Uninsured  and  di^prnpiutituiale  *harc  are  reduced 

•  A  national  pool  i*  established  I"  snpp'trt  insliluitonal  research 
po'.Hiou*  for  '.p<  i  i  ili/id  i  aie 

•  Health  plans  iimii  covet  inntiiic   c  t*  of  approved  clinical  poUocoh 
and  have  agreements  with  atademn  h-'ahh  ccnt-rrs  in  tare  fur 
certain  d^ca^e*  in  patiVnl  p«pul  uioti-.  in  a-.-iuc  access  to  academic 
health  center*     Regional  health  alliance  must  monitor. 


AMA  supports  assistance  to  academic  health  centers  based  on  the 
additional  costs  nf  pimidinp  leilian    care     AMA  alto  suppnoi  ihe 
lemilieiiienl  thai  plan*  have  an  agreement  thai  ensure  ■  ;>i  cess  't» 
academic  health  center*  when  needed     Special  attention  must  be 
r-Ufii  In  the  Iransithm  period  nntil  an  entire  s>5tcin  ol  health  care 
rclnfin  is  imptem>'nied.   so  that  eliniitialion  nf  disproportionate 
share  fumlinp  for  imlipenl  caic  dues  no|  create  excessive  hardship 


riihliWl'mrnllsr/nurrd   Health   Inlllallirs 

•  Nil!  lundinp  lor  prevention  and  health  research  service*  are 
expanded 

•  With  universal  coverage,  pnhlii  health  dept*  can  th*  data  collection 
sntv cillatKc    rn* ironincnlal  protection    huuslng    fiMul  t%ater  supph. 
cpiilemitdjups  munitorlng,  cmerpeiKs  rcsntmsc     Stale  formula 
grants  established 

•  Stairs  encouraged  to  develop  stale  health  education  programs  lo 
a* sure  propci  licensure.  Irninlop    conununiiv  focus 

•  Alliances  can  spmisnr  plans  in  rural  mens 

•  Rtnat  health  prolcsshmal  Incentives  include  mmrpfnndaMe  personal 
tlO'Hlmo  lax  ciedil   for  p|o  -.it  ians  (? 5011  mo   for  mjlvC  practitioners 
ami  ploii  ian  asslsranlsr:  NIIS(    loan  pavbacis  escluded  lorn 
Ituomc    tin  oitii  \r  lax  allowance  foi  cipiiprnctit  purchased  In 

I  IPSA:  student  loan  HilCICSl  iledmiion  up  In  $VtO»>r 


Ihc  AMA  has  lonp  called  Tor  these  kinds  of  incentives,  cspecralh 
in  rutal  areas     Similar  initialives  in  cuneullv   undcrserved  urban 
areas  must  not  be  ipnoicd 


WnrltPM*  f "nmprnsntlnn/Auto    Injury 

Health  plans  piovide  Ifalluvnl   fiu  metlical  *crviir*  under  vvi«iker* 
compcnsatiim  ami  nutu  insurance  pnlkles  and  are  relinhuiscd  ai 
negotiated   fee  lot-sen  kc    alii. true   schedule  willt  110  copiy  incut* 
Stale*  must  detcrntiue   wotLcri    compeosathtn  I"  nelit*      t'nder 
woilei*    compensation,  stale  frcerhrnl-nl-chnlee  provider  lavs*  are 
preempted. 


the  AMA  opposes  the  preemption  of  state  fieedorn-ol  ehniec 
piovldci  law*  under  untLcts'  cornpcnv>aiion     W  iilimrl  such  law* 
wofVei*  will  he  forced  to  *ec  phv^ician*  who  will  no)  be  Ihctr 
ptis"nal  phvMeian     f.  ontinuitv   of  care,  and  thus  qualitv   nf  care, 
m,i)  be  serhnjsl)  challenged 


153 


nir.  HvT.sii>i:ni  s  pkocrxm 


Supplemental  Insurance 

|\\n  types  of  suppteMuniaiy    Insurance  arc  allow cil  -•  beneficiary 
benefit  supplemental  Insurance  mill  cost -sharing  Mipplentcnt.il 
Insurance     t)nl)  plans  llt.il  lir»\ c  high  cml  '.Immmc  option;  may  oiler 
both     fin!}  high  i  u*a  sharing  can  oiler  supplemental  en1;!  ^lijtintB 
insurance      Added  benefits  'Mpp1eincnt.il  Insurance  may   not  duplicate 
coverage,  community    rating  generally    required,  nn  exclusions 
allowed     National  health  hoaril  regulates. 


AMA'S  UisroNSE 


I  he  AMA  supports  consumer  protections  fur  supplemental 
Insurance  similar  to  those  now  established  fur  Mcdigap      the  plan 
should  recognize  the  expertise  of  Male  insurance  commissions  and 
Ihe  NAlC      I  he  AMA  object*  to  a  centralized  national  board 
approvlog  all  supplemental  policies     Irccdnm-ol-cholcc  require* 
thai  the  government  not  restrict  (he  availability    of  supplemental 
policies  lis  long  as  consumer  protections  arc  maintained 


f  llnlral    I  nt,n 

•  Inspections  requited  for  labs  pcrfoiuiinp   5n).l'0p  or  mote  tests  per 
vi.  that  dots  critical  testing  »hrie  answer  Rented  quietly,  where 
erroneous  re  tills  would  lead  to  serious  harm,  where  testing  done  to 
monitor  tare 

•  I  \empt  labs  lining  waivct  tca>.niietosc<«pic  tests  no  lonpcr  have  In 
ngi;ter  «>r  he  invoked  at  ail 

•  I  .mailed  license  practitioners  allowed  to  he  added  lo  microscopic 
category; 

«   More  le -ts  added  l«  nailer  category 

•  l:\tsliug  personnel  piandt.ttlieicd 

•  Proficiency    testing  education,  with  action  mil*   if  cxtremcf\   poor 

•  Study   to  modify    the  cvtolocy    profit  ietics    standard. 

»    In  pet  lion  lot.  its  shitted  honi  all  talis;  to  hiph  risV  lahs 

•  Announced  inspections  arc  under  review 


Inng    Urm    f  Rff 

Ifonrf  and  commtinils   caic  program  for  all  arcs  Included  In  henefHs 
parfage.    State*  may  desir n  then  riuiimoniti   bn*ed  <erslccs  cittern 

Sliding  stale  co  -incur nice  required      MI|S  sits  a  natloit.ll  budget  for 
home  and  community   based  service*  and  allocates  fumls  to  the  stales; 
annual  Increases  generally  the  same  as  national  hudpet 


I. lability   Reform 

•  I'aiients  must  submit  claims  through  an  alternative  dispute 
resolution  (AMR)  sxitcm  each  health  plan  mud  establish  u<ing 
models  developed  by  national  board     Complaint  may   be  pursued  in 
court  alter  APR 

•  Suits  mirt  iuchid"  certificate  td  merit  affidavit  'igncd  by  medical 
Specialist  lo  field  relevant  to  claimed  Irqun   that  care  deviated  from 
established  standards 

•  Attorneys'  feels  limited  In  11  I '}"'-  or  toncf  slate  limit.  It  Imposed 

•  IIIIS  must  set  Miles  bit  public  access  to  Info  contained  in  Notional 
Practitioner  l>ata  Mink. 

•  I  ntlatcial  source  rule     recovery   aitmunl*  must  be  reduced  by 
amount  received  from  other  source*. 

•  Tither  parly  may  request  awards  lo  be  paid  in  reri'Mic  installments 

•  Stale  enterprise  liability    demonstration  projects  receive  federal 
funds. 

-   MHS  notlinrirrd  tn  develop  pilot  pipn.tam  to  lest  eltcctivencss  or 
limine  practice  guidelines  adopted  by  the  new  national  qnilily 
lii.inaccmcnt  program,  which  is  an  expansion  of  the  new  Maine 
experiment     Ihysicians  demonstrating  compliance  with  puidclincs 
not  liable.    IlltS  may  vinik  with  stales  to  Invest  practice  guidelines 
with  the  force  of  law  In  pilot  program. 


I  lie  AMA  believes  that  the  (I  I A  migrant  is  a  COSlh  bureaucratic 
hurden  and  should  be  repealed.    Itui  II  Cl  IA  must  commue.  these 
provisions  arc  consistent  with  changes  the  AMA  believes  are 
necessary  and  has  been  uorllop  to  bring  about. 


Apain    plating  a  national  hudftl  »WI  health  cate  services  Is  mil 
acceptable     farther,  the  need  for  hmg-lemi  caie  services  will  not 
be  fully,   niel  unless  a  program  Is  established  to  finance  all  lone- 
term  care  scrviics.  not  only  home  and  community   care.    Due  to 
the  custodial  natuic  of  soch  services.  lhe*c  issues  should  be 
addressed  separately .  


Ihe  President's  plan  has  not  met  the  need  to  address  the 
continuing  liaMliiv  crisis  In  health  caie     AMA  proposed  detailed 
Initiatives  similar  lo  actions  liken  in  C  alifomla  under  its  MK  R.\ 
law  arc  needed  lo  deal  with  the  high  costs  thai  excessive  litigation 
and  awards  will  only  continue  in  Hie  fulurc.  Including  a  S25"MHHi 
limit  on  noncconomic  damages  and  more  slrinpent  limits  mi 
attorneys    Tees     Selling  the  limit  on  attorneys    fees  al  1.1  13 
petcent  Is  no  limit  al  all    since  this  Is  Ihe  typical  share  of  awards 
lli.il  attorneys  late  louo  their  clients  now.    We  ate  also  concerned 
that  health  plans  and  not  stales  are  responsible  for  establishing 
ADR  programs:  such  responsibility   should  be  given  lo  an  impartial 
state  luilmtitv.     Ihe  AMA  Is  also  opposed  to  enterprise  liability, 
since  it  d-e*  not  address  the  costs  ol  Ihe  liability    crisis,  only  shifts 
who  pays  for  liability    premiums     Providers  following  clinically 
relevant  guidelines  developed  by  professional  associations  should 
be  allowed  to  raise  such  compliance  as  an  alfimtative  defense  in 
liability    actions 


154 


iiiF.  rnr.smr.Ni  s  i-rocram 


Antitrust  Reform 

A   Small  hospitals  nw>  m  ip-     I)')!  I  !(    rmrt  pu'dih  guideline* 
providing  safctv   enne*  n»i  hospital  mergers  am!  Joint  %  intuits, 
including  the  nnalvsls  used,  noil  expedited  reviews  and  ndvlsnrv 
opinions 

M  |M>I  I  K  limit  poMMl  Guidelines  providing  sa*etv  rnncs  lor 
plix.  *-»*.  i  tn  network  ji»int  ventures  with  lc*s  than  2*1"  Si  mail  el  ■dinrc 
and  that  >ftarc  financial  irk.  with  examples  «»l  acceptable  venture* 
expedited  Imtiricx*  tcview  pi  ntf 1 1  on  opinion  ptiK'i'tture  \\  Hhln 
the  sflfctv  jnncs,  phvslrlnns  ma?  bfl'gnln  mllrtthrh  with 
health  plans  annul  pn _\  mc n i.  coverage,  decision*  about  ntcdiral 
rare,  and  nthcr  matters  without  fear  of  federal  enforcement  of 
the  antitrust  lam. 

t"    l>uiing  iMi'ilinM.  phv  sii  l.uis  niln,  i  pun  liter*:  allowed  In  negotiate 
with  hcnlih  plans     narrow   sale  harhni  established  to  r»rp>»tt.iir 
price*  it  il*c>  vhatc  financial  ii|  (nut  not  imlv   fee  discounting): 
phv slelans  prnvldiiig  henciit  p'tk.ire  services  ma*  enrnhine  ,,, 
c^i  il'tisti  or  negotiate  prit  cs  il  the}  share  risk  and  their  combined 
market  Onic  is  less  than  2<t%      Ihcsc  safe  harbors  di>  not  appk   In 
inipHcllcvpfirll   ilirc:H  nfhoveoH, 

D  I">1  I  |r    must  publish  guidelines  hu  appk  hip    stale  action 
doctrine,  where  slates  giant  antitrust  Immnnits    to 
hospitals  institutions 

1*    t>f  Vt-I  K'  must  p*irSti^(i  guidelines  tie  -i  ritiinp  under  existing  law 
providers    ahilltv   to  cnHcctlvct*   negotiate  fee  sihedulcs  «ith  the 
alliances 

t     Ittalih  insurer*'  anli  hud  exemption  under  current  law  is  repealed 
so  they  no  longer  tan  collective!*   determine  Inch  rates. 


Fraud  and  Abuse 

A   l>OMIIIS  tnlntlv   coordinate  federal  sinie  local   fraud  and  abuse  law 

cu  forte  me  nt  activities. 
H   ( 'intent  Medicate  Medicaid  anli  kkl.hacfc  statute  expanded  In  all 

pavers;  civil  mom  larx  penalties  added;  exception*  in  include  at- 

rkk  pa;  merits,  all  "downstream "  pavments  made  to  provider  in  at- 

risl   plan 
(."  All  sell  referrals  prohibited,  except  on  at-risk  basis 
l>  1 1 (trial  antivirus   Is  expanded  tr  include  forfeitures  of  fraud 

pun  mis    and  Mi   *   lav\   mod   ltd  after  existing  matt  and  bank  fraud 

law    in (.hiding  % Ml.fMMI  cl*H  rnnnclar\   pen  diies 
T    Medic  are  exclusion  piovkion*  appk  to  all  health  plan*. 
I"    Standard  of  knowledge  in  "known  nr  shmdd  know," 


amas  RisruNsr. 


these  provisions  nr  ^sufficient  in  letting  nfi>flcbns  contpcle  in 
what  will  he.  nmlci  this.  plan,  a  health  catc  s\<tlem  d<>ininaied  bs 
laipe  t"tpni3ie  martaprd  carr  entitles     rrniisluns  most  he 
inttmlcd  to  nlltws  phssitiair  to  icMttii^eb    ntpotiaic  ssiih  these 
large  entities    as  well  a\  for  the  AMA  and  other  societies  to 
oepnli.iie  on  behalf  of  ph\sician< 

A   AttnwriM*  small  h<o-pilnls  t"  metpe  mas   alktw  them  lo  ha\c 
domin  tot  market  pttwci  in  ninsl  tomnuiiiilits     I  urt Ik r 
considldatlon  "ill  md*  enhance  tins  control  anj  prositlc  tar  tiM« 
nmih  lever  ipe  met  phjsieiaits  In  negotiations 

II    fj|h>trlincn  tor  physician  nclwofk  |oinl   venimes  ma>   In'  tKCllri 
AMA  has  pifpoud  dtlaMtd  pnidcHnct  tor  --lie  hmbrHS  lor 
plijsiii>ti  nrlworkn    Clear-cut  cvamplcn  are  needed,  inelndinc 
etlicieniies  associated  with  clinical  patient  management  using 
piaiiicr  parameters,  ic'crral  prt-lotoU     lonmrla  for  cattulatinc 
physician  market  share  also  needed 

C    A  carchdls   craftctl  definition  is  needed  for  financial  risk 
sharing,  eg.  accepting  capitation  contracts,  contrails  with  tec 
withholds  related  In  iitilizaliim   pnils,  and  Investing  equil* 
mleiest  in  the  nehiofk  itself 

I)    I  he  state  action  doctrine  should  be  more  brondl)  written 

f    Psclol 

r  Useful 


A     Sitppoif  el  forts  tint  arc  coruptchensive  to  combat  Iraud  in 
public  and  private  sectors,  don  t  extend  I II IS  Id  aulhrwitv   or 
civil  monc)  penalties  lo  private  sector.  I  HI  DO.I  ok 

fl     Appropriate  for  criminal  penalties  for  intentional  kickbacks  foi 
all  pavers 

C  General!}  support  l»an  on  «crT-fcfcnals  but  need  exceptions  in 
siluatl'-ns  where  theic  Is  a  demonstrated  comrminitv  need  nnd 
where  alttruniivc  rmaocing  unnvailahlc 

(1  [oileiltnc  <»l  proceeds  id  baud  nk.  but  not  RK'O  confiscation 
Support  bank -fraud  model. 

T     Ivchisinn  procedures  should  appb  lo  all  pavers  Tor  criminal 
convklinns  except  in  cases  where  loss  of  provider  would  put 
patients  at  risk  of  no  access     The  WIS  Sectclarv   should  not 
be  authorized  to  exclude  pro v Met s  ilom  ptls&tc  plans  unless 
there  Is  a  criminal  convictions  or  their  Is  an  Immediate  and 
grave  risk  of  harm  In  patients     Otherwise   I  he  Secicrary  could 
denj  a  livelihood  f>»r  failure  to  cnmpl)   with  various 
Medii  arc  Medicaid  tulel 

I*      Standard  of  knowledge  shmdd  be  "intent  to  commit  fraud"  so 
that  honrsl  errors  without  criminal  intent  are  not  handled  as 
criminal  mailers 


Medlrare/Rrdurllnni  In  Rrimhmsf mrnl 

A     States  ma)  Inicpraic  Medicare  hcnelrriaHci  into  alliitu.es  if 
coverage  Is  same  or  better     Alliances  must  nlfci  at  least  I  fce- 
for- service  option  offering  Medicare 

It     Individuals  may  remain  in  alliance  upon  reaching  age  f»5 

C    l'av  uuni  'in  ihod.di-gv  to  increase  pasinent  under  the  Medicare 
managed  caie  program, 

I)     ftv    7;|/'Wi    Medicate  will  cuvcr  ouipuieni  prescription  drugs 

U"dcr  fail  ft     « ith   ??5o*  dtdut  libit",    ?"";  topay  capped  al 

lltHtfisi     I  hug  m  anol.n  tiutis  inn  (  -ip.o  nl-Ur  agreements  fnr 
difference  helwecit  r-tail  nin  retail    markets      Reimbursement  set 
ai  nrith  peicentHc  nl  aciu.it  charge* 


AH   |  lie  AMA  <upp<>rt<  Mtditarc  as  a  sccond.irx  pa>nr.  but 
benclkiaries  'houM  not  be  hirccd  Into  other  coverage 
siiuitioiis     II  the  alliante  would  impnsc  limits  on  access  to 
phvsicians  nr  other  ptnvlders   henelictnries  should  be  apprised 
ol  this  situation  and  have  the  npwirfwnlts  hi  keep  existing 
Medicare  covrrapc 

('     Meditate  now  gives  a  hichet  level  of  coverage  for  care 

piovhh'd  thioiigh  a  man  aged  care  cniilv      II  care  Is  c<|ua!    <o 
should  Ci\craec  and  Itc  lor-  service  should  he  given  parilv 

l>     the   AMA  supported  »hug  coverage  added  as  pait  nl  the 
Medicare  Catastrophic  Coverage  \cl     I  he  prhnarv  AMA 
concern  was  paiivnt  access  to  die  cornpletc  range  id 
drug  biological  regimens     I II IS  should  not  he  allowed  to  limit 
such  access  to  certain  drugs 


155 


itiF.  1'iu.sinr.Nrs  prim-ram 


•    Reduction!  In  reimburse mt nl 

r     IVIcle  volume  nnH  Intensity   from  MVPS  formula 

f      I  xtahlish  cumulative  expenditure  goals  bit  pit;  sic inn  expenditures 

fi    Reduce  Medicate  fcc  schedule  com crslnii  litem  hy  •'"'«  In  l''"». 
with  ptnnnr)   cntc  services  exempt 

II    fclahlish  prospective  payment  Bit  hmpil.il  outpatient  radiology, 
surgery,  and  diagnostic  services 

I      Reduce  Hospital  Mallei  llaxkel  Index  update  hv  a  further  0  5*1  ii 
1997  nml  Hi  in  |9')R-2(i(in 

I      Retime  IMI-  Adjustment  to  5  65?;  in  I99S  mill  Jn-1  in  199(1  ami 
Iheieaftei 


AMAS  RF.SroNSE 


K  Reduce  hospital  Inpatient  capital  payment* 

I  Pha«c  down  Disproportionate  Share  I lovftil.il  ad'ilxlmcnl  bv   I99K 

M  1'xpniid  cctilcts  nf  excellence 

N  lower  home  licnllli  cost  limits  In  I'MP;  nf  median  hv  7/1/99 

()    (.ompeiiloclv   l"il  for  all  I'aii  It  lab  xeivlccx.  except  in  mini 
atcax.  and  nlhci  Medicare,  services 

I'     r.xtend  Medicare  Scenmlaix  I'nynr  Provisions  fur  ISRIt  pnlicnix 

t)     Inctctsc  Pail  It  premiums  tor  individual*!  with  iiicninc  above 
tlnniMio  ami  lor  cnuptcx  with  inennicj  above  $I25.(HM 

R      10%  coinsiliancc  fur  linitie  health  visits  mine  than  20  days  nflct 
discharge:  2»%  coinsurance  for  lab  xeixicex 

S     -Subject  all  state  local  employees  In  III  lax 

I      Set  Part  It  premium  into  law 


Rrdiicllnn;  In  Medicare  rclinliurx'tnenl  me  un-icrrplahlr.    Nnl 
nut)  ate  thrxe  savings  Inadr <|iinlc  In  finance  hrattlt  reform. 
tltcx  nlll  sacrifice  Mrdlraie  lirntllclarlcx  ircrM  Id  c»r«.    Ihe 
cuts  »i  proposed  «lll  mnllnuf  the  Iradlllnn  of  coil  shifting 
Medicare  coxlt  to  the  private  sector. 


lax  Subxldlrt 

Intptovcr  contributions  Invvntd  ptcrniliin.'cnst  staling  of  henelit 
pa.  kare  aic  lax  deductible  In  lite  cnipl">et  and  tint  counted  nx  inenin 
lit  lite  employer     When  alliances  ntc  established,  lax  rfcihictinn  ix 
allowed  only  II  cniiiiihiitlon  Is  mi. Ic  iliifirlt  nu  nllhnc  •.    Pencil's 
exceeding  heurlil  paclapr  ate  la'able  In  lite  rmplpy «*e:  hut  II  benefits 
pittxided  ax  of  1/1*9.1,  lax  picfcicncc  allowed  for  10  years. 


M 


Oppose     I  liininaiiiif   iiilunic  and  Intcnrilv   from  the  MVPS 

fittmula  presupposes  ili-it  Ihcse  factors  arc  ncxcr  legitimate 

occurrences     It  would  penalize  physicians  fnr  pttiptam  growth 

bey  und  lltcir  cttitlittl 

lliicic-'t.    II  Ihix  would  prevent  annual  MVPS  ichasing.  II 

would  he  al  odds  with  lite  migin.il  intent  in  base,  in  part. 

annual  update*  on  initial  expenditures 

tlppttxc.     Ihix  Ix  attulltci  nthitiarv    ledllctiull  in  Medicate  lhal 

hnx  nt)  relationship  In  any  likely   icduclinn  in  the  cnxl  of 

pitu  idittp  caic 

(ippuxc    Scttine.  relnlcd  physician  services  on  a  prospective 

basis  places  all  cciinomic  Incentives  against  patients     Ihe 

AM  A  hax  long  npptixed  piuspcctive  payment  for  physician 

scivlccs 

Oppose,    the  AMA  hixlniicall)   hns  opposed  hospital  updates 

below  die  market  basket 

Oppose     I  he  AMA  has  supported  a  07  reduction  In  the  7  7% 

IMI.  adjustment,  with  a  fnllmv-up  slud>  In  dclclllline  n 

pavment  amount  nud  eqtiiiahle  accounting  meihiidnluey 

Unclear      Ihe  AMA  supported  the  I)I1IIA-9.1  extension  of  tltv 

eunenl  lO**  leiliit'llon  in  pnyments  f"r  the  capital-related  com 

nf  outpatient  hospital  services   which  pretltnixlv  applied 

Ihntiipli  I  >   I'OS.  through  I  "1   I0''*     We  gcneraM}  support 

icasonahle  pa;  incuts  fur  hospital  capital  expenditures 

I'nclcar      litis  adjustment  mav  hecome  incrcasinglv 

unneccssaiv  if  Medicare  acute  cnte  coverage  Is  shllled  from 

state  Medicaid  ptogtatns  In  alliances. 

Ilnilcar     While  lite  AMA  recognizes  that  such  centers 

nnturalK   develop   etlitits  to  ninitinrilv    establish  a  center  can 

nverlool  existing  tapahtlilies    nnd  mav  stjlic  cnmpclition  lhal 

aeiuill>   serves  In  increase  access  in  care  hx  decenlializing 

cntc  sites 

I'nclcar.    However,  hy  slttPing  p.ivntenl  lui  these  xeivices 

ha-.cil  on  a  national  median  overlooks  the  highly   labor 

Intensive  nature  of  the  cate  pmvided   resulting  in  oserrmyrncnl 

and  itudcipavmenl  for  llicxe  services  based  on  where  the  cate 

is  piov  ided. 

(ippttse.    Medical  services,  including  clinical  lab  setvlces.  ate 

Inglilv   pcisnnal.  ami  do  npl  lend  ihcniselves  lo  competitive 

bill     Patients  should  mil  have  options  lot  these  setvices 

limited  based  on  price,  ax  opposed  to  quality. 

Support 

Support 

Suppi'it     Medicare  paymcol  of  the  20%  coinsuiuncc  Tor  lab 

services  was  cnaclcil  as  a  tpiid  pin  quo  for  tcqililing  thai  these 

sen  Ices  be  finrii-licd  slriciK   on  on  assigned  basis     With 

application  nf  coinsurance  fot  these  setvlces.  Ihe  mandatory 

assignment  tcquiienienl  should  be  lined 

Support 

Unclear.     Ihe  AM  \  has  supported  an  income-  sensitive  Part  II 

niemiuin  and  maintaining  payment  levels  lor  the  premium  al  e 

level  to  achieve  at  least  the  cuncut  2.S%  of  costs  for  aged 

hcnclli  iaries.    IWillioul  a  change  lo  current  law.  piemiums 

would  decicasc  in  1999  I 


AMA  supports  a  cap  on  lire  tax  advantages  placed  on  health 
insmani  e  piciniiims     Such  a  cap  eslablishes  a  limit  on  tax 
support,  but  continues  In  allow  Individuals  Hie  right  to  seel. 
additional  eioeiage  with  "licit  n'ui  alter  tax  dull  us.    Such  leap 
will  Improve  consumei  decision  making  since  expendliuies  bevoml 
the  cap  arc  not  subsidized.  


156 

The  Chairman.  Linda  Shinn. 

Ms.  Shinn.  Good  morning.  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the 
committee,  I  am  Linda  Shinn,  the  interim  executive  director  of  the 
American  Nurses  Association.  We  very  much  appreciate  this  oppor- 
tunity to  discuss  President  Clinton's  health  care  reform  proposal. 

I  would  like  to  summarize  my  statement  and  ask  that  a  copy  of 
my  complete  remarks  be  entered  into  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  It  will  be  so  included. 

Ms.  Shinn.  Thank  you. 

The  American  Nurses  Association  is  the  only  full-service  profes- 
sional organization  representing  the  Nation's  2.2  million  nurses. 
We  are  pleased  and  proud  to  support  the  Clinton  administration's 
health  care  reform  proposal. 

My  remarks  today  are  also  on  behalf  of  the  following  organiza- 
tions: the  American  Association  of  Critical  Care  Nurses,  the  Amer- 
ican Association  of  Nurse  Anesthetists,  the  American  Association  of 
Colleges  of  Nursing,  the  Association  of  Operating  Room  Nurses,  the 
Emergency  Nurses  Association,  and  the  National  Nurse  Practi- 
tioner Coalition. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  commend  you  on  your  leadership  in  health 
care  reform,  and  we  were  proud  to  support  S.  1227  in  the  102nd 
Congress,  one  of  the  first  steps  in  this  very  important  process.  And 
we  thank  you  for  your  particular  attention  to  nursing's  issues 
throughout  your  leadership  with  this  committee. 

America's  2  million  registered  nurses  deliver  many  health  care 
services  in  the  United  States  today  in  a  variety  of  settings — in  hos- 
pitals, in  nursing  homes,  in  schools,  in  home  health  agencies,  in 
the  workplace,  in  community  health  clinics,  in  private  practice,  and 
in  managed  care  settings.  Nurses  know  first-hand  of  the  inequities 
and  problems  with  our  Nation's  health  care  system.  Because  we  are 
there  24  hours  a  day,  7  days  a  week,  we  know  all  too  well  how  the 
system  succeeds  so  masterfully  for  some  and  yet  continues  to  fail 
so  shamefully  for  all  too  many  others. 

Like  President  and  Mrs.  Clinton  and  so  many  members  of  Con- 
gress, America's  nurses  believe  it  is  time  to  frame  a  bold  new  vi- 
sion for  health  care.  For  the  last  5  years,  nursing  has  worked  to 
develop  a  plan  which  encompasses  the  profession's  best  vision  for 
a  health  care  system  for  the  future.  There  are  several  key  features 
of  nursing's  agenda  for  health  care  reform  that  are  very  similar  to 
provisions  contained  in  the  President's  American  Health  Security 
Act. 

Like  the  administration,  nursing  believes  that  universal  access  to 
health  care  services  is  a  principle  that  cannot  be  compromised. 
Their  proposal  would  ensure  that  health  care  would  be  available 
everyone — the  uninsured,  the  underinsured,  and  the  potentially  un- 
insured. For  any  health  care  reform  plan  to  be  successful,  it  is  criti- 
cal that  it  address  not  only  access  to  health  insurance,  but  also  ac- 
cess to  health  care  services.  Under  the  administration's  proposal, 
the  health  care  setting  could  be  restructured  and  reoriented  so  that 
services  would  be  available  in  schools  and  in  workplaces  and  in 
community  settings,  as  well  as  in  hospitals  and  in  providers'  of- 
fices. Consumer  access  to  health  care  services  in  this  process  must 
be  maximized. 


157 

A  cornerstone  of  nursing's  agenda  for  health  care  reform  has 
been  the  guarantee  of  a  standard  health  benefits  package.  This  is 
a  critical  point  of  our  agreement  with  the  administration  plan 
which  places  new  emphasis  on  primary  care  and  preventive  serv- 
ices delivered  not  only  by  physicians,  but  also  by  nurses  and  other 
qualified  providers  in  convenient,  accessible  settings. 

We  do,  however,  have  some  concerns  about  the  mental  health 
benefits  package,  the  full  integration  of  long-term  care  in  a  re- 
formed health  care  setting,  and  the  schedule  of  screenings  that  are 
proposed  for  reproductive  nealth  cancers. 

The  expanded  role  of  nurses  in  a  reformed  health  care  delivery 
system  is  apparent  throughout  the  President's  proposal.  It  is  an 
important  element  of  the  plan's  emphasis  on  preventive  health 
services,  which  have  been  the  center  for  nursing  practice  since  the 
inception  of  the  profession  many,  many  years  ago. 

However,  the  ability  of  nurses  to  provide  health  care  services  has 
been  continually  hampered  by  a  number  of  artificial  barriers  that 
serve  to  cut  the  consumer  off  from  access.  These  barriers  include 
restrictive  reimbursement  policies  and  State  restrictions  on  nursing 
practice. 

The  President's  plan  addresses  this  problem  by  preempting  bar- 
riers to  practice,  providing  States  incentives  to  adopt  a  Federal 
model  for  nursing  practice  statutes,  and  by  including  payment  for 
services  of  advanced  practice  nurses,  such  as  nurse  practitioners, 
certified  nurse  midwives,  and  clinical  nurse  specialists. 

Consumers  have  shown  their  widespread  acceptance  of  these 
services  and  their  willingness  to  continue  receiving  primary  care 
services  from  nurses.  A  very  recent  Gallup  poll  revealed  that  the 
vast  majority  of  Americans,  some  86  percent,  are  willing  to  receive 
many  of  their  everyday  health  care  services  from  advanced  practice 
registered  nurses  that  they  now  usually  go  to  a  physician  to  re- 
ceive. 

As  the  focus  of  the  health  care  delivery  site  has  shifted  from 
acute  care  institutions  to  community-based  care,  there  has  been 
and  will  continue  to  be  an  increase  of  hospital  mergers  and  hos- 
pital closures  resulting  from  oversupply  of  beds.  While  we  acknowl- 
edge that  this  change  is  inevitable,  we  have  been  working  closely 
with  the  Department  of  Labor  and  the  White  House  on  their  work 
force  proposals  in  the  health  care  reform  plan,  and  we  commend 
the  Department  of  Labor  for  developing  an  initiative  that  provides 
assistance  to  workers  before  they  potentially  become  unemployed. 

Critical  work  force  issues  are  raised  by  the  health  care  reform 
plan  and  its  effect  on  employment.  Registered  nurses  are  the  Na- 
tion's single  largest  group  of  health  care  providers,  and  many  of 
them  will  need  to  be  retrained  to  appropriately  staff  a  new,  revised 
health  system.  It  is  essential,  we  believe,  that  a  retraining  and  re- 
deployment plan  be  designed  to  facilitate  that  transition.  That 
transition  is  critical,  and  a  transition  plan  is  outlined  in  the  state- 
ment that  has  been  submitted  for  the  record. 

Nursing  commends  the  administration  and  this  committee  for  its 
focus  historically  on  nursing  education  issues.  Funds  are  needed  as 
well  to  support  the  education  and  training  of  primary  care  nurses, 
including  in  rural  areas.  We  also  applaud  the  administration's  pro- 
posal to  expand  the  Nursing  Education  Act.  Nursing  shares  as  well 


158 

with  the  administration  and  this  committee  a  commitment  to  in- 
crease the  cultural  diversity  of  the  health  care  work  force  by  sup- 
porting programs  aimed  at  underrepresented  ethnic  minority  and/ 
or  disadvantaged  persons. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  this  committee,  thank  you  for 
this  hearing  and  for  your  diligent  efforts  to  find  solutions  to  the 
health  care  crisis.  We  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  share  our 
views  with  you  and  look  forward  to  the  continuing  work  ahead  as 
all  of  us  move  toward  comprehensive  health  care  reform. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Ms.  Shinn  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Linda  Shinn 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  Committee.  I  am  Linda  Shinn,  MBA,  RN, 
CAE,  Executive  Director  (Interim)  of  the  American  Nurses  Association  (ANA). 
Thank  you  for  inviting  us  to  testify  today  on  President  Clinton's  health  care  reform 
proposal. 

The  American  Nurses  Association  is  the  only  full-service  professional  organization 
representing  the  nation's  two  million  registered  nurses  including  staff  nurses,  nurse 
practitioners,  clinical  nurse  specialists,  certified  nurse  midwives  and  certified  reg- 
istered nurse  anesthetists.  ANA  advances  the  nursing  profession  by  fostering  high 
standards  of  nursing  practice,  promoting  the  economic  and  general  welfare  of  nurses 
in  the  workplace,  projecting  a  positive  and  realistic  view  of  nursing,  and  by  working 
closely  with  the  U.S.  Congress  and  regulatory  agencies  on  health  care  issues  affect- 
ing nurses  and  the  public. 

Access  to  high  quality,  affordable  health  care  is  of  concern  to  millions  of  Ameri- 
cans— not  only  to  the  over  thirty  seven  million  who  are  uninsured,  but  to  the  grow- 
ing number  of  currently  insured  who  fear  that  changing  or  losing  their  jobs  will  re- 
sult in  loss  of  coverage  or  that  skyrocketing  costs  will  make  their  dependent's  cov- 
erage or  their  own  out-of-pocket  health  care  costs  unaffordable. 

We  are  also  testifying  on  behalf  of  the: 

•  American  Association  of  Critical  Care  Nurses  (AACN),  the  largest  specialty 
nursing  association  in  the  United  States  with  over  73,000  members  who  are 
dedicated  to  the  welfare  of  people  experiencing  critical  illness  or  iniury.  AACN 
has  pledged  its  strong  support  of  the  Clinton  Administration's  health  care  plan; 

•  American  Association  ol  Nurse  Anesthetists  (AANA),  the  professional  society 
that  represents  over  24,000  certified  registered  nurse  anesthetists  (CPNAs), 
which  is  96  percent  of  all  nurse  anesthetists  who  practice  across  the  United 
States.  AANA's  Board  has  voted  to  support  the  Clinton  Plan; 

•  American  Association  of  Colleges  oi  Nursing,  with  over  432  members  offering 
baccalaureate,  master's,  and  doctoral  nursing  education; 

•  The  Association  of  Operating  Room  Nurses,  Inc.,  the  professional  organization 
of  perioperative  nurses  dedicated  to  enhancing  the  professionalism  of 
perioperative  nurses,  promoting  standards  of  perioperative  nursing  practice  to 
better  serve  the  needs  of  society  and  providing  a  forum  for  interaction  and  ex- 
change of  ideas  related  to  perioperative  health  care; 

•  Emergency  Nurses  Association,  the  voluntary  membership  association  of  over 
21,000  professional  nurses  committed  to  the  advancement  of  emergency  nursing 
practice;  and 

•  National  Nurse  Practitioner  Coalition,  a  group  of  nurse  practitioners  who  ad- 
vocate for  universal  access  to  basic  health  care  and  the  removal  of  barriers  to 
consumer  access  to  nurse  practitioner  care. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  commend  you  on  your  leadership  on  health  care  reform  and 
we  were  proud  to  support  S.  1227  in  the  102nd  Congress  as  one  of  the  first  steps 
in  this  process.  We  thank  you  for  your  attention  to  nursings'  issues  throughout  your 
leadership  with  this  Committee. 

America's  two  million  registered  nurses  deliver  many  essential  health  care  serv- 
ices in  the  United  States  today  in  a  variety  of  settings — hospitals,  nursing  homes, 
schools,  home  health  agencies,  the  workplace,  community  health  clinics,  in  private 
practice  and  in  managed  care  settings.  Nurses  know  firsthand  of  the  inequities  and 
problems  with  our  nation's  health  care  system.  Because  we  are  there — twenty-four 


159 


hours  a  day,  seven  days  a  week— we  know  all  too  well  how  the  system  succeeds  so 
masterfully  for  some,  yet  continues  to  fail  shamefully  for  all  too  many  others. 

Nurses  see  people  on  a  daily  basis  who  are  denied  or  delayed  in  obtaining  appro- 
priate care  because  they  lack  adequate  health  insurance  or  are  unable  to  pay  for 
care.  These  people  often  postpone  seeking  help  until  they  appear  in  a  hospital  emer- 
gency department  in  an  advanced  stage  of  illness  or  with  problems  that  could  have 
been  treated  earlier  in  less  costly  settings  or,  more  appropriately,  prevented  alto- 
gether with  earlier  treatment  or  prevention  services. 

Delayed  access  to  needed  care  is  associated  with  problems  of  increased  morbidity 
and  mortality  as  well  as  countless  hours  of  lost  productivity  in  the  workplace.  In- 
fants and  children,  pregnant  women,  the  frail  elderly,  people  with  persistent  health 
problems,  rural  and  inner  city  residents  and  minorities  are  disproportionately  rep- 
resented among  these  most  vulnerable  uninsured  groups.  Their  complex  and  diverse 
needs  are  not  met  by  the  existing  system. 

Nursing  is  concerned  by  the  failures  in  our  current  health  care  system.  More  than 
37  million  people  have  no  health  insurance  and  millions  more  are  critically 
underinsured.  our  health  care  systems  are  oriented  toward  expensive  interventions 
to  treat  illness,  rather  than  essential  health  services  designed  to  promote  and  main- 
tain health.  As  a  nation,  we  have  failed  to  develop  appropriate  ways  to  allocate 
available  health  care  resources  and  services.  Unfortunately,  the  burden  of  the  re- 
ality of  the  failures  of  our  health  care  system  are  disproportionately  felt  by  vulner- 
able segments  of  our  nation's  population.  This  includes  the  very  young,  the  very  old, 
the  poor,  the  illiterate  and  those  who  live  in  rural  and  frontier  communities  and 
low-income  urban  communities.  »        •     » 

Like  President  and  Mrs.  Clinton  and  so  many  Members  of  Congress,  America  s 
nurses  believe  that  it  is  time  to  frame  a  bold  new  vision  for  reform— one  that  keeps 
what  works  best  in  our  current  system,  but  casts  aside  institutions  and  policies  that 
fail  to  meet  present  and  future  needs— a  plan  that  addresses  the  triad  of  problems 
that  exist  in  the  current  system:  inequitable  and  limited  access,  soaring  costs  and 
inconsistencies  in  quality  and  appropriateness  of  care  delivered. 

NURSINGS  AGENDA  FOR  HEALTH  CARE  REFORM 

For  the  last  three  years,  nursing  has  worked  to  develop  a  plan  which  encompasses 
the  profession's  best  vision  of  a  health  care  system  for  the  future.  To  ensure  that 
all  areas  of  specialty  practice  (i.e.,  critical  care,  operating  room,  emergency  nurse, 
nurse  practitioner  and  other  advanced  practice  nurses,  etc.)  and  unique  geographic 
differences  were  sufficiently  represented  in  the  development  of  this  plan,  ANA  con- 
vened a  special  task  force  of  nursing  experts.  They  evaluated  the  current  health 
care  system  in  the  United  States,  as  well  as  those  of  other  nations,  and  subse- 
quently developed  a  plan  for  reform  that  is  uniquely  American. 

To  date,  in  addition  to  ANA's  state  and  territorial  associations,  more  than  80  na- 
tional nursing  and  health-related  organizations  have  endorsed  this^  proposal  for 
health  care  reform,  entitled  "Nursing's  Agenda  for  Health  Care  Reform  . 

Nursing  defines  the  health  care  crisis  in  terms  of  the  need  to  restructure,  reorient 
and  decentralize  the  health  care  system  in  order  to  guarantee  access  to  services, 
contain  costs  and  ensure  quality.  Fundamental  restructuring  must  occur  because 
patchwork  approaches  have  failed.  Health  care  reform  must  be  comprehensive  and 
not  limited  to  addressing  only  one  or  two  components  of  the  problem.  Nursing's  pro- 
posal does  not  define  the  problem  only  in  terms  of  the  uninsured  or  underinsured; 
rather,  it  addresses  the  health  care  needs  of  the  entire  nation. 

"Nursing's  Agenda  for  Health  Care  Reform"  calls  for  building  a  new  foundation 
for  health  care  in  America  while  preserving  the  best  elements  of  the  existing  sys- 
tem. Influencing  the  direction  of  health  care  reform  is  a  complex,  demanding  task. 
Nurses  know,  however,  that  in  order  to  preserve  the  health  and  well-being  of  our 
country  and  its  people  we  must  make  important,  fundamental  changes  in  how. 
where  and  to  whom  health  care  is  delivered. 

Today,  America's  two  million  registered  nurses  are  united  in  urging  that  the  na- 
tion's health  care  system  be  cured  .  .  .  and  cured  now.  We  must  reshape  and  redi- 
rect the  system  away  from  inappropriate  use  of  the  expensive,  technology-driven, 
hospital-based  models  we  currently  have.  A  balance  must  be  struck  between  high- 
tech  treatment  and  prevention.  It  is  nursing's  belief  that  the  system  must  empha- 
size and  support  health  promotion  and  disease  prevention  and  show  compassion  for 
those  who  need  acute  and  long-term  care.  n 

Among  the  basic  components  of  "Nursing's  Agenda  for  Health  Care  Reform  are 
the  following: 

•  universal  access  for  all  citizens  and  residents  provided  through  a  restructured 
health  care  system; 


160 

•  a  federally-defined  standard  package  of  health  care  services  including  preven- 
tive, pre-natal,  well-child,  mental  health,  acute  and  short  duration  long-term 
care  services; 

•  guarantees  that  coverage  is  provided  for  the  poor  with  a  plan  administered 
by  the  states  in  order  to  anticipate  the  health  care  needs  and  changing  demo- 
graphics of  the  population.  Elimination  and  restrictions  on  co-payments  and 
deductibles  for  those  near  or  under  the  poverty  level; 

•  an  employer  mandate  to  ensure  that  all  employed  persons  have  access  to 
health  insurance  with  a  standard  benefits  package; 

•  a  shift  in  focus  to  provide  a  better  balance  among  treatment  of  disease,  health 
promotion  and  illness  prevention  such  as  coverage  for  immunizations,  prenatal 
care,  and  health  screening  which  has  proven  effective  in  preventing  costly  and 
devastating  disease  (e.g.,  colorectal  ana  testicular  exams,  pap  smears  and  mam- 
mograms); 

•  enhanced  consumer  access  to  services  by  delivering  primary  health  care  in 
community  based  settings.  The  new  system  would  facilitate  utilization  of  the 
most  cost-effective  providers  and  therapeutic  options  in  the  most  appropriate 
settings; 

•  Steps  to  reduce  health  care  costs,  such  as:  ensuring  consumer  access  to  a  full 
range  of  qualified  health  care  providers;  providing  early  treatment  and  preven- 
tion services  at  convenient  sites,  such  as  schools,  the  workplace,  and  other  fa- 
miliar community  settings;  reducing  defensive  medicine  ana  unnecessary  prac- 
tices; controlled  growth  of  the  health  care  system  through  planning  and  prudent 
resource  allocation;  and  elimination  of  unnecessary  bureaucracy  and  decreased 
administrative  requirements  through  the  use  of  uniform  claim  forms  and  elec- 
tronic billing; 

•  utilization  of  case  management  for  people  with  continuing  health  care  prob- 
lems to  promote  active  participation  in  their  care  and  reduce  fragmentation  of 
the  health  care  system; 

•  provision  of  long-term  care  services  of  short  duration  and  in  addition  to  a  pro- 
gram of  extended  care  in  order  to  prevent  personal  impoverishment.  This  pro- 
posal will  require  more  shared  community  responsibility  for  care.  It  will  prevent 
impoverishment  due  to  extended  long-term  care  needs; 

•  insurance  reforms  are  required  to  ensure  improved  access  to  coverage,  includ- 
ing community  ratings,  affordable  premiums,  reinsurance  pools  for  catastrophic 
coverage  and  other  proposals  to  assist  the  small  group  market; 

•  access  to  services  are  ensured  by  no  payment  at  the  point  of  service  and 
elimination  of  balance  billing  in  all  health  plans. 

There  are  several  key  features  of  "Nursing's  Agenda  for  Health  Care  Reform"  that 
are  very  similar  to  provisions  contained  in  President  Clinton's  "American  Health  Se- 
curity Act". 

Universal  Access 

Like  the  Clinton  Administration,  nursing  believes  that  universal  access  to  health 
care  services  is  a  principle  that  can  not  be  compromised.  The  Clinton  Administra- 
tion proposal  woula  ensure  that  health  care  would  be  available  to  everyone — includ- 
ing those  who  are  now  uninsured,  underinsured  and  those  who  are  potentially  unin- 
sured. 

For  any  health  care  reform  plan  to  be  successful,  it  is  critical  that  it  address  not 
only  access  to  health  insurance,  but  also  access  to  health  care  services.  Under  the 
Clinton  Administration's  proposal,  the  health  care  setting  could  be  restructured  and 
reoriented  so  that  services  would  be  available  in  schools,  workplaces  and  community 
settings  as  well  as  in  hospitals  and  providers'  offices.  Consumer  access  to  health 
care  services  must  be  maximized.  Consumer  education  must  be  prioritized  to  foster 
increased  awareness  and  responsibility  for  personal  health  and  self  care  and  to  pro- 
vide a  greater  capacity  for  informed  decision  making  in  selective  health  care  serv- 
ices. In  addition,  criteria  for  outcomes  of  care  should  reflect  the  joint  perspective  of 
both  the  health  care  consumer  and  the  health  care  provider. 

The  plan's  emphasis  on  preventive  and  primary  care  services  is  also  crucial,  be- 
cause it  means  that  consumers  will  have  a  relationship  with  a  primary  care  pro- 
vider including  nurses,  nurse  practitioners,  certified  nurse  midwives,  etc.,  that  be- 
gins when  they  are  still  well — so  that  disease  can  be  prevented  whenever  possible 
and  so  that  the  provider  will  be  able  to  intervene  earlier,  to  minimize  the  severity 
of  illness. 

We  commend  the  Administration's  plan  for  recognizing  that  there  will  be  a  greatly 
increased  need  for  primary  care  providers  in  order  to  ensure  access  to  care  and  for 
addressing  this  need  in  a  comprehensive  manner.  The  plan  calls  for  increased  fund- 
ing for  primary  care  providers — including  advanced  practice  nurses  such  as  nurse 


161 

practitioners,  clinical  nurse  specialists  and  certified  nurse  midwives.  It  also  calls  for 
removing  barriers  to  the  practice  of  these  advanced  practice  nurses  so  that  consum- 
ers' access  to  these  much-needed  services  is  not  restricted. 

We  applaud  these  moves  because  they  will  greatly  assist  in  achieving  the  goal  of 
universal  access  to  care.  The  role  of  nurse  providers  is  very  important  to  the  issues 
of  access  to  high  quality  health  care.  The  health  care  system  will  need  a  substantial 
increase  in  hours  of  care  of  these  providers. 

We  are  also  extremely  pleased  to  see  that  the  Administration  plan  has  addressed 
the  need  for  increased  access  to  services  in  rural  areas  by  creating  incentives,  in- 
cluding financial  incentives  for  health  care  providers  to  serve  in  those  areas.  Again, 
nurse  providers  can  play  a  key  role  in  treating  the  newly  insured  populations  under 
health  reform.  One  of  the  mechanisms  that  the  Administration  is  proposing  to  in- 
crease access  to  health  care  in  rural  areas  is  the  expansion  of  the  National  Health 
Service  Corps.  Nursing  applauds  the  Administration  for  proposing  a  20  percent  set 
aside  within  this  program  for  providers  other  an  physicians. 

As  the  members  ofthis  Committee  know,  there  is  a  growing  trend  in  this  country 
toward  part-time  and  intermittent  employment.  Unfortunately,  such  employment 
status  has  often  meant  foregoing  benefits,  including  health  insurance  benefits. 
Women  comprise  the  majority  of  these  part-time  employees.  Nurses  have  not  been 
immune  to  this  trend,  and  nursing  associations  are  very  concerned  about  it.  Increas- 
ingly, nurses  in  both  full-time  and  part-time  employment  are  losing  their  employ- 
ment benefits  including  health  insurance.  We  know  of  registered  nurses  employed 
full-time  at  $  10.00  per  hour  and  with  no  health  care  benefits.  Their  salary  does 
not  permit  purchase  of  individual  insurance.  Guaranteeing  health  insurance  to  all 
employees  is  something  that  is  of  great  importance  to  nurses  both  as  health  profes- 
sionals and  as  employees. 

Standards  Benefits  Package 

A  cornerstone  of  "Nursing's  Agenda  for  Health  Care  Reform''  has  been  the  guaran- 
tee of  a  standard  health  benefits  package.  We  are  gratified  that  the  Administration  s 
proposal  provides  a  guaranteed  package  of  benefits,  emphasizing  a  broad  scope  of 
quality  health  services,  not  just  treatment  of  disease.  It  supports  school-based  clin- 
ics, enhanced  services  for  underserved  populations  and  health  education.  It  includes 
such  critical  elements  as  home-based  care  and  public  health  initiatives  and  also 
takes  an  important  step  toward  addressing  the  growing  need  for  better  and  more 
accessible  long-term  care  services.  In  addition,  the  Administration's  package  in- 
cludes such  important  preventive  services  as  immunizations,  screening  and  prenatal 
care.  It  places  new  emphasis  on  primary  care  and  preventive  services  delivered  not 
only  by  physicians,  but  also  by  nurses  and  other  qualified  health  care  providers  in 
convenient,  accessible  settings.  .... 

By  including  services  that  are  geared  toward  preventing  and  minimizing  disease, 
the  Administration's  plan  can  save  the  health  care  system  immense  amounts  of 
money  and  ensure  a  healthier  population.  One  of  the  clearest  examples  of  preven- 
tive care  saving  long  term  costs  in  the  health  care  system  is  the  provision  of  pre- 
natal care.  Numerous  studies  have  shown  that  receipt  of  adequate  prenatal  care  is 
associated  with  the  improvements  in  pregnancy  outcome,  particularly  a  reduction  in 
the  risk  of  low  birth  weight  infants.  Health  care  costs  for  newborns  is  significantly 
lower  for  babies  with  mothers  who  have  had  adequate  prenatal  care.  In  one  study 
in  Missouri,  adequate  prenatal  care  during  pregnancies  resulted  in  a  savings  of 
$1.49  for  each  extra  $1  spend  on  pre-natal  care. 

We  urge  the  Committee  to  act  to  ensure  that  full  and  complete  reproductive 
health  services  are  available  to  women  and  that  preventive  screening  services,  such 
as  mammograms  and  Pap  smears,  be  available  in  intervals  that  are  sufficient  to  de- 
tect disease  in  a  timely  fashion.  Prevention  screening  for  breast  and  cervical  cancer 
literally  saves  thousands  of  lives.  The  incidence  of  breast  cancer  in  the  United 
States  approximates  150,000  women  per  year  and  about  44,000  of  those  women  will 
die  of  the  disease.  Early  detection  of  breast  cancer  is  important  because  survival  is 
directly  related  to  tumor  size  and  lymph  node  status.  Small,  non-palpable  cancers 
found  by  screening  mammography  have  a  10-year  survival  rate  of  95  percent.  When 
nodes  are  involved,  the  survival  rate  drops  to  53  percent  or  less.  Currently,  the  ma- 
jority of  breast  cancers  are  detected  at  this  latter  stage. 

THE  ROLE  OF  THE  NURSE  PROVIDER 

The  expanded  role  of  nurses  in  a  reformed  health  care  delivery  system,  including 
advanced  practice  nurses  such  as  nurse  practitioners,  is  apparent  throughout  Presi- 
dent Clinton's  proposal.  It  is  an  important  element  of  the  plan's  emphasis  on  pre- 
ventive health  services — services  which  have  been  at  the  center  of  nursing  practice 
since  the  inception  of  the  nursing  profession.  Nurses  are  key  providers  in  acute  care, 


162 

school  and  community  health  clinics,  in  home  care,  hospice  care  and  ambulatory 
care,  all  of  which  are  part  of  the  package  of  benefits  to  be  available  under  the  Presi- 
dent's plan. 

Nurses,  including  advanced  practice  nurses,  are  well-positioned  to  fill  many  of  the 
current  gaps  in  accessibility  and  availability  of  primary  and  preventive  health  care 
services.  There  are  over  100,000  advanced  practice  nurses  with  advanced  education 
and  training  in  providing  primary  care  services.  As  many  as  300,000  additional 
nurses  could  be  prepared  to  provide  such  services  with  additional  training. 

Virtually  every  study  of  patient  care  provided  by  providers  other  than  physicians 
has  concluded  that  these  providers  can  deliver  services  of  the  same  quality  as  physi- 
cians at  lower  costs.  To  meet  the  estimated  additional  64  million  nonemergency  am- 
bulatory care  visits  under  a  universal  access  health  care  system,  9,000  additional 
feneral  and  family  practice  physicians  would  be  required  at  an  office  expense  of 
2.1  million.  Alternatively,  less  than  17,000  nurse  practitioners,  could  provide  the 
same  level  of  services  at  a  similar  level  of  quality  for  about  $1.5  million,  a  savings 
of  25  percent. 

For  example,  in  Philadelphia,  a  new  model  for  home  care  of  very  low  birth-weight 
infants  is  run  by  a  group  of  certified  nurse  specialists.  This  project  yields  the  same 
health  outcomes  as  those  generated  by  physicians,  but  at  an  average  savings  of  over 
$18,000  per  infant. 

A  family  nurse  practitioner  in  Washington,  Kansas  directs  a  clinic  serving  the 
critically  underserved,  as  defined  by  the  Kansas  Department  of  Health  and  Environ- 
ment. The  physician  director  of  this  clinic  left  in  1986,  and  the  clinic  subsequently 
lost  its  Federal  funding.  At  this  time,  the  clinic  is  being  leased  by  a  country  hospital 
from  a  non-profit  corporation  and  has  contracted  with  the  advanced  practice  nurse 
to  run  the  clinic  which  includes  eight  exam  rooms  and  is  fully  equipped.  Since  a 
physician  is  not  on  the  premises,  the  advanced  practice  nurse  needs  to  be  eligible 
for  direct  reimbursement  of  her  services.  As  she  serves  in  a  rural  area,  she  became 
eligible  for  reimbursement  under  Medicare  in  1991.  She  also  works  through  the 
Kansas  Blue  Cross  and  Blue  Shield  office,  the  state  Medicaid  Bureau,  and  other  pri- 
vate insurers  to  obtain  reimbursement  under  each  of  their  systems.  Currently,  in 
the  town  of  Washington,  Kansas,  there  is  only  one  family  physician  and  only  three 
physicians  in  the  entire  county.  The  nurse  run  clinic  is  essential  to  providing  the 
citizens  of  Washington,  Kansas  with  health  care  services. 

The  Marriott  Corporation  has  a  nurse-managed  program  that  administers  a 
multi  face  ted  approach  to  work  site  health  care  including  primary,  secondary  and 
tertiary  care.  Marriott  estimates  that  with  the  services  oi  each  nurse,  the  company 
saves  $250,000  per  year  in  health  care  costs  and  lost  productivity.  Occupational 
health  nurses  work  as  employee  advocates  handling  worker's  injuries  and  collabo- 
rating with  physicians  to  make  sure  injured  workers  receive  appropriate  care  as 
well  as  providing  primary  and  preventive  care  to  ensure  workplace  safety. 

The  Department  of  Labor  is  currently  using  registered  nurses  as  case  managers 
for  workers  compensation  cases.  The  use  of  registered  nurses  has  enabled  the  par- 
ticipating states  to  reduce  case  backlog  and  has  facilitated  earlier  rehabilitation  and 
return  to  work  of  the  injured  employees. 

In  Spencer,  Iowa,  a  program  entitled  The  Northwest  Aging  Association's  Parish 
Nurse  Project"  provides  health  education,  resources  and  referral  to  elderly  persons 
and  facilitates  implementation  of  volunteers  and  support  groups.  These  interven- 
tions have  provided  assistance  which  has  allowed  118  of  the  elderlv  in  Spencer  to 
remain  in  their  homes — a  cost  savings  to  both  the  families  and  the  health  care  sys- 
tem. 

In  Chicago,  there  is  a  program  called  the  Beethoven  Project.  This  program  occu- 

(>ies  10  renovated  apartments  in  a  Chicago  public  housing  project  which  has  a  high 
evel  of  poverty  and  crime.  Comprehensive  services,  such  as  primary  health  care, 
Head  Start,  and  a  full-time  child  care  center  in  addition  to  drop-in  counseling,  psy- 
chological consultation  and  care  management  are  provided  by  the  nurse  directors. 
Nursing  centers  with  nurse  practitioners  in  17  nursing  centers  in  southern  Ari- 
zona provide  health  care  to  about  6,500  patients  each  year,  including  many  tradi- 
tionally underserved  and  at  risk  populations  (e.g.,  especially  senior  citizens,  His- 
Ranics,  and  Native  Americans).  For  a  half  day  each  week,  the  Community  Nursing 
fetwork  sets  up  health  centers  in  churches,  recreation  centers,  physicians'  offices, 
and  retirement  communities.  Registered  nurses  manage  25,000  visits  each  year,  per- 
forming physicals,  treating  minor  illnesses,  and  monitoring  chronically-ill  patients. 
These  programs  provide  free  care  for  those  with  no  insurance  coverage. 

However,  the  ability  of  nurses  to  provide  health  care  services  has  been  continually 
hampered  by  a  number  of  artificial  barriers  that  serve  to  cut  the  consumer  off  from 
access  to  services  provided  by  these  competent  and  qualified  health  providers.  These 
barriers  include  restrictive  reimbursement  policies  hy  Federal  and  state  programs 


163 

and  private  insurers.  They  include  irrational  restrictions  on  nursing  practice  such 
as  physician  supervision  requirements  by  laws  and  regulations  at  the  state  level. 
We  have  a  Medicare  program  that  denies  payment  for  needed  health  care  services 
by  nurse  practitioners  or  clinical  nurse  specialists  in  non-rural  areas,  including  un- 
derserved  urban  areas.  The  laws  regarding  reimbursement  for  advanced  practice 
nurses  are  complicated  and  convoluted  as  to  which  categories  of  advanced  practice 
nurses  may  be  reimbursed,  in  what  geographic  areas,  who  may  be  paid  and  whether 
or  not  collaboration  with  other  health  providers  is  required.  They  are  confusing  and 
complex  enough,  to  carrier,  provider  and  consumer  alike,  as  to  provide  a  barrier  to 
access  to  these  services  in  and  of  themselves.  In  addition,  there  are  state  Medicaid 
programs  that  deny  reimbursement  to  certified  registered  nurse  anesthetists  and 
many  categories  of  nurse  practitioners  and  clinical  nurse  specialists,  even  when  they 
are  the  only  providers  willing  to  furnish  services  to  underserved  Medicaid  recipi- 
ents. Laws  and  regulations  in  many  states  put  unneeded  restrictions  on  the  practice 
of  nurses,  including  advanced  practice  nurses,  to  provide  services  to  patients,  to  pro- 
vide routine  care  and  medications,  to  bill  insurance  companies,  operate  a  private 
practice,  obtain  clinical  privileges  or  admit  patients  to  a  hospital. 

For  example,  in  Vancouver,  Washington,  one  nurse  practitioner  provides  health 
screening,  immunizations  and  other  services  to  over  2,000  poor  children  in  five 
inner-city  schools  which  she  visits  weekly  in  her  mobile  van.  In  other  state  such  as 
Illinois,  this  nurse  practitioner  could  not  perform  these  services,  as  state  law  would 
prohibit  her  from  being  directly  reimbursed  by  Medicaid. 

Inconsistent  state  restrictions  on  prescriptive  authority  for  advanced  practice 
nurses  is  another  barrier  to  health  care  and  promotes  the  costly  use  of  an  additional 
provider. 

In  addition  to  the  general  examples  of  barriers  to  practice  just  noted,  there  are 
three  specific  Medicare  reimbursement  barriers  to  practice  that  exist  for  certified 
registered  nurse  anesthetists  (CRNAs).  First,  the  current  Medicare  conditions  of 
payment  for  anesthesiology  services  that  anesthesiologists  must  meet  in  order  to  be 
paid  for  Medicare  for  medically  directing  a  CRNA,  restrict  CRNAs  from  performing 
all  the  components  of  an  anesthesia  service  that  they  are  legally  authorized  to  per- 
form. For  example,  some  anesthesiologists  insist  on  performing  the  anesthesia  in- 
duction on  all  patients  themselves,  then  leaving  the  CRNA  to  finish  the  case.  Sec- 
ond, the  current  Medicare  hospital  condition  of  participation  for  anesthesia  services 
and  the  Medicare  ambulatory  surgical  center  condition  of  participation  for  coverage 
for  surgical  services  restrict  CRNA  practice  by  requiring  physician  supervision  of 
CRNAs.  Third,  the  current  Medicare  regulation  on  payment  for  the  services  of 
CRNAs  states  that  if  a  CRNA  and  anesthesiologist  work  together  on  one  case,  the 
anesthesiologist  may  bill  the  case  as  if  he/she  personally  performed  it  and  receive 
100  percent  of  the  Medicare  payment.  No  Medicare  payment  is  typically  made  to 
CRNA  involved  in  such  a  case,  even  if  the  CRNA  was  the  provider  actually  admin- 
istering the  anesthesia  to  the  patient. 

Nurse  managed  units  within  acute  care  settings  are  also  both  cost  effective  and 
provide  quality  care.  For  example,  nurse  managed  units  are  proving  to  be  very  suc- 
cessful in  managing  patients  being  weaned  from  respirators.  In  addition,  studies 
have  documented  the  positive  outcomes  demonstrated  t>y  the  use  of  neonatal  nurse 
practitioners  with  low  birthweight  infants. 

The  President's  plan  would  address  the  problem  of  artificial  restrictions  on  nurs- 
ing practice  by  preempting  such  barriers  to  practice,  providing  incentives  for  states 
to  adopt  a  federal  model  for  nursing  practice  statutes,  and  by  including  payment 
for  services  of  advanced  practice  nurses.  It  is  our  understanding  that  the  Adminis- 
tration plans  to  shore  up  these  provisions  by  ensuring  that  advanced  practice  nurses 
do  not  face  exclusion  or  other  discrimination  by  health  plans  and  by  extending  Med- 
icare coverage  to  the  services  of  nurse  practitioners  and  clinical  nurse  specialists  in 
all  settings. 

Just  as  nurses  throughout  the  United  States  have  demonstrated  their  ability  to 
provide  high  quality,  cost  effective  and  accessible  health  services,  consumers  have 
shown  their  widespread  acceptance  of  these  services  and  their  willingness  to  con- 
tinue receiving  primary  care  services  from  nurses.  A  recent  Gallup  poll  revealed 
that  the  vast  majority  of  Americans  (86  percent)  are  willing  to  receive  everyday 
health  care  services  from  an  advanced  practice  registered  nurse  that  they  now  must 
go  to  a  physician  to  receive.  Only  twelve  (12  percent)  percent  said  they  would  be 
"unwilling^  to  go  to  a  registered  nurse.  Nurses  are  currently  working  with 
consumer-oriented  organizations  in  order  to  promote  shared  principles  of  health  care 
reform.  We  are  confident  that  as  the  American  public  becomes  more  familiar  with 
the  primary  care  services  that  nurses  can  provide,  and  as  more  Americans  have  an 
opportunity  to  receive  such  care  from  nurses,  that  the  "unwilling"  category  will  de- 
crease sharply.  In  fact,  we  believe  that,  based  on  the  experiences  of  advanced  prac- 


164 

tice  nurses  in  HMO,  clinic,  and  private  practice  settings,  more  and  more  Americans 
will  identify  nurses  as  their  provider  from  whom  they  select  to  receive  primary  care 
services. 

QUALITY  ISSUES 

As  health  care  reform  becomes  a  reality,  hospitals  and  other  health  care  institu- 
tions will  experience  increasing  pressure  to  contain  costs.  As  the  focus  of  the  health 
care  delivery  site  shifts  from  acute-care  institutions  to  community  based  care,  there 
will  be  an  increase  of  hospital  mergers  and  closures  of  hospitals  resulting  from  an 
oversupply  of  beds.  It  is  anticipated  that  some  hospitals  will  specialize  and  others 
will  integrate  services  such  as  home  health  and  nursing  homes. 

Nurses  have  had  an  opportunity  to  experience  first-hand  what  many  hospitals  do 
when  they  face  pressure  to  cut  costs.  In  the  last  few  years,  nurses  have  grown  in- 
creasingly alarmed  at  the  wholesale  reduction  in  quality  of  care  that  many  hospitals 
have  initiated  in  the  name  of  cost-savings  and  cost-efficiency.  Numbers  of  nurses 
have  been  cut  and  nurses  have  been  laid  off.  In  their  place,  hospitals  have  hired 
unlicensed,  semi-skilled  personnel,  often  trained  by  the  hospitals  themselves  in  brief 
training  courses.  While  the  use  of  unlicensed  personnel  to  assist  registered  nurses 
is  not  new,  hospitals  in  the  last  few  years  have  greatly  expanded  the  use  of  these 

Eersonnel,  both  in  numbers  and  in  the  range  of  functions  they  perform.  This  has 
appened  at  a  time  when,  due  to  a  number  of  factors,  the  severity  of  illness  of  the 
hospitalized  patient  population  has  increased  significantly.  As  a  result,  registered 
nurses  find  themselves  caring  for  and  supervising  care  for  ever-greater  numbers  of 
increasingly  sick  patients.  This  has  meant  a  continual  downgrading  of  care  for  pa- 
tients, one  which  poses  a  real  risk  to  their  health  and  safety  while  hospitalized. 

Many  hospitals  have  openly  stated — threatened,  if  you  will — that  they  will  in- 
crease the  trend  toward  downward  substitution  if  health  care  reform  is  enacted.  We 
consider  this  not  only  a  threat  to  nurses,  but  also  to  the  patients  we  care  for — pa- 
tients who  literally  entrust  their  lives  to  the  hospitals.  We  believe  that  hospitals 
must  adhere  to  strict  quality  controls  if  patient  care  is  to  be  protected.  Hospitals 
should  not  be  permittee!  to  sacrifice  patient  care  in  the  name  of  cost  efficiency.  We 
have  received  every  indication  that  the  Administration  will  work  to  institute  mecha- 
nisms to  protect  and  ensure  safe,  quality  care  both  in  the  long  run  and  in  the  period 
of  transition  to  a  reformed  health  care  system.  These  mechanisms  will  include  the 
development  of  patient  outcome  measures  as  well  as,  in  the  immediate  period,  cri- 
teria that  monitor  changes  in  hospital  staffing  and  patient  care  delivery  patterns 
to  ensure  that  patient  care  is  not  compromised. 

THE  HEALTH  CARE  WORKFORCE 

Nursing  has  been  working  with  the  Department  of  Labor  and  the  White  House 
on  their  workforce  proposals  in  the  health  care  reform  plan.  We  commend  the  De- 

6 ailment  of  Labor  for  developing  an  initiative  that  provides  assistance  to  workers 
efore  they  potentially  become  unemployed.  Nursing  supports  their  concept  of  devel- 
oping a  National  Institute  for  Health  Care  Workforce  Development  in  order  to  have 
a  mechanism  to  analyze  the  workforce  needs  of  a  new  health  care  system. 

Critical  workforce  issue  are  raised  by  the  health  care  reform  plan  and  its  effect 
on  employment.  Within  the  health  care  industry,  there  will  be  impacts  based  on  the 
types  of  jobs  individuals  hold.  Nurses  are  the  single  largest  groups  of  health  care 
providers.  It  is  estimated  that  fully  two-thirds  of  the  nation's  registered  nurses  will 
need  to  be  retrained  to  appropriately  staff  a  revised  health  system.  Although  we  are 
optimistic  that  nurse  displacement  will  be  short  term,  it  will  be  essential  that  a  re- 
training and  redeployment  plan  be  designed  to  facilitate  that  transition.  Nursing  be- 
lieves that  the  transition  plan  must  include  a  series  of  interim  quality  protections 
that  safeguard  patient  care  and  provide  for  retraining  and  redeployment  of  health 
care  personnel.  The  decision  of  hospitals  and  other  institutions  to  significantly  alter 
staffing  levels,  mix  or  re-ploy  personnel  should  be  guided  by  several  basic  principles: 

•  Advanced  public  disclosure  of  the  intention  to  merge,  close,  or  significantly  re- 
deploy personnel; 

•  Involvement  of  consumers  and  affected  professional  personnel  in  development 
and  implementation  of  educational  programs  and  other  means  for  redeploy- 
ment; 

•  Evaluation  and  report  to  health  care  consumers; 

•  Analysis  of  the  impact  of  the  redeployment  on  patient  outcomes  and  other 
quality  care  indicators;  and 

•  Assurance  that  re-deployment  plans  use  professional  personnel  in  accord  with 
licensure  laws,  educational  preparation  and  assessed  competence. 


165 

In  addition,  a  national  transition  plan  for  the  health  care  workforce  should  con- 
tain, at  a  minimum: 

•  Retraining  and  relocation  programs  to  prepare  personnel  to  assume  positions 
in  primary  health  care,  public  health,  and  critical  care  across  a  variety  of  health 
care  delivery  settings; 

•  Use  of  conversion  boards  to  assess  the  opportunity  for  the  hospital  or  institu- 
tion to  be  converted  to  some  other  use  in  order  to  keep  the  jobs  in  the  commu- 

•  Institution  of  training  programs  on  "How  To  Start  A  Business"  and  access  to 
small  business  loans  in  order  to  encourage  nurses  and  other  providers  to  estab- 
lishment small  community  health  care  clinics  to  benefit  their  communities; 

•  Pre-notification  to  providers  and  the  community  of  any  hospital  closure  or 
merger; 

•  Continuation  of  health  and  pension  benefits  for  health  care  personnel; 

•  Continuation  of  HIV  disability  coverage; 

•  Limits  on  discounting  health  care  services  to  prevent  cost  shifting;  and 

•  Annual  public  reports  about  the  impact  of  major  institutional  changes  in 
staffing  levels,  mix,  or  deployment  on  the  quality  of  care  delivered. 

The  situation  of  a  re-focused  health  care  workforce  must  be  monitored  very  care- 
fully throughout  the  transition  period  and  into  the  enactment  of  health  care  reform. 
Should  there  be  significant  increases  or  changes  in  morbidity  or  mortality  rates  or 
increases  in  adverse  occurrences  (i.e.,  falls,  infections,  medication  errors)  or  other 
indicators  of  change  in  the  quality  of  care  in  hospitals,  then  more  aggressive  steps 
to  ensure  quality  patient  care  will  need  to  be  enacted  such  as  a  decertification  or 
fine  system  for  hospitals  not  complying  with  quality  standards. 

We  understand  that  the  Administration's  health  care  proposal  contains  many  of 
these  provisions  to  provide  a  workforce  transition  plan  for  health  care  personnel. 
Nursing  cautions,  however,  that  training  opportunities  envisioned  for  low  skilled 
workers  in  the  health  care  industry  (clerical  and  administrative  support  positions) 
may  inadvertently  increase  the  pool  of  another  group  of  low  skilled  workers  (such 
as  nurses'  aides,  nursing  technicians,  nursing  assistants).  Nursing  is  concerned  that 
any  emphasis  on  short-term  and  on-the-job  training  as  well  as  the  use  of  the  term 
"higher  value  added  health  care  jobs"  without  defining  such  jobs  will  increase  the 
number  of  low  skilled  health  care  providers.  This  goal  neither  meets  the  health  care 
needs  of  the  nation,  or  is  in  the  best  interest  of  these  workers,  most  of  whom  are 
women.  Rather,  increasing  the  pool  of  professional  health  care  providers  is  critical. 

Another  issue  associated  with  a  decreasing  demand  for  hospital  based  nurses  is 
the  possible  decline  in  nursing  wages.  To  minimize  this  downward  pressure  on 
wages,  the  current  and  future  supply  of  nursing  labor  must  be  channeled  away  from 
settings  with  decreasing  demand  and  into  high  growth  areas.  To  maximize  nurses 
earnings  and  avoid  serious  imbalance  in  the  supply  and  demand  for  nurses,  a  spe- 
cific plan  to  systematically  assess,  manage  and  evaluate  the  recruitment,  education 
and  utilization  of  nurses  is  needed. 

NURSING  EDUCATION 

Health  care  reform  will  require  a  refocusing  of  knowledge  and  skills  for  nursing 
faculty  and  future  nurses.  With  greater  emphasis  on  prevention  and  early  interven- 
tion, as  well  as  a  decreased  need  for  acute  care  nurses,  nursing  education  will  need 
to  be  re-focused  on  primary  health  care  and  the  management  of  acute  minor  illness 
and  complex  chronic  diseases.  Skills  in  case  management,  discharge  planning,  su- 
pervision of  health  personnel,  and  financial  planning  will  be  essential.  Fortunately, 
many  nurses  are  skills  in  these  vital  areas,  but  many  more  will  be  needed. 

The  trend  that  will  occur  in  a  health  care  reform  environment  which  is  of  most 
significance  to  nurses  is  the  shift  in  balance  between  episodic,  high  cost,  specialty 
focused,  hospital  based  tertiary  care  to  primary  and  preventive  care  delivered  in  a 
range  of  ambulatory  care  settings  by  a  variety  of  practitioners.  This  shift  is  already 
occurring,  as  witnessed  by  the  rapid  growth  in  home  care  and  ambulatory  care  serv- 

iocs* 

Since  World  War  II,  the  majority  of  nurses  have  been  educated  for  and  employed 
in  hospitals.  Significant  educational  efforts  on  both  the  part  of  individual  nurses  and 
the  health  system  are  now  needed  to  focus  on  the  delivery  of  primary  health  care 
services.  The  Administration  has  included  several  health  provider  education  initia- 
tives in  their  proposal.  Under  their  pian,  the  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Serv- 
ices will  determine  the  estimated  need  of  nurse  workforce  and  advance  practiced 
nurses  needed  to  meet  the  current  health  care  demands  of  the  nation.  This  will  be 
based  on  the  workforce  estimates  developed  by  the  National  Council  on  Nurse  Edu- 


166 

cation  and  its  allocated  regional  councils.  To  fund  nurse  education,  new  programs 
need  to  be  established  to  increase  the  supply  of  nurses. 

According  to  the  National  Sample  Survey  of  Nurses  (1988),  there  are  approxi- 
mately 125,000  registered  nurses  working  in  physician  offices,  freestanding  clinics, 
ambulatory  surgical  centers,  health  maintenance  organizations  and  other  ambula- 
tory care  settings.  In  addition,  there  are  approximately  11,000  registered  nurses 
working  in  community/public  health  settings,  48,000  in  school  health,  and  another 
22,000  in  occupational  health.  With  the  appropriate  funding  support,  this  pool  of 
generalists  nurses  could  begin  to  rapidly  increase  the  nation's  supply  of  primary 
care  providers. 

Nursing  commends  the  Administration  for  its  increased  focus  on  nurse  education 
issues.  It  is  clear  that  the  United  States  health  care  system  has  an  increasingly  ur- 
gent need  for  primary  care  providers.  Immediate  funding  must  be  made  available 
to  strengthen  existing  advanced  practice  nurse  programs  and  to  establish  new  pro- 
grams to  prepare  the  primary  care  providers  so  urgently  needed. 

The  Administration  s  plan  would  shift  the  funding  emphasis  under  Graduate  Med- 
ical Education  from  specialty  physicians  to  primary  care  physicians.  Advanced  prac- 
tice nurses  will  be  increasingly  needed  to  fill  the  future  gap  created  in  this  shift 
in  medical  education.  For  example,  a  reduction  in  the  supply  of  physician  anesthe- 
siologists will  require  increased  funding  to  educate  a  greater  number  of  certified 
registered  anesthetists. 

Nursing  has  specifically  recommended  that  an  amount  equal  to  10  percent  of  di- 
rect Graduate  Medical  Education  (GME)  funds  bepooled  from  all  insurers  and  be 
used  in  a  manner  similar  to  that  used  in  the  GME  program  for  physicians.  These 
funds  would  be  allocated  to  support  the  education  ana  training  of  primary  care 
nurses  and  specialty  advanced  practice  nurses,  such  as  certified  registered  anes- 
thetists, who  will  be  needed  in  greater  numbers  under  the  Administration's  plan  by 
allowing  reimbursement  of  providers  for  faculty  costs  and  student  stipends  through 
GME.  This  program  would  enable  hospitals  to  maintain  quality  service  and  cost  ef- 
fectiveness within  the  constrains  of  the  new  system.  This  new  program  could  be 
funded  by  a  combination  of  Medicare  contributions  and  a  surcharge  on  health  pre- 
miums. Because  of  the  importance  of  advanced  practice  nurses  to  the  delivery  of 
care,  a  constant  stream  of  dollars  is  needed  to  support  the  education  and  training 
of  these  providers  on  a  basis  similar  and  equal  to  resident  physicians.  Nursing  be- 
lieves that  this  fund  must  be  in  addition  to  the  current  Nurse  Education  Act  pro- 
gram. ,, , 

We  applaud  the  Administration's  proposal  to  also  expand  The  Nurse  Education 
Act  for  the  purposes  of  retraining  nurses  to  meet  the  new  health  care  needs  of  the 
nation  as  well  as  expand  the  supply  of  nurses.  Increases  in  the  number  of  graduate 
programs  which  focus  on  primary  care  as  well  as  increases  in  the  capacity  of  current 
graduate  funding  programs  will  be  necessary  under  a  reformed  health  care  system. 

Funds  are  needed  to  develop  retraining  opportunities  for  nurses  who  are  forced 
to  leave  the  tertiary  care  workforce  for  community,  primary  and  preventive  care 
practice  areas  including  post-master's  certificate  programs  to  enhance  the  primary 
care  skills  and  abilities  of  clinical  nurse  specialists  and  other  master's  prepared 
nurses.  BSN  programs  will  need  to  be  expanded  to  assist  the  diploma  and  associate 
degree  nurses  employed  in  acute  care  settings  to  rapidly  obtain  a  BSN  in  order  to 
enhance  their  community,  public  health  and/or  critical  care  knowledge  and  skills. 
In  addition,  hospitals  will  need  assistance  to  provide  continuing  education  to  acute 
care  nurses  for  acquisition  of  community  care  nursing  skills.  These  BSN  assistance 
programs  and  continuing  educations  programs  are  essential  in  order  to  prepare 
nurses  to  make  the  transition  from  hospital  to  community  based  nursing  care. 

In  addition  to  preparing  primary  care  providers  and  other  nurses,  it  is  also  of  im- 
portance to  ensure  that  there  is  an  adequate  supply  of  nurse  educators,  both  at  the 
undergraduate  and  graduate  levels  of  education.  Existing  nursing  faculty  may  need 
additional  training  themselves  in  order  to  become  nurse  practitioner  and  other  ad- 
vanced practice  nurse  educators. 

Nursing  strongly  supports  the  Administration's  stated  intention  to  increase  the 
cultural  diversity  of  the  health  care  workforce  by  supporting  programs  aimed  at 
under-represented  ethnic,  minority  and/or  disadvantaged  persons.  The  proposal  sup- 
ports efforts  to  recruit  and  retain  students  to  nursing  and  other  professions  and  to 
increase  the  number  of  minority  faculty  and  researchers  in  the  health  professions. 

RESURGENCE  OF  THE  PUBLIC  HEALTH  SYSTEM 

Increased  funding  for  public  health  programs  at  a  state  level  is  critical  to  the  fu- 
ture health  and  well  being  of  a  diverse  population.  The  Administration's  proposal 
coordinates  the  delivery  of  personal  health  care  services  through  state  alliances  with 


167 

the  delivery  of  public  health  services  in  order  to  reach  the  common  goal  of  improv- 
ing the  health  of  the  American  population. 

Nursing  endorses  the  Administration's  proposal  to  repair,  strengthen  and  consoli- 
date essential  Federal,  state,  and  local  public  health  services.  The  plan  s  focus  would 
help  to  restore  the  original  mission  of  public  health  programs  to  engage  in  commu- 
nity prevention  rather  than  direct  delivery  of  health  services.  The  plan  would  sup- 
port such  core  public  health  activities  as  data  collection;  surveillance  and  monitor- 
ing; protection  of  the  environment,  housing,  food,  and  water;  and  disease  investiga- 
tion and  control.  # 

We  applaud  the  inclusion  of  a  strong  public  information  and  education  component 
to  mobilize  communities  and  motivate  individuals  to  reduce  risks  to  health.  Nursing 
stands  ready  to  lead  community  and  individual  efforts  to  reduce  some  of  our  dead- 
liest and  costliest  health  risks— tobacco  use,  drug  and  alcohol  abuse,  sexual  activity 
that  increases  the  prevalence  of  HIV  infection  and  other  sexually  transmitted  dis- 
eases, inadequate  or  poor  nutrition,  physical  inactivity,  and  the  lack  of  childhood 
immunizations. 

REMOVING  BARRIERS  TO  PRACTICE 

One  of  the  key  features  of  the  Administration's  proposal  is  the  elimination  of  anti- 
competitive practices  in  the  health  care  industry  would  be  to  ensure  that  health  pro- 
viders are  treated  equitably  within  the  health  system  by  removing  barriers  to  prac- 
tice. In  discussing  how  this  can  best  be  achieved,  nursing  has  stressed  aggressive 
enforcement  of  anti-trust  guidelines  and  a  reiteration  of  their  commitment  to  en- 
couraging competition  in  the  health  care  marketplace. 

Nursing  encourages  this  Committee  to  develop  a  new  health  system  that  will  com- 
pel all  business  entities  to  treat  all  health  providers  in  accordance  with  the  legal 
scope  of  their  practice  and  will  review  all  actions  taken  by  corporations  working 
within  a  health  plan,  especially  when  they  adversely  impact  upon  one  class  of 
health  professionals. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  SIMPLIFICATION  AND  COST  SAVINGS 

Nurses  throughout  the  nation  breathed  a  collective  sigh  of  relief  when  the  Presi- 
dent outlined  the  need  to  simplify  the  mounting  paperwork  'and  other  administra- 
tive requirements  that  burden  our  health  care  system.  We  know  firsthand  what  a 
waste  of  professional  time  these  requirements  can  represent.  Too  often,  nurses  are 
forced  to  take  time  away  from  patient  care  and  devote  it  to  filling  out  forms.  It  has 
been  estimated  that  a  staff  nurse  fills  out  an  average  of  19  forms  per  patient.  Thus, 
we  applaud  the  President's  proposals  to  pare  down  and  simplify  paperwork  and 
other  wasteful  administrative  requirements. 

However,  we  need  to  draw  a  distinction  here  between  completion  of  insurance 
forms  and  other  activities  that  serve  little  other  than  facilitating  the  flow  of  paper- 
work and  bureaucracy,  and  efforts  that  do  facilitate  maintaining  and  improving 
quality  and  patient  care  standards.  The  Administration's  proposal  would  emphasize 
data  collection  that  is  related  to  quality  of  care,  development  of  outcomes  criteria 
and  other  activities  that  are  directly  relevant  to  patient  care.  As  health  care  profes- 
sionals, we  regard  this  as  important  and  necessary.  The  distinction  we  make  is  be- 
tween needless  and  endless  paperwork  and  the  collection  of  patient  care  information 
that  leads  to  continuous  improvement  in  the  quality  of  care.  We  are  more  than 
happy  to  give  up  the  former  and  opt  for  the  latter. 

Nursing  also  supports  the  greater  use  of  community  rating,  eliminating  pre-exist- 
ing conditions  as  a  way  for  insurance  companies  to  reject  higher-risk  individuals 
and  limiting  an  individual's  out-of-pocket  expenses  following  a  catastrophic  health 
event. 

CONCLUSION 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  commend  the  Committee  for  holding  this  hearing  and  for  work- 
ing so  diligently  to  find  solutions  to  the  health  care  crisis.  We  appreciate  this  oppor- 
tunity to  share  our  views  with  you  and  look  forward  to  continuing  to  work  Svith  you 
as  comprehensive  health  care  reform  legislation  is  developed. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Lawrence. 

Dr.  Lawrence.  Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  committee,  good 
morning — well,  I  guess  it  is  morning  in  Texas;  it  is  afternoon  here. 

My  name  is  Leonard  Lawrence.  I  am  a  1962  graduate  of  Indiana 
University  School  of  Medicine.  I  am  a  child  psychiatrist  by  training 


168 

and  a  community  advocate  by  choice.  I  have  been  a  faculty  member 
of  the  medical  school  of  the  University  of  Texas  Health  Science 
Center  at  San  Antonio  since  1972,  and  I  am  currently  associate 
dean  of  student  affairs  and  professor  of  psychiatry,  pediatrics,  and 
family  practice  at  that  institution. 

I  am  here  today  in  my  role  as  president  of  the  National  Medical 
Association,  the  organization  which  represents  the  interests  of  this 
Nation's  17,000-plus  African  American  physicians.  Since  1895, 
NMA  has  been  an  active  advocate  for  the  health  care  needs  of  Afri- 
can Americans  and  for  other  underserved  populations. 

I  am  also  here  as  an  interested  parent,  with  three  children,  two 
of  whom  are  physicians.  My  daughter  has  recently  completed  a 
residency  in  general  pediatrics,  and  my  older  son  is  a  third-year 
resident  also  in  general  pediatrics.  They  will  be  prime  movers  in 
the  delivery  of  health  care  services  to  minority  populations  for  per- 
haps the  next  30  years. 

The  National  Medical  Association  applauds  the  presidential  lead- 
ership which  has  led  to  the  current  national  discussion  over  health 
care  reform.  Our  patients  within  the  African  American  population 
have  long  been  underserved.  Whereas  other  populations  have  expe- 
rienced an  increase  in  life-expectancy  during  the  past  2  decades, 
the  African  American  population  is  reported  to  be  experiencing  a 
decrease  in  life-expectancy.  Our  excess  death  rate  is  significant, 
and  without  modifications  in  the  existing  process,  the  outlook  will 
remain  bleak. 

Minority  providers  labor  under  onerous  burdens,  not  the  least  of 
which  are  diminished  support  for  the  medical  infrastructure  within 
minority  communities  and  limited  access  to  health  care  training  op- 
portunities for  minority  students. 

It  is  in  the  context  of  the  above  reality  that  NMA  has  reviewed 
the  President's  health  care  reform  proposals.  There  are  several 
areas  of  strength,  from  our  perspective.  One,  that  there  is  clear, 
well-defined  presidential  leadership  is  a  critical  issue  for  the  Na- 
tional Medical  Association  and  for  a  coalition  of  over  100  other  Af- 
rican American  health  care,  civic  and  social  service  organizations 
which  have  been  reviewing  issues  related  to  health  care  needs 
within  the  minority  communities  for  the  past  year. 

Two,  that  a  comprehensive  basic  benefits  package  which  stresses 
primary  care  as  well  as  some  preventive  services  is  included  is  also 
a  clear  strength. 

Three,  that  pre-existing  conditions  will  not  be  barriers  to  cov- 
erage is  an  asset. 

Four,  that  coverage  would  be  portable,  that  people  can  move 
from  place  to  place  and  still  be  assured  of  health  care,  is  seen  by 
the  National  Medical  Association  as  a  clear  strength. 

Five,  that  patients  and/or  consumers  would  have  a  choice  of 
plans  and  providers,  including  fee-for-service,  is  clearly  a  strength. 

Six,  that  recommendations  for  simplification  of  administrative 
process,  as  illustrated  by  a  standard  claim  form,  is  seen  as  a  posi- 
tive feature  by  our  organization. 

Seven,  that  there  is  consideration  for  insurance  to  be  tax -deduct- 
ible for  self-employed  persons  will  especially  impact  favorably  on 
minority  small  business  personnel. 


169 

That  attention  will  be  paid  to  issues  of  both  malpractice  and  tort 
reform  will  be  of  assistance  to  minority  populations. 

Our  concerns  are  in  the  following  areas.  One,  reform  processes 
should  speak  directly  to  the  specific  health  care  crisis  which  exists 
within  the  African  American  community.  To  date,  public  discussion 
of  this  issue  has  been  limited. 

Two,  systems  must  be  structured  in  such  a  manner  as  to  ensure 
minority  participation  at  all  levels  of  policy  development,  process 
implementation,  and  decisionmaking.  This  encompasses  both  mi- 
nority providers  and  consumers. 

Three,  the  National  Medical  Association  supports  the  full  inclu- 
sion of  Medicaid  recipients  into  a  reformed  health  care  system. 

Four,  the  National  Medical  Association  recognizes  that  the  pro- 
posal acknowledges  the  need  for  an  increased  number  of  African 
American  physicians  and  other  providers.  We  await  further  delin- 
eation and  clarification  of  the  mechanisms  which  will  be  developed 
to  approach  this  goal  and  to  respond  to  the  current  barriers  within 
and  without  academic  institutions  which  have  impeded  minority 
student  matriculation.  As  one  who  has  functioned  in  medical  edu- 
cation for  21  years,  I  can  speak  specifically  to  the  problems  that 
are  inherent  there. 

Five,  health  care  services  are  best  delivered  when  done  so  in  a 
culturally  sensitive,  culturally  appropriate  manner.  Cultural  sen- 
sitivity involves  not  only  attitudes,  but  also  familiarity  in  access. 
The  National  Medical  Association  therefore  supports  front-line  pro- 
viders in  all  medical  settings  to  include  clinics,  public  hospitals, 
and  other  front-line  facilities,  and  clearly  expanded  funding  is  re- 
quired if  they  are  to  continue  their  work. 

The  managed  competition  approach  has  the'  potential  of 
marginalizing  African  American  physicians  and  other  minority 
health  providers.  In  a  competitive  environment,  large,  well-fi- 
nanced health  care  organizations  with  low  bottom-line  costs  have 
distinct  advantages.  Regional  health  alliances  will  be  required  to 
select  health  plans  principally  based  on  cost,  as  we  understand  it, 
not  based  on  quality  or  cultural  sensitivity. 

Managed  care  agencies  owned  by  African  Americans,  already  few 
and  dwindling,  face  stiff  competition  in  the  current  competitive  en- 
vironment. It  is  hard  to  imagine  how  these  agencies,  to  say  nothing 
of  independent  African  American  physicians,  could  successfully 
compete  for  patients  with  large  megasystems. 

It  is  recommended  that  patients  will  be  able  to  choose  their  pro- 
viders, but  they  will  have  choices  among  a  limited  number  of  ap- 
proved plans,  which  may  not  include  African  Americans,  either  as 
entrepreneurs  or  as  providers.  If  we  are  excluded  from  these  oppor- 
tunities now — and  we  are  at  present — the  future,  under  full-fledged 
managed  competition,  is  clearly  of  significant  concern. 

The  NMA  expects  to  advance  alternative  proposals  that  will 
hopefully  level  tne  playing  field  and  allow  our  physicians  and  our 
consumers  to  compete  as  groups  and  as  individuals. 

Institutional  racism  remains  alive  and  well  in  the  health  care  in- 
dustry. Health  maintenance  organizations  have  taken  our  patients 
gladly,  but  have  excluded  our  physicians  with  impunity.  Redlining 
is  a  reality.  Racism  has  been  masked  by  cost-effective  decisions, 
but  the  results  are  the  same.  African  Americans  are  disproportion- 


170 

atelv  served  in  many  HMOs,  but  clearly  disproportionately  left  out 
as  decisionmakers,  managers,  and  providers.  The  National  Medical 
Association  will  be  advancing  proposals  to  combat  racism  within  a 
reformed  health  care  system. 

Finally,  while  State  flexibility  brings  Government  closer  to  the 
people,  it  also  holds  the  potential  for  negative  impact  on  African 
American  citizens.  It  is  much  more  difficult  for  us  to  monitor 
health  care  reform  in  50  States  and  to  work  to  prevent  abuses. 
Therefore,  we  propose  that  specific  national  standards  be  developed 
and  enforced  within  every  State,  which  assures  minority  participa- 
tion throughout  the  entire  system  of  whatever  reformed  system  is 
coming. 

The  National  Medical  Association  is  pleased  with  the  opportunity 
to  participate  in  this  debate.  We  supported  Medicare  in  1968.  We 
support  the  concept  of  health  care  reform  in  1993,  and  we  look  for- 
ward to  continued  interaction  in  service  to  the  people  of  this  Na- 
tion, to  include  minority,  underserved,  and  disadvantaged  popu- 
lations. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much,  Dr.  Lawrence. 

Dr.  Graham. 

Dr.  Graham.  Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  committee,  thank 
you  very  much  for  the  opportunity  to  be  present  with  you  this 
morning.  I  am  Dr.  Robert  Graham,  the  executive  vice  president  of 
the  American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians,  which  has  75,000 
members  across  the  country  providing  front-line  primary  care,  day 
in  and  day  out,  the  largest  such  specialty  organization  in  the  Na- 
tion. 

I  would  like  to  summarize  briefly  for  you  my  statement,  which 
is  before  you,  for  the  record,  pointing  out  those  areas  of  President 
Clinton's  plan  where  we  are  enthusiastic  and  supportive,  and  areas 
where  we  have  questions.  Before  I  do  so,  I  would  like  to  acknowl- 
edge that  this  committee,  the  chairman  in  particular,  those  of  you 
here  now  and  those  in  the  past,  have  kept  the  flame  alive  for  the 
issue  of  universal  enfranchisement  over  many,  many  difficult  years, 
and  it  is  a  real  pleasure  to  appear  before  you  this  morning  to  fi- 
nally be  able  to  start  to  grapple  with  this  issue  with  some  sense 
that  we  may  actually  be  able  to  resolve  it  in  the  interest  of  the 
public. 

The  question  that  everyone  has  of  any  medical  or  provider  orga- 
nization is,  What  do  you  think  about  the  President's  plan?  We 
think  the  President  has  made  an  important  and  historic  first  step. 
It  is  in  many  ways  very  consistent  with  the  principles  for  universal 
enfranchisement  that  the  Academy  has  been  advocating  for  5 
years.  If  we  had  imagined  when  we  began  in  1989  with  our  advo- 
cacy of  this  issue  that  we  would  have  a  President  within  4  to  5 
years  who  would  deliver  a  plan  to  Congress  so  consistent  with  the 
principles  that  we  had  articulated,  we  would  have  been  ecstatic. 

Most  important  to  us  in  those  principles  is  the  fact  that  there 
will  be  universal  enfranchisement;  every  American  will  have  access 
to  a  defined,  comprehensive  set  of  benefits.  Second,  those  benefits 
will  be  comprehensive.  We  will  have  individuals  receiving  the  care 
they  need — preventive,  health  maintenance,  curative,  catastrophic. 
Third,  there  will  be  pluralism  in  the  system.  We  will  be  able  to  do 


171 

this  not  out  of  Baltimore,  not  out  of  HCFA,  but  State  by  State,  city 
by  city.  Individuals  as  patients  will  have  a  choice  of  providers,  will 
have  a  choice  of  plans.  Individuals  as  physicians  and  nurses  will 
have  a  choice  of  how  they  practice  their  respective  professions. 

Last,  there  is  a  serious  recognition  of  the  need  for  cost  contain- 
ment. We  do  not  believe  that  it  is  possible  to  reform  and  reshape 
the  health  care  system  in  the  United  States  unless  there  is  a  com- 
mitment to  containing  the  increasing  rise  in  cost  that  the  total  sys- 
tem takes  out  of  our  economy.  Since  Medicare  passed,  the  percent- 
age of  gross  domestic  product  in  30  years  has  doubled,  from  7  to 
16  percent.  It  cannot  double  in  another  30  years.  We  must  deal 
with  cost  containment. 

As  previous  speakers  have  indicated,  no  plan  is  perfect.  We  do 
have  areas  of  continuing  concern.  We  acknowledge  that  the  Presi- 
dent and  his  staff  are  continuing  to  work  on  revision  of  the  pro- 
posal we  saw  in  early  September.  There  are  areas  where  we  are 
in  discussion  with  them,  areas  that  we  think  are  perfectible  and 
changeable.  We  do  not  believe  that  the  President's  proposal  at  the 
present  time  goes  far  enough  in  providing  regulatory  relief  to  pro- 
viders in  areas  ranging  as  broadly  as  antitrust  protection,  so  that 
providers  can  organize  and  participate  fully  in  this  reform  system 
to  areas  as  nitty-gritty  and  day  to  day  as  the  Clinical  Lab  Improve- 
ment Act,  which  is  a  tremendous  burden  on  the  practicing  primary 
care  physician.  We  need  more  regulatory  reform  and  relief. 

As  Dr.  Todd  has  indicated,  we  are  very  disappointed  that  they 
have  not  gone  further  in  terms  of  tort  reform.  If  it  is  legitimate  and 
reasonable  to  think  about  global  budgets  for  the  health  care  sys- 
tem, it  is  legitimate  to  think  about  some  sort  of  global  controls  on 
our  spiralling  malpractice  costs. 

We  believe  that  there  are  open  questions  in  terms  of  the  way  the 
system  will  be  financed  and  the  way  the  cost  containment  mecha- 
nisms specified  will  actually  operate.  We  are  not  convinced  that 
adequate  assurance  and  provision  has  been  made  to  assure  that 
every  American  does  have  access  to  a  personal  physician  who  can 
provide  the  majority  of  their  medical  care  on  a  first  contact  basis, 
when  they  need  it  and  where  they  need  it.  And  we  are  also  not  con- 
vinced that  there  has  been  adequate  attention  paid  to  the  implica- 
tions of  personal  behavior  and  choice  in  health  status  and  health 
outcomes. 

I  believe  that  we  are  beginning  on  a  historic  conversation  and 
journey.  We  have  heard  some  reference  that  the  system  is  not  sus- 
tainable. Not  only  is  the  system  as  we  see  it  today  not  sustainable; 
it  is  inequitable.  We  do  need  to  change  it.  It  has  needed  attention 
for  10  to  20  years.  This  President  for  the  first  time  in  40  years  will 
send  a  comprehensive  health  reform  bill  to  the  Congress.  For  that, 
we  applaud  him  and  we  support  him.  We  have  looked  forward  to 
the  opportunity  to  now  work  with  the  Congress  so  that  a  bill  can 
be  put  together  within  the  next  12  months  that  is  passable  by  the 
Congress  and  signable  by  the  President. 

I  will  close  with  a  comment  that  the  first  speaker  began  with. 
In  politics,  timing  is  everything.  Now  is  the  time. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Graham  follows:] 


172 

Prepared  Statement  of  Robert  Graham 

I  am  Robert  Graham,  M.D.,  Executive  Vice  President  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Family  Physicians.  The  Academy  is  the  national  medical  specialty  society  rep- 
resenting over  74,000  family  physicians,  family  practice  residents  and  medical  stu- 
dents. It  is  my  pleasure  to  appear  before  you  today  to  share  with  you  the  views  of 
our  membership  on  the  critical  issue  of  health  system  reform. 

BACKGROUND 

Since  the  mid-1980s  the  issue  of  universal  access  to  care  has  been  a  focal  issue 
for  the  Academy.  At  that  time  the  impetus  for  national  concern  was  primarily  the 
growing  number  of  uninsured  people  and  their  inability  to  access  appropriate  care. 
Studies  documented  what  family  physicians  have  long  known,  that  people  who  delay 
seeking  medical  care  have  higher  morbidity  and  mortality  and  are  more  costly  to 
treat.  As  the  percentage  of  the  GDP  spent  on  health  care  in  this  country  has  esca- 
lated, national  attention  on  the  problem  of  access  has  shifted  to  an  equivalent  con- 
cern about  cost.  The  American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians  shares  these  dual  con- 
cerns. 

In  response  to  our  member's  concerns,  in  1989  the  Academy  became  the  first  phy- 
sician organization  to  develop  a  plan  for  universal  access  through  a  public-private 
effort,  building  on  the  current  model  of  employer-based  insurance.  In  April  1992  the 
Academy  released  its  revised  and  expanded  plan  for  health  reform,  Rx  For  Health: 
The  Family  Physicians'  Access  Plan.  Permit  me  to  briefly  describe  the  principal  ele- 
ments of  this  plan.  Rx  For  Health  calls  for  universal  access  to  a  comprehensive  set 
of  benefits,  emphasizing  preventive  services.  It  builds  upon  the  present  employer- 
based  system  and  requires  all  employers,  including  small  businesses,  to  provide  in- 
surance to  their  employees  and  dependent  family  members.  Employers  pay  a  spe- 
cific portion  of  the  premium.  Employee  cost  sharing  is  based  on  income,  with  sub- 
sidies available.  A  key  element  of  the  Academy's  plan  calls  for  each  person  to  have 
a  Personal  Physician,  who  is  in  one  of  the  generalist  specialties  (family  practice  phy- 
sician, general  internal  medicine  or  general  pediatrics).  Increased  cost  snaring  is  in- 
curred if  an  individual  chooses  to  seek  non-emergency  subspecialty  care  without  a 
referral"  from  the  Personal  Physician.  Rx  For  Health  includes  specific  strategies  for 
moving  toward  a  physician  supply  that  is  a  balance  between  generalists  and  special- 
ists. Further,  it  calls  for  improved  quality  utilizing  practice  parameters  and  mal- 
practice reforms,  including  caps  on  noneconomic  damages.  And,  to  address  the  spi- 
raling  health  care  costs,  it  includes  stringent  cost  containment  provisions,  including 
the  establishment  of  a  National  Board  with  authority  to  set  and  enforce  global 
spending  targets.  Enforcement  is  targeted  specifically  to  those  segments  of  the 
health  care  system  responsible  for  inappropriate  spending  increases. 

Rx  For  Health  was  and  is  the  Academy's  vision  of  health  system  reform.  It  has 
formed  the  basis  of  our  discussions  with  members  of  the  House  and  Senate  and  with 
the  Administration.  It  is  the  gold  standard  against  which  we  evaluate  proposals  for 
reform,  and  it  includes  the  specific  elements  that  we  will  seek  as  you  work  for  en- 
actment of  comprehensive  reform. 

As  we  strive  for  this  mutual  goal,  the  Academy  believes  that  we  must  keep  in  the 
forefront  of  the  discussion  the  original  impetus  for  seeking  reform — universal  access 
to  a  comprehensive  benefits  package,  assurance  of  high  quality  care,  and  control  of 
health  care  costs.  In  the  following  statement,  we  comment  on  the  Clinton  plan  and 
compare  its  principles  with  those  in  Rx  For  Health.  We  then  highlight  those  ele- 
ments of  the  plan  of  particular  interest  to  the  Academy  over  which  your  committee 
has  jurisdiction. 

THE  CLINTON  PLAN 

The  Academy  has  had  significant  interaction  with  the  Administration  during  the 
development  of  the  Clinton  health  plan  and  is  continuing  to  work  with  the  White 
House  as  the  final  revisions  of  the  plan  are  being  made.  We  have  had  the  oppor- 
tunity to  review  the  September  7  draft  and  have  measured  it  against  the  principles 
outline  in  Rx  For  Health.  The  Academy  commends  the  President's  leadership  and 
initiative  in  identifying  health  system  reform  as  a  priority  issue  and  in  developing 
a  comprehensive  plan.  He  has  demonstrated  a  willingness  to  work  with  consumers, 
providers,  businesses  and  others  organizations  invested  in  health  reform  and  has 
expressed  a  commitment  to  work  with  the  Congress  for  passage  of  a  comprehensive 
plan. 

Additionally,  the  work  of  the  Senate  Republicans  to  study  the  complex  issues  and 
develop  a  legislative  proposal  is  deeply  appreciated  by  the  Academy.  It  is  a  signifi- 
cant contribution  to  the  debate.  We  have  reviewed  this  proposal  and  note  that  many 


173 

of  its  principles  are  consistent  with  those  in  Rx  for  Health.  The  bipartisan  effort  in 
Congress  to  promote  positive  solutions  to  problems  in  our  health  system  is  encour- 
aging. 
How  does  the  Clinton  Plan  stack  up  against  principles  in  Rx  for  Health? 

The  following  is  a  comparison  of  the  major  principles  of  Rx  for  Health  and  those 
included  in  the  Clinton  plan.  In  general,  the  approaches  outlined  in  the  plans  are 
very  consistent.  .  . 

Universal  health  insurance  coverage:  Rx  for  Health  calls  for  universal  health  in- 
surance coverage  achieved  through  employer  based  plan  in  combination  with  state- 
sponsored  public  plans  that  would  replace  Medicaid  and  provide  coverage  for  eligible 
low  income  individuals  and  employees  of  small  businesses. 

The  Clinton  plan  calls  for  universal  coverage  that  is  employer-based.  Medicaid- 
eligible  individuals  receive  coverage  through  health  alliances,  as  does  the  general 
population.  Subsidies  are  available  for  those  with  low  incomes.  Small  businesses  pay 
an  amount  between  3.5  percent  and  7.9  percent  of  payroll  based  on  the  average  em- 
ployee wages.  No  business  will  pay  more  than  7.9  percent  of  payroll. 

Physician  specialty  distribution:  Rx  for  Health  addresses  the  shortage  of  general- 
ist  physicians,  calling  for  at  least  50  percent  generalist  physicians,  at  least  half  of 
whom  are  family  physicians,  through  changes  in  Medicare  GME  and  incentives  for 
ambulatory  based  training. 

The  Clinton  plan  also  calls  for  50  percent  primary  care  physicians  (defined  as 
family  medicine,  general  internal  medicine  and  general  pediatrics),  but  does  not 
specify  a  percentage  of  family  physicians.  It  takes  an  aggressive  regulatory  approach 
that  includes  reform  of  GME;  payments. 

Basic  health  benefits:  Basic  health  benefits  in  the  AAFP  plan  ensure  comprehen- 
sive coverage,  emphasize  prevention,  and  utilize  cost  sharing  to  promote  cost-effec- 
tive delivery  of  care.  Rx  for  Health  specifies  that  self-referral  for  services  not  or- 
dered by  the  personal  physician  have  a  higher  patient  cost-sharing. 

The  Clinton  plan  includes  a  comprehensive  benefit  package,  including  preventive 
services.  Provisions  for  limiting  payment  for  services  obtained  on  self-referral  in 
non-fee-for-service  plans  are  provided.  In  the  mandatory  fee-for-service  option,  the 
use  of  a  gatekeeper  is  prohibited. 

Cost  containment:  Cost-containment  in  Rx  for  Health  includes  a  national  global 
budget  set  by  a  national  health  commission  and  enforced,  if  necessary,  by  limiting 
provider  payment  increases  or  otherwise  controlling  expenditures  under  private  and 
public  plans. 

The  Clinton  plan  includes  a  stringent  cost  containment  initiative,  but  specifies  the 
target  rates  or  increase  in  the  plan  itself.  It  also  provides  for  a  National  Health 
Board. 

Quality:  Rx  for  Health  calls  for  quality  of  care  to  be  protected  and  enhanced 
through  a  variety  of  reforms  and  research  efforts.  rm^ 

The  Clinton  plan  places  significant  emphasis  on  quality  and  replaces  the  PRO 
program  with  a  new  Quality  Management  Program. 

Insurance  reform:  Rx  for  Health  calls  for  insurance  reform,  including  require- 
ments that  all  health  plans  be  guaranteed  issue,  guaranteed  renewable,  and  com- 
munity rated.  It  ensures  the  portability  of  basic  health  coverage. 

The  Clinton  plan  includes  all  of  the  above  insurance  reforms. 

Malpractice  reform:  Rx  for  Health  calls  for  comprehensive  malpractice  reform,  in- 
cluding limits  on  payments  for  non-  economic  damages,  limits  on  attorney's  fees, 
elimination  of  joint  and  several  liability,  reduction  in  awards  by  the  amount  of  com- 
pensation from  collateral  sources,  and  structured  payment  schedules  to  replace 
lump  sum  awards. 

The  Clinton  plan  includes  an  alternative  dispute  resolution  mechanism,  certifi- 
cation of  merit,  limits  on  attorney's  fees,  collateral  source  rules,  periodic  payment 
of  awards,  demonstration  projects  on  enterprise  liability,  and  a  pilot  program  using 
practice  guidelines.  There  is  no  cap  on  non-economic  damages. 

Medicare:  Rx  for  Health  calls  for  Medicare  beneficiaries  to  have  coverage  com- 
parable to  the  basic  benefit  package. 

The  Clinton  plan  permits  states  to  integrate  Medicare  beneficiaries  into  health  al- 
liances if  they  nave  the  same  or  better  coverage  as  Medicare.  After  the  health  alli- 
ances are  established,  individuals  have  the  right  to  elect  to  remain  in  alliances  after 
age  65  and  receive  the  national  guaranteed  package.  _ 

Financing:  Rx  for  Health  finances  the  plan  through  a  surtax  on  personal  and  in- 
come tax  liabilities,  increases  in  excise  [axes  on  tobacco  and  alcohol,  and  taxing  as 
income  to  employees  that  portion  of  employer  paid  premiums  in  excess  of  the  pre- 
mium needed  to  provide  the  basic  benefit  package. 


174 

The  Clinton  plan  includes  increases  in  excise  taxes  and  the  tax  cap,  but  does  not 
increase  income  taxes.  The  plan  relies  heavily  on  Medicare  savings. 

Based  on  the  draft  plan  and  the  President's  speech  to  Congress,  the  Academy  ap- 
plauds the  direction  and  supports  the  principles  and  many  of  the  strategies  es- 
poused in  the  Administration's  health  reform  proposal.  The  draft  plan  provides  a 
positive  framework  for  considering  the  many  complex  issues  entailed  in  health  sys- 
tem reform. 

From  the  perspective  of  this  organization,  the  Clinton  plan  holds  the  promise  of 
reforming  the  health  care  system  in  a  positive  direction.  We  are  particularly  pleased 
with  the  commitment  of  the  President  to  universal  access  to  a  set  of  comprehensive 
benefits  that  include  preventive  services  and  prescription  drugs  and  that  provide  a 
good  start  on  mental  health  coverage.  These  are  services  often  overlooked  in  insur- 
ance benefits  packages.  As  deliberations  on  reform  continue,  these  elements  must 
not  be  compromised.  All  people  in  the  United  States  must  have  access  to  com- 
prehensive, affordable,  high  quality  health  care  services. 

I  will  next  address  a  set  of  health  reform  issues  that  the  Academy  regards  as  es- 
sential and  that  we  believe  will  receive  consideration  in  your  committee  delibera- 
tions. Our  comments  focus  on  efforts  to  achieve  the  appropriate  supply  of  primary 
care  physicians,  the  role  of  non-physician  providers,  the  need  for  family  practice  and 
primary  care  research,  regulatory  burdens,  malpractice  reform,  and  fraud  and 
abuse. 

ACHIEVING  AN  APPROPRIATE  PHYSICIAN  SUPPLY 

While  much  has  been  said  in  the  past  year  about  the  shortage  of  generalist  physi- 
cians— family  physicians,  general  internists  and  general  pediatricians — the  rhetoric 
is  often  unmatched  with  action. 

We  are  particularly  pleased  that  Clinton  the  plan  focuses  attention  on  and  identi- 
fies specific  strategies  for  achieving  a  more  appropriate  balance  of  generalist  and 
specialist  physicians.  Physician  workforce  goals  mist  reflect  the  health  care  needs 
of  the  population.  Correcting  the  problems  of  specialty  imbalance  in  the  system  will 
require  significant  changes  m  current  federal  policies  and  aggressive  interventions. 
These  efforts  are  controversial  as  they  challenge  the  status  quo,  but  are  essential 
if  we  are  to  achieve  universal  access  to  comprehensive  health  benefits.  This  will  be 
one  of  the  most  difficult  and  challenging  legislative  issues.  While  many  offer  rhet- 
oric on  the  need  for  more  generalists,  few  are  willing  to  take  meaningful  action.  The 
strong  message  currently  m  the  plan  regarding  physician  workforce  is  critically  im- 
portant. 

As  this  committee  considers  its  deliberations  on  health  system  reform,  we  urge 
you  to  address  the  issue  of  ensuring  a  physician  supply  that  is  adequate  and  appro- 
priate to  meet  the  health  needs  ol  the  population.  While  grappling  with  strategies 
for  meeting  the  demand  for  primary  care  service,  however,  we  urge  that  primary 
care  not  be  trivialized  in  the  process. 

A  primary  care  physician  (or  generalist  physician)  provides  definitive  care  to  the 
unselected  patient  at  the  point  of  first  contact.  Such  a  physician  will  have  been  spe- 
cifically trained  to  provide  primary  care  services,  usually  through  completion  of  a 
residency  in  family  practice,  general  internal  medicine  or  general  pediatrics. 

Primary  care  physicians  devote  the  substantial  majority  of  theirpractice  to  pro- 
viding primary  care  services  to  a  deemed  population  of  patients.  The  style  of  pri- 
mary care  practice  is  such  that  the  personal  primary  care  physician  serves  as  the 
first  point  of  contact  for  substantially  all  of  the  patient's  medical  and  health  care 
needs. 

Occasionally,  individuals  who  are  not  trained  as  primary  care  physicians  will  pro- 
vide patient  care  services  within  the  domain  of  primary  care.  These  limited  primary 
care  providers  may  be  physicians  from  other  specialties,  nurse  practitioners,  or  phy- 
sician assistants.  Such  providers  may  focus  on  patient  care  needs  related  to  preven- 
tion, health  maintenance,  acute  care,  chronic  care  or  rehabilitation. 

The  contribution  of  limited  primary  care  providers  may  be  important  to  specific 
patients.  However,  the  absence  of  a  full  scope  of  training  in  primary  care  and  lim- 
ited practice  skills  in  providing  full  primary  care  services  requires  that  such  provid- 
ers work  in  close  consultation  with  fully  trained  primary  care  physicians.  Effective 
systems  of  primary  care  will  use  limited  primary  care  providers  as  adjuncts  to  the 
health  care  team  with  primary  care  physicians  taking  responsibility  for  the  total 
care  of  each  patient. 

We  understand  that  obstetricians-gynecologists  have  sought  to  be  recognized  as 
primary  care  physicians.  The  fact  that  Ob-gyns  provide  certain  services  that  are 
within  the  domain  of  primary  care  is  well  recognized.  Furthermore,  we  recognize 
that  many  women  receive  the  majority  of  their  health  care  from  Ob-gyns  during  cer- 


175 

tain  periods  of  their  lives.  However,  the  commonly  accepted  definition  of  primary 
care  incorporates  a  much  broader  range  of  skills  and  knowledge  than  is  present  in 
Ob-gyns.  As  deemed  by  the  Council  on  Graduate  Medical  Education,  primary  care 
entails  first-contact  care  of  persons  with  undifferentiated  illnesses,  comprehensive 
care  that  is  not  disease  or  organ  specific,  care  that  is  longitudinal  in  nature,  and 
care  that  includes  the  coordination  of  other  health  services.  In  its  fullest  sense,  pri- 
mary care  includes  the  assessment  and  evaluation  of  signs  and  symptoms  initially 
presented  by  the  patient,  the  management  of  acute  and  chronic  medical  conditions, 
the  identification  and  appropriate  referral  of  conditions  requiring  specialized  care, 
and  the  provision  of  health  promotion  and  disease  prevention  services.  While  a  num- 
ber of  providers  receive  training  in  and  typically  provide  some  important  aspects  of 
primary  care,  it  is  only  the  primary  care  specialties  of  family  practice,  general  pedi- 
atrics, and  general  internal  medicine  that  are  specifically  ana  fully  trained  to  pro- 
vide the  broad  range  of  primary  care  competencies.  We  note  that  the  Ob-gyn  lit- 
erature clearly  acknowledges  the  limited  role  of  Ob-gyn  in  the  provision  of  primary 
care. 

As  the  definition  of  primary  care  is  used  in  the  President's  health  reform  plan, 
it  dictates  a  substantial  redirection  of  training  funds.  Because  the  role  of  Ob-gyn 
in  primary  care  is  limited,  we  are  very  concerned  that  efforts  to  improve  access  to 
primary  care  will  be  compromised  by  including  Ob-gyn  in  the  definition  of  primary 
care.  Increasing  the  training  funds  for  Ob-gyns  will  not  substantially  improve  the 
number  of  providers  of  primary  care  services.  Furthermore,  including  Ob-gyns  in  the 
definition  of  primary  care  suggests  that  there  are  available  many  more  primary  care 
physicians  than  is,  in  fact,  the  case. 

We  understand  that  many  women  may,  by  personal  preference,  choose  to  obtain 
the  majority  of  their  routine  health  care  from  an  obstetrician-gynecologist  during 
certain  periods  of  their  lives.  We  support  the  continued  opportunity  for  women  to 
make  that  choice.  This  is  clearly  an  option  that  will  be  preserved  under  the  manda- 
tory fee-for-service  plans,  and  we  expect  that  many  managed  care  entities  will  allow 
women  to  utilize  an  Ob-gyn  routinely.  What  is  at  issue  for  the  Academy  is  improv- 
ing access  to  primary  care  services.  An  important  part  of  addressing  this  issue  is 
training  more  primary  care  physicians.  We  believe  this  best  accomplished  by  leaving 
undiluted  the  current  definition  of  primary  care  (family  medicine,  general  internal 
medicine,  and  general  pediatrics).  Prior  to  reaching  a  final  decision  on  this  issue  we 
would  urge  you  to  pose  the  following  questions  to  the  Ob-gyn  community: 

•  What  percentage  of  currently  practicing  Ob-gyns  spend  the  majority  of  their 
clinical  practice  providing  services  in  the  domain  of  primary  care? 

•  If  all  Ob-gyns  are  classified  as  "primary  care  providers,  how  will  the  Ob-gyn 
community  assure  women  that  a  specific  Ob-gyn  physician  is  both  willing  and 
competent  to  serve  as  her  primary  care  physician? 

•  If  Ob-gyn,  as  a  specialty,  is  classified  as  "primary  care,"  in  what  ways  and 
how  rapidly  will  Ob-gyn  residencies  redirect  their  current  training  towards  the 
full  competencies  of  primary  care  providers? 

Unless  you  are  satisfied  by  the  answers  to  these  questions  that  Ob-gyn  will  truly 
function  as  a  primary  care  specialty  in  the  future,  we  would  urge  you  not  to  change 
their  specialty  designation  in  the  President's  plan. 

NON-PHYSICIAN  PROVIDERS 

As  the  challenge  of  moving  toward  an  appropriate  balance  of  generalist  and  spe- 
cialists in  the  physician  supply  is  addressed,  the  related  issue  of  the  role  of  non- 
physician  providers  in  the  health  care  system  emerges. 

At  a  recent  meeting  with  the  Academy,  Administration  officials  indicated  that  the 
language  in  the  September  7  draft  dealing  with  barriers  to  the  practice  of  nurse 
practitioners,  nurse  midwives,  and  physician  assistants  (hereafter  referred  to  as 
non-physician  providers)  would  possibly  be  strengthened  to  include  a  pre-emption  of 
state  laws  and  regulations  deemed  to  be  overly  restrictive.  We  believe  that  the  lan- 
guage contained  in  the  September  7  draft  provides  sufficient  means  to  address  un- 
warranted barriers  to  the  practice  of  non-physician  providers  and,  furthermore,  the 
current  language  avoids  unnecessary  consequences  that  would  accompany  a  federal 
pre-emption.  Preempting  state  practice  acts  would  constitute  an  unwarranted  fed- 
eral intrusion  in  an  area  of  traditional  state  jurisdiction  and  may  result  in  adverse 
consequences  for  both  the  cost  and  quality  of  care. 

As  the  plan  currently  reads,  the  Secretary  of  the  Department  of  Health  and 
Human  Services  is  directed  to  develop  and  encourage  the  adoption  of  model  profes- 
sional practice  statutes  for  advanced  practice  nurses  and  physician  assistants  (page 
130).  In  addition,  an  earlier  section  defining  a  covered  service  establishes  a  standard 


176 

that  prevents  any  state  from  limiting  the  practice  of  any  class  of  health  profes- 
sionals except  as  justified  by  skill  and  training  (page  21). 

No  topic  that  we  will  address  in  this  letter  presents  more  difficulty  to  a  physician. 
We  recognize  that  it  is  all  too  easy  to  read  into  these  words  an  attempt  to  simply 
protect  professional  "turf."  Allow  us.  therefore,  to  preface  these  comments  by  noting 
that  no  other  physician  specialty  is  as  likely  to  be  engaged  in  collaborative  practice 
with  non-physician  providers.  We  fully  appreciate  the  substantial  contribution  of 
non-physician  providers  to  the  delivery  of  primary  care.  Furthermore,  our  members 
are  cognizant  of  the  fact  that  many  state  laws  impose  undue  restriction  on  the  prac- 
tice of  non-physician  providers.  We  approach  this  issue  supporting  the  expanded  uti- 
lization of  non-physician  providers  and  the  elimination  oi  undue  barriers  to  their 
practice. 

The  substantial  abilities  of  nurses  to  provide  certain  high  quality  services  that  are 
within  the  domain  of  primary  care  is  well  recognized.  However,  the  commonly  ac- 
cepted definition  of  primary  care  incorporates  a  much  broader  range  of  skills  and 
knowledge  than  is  present  in  any  of  the  non-physician  practitioners.  While  a  num- 
ber of  providers  receive  training  in  and  typically  provide  some  important  aspects  of 
primary  care,  it  is  only  the  primary  care  specialties  of  family  practice,  general  pedi- 
atrics, and  general  internal  medicine  that  are  specifically  ana  fully  trained  to  pro- 
vide the  board  range  of  primary  care  competencies.  (See  also  our  comments  above 
on  obstetrics  and  gynecology  as  "primary  care  physicians.") 

We  find  the  call  for  the  unsupervised  practice  of  primary  care  by  non-physician 

firoviders  unsupported  for  a  number  of  reasons.  First,  while  generally  positive  in  its 
indings,  the  available  research  on  the  quality  of  care  and  cost-effectiveness  of  non- 
physician  providers  is  limited  in  the  scope  of  services  examined,  employs  a  narrow- 
range  of  quality  measures,  and  provides  no  basis  on  which  to  judge  the  quality  and 
cost-effectiveness  of  unsupervised  practice.  All  of  the  studies  of  which  we  are  aware 
examined  non-physician  providers  practicing  with  physician  supervision.  The  claim 
that  unsupervised  non -physician  practitioners  can  provide  the  mil  range  of  primary 
care  services  with  physician -like  quality  has  absolutely  no  basis  in  research. 

Second,  we  note  that  the  call  for  independent  non-physician  provider  practice 
comes  from  a  relatively  narrow  segment  of  the  non-physician  provider  community. 
The  physician  assistant  profession  has  explicitly  rejected  independent  practice.  The 
non-physician  providers  with  whom  family  physicians  work,  especially  those  who 
practice  in  remote  settings  without  on-site  supervision,  do  not  consider  independent 
practice  to  be  professionally  responsible.  They,  as  well  as  their  patients,  need  to 
know  that  when  confronted  with  a  serious  or  confusing  medical  condition,  a  respon- 
sible supervising  physician  is  immediately  available  to  provide  either  consultation 
or  direct  intervention.  Anything  less  risks  compromise  in  the  quality  of  care. 

If,  however,  for  whatever  reason  you  decide  to  propose  a  federal  pre-emption  of 
state  medical  practice  acts  in  order  to  remove  barriers  to  the  practice  of  non-physi- 
cian providers,  we  believe  that  the  same  logic  and  mechanism  should  be  applied  to 
state  nursing  acts.  As  you  may  know,  many  hospitals  have  sought  to  improve  effi- 
ciency and  productivity  by  utilizing  non-RN  personnel  to  provide  numerous  patient 
care  tasks.  These  efforts  have  been  frustrated  by  the  nursing  profession,  which  has 
asserted  that  an  RN's  license  is  required  to  provide  many  routine  bedside  duties. 
To  address  only  one  aspect  of  this  issue  of  "barriers  to  practice"  in  the  President's 
proposal  would  be  intellectually  inconsistent. 

REGULATORY  BURDENS 

The  Clinical  Laboratory  Improvement  Amendments  (CLIA)  regulations  are  per- 
haps the  most  onerous  federal  requirements  presently  imposed  on  family  physicians. 
The  level  of  regulation,  expense  and  exasperation  inflicted  on  small  physician  office 
laboratories  has  no  relationship  whatever  to  improvements  in  patient  care  or  pa- 
tient safety.  The  impetus  for  CLIA  '88  was  a  response  to  quality  problems  in  large 
reference  laboratories  performing  Pap  tests,  not  physician  office  laboratories.  How- 
ever, the  resultinglaw  subjects  office  laboratories  to  the  same  level  of  regulation 
as  reference  labs.  This  makes  no  sense  in  terms  of  quality  of  patient  care,  and,  in 
fact,  has  resulted  in  reduced  access  to  testing  and  increased  expenses  for  physicians. 
As  you  work  to  reform  the  health  care  system  and  develop  regulatory  strategies  that 
improve  efficacy  and  cost-effectiveness,  the  Academy  again  urges  you  to  call  for  re- 
peal of  CLIA  provisions  relating  to  physician  office  laboratories  and  instead  con- 
centrate efforts  on  improving  quality  of  Pap  testing. 

While  the  Academy  appreciates  the  initial  efforts  outlined  in  the  plan  to  provide 
a  measure  of  relief  from  the  regulatory  burden,  practicing  family  physicians  who 
have  reviewed  the  material  are  concerned  about  the  stipulations  that  regulation  will 
continue  for  labs  that  engage  in  critical  testing  or  conduct  testing  to  monitor  care 


177 

while  it  is  being  delivered.  These  provisions  will  largely  undermine  the  efforts  in 
subsequent  sections  aimed  at  easing  the  regulatory  burden  on  labs  performing  sim- 
ple and  moderately  complex  tests.  As  an  inherent  component  of  patient  care,  family 
physicians  routinely  perform  lab  tests  to  get  immediate  results  in  order  to  begin  ap- 
propriate treatment  and  monitor  care  while  it  is  being  delivered,  not  dissimilar  to 
{thysicians  who  perform  microscopic  tests.  The  choice,  timing,  and  interpretation  of 
aboratory  tests  are  integral  to  a  physician's  clinical  decisions  regarding  subsequent 
diagnostic  and  treatment  interventions.  Lab  procedures  are  not  a  separable  aspect 
of  clinical  medicine.  To  continue  the  present  regulations  in  these  instances  will  con- 
tinue the  present  unreasonable  regulatory  burden. 

We  urge  deletion  of  the  requirement  for  continued  regulation  of  labs  engaging  in 
critical  testing  (a  test  is  critical  if  an  answer  is  needed  quickly  or  an  error  can  result 
in  serious  harm  to  an  individual)  or  conducting  testing  to  monitor  care  while  it  is 
being  delivered. 

Other  federal  regulations  also  serve  only  to  increase  the  cost  of  medical  care  and 
the  administrative  burden  on  physicians  without  any  measurable  benefit  to  pa- 
tients. The  present  OSHA  bloodborne  pathogens  regulations  are  a  good  example. 
The  Centers  for  Disease  Control  guidelines  lor  universal  precautions  are  straight- 
forward and  afford  patent  and  health  professional  safety  in  regard  to  HTV  infection. 
Hepatitis  B,  and  other  diseases.  The  OSHA  regulations,  enforced  by  intimidating 
OSHA  inspectors,  are  excessive  and  threatening  to  physicians.  We  urge  that  you  call 
for  repeal  of  this  overly  burdensome  regulation  and,  instead,  acknowledge  the  appro- 
priateness of  the  CDC  guidelines. 

HEALTH  RESEARCH  INITIATIVES 

The  health  research  initiative  described  in  the  September  7  draft  limits  new  fund- 
ing for  health  research  to  two  areas,  prevention  research  and  health  services  re- 
search. While  these  are  important,  the  draft  plan  omits  a  highly  relevant  and  to- 
date  largely  ignored  research  area,  family  practice  and  primary  care  research.  For 
the  past  30  years,  over  95  percent  of  all  medical  conditions  have  been  evaluated  and 
treated  outside  of  hospitals.  However,  the  traditional  focus  of  medical  education  and 
research  has  been  on  medical  problems  in  referred  and  hospitalized  patients.  Thus, 
the  training  of  physicians  and  the  research  agenda  have  focused  almost  exclusively 
on  inpatient  rather  than  outpatient  evaluation  and  treatment. 

Given  that  the  National  Institutes  of  Health  has  not  in  the  past  and  does  not  now 
include  primary  care  research,  and  given  that  the  limited  resources  and  other  prior- 
ities of  the  Agency  for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research  have  precluded  all  but  the 
most  limited  attention  to  it,  we  believe  that  it  is  imperative  to  identify  family  prac- 
tice and  primary  care  research  as  a  priority  in  health  system  reform. 

The  draft  plan  placed  considerable  attention  on  effective  strategies  to  emphasize 
[inning  of  generalist  physicians  in  ambulatory  settings  to  meet  the  considerable  de- 
mand for  primary  care  services.  However,  the  research  initiatives  portion  of  the 
plan  is  deficient  in  the  comparable  area  of  research.  We  therefore  suggest  that  a 
third  focus  for  new  funding  for  health  research  be  specified  as  family  practice  and 
primary  care  research. 

Suggested  language  follows: 

Family  practice  and  primary  care  research  related  to  better  assisting  the  gen- 
eralist physician  in  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  the  undifferentiated  patient  pop- 
ulation treated  in  the  ambulatory  care  setting. 

PRIORITY  AREAS  FOR  FAMILY  PRACTICE  AND  PRIMARY  CARE  RESEARCH 

The  Agency  for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research  and/or  the  National  Institutes 
of  Health  initiates  and  expands  office-based,  community-oriented  family  practice 
and  primary  care  research  in  priority  areas  including: 

Research  to  better  understand  the  role  of  diagnosis  in  family  practice  and  pri- 
mary care  to  assist  the  generalist  physician  to  evaluate  the  myriad  symptoms 
of  the  patient,  differentiate  self-limited  diseases  from  those  requiring  ongoing 
or  intensive  treatment  and  initiate  effective  treatment.  The  tangible  benefits  of 
such  research  could  streamline  the  diagnostic  process,  increase  accuracy,  and 
reduce  the  use  of  expensive  and  potentially  dangerous  medical  tests. 

Research  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  medical  care  as  the  physician,  in  col- 
laboration with  the  patient  designs  and  implements  an  effective  treatment  that 
reconciles  the  idiosyncrasies,  preferences  and  the  needs  of  the  patient  with  the 
realities  of  the  illness. 

Research  to  improve  access  to  health  care  and  the  cost-effectiveness  of  care 
focusing  on  the  role  of  frontline,  generalist  physicians. 


178 

We  appreciated  the  attention  that  this  committee  Rave  to  primary  care  research 
in  report  language  accompanying  last  year's  reauthorization  of  the  Agency  for 
Health  Care  Policy  and  Research/We  look  forward  to  working  with  you  to  improve 
the  federal  effort  in  this  important  research  arena. 

MALPRACTICE  REFORM 

While  provisions  of  the  draft  plan  to  address  malpractice  concerns  are  consistent 
with  those  supported  by  the  Academy,  it  is  silent  on  two  effective  strategies  that 
have  been  utilized  in  state  malpractice  reforms:  the  limit  of  payments  for  non-eco- 
nomic damages  and  a  statute  of  limitations  for  filing  a  claim.  Additionally,  two  pro- 
visions need  to  be  strengthened.  First,  the  requirement  for  a  Certificate  of  Merit 
does  not  specify  that  the  physician  submitting  the  affidavit  be  of  the  same  medical 
specialty  and  be  actually  practicing  in  the  field  of  the  defendant  physician.  We  be- 
lieve this  is  essential  to  provide  an  accurate  assessment  of  whether  the  physician 
deviated  from  the  established  standard  of  care.  Second,  in  its  present  form,  the  al- 
ternative dispute  resolution  mechanism  would  add  more  administrative  burden  to 
the  resolution  of  malpractice  claims  than  it  would  eliminate. 

We  suggest  the  following  language  (both  modifications  and  additions)  to  the  pro- 
posals relating  to  malpractice  reform  in  the  draft: 

Creation  of  Alternative  Dispute  Resolution  Mechanisms  (modification  under- 
lined). Each  health  plan  establishes  an  alternative-dispute  resolution  process 
using  one  or  more  of  several  models  developed  by  the  National  Health  Board. 
Potential  model  systems  include  early  offers  of  settlement,  mediation  and  arbi- 
tration. 

Consumers  who  have  a  claim  against  a  health-care  provider  are  required  to 
submit  the  claim  through  the  alternative  dispute  system.  At  the  completion  of 
the  alternative  dispute  system,  if  one  of  the  parties  in  the  dispute  wishes  to 
challenge  the  outcome  of  the  alternative  dispute  resolution,  he  or  she  may  do 
so  in  court.  If  the  decision  rendered  in  court  is  less  favorable  to  him  or  her  than 
in  the  alternative  dispute  resolution,  he  or  she  shall  pay  all  legal  fees. 

Requirement  for  Certificate  of  Merit  (modification  underlined).  Lawsuits 
claiming  injury  from  medical  malpractice  include  submission  of  an  affidavit 
signed  by  a  physician  of  the  same  medical  specialty  and  practicing  in  the  same 
medical  specialty  as  the  defendant  physician.  The  affidavit  must  attest  that  the 
specialist  examined  the  claim  and  concluded  that  medical  procedures  or  treat- 
ments that  Produced  the  claim  deviated  from  established  standards  of  care. 

Statute  of  limitations  (additional  section).  A  claim  must  be  filed  within  2 
years  from  the  date  that  the  alleged  injury  should  have  reasonably  been  discov- 
ered, but  in  no  event  more  than  4  years  from  the  time  of  alleged  iniury.  In  the 
case  of  alleged  injury  to  children  under  6,  a  claim  must  be  filed  within  4  years 
from  the  date  that  the  alleged  injury  should  have  reasonably  been  discovered. 
Limits  on  non-economic  damages  (additional  section).  The  plan  establishes  a 
$250,000  limit  on  non-economic  damages,  often  referred  to  as  "pain  and  suffer- 
ing" awards. 

FRAUD  AND  ABUSE 

While  the  Academy  supports  the  effort  to  eliminate  provider  initiated  fraud  and 
abuse,  certain  provisions  place  providers  at  undue  risk,  particularly  in  regard  to 
false  claims  for  deliberate  upcoding  (p.  174).  However,  there  is  currently  consider- 
able disagreement  about  the  utilization  of  the  various  levels  of  visit  codes  between 
physicians  and  Medicare  carriers.  Physicians  who  have  performed  the  services  de- 
scribed in  the  CPT  coding  manual  for  a  particular  level  of  visit  are  challenged  by 
carriers  and  accused  of  "upcoding.''  As  we  interpret  this  section,  these  physicians, 
who  believe  they  have  submitted  codes  that  are  consistent  with  the  services  pro- 
vided, would  be  subject  to  assessment  of  civil  monetary  penalties. 

Another  concern  relates  to  preventive  services.  Physicians  have  neither  coded  nor 
charged  for  preventive  services,  because  these  services  currently  are  not  covered. 
Physicians  expect  to  appropriately  code  and  charge  for  these  services  when  included 
in  the  nationally  guaranteed  benefits  package.  We  are  concerned  that  physicians 
charging  for  previously  uncovered  services  may  be  subject  to  charges  of 
"unbundling"  and  the  commensurate  civil  monetary  penalties. 

While  deliberate  upcoding  and  unbundling  should  be  prohibited,  we  believe  that 
including  these  as  false  claims  and  subjecting  them  to  severe  penalties  should  be 
reconsidered  in  light  of  current  problems  with  the  use  of  visit  codes  and  potential 
accusations  of  unbundling  when  appropriately  coding  for  newly  covered  services. 

We  are  also  concerned  about  the  provision  to  toughen  penalties  for  wrongdoers 
that  allow  forfeitures  of  proceeds  derived  from  health  care  fraud.  In  view  of  the 


179 

above  definitions  and  identified  implementation  problems,  the  penalties  appear  too 

Physicians  who  now  live  in  fear  of  inadvertently  committing  Medicare  fraud  and 
abuse  will  have  this  fear  considerably  increased  by  the  proposed  provisions. 

CONCLUSION 

The  time  has  come  for  comprehensive  health  system  reform.  This  will  be  challeng- 
ing for  the  Congress,  the  Administration,  health  care  providers,  businesses,  and  pa- 
tients. Change,  even  positive  change,  is  always  difficult.  However,  the  status  quo 
no  longer  is  acceptable.  The  American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians  looks  forward 
to  working  with  you  to  achieve  the  positive  change  that  we  all  seek. 

I  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  you  and  would  be  pleased  to  an- 
swer any  questions. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

We  have  six  members  here,  and  we  will  follow  a  5-minute  time 
limit  and  try  to  wind  up  as  close  to  1  o'clock  as  we  can.  I  know 
there  are  party  meetings,  so  we  will  proceed  that  way,  and  if  we 
get  through  earlier,  we  will  continue  with  an  additional  round. 
'  I  would  like  to  begin  with  a  threshold  question  for  Dr.  Todd.  Dr. 
Todd,  you  have  expressed  a  number  of  concerns  about  the  Presi- 
dent's plan.  Do  you  think  these  concerns  will  prevent  you  from 
working  constructively  with  the  President  and  the  Congress  to  pass 
the  kind  of  comprehensive  reform  that  can  meet  the  needs  of  the 
American  people? 

Dr.  Todd.  Absolutely  not.  The  need  for  reform  is  now.  The  Presi- 
dent has  provided  a  good  foundation  from  which  to  start.  We  have 
found  him  to  be  responsive  to  some  of  the  concerns  that  we  have 
raised,  and  we  need  to  go  forward  with  the  President,  with  this 
committee,  and  with  the  Congress,  and  get  it  done. 

The  CHAffiMAN.  Let  me  ask  you  again  about  the  areas  of  agree- 
ment and  disagreement,  Dr.  Todd,  and  then  I  would  ask  the  other 
panelists  this  question.  You  agree  on  universal  coverage;  that  an 
employer  makes  a  contribution  and  individuals  make  a  contribu- 
tion; assistance  for  low-income  individuals,  and  a  national  benefit 
package. 

Are  you  all  in  agreement  on  that? 

Dr.  Todd.  Yes,  we  are. 

The  Chadiman.  Let  the  record  show  that  there  is  agreement  on 
those  issues. 

Then,  there  is  the  fee-for-service  option;  the  emphasis  on  individ- 
ual choice;  insurance  reform  should  include  no  pre-existing  exclu- 
sions, and  should  have  open  enrollment.  Is  there  agreement  on  all 
of  those? 

Dr.  Todd.  Yes,  there  is. 

The  Chairman.  All  right.  Malpractice  reform,  and  a  commission 
or  a  board — I  think  there  were  references  in  all  of  the  testimonies 
to  either  a  commission  or  a  board.  There  are  differences  as  to  what 
the  ftinction  ought  to  be  with  regard  to  the  commission  or  board, 
but  nonetheless,  as  I  understand,  there  is  agreement  that  that  kind 
of  formulation  makes  sense. 

Dr.  Todd.  That  is  correct. 

The  Chairman.  Is  there  agreement  on  global  budget,  but  that  the 
budget  and  fees  are  negotiated  with  the  providers? 

Dr.  Todd.  We  do  have  a  problem  with  the  global  budget,  but  I 
think  you  have  expressed  it  very  well,  that  if  the  profession  and 
all  of  the  providers  are  involved  in  looking  at  what  patients  need 


180 

and  how  best  to  supply  that  need,  it  becomes  clear  there  has  to  be 
a  degree  of  economic  discipline  introduced  into  the  system. 

We  would  prefer  to  do  it  based  on  patient  need,  efficiency,  and 
effectiveness  rather  than  on  choosing  some  arbitrary  number  that 
may  or  may  not  serve  the  patients  of  this  country  well.  But  given 
the  ability  to  sit  down  and  negotiate  budget  predictability,  we 
would  be  in  agreement. 

Dr.  Graham.  We  have  felt  for  a  number  of  years  that  the  only 
way  to  get  reform  is  to  have  economic  discipline.  Our  plan  itself 
calls  for  an  approach  to  global  budgeting.  We  do  not  differ  substan- 
tially with  what  Dr.  Todd  has  said,  but  the  bottom  line  is  without 
that  discipline,  there  will  be  no  lasting  reform. 

Dr.  Lawrence.  And  our  position  is  that  it  must  be  recognized 
that  when  we  talk  about  patients'  needs,  patients'  needs  vary 
across  groups.  Within  our  community,  the  patients'  needs  are  so  se- 
vere that  we  do  not  want  to  be  locked  out  by  any  limitation  which 
would  restrict  resources  that  could  become  available  to  the  sickest 
segment  of  our  population. 

Ms.  Shinn.  And  I  would  say,  Senator,  that  we  believe  that  great- 
er utilization  of  registered  nurses  in  our  system  is  going  to  help  a 
lot  with  our  economic  discipline. 

The  Chairman.  OK.  I  just  have  time  for  one  more  question,  and 
it  is  targeted  at  Dr.  Lawrence,  but  others  may  wish  to  make  a  brief 
comment.  How  concerned  are  you  as  these  budget  crunches  are  put 
in  place,  so  to  speak,  in  terms  of  whatever  is  worked  out  in  terms 
of  the  cost  restrictions,  that  it  is  going  to  mean  a  diminution  of 
care  for  the  needy  and  the  poor  in  our  society? 

Dr.  Lawrence.  Let  me  say  up  front,  I  am  not  a  financial  expert. 
I  am  a  hard-working,  day  to  day  doctor.  However,  I  have  opinions. 
The  populations  whom  my  organization  serves  are  those  who, 
again,  are  most  in  need  of  resources,  and  those  whose  needs  his- 
torically have  been  cut  first  when  there  were  budget  crunches.  It 
may  not  appear  that  way  to  a  lot  of  people  on  the  outside,  but  the 
impact  of  budget  cuts  across-the-board  within  minority  commu- 
nities is  devastating  because  of  the  total  dearth  of  resources  that 
are  there  now. 

Anything  that  seeks  to  limit  the  economic  development,  the  re- 
source allocation  within  communities  which  are  at  greatest  need, 
my  organization  does  have  a  problem  with. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Jeffords. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Let  me  follow  up  on  that  because  it  does  con- 
cern me.  In  other  words,  the  system  which  is  outlined  in  the  Clin- 
ton plan  which  would  require  physicians  to  receive  lower  payment 
for  services  to  subsidized  poor  if  you  are  in  an  area  that  has  large 
numbers  of  subsidized  poor,  and  you  try  to  average  that  into  the 
premium,  it  is  going  to  be  extremely  difficult  to  do,is  it  not? 

Dr.  Lawrence.  Senator,  with  all  due  respect,  I  do  not  have  the 
knowledge  that  allows  me  to  go  through  the  mathematic  manipula- 
tion, but  let  me  say  it  like  this.  Physicians  in  inner  cities  and  un- 
derserved  areas  already  are,  relatively  speaking, 
undercompensated.  Primary  care  physicians  are  clearly  under  com- 
pensated. If  there  is  a  restriction  on  their  ability  to  be  able  to  ap- 
propriately meet  even  their  own  expenses  as  other  costs  increase, 


181 

then  we  further  contribute  to  a  diminution  of  health  care — quality 
health  care — within  undeserved  and  minority  communities. 

Again,  I  think  this  needs  to  be  part  of  the  general  consideration 
as  we  go  through  this  process,  because  I  realize  we  are  not  at  a 
final  end  point  right  now. 

Senator  Jeffords.  If  the  other  doctors  would  comment  on  that 
part  of  the  plan,  which  I  believe  would  require  you  to  receive  a 
lower  fee  for  service  to  subsidize  patients. 

Dr.  Graham.  Let  me  start  at  the  other  part  of  the  plan.  Yes,  that 
provision  does  have  application,  but  the  intent  of  the  plan  is  to  re- 
quire the  accountable  health  plans  to  have  available  services 
mroughout  any  area  where  they  wish  to  market  and  to  provide  the 
patient  with  the  total  option,  on  a  year  by  year  decision,  on  as  to 
which  plan  they  seek  their  care  from. 

It  would  be  my  anticipation  that  if  that  worked  in  the  manner 
described,  what  you  are  going  to  have  is  a  reversal  of  the  con- 
centration that  we  now  find  of  disadvantaged  populations  within 
an  area  as  they  can  seek  care  in  the  direction  that  they  wish,  and 
on  top  of  that,  there  are  specific  provisions  for  the  public  health  in- 
frastructure. 

So  yes,  that  provision  is  there.  As  our  members  have  looked  at 
it,  they  see  30  percent  of  the  patients  every  day,  and  those  are  pa- 
tients by  and  large  that  they  are  not  getting  paid  anything  for. 

Dr.  Todd.  Really,  Senator,  from  our  point  of  view,  the  question 
is  equity,  fairness  for  all,  to  take  care  of  those  who  need  to  be  cared 
for  in  a  setting  where  they  can  choose  what  best  suits  their  needs, 
and  that  the  resources  be  made  available  to  take  care  of  those  who 
have  thus  far  been  shut  out  of  the  network.  And  Dr.  Graham 
makes  a  very  good  point — when  we  have  universal  coverage,  care 
that  is  now  going  uncompensated  and  therefore  contributes  to  the 
cost  shift,  that  cost-shifting  may  well  diminish  and  allow  those  who 
cannot  now  afford  to  get  into  the  system  to  access  it  more  easily. 

Senator  Jeffords.  What  protection  will  doctors  need  against 
being  excluded  from  being  able  to  participate  in  a  health  alliance? 
Dr.  Lawrence  talked  about  minorities,  but  I  know  in  my  State  al- 
ready, one  was  formed  leaving  one  doctor  out.  How  are  you  going 
to  cope  with  that,  or  should  it  be  coped  with? 

Dr.  Todd.  Senator,  that  is  a  tough  issue.  We  are  talking  about 
competition.  Competition  means  winners  and  losers,  and  obviously, 
nobody  likes  to  be  a  loser.  From  the  AMA's  point  of  view,  our  posi- 
tion is  that  decisions  regarding  allowing  physicians  to  participate 
in  these  health  care  alliances  and  plans  depends  upon  tneir  train- 
ing, their  demonstrated  experience,  and  their  willingness  to  con- 
form to  the  requirements  of  the  plan. 

We  also  believe  this  is  part  of  the  reason  why  physicians  do  need 
the  ability  to  come  together  and  be  able  to  negotiate  with  some 
plans  that  may,  for  reasons  that  are  not  totally  appropriate,  tend 
to  exclude  physicians  who  should  be  allowed  in  the  plan  because 
of  the  mix  of  demography,  the  need  for  specialists,  and  other  rea- 
sons we  can  talk  about. 

Negotiation  for  physicians  becomes  very  important  in  trying  to 
continue  to  act  as  advocates  for  patients  to  make  sure  that  the 
plans  are  fair  and  their  coverage  is  fair  and  their  treatment  is  fair 
and  their  prices  are  fair. 


182 

Dr.  Graham.  That  is  one  of  the  reasons  I  emphasized  our  dis- 
appointment with  the  extent  of  antitrust  relief.  We  anticipate  that 
for  many  family  physicians,  where  they  participate  in  one  or  more 
plans,  much  less  being  excluded,  they  will  want  to  look  at  the  op- 
tion of  organizing  themselves  as  a  primary  care  group,  region  by 
region  and  State  by  State. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Dr.  Lawrence. 

Dr.  Lawrence.  Well,  it  is  one  of  the  reasons  why  we  want  to  see 
very  clear  monitoring  of  the  kinds  of  criteria  that  are  going  to  be 
set  up  for  inclusion.  Granted,  physicians  may  be  excluded  from 
interaction  for  a  variety  of  reasons,  many  of  which  may  come  out 
under  the  rubric  of  board  certification,  under  the  rubric  of  quali- 
fications. On  the  other  hand,  we  think  that  new  parameters  of 
standards  of  practice  may  need  to  be  developed  within  certain 
interactions,  within  certain  organizations,  so  that  minority  physi- 
cians just  because  of  the  training  that  they,  quote,  "did  not  have," 
or  the  board  certification  that  they  did  not  have,  are  automatically 
excluded  from  participation  in  areas  where  they  were  previously 
delivering  service,  but  now  that  the  patients  can  be  paid  for,  other 
external  groups  want  to  come  in  and  take  over  those  systems. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Metzenbaum. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Dr.  Todd  and  Dr.  Graham,  you  both  have 
talked  about  exemptions  from  our  Nation's  fair  competition  laws, 
the  antitrust  laws.  You  even  suggest  that  the  AMA  should  get 
some  kind  of  special  exemption  that  would  permit  them  to  nego- 
tiate fees  on  behalf  of  unrelated  groups  of  doctors. 

Now,  I  am  frank  to  say  to  you  that  I  am  a  little  disappointed  we 
have  not  heard  from  the  AMA,  nor  from  your  group,  Dr.  Graham. 
We  have  heard  from  the  Hospital  Association,  and  we  have  been 
successful  in  working  out  solutions  to  any  concerns. 

The  fact  is  the  antitrust  laws  do  not  prevent  groups  of  doctors 
from  negotiating  fees  with  health  alliances  or  any  large  insurer. 
The  recently  published  antitrust  guidelines  make  that  very,  very 
clear.  The  only  requirement  under  antitrust  laws  is  that  doctors 
form  themselves  into  some  kind  of  group  practice,  a  PPO  or  an 
independent  practice  association,  when  they  negotiate  fees.  In 
other  words,  doctors  must  have  some  real  incentive  to  bargain 
more  like  a  cost-efficient  single  entity  than  a  group  of  price-fixing 
competitors. 

Wouldn't  you  both  agree  that  your  proposal  could  actually  in- 
crease the  cost  of  health  care  for  most  patients  and  undermine 
health  care  reform  because  it  would  discourage  doctors  from  joining 
cost-cutting  group  practices? 

Dr.  Todd.  I  think  I  would  have  to  answer  that  in  the  negative, 
Senator  Metzenbaum,  and  in  all  honesty,  we  have  been  making 
contacts  with  your  office;  we  have  been  in  to  the  Justice  Depart- 
ment, we  have  met  with  Mrs.  Bingaman,  who  is  the  deputy  attor- 
ney general  in  this  respect.  And  our  interest  is  not  in  any  special 
exemption  for  the  AMA  or  for  any  group  of  physicians  that  is  not 
in  the  best  interest  of  health  system  reform. 

You  heard  Senator  Wellstone  talk  about  the  mega  companies 
that  are  going  to  be  coming  along,  and  in  some  of  the  rural  areas 


183 

of  this  country,  it  is  impractical  for  physicians  to  be  able  to  inte- 
grate their  practices  in  the  fashion  that  the  current  antitrust  stat- 
utes require.  Therefore,  if  they  are  going  to  be  able  to  negotiate  on 
behalf  of  their  patients,  if  they  are  going  to  be  able  to  negotiate  on 
the  conditions  of  participation,  they  must  be  able  to  come  together 
as  independent  practitioners.  Obviously,  they  are  not  going  to 
strike;  obviously,  they  are  not  going  to  boycott.  But  they  certainly 
ought  to  have  the  ability  to  express  their  opinions  both  as  to  condi- 
tions of  participation  and  reimbursement. 

If  indeed  we  are  going  to  have  the  concentration  of  purchasing 
power  in  the  hands  of  mega  organizations,  what  is  it  that  physi- 
cians can  do  to  protect  their  patients  and  protect  their  ability  to 
provide  necessary  care? 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  They  could  have  a  PPO  or  an  independent 
practice  association.  They  can  do  that.  There  is  no  problem  with 
that  under  our  antitrust  laws. 

Dr.  Graham.  If  I  could  respond  to  that,  because  you  cited  our 
specific  example,  family  physicians,  if  they  organize  for  the  purpose 
of  negotiation  with  the  alliances  as  they  appear  right  now,  probably 
wouldn't  organize  into  a  PPO  or  an  IPA  as  you  recognize  them. 
They  are  primary  care  physicians.  They  are  not  a  vertically  ori- 
ented, muhispecialty  group.  That  is  one  of  the  difficulties  that  we 
have  in  looking  at  new  models  and  the  flexibility  of  negotiation. 

And  I  must  say  as  that  as  I  travel  throughout  the  country  and 
meet  with  our  members,  the  advice  that  they  are  getting  from 
counsel,  State  by  State,  is  to  stay  away  from  it.  The  climate  of  in- 
timidation and  risk  aversion  that  has  been  generated  by  the  Jus- 
tice Department's  efforts  in  antitrust  in  the  professional  area  is 
such  that  it  makes  a  country  doctor  very,  very  reluctant  to  talk 
about  it  when  their  lawyer  is  sitting  right  Deside  him,  saying,  "Stay 
away,  doctor." 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  You  know,  Dr.  Graham,  I  sat  before  a 
committee  of  five  United  States  Senators  not  too  long  ago,  chaired 
by  Senator  Rockefeller,  including  Senator  Baucus,  Senator  Duren- 
berger,  Senator  Chafee,  Senator  Daschle,  and  they  were  all  con- 
cerned about  the  hospitals  and  the  question  of  what  happens  to  the 
rural  hospitals.  That  was  the  bugaboo.  And  I  said  then  that  these 
matters  can  be  worked  out  and  that  they  do  not  need  to  change  the 
antitrust  laws.  And  in  fact,  we  have  now  worked  them  out. 

I  would  say  to  you  that  I  think  these  matters  can  be  worked  out 
so  that  the  rural  physician  and  the  city  physician  can  get  their  fair 
share,  they  will  be  able  to  negotiate  on  a  fair  basis.  But  I  think  the 
idea  of  a  new  antitrust  exemption  is  most  distasteful  to  many  of 
us,  and  I  think  we  are  prepared  to  try  to  be  helpful  to  deal  with 
the  real  problems. 

If  I  have  time,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  one  more  question  on  an- 
other subject. 

The  Chairman.  Go  right  ahead. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Let  me  just  address  myself  to  this  matter 
of  malpractice  coverage  and  insurance,  that  big  bugaboo  that  is 
going  to  give  all  these  plaintiffs'  lawyers  millions  of  dollars,  and  in- 
deed that  has  been  the  case.  But  the  fact  is  that  the  pendulum  can 
swing  too  far  the  other  way.  That  is,  I  am  concerned  about  that  in- 
jured child  or  woman  or  man  who  has  really  suffered  badly  by  rea- 


184 

son  of  malpractice  of  a  physician.  To  say  that  that  person  has  to 
live  the  rest  of  his  life  with  a  maximum  of  $250,000 — which  I  think 
is  the  proposal  of  the  AMA — is  to  me  very  distasteful. 

It  seems  to  me  that  a  reasonable  approach  to  this  matter  relates 
more  to  the  question  of  some  limitation  as  to  the  amount  of  legal 
fees  and  to  the  percentages  that  may  be  charged,  but  not  to  deny 
that  individual,  who  is  suffering  so  much,  the  right  to  collect  what- 
ever a  jury  thinks  is  appropriate. 

I  should  point  out  in  this  connection  that  the  total  amount  we 
are  talking  about  as  far  as  health  care  is  concerned,  paid  to  the  in- 
surance companies,  is  only  one  percent  of  the  total  cost.  Now,  that 
can  be  a  pretty  large  amount.  But  the  fact  is,  the  total  amount  paid 
out  to  injurea  individuals,  or  to  individuals  who  have  suffered,  is 
far,  far,  far  smaller  than  the  amount  that  the  insurance  companies 
have  collected.  I  think  some  doctors  have  seen  fit  to  form  their  own 
malpractice  insurance  groups  and  as  a  consequence  have  cut  their 
expenses  tremendously.  There  may  be  a  need  to  do  that  for  doctors 
on  a  national  basis,  and  I  think  that  would  bring  the  costs  down 
substantially. 

Dr.  Todd.  Senator,  there  are  a  lot  of  truisms  in  the  statement 
that  you  have  just  made,  and  it  would  be  difficult  to  disagree  with 
many  of  them. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  cost  to  society,  the  cost  to  patients  of  pro- 
fessional liability  is  higher  than  the  dollars  and  cents  in  terms  of 
withdrawal  of  physicians  from  doing  risky  procedures,  leaving  prac- 
tice for  other  reasons.  We  agree  that  a  patient  who  is  injured 
should  not  be  limited  in  whatever  amount  they  receive  to  rehabili- 
tate, to  make  them  whole,  to  carry  them  through  what  might  be 
a  lifelong  need  for  care. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  do  not  believe  that  unlimited  awards  for 
pain  and  suffering  serve  society  well  or  serve  anyone  else  well.  We 
have  a  model  in  California  that  has  been  in  existence  now  for  sev- 
eral years,  where  there  is  a  limit  of  $250,000  on  awards  for  pain 
and  suffering.  Any  economics  that  are  necessary  will  be  com- 
pensated. We  are  only  talking  about  pain  and  suffering.  They  have 
a  sliding  scale  on  attorneys'  fees.  They  have  structured  settlements, 
collateral  source,  technical  matters  of  how  the  awards  are  made.  It 
has  worked  well,  and  the  malpractice  premiums  have  stabilized  in 
California.  Doctors  are  feeling  better  about  their  doctor/patient  re- 
lationships because  they  do  not  see  as  much  of  the  adversarial — 
is  this  the  patient  that  is  going  to  sue  me  next — approach. 

And  probably  most  important,  the  public,  those  who  potentially 
may  be  injurea,  have  not  risen  up  and  said  this  is  inequitable,  or 
asked  for  it  to  be  changed. 

So  we  have  a  model  out  there  that  works,  and  I  do  not  think, 
and  certainly  we  at  the  AMA  are  not  convinced  that  we  have  the 
right  answer  for  professional  liability  yet.  Our  specialty  society 
group  has  suggested  an  alternative  dispute  resolution  that  Senator 
Jeffords'  State  has  written  into  their  legislation  in  health  system 
reform.  We  want  to  see  how  that  works. 

But  until  we  find  a  better  solution  than  we  have  now,  we  believe 
this  program  should  include  those  provisions  that  we  know  to  work 
and  that  have  been  found  acceptable  to  the  public. 


185 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  I  think  it  might  be  advantageous  for  some 
of  us  to  reason  together  with  you  and  see  where  we  go,  rather  than 
getting  into  a  confrontation  on  the  issue. 

Dr.  Todd.  Absolutely. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Metzenbaum. 

Senator  Coats. 

Senator  Coats.  Dr.  Todd,  has  the  AMA  either  conducted  its  own 
study  or  commissioned  an  outside  study  that  will  tell  us  the  actual 
cost  of  what  you  consider  excessive  malpractice  premiums?  And 
also,  you  mentioned  the  intangible  cost  of  not  performing  proce- 
dures, but  isn't  there  also  a  cost  of  ordering  extra  tests  in  order  to 
protect  yourself  from  a  liability  standpoint? 

Dr.  Todd.  Absolutely.  Averages  are  dangerous  to  assume  because 
if  you  take  the  average  malpractice  premium  that  is  paid  in  this 
country,  it  may  not  sound  too  bad  until  you  realize  that  in  Califor- 
nia, that  has  had  tort  reform,  the  average  premium  is  $5,500;  but 
if  you  go  to  Florida,  it  may  be  $190,000  before  a  neurosurgeon  can 
first  begin  to  practice.  So  there  is  great  variation. 

We  have  done  some  studies  at  the  AMA  that  would  suggest  be- 
tween $15  and  $20  billion  a  year  of  health  care  costs  go  to  defen- 
sive medicine,  not  necessarily  tests  that  are  unnecessary,  but  prior 
to  processional  liability  concerns,  a  physician  will  be  able  to  rely  on 
his  or  her  clinical  judgment  rather  than  having  to  have  a  piece  of 
paper  or  an  x-ray  film  to  document  everything. 

An  independent  study  done  by  Lewin  and  Associates  end  up  with 
the  conclusion  that  defensive  medicine  savings  could  be  as  much  as 
$36  billion  over  a  5-year  period.  That  is  an  independent  study. 

Those  are  the  figures  that  we  are  working  with.  We  know  it  is 
out  there,  but  quantifying  it  becomes  much  more  difficult. 

Senator  Coats.  Linda,  has  the  American  Nurses  Association 
done  any  similar  studies  relative  to  the — I  assume  most  of  the  mal- 
practice liability  cost  is  picked  up  by  the  organizations  that  nurses 
work  for;  is  that  a  correct  assumption? 

Ms.  Shinn.  In  some  instances,  Senator.  However,  in  other  in- 
stances, nurses  carry  their  own  malpractice  insurance.  We  have 
been  very  fortunate  that,  with  the  exception  of  some  of  the  special- 
ists like  the  nurse  midwives  and  the  nurse  anesthetists,  the  insur- 
ance has  been  very  affordable. 

We  have  also  been  fortunate  that  by  and  large,  our  practices 
have  been  such  that  we  have  not  been  subjected  to  a  great  deal  of 
litigation,  although  we  have  been  subjected  to  some. 

Senator  Coats.  You  indicated  support  for  the  portion  of  the  ad- 
ministration's plan  because  it  provide  for  a  considerably  expanded 
role  for  medical  services  provided  by  nurses. 

Ms.  Shinn.  That  is  correct. 

Senator  Coats.  Have  you  assessed  what  impact  this  might  have 
on  your  potential  liability?  I  assume  expanding  the  role  moves  you 
into  areas  of  higher  risk,  and  as  a  consequence,  there  might  be  a 
liability  exposure  that  was  not  present  before. 

Ms.  Shinn.  We  have  given  that  a  great  deal  of  thought,  and  one 
of  the  things  that  we  continue  to  uncover  is  that  nurses'  experi- 
ences by  and  large  in  patient  satisfaction,  patient  compliance,  pa- 
tient adherence  to  treatment  regimens  and  protocols,  patient  un- 


186 

derstanding  of  what  is  wrong  with  them  and  how  to  respond,  has 
been  very  good.  And  while  we  certainly  are  sensitive  to  liability  is- 
sues, I  think  the  quality  of  the  service  we  provide  certainly  moves 
in  the  direction  of  us  not  having  had  some  of  the  experiences  that 
physicians  have  had. 

Senator  Coats.  I  would  like  to  get  to  the  question  of  the  cost 
shift.  We  understand  now  that  the  37  million  Americans,  or  what- 
ever that  number  is,  who  are  either  underinsured  or  uninsured  cre- 
ate a  pool  of  cost  that  is  shifted  and  has  to  be  paid  for  by  someone 
else  in  the  system.  Now,  under  the  administration  plan,  we  are 
going  to  provide  those  37  million  people  with  a  basic  benefit  plan — 
in  fact  a  basic  benefit  plan  that  is  described  as  comparable  to  a 
Fortune  500  plan.  I  think  it  is  natural  to  assume  that  that  would 
substantially  increase  utilization  of  those  services  among  those  un- 
insured, because  I  think  there  is  an  understanding  now  that  one 
of  the  problems  is  the  uninsured  only  show  up  at  the  emergency 
room,  or  show  up  in  times  of  crisis  rather  than  for  basic  medical 
care. 

Has  there  been  any  analysis  by  any  of  your  organizations  rel- 
ative to  the  cost  of  the  cost  shift  as  it  now  exists  versus  the  cost 
of  providing  the  Fortune  500  basic  benefit  plan  and  the  utilization 
that  will  result  from  that,  and  measuring  those  two?  I  ask  that  be- 
cause the  administration  says  we  are  going  to  get  all  these  huge 
savings  by  avoiding  the  cost  shift,  but  that  obviously  has  to  be 
measured  against  the  utilization  that  is  going  to  come  under  provi- 
sion of  those  services  for  37  million  Americans. 

Dr.  Graham.  I  think  there  are  two  separate  parts  to  your  ques- 
tion, Senator.  One  is  the  existing  documentable  shifts  of  cost  that 
you  could  find  in  records  today  because  someone  presented  himself 
for  care,  and  that  care  was  rendered,  and  he  could  not  pay  for  it 
or  he  did  not  have  an  insurer,  so  the  doctor  or  the  hospital  or  some- 
body else  picked  it  up.  That  is  documentable.  I  have  not  see  what 
those  costs  are,  but  that  would  be  fairly  straightforward. 

What  is  more  significant  to  us  is  the  second  level  of  cost-shifting, 
and  that  is  when  you  give  everyone  a  basic  benefits  package,  and 
when  that  package  is  clearly  tilted  toward  preventive  and  primary 
care,  the  people  that  we  are  seeing  today  where  there  is  cost-shift- 
ing show  up  later,  sicker,  and  in  higher  cost  settings.  They  do  not 
come  to  see  the  primary  care  provider.  They  do  not  get  the  preven- 
tion. The  woman  does  not  get  prenatal  care;  the  baby  is  born  pre- 
maturely. 

It  does  not  take  very  many  middle  of  the  night,  emergency  room 
visits  to  run  up  a  total  cost  that  would  keep  you  in  primary  care 
for  5  or  10  years,  so 

Senator  Coats.  Oh,  I  understand  the  theory.  I  am  trying  to  get 
at  the  numbers. 

Dr.  Graham.  I  know  of  no  one  who  has  run  the  numbers.  Once 
the  specifics  of  the  plan  are  delivered  to  you,  and  the  assumptions 
are  tangible,  I  think  those  are  things  that  you  will  find  organiza- 
tions such  as  ourselves  and  the  other  consulting  organizations 
being  able  to  target  more  accurately. 

Senator  Coats.  And  just  a  final  question  that  all  four  of  you  can 
answer  if  you  like.  With  the  global  budgeting  proposal — and  some 
of  you  have  spoken  with  different  degrees  of  support  or  lack  of  sup- 


187 

port  for  it — measured  against  the  increased  utilization  that  will 
clearly  come  and  may  be  justified  on  the  basic  benefits  package — 
and  we  talk  about  basic  benefits,  but  it  is  a  pretty  good-looking 
package — doesn't  there  have  to  come  a  squeeze  somewhere  in  terms 
of  quality  and  rationing?  Can  we  have  both?  Can  we  provide  that 
Fortune  500  plan  to  every  American,  put  a  global  budget  on  top  of 
it  to  hold  down  costs,  and  not  squeeze?  Something  has  got  to  pop 
out  somewhere,  it  seems  to  me,  and  my  concern  is  that  it  is  quality 
and  availability. 

Dr.  Todd.  Senator,  it  seems  to  us  that  there  are  many  things 
that  can  be  done  to  make  more  rational  the  care  that  we  give,  the 
cost  of  that  care,  improve  the  efficiencies  in  how  we  do  it,  and  get 
to  see  patients  sooner  before  we  have  to  pay  for  the  high  cost  of 
prior  neglect,  to  get  the  regulatory  situation  under  control.  There 
is  a  long  way  to  go  before  we  have  to  look  at  an  arbitrary  budget 
that  fixes  in  places  the  inequities  instead  of  addressing  what  they 
are.  And  I  do  not  think  anyone  at  this  table  would  object  to  sitting 
down  and  trying  to  figure  out  what  is  an  appropriate  national 
budget  for  health  care  and  then  find  out  if  we  can  meet  it  and,  if 
we  cannot  meet  it,  why  didn't  we  meet  it — don't  just  ratchet  it 
down  the  next  year  and  make  matters  worse,  but  try  to  fix  what 
blew  the  budget.  That  is  where  we  are  coming  from,  and  we  hope 
that  that  will  be  part  of  the  President's  ultimate  package  where  we 
can  sit  down  and  reason  together  on  how  much  health  care  we 
should  give  and  how  much  it  should  cost. 

Dr.  Graham.  We  are  not  alone  in  this  universe.  Germany,  Japan, 
and  Canada  are  all  providing  Fortune  500  care  to  every  one  of 
their  citizens  and  doing  it  at  less  cost  to  their  economy  than  we 
are.  They  all  use  some  nature  of  global  budgeting.  None  of  us  like 
to  talk  about  rationing,  partially  because  we  are  embarrassed  by 
how  much  rationing  goes  on  today.  When  the  hearing  is  over,  walk 
down  to  Union  Station,  walk  around,  and  see  how  we  are  rationing 
care  today.  I  think  we  can  do  a  lot  better. 

Dr.  Lawrence.  I  think  the  important  thing  in  talking  about  glob- 
al budgets  is  that  we  all  be  a  part  of  that  process  of  determining 
what  that  should  be.  I  do  not  think  that  up  front  or  in  advance  we 
can  say  that  something  has  got  to  go,  but  we  all  have  to  participate 
in  making  that  decision. 

Ms.  Shinn.  I  would  not  disagree,  Senator,  and  in  fact,  this  might 
be  one  place  where  the  ANA  can  agree  with  the  AMA,  and  that  is, 
we  have  all  got  to  come  to  the  table  in  this  discussion,  and  we  have 
got  to  be  able  to  provide  this  care  to  the  people  who  do  not  have 
it  or  are  losing  it  in  a  cost-effective  way,  and  we  cannot  sacrifice 
quality.  We  have  got  to  be  able  to  come  to  those  terms. 

Senator  Coats.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Wellstone. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Let  me  in  5  minutes  just  make  two  quick  comments  and  then  ask 
my  two  questions  and  then  open  it  up  for  discussion. 

First  of  all,  Dr.  Graham,  thank  you  so  much  for  your  response 
to  the  important  question  raised  by  the  Senator  from  Indiana.  I 
was  thinking  to  myself  that  we  do  not  like  to  talk  about  the  ration- 
ing we  do  right  now,  which  has  a  very  cruel  effect,  by  income,  by 


188 

employment,  by  race,  by  age,  by  where  people  live.  And  I  think 
that,  of  course,  is  sort  of  the  impetus  for  what  we  are  trying  to  do 
together.  I  would  like  to  thank  all  of  you  for  emphasizing  the  im- 
portance of  universal  coverage  and  a  decent  package  of  benefits, 
which  are  the  first  two  questions  people  ask.  I  have  hardly  met 
anybody  yet  who  really  talks  about  all-payer,  no-payer,  pay  or  play, 
managed  competition,  or  single-payer.  People  do  not  just  look  in 
the  mirror  and  ask,  "Which  one  of  those  things  am  I?"  but  they 
want  to  know  whether  it  is  a  decent  package  of  benefits. 

And  thank  you  very  much,  Ms.  Shinn,  for  emphasizing  the  men- 
tal health,  substance  abuse,  and  long-term  care.  I  think  we  will 
have  to  fight  very  hard  to  make  really  sure  that  is  part  of  the  pack- 
age of  benefits. 

Two  questions.  Is  there  consensus  on  the  panel  of  a  concern 
about  choice?  That  is  the  third  question  people  ask — will  we  have 
a  choice  of  doctor?  That  is  to  say,  with  higher  premiums — I  am  not 
talking  about  single-payer,  American  Health  Security  Act,  which  I 
am  very  committed  to;  we  are  all  working  together  here — that  is 
to  say,  with  a  higher  premium  on  fee-for-service,  or  higher  copays 
and  deductibles — and  I  was  asked  this  question  both  in  inner  city 
Chicago  and,  interestingly,  enough,  in  small-town  northwest  Min- 
nesota— will  in  fact  that  really  be  a  choice  if,  in  the  very  commu- 
nities where  many  people  may  not  expect  to  see  these  managed 
care  operations,  and  fee-for-service  makes  more  sense,  we  are  going 
to  impose  a  higher  cost.  Are  you  concerned  that  there  may  not  in 
fact  really  be  choice  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  consumer  or,  for 
that  matter,  caregivers? 

The  second  question  I  have,  and  again,  I  will  go  back  to  the  New 
York  Times.  One  headline:  "Health  Industry  is  Moving  to  Form 
Service  Networks."  Another  headline:  "Humana  Bets  All  on  Man- 
aged Care."  Another  headline:  "Many  Patients  Unhappy  with 
HMOs."  Another  headline:  "Hospitals  Begin  Streamlining  for  a  new 
World  in  Health  Care.  Hospitals  Merging  and  Closing." 

Are  you  concerned  that,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  very  quality  of 
care  that  you  want  to  give,  that  we  may  have  a  danger  once  more 
of  not  competition,  but  collusion,  with  micromanagement  of 
caregivers,  where  the  bottom  line  becomes  the  only  line,  and  the 
kind  of  care  that  you  believe  you  should  provide  to  people  is  not 
there? 

Those  are  my  two  questions. 

Dr.  Todd.  Senator,  we  feel  very  strongly  at  the  AMA  that  as  the 
President's  program  is  currently  constructed,  there  will  be  a  signifi- 
cant limitation  of  choice  both  for  physicians  and  for  patients — not 
as  much  are  there  might  be,  but  it  will  be  a  limitation  in  terms 
of  the  plan  that  they  choose — sorry.  The  choice  will  be  they  will 
choose  the  plan  in  which  they  wish  to  participate. 

The  problem  comes  when  an  illness  strikes,  or  they  wish  to  see 
another  physician  who  is  not  in  that  plan.  They  will  either  have 
to  pay  an  additional  premium  or  perhaps  all  of  the  cost  of  having 
the  choice  of  going  to  that  plan. 

For  the  fee-for-service,  the  deductibles  and  copayments,  even 
though  there  is  a  limit  to  out-of-pocket,  may  price  fee-for-service 
out  of  the  realm  of  possibility  for  those  who  want  to  participate, 
just  on  the  basis  of  economics. 


189 

We  believe  very  strongly  there  are  no  benign  incentives,  whether 
you  go  to  managed  care  or  fee-for-service,  and  what  we  need  to  do 
is  to  make  available  to  the  public  the  information  that  will  allow 
them  to  make  their  decisions  based  on  what  the  economic  con- 
sequences may  be  to  them.  So  we  think  that  we  can  improve  the 
choice  by  some  modifications,  all  the  while  realizing  that  patients 
do  have  to  be  involved  in  the  economic  consequences  of  their  health 
care  decisions. 

Second,  with  regard  to  the  giant  insurance  industries,  the  head- 
lines you  see  this  morning  are  not  as  bad  as  one  in  the  New  York 
Times  some  month  ago,  when  Cigna 

Senator  Wellstone.  And  there  is  also  a  quote  from  you,  which 
I  did  not  read,  but  which  I  thought  was  right  on  the  mark.  I  do 
not  know — I  am  agreeing  with  the  AMA — I  have  to  carefully  re- 
evaluate this.  But  go  ahead.  [Laughter.] 

Dr.  Todd.  But  in  the  New  York  Times  section  some  weeks  ago 
was  the  president  of  Cigna,  a  $19  billion  operation,  saying  we  are 
not  in  the  insurance  business  anymore;  we  are  in  the  health  care 
business.  And  that  scares  the  living  daylights  out  of  physicians, 
and  the  doctors  scare  the  living  daylights  out  of  patients,  when  you 
think  these  are  profitmaking  operations,  and  they  are  siphoning 
money  out  of  the  health  care  system  to  pay  investors  dividends.  We 
worry  about  this. 

Senator  Wellstone.  It  is  a  merger  frenzy  at  the  moment. 

Dr.  Graham.  We  have  a  number  of  the  same  concerns  that  Dr. 
Todd  has  expressed;  our  position  may  be  slightly  different.  What 
we  see  in  the  Clinton  plan  that  leaves  us  most  hopeful  is  the  fact 
that  it  maintains  pluralism.  It  is  a  plan  which  is  structured  to  pro- 
vide choice.  Now,  the  question  will  be  as  it  plays  out,  does  that 
work.  But  the  degree  of  choice  in  today's  system  is  markedly  dimin- 
ishing, is  gettingless  every  day 

Senator  Wellstone.  I  agree  with  that. 

Dr.  Graham.  — and  I  have  some  concerns  about  the  status  quo 
if  you  extend  it  10  years  in  the  future  and  see  practically  no  choice 
at  all. 

So  as  in  all  things,  when  you  look  at  the  political  side  of  it,  I 
think  it  is  going  to  be  a  relative  measure.  There  can  be  problems 
with  Mr.  Clinton's  proposal.  The  problems  that  we  face  today  with 
the  limitation  of  choice  of  patients  with  limited  insurance  options 
or  no  options,  and  providers,  to  me  are  on  a  worse  slope  than  the 
slope  described  in  working  out  the  President's  proposals. 

Dr.  Lawrence.  Senator,  we  in  the  NMA  do  not  take  anything  for 
granted.  We  cannot  assume  that  there  will  be  more  or  less  choice, 
because  for  many  of  the  patients,  consumers,  and  providers  whom 
our  organization  and  the  coalition  represent,  there  is  no  choice 
today;  there  really  is  not.  And  what  is  described  in  the  proposal 
would  in  fact  be  better.  And  I  am  not  just  talking  about  the  ward 
attendant;  I  am  talking  about  many  African  American  physicians 
have  very  little  choice,  if  you  will,  as  far  as  where  they  will  prac- 
tice, how  they  will  practice,  and  the  same  thing  for  their  patients. 

So  we  do  not  at  this  point  in  time  have  a  fixed  opinion  that  the 
choice  options  as  described  in  the  plan  will  be  limiting.  We  do  not 
see  it  that  way.  We  are  willing  to  wait  and  see  right  now. 


190 

Ms.  Shinn.  Senator,  we  are  excited  about  the  choice  of  providers 
that  the  President's  plan  envisions,  and  we  think  it  would  be  good 
for  Americans. 

Senator  Wellstone.  I  thank  you  very  much.  By  the  way,  I  fully 
appreciated  your  comment  about  the  status  quo  and  the  lack  of 
choice.  I  just  want  to  make  sure  that  it  is  pluralistic.  I  take  it  there 
is  a  concern  about  this  merger  and  concentration  of  power  that  I 
think  could  be  very  bad. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Gregg. 

Senator  Gregg.  Let  me  ask  a  couple  questions,  first,  about  com- 
munity rating,  which  the  Clinton  plan  proposes  as  one  of  its  hall- 
marks, I  guess.  Isn't  that  inherently  inconsistent  with  preventive 
care  and  with  trying  to  encourage  people  to  do  what  is  right  for 
their  lifestyles?  Doesn't  community  rating  by  definition  mean  that 
the  person  who  smokes,  the  person  who  is  an  alcoholic — maybe 
using  an  alcoholic  is  a  wrong  example,  because  that  is  a  person 
who  is  sick — but  a  person  who  abuses  alcohol,  someone  who  abuses 
drugs,  the  skydiver,  the  race  car  driver,  end  up  basically  being  sub- 
sidized by  the  balance  of  the  community  because  they  all  get 
charged  the  same  rate? 

So  there  is  emphasis  in  this  plan,  or  at  least  there  is  lip  service 
given  in  this  plan,  to  preventive  and  primary  care,  and  yet  if  you 
have  community  rating,  aren't  you  fundamentally  undermining  one 
of  the  key  incentives  for  creating  primary  and  preventive  care, 
which  is  to  say  to  people  who  smoke  and  people  who  do  things 
which  are  conscious  decision  on  their  part  to  undermine  or  threat- 
en their  health,  that,  hey,  it's  okay  to  do  that,  because  everybody 
else  is  going  to  bear  the  burden  of  your  doing  that,  rather  than  pe- 
nalize them? 

Dr.  Graham.  Senator,  as  I  have  always  understood  the  economics 
of  an  insurance  system,  it  is  risk-pooling.  Community  rating  is 
risk-pooling  with  a  different  set  of  rules  than  we  have  right  now. 
In  the  health  insurance  industry  right  now,  we  have  risk-averse  be- 
havior, and  you  have  redlining,  and  you  have  exclusion. 

I  think  your  points  are  exactly  correct.  Any  time  you  sell  life  in- 
surance to  someone  who  has  a  different  genetic  makeup,  or  who 
has  different  employment,  you  can  argue  that  one  low  risk  is  subsi- 
dizing the  high  risk.  In  our  view,  the  move  toward  community  rat- 
ing as  part  of  insurance  reform  is  a  far  more  acceptable  way  within 
our  communities  to  share  the  risks  that  we  all  face. 

The  other  issue  that  we  have  to  address  as  professionals  and  in- 
dividuals that  I  commented  on  in  my  opening  statement  is  some 
way  to  get  a  handle  on  the  implications  of  individual  behavioral 
choices.  The  current  system  does  not  do  that  well;  the  President's 
proposal  really  does  not  address  it;  really,  none  of  the  proposals  do. 
I  see  that  as  an  open  agenda. 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  community  rating  by  definition  does  just 
the  opposite.  I  mean,  for  you  to  make  that  statement  is  absurd. 
Doctor,  that  is  probably  the  most  absurd  statement  I  have  heard 
today. 

Dr.  Graham.  It  is  early  in  the  day. 


191 

Senator  Gregg.  I  mean,  to  come  here  and  tell  me  that  you  are 
supporting 

Senator  Wellstone.  I  thought  it  was  eloquent. 

Senator  Gregg.  If  you  are  going  to  come  here  and  tell  me  that 
you  think  there  should  be  efforts  to  encourage  people  to  act  respon- 
sibly in  the  way  they  deal  with  their  health,  and  then  tell  me  that 
we  should  have  community  rating  because  it  is  a  nice  way  to  insure 
people,  you  are  saying  two  things  which  are  fundamentally  incon- 
sistent. 

Dr.  Graham.  I  think,  Senator,  that  really,  the  question  is  what 
is  society  trying  to  accomplish,  what  is  the  President  trying  accom- 
plish. They  are  trying  to  get  universal  access  to  health  care,  and 
how  do  you  do  that  in  the  quickest  fashion?  How  do  you  get  these 

Eeople  back  in  who  have  been  redlined  and  who  have  been  ignored 
y  the  system,  and  nobody  has  been  there  as  a  safety  net  to  try 
to  rehabilitate  them. 

You  talk  about  destructive  behavior,  but  we  are  going  to  have  to 
deal  with  the  mayhem  on  the  highways,  we  are  going  to  have  to 
deal  with  the  gun  issues,  the  interpersonal  violence.  These  are  all 
things  that  if  they  get  redlined  out  of  insurance  policies,  the  only 
ones  who  will  be  covered  will  be  healthy  people,  and  then  those 
who  need  it  most  will  not  be  receiving  care. 

I  think  we  all  understand  the  concern  you  have;  it  is  how  do  you 
motivate  healthy  lifestyles.  We  just  do  not  think  redlining  through 
insurance  is  the  way  to  do  it. 

Senator  Gregg.  There  is  a  big  difference  between  redlining  and 
community  rating. 

If  I  go  to  a  doctor  who  is  in  an  HMO,  and  under  the  President's 
plan,  I  pick  a  doctor  and  say  that  is  my  family  practitioner,  that 
is  the  family  practitioner  I  like,  and  then  I  have  a  specialty  prob- 
lem— let's  say  I  have  a  very  severe  injury  or  a  severe  disease — and 
I  am  advised  that  the  best  person  in  this  specialty  area  is  in  some 
other  city  in  some  other  State,  maybe  nearby.  Under  the  Presi- 
dent's plan,  of  course,  as  I  understand  it,  once  you  are  into  one  of 
these  systems,  you  are  not  going  to  be  able  to  get  out  of  it.  You 
are  going  to  have  to  choose  the  doctors  who  are  in  that  specialty, 
in  that  vertical  specialty  group. 

So  isn't  choice  significantly  restricted  here?  Yes,  you  have  the 
choice  of  the  entry-level  doctor,  theoretically,  the  primary  care  pro- 
vider, but  beyond  the  primary  care  provider,  the  referral  choice  is 
dramatically  restricted  under  this  proposal. 

Dr.  Todd.  As  we  understand  it,  yes,  it  is  restricted  economically 
in  the  sense  that  if  the  individual  were  to  choose  to  go  to  somebody 
outside  the  plan,  he  would  have  to  pay  an  additional  amount.  That 
may  not  be  all  Dad,  as  long  as  that  amount  is  not  disabling,  be- 
cause as  we  have  all  said,  there  has  to  be  some  economic  discipline. 
And  indeed,  in  the  quality  studies  and  reports  that  will  be  required 
of  the  health  plans,  if  they  do  not  have  competent,  widespread, 
good  physicians,  people  are  not  going  to  sign  up  for  those  plans.  So 
that  you  do  have  the  choice;  it  is  just  not  a  totally  free  choice. 

Senator  Gregg.  That  is  a  nice  response  in  theory,  but  in  prac- 
tice, let  us  take  an  example.  You  are  going  to  have  single-State 
health  alliances.  One  presumes  that  within  those  single-State 
health  alliances,  you  are  going  to  have  three,  four,  maybe  five  ac- 


192 

countable  health  plans  which  are  probably  also  going  to  be  single- 
State  accountable  health  plans.  They  mav  not  be,  but  they  probably 
will  be.  So  if  you  are  from  New  Hampshire  or  Vermont  or  Maine, 
and  you  have  gotten  an  injury  which  is  a  unique  injury — a  child 
who  has  some  sort  of  unique  problem — you  are  going  to  be  limited 
in  your  capacity  for  referral  to  the  vertical  group  which  is  within 
that  community  of  physicians.  You  are  not  going  to  be  able  to  go 
to  Boston  where  you  may  have  the  best  person  in  the  country, 
which  is  just  a  snort  drive  away.  So  choice  is  going  to  be  fun- 
damentally and  dramatically  limited  on  a  regional  basis  by  phys- 
ical location  of  where  you  happen  to  be. 

Dr.  Graham.  I  think  we  may  read  an  element  of  the  plan  a  little 
differently  than  you  do,  sir.  You  have  emphasized  the  word 
"unique."  As  I  read  the  outline,  the  accountable  health  plans 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  it  does  not  have  to  be  "unique."  It  just  has 

to 

Dr.  Graham.  — well,  therein  lies  the  difference.  As  Dr.  Todd  has 
outlined,  the  alliances  are  responsible  for  having  a  full  range  of 
services  that  would  be  needed  for  the  population  in  their  area.  If, 
for  a  matter  of  your  convenience  or  choice,  you  do  not  want  to  ac- 
cept those  services  even  though  they  are  medically  correct  and  pro- 
vided by  a  competent  provider,  then  you  have  an  economic  dis- 
incentive to  select  another.  However,  if  you 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  I  would  put  to  you  that  that  is 

The  Chairman.  Let  him  complete  his  answer,  please,  Senator. 

Dr..  Graham.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

If  you  do  come  up  with  one  of  those  one  in  a  million — your  child 
has  a  malignancy  which  is  seen  three  times  a  year  in  the  United 
States — as  I  read  the  outline,  there  is  the  flexibility  for  the  ac- 
countable health  plan  to  arrange  for  appropriate  therapv,  even 
though  it  may  be  across  the  country,  and  the  plan  will  pay  tor  that. 

Senator  Gregg.  I  think  the  first  part  of  your  answer  reflects  the 
fact  that  it  is  a  dramatic  limit  of  choice. 

Dr.  Graham.  Compared  to  today?  I  have  wonderful  health  insur- 
ance from  my  association.  If  I  want  to  go  and  see  Michael  de 
Baake,  I  cannot  do  it.  I  have  to  pay  for  it.  Compared  to  what,  Sen- 
ator? 

Senator  Gregg.  Compared  to  today.  If  you  happen  to  be  in  New 
Hampshire,  and  you  want  to  go  to  Boston  to  be  treated,  you  can 
do  it—today. 

Dr.  Graham.  It  depends  on  your  insurance. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  by  and  large,  the  employer  makes  the  deci- 
sion today  for  the  employees,  if  they  are  covered.  We  have  got  to 
start  learning  about  the  elements  of  that  question.  The  employer 
makes  the  choice  today  about  what  is  going  to  be  available  to  the 
employees.  They  are  the  ones  making  the  choices  today. 

We  are  going  to  keep  the  record  open  for  written  questions.  As 
I  always  say  when  I  sit  down  and  talk  about  this  issue,  it  is  always 
informative,  and  today  was  especially  helpful  and  informative. 
There  are  clearly  some  differences  among  our  witnesses  on  a  vari- 
ety of  concerns  about  the  specifics  of  the  Clinton  plan,  but  never 
before  has  any  group  so  broadly  representative  of  our  Nation's  pro- 
viders stated  so  clearly  unanimously  and  unequivocally  that  health 


193 

security  for  all  people  is  essential  and  that  the  basic  thrust  of  the 
President's  proposal  to  achieve  security  is  right  on  target. 

Never  bemre  has  any  group  of  this  kind  committed  itself  unani- 
mously to  comprehensive  reform,  and  never  before  has  such  a  posi- 
tive feeling  and  desire  to  work  with  the  President  on  this  issue 
been  so  clearly  expressed. 

I  am  more  optimistic  than  ever  about  the  likelihood  that  we  will 
finally  be  successful  in  guaranteeing  affordable  health  care  for  all 
of  our  citizens,  and  I  look  forward  to  further  hearings  we  will  be 
holding  on  the  President's  plan  in  the  coming  weeks. 

Our  hearing  tomorrow  will  examine  with  Secretary  Donna 
Shalala  and  otner  witnesses  one  of  the  most  important  components 
of  the  President's  plan,  preventive  health. 

Senator  Jeffords? 

Senator  Jeffords.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  just  want  to  thank  Dr.  Todd 
for  his  help  and  that  of  the  American  Medical  Association  over  the 
years  in  helping  me  better  understand  the  system. 

I  think  we  had  excellent  witnesses  today,  and  I  want  to  thank 
you  all  for  coming. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Jeffords. 

[Additional  material  submitted  for  the  record  follows:] 


194 

Additional  Material 

Response  to  Question  of  Senator  Hatch  From  Mrs.  Clinton 

Question.  Walk  us  through  exactly  how  the  global  budget  will  work,  explaining 
how  the  costs  are  going  to  be  restrained  without  reduction  in  quality  of  care,  choice, 
access,  or  technical  innovation. 

Answer.  We  do  not  have  global  budgets  in  this  plan.  We  do  have  enforceable  caps 
on  premiums  for  plans  covering  the  guaranteed  benefits.  This  is  an  important  dis- 
tinction. 

Global  budget  signifies  a  limit  on  total  health  care  spending,  including  copays  and 
deductibles,  spending  for  noncovered  services,  and  any  other  health  care  expenses 
individuals  may  incur  by  electing  to  pay  for  care  privately,  outside  of  their  nealth 
plan.  It  is  a  much  broader  concept  than  that  included  in  our  bill. 

A  premium  cap,  by  contrast,  constrains  the  rate  of  growth  in  the  price  of  health 
plans.  In  the  Health  Security  Act,  these  caps  are  a  backstop — we  are  confident  that 
competition  in  a  reformed  market  will  bring  down  costs  dramatically. 

In  the  unlikely  event  the  caps  were  triggered — here  is  what  would  happen: 

Every  noncomplying  plan  in  a  noncomplying  alliance  is  subject  to  a  reduction  in 
its  premiums  to  insure  that  total  alliance  spending  is  within  the  allowed  target. 

An  alliance  is  considered  to  be  noncomplying  if  the  weighted  average  accepted  bid 
exceeds  the  per  capita  target.  A  plan  is  considered  to  be  noncomplying  if  its  final 
accepted  bid  exceeds  the  per  capita  target  for  that  alliance  for  that  year. 

The  amount  of  the  reduction  is  equal  to  the  plan's  proportion  of  the  total  excess 
spending  that  would  be  generated  by  all  the  noncomplying  plans  in  the  region. 

In  addition,  each  plan  that  is  subject  to  the  reduction  reduces  its  payment  rates 
to  providers  by  a  comparable  percentage.  This  can  be  adjusted  to  offset  any  antici- 
pated increase  in  volume  that  might  result  from  lowering  the  rates. 

Response  to  Question  of  Senator  Kassebaum  From  Mrs.  Clinton 

Question.  How  will  experimental  procedures  like  transplants  be  covered? 

Answer.  The  National  Institutes  of  Health  supports  clinical  trials  and  other  clini- 
cal research,  which  assist  providers  and  third  party  payers  in  determining  which 
clinical  treatments  are  effective.  The  cost  of  investigational  treatment  is  currently 
supported  by  research  funds  and  by  third  payers  who  may  cover  the  cost  of  routine 
care  associated  with  investigational  treatment. 

NTH  also  supports  efforts  to  evaluate  treatment  and  prevention  efforts  through 
development  of  prevention  and  treatment  guidelines  ana  by  sponsoring  consensus 
conferences.  The  results  of  these  activities  can  be  used  by  the  proposed  National 
Health  Board  in  updating  the  Comprehensive  Benefits. 

Experimantal  treatments  for  life-threatening  disease  can  be  covered  at  the  discre- 
tion of  the  health  plan.  However,  even  if  the  experimental  treatment  itself  is  not 
covered  by  the  plan,  the  benefit  package  includes  coverage  for  routine  care  during 
treatment,  if  such  care  would  have  been  provided  even  if  the  treatment,  if  such  care 
would  have  been  provided  even  if  the  individual  were  not  receiving  an  investiga- 
tional treatment.  All  plans,  together  with  their  providers,  will  determine  what  is 
medically  necessary  and  appropriate  treatment  on  a  case-by-case  basis. 

The  National  Board  will  be  charged  with  monitoring  advances  in  medical  tech- 
nology and  will  be  able  to  revise  the  guaranteed  benefits  package  over  time  to  re- 
flect these  advances.  Consequently,  a  procedure  that  is  considered  untested  and  ex- 
perimental today  may  at  some  point  Decome  incorporated  into  standard,  accepted 
medical  practice.  In  such  a  case,  the  Board  could  direct  all  plans  to  include  such 
a  procedure  in  their  covered  benefits. 

The  Chadiman.  The  hearing  is  adjourned. 

[Whereupon,  at  1:05  p.m.,  tne  committee  was  adjourned.] 


PREVENTION  AND  THE  HEALTH  SECURITY 
ACT  OF  1993:  INVESTMENT  IN  GOOD  HEALTH 


WEDNESDAY,  OCTOBER  6,  1993 

U.S.  Senate, 
Committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Resources, 

Washington,  DC. 

The  committee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  10:26  a.m.,  in  room 
SD-430,  Dirksen  Senate  Office  Building,  Senator  Kennedy  (chair- 
man of  the  committee)  presiding. 

Present:  Senators  Kennedy,  Pell,  Metzenbaum,  Dodd,  Simon, 
Harkin,  Mikulski,  Wellstone,  Wofford,  Kassebaum,  Jeffords,  Coats, 
Gregg,  and  Durenberger. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Kennedy 

The  Chairman.  If  it  is  agreeable  with  the  committee — I  believe 
it  is  with  our  ranking  minority  member — I  will  introduce  the  Sec- 
retary, and  unless  any  member  has  a  profound  statement,  we  will 
move  right  to  hearing  from  the  Secretary. 

Madam  Secretary,  we  are  delighted  to  have  you  here,  and  we  ap- 
preciate your  tolerance  of  our  delay  in  reporting  out  legislation  in 
executive  session.  We  very  much  appreciate  your  presence  here 
today. 

We  are  restraining  opening  statements  this  morning,  so  we  look 
forward  to  hearing  from  you.  We  understand  that  the  President's 
program  includes  extremely  important  provisions  with  regard  to 
health  promotion  and  disease  prevention,  and  we  look  forward  to 
hearing  from  you  this  morning.  You  are  a  good  friend  to  so  many 
of  us  on  the  committee,  and  we  are  delighted  to  welcome  you  back 
before  our  committee. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  DONNA  E.  SHALALA,  SECRETARY,  U.S. 
DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH  AND  HUMAN  SERVICES 

Secretary  Shalala.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman  and 
members  of  the  committee.  It  is  indeed  an  honor  to  appear  before 
you  this  morning  to  discuss  the  President's  comprehensive  plan  for 
our  health  care  system. 

It  is  only  fitting  to  appear  before  this  committee,  which  has  been 
at  the  center  of  so  much  of  our  national  debate  over  health  care, 
education,  and  civil  rights. 

The  Chairman.  Madam  Secretary,  just  a  moment. 

Could  we  have  order  in  the  committee?  We  will  ask  our  guests 
if  they  will  be  kind  enough  to  be  seated  and  restrain  conversations. 

(195) 


196 

This  is  a  very  important  subject  matter,  and  the  Secretary  is  enti- 
tled to  be  heard.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Mr.  Chairman,  as  you  know,  it  was  your 
brother,  President  Kennedy,  who  first  drew  me  into  the  public  serv- 
ice as  a  member  of  the  Peace  Corps  in  the  1960's  and  helped  in- 
spire me  to  commit  my  life  to  the  betterment  of  our  Nation  s  most 
vulnerable.  And  under  your  leadership,  this  committee  has  kept 
our  focus  on  the  critical  issue  of  health  reform. 

At  HHS,  we  are  enthusiastic  about  the  promise  of  the  Presidents 
plan  for  health  care  reform.  We  have  worked  many  months  on  this 
plan  and  believe  it  will  deliver  what  the  President  has  promised, 
a  system  that  provides  every  American  with  the  security  of  health 
care  that  is  always  there. 

The  enthusiasm  that  we  have  is  tempered  by  the  knowledge  that 
when  you  have  completed  this  vital  legislative  process,  it  will  be 
HHS,  and  other  agencies,  that  must  implement  this  program  in 
rapid  fashion  so  that  the  benefits  and  the  savings  we  promise  today 
quickly  become  the  reality  of  American  life  tomorrow.  It  is  a 
daunting  task,  but  we  look  forward  to  the  challenge. 

We  in  the  administration  know  that  each  member  of  this  com- 
mittee believes  in  the  promise  of  health  reform.  While  we  have 
given  considerable  thought  to  our  proposals,  we  also  know  that 
many  of  you  may  have  other  ideas  that  could  work  in  tandem  with 
our  own.  Over  tne  coming  months,  I  plan  to  be  here  on  Capitol  Hill 
to  work  with  you,  to  consult  with  you,  and,  yes,  to  struggle  together 
with  you  over  the  details  of  this  legislation.  And  we  commit  to  you 
now  that  we  will  listen  carefully  to  your  comments  and  your  criti- 
cisms; we  will  study  your  ideas  and  work  with  you  to  fashion  the 
very  best  piece  of  legislation  that  we  can. 

And  when  we  are  done,  I  promise  you  that  my  Department  will 
be  ready  to  share  in  the  responsibility  of  implementing  the  law 
with  all  the  urgency  that  it  will  require. 

In  his  speech  to  the  joint  session  of  the  Congress,  President  Clin- 
ton laid  out  six  principles  that  have  guided  our  work:  security,  sim- 
plicity, savings,  quality,  choice,  and  responsibility.  As  long  as  we 
adhere  to  these  guideposts,  we  can  create  a  system  of  health  care 
that  provides  the  kind  of  protection  for  the  American  family  that 
we  all  desire.  It  has  been  heartening  to  hear  how  much  agreement 
there  is  on  these  principles.  If  we  can  agree  where  we  want  to  end 
up,  the  task  of  getting  there  will  be  made  that  much  easier. 

We  want  a  plan  that  guarantees  all  Americans  the  security  of 
health  insurance  that  is  both  affordable  and  reliable. 

We  want  consumers  and  providers  to  participate  in  a  system  that 
is  simplified  so  that  all  players  know  what  is  due  them  and  what 
is  expected  of  them. 

We  want  to  deliver  savings  to  individuals,  to  business  owners, 
and,  yes,  to  the  Federal  and  State  governments. 

We  want  to  preserve  the  high  quality  of  our  system  that  truly 
makes  it  the  envy  of  the  world,  and  we  want  to  make  sure  it  is 
available  to  all  our  citizens. 

We  want  all  Americans  to  have  a  choice  of  quality  health  plans 
that  compete  not  on  the  basis  of  the  slickest  marketing  campaign 
but  on  the  basis  of  who  offers  the  best  policy  to  meet  the  needs  of 
the  people. 


197 

We  want  our  people  to  have  a  choice  of  the  thousands  of  talented 
health  professionals  who,  once  freed  from  the  red  tape  of  our  cur- 
rent system,  stand  ready  to  provide  top-quality  medical  care. 

And,  finally,  we  would  ask  all  Americans — employers  and  em- 
ployees, hospitals  and  physicians,  insurers  and  drug  companies — 
to  take  responsibility  for  their  own  health  and  the  health  of  our 
system. 

As  you  know,  Mr.  Chairman,  we  share  your  commitment  to  ex- 
panding our  efforts  to  prevent  disease  before  it  strikes.  Our  com- 
prehensive benefit  package  is  rich  with  preventive  benefits  that  we 
believe  will  save  lives  and  money.  For  example,  pregnant  women 
will  receive  prenatal  delivery  and  postnatal  care,  and  their  new- 
born babies  will  get  well-baby  care.  Every  American  will  receive 
regular  physical  exams  with  appropriate  counseling  and  testing  to 
detect  a  range  of  conditions  that,  if  caught  early,  can  be  treated 
and  eradicated.  Women'  will  receive  preventive  examinations  in- 
cluding Pap  smears,  breast  examinations,  and  mammograms.  Chil- 
dren will  receive  all  required  immunizations,  well-child  care,  full 
dental  benefits,  and  coverage  of  eye  care.  This  package  of  benefits 
vast  increases  the  availability  of  fully  covered  preventive  services 
for  all  Americans.  Less  than  50  percent  of  adults  are  now  covered 
for  routine  physical  examinations  under  traditional  indemnity 
plans  or  preferred  provider  organizations. 

Insurance  alone  does  not  always  assure  access  to  health  care 
services.  An  enhanced  public  health  system  will  offer  protection 
against  environmental  pollutants,  outbreaks  of  infectious  diseases, 
and  provide  education  to  all  consumers.  This  will  include  invest- 
ments to  establish  provider  networks,  to  renovate  and  expand  the 
number  of  community  and  migrant  health  centers,  and  to  expand 
the  availability  of  enabling  services  as  well  as  expanding  the  size 
of  the  National  Health  Service  Corps.  Through  these  efforts,  we 
will  guarantee  that  all  children,  no  matter  their  family  income  or 
their  geographic  location,  will  have  access  to  needed  health  care 
services. 

Let  me  discuss  a  little  further  our  commitment  to  quality  be- 
cause I  believe  that  all  of  us  here  today  agree  that  when  it  comes 
to  health  care  quality  is  job  one.  Without  a  system  that  not  just 
maintains  but  improves  on  the  level  of  quality  in  our  health  care, 
we  cannot  guarantee  security  or  any  of  our  other  principles. 

From  the  beginning  of  our  efforts,  we  were  determined  to  pre- 
serve what  is  good  about  our  health  care  system  while  fixing  what 
is  broken.  For  millions  of  our  citizens,  the  current  system  delivers 
high-quality  medicine  from  some  of  the  most  talented  doctors, 
nurses,  and  other  health  care  practitioners  in  the  world.  But  when 
that  quality  is  not  universally  available,  the  promise  becomes  a 
cruel  hoax  for  those  left  out  of  the  system.  By  providing  universal 
coverage  to  all  Americans,  the  President's  Health  Security  plan  will 
guarantee  access  to  health  care  services. 

And  by  establishing  a  comprehensive  benefit  package  that  runs 
the  gamut  from  prevention  to  treatment,  it  makes  sure  not  only 
that  those  who  are  ill  get  treatment  but  that  those  who  are  well 
stay  well. 


198 

By  building  on  an  employer-based  health  care  system  that  is  fa- 
miliar to  our  Nation's  workers,  the  plan  makes  sure  that  we  get  to 
a  universal  system  without  first  tearing  down  the  system  we  nave. 

And  by  guaranteeing  all  Americans  of  a  choice  of  at  least  three 
qualified  health  plans,  it  provides  a  choice  of  quality  care. 

By  adding  prescription  drugs  and  long-term  care  benefits  to  our 
Medicare  benefit  package,  the  plan  improves  the  quality  of  life  of 
our  elderly  and  disabled  citizens. 

And  by  blending  our  Medicaid  population  into  this  new  system, 
it  guarantees  that  a  mother  will  not  have  to  explain  to  her  child 
why  they  have  to  travel  many  miles  to  a  clinic  when  the  practition- 
ers in  their  area  will  not  take  "their"  kind  of  insurance. 

By  eliminating  much  of  the  useless  red  tape  in  our  current  sys- 
tem, we  allow  our  talented  health  care  providers  to  concentrate  on 
patients  instead  of  paperwork. 

And  by  curbing  the  astronomical  rise  in  health  care  costs,  we  can 
make  sure  that  all  of  us — employers,  employees,  government,  and 
individuals — can  afford  to  keep  the  quality  we  have. 

But  we  do  not  rest  with  a  simple  promise  of  quality.  We  will  cre- 
ate a  system  that  oversees  our  medical  care  without  interfering  in 
the  relationship  between  a  healer  and  a  patient.  It  will  offer  infor- 
mation and  advice,  not  a  new  form  or  pamphlet.  We  will  ask  those 
who  are  involved  in  the  system  to  grade  our  health  plans,  and  that 
information  will  be  made  available  to  every  person  in  the  system. 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  know  that  we  share  a  common  vi- 
sion, one  of  a  health  care  system  that  is  secure  but  not  stagnant, 
simple  but  not  simplistic,  saves  rather  than  saps  our  resources, 
gives  us  choice  not  chance,  guarantees  quality  for  all  not  a  few,  and 
asks  responsibility  instead  of  risk. 

None  of  this  will  come  easily,  not  here,  not  at  my  Department, 
not  in  our  State  legislatures,  and  certainly  not  in  the  board  rooms 
and  the  family  rooms  of  this  country. 

But  I  believe  we  can  work  together  to  make  change  work  for  all 
of  us. 

Each  of  us  has  come  here  to  our  Nation's  Capital  to  improve  the 
lives  of  the  people  we  represent.  Too  often  our  efforts  to  achieve 
change  are  necessarily  at  the  margins.  Health  reform  presents  all 
of  us  an  opportunity  to  be  part  of  history,  to  be  able  as  we  end  this 
century  to  leave  behind  us  tangible  evidence  of  our  ideas  and  our 
work. 

It  allows  us  to  keep  the  promise  of  America.  Health  reform  is 
about  the  people  in  our  communities,  the  people  that  each  of  you 
represents.  It  is  about  our  own  children.  It  is  about  our  friends, 
and  it  is  about  our  neighbors.  It  is  about  big  dreams,  big  steps,  and 
bigchanges. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much,  Madam  Secretary. 

Given  the  numbers  here,  we  will  try  at  least  in  the  first  round 
to  have  5  minutes,  and  then  we  will  come  back  for  repeated  rounds 
and  see  what  progress  we  can  make. 

As  I  understand  it,  there  is  only  about  10  percent  or  less  of  the 
programs  that  are  out  there,  insurance  programs  now,  that  provide 
anything  close  to  what  will  be  in  the  President's  program.  Those, 
as  I  understand  again,  are  HMOs.  Only  one  State,  which  is  Massa- 


199 

chusetts,  requires  that  every  insurance  policy  have  mammography 
and  pap  smears.  So  there  is  an  enormous  vacuum  out  there  in 
terms  of  these  kinds  of  services.  Am  I  correct? 

Secretary  Shalala.  That  is  exactly  right,  and  as  my  testimony 
indicated,  this  is  literally  twice  as  much  as  any  major  indemnity 
plan,  regular  insurance  plan  that  we  know  of  in  terms  of  preven- 
tion services.  This  is  an  enormous  step,  Mr.  Chairman,  from  the 
point  of  view  of  every  American  toward  prevention. 

The  Chairman.  And  what  are  the  co-pays  and  deductibles  in 
this? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  for  prevention  services,  there  are  no  co- 
pays. 

The  Chairman.  Oh,  there  are  no  co-pays.  The  administration's 
program  is  emphasizing  the  preventive,  prevention;  is  that  correct? 

Secretary  Shalala.  We  put  our  money  where  our  mouth  is;  in 
other  words,  ask  Americans  really  to  accept  a  plan  in  which  the 
prevention  part  is  free,  encouraging  people  to  keep  themselves  well, 
to  keep  their  children  and  members  of  their  family  well,  and  then 
the  acute  care  part  of  the  benefit  package  introduces  some  co-pays. 

The  prevention  piece  is  scientifically  based,  so  we  put  together  a 
package  based  on  what  the  best  evidence  that  we  have  to  date  is. 

The  Chairman.  So  what  you  are  saying  to  every  family,  all  the 
parents,  is  that  their  children  are  going  to  be  immunized. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  What  you  are  saying  is  that  the  pap  smears  and 
mammography  are  going  to  be  available  to  people  on  a  timely 
basis. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  What  can  you  tell  us  about  the  numbers  or  the 
times  in  terms  of  mammography  or  pap  smears? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  let  me  give  you  an  example.  The  latest 
scientific  evidence  is  that  women  over  50  ought  to  go  to  their  physi- 
cian and  get  a  mammogram  once  every  2  years.  That  is  the  latest 
evidence. 

However,  we  are  going  to  ask  the  national  board  to  define  the 
high-risk  group,  and  they  also  will  be  able  to  come  in  and  have 
mammographies  perhaps  even  more  often.  So  we  are  going  to  not 
only  cover  the  group  identified  by  the  best  scientific  information 
with  100  percent  coverage  in  terms  of  co-pays,  but  we  are  also 
going  to  identify  the  high-risk  group.  The  same  thing  is  true  for 
breast  exams,  and  for  Pap  smears  there  is  a  different  kind  of 
schedule. 

Whatever  the  scientific  base  is,  that  could  be  changed  over  time 
by  the  national  board  as  they  get  more  information. 

The  Chairman.  So  mothers  who  might  have  taken 
diethylstilbestrol  and  have  higher  incidences  of  cancer,  those  indi- 
viduals that  are  at  higher  risk  will  be  able  to  come  in  and  receive 
those  services. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes,  and  they  will  get  free  coverage,  too. 

The  Chairman.  Let  me  just  mention  testing.  I  am  thinking  now 
of  lead  paint  poisoning  of  children.  Many  of  major  cities  have  that 
particular  challenge.  Will  there  be  testing  for  lead  paint  poisoning, 
too? 


200 

Secretary  Shalala.  There  certainly  will,  and  as  part  of  our 
screening  and  part  of  the  exams  for  our  well-baby  care  strategy,  we 
will  include  testing  for  lead-based  paint.  As  you  know,  Mr.  Chair- 
man, I  spent  a  number  of  years  at  the  Department  of  Housing  and 
Urban  Development  worrying  very  much  not  only  about  lead  paint, 
but  earlier  we  worried  about  lead  in  the  air  for  children.  So  this 
kind  of  screening,  this  kind  of  preventative  strategy  ought  to  make 
a  significant  difference  in  the  quality  of  life  in  this  country. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  this  is  very  important,  and  particularly  the 
public  health  aspects  of  it.  Because  what  you  find  out  with  lead 
paint  poisoning,  for  example,  is  that  the  doctors  treat  these  chil- 
dren in  the  emergency  rooms,  and  very  few,  if  any,  hospitals  have 
case  management,  and  you  have  the  doctors  doing  it  instead  of 
other  kinds  of  social  service  management.  That  is  enormously  im- 
portant. 

You  have  a  K  through  3  program  that  some  States  have,  birth 
to  3-year  programs,  which  is,  as  I  understand,  very  important  and 
successful. 

Let  me  mention  one  other  item.  On  the  service  corps,  the  Public 
Health  Service  doctors,  very  few  of  them  are  dentists.  As  I  under- 
stand it,  there  are  only  about  17  to  20.  This  is  something  that  our 
neighborhood  health  center  people  in  Massachusetts  told  me  about. 

I  would  ask  you  to  give  attention  to  that,  if  you  are  going  to  pro- 
vide that  dental  care  For  children,  that  we  have  under  the  National 
Health  Service  Corps  more  dental  slots  because  there  are  not  a  lot. 
But  that  is  an  important  aspect,  particularly  in  many  cities. 

Could  you  just  comment  on  that  briefly:  What  is  this  going  to 
mean,  for  example,  for  children  in  regard  to  dental  care? 

Secretary  Shalala.  We  have  included  preventative  dental  serv- 
ices for  children,  and  I  think  you  will  find  that  when  the  American 
Dental  Association  comes  in,  they  are  very  enthusiastic  about  what 
has  been  included.  They  feel  strongly  that  it  ought  to  be  targeted 
for  children  and,  again,  we  ought  to  start  with  prevention.  The 
point  is  to  start  early  and  to  get  kids  into  the  right  habits.  So  it 
is  an  enormous  benefit  and  a  big  step  forward  for  the  children  in 
our  society. 

The  Chairman.  Finally,  as  I  understand  it,  there  is  a  change  in 
the  policy  for  more  pap  smears  and  more  mammography  for  those 
high-risk  individuals.  Is  that  right? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes.  We  actually  went  through  it  very  quick- 
ly. If  you  read  the  package,  it  looks  like  all  we  are  going  to  do  is 
cover  women  over  50  as  part  of  the  prevention  coverage.  We  have, 
in  fact,  added  the  high-risk  group,  and  that  definition  will  be  done 
by  the  national  board.  That  group  will  also  be  covered.  That  is  ter- 
ribly important  because  that  group  needs  to  be  tracked  very  care- 
fully. So  they  will  be  coming  in  for  periodic  mammograms. 

We  have  not  put  a  timing  on  that  because  their  physicians  work- 
ing with  them  may  decide  they  need  to  do  it  every  year,  not  every 
2  years.  So  it  is  the  high-risk  group  plus  every  woman  over  50. 
And,  of  course,  mammograms  are  available  for  every  woman.  The 
difference  is  it  is  free  if  you  are  over  50,  and  if  you  are  in  the  high- 
risk  group,  you  will  have  a  small  co-pay  depending  on  which  plan 
you  join  if  you  and  your  physician  decide  that  you  want  them  more 
frequently. 


201 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Kassebaum. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Yes,  Madam  Secretary,  I  would  like  to  ask 
a  bit  about  the  prevention  benefits  and  just  how  it  was  decided 
what  would  be  included  as  prevention  benefits  in  the  package. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  there  is  a  panel,  a  U.S.  Prevention 
Services  Panel,  made  up  of  distinguished  experts.  We  relied  on 
them  to  identify  what  is  in  the  prevention  package.  In  addition  to 
that,  like  the  other  parts  of  the  benefit  package,  the  national  board 
will  be  able  to  make  changes  as  we  get  different  kinds  of  scientific 
information  about  prevention. 

The  U.S.  Prevention  Services  Board,  also,  their  recommendations 
are  consistent  with  those  of  the  American  College  of  Physicians  and 
of  the  Canadian  group  that  does  the  same  kind  of  prevention  strat- 
egy. So  it  is  a  group  that  are  the  experts  in  the  field,  and,  of 
course,  both  the  Department  but  the  national  board  in  particular 
will  continue  to  review  this. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Now,  these  are  benefits,  whether  it  is  pre- 
vention or  any  other  benefits,  that  are  in  the  package  that  the  ad- 
ministration will  recommend  and  will  come  to  Congress,  and  we 
can  add  or  subtract  from  that  package.  Is  that  correct? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Senator  Kassebaum,  you  are  absolutely  cor- 
rect. The  first  cut  of  the  package,  of  the  benefits  package  and  of 
the  prevention  package,  will  be  done  by  Congress  as  part  of  the 
health  care  reform  plan,  as  part  of  the  Health  Security  Act.  So  I 
am  sure  that  you  will  have  lengthy  hearings  on  every  piece.  I  can 
just  give  you  the  background  on  how  the  initial  draft  was  put  to- 
gether. 

We  are  fine-tuning  it  still  a  little  bit,  so  in  2  weeks  when  you 
see  it,  it  will  be  our  best  work.  Then  we  would  be  happy  to  discuss 
any  part  of  it. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  You  said  in  your  statement  that  all  Ameri- 
cans would  have  a  choice  of  at  least  three  qualified  plans.  Now,  it 
is  my  understanding  that  the  basic  benefits  would  be  in  each  plan. 
Is  that  correct? 

Secretary  Shalala.  That  is  correct. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  So  they  would  be  the  same  benefits  in  each 
plan  offered  in  different  ways  as  determined  by  the  health  alliance? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  probably  as  determined  by  the  health 
plan;  that  is,  the  plan  itself  may  decide  to  deliver  the  services  in 
different  ways.  The  comprehensive  benefits  package,  which  in- 
cludes a  prevention  piece,  will  be  in  every  qualified  plan. 

If,  for  instance,  a  plan  decided  that  they  were  going  to  offer  some 
supplementary  benefits  and  sell  them  to  members  of  the  plan,  they 
certainly  could  do  that.  But  this  is  a  very  comprehensive  plan,  as 
you  know,  in  terms  of  meeting — it  is  as  good  as  any  Fortune  500 
company  offers.  With  the  exception  of  prevention,  it  is  a  lot  more. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  In  the  prevention  section,  you  address 
school-based  health  clinics,  I  believe.  Is  that  correct? 

Secretary  Shalala.  I  had  better  check.  I  do  know  that  we  ad- 
dress school-based  health  clinics  in  our  public  health  section  of  the 
overall  plan. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Right.  I  did  not  mean  as  part  of  the  benefit 
package. 


202 

Secretary  Shalala.  Certainly  the  plans  could  work  with  schools 
if  they  decided  to  do  that.  But  certainly  as  part  of  the  public  health 
section  of  the  overall  package  that  is  coming  up,  we  do  provide 
some  resources  to  work  with  school-based  clinics.  And  that  is  part 
of  the  public  health  kind  of  outreach,  making  certain  students  get 
information. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  I  would  guess  that  you  as  well  as  I  support 
strong  parental  and  community  control  of  any  school-based  clinic. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Absolutely. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Do  you  in  any  way  address  parental  in- 
volvement? 

Secretary  Shalala.  It  is  the  position  of  this  administration  that 
it  is  parents,  the  local  community,  the  local  officials  that  should  de- 
termine the  content  of  what  is  offered  in  a  school-based  clinic.  That 
includes  the  wide  range  of  health  or  counseling  services.  Those  are 
local  decisions. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  And  just  one  last — no,  I  have  two  more 
questions.  How  much  time  do  we  have? 

The  Chairman.  That  is  fine.  You  have  enough  time  to  ask  your 
questions. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  I  believe  the  President's  reform  proposal 
earmarks  some  specific  research  initiatives.  Is  that  correct? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Would  it  not  be  better,  let  me  just  ask  you, 
to  perhaps  leave  it  up  to  NIH  or  CDC  recommendations  for  what 
type  of  research  initiatives  should  be  involved  in  a  priority  listing? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Those  research  initiatives  that  are  identified 
in  the  President's  proposal  were  identified  by  the  National  Insti- 
tutes of  Health  and  the  CDC.  We,  of  course,  usually  ask  for  the 
money  and  then  do  that  later,  but  we  felt  that  a  way  of  clarifying 
the  importance  of  research  as  part  of  the  overall  prevention  strat- 
egy of  the  United  States  was  to  have  the  NIH  and  the  CDC  to  iden- 
tify those  areas  specifically  in  the  prevention  area  that  they 
thought  were  the  top  priorities. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  And  one  last  question  because  my  time  is 
running  out,  but  you  talked  a  lot  about  prevention,  and  I  know  the 
administration  has  suggested,  of  course,  an  increase  on  tobacco  as 
a  means  of  targeting  an  area  which  has  contributed  significantly 
to  health  costs.  But  why  not  then  beer  and  wine  and  hard  liquor? 

Secretary  Shalala.  I  think  that  our  explanation  for  choosing  the 
cigarette  tax  at  this  point  is,  as  Mrs.  Clinton  explained,  when  ciga- 
rettes are  used  as  directed,  they  clearly  lead  to  serious  health  prob- 
lems. When  liquor  and  beer  are  used  as  directed  in  moderation, 
they  do  not  necessarily  lead  to  health  problems.  And  it  was  the 
health  connection  that  led  the  President  to  that  final  decision. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Well,  I  find  that  a  rather  peculiar  logic, 
Madam  Secretary,  but  I  know  that  it  was  given  a  great  deal  of  con- 
sideration. 

Secretary  Shalala.  That  is  the  best  I  could  do,  Senator.  [Laugh- 
ter.] 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you. 

The  CHAmMAN.  I  thought  you  did  just  fine. 

Senator  Pell. 

Senator  Pell.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 


203 

Madam  Secretary,  I  am  a  strong  believer  in  alternative  medicine, 
new  medical  techniques.  Thanks  to  the  creativity  of  a  member  of 
this  committee,  Senator  Harkin,  we  have  an  Office  of  Alternative 
Medicine.  I  was  curious  how  its  work  is  planned  to  be  phased  into 
the  health  plan. 

Secretary  Shalala.  One  of  the  wonderful  things  about  that  Of- 
fice of  Alternative  Medicine  is  it  will  over  time  change  our  atti- 
tudes and  the  kinds  of  medicines  and  approaches  we  use  to  medi- 
cine, that  we  use  as  part  of  health  care.  And  as  those  things  are 
folded  in,  the  health  professionals  in  the  various  plans,  I  am  sure, 
will  use  them. 

What  we  are  doing  with  that  rigorous  new  office  is  to  do  both  the 
thinking  and  the  review  and  to  make  more  visible  the  results  of  the 
office.  But  I  have  no  reason  to  believe  that  the  health  professionals 
in  this  country,  on  being  presented  an  alternative  way  of  improving 
the  health  of  an  individual,  would  not  incorporate  many  of  those 
proposals. 

Senator  Pell.  Madam  Secretary,  you  may  have  heard  of  a  disas- 
ter we  had  in  my  own  home  city  of  Newport,  RI,  with  a  hospital 
that  did  many  thousands  of  pap  smears,  and  they  were  not  cor- 
rectly done,  and  a  woman  died.  What  can  be  done  to  make  sure 
that  instances  of  this  are  not  repeated? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  I  think  that  both  quality  assurance 
systems  within  the  hospitals  as  well  as  within  plans  themselves 
certainly  have  to  be  put  in  place.  And  anything  we  can  do  in  terms 
of  the  health  professionals  themselves  putting  in  place  quality  as- 
surance systems  and  risk-based  systems  will  reduce  those  kinds  of 
terrible  experiences.  And  as  we  do  more  scientific  research,  as  we 
do  more  prevention  research,  as  we  do  more  research  on  risk  reduc- 
tion, we  will  be  better  able  to  manage  a  whole  series  of  tests  as 
well  as  acute  care  procedures  that  we  do  in  this  country. 

We  need  a  lot  more  information  about  what  we  do  and  what  the 
effectiveness  is  and  a  lot  more  data  base  kinds  of  decisions  and 
controls  over  the  quality  of  our  system. 

Senator  Pell.  Finally,  I  have  a  more  general  question;  that  is 
the  expense.  We  spend  twice  as  much  as  Great  Britain  on  the 
health  care  per  citizen,  per  person.  The  reason  for  that  is  they  have 
rationing  there  where  a  man  of  my  age,  for  instance,  would  not  be 
given  kidney  dialysis. 

How  will  you  handle  this  question  of  keeping  the  costs  down  and 
still  have  the  present  philosophy  carried  out  that  everybody  gets 
the  maximum  medical  care? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  in  two  ways.  I  think  that  we  want  to 
make  certain  that  we  maintain  a  system  of  the  highest  quality. 
That  means  that  the  budgets  of  the  rate  of  growth  for  this  system, 
we  have  to  be  very  careful  as  we  make  decisions,  and  there  will  be 
some  controversy.  There  will  be  some  challenging  of  us  on  whether 
we  have  made  the  system  too  tight. 

Second,  we  honestly  believe  that  with  better  quality  assurance 
systems,  with  more  information  to  our  health  care  professionals, 
eliminating  the  paperwork  that  now  both  bogs  down  health  profes- 
sionals, our  hospitals,  and  other  kinds  of  providers.  But  there  is  an 
enormous  amount  of  money  in  the  system  that  can  be  focused  on 
health  care,  and  before  there  are  any  discussions  about  limiting 


204 

health  care  for  any  individuals,  we  need  to  get  the  resources  fo- 
cused back  on  health  care. 

We  also  believe  that  what  we  just  talked  about,  prevention,  helps 
to  reduce  the  number  of  people  that  get  sicker.  That  also  frees  up 
money  so  that  we  can  focus  on  those  that  are  very  ill. 

So  I  think  we  are  a  long  way  away  in  this  country  from  that  kind 
of  an  approach  because  there  are  just  so  many  things  that  we  can 
do  ourselves  to  focus  our  resources  more  efficiently  to  improve  the 
quality  of  health  care  for  all  of  us. 

Senator  Pell.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  vast — I  think  it  is 
about  a  third  of  the  expenses  one  has  in  medical  treatment  is  spent 
in  the  last  6  months  of  one's  life,  isn't  there  some  way  that  that 
can  be  reduced? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  the  decision  about  the  amount  of  re- 
sources to  be  spent  on  an  individual,  no  matter  what  their  age  is, 
is  a  decision  that  ought  to  be  made  by  the  family  and  by  health 
care  professionals,  not  by  a  distant  government  or  a  third-party 
payer. 

What  we  need  to  do  is  to  make  sure  that  the  resources  that  we 
have  in  this  country  that  are  labeled  for  health  care,  that  we  are 
willing  to  commit,  are  actually  spent  on  health  care  instead  of 
paper,  so  that  that  health  care  professional  is  really  free  to  work 
through  with  the  family  appropriate  decisions. 

Senator  Pell.  Finally,  I  was  struck  by  the  TV  program  this  last 
weekend  showing  how  Cuba  had  pretty  well  contained,  controlled, 
and  is  eliminating  AIDS.  Were  you  aware  of  that  program,  and  is 
there  anything  we  can  do  along  the  same  lines? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  there  certainly  is  a  lot  that  we  can  do 
in  this  country  about  AIDS,  about  kids  that  get  sick  because  they 
are  not  immunized,  and  these  are  preventable  diseases.  AIDS  is 
preventable  for  the  most  part  if  people  change  their  behavior. 

Senator  Pell.  The  basic  thing  they  did  was  to  quarantine  every- 
one who  had  it. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  that  is  a  pretty  extreme  proposal,  and 
I  suppose  a  country  like  Cuba  could  do  something  like  that.  I  think 
that  our  strategy  ought  to  be  a  public  health,  a  public  awareness, 
an  individual  responsibility  strategy  to  begin  to  get  people  in  this 
country  to  take  more  responsibility  for  their  own  behavior,  to  re- 
duce tne  amount  of  risky  behavior.  And  that  is  simply  more  con- 
sistent with  our  democracy. 

Senator  Pell.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Secretary  Shalala.  You  are  welcome. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Jeffords. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  would  like  to  make  you  aware  of  some  of  the  idiosyncrasies  of 
our  system  which  make  it  difficult  sometimes  for  us  to  do  things. 
I  am  talking  about  committee  jurisdictions  and  the  budget,  and  I 
will  get  to  the  point  on  that.  But  right  now,  for  instance,  I  served 
in  the  House  on  the  Education  and  Labor  Committee.  We  had  ju- 
risdiction over  nutrition  programs,  school  lunch,  WIC,  all  of  them, 
and  yet  when  we  went  to  try  and  do  something,  we  would  find  that 
we  had  to  show  savings,  that  the  savings  would  occur  to  the  Ways 
and  Means  Committee  because  they  had  the  social  programs.  So  if 


205 

we  were  going  to  improve  those  programs,  we  would  have  to  cut 
back  on  education  in  order  to  help  improve  nutrition. 

In  the  Senate,  the  Agriculture  Committee  has  most  of  the  nutri- 
tion programs,  except  we  have  the  one  for  the  elderly.  Senator 
Leahy,  who  has  been  a  champion  in  the  area  of  nutrition,  along 
with  Bob  Dole,  if  they  go  to  try  to  improve  nutrition  programs,  they 
have  to  cut  back  the  subsidies  or  the  programs  in  agriculture. 

The  reason  I  bring  that  up  is  because  nutrition  in  preventative 
health  care  ought  to  be  a  very  important  element  of  it,  and  I  am 
sure  you  agree  with  that.  But  I  just  want  to  make  you  aware  that 
when  we  get  into  this,  unless  you  have  a  formula  with  the  budget 
people  to  try  and  sift  out  what  kind  of  savings  you  are  going  to 
get — and  we  do  this  in  Congress — we  are  going  to  run  into  prob- 
lems when  it  comes  to  bring  the  bill  up. 

I  note  that  there  is  no  mention  of  nutrition  in  your  statement 
today  on  preventative  health,  and  I  do  not  think  the  plan  really 
covers  nutrition  programs.  I  would  hope  you  would  agree  with  me 
that  certainly  nutrition  is  an  essential  element  for  the  young  and 
the  elderly  which  could  result  in  savings.  I  might  ask  for  you  to 
comment  on  that  as  to  whether  or  not  you  intend  to  put  nutrition 
programs  in  as  an  element  of  preventative  health  care. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Senator,  first  let  me  thank  you  for  your  lead- 
ership. We  absolutely  are  committed  to  nutrition  in  a  variety  of  dif- 
ferent places  in  this  health  plan.  There  is  some  focus  on  it  as  part 
of  our  commitment  to  the  National  Institutes  of  Health.  We  need 
to  know  a  lot  more  about  nutrition,  and  it  clearly  is  a  preventative 
health  research  issue. 

Second,  in  the  public  health  portion,  which  you  do  not  have  yet, 
when  the  bill  comes  up  you  will  see  a  commitment  to  national  pub- 
lic health  outreach  efforts  in  relationship  to  nutrition. 

Third,  in  the  plan  itself,  in  terms  of  the  comprehensive  coverage, 
of  course  a  physician,  a  plan,  can  either  refer  a  patient  for  nutri- 
tion counseling,  make  sure  that  everyone  in  the  plan  gets  exposed 
to  nutrition  education.  It  is  in  the  interests  of  the  plans  to  do  what 
they  can  to  increase  the  amount  of  prevention  efforts  way  beyond 
what  is  outlined  in  detail  because  that  reduces  the  long-term  costs 
for  the  plan  in  terms  of  individuals'  health. 

So  I  think  that  you  will  find  the  plans  being  energetic,  and  I 
think  that  most  health  care  providers  care  very  much  about  the  re- 
lationship between  nutrition  and  someone's  health.  It  is  not  listed, 
though,  specifically  for  prevention  under  the  100  percent  coverage 
issue. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Physicians  and  individuals  have  suggested  to 
me  that  we  ought  to  have  an  incentive  program — I  think  the  next 
panel  will  get  into  this — to  reward  people  who  have  sort  of  lived 
the  perfect  life  with  no  booze,  no  cigarettes,  and  they  are  up  every 
morning  at  6:00  jogging,  etc,  etc,  by  perhaps  reducing  their 
deductibles  or  increasing,  rather,  their  deductibles,  reducing  their 
co-payments.  What  do  you  think  about  that? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  you  know,  that  was  one  of  the  issues 
we  struggled  with  as  we  were  thinking  about  a  comprehensive  ben- 
efit package  and  whether  it  ought  to  apply  to  everyone  or  whether 
there  ought  to  be  differentials  based  on  someone's  behavior.  I  think 
that  we  concluded  that  there  are  enough  incentives  in  the  way  the 


206 

overall  plan  is  designed,  and  for  businesses,  the  wellness  clinics, 
the  wellness  strategies  that  businesses  have  now  instituted,  are  in 
their  interest  because  it  increases  the  productivity  of  their  workers. 
It  makes  certain  that  people  do  not  miss  days  because  of  their  own 
health.  So  within  the  American  economy,  in  American  businesses, 
they  are  reporting  to  all  of  us  that  it  really  makes  a  difference  in 
terms  of  the  productivity  of  their  businesses  for  them  to  invest  in 
the  plans.  So  I  think  they  still  have  a  reason  to  invest  in  their  own 
efforts. 

Second,  the  plans  themselves  have  good  reason  to  strengthen 
even  beyond  what  we  have  done  the  prevention  efforts  because 
anything  they  can  do  to  reduce  the  number  of  people  that  have  to 
be  dealt  with  by  more  specialists  in  an  acute  care  setting,  anything 
they  can  do  to  get  every  child  immunized,  to  deal  with  issues  of 
obesity,  for  example,  of  individual  health,  will  help  that  plan  to  be- 
come more  efficient  and  to  really  be  a  quality  plan. 

So  I  think  the  incentives,  botn  economic  and  social,  are  built  into 
the  plan  without  getting  into  lots  of  differentials  among  the  plans. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Metzenbaum. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Good  morning. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Good  morning. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  It  is  nice  to  see  you  again. 

Under  the  plan,  it  is  provided  that  the  States  would  regulate  the 
quality  of  the  health  care  programs  in  the  State  or  the  health  care 
plans.  I  am  aware  of  the  fact  that  insurance  commissioners  of  the 
various  States  now  regulate  the  health  insurance  industry.  On  a 
scale  of  1  to  10,  I  would  not  give  them  much  more  than  1.  They 
do  a  lousy  job.  They  do  a  totally  inadequate  job.  And  as  a  matter 
of  fact,  generally  with  respect  to  the  subject  of  insurance,  the 
States,  with  some  few  exceptions,  fail  to  meet  their  responsibilities 
to  the  public. 

Now  the  Clinton  administration  is  saying  to  us  these  health 
plans  are  going  to  be  regulated;  we  are  going  to  have  the  States 
do  that.  And  whether  its  insurance  department — which  I  would  as- 
sume would  be  the  case — or  some  other  department,  there  is  not 
much  reason  to  think  that  they  are  going  to  do  a  very  adequate  job. 
My  guess  is  they  are  going  to  play  favorites.  My  guess  is  that  the 
insurance  industry  is  going  to  wind  up  controlling  the  plans  and 
the  people  are  going  to  wind  up  being  at  the  bottom  of  consider- 
ation as  far  as  health  care  is  concerned. 

By  that  time,  the  Clinton  administration  may  be  out;  it  may  be 
8  years  down  the  road.  But  I  am  concerned  about  this  whole  con- 
cept of  giving  this  regulatory  authority  to  the  States  and  why  you 
are  doing  it. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Thank  you,  Senator,  for  a  very  good  ques- 
tion. Let  me  talk  a  little  about  the  philosophy,  the  underlying  qual- 
ity philosophy  behind  the  plan. 

We  do  not  see  the  State  insurance  people  or  whoever  is  des- 
ignated as  actually  being  the  single  responsible  entity  for  the  qual- 
ity of  the  plan.  In  fact,  the  President's  health  care  approach  is  very 
much  based  on  us  building  a  quality  assurance  system  in  this  coun- 
try that  goes  way  beyond  the  kind  of  State  minimums  on  trying  to 
determine  the  quality  of  a  plan.  In  fact,  the  best  States  can  prob- 


207 

ably  do  now  is  do  a  minimum  kind  of  oversight,  and  as  you  have 
indicated,  there  has  been  a  varying  degree  of  quality  between  the 
States  in  terms  of  what  they  have  done. 

A  first-class  quality  assurance  program  which  makes  the  infor- 
mation public,  a  report  card,  empowering  consumers — one  of  the 
reasons  that  we  have  asked  that  the  boards  of  the  alliances  have 
consumers  as  well  as  employers  is  because  the  real  quality  assur- 
ance in  the  system,  our  ability  to  compare  plans,  is  actually  going 
to  take  into  account  a  lot  of  new  research  and  a  lot  of  new  informa- 
tion that  we  will  collect  about  the  plans:  how  many  immunizations 
they  have  done,  outcome  measures  in  terms  of  the  success  of  treat- 
ments by  the  plans  themselves. 

The  health  care  professionals  are  helping  us  to  develop  some  of 
these  measures  as  are  consumer  organizations  because  they  have 
had  experience  working  with  different  kinds  of  plans.  So  I  think  we 
will  not  only  have  a  data  base  but  a  new  attitude  about  disclosure 
about  the  information  that  will  compare  plans.  And  we  believe  that 
the  real  quality  assurance  in  these  plans  will  be  based  on  these 
data  bases  that  will  be  developed,  the  kind  of  disclosure  that  will 
be  made  available,  and  the  report  cards  that  every  person  in  an  al- 
liance will  get  that  will  allow  them  to  compare  their  plan  and  the 
quality  of  its  delivery  system  and  the  satisfaction  that  those  in  the 
system  have  about  the  plan. 

Now,  this,  of  course,  is  a  very  sensitive  area  for  many  health  care 
professionals,  but  they  are  working  with  us  to  develop  these  quality 
assurance  data  bases.  So  while  we  will  rely  on  the  States  to  set  up 
the  systems,  to  draw  the  alliance  lines — certainly  the  State  will 
designate  their  lead  hitter,  like  an  insurance  commissioner — that 
individual,  the  alliances  themselves,  and  the  consumers  will  have 
a  lot  more  information.  It  really  will  be  a  different  world. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  You  have  been  involved  with  consumer 
advocacy  groups  during  your  lifetime.  What  assurance  do  we  have 
that  the  consumers  will  have  an  adequate  say?  It  looks  good  on 
paper,  but  how  do  we  go  about  the  mechanics  of  seeing  to  it  that 
the  consumers  actually  have  this  impact  on  the  health  alliances  or 
the  organizations  that  will  be  formed?  And  I  am  concerned  that 
when  push  comes  to  shove,  the  special  interest  groups  will  see  to 
it  that  their  people  are  there,  and  the  average  consumer  will  not 
really  have  a  spokesperson  involved. 

Secretary  Shalala.  I  think  one  of  the  wonderful  things  about  the 
consumer  movement  in  this  country  is  that  they  really  do  come  to 
the  table,  both  with  governmental  officials,  with  elected  officials, 
and  are  sophisticated  enough  to  tell  us  in  the  legislation  whether 
we  have  achieved  a  balance  that  both  protects  the  professionalism 
of  the  system  and  leaves  these  health  decisions  to  the  health  care 
professionals  and  the  families,  but  simultaneously  assures  the 
consumer  of  due  process.  We  have  built  in  an  ombudsman,  for  in- 
stance, as  part  of  this  system,  an  appeal  process.  And  while  I  am 
not  convinced  when  we  come  up  here  with  our  bill  in  2  weeks  that 
we  have  gotten  it  exactly  right,  I  think  every  major  consumer  orga- 
nization will  be  here  explaining  to  both  us  and  to  you  whether  we 
have  gotten  it  right  and  what  their  additional  recommendations 
are. 


208 

I  think  it  is  a  continuing  conversation,  but  after  we  get  the  bill 
passed,  even  then  we  are  going  to  have  to  continue  to  work  with 
the  system  to  ensure  that  this  really,  from  our  point  of  view,  is  a 
buyer's  market,  not  a  seller's  market,  that  consumers  and  the  citi- 
zens that  participate  in  the  plans  really  do  have  genuine  power  to 
do  more  than  comment  to  keep  the  quality  of  their  plans,  to  make 
sure  that  they  are  in  a  continuous  improvement  mode.  And  you 
have  our  pledge  that  we  are  not  only  sensitive,  but  we  see  it  as  the 
centerpiece  of  this  approach. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Thank  you.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  I  thank  the  Senator. 

Senator  Coats. 

Senator  Coats.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Madam  Secretary,  I  find  that  all  of  our  discussion,  including  this 
morning,  has  been  on  what  the  plan  will  do,  and  I  think  we  all  ap- 
preciate the  fact  that  there  are  areas  of  health  care  that  Americans 
are  not  now  receiving  that  are  beneficial.  You  have  outlined  a  com- 
prehensive benefits  package,  not  detailing  every  item,  but  you  have 
already  seen  that  even  with  a  Fortune  500-plus  plan  on  prevention, 
members  are  saying,  yes,  but  this  is  not  covered  or  that  is  not  cov- 
ered. 

Now,  you  understand  the  political  process  and  how  it  works.  We 
love  to  give  things  away.  We  do  not  enjoy  asking  people  to  pay  for 
them.  Inevitably,  it  seems  to  me,  the  political  process  is  going  to 
kick  in  here,  and  the  groups  who  are  not  covered  will  be  lining  up 
making  their  case  for  inclusion  in  the  benefits  package.  And  so 
even  as  generous  as  the  administration's  proposal  is,  my  guess  is 
that  there  will  be  tremendous  pressure  to  increase  even  that. 

That  then  leads  us  to  the  question  of  cost,  which  no  one  wants 
to  talk  about.  It  is  great  to  be  able  to  talk  to  people  about  what 
additional  benefits  they  will  be  receiving,  what  additional  services 
will  be  covered,  how  we  will  expand  health  care  coverage  to  not 
just  the  37  million  Americans  that  are  uninsured,  but  many,  many 
other  tens  of  millions  of  Americans  whose  plans  do  not  now  include 
all  those  items. 

So  my  question  is:  What  are  the  hard  numbers  in  terms  of  mak- 
ing all  this  work  in  a  way  that  we  can  afford  to  provide  this  cov- 
erage? For  instance,  the  administration  says  that  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  savings  will  total  $285  billion  over  5  years.  Now,  when 
you  run  those  numbers  out,  that  implies  a  15  to  20  percent  reduc- 
tion in  Medicare  and  Medicaid  spending.  That  inevitably  is  going 
to  have  to  lead  to  a  reduction  in  benefits;  otherwise,  you  cannot  get 
those  savings. 

So  on  the  one  hand,  we  are  saying  we  want  to  expand  coverage, 
we  want  to  provide  new  services,  we  want  to  add  all  these  benefits 
that  people  are  not  now  getting  in  the  name  of  good  health  and 
prevention,  and  I  understand  that.  On  the  other  hand,  we  are  say- 
ing we  want  to  cut  $285  billion  out  of  Medicare  and  Medicaid. 

I  do  not  see  how  those  two  goals  can  be  accomplished,  and  when 
I  look  at  the  way  the  political  process  works,  I  do  not  see  how  they 
can  even  begin  to  be  accomplished.  I  would  guess  the  AARP  would 
be  lining  up  outside  our  door  very  quickly.  The  leadership  in  Con- 
gress has  already  said  they  do  not  want  to  see  any  reductions  in 
that. 


209 

So  I  guess  it  is  left  to  me  to  ask  the  tough  question:  How  do  we 

pay  for  it? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Fair  enough.  I  fully  expect  to  be  able  to  an- 
swer that  question  in  detail  when  we  come  up  with  our  financial 
package  in  a  couple  weeks  with  the  legislation,  but  let  me  tell  you 
what  Sie  elements  are  for  paying  for  it  and  comment  on  the  Medi- 
care cuts,  the  so-called  Medicare  cuts,  which  is  really  slowing  down 
on  growth  in  particular. 

I  might  preface,  though,  my  comments  by  talking  a  little  about 
the  process  that  we  went  through,  which,  as  you  know,  was  very 
rigorous.  In  the  process  of  bringing  together  all  the  actuaries  and 
all  of  the  people  who  do  this  kind  of  analysis  at  the  national  level, 
combined  with  the  Urban  Institute,  we  have  built  a  model  that 
even  though  all  of  you  are  going  to  be  under  enormous  pressure  be- 
cause everybody  is  going  to  want  in  to  the  package  initially,  we 
have  a  model  in  which,  as  you  are  considering  whether  you  should 
put  something  in  or  take  something  out,  we  actually  will  be  able 
to  give  you  a  fiscal  analysis  of  that. 

If  that  is  helpful  as  part  of  the  discussion,  because  one  of  the 
things  that  happens  is  these  packages  get  shifted  around  and  you 
have  no  idea  until  the  end  what  the  actual  costs  are.  And  we  will 
be  available  as  part  of  the  political  process,  because  we  have  the 
model,  to  cost  these  things  out. 

There  are  three  elements  to  the  financing  of  the  new  plan,  and 
we  will  both  provide  detailed  briefings  when  we  come  up  with  the 
actual  legislation  as  well  as  make  our  models  available  and  our 
economic  assumptions  available. 

First  is  that  we  are  asking  everybody  to  pay.  This  an  employer/ 
employee-based  program  that  we  have  in  the  United  States.  We 
pay  for  health  insurance  that  way.  Most  Americans  who  work  get 
their  health  insurance  through  a  contribution  from  their  employer, 
and  in  most  cases,  they  make  a  contribution  themselves  to  their 
health  benefits.  And  so  we  are  paying  for  much  of  it  by  expanding 
the  existing  system  and  asking  everyone  to  pay. 

In  the  case  of  small  businesses,  we  have  indicated  that  we  will 
be  coming  in  to  discuss  the  possibility  of  a  subsidy  plan  to  help 
small  businesses  as  they  adjust  to  paying  for  their  own  employees. 
But  it  is  an  employer/employee-based  plan  that  we  are  building  on 
the  existing  system. 

Second,  we  are  talking  about  savings,  but  we  are  taking  the  ex- 
isting Medicaid  program  and  the  money  we  spend  on  that  program, 
plus  the  State  portion  of  that — and  we  need  to  negotiate  a  baseline 
with  the  States,  a  minimum,  an  effort  by  the  States — and  we  are 
putting  that  into  the  plan  to  pay  for  the  Medicaid  people  that  we 
are  folding  into  the  plan. 

In  addition  to  that,  we  are,  in  fact,  slowing  down  the  growth — 
we  are  going  to  make  recommendations  to  Congress,  and  I  am  sure 
we  will  nave  a  long  discussion  about  those  recommendations — slow 
down  the  growth  of  parts  of  the  Medicare  reimbursement  system 
for  the  most  part  from  three  times  the  rate  of  inflation  to  just 
under  two  times  the  rate  of  inflation. 

Now,  you  may  not  like  the  specific  items  on  the  list.  It  is  not  a 
cap  and  that  just  throws  to  the  Congress  we  are  going  to  cap  the 
system.  We  are  actually  going  to  give  you  a  line  item,  line  by  line, 


210 

of  the  specific  recommendations  that  we  have  of  where  we  think  we 
can  slow  down  some  of  the  growth  in  the  Medicare  system.  So  they 
will  be  very  specific  to  try  to  slow  down  the  growth  in  parts  of  the 
Medicare  system.  And  those  savings  we  put  in  as  part  of  our  effort 
to  pay  for  this  system,  and  that  will  help  us  pay  for  the  new  bene- 
fits that  we  are  adding  for  the  elderly  population. 

And,  finally,  we  are  adding  a  cigarette  tax,  the  exact  numbers  for 
which — and  we  are  asking  those  large  businesses,  over  5,000,  to 
pay  an  assessment  that  will  also  go  into  the  new  system.  But  the 
vast  majority  of  the  money  will  come  from  extending  the  current 
employer-based  system  across  every  business  in  this  country. 

The  specific  numbers  on  that,  we  will  come  up  in  2  weeks;  we 
will  show  you  our  models;  and  we  will  show  you  our  details. 

Senator  Coats.  Well,  now,  Mrs.  Clinton  said  last  week  it  was 
going  to  be  2  weeks,  and  this  has  been  going  on  since  April.  Is 
there  a  fixed  date  now  for  coming  forward  with  these  numbers? 

Secretary  Shalala.  I  think  I  am  operating  off  of— I  cannot  give 
you  an  exact  date,  but  I  do  believe  that  we  are  winding  up  our  final 
runs  and  the  drafting  of  the  legislation,  and  I  have  no  reason  to 
believe  that  it  will  not  be  2  weeks. 

Senator  Coats.  And  so  the  $285  billion  of  savings  in  Medicare 
and  Medicaid  and,  as  vou  said,  the  reductions,  the  cutbacks  in  re- 
imbursements and  so  forth,  that  will  be  specifically  outlined  for  us 
in  2  weeks? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Not  outlined.  It  will  be  detailed  for  you. 

Senator  Coats.  Detailed. 

Secretary  Shalala.  And  I  want  to  be  very  clear  that  we  are  not 
coming  up  with  outlines.  While  I  cannot  run  through  those  num- 
bers now  because  they  are  being  finalized,  it  will  be  detailed. 

Senator  Coats.  Will  the  numbers  include  the  models  that  were 
used  to 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes,  end- 


Senator  Coats.  And  will  that  include  increased  utilization  in 
terms  of — we  are  taking  37  million  people  and  we  are  giving  them 
a  Fortune  500-plus  plan,  as  you  said.  Will  that  incorporate  extra 
utilization  to  give  somebody  extra  benefits  obviously  they  are  going 
to  utilize? 

Secretary  Shalala.  We  obviously  will  be  prepared  to  detail  how 
we  expect  to  both — where  the  resources  are  going  to  come  from  to 
finance  the  system  and  where  we  believe  we  are  going  to  get  the 
savings  from  in  the  system. 

Senator  Coats.  We  will  look  forward  to  those  numbers. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator.  I  thought 
you  were  going  to  ask  me  about  the  Indiana-Wisconsin  game. 

Senator  Coats.  I  was  trying  to  avoid  that.  I  was  hoping  the 
chairman  would  cut  me  off  before  you  raised  that.  We  will  get  you 
next  year.  [Laughter.] 

The  Chairman.  As  Madam  Secretary  knows,  we  had  the  Repub- 
lican plan  during  the  budget  debate  which  would  have  reduced  it 
$53  billion  more  than  the  administration's  program.  $53  billion 
more. 

Senator  Coats.  That  was  some  of  the  Republicans. 

The  Chairman.  Some  of  the  Republicans.  I  think  the  Senator 
voted  for  it.  Didn't  the  Senator  vote  for  it? 


211 

Senator  Gregg.  We  did  not  have  the  detail  of  the  models. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  our  colleagues  voted  for  that  as  well. 

As  I  understand,  also— and  then  I  will  recognize  Senator 
Simon— with  the  DRGs  that  went  in  in  1983,  CBO  has  estimated 
that  $60  billion  has  been  saved.  And  according  to  the  Rand  studies, 
there  has  been  no  discernible  impact  in  terms  of  quality. 

Senator  Simon. 

Senator  Simon.  Thank  you. 

As  I  understand,  Madam  Secretary,  there  will  be,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  these  preventive  services,  a  co-payment,  and  I  think  this  is 
a  desirable  thing,  though  I  applaud  the  idea  of  not  charging  for  the 
preventive  services.  Our  friends  in  Canada  tell  us  the  great  mis- 
take they  made  was  not  having  a  co-payment,  so  the  system  tends 
to  be  overutilized.  And  we  are  talking  about  a  co-payment  of  $10. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Depending  on  what  plan  you  pick,  the  co- 
payments  can  vary.  You  may  go  into  a  fee-for-service,  for  instance, 
as  opposed  to  a  closed-panel  HMO.  It  is  the  choices  that  you  have. 
But  there  will  be  co-payments  for  a  variety  of  different  services 
under  the  new  plan.  And  they  look  like  sort  of  normal  co-payments 
for  a  generous  plan. 

Senator  Simon.  Now,  my  concern,  Illinois  pays  more  on  welfare— 
you  are  an  expert  in  this  field — than  most  States,  and  yet  in  Illi- 
nois the  average  family  on  welfare  gets  $367  a  month.  Now,  if  you 
have  a  $10  co-payment,  let  us  say  you  have  a  sick  child  and  you 
end  up  going  into  the  hospital  or  to  a  physician's  office  three  or 
four  times.  If  you  go  four  times  in  the  course  of  a  month,  that  is 
10  percent  of  your  salary.  Is  there  any  adjustment?  How  do  we  deal 
with  that  kind  of  problem? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  Senator,  I  think  that  in  our  conversa- 
tions, both  with  the  Hill  and  in  our  own  re-review  of  that  draft, 
that  is  exactly  the  kind  of  thing  that  many  of  you  identified  for  us, 
and  we  do  have  that  under  review. 

Obviously,  if  we  would  like  everybody  to  take  some  responsibility 
for  their  own  behavior,  we  would  like  at  least  some  contribution. 
But  we  cannot  put  very  poor  families  in  a  situation  in  which  we 
are  asking  them  for  a  substantial  part  of  their  income  for  a  co-pay- 
ment. So  that  is  under  review,  and  I  thank  you  for  noting  that. 

Senator  Simon.  Senator  Coats  and  others  have  talked  about  the 
cost  factor.  It  seems  to  me  as  I  review  what  you  are  going  through, 
you  have  done  a — you  are  trying  to  get  those  cost  factors  down  as 
solidly  as  you  can.  But  there  really  is  going  to  be  a  lot  of  guesswork 
in  this  because  we  really  do  not  know  what  is  going  to  happen. 

It  occur  to  me  as  you  put  the  revenue  picture  together  that  we 
maybe  ought  to  do  something  that  we  have  not  done  before  in  Con- 
gress, and  that  is  provide  a  revenue  source  where  there  is  some 
flexibility,  where  the  administration,  after  consultation  with  the  Fi- 
nance Committee  and  the  Ways  and  Means  Committee,  can  have 
some  flexibility  so  that  we,  in  fact,  meet  whatever  the  needs  may 
be. 

I  hope  the  projections  are  correct.  I  think  there  is  a  very  real  pos- 
sibility, as  you  increase  utilization  of  our  health  delivery  services, 
that  we  may  have  some  problems  in  this  area.  I  just  pass  this  flexi- 
bility idea  along  that  I  would  hope  you  and  our  colleagues  in  the 
House  and  the  Senate  would  consider. 


212 

Secretary  Shalala.  We  look  forward  to  discussing  that  with  you, 
Senator. 

Senator  Simon.  Thank  you,  Madam  Secretary. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Gregg. 

Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you. 

Let  me  ask  you  one  procedural  question  because  I  am  not  sure 
I  understand  how  the  actual  process  of  the  bill  works.  First  let  me 
say  that  I  look  forward,  as  I  think  the  whole  community  does,  to 
the  detail  that  you  reflected  and  the  fact  that  you  are  going  to  give 
us  access  to  the  models.  I  very  much  appreciate  that.  That  will  be 
of  big  assistance  to  us  figuring  out  what  the  numbers  are. 

Secretary  Shalala.  And  econometrics  training  along  with  them. 
[Laughter.] 

Senator  Gregg.  I  will  just  turn  it  over  to  somebody  who  claims 
to  have  had  econometrics  training. 

If  a  woman  goes  into  her  doctor  whom  she  has  chosen — she  has 
chosen  an  HMO,  and  she  has  a  primary  care  doctor,  and  she  goes 
to  that  primary  care  doctor  for  preventive  medical  checkups,  a 
mammogram,  for  example,  or  a  pap  smear,  and  the  benefits  pack- 
age says  you  can  get  one  every  2  years  if  you  are  over  50 — and  I 
understand  the  Cancer  Society's  recommendation  is  that  it  be  every 
year  for  mammograms — I  am  not  suggesting  that  that  be  made 
part  of  the  benefits  package,  but  this  is  where  my  question  comes 
in.  If  that  woman  says  to  her  doctor,  "I  would  like  to  have  a  mam- 
mogram this  year,  but  I  had  one  last  year;  therefore,  it  is  not  cov- 
ered by  my  plan,  it  is  not  covered  in  the  benefits  package,"  as  I  un- 
derstand the  way  this  whole  process  works,  her  doctor  cannot  give 
her  a  mammogram  and  have  her  pay  for  it  because  her  doctor  can- 
not take  balanced  billing  payment.  She  would  have  to  go  to  another 
doctor  in  another  plan  and  purchase  that  additional  mammogram 
in  the  following  year. 

Do  I  misunderstand  the  way  this  works? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes,  I  think  so,  Senator.  What  is  detailed  in 
the  plan  that  you  are  reading  is  the  prevention  part  of  the  plan; 
that  is,  what  we  will  provide  100  percent  coverage  for.  That  means 
that  what  is  free  is  coming  in  every  2  years  for  a  mammogram.  But 
if  a  woman  and  her  physician — if  he  decides  it  is  medically  nec- 
essary for  her  to  have  a  mammogram,  then  it  is  covered.  It  may 
require  a  co-payment  depending  on  the  organization  of  that  plan. 

What  we  are  reading  now  is  the  prevention  piece  that  we  are 
providing  with  no  co-payment  as  opposed  to  other  kinds  of  medi- 
cally necessary  services,  which  we  could  never  detail,  unless  you 
really  believe  that  the  Government  ought  to  write  every  detail 
down  as  opposed  to  a  plan  that  makes  medically  necessary  deci- 
sions. 

Senator  Gregg.  No,  that  was  not  really  the  thrust  of  my  ques- 
tion. I  guess  my  question  really  was  not  tnat  clear.  The  point  I  am 
thinking  is  that  as  I  understand  the  basic  concept  that  is  being 
presented  here,  you  cannot  buy  services  from  your  doctor,  is  essen- 
tially what  I  am  saying.  You  cannot  go  to  your  doctor  in  whose 
plan  you  are  enlisted  and  buy  the  additional  services  that  you 
want.  You  can  buy  services.  You  can  go  out  and  use  cash  to  buy 
services,  but  you  cannot  buy  them  from  your  doctor.  You  have  to 


213 

buy  them  from  another  doctor  because  your  doctor  cannot  take  bal- 
anced billing. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Let  me  say  to  you,  if  the  example  is  a  mam- 
mogram, it  you  go  to  your  doctor  and  say,  "I  am  really  nervous,  and 
I  would  like  a  mammogram  this  year  even  though  I  had  it  last 
year,"  and  you  and  your  doctor  decide  that  it  is  an  appropriate 
thing  for  you  to  do,  tnat  is  covered.  You  will  pay  your  co-payment, 
but  that  is  covered. 

If  you,  however,  do  not  find  a  medical  provider  in  your  plan  who 
thinks  you  ought  to  get  something  but  you  insist  that  you  want  to 
get  it,  one  of  the  things  that  we  are  looking  at  now  is  something 
called  the  point  of  service  option,  and  that  is  you  end  up  going  out- 
side the  plan.  And  the  plans  will  have  different  rules  about  wheth- 
er they  will  pay  a  portion  of  that  or  whether  you  can  just  go  out- 
side and  get 

Senator  Gregg.  But  do  you  have  to  go  to  another  doctor,  is  my 
question.  As  I  read  the  language — and  obviously  it  is  in  general 
terms  now — you  would  have  to  go  to  an  entirely  different  set  of  doc- 
tors in  order  to  get  that  treatment.  You  could  not  go  to  the  doctor 
who  you  were  enlisted  with. 

Secretary  Shalala.  I  just  do  not  think  that  that  is  what  hap- 
pens. It  is  within  the  plan,  and  you  pay  your  co-payment  and  you 
get  the  service  that  you  want. 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  maybe  we  could  get  some  clarification. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes.  Let  me  ask  a  prevention  expert. 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  that  is  okay.  Maybe  you  could  just  drop  us 
a  line  or  something  on  it. 

The  Chairman.  As  I  understand  the  question,  you  are  talking 
about  not  medically  necessary.  So  we  are  talking  about  something 
which  is  not  medically  necessary  and  how  someone  is  able  to  pur- 
chase nonmedically  necessary  services. 

Senator  Gregg.  From  his  or  her  own  doctor. 

Senator  Wellstone.  If  you  talk  your  doctor  into  it,  medically 
necessary,  you  can  receive  it.  If  you  do  not 

Senator  Gregg.  You  have  to  go  to  another  doctor. 

Senator  Wellstone.  No.  The  balanced  billing  means  the  doctor 
cannot  charge  you  more  than  the  regular  fee.  That  is  what  bal- 
anced— that  does  not  mean  you  cannot  get  the  service. 

Secretary  Shalala.  That  is  what  balanced  billing  means. 

Senator  Wellstone.  So  you  have  the  services  and  the  charges 
confused. 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  maybe  I  do.  Maybe  I  can  get  an  expla- 
nation. 

Secretary  Shalala.  We  will  provide  it  in  writing. 

Senator  Wellstone.  I  will  send  you  a  postcard. 

Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you.  That  would  be  great. 

Secretary  Shalala.  We  will  provide  it  in  writing,  but  we  think 
that  the  mammograms  are  covered.  Someone  might  use  a  point  of 
service  option  and  go  outside  if  they  really  wanted  to  go  to  another 
specialist  or  something  else.  But  we  believe  it  is  covered. 

Senator  Gregg.  OK.  Well,  on  another  topic,  then,  as  I  look  at 
this  proposal,  you  have  a  cigarette  tax  which  represents  about  $100 
billion,  and  you  have  deficit  savings  which  represent  $91  billion.  So 
really  the  cigarette  tax  you  are  talking  about — and  I  do  not  oppose 


214 

philosophically  a  cigarette  tax.  In  fact,  when  I  was  Governor,  I 
raised  cigarette  taxes.  Really,  the  cigarette  tax  is  going  to  create 
deficit  reduction,  is  it  not?  It  is  not  really  going  for  the  purposes 
of  this  health  care  plan? 

Secretary  Shalala.  I  think  I  would  rather  wait  until  we  have  the 
final  numbers.  The  cigarette  tax  could  well  be  assigned  to  part  of 
the  plan. 

Senator  Gregg.  But  I  mean  as  long  as  the  only  tax  you  have  in 
the  package  raises  $100  billion  and  you  have  $91  billion  of  deficit 
reduction,  all  you  are  really  doing  with  your  tax  is  creating  a  defi- 
cit reduction  number.  And  that  may  be  good  politics,  but  it  really 
does  not  have  a  whole  lot  to  do  with  health  care. 

Secretary  Shalala.  That  could  be  true  of  part  of  the  employer 
contribution,  too.  I  mean  if  you  wanted  to  assign  part  of  the  financ- 
ing to  deficit  reduction.  I  think  it  is  safer  for  me  to  say  at  this  mo- 
ment, since  I  cannot  confirm  your  $100  billion  number  out  of  the 
cigarette  tax,  for  us  to  wait  and  see  what  the  whole  package  looks 
like,  what  the  deficit  number  is.  But,  you  know,  the  deficit,  if  there 
is  a  deficit,  a  substantial  deficit  piece  in  this,  it  could  be  assigned 
to  any  part  of  the  financing.  It  is  a  coincidence  that  the  numbers 
look  close  together. 

Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Dodd. 

Senator  Dodd.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Welcome,  Madam  Secretary.  I  would  note  just  as  a  preface  that 
when  you  were  president  of  Hunter  College  in  1986,  some  7  years 
ago.  y°u  wrote  a  report  on  the  needs  of  America's  poor  children, 
and  as  part  of  that,  you  called  for  a  comprehensive  initiative  to  pro- 
vide preventive  meaical  care  for  children.  So  you  are  not  a  new- 
comer to  the  issue,  and  it  is  with  that  preface  that  I  would  like  to 
ask  three  questions,  two  that  relate  to  children,  and  a  third  that 
deals  with  the  elderly. 

I  happen  to  subscribe  to  the  view  that  there  is  no  better  way  to 
address  the  cost  of  health  care — not  throng  Medicare  or  Medicaid, 
or  through  a  cigarette  tax — than  prevention.  This  has  been  dem- 
onstrated over  and  over  and  over  again,  and  I  think  the  President 
was  accurate  in  talking  about  the  importance  of  personal  respon- 
sibility, of  how  people  conduct  their  lives,  and  obviously,  of  the  in- 
vestments we  make  early  on. 

We  in  Connecticut  have  full  funding  for  immunization  programs; 
you  do  not  have  to  pay  a  nickel  for  tnem.  The  State  picks  up  the 
cost,  and  yet  we  only  get  about  65  percent  of  the  2-year-olds.  So 
despite  the  fact  that  we  have  universal  availability  for  child  immu- 
nizations, we  are  not  achieving  the  desired  result.  I  might  add  that 
a  lot  of  effort  is  going  into  this. 

I  would  like  you  to  first  address  the  question  of  how  we  are  going 
to  achieve  fuller  coverage  in  the  immunization  area,  just  some 
practical  ideas. 

Question  No.  2  relates  to  a  second  group  of  children.  Everyone 
talks  about  the  importance  of  infants,  but  children  ages  6  to  19, 
which  includes  adolescents,  under  the  draft  report  as  it  is  right 
now,  will  receive  only  five  clinical  visits  between  the  ages  of  6  and 
19.   The   American   Academy   of  Pediatrics   and   others    are   rec- 


215 

ommending  at  least  twice  that  number  of  clinical  visits  for  children 
in  that  age  group,  because  of  sexually- transmitted  diseases,  teen- 
age pregnancies,  violence,  and  a  lot  of  other  issues. 

I  realize  this  is  a  draft  report,  but  let  me  just  tell  you  how  I  feel 
about  it.  I  think  the  American  Academy  is  absolutely  correct,  that 
we  are  doing  a  tremendous  amount  at  the  early  ages,  but  that  6 
to  19  is  a  critical  age  group.  And  again,  given  the  fact  that  preven- 
tion will  save  billions  of  dollars,  we  can  do  a  better  job  in  that  age 
category.  It  seems  to  me  that  five  clinical  visits  is  painfully  short 
of  what  needs  to  be  done. 

My  third  question  relates  to  older  Americans  and  prevention.  A 
paper  in  the  American  Journal  of  Preventive  Medicine  reported 
that  Medicare  currently  pays  for  only  4  of  the  44  preventive  serv- 
ices recommended  for  the  elderly  by  the  U.S.  Prevention  Service 
Task  Force.  We  have  raised  that  number  slightly  by  covering  flu 
vaccines.  I  would  like  to  get  from  you,  as  the  third  part  of  my  ques- 
tioning, what  we  are  recommending  with  regard  to  preventive  serv- 
ices and  the  elderly.  This  again  goes  back  to  the  basic  point  that 
there  is  no  quicker  way  to  save  taxpayer  money,  it  seems  to  me, 
than  in  this  particular  area.  I  realize  we  are  dealing  with  a  draft 
report,  and  you  are  seeking  recommendations  and  ideas  in  this  re- 
gard, out  I  am  utilizing  your  presence  here  to  emphasize  the  sig- 
nificance I  place  on  prevention,  particularly  in  the  area  of  children, 
but  also  noticing  what  was  recommended  in  the  area  of  the  elderly. 
I  would  be  interested  in  your  response. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Let  me  start  with  the  immunization  and  the 
outreach.  I  have  spoken  to  this  committee  before,  and  one  of  the 
things  I  said  was  that  as  we  mounted  the  national  immunization 
campaign,  one  of  the  reasons  why  we  wanted  to  provide  the  vac- 
cinations to  physicians  and  not  simply  through  community  health 
plans  is  because  we  were  well  aware  of  the  need  to  get  that  connec- 
tion between  the  physician  and  the  family  very  early  on— well-baby 
care  and  all  the  other  things  that  need  to  take  place. 

What  the  President's  plan  in  draft  form  now  does,  going  back  to 
the  quality  assurance  issue,  is  one  of  the  things  that  we  will  meas- 
ure those  plans  by  is  whether  they  have  gotten  all  the  kids  immu- 
nized who  are  in  the  plan.  They  will  have  an  incentive  as  part  of 
their  quality  management  system,  not  only  an  incentive  to  get  ev- 
erybody into  their  prevention  programs  because  that  will  help  them 
to  hold  down  costs,  but  also  because  it  will  really  make  them  a 
quality  plan. 

So  as  we  have  talked  about  what  is  going  to  be  in  the  report 
card,  I  can  guarantee  you  the  percentage  of  preschool  kids  who  are 
immunized  is  going  to  be  in  that  report  card. 

Not  only  will  the  plans  themselves  be  doing  outreach  on  their 
prevention  services  because  they  are  going  to  be  measured  by 
them,  but  our  public  health  initiative  will  continue  our  national  ef- 
forts to  remind  everybody  about  the  range  of  prevention,  in  particu- 
lar immunization,  where  we  need  to  get  young  people  in. 

Second,  on  the  whole  issue  of  children's  services  and  whether  we 
should  focus  more  attention  particularly  on  high-risk  kids  in  the 
prevention  area,  one  of  the  reasons  the  plan  still  is  in  draft  is  be- 
cause of  these  kinds  of  consultations,  and  we  are,  as  we  did  on  the 
mammograms  and  on  the  breast  examinations,  continuing  to  look 


216 

particularly  at  whether  we  ought  to  cover  high-risk  groups,  wheth- 
er it  is  women  in  terms  of  mammograms  on  the  prevention  side  so 
there  are  no  copayments,  or  whether  it  might  be  expanding  some 
prevention  services  for  children.  We  will  look  at  that  very  carefully. 

On  the  elderly  and  prevention,  I  absolutely  agree  with  you,  and 
our  goal  is  to  substantially  beef  up  the  Medicare  program  in  rela- 
tionship to  prevention.  We  have  mounted,  as  you  know,  a  national 
campaign — I  just  did  two  more  TV  spots  yesterday — and  you  will 
be  interested  that  Fernando  Torres-Gil,  the  new  assistant  secretary 
for  aging,  has  done  them  in  Spanish  for  us — telling  our  elderly  pop- 
ulation that  they  need  to  get  flu  shots,  they  need  to  get  them  now, 
they  are  free  under  the  Medicare  program.  And  the  press  has  been 
tremendously  helpful  in  getting  the  information  out.  I  even  told  the 
President  to  call  his  mother — I  do  not  know  whether  he  did  or  not, 
but  the  point  is  I  have  told  everyone  to  call  their  family  members. 

As  part  of  this  national  campaign,  we  need  to  personalize  that, 
but  increasing  attention  to  prevention.  I  was  at  senior  citizens' 
homes'  activities  over  the  last  2  weeks,  and  in  every  group  what 
we  talked  about  was  prevention.  As  we  get  the  institutions  that 
work  with  our  elderly  population  to  do  more  about  prevention,  to 
get  them  their  flu  shots,  pneumonia  shots  are  going  to  be  terribly 
important;  so,  absolutely. 

Senator  Dodd.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Dodd 

I  would  like  to  thank  Secretary  Shalala  and  our  other  witnesses 
for  being  here  today  to  talk  with  us  about  the  important  topic  of 
preventive  medicine  and  how  it  fits  into  the  President's  health  care 
reform  proposal. 

Secretary  Shalala  has  been  a  leader  in  this  area,  and  she  has  not 
simply  happened  upon  it  recently.  As  president  of  Hunter  College 
in  1986,  Dr.  Shalala  wrote  a  report  on  the  needs  of  America's  poor 
children,  and  part  of  that  study  called  for  a  comprehensive  initia- 
tive to  provide  preventive  medical  care  for  our  children. 

The  need  for  preventive  care 

The  fact  that  we  are  here,  seven  years  later,  discussing  this  prob- 
lem again  is  frustrating.  Frustrating  because  we  know  the  value  of 
preventive  medicine,  but  we  fail  to  act  on  what  we  know.  Like  Sec- 
retary Shalala's  analysis  in  1986,  countless  reports  have  shown 
that  preventive  medicine  is  good  medicine  and  good  public  policy. 

By  stopping  illnesses  before  they  happen,  or  catching  them  in 
their  earliest  stages,  we  can  stave  off  major  health  problems.  This 
often  ends  up  saving  money  in  the  long  run.  But  despite  the  dem- 
onstrated need  for  preventive  care,  it  remains  the  neglected  step- 
child of  our  current  health  care  system. 

Less  than  four  cents  of  every  health  care  dollar  we  spend  goes 
to  preventive  medicine  and  health  promotion.  To  put  that  figure  in 
perspective,  we  spend  nearly  a  quarter  of  every  health  care  dollar 
on  administrative  costs.  We  are  spending  more  than  six  times  as 
much  on  paperwork  for  and  about  sick  people  as  we  are  on  trying 
to  keep  people  from  getting  sick  in  the  first  place. 


217 

The  Clinton  plan  and  preventive  medicine 

I  know  I'm  preaching  to  the  choir  here,  and  I  applaud  the  admin- 
istration for  stressing  the  importance  of  prevention  in  its  health 
care  proposal.  Coverage  for  physical  examinations,  mammograms, 
cholesterol  screening,  child  immunizations  and  other  preventive 
measures  are  all  included  in  the  president's  plan.  Like  other  parts 
of  the  proposal,  we  will  be  working  out  the  details  in  the  months 
ahead.  For  instance,  how  often  should  people  be  eligible  for  these 
tests  and  examinations? 

All  of  the  fine  print  will  be  resolved,  but  the  principle  is  the  criti- 
cal thing  at  this  point,  and  the  principle  has  been  clearly  stated: 
prevention  is  important.  For  that,  I  commend  the  administration. 

Child  immunizations 

I  am  particularly  interested  in  the  issue  of  prevention  because  it 
is  so  important  to  children's  health.  I  think  one  compelling  example 
illustrates  this  point.  Immunizing  children  against  measles  is  an 
excellent  case  study  in  how  simple,  preventive  medicine  can  protect 
a  child  from  an  unnecessary  disease  and  save  significant  amounts 
of  money  down  the  road. 

Despite  the  overwhelming  evidence  in  favor  of  measles  vaccina- 
tions, the  United  States  has  what  can  only  be  described  as  an  ap- 
palling record  in  this  area.  The  measles  immunization  rate  for  one- 
year-olds  in  the  United  States  puts  us  below  India,  below 
Zimbabwe,  below  Iran,  below  Vietnam,  and  below  Mongolia. 

Here  is  a  situation  in  which  it  can  be  proven  that  a  small  invest- 
ment in  preventive  medicine  would  save  money  down  the  road.  It 
is  estimated,  for  example,  that  the  measles  outbreak  of  1989-91  in 
this  country  led  to  more  than  44,000  days  of  hospitalization.  Each 
1,000  cases  of  measles  during  this  epidemic  cost  $3  to  4  million  in 
medical  expenses. 

Yet  despite  the  strong  case  for  action,  despite  the  knowledge  that 
inaction  leads  to  needless  illness  and  unnecessary  expenses,  our 
system  fails  to  take  the  simplest  of  preventive  measures. 

Child  Health  Day 

This  past  Monday  was  Child  Health  Day,  and  to  mark  the  occa- 
sion the  American  Health  Foundation  released  a  report  on  child 
and  adolescent  health  in  this  country.  After  reviewing  the  United 
States'  performance  on  a  wide  range  of  preventable  childhood 
health  problems — from  substance  abuse  to  lead  poisoning,  from 
sexually  transmitted  diseases  to  child  abuse — the  foundation  gave 
us  a  grade  of  C  minus. 

We  are  the  world's  one  remaining  superpower,  we  have  an  econ- 
omy that,  despite  its  problems,  remains  the  envy  of  the  world.  Yet 
we  can  do  no  better  than  a  C  minus  when  it  comes  to  looking  out 
for  the  health  of  our  children.  That  is  a  sad  statement  on  our  prior- 
ities as  a  nation. 

Youth  violence 

One  of  the  major  preventable  causes  of  medical  problems  in  chil- 
dren is  violence.  I  have  been  doing  my  best  to  bring  the  crisis  of 
youth  violence  to  the  attention  of  my  colleagues  this  session.  Four 


218 

thousand  children  every  year  in  the  United  States  are  murdered. 
Thousands  more  are  seriously  hurt  in  violent  incidents. 

The  statistics  tell  us  that  today,  as  we  gather  here  to  discuss 
ways  we  can  prevent  illness  and  injury,  12  children  will  die  victims 
of  violent  crime.  Nine  out  of  every  ten  murders  of  young  people  in 
the  industrialized  world  happen  in  the  United  States. 

Again,  I  am  not  telling  the  Secretary  and  our  other  witnesses 
anything  they  don't  already  know.  I  commend  the  administration 
for  recognizing  that  violence  in  our  society  is  a  major  contributor 
to  our  health  care  crisis.  And  I  look  forward  to  continuing  to  work 
with  Secretary  Shalala,  Attorney  General  Reno  and  others  in  the 
administration  to  address  this  terrible  problem. 

Conclusion 

I  would  like  to  close  by  again  commending  Secretary  Shalala  for 
supporting  an  approach  to  health  care  reform  that  is  not  limited 
to  treating  disease  and  injury  after  they  happen  but  to  trying  to 
keep  them  from  happening  in  the  first  place.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Dodd. 

On  Senator  Dodd's  point  about  the  public  health  delivery,  we  had 
a  hearing  in  Boston,  and  we  have  an  excellent  program  in  Massa- 
chusetts. It  costs  about  $600,  and  they  track  people  almost  90  per- 
cent in  terms  of  TB.  If  you  go  to  Harlem,  where  they  are  able  to 
track  10  percent,  it  costs  $20,000  to  treat.  So  this  kind  of  invest- 
ment in  terms  of  the  outreach  aspects  has  enormous  cost  implica- 
tions. 

Senator  Durenberger. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you. 

Madam  Secretary,  I  would  like  to  have  time  to  ask  you  two  ques- 
tions. One  is  on  defining  health,  and  the  second  is  on  universal  cov- 
erage. 

I  recently  discovered  that  if  I  contribute  to  the  Combined  Federal 
Campaign,  it  is  not  really  a  United  Way,  where  the  money  goes  to 
all  the  deserving  organizations;  it  goes  to  organizations  that  are 
designated  for  specific  purposes.  So  this  morning  at  7  o'clock,  I  was 
with  a  little  group  of  60  to  80  people  that  a  congressman  brings 
together  every  Wednesday  morning  in  the  new  library  in  the  heart 
of  the  city,  and  they  pray  for  the  people  of  the  city,  and  one  of  their 
organizations  is  called  People's  House — and  if  there  is  any  tele- 
vision on  me,  it  is  CFC  Number  7390.  People's  House  has  been  put 
together  by  a  Democratic  Member  of  Congress  and  a  lot  of  other 
people  to  try  to  respond  to  the  desperate  needs  of  people  who  live 
in  this  community. 

This  community  is  not  that  different  from  other  communities  in 
the  country.  At  this  little  group  this  morning,  one  of  the  people 
who  was  there  said,  you  know,  there  ought  to  be  a  sign  for  a  lot 
of  people  in  this  town.  When  you  come  into  this  town,  it  says  "Wel- 
come to  Washington,  DC,  Mayor  Sharon  Pratt  Kelly,"  etc.  Then 
there  ought  to  be  a  little  sign,  out  of  Dante,  that  says,  "Enter  here, 
all  ye  without  hope,"  because  in  this  community,  there  are  thou- 
sands and  thousands  of  people  without  hope.  You  need  only  pick 
up  our  newspapers  and  watch  our  television.  And  it  is  true  in  Min- 
neapolis, and  it  is  true  in  Bridgeport,  CT,  and  it  is  true  all  over 
the  country. 


219 

So  my  first  question  really  deals  with  the  issue  of  health,  broadly 
defined.  I  know  we  have  all  this  concentration  on  health  insurance 
for  everybody  and  so  forth.  And  all  of  the  discussion  this  morning, 
as  I  know  it — and  I  am  also  running  down  to  a  Finance  Committee 
hearing — has  been  about  prevention  and  wellness.  We  have  not 
talked  a  lot  about  poverty,  and  we  have  not  talked  about  homeless- 
ness,  and  we  have  not  talked  about  all  the  many  other  generational 
driving  forces  that  adversely  impact  on  health  in  this  country. 

So  what  I  would  like  is  either  your  observations  about  what  the 
President  said  about  increasing  personal  responsibility  or  your  ob- 
servations about  how  a  national  Government's  public  health  pro- 
grams, which  have  not  succeeded  in  doing  anything  other  than 
slowing  down,  perhaps,  the  incidence  of  violence  and  self-abuse  and 
abuse  of  others,  and  everything  else  in  this  country — how  a  na- 
tional health  care  system  is  going  to  do  something  for  the  real  seri- 
ous health  problems  that  a  lot  of  people  in  this  country  face. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  that  is  a  very  thoughtful  question,  Sen- 
ator. I  am  not  sure  I  can  do  it  justice  in  a  few  minutes. 

This  is  not  simply  a  narrow  health  program  for  a  narrow,  limited 
group  of  people.  The  significance  of  the  program — and  while  I  think 
the  prevention  piece  is  key — is  the  comprehensiveness  and  the  cov- 
erage for  every  American.  What  this  does  is  significantly  raise  the 
quality  of  health  care  for  the  poor  as  well  as  for  the  rich,  for  work- 
ing Americans. 

It  does  deal  with  issues  that  have  ravaged  our  communities, 
whether  it  is  AIDS— if  you  have  AIDS  in  this  country,  you  are 
more  likely  than  not  to  have  either  lost  your  insurance  or  are  un- 
able to  get  insurance — so  it  is  the  broad  coverage,  the  access  for  ev- 
eryone of  a  comprehensive  program,  but  it  is  the  message  that  that 
sends.  It  is  not  simply  that  everybody  is  going  to  be  able  to  bring 
in  their  children  to  get  immunizations,  but  it  is  a  message  that  in 
this  Nation,  we  believe  that  the  quality  of  life  we  are  going  to  in- 
vest in  in  terms  of  giving  people  a  real  chance  to  lead  healthy  lives. 
But  they  are  going  to  have  to  do  some  things.  They  are  going  to 
have  to  take  some  responsibility  for  their  own  behavior,  whether  it 
is  risky  behavior.  They  are  going  to  have  to  share  some  of  the  cost. 
They  are  going  to  have  to  take  responsibility  for  their  kids  to  get 
them  in. 

We  are  going  to  get  a  top-notch  professional,  a  primary  care  phy- 
sician, to  work  with  them  and  their  families,  but  we  are  also  going 
to  expect  them  to  not  only  share  economically  in  the  responsibil- 
ities but  to  share  personally  in  the  responsibility  for  their  own 
health  and  for  the  health  of  their  families. 

So  it  sends  a  fundamental  message  about  what  I  think  the  coun- 
try is  about.  It  also  has  broader  underpinnings.  I  think  we  see  the 
link  in  the  Department  between  everyone  getting  coverage,  which 
is  wonderful,  but  also  the  connection  with  public  health,  which  is 
far  broader  than  giving  everybody  access  to  vaccinations  or  to 
mammograms.  It  includes  issues  like  security 

Senator  Durenberger.  Madam  Secretary,  I  really  appreciate 
your  response,  and  I  do  not  mean  to  cut  you  off  except  that  I  have 
gotten  a  little  sign  that  says  my  time  is  running  out. 

Secretary  Shalala.  OK  But  it  includes  issues  like  violence,  from 
our  point  of  view;  it  includes  issues  like  poverty.  And  there  are 


220 

many  people  who  are  poor  in  this  country  who  cannot  get  up  and 
get  off  of  poverty  and  go  to  work  because  they  do  not  have  health 
care.  So  the  connection  between  working  and  health  care,  the  con- 
nection between  domestic  violence  and  our  ability  to  put  programs 
in  place 

Senator  DURENBERGER.  And  we  have  had  this  discussion  before, 
and  I  think  in  this  committee  in  particular,  everybody  is  much 
more  sensitive  to  the  issue  than  they  are  in  other  committees.  But 
I  am  leading  up  to  another  question  and  observation  which  is  that 
everywhere  I  go  to  speak  in  large  groups,  I  am  asked  this  question 
about  where  is  public  health,  and  where  is  this  insurance  plan. 
And  I  iust  caution  you  about  too  much  expectation  that  an  insur- 
ance plan  is  going  to  be  able  to  cover  all  of  the  things  that  are  real- 
ly wrong  in  our  communities. 

We  are  in  the  third  generation  of  poverty,  and  sort  of  a  loss  of 
conscience  and  whatever  else  it  is  in  this  community  and  so  many 
other  communities  around  this  country,  and  it  is  going  to  take  a 
bigger  effort  than  that. 

Tne  problem  for  a  lot  of  people  is  there  is  $903  billion  this  year, 
one-seventh  of  our  economy  that  is  just  going  into  the  doctors  and 
the  hospital  part  of  this  system — so  what  is  left  for  the  poor?  I 
mean,  what  is  left  to  deal  with  these  problems? 

Just  saying  that  we  are  going  to  get  rid  of  Medicaid,  and  we  are 
going  to  have  a  low-income  voucher  program,  is  not  really  going  to 
meet  those  expectations.  And  I  am  not  sure — and  this  is  my  ques- 
tion— I  am  not  sure  that  until  we  can  demonstrate  to  the  American 
people  that  this  new  system  of  getting  care  to  people  at  a  lower 
price,  bringing  that  14  percent  of  GNP  down,  is  actually  going  to 
work,  that  we  are  going  to  have  the  resource  commitment  to  fund 
it  universally,  because  so  many  people  realize  there  is  much  more 
to  this  problem  than  just  insurance. 

So  my  question  is  one  I  asked  the  First  Lady  also  last  week,  and 
that  is  why  don't  we  demonstrate  the  value  of  whatever  new  sys- 
tem we  can  all  agree  on,  whatever  these  rules  are,  and  begin  to  let 
the  system  work  from  community  to  community  before  we  insist  on 
universal  coverage  all  over  this  country,  when  you  have  such  a  dis- 
parity in  what  the  systems  are  producing  today  by  way  of  quality 
and  cost?  Is  there  an  easy  answer  to  that  question? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Well,  the  easy  answer  is  that  this  system  is 
based  on  universal  coverage.  If  you  are  really  going  to  both  have 
an  impact  on  poverty  for  people  and  see  the  link  between  health 
care  and  welfare,  for  example,  then  universal  coverage  is  very  im- 
portant as  a  key  part.  But  I  would  argue  that  the  Congress  has  al- 
ready taken  enormous  steps,  and  if  you  link  this  national  effort  for 
health  care  reform  to  what  this  Congress  has  done  on  the  earned 
income  tax  credit,  those  are  two  enormous  steps  for  the  working 
poor,  for  example,  in  this  country. 

I  would  argue  that  we  have  tried  all  the  incremental  pieces.  We 
have  tried  to  link  all  the  pieces  together,  and  unless  we  are  pre- 
pared to  take  a  giant  step  in  health  care,  we  not  only  cannot  have 
an  impact  on  poverty,  but  we  cannot  have  an  impact  on  our  econ- 
omy. One  of  the  problems  the  economy  has  in  creating  jobs  is  that 
the  health  care  costs  cannot  be  planned  for  by  most  of  our  busi- 
nesses. 


221 

One  of  the  problems  that  people  on  welfare  have  is  that  if  they 
get  off  welfare  in  this  country  and  take  a  minimum  wage  job,  they 
lose  their  health  care. 

So  that  the  only  way  that  I  know  of  to  deal  with  issues  like  pov- 
erty in  a  signal  and  a  significant  strategic  way  to  deal  with  issues 
like  poverty  is  to  understand  the  linkage  between  health  care  re- 
form and  our  economy,  and  some  of  the  other  things  that  we  are 
doing.  If  you  see  that,  then  you  see  what  an  enormous  step  this  is 
to  deal  with  other  kinds  of  fundamental  issues  like  lifting  people 
out  of  poverty. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Durenberger. 

Senator  Harkin. 

Senator  Harkin.  Madam  Secretary,  again  my  compliments  to  you 
for  taking  this  on  and  for  focusing  your  attention  on  prevention. 
That  is  what  this  hearing  is  supposed  to  be  about.  As  you  know, 
I  feel  very  strongly  that  unless  we  really  have  this  as  the  underpin- 
ning of  our  health  care  reform,  I  do  not  care  how  you  fund  it  or 
who  pays  or  whether  it  is  single-payer,  multipayer,  or  whatever  it 
is,  if  we  do  not  really  have  prevention  as  the  underpinning  of  it, 
we  are  just  reshuffling  some  chairs,  and  we  are  really  not  going  to 
accomplish  much. 

So  I  have  four  things  that  I  would  like  to  cover  with  you,  and 
they  all  deal  with  prevention.  The  first  is  children.  It  has  to  do,  I 
guess,  with  the  immunization  problems  we  have  had.  I  mean,  we 
can  get  the  money  for  immunizations,  but  we  really  cannot  get  peo- 
ple in.  These  young  children  whose  mothers  are,  in  most  cases,  sin- 
gle mothers  are  barely  literate  and  low-functioning,  and  they  really 
just  have  no  incentive  to  bring  them  in.  I  am  wondering  again  are 
you  going  to  build  into  this  plan  both  the  carrot  and  the  stick  ap- 
proach— in  other  words,  incentives  to  get  these  people  in  on  the  one 
hand,  and  if  they  do,  they  see  some  tangible  benefits;  on  the  other 
hand,  if  they  do  not,  they  may  see  some  tangible  losses. 

I  am,  again,  hopeful  that  this  will  be  built  in  and  not  just  left 
up  to  the  plan  to  do  it,  because  I  fear  that  the  plan  in  terms  of  try- 
ing to  hold  costs  down  will  think  of  the  immediate  cost  and  not 
think  of  the  long-term  benefits.  That  is  what  Senator  Kennedy  was 
talking  about  in  terms  of  the  costs.  So  I  hope  that  will  be  built  in. 

Second,  prevention  in  schools,  or  school-based  prevention.  I  just 
read  an  interesting  statistic  in  Working  Mother  Magazine — you 
may  wonder  why  I  am  reading  Working  Mother  Magazine,  but  I 
was 

Senator  Mikulski.  I  am  taking  note  of  that. 

Senator  Harkin.  Less  than  one-third  of  the  children  in  elemen- 
tary school  now  receive  some  physical  exercise  or  physical  edu- 
cation during  the  day.  Again,  I  know  you  are  Secretary  of  the  De- 
partment of  Health  and  Human  Services,  and  this  gets  into  the  De- 
partment of  Education,  but  I  hope  we  can  break  this  down  in  some 
way  so  that  in  the  health  care  plan  that  we  are  looking  at,  we  can 
build  in  incentives  for  school-based  physical  exercise  and  physical 
education.  That  will,  again,  give  rewards  or  incentives  to  kids  to  do 
this. 

One  of  my  kids  is  in  elementary  school  in  Fairfax  County,  and 
they  have  physical  ed  every  day.  If  they  meet  certain  arm,  leg, 


222 

heart,  lung,  and  weight/height  goals,  they  actually  get  grades  for 
it.  It  is  built  into  their  grade  base,  which  sends  them  a  signal  that 
not  only  do  they  have  to  prepare  their  minds,  but  they  have  to  pre- 
pare their  bodies  also.  It  is  that  kind  of  thing  that  I  hope  will  be 
built  into  the  health  care  plan. 

The  third  part  of  that  is  the  school  lunch  program.  There  is  just 
too  much  fat  and  too  much  sodium  in  the  school  lunch  programs. 
Again,  I  know  that  is  not  under  your  jurisdiction,  but  it  sure  is 
part  of  the  health  problem  in  America  today.  These  kids  are  getting 
too  much  fat  and  too  much  sodium  in  their  school  lunches.  Again, 
this  has  got  to  be  built  into  this  health  plan. 

So  I  just  wonder  if  those  three  items — first,  incentives  for  low- 
income  mothers  to  bring  their  kids  in,  or  a  tangible  loss  if  they  do 
not;  second,  something  that  would  promote  physical  education  and 
physical  exercise  in  elementary  schools;  and  third,  focusing  on  the 
school  lunch  program — are  these  things  that  are  being  thought 
about  in  a  way  that  will  not  just  be  an  ancillary  thing  under  the 
health  care  program? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Senator,  let  me  answer  it  at  one  level,  and 
then  continue  the  conversation  with  you.  The  point  that  you  are 
making,  which  is  so  good,  is  that  if  you  are  really  committed  to  pre- 
vention, it  is  not  just  prevention  services  as  part  of  the  comprehen- 
sive benefit  package,  but  that  this  country  has  to  move  to  a  dif- 
ferent level,  whether  it  is  the  Department  of  Education  or  the  De- 
partment of  Transportation.  The  new  Secretary  of  Transportation 
is  very  interested  in  what  role  that  Department  can  play  in  rela- 
tionship to  prevention,  whether  it  is  seatbelts  or  other  kinds  of  de- 
signs. The  Department  of  Agriculture  has  already  initiated  some 
things  in  relationship  to  what  is  going  into  the  meals  that  our  kids 
are  getting.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  itself,  the  Clin- 
ton administration,  has  to  see  all  of  these  connections  way  beyond 
what  is  in  the  comprehensive  benefit  package 

Senator  Harkin.  That  is  very  true. 

Secretary  Shalala.  — and  it  is  that  kind  of  strategizing  that  we 
are  indeed  doing.  In  fact,  one  of  the  three  themes  of  the  Depart- 
ment that  is  not  just  focused  on  health  reform  is  prevention.  So  it 
is  not  only  prevention  for  us  under  the  assistant  secretary  for 
health,  but  it  is  also  the  assistant  secretary  for  children  and  fami- 
lies, the  head  of  the  office  of  aging — it  is  stretched  throughout  our 
Department  so  that  everyone  sees  prevention  as  one  of  the  major 
strategies.  That  is  exactly  the  way  we  are  thinking.  We  are  think- 
ing about  what  the  supporting  pieces  are  that  make  that  com- 
prehensive benefit  package  work. 

Senator  Harkin.  Yes,  because  I  think  a  lot  of  people  do  not  think 
about  the  school  lunch  program  as  being  part  of  a  national  health 
care  system.  I  say  it  is  vital  to  it,  vital  to  how  these  kids  start, 
what  they  eat  and  how  they  eat  when  they  are  in  grade  school. 

So  again,  I  just  hope  that  that  is  part  of  this  package. 

Second,  workplace  prevention.  Employers  are  going  to  pay  80 
percent,  employees  20  percent.  Some  companies  have  good  wellness 
programs  for  their  employees  where  they  give  incentives  to  their 
employees — if  they  quite  smoking,  if  they  meet  certain  goals,  cho- 
lesterol screening,  blood  pressure,  that  type  of  thing.  If  a  company 
has  a  wellness  program  which  can  meet  certain  goals  set  out  by  the 


223 

national  health  care  board,  I  think  they  should  also  get  an  incen- 
tive— may  be  a  reduced  rate;  maybe  they  should  not  have  to  pay 
so  much  in,  a  little  cut  rate,  to  encourage  and  give  incentive  to 
businesses  to  set  up  wellness  programs,  to  get  a  discount,  for  exam- 
ple. That  is,  again,  part  of  prevention. 

Now,  again,  you  run  into  the  costs — well,  we  lose  money  coming 
into  the  system.  Again,  that  is  what  I  am  afraid  of,  that  we  are 
going  to  look  at  the  up  front  costs  so  much  that  we  are  going  to 
forget  about  the  downstream  benefits  of  putting  more  into  preven- 
tion. 

Third,  as  you  said,  the  national  board  would  make  recommenda- 
tions on  preventive  measures  based  on  science.  Well,  this  gets  into 
my  whole  thing  about  research  and  that  we  have  to  focus  on  re- 
search. I  will  make  this  point  publicly  again  as  I  have  to  you  pri- 
vately many,  many  times.  We  had  a  big  debate  here  on  the 
superconducting  super-collider,  and  all  of  the  benefits  that  we  were 
going  to  receive  from  it — ephemeral  at  best,  maybe  20,  30,  50  years 
from  now — but  there  is  one  project  that  I  think  is  so  much  more 
important  than  the  collider  or  the  space  station  or  anything  else, 
and  that  is  the  Humane  Genome  Project.  That,  we  are  going  to  see 
tangible  benefits  from  immediately.  Dr.  Collins  tells  me  we  can  fin- 
ish that  project;  we  can  map  it  and  sequence  the  gene  by  the  year 
2000  if  we  have  enough  money. 

Now,  what  does  that  mean?  Well,  cost  savings.  Getting  back  to 
breast  cancer,  for  example,  not  every  woman  needs  a  mammogram. 
Some  women  do  not  get  breast  cancer.  If  we  can  find  the  genetic 
markers  that  indicate  which  women  are  susceptible  to  breast  can- 
cer, those  that  are  not  do  not  have  to  get  mammograms  every  year. 
Those  who  do  should,  at  an  earlier  age,  maybe  34,  35,  something 
like  that.  The  cost  savings  from  that  alone  will  be  remarkable. 

So  that  is  just  one  area,  and  we  can  do  this  by  1997,  1998.  But 
unless  we  put  the  money  into  the  Human  Genome  Project,  we  will 
not  have  that,  and  we  will  not  be  able  to  realize  those  cost  savings. 
I  know  you  agree  with  me  on  that,  but  I  just  wanted  to  make  that 
point  again  publicly,  that  we  are  not  getting  the  money  into  the 
Human  Genome  Project  that  we  ought  to  be  getting  into  it.  We  can 
finish  it,  and  we  will  finish  it  someday;  if  we  just  dribble  along 
now,  we  may  finish  by  2020  or  2030.  But  we  can  finish  it  by  the 
year  2000  and  map  and  sequence  the  entire  human  gene.  What 
that  will  do  for  us  in  terms  of  preventive  health  care  will  be  re- 
markable. 

Finally,  on  alternative  medicine,  just  to  pick  up  on  what  Senator 
Pell  said,  the  Eisenberg  study  showed  that  more  than  50  percent 
of  the  American  people  at  some  time  during  the  year  use  some 
form  of  alternative  medicine.  By  and  large,  a  lot  of  that  has  to  do 
with  gateway  procedures  in  terms  of  prevention  or  forestalling  and 
putting  off  more  serious  types  of  intervention  programs. 

I  recommend  to  you  a  study  that  was  done  and  just  released  by 
the  Province  of  Ontario.  Their  health  director  just  issued  a  study 
on  certain  alternative  health  measures,  and  I  would  recommend 
that  to  you.  And  again,  I  hope — I  do  not  know  what  is  going  to  be 
in  the  plan,  but  if  it  is  just  going  to  sort  of  obliquely  refer  to  alter- 
native methods  and  practitioners,  I  think  it  is  going  to  be  deficient. 


224 

I  think  it  has  to  incorporate  them  fully  into  the  plan,  and  I  hope 
it  will  do  so. 

Secretary  Shalala.  I  appreciate  your  comments,  Senator.  We 
talked  a  little  earlier  about  the  wellness  and  whether  there  should 
be  a  discount  on  the  plans.  We  had,  in  our  early  draft,  rejected  that 
because  we  felt  that  having  a  wellness  plan  was  in  the  economic 
interest  of  the  business  in  terms  of  the  productivity  of  their  work- 
ers, and  that  is  was  more  complicated  to  administer  something 
where  there  were  various  discounts  in  the  comprehensive  benefit 
package,  and  it  keeps  their  workers'  comp  costs  down,  so  there  are 
economic  incentives  for  wellness  plans.  But  certainly,  we  are  al- 
ways open  to  ideas,  and  we  should  keep  the  conversation  going 
about  the  whole  range  of  issues. 

On  research,  you  know  that  I  agree  with  you  that  the  best  kind 
of  prevention  strategy  for  this  country  is  fundamental  research. 
The  Human  Genome  Project  is  expected  sometime  this  year  to  give 
us  a  breakthrough  in  breast  cancer  research  where  we  will  be  able 
to  more  carefully  identify  those  women  who  are  at  high  risk.  But 
it  also  reflects  health  and  why  health  is  a  different  business;  that 
you  can  have  a  scientific  breakthrough  which  has  enormous  sav- 
ings, and  it  is  not  the  normal  kind  of  service  industry,  and  if  we 
do  not  keep  our  investments  in  research,  we  are  not  going  to  be 
able  to  both  contain  costs  and  improve  the  quality  of  health. 

So  I  see  research  as  part  of  the  prevention  strategy  of  this  coun- 
try, and  I  know  that  you  agree  with  that  conclusion.  All  I  can  say 
is  we  will  do  our  best. 

Senator  Harkin.  Well,  again,  I  hope  those  who  are  drafting  this 
plan  see  it  your  way. 

Secretary  Shalala.  I  also  want  to  thank  you,  Senator,  for  your 
enormous  and  very  quick  work  on  the  conference  committee  on  our 
appropriations.  We  really  appreciated  it  and  enjoyed  watching  the 
master  at  work. 

Senator  Harkin.  It  was  very  interesting. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Madam  Secretary,  could  you  just  elaborate  on  what  is  going  to 
come  out  with  regard  to  breast  cancer,  what  you  are  expecting  with 
regard  to  the  Human  Genome  Project? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes — in  the  prevention  package? 

The  Chairman.  No;  just  in  response  to  Senator  Harkin. 

Secretary  Shalala.  The  Human  Genome  Project — I  think  Sen- 
ator Harkin  may  well  want  to  comment,  since  he  has  talked  to  Dr. 
Collins,  too. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Harkin. 

Senator  Harkin.  Well,  they  are  very  close  to  finding  the  markers 
on  certain  genes  that  indicate  a  propensity  toward  breast  cancer. 
I  do  not  know  that  they  are  going  to  do  it  this  year,  but  they  are 
very  close  to  it.  We  already  have  some  preliminary  information  on 
that  that  I  have  spoken  to  him  about,  but  they  do  not  really  have 
it  quite  tied  down  yet. 

Again,  we  have  part  of  it  now  to  indicate  some  propensity,  but 
he  believes  we  will  probably  have  the  entire  gene  mapped  by  the 
end  of  1995,  early  1996.  They  are  working  on  certain  portions  of 
it  now — Huntington's  disease,  Parkinson's,  and  breast  cancer  is  an- 


225 

other  one— and  we  think  that  by  1996  or  1997,  we  will  have  it  both 
mapped  and  sequenced  so  that  we  will  have  a  definitive  marker  for 
a  propensity  to  breast  cancer.  What  will  come  out  shortly  this  year 
or  early  next  year  will  be  some  of  the  first  markers  on  that.  It  will 
not  be  comprehensive,  but  it  will  be  some  of  the  first  markers. 

Secretary  Shalala.  The  implications  of  it,  Mr.  Chairman,  are 
that  if  we  can  fine-tune  our  ability  to  identify  those  women  who  are 
more  likely  to  have  breast  cancer,  we  can  focus  our  resources, 
mammograms,  and  more  careful  screening  on  that  group  of  women. 
This  is  an  example  of  where  an  investment  in  basic  research — the 
creation  of  the  Human  Genome  Project— and  I  am  sure  when  Dr. 
Varmus  comes  up  for  his  confirmation  hearings,  he  will  be  talking 
about  the  range  of  new  scientific  discoveries  that  are  going  to  be 
possible  because  of  this  committee's  commitment  and  investment. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Mikulski. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Mikulski 

Senator  Mikulski.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Dr.  Shalala,  we  are  really  very  impressed  with  the  fact  that  the 
President  has  undertaken  to  give  us  a  benefit  package  that  focuses 
on  prevention,  primary  care,  and  personal  responsibility. 

I  think  what  you  are  hearing,  though,  in  today's  hearing  is  that 
we  are  now  in  a  postrhetoric  phase.  We  have  had  the  launch  strat- 
egy, we  have  had  the  momentum  strategy  in  terms  of  what  has 
come  out  of  the  White  House,  and  it  has  been  stunning.  But  what 
we  are  into  now  is  really  the  specificity  of  the  plan  and  the  direc- 
tion we  need  to  go  in,  and  I  think  this  is  the  nature  of  the  ques- 
tions that  you  are  getting.  f 

Mine  goes  to  a  preventive  aspect  particularly  related  to  women  s 
health  care,  and  we  appreciate  the  fact  that  the  President  has  real- 
ly taken  women  and  their  needs  seriously.  As  you  know,  the  pre- 
ventive aspects  that  are  talked  about  in  the  plan,  particularly  the 
diagnostic  screening  or  the  screening,  are  far  more  skimpy  than  is 
recommended  by  professional  associations,  whether  it  is  the  Amer- 
ican Cancer  Society,  the  American  Society  for  Ob-Gyn,  in  terms  of 
when  and  how  often  pap  smears  and  mammograms  are  being  done. 

Could  you  elaborate  on  whether  this  is  open  for  discussion;  was 
this  decision  based  solely  on  the  issue  of  cost,  and  how  do  we  pro- 
ceed with  this — because  I  am  getting  calls  that  say  hats  off  for  in- 
cluding this  in  the  first  place,  but  is  this  good  enough  to  really 
function,  or  is  this  a  hollow  victory. 

Secretary  Shalala.  All  of  the  decisions  about  the  prevention 
package  were  made  on  the  basis  of  the  latest  scientific  information, 
and  there  has  been  a  recent  panel  the  information  for  which  is 
starting  to  come  out  on  the  issue  of  breast  cancer  and  how  often 
women  need  mammograms. 

Whether  the  National  Cancer  Society  will  agree  with  those  find- 
ings or  not,  or  as  the  American  College  of  Physicians  and  the  other 
medical  groups  review  them,  we  believe  those  scientific  findings 
will  hold  up.  But  based  on  those  scientific  findings  we  have  modi- 
fied, as  I  reported  earlier,  Senator  Mikulski,  the  diagnostic  screen- 
ing for  breast  cancer  related  to  mammograms  and  to  breast  exami- 
nations and  added  the  high-risk  group,  the  definition  of  which  will 


226 

be  determined  by  the  national  board,  for  the  diagnostic  screening, 
with  mammograms  as  often  as  they  are  needed. 

So  in  addition  to  the  mammograms  for  women  over  50  which  re- 
flect the  scientific  evidence  to  date,  we  are  adding  the  high-risk 
group  for  regular  mammograms  with  no  copayment. 

Senator  Mikulski.  Dr.  Shalala,  are  you  saying  therefore  that  the 
"how  oftens"  and  at  what  age  groups  were  determined  not  on  the 
basis  of  cost,  but  on  the  basis  of  scientific  findings? 

Secretary  Shalala.  I  am,  but  in  addition 

Senator  Mlkulski.  Let  me  then  say  this.  Obviously,  these  find- 
ings are  under  dispute,  or  these  findings  are  not  well-known  and 
well-disseminated. 

Secretary  Shalala.  No. 

Senator  Mikulski.  At  the  risk  of  sounding  hubris  here,  I  pride 
myself  on  knowing  what  is  going  on  in  terms  of  the  diagnostic  as- 
pects related  to  women's  health.  We  are  all  wearing  these  little 
pink  ribbons  for  Breast  Cancer  Awareness  Month.  And  I  am  not 
nere  to  dispute  the  scientific  findings,  but  I  do  not  think  these  sci- 
entific findings  have  been  widely  promulgated.  I  think  they  are 
under  dispute.  And  if  in  fact  the  benefits  package  is  going  to  be  de- 
termined on  the  basis  of  science  and  not  cost,  which  would  indeed 
be  an  ideal  situation,  then  I  think  we  need  to  promulgate  that;  or, 
if  they  are  being  made  on  the  basis  of  cost,  say  that,  and  not  call 
it  scientific  findings. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Senator  Mikulski,  they  are  being  made  on 
that  basis;  they  are  under  review,  though,  and  one  of  the  reasons, 
since  we  are  using  the  latest  scientific  panel  findings,  we  need  to 
explain  what  we  are  doing  to  make  sure  that  we  cover  both  the 
high-risk  group  as  well  as  the  group  that  has  been  identified  for 
diagnostic  screening  according  to  the  scientific  findings  in  the  diag- 
nostic prevention  package.  But  any  woman  who  feels  that  she 
ought  to  get  a  mammogram  will  be  able  to  go  to  her  physician  and 
get  that  mammogram.  She  may  have  a  small  copayment  if  she  is 
not  either  in  the  high-risk  group  or  in  the  group  that  has  been 
identified  on  the  basis  of  scientific  research. 

Let  me  say  finally,  Senator  Mikulski,  that  I  agree  that  because 
we  are  making  these  decisions  now,  and  we  are  still  in  conversa- 
tion with  both  the  groups  and  with  members  of  Congress,  they  are 
not  finalized  on  this  whole  prevention  package,  but  will  be  in  the 
next  2  weeks.  One  of  the  reasons  that  you  and  I  committed  to 
science  and  to  scientific  findings  are  suspicious  is  because  we  basi- 
cally are  part  of  the  generation,  and  led  by  many  women  and  sup- 
)ortive  men  in  Congress,  who  had  to  drag  both  the  scientific  estab- 

ishment  and  the  health  community  into  focusing  on  women's 
lealth,  and  therefore  there  is  an  underlying  suspicion  by  all  of  us — 
and  that  includes  the  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Services. 
You  can  be  assured  that  both  Mrs.  Clinton  and  I  are  going  to  per- 
sonally look  at  the  package  of  women's  health  services  that  go  into 
this  package,  and  we  are  going  to  be  open  and  friendly  and  sup- 
portive and  relaxed  about  any  kind  of  discussion  we  have. 

Senator  Mikulski.  Dr.  Shalala,  I  appreciate  that.  I  have  been 
told  I  have  2  minutes,  and  I  really  have  some  other  questions  I 
want  to  get  in.  I  know  you  have  been  supportive,  and  I  agree  with 
your  statements. 


227 

My  questions,  though,  go  to  what  Senator  Gregg  talked  about 
and  also  many  of  the  questions  raised  by  Senators  Harkin  and 
Dodd.  We  need  to  know  what  this  is,  and  we  cannot  say  we  will 
drop  you  a  line  and  explain  that  maybe  you  can  get  a  mammogram 
if  you  need  it  and  if  it  is  medically  necessary.  There  is  a  great  deal 
of  confusion  about  this  plan.  There  is  a  great  deal  of  confusion 
about  what  triggers  what.  There  is  a  great  deal  of  suspicion  about 
the  health  alliances.  You  can  say  all  you  want  about,  well,  if  it  is 
medically  necessary  and  all  of  those  wonderful  things,  but  if  you 
have  solely  market-driven  health  alliances,  I  am  not  sure  how 
those  decisions  will  be  made,  and  a  lot  of  us  are  not  sure,  and  at 
the  same  time  we  are  being  very  friendly. 

So  we  are  laying  those  issues  out  and  hope  to  arrive  at  a  core 
benefit  package  with  diagnostic  screening  that  does  meet  the  test 
of  science,  and  good  science,  without  gender  blinders  on  it. 

But  I  want  to  go,  if  I  can,  just  to  one  other  issue,  Mr.chairman, 
with  your  indulgence,  as  cnairperson  of  the  Subcommittee  on 
Aging.  While  we  are  talking  about  this  health  insurance  reform, 
you  have  within  your  shop  the  Older  Americans  Act,  which  I  think, 
Dr.  Shalala,  is  one  of  the  core  components  in  preventive  services. 
Senator  Harkin  talked  about  the  children's  nutrition  program, 
the  school  lunch  program.  I  would  hope  that  as  part  of  the  preven- 
tive aspects,  you  would  also  look  at  those  feeding  programs  avail- 
able to  the  elderly,  both  the  meals-on-wheels  and  the  congregate 
services,  in  terms  of  what  they  need  in  terms  of  adequacy  and  the 
need  for  food  and  hydration. 

Second— and  this  is  really  a  heads-up  unless  you  want  to  com- 
ment>-as  the  chair  of  the  Subcommittee  on  Aging,  I  have  been  very 
concerned  about  the  uneven  nature  of  something  called  "geriatric 
evaluation  service"  that  are  provided  under  the  Older  Americans 
Act.  In  one  case,  they  relate  to  the  Francis  Scott  Key  program  in 
Maryland,  run  by  Johns  Hopkins,  that  we  used  for  my  own  father, 
that  included  a  comprehensive  physical,  neurological  and  psycho- 
logical evaluation.  When  he  became  ill,  that  is  how  we  were  led  to 
the  findings  on  Alzheimer's  disease.  But  that  is  not  replicated 
around  the  State  of  Maryland.  Every  county  has  its  own  geriatric 
evaluation,  and  in  some  places,  it  is  just  somebody  with  a  book  and 
a  list  of  phone  numbers.  That  is  not  adequate  for  geriatric  evalua- 
tion services  in  the  United  States  of  America.  It  has  to  be  com- 
prehensive, it  has  to  be  clear,  and  it  has  to  have  definite  uniform 
standards,  because  that  will  be  in  many  ways  the  gateway  to  these 
community-based  services  that  we  are  talking  about. 

So  I  really  urge  you  and  your  excellent  new  assistant  secretary 
for  aging  to  really  look  at  the  geriatric  evaluation  services,  because 
I  think  they  leave  a  lot  to  be  desired. 
Secretary  Shalala.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator. 
Just  a  quick  comment.  On  your  recommendation,  I  actually  per- 
sonally have  been  visiting  a  lot  of  the  feeding  centers,  the  nutrition 
centers,  that  serve  our  elderly  population  to  take  a  look  at  them 
across  the  country  myself,  as  we  think  through  what  are  the  appro- 
priate programs  and  policies. 

Second,  I  hope  when  we  come  in  in  a  couple  of  weeks  and  lav 
out  the  plan  and  talk  about  its  market  elements,  that  you  will 
begin  to  see  it  as  I  see  it,  and  that  is  as  a  consumer-driven  pro- 


228 

gram  with  consumer  protections  and  the  consumers  really  being  in 
the  driver's  seat.  If  we  have  not  quite  gotten  that  right,  I  am  sure 
that  I  will  hear  from  you,  but  would  also  assure  you  that  that  is 
exactly  the  direction  that  we  are  moving  in. 

Senator  Mikulski.  Mr.  Chairman,  you  have  been  generous  with 
your  time.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Wellstone. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

First,  Madam  Secretary,  I  would  like  to  commend  you  and 
Health  and  Human  Services  for  your  emphasis  on  preventive 
health  care  and  for  your  emphasis  on  outreach  into  community  and 
public  health.  I  think  it  is  extremely  important,  and  I  am  very 
pleased  that  you  are  here  today. 

Let  me  pick  up  on  a  couple  of  things  that  have  been  said — that 
is  the  one  advantage  of  waiting  and  being  at  the  end.  I  think  one 
of  the  things  you  have  heard  from  a  good  number  of  us  on  the  com- 
mittee today  is  that  it  is  important  not  to  over-promise,  and  the 
first  two  questions  people  ask  us  in  our  States  and  in  our  commu- 
nities is,  a)  will  I  be  covered  and  will  my  loved  ones  be  covered; 
and  b)  is  it  going  to  be  a  decent  package  of  benefits.  We  cannot 
scale  that  back.  That  is  the  contract  we  have  made  with  people. 
That  is  the  promise  that  has  been  made  to  people. 

Let  me  emphasize  what  Senator  Simon  mentioned  earlier.  I  do 
believe  that  co-pays  that  are  too  high,  especially  on  the  low-income 
end,  will  undercut  the  very  thing  you  are  trying  to  do  with  preven- 
tive health  care,  and  I  think  Senator  Simon  s  concern  was  right  on 
the  mark. 

Let  me  also  emphasize  that  in  your  definition  of  preventive 
health  care,  I  think  we  are  going  to  have  to  do  better  on  mental 
health,  because  50  percent  co-pays  on  outpatient  care  and  some  of 
what  we  have  done  with  mental  health  I  think  will  discourage  the 
ways  in  which  mental  health  can  really  be  preventive  health  care, 
and  I  will  give  an  example  in  a  moment. 

A  three-part  question.  First  of  all,  I  would  like  to  go  to  the  ques- 
tion Senator  Mikulski  raised,  and  this  is  the  thing  that  bothers  me 
the  most.  I  really  appreciate  where  we  are  at  right  now  in  the 
country,  and  thank  you  for  your  leadership.  But  quite  frankly,  yes- 
terday, in  talking  with  the  caregivers,  I  had  articles  from  the 
Washington  Post  and  the  New  York  Times  with  titles  like,  "Merger 
Mania,  Humana  Moving  into  Managed  Care,"  the  whole  danger  of 
oligopoly,  big  insurance  companies  targeting  these  managed  care 
networks.  And  I  have  to  tell  you,  if  they  compete  on  the  basis  of 
keeping  costs  down,  not  only  is  it  not  clear  to  me  whether  we  are 
going  to  have  collusion  as  opposed  to  competition,  but  it  is  also  not 
clear  to  me  whether  they  have  the  incentives  to  actually  provide 
good  care  to  poor  people,  who  are  the  most  expensive  people  to  deal 
with.  . 

So  the  question  becomes  in  terms  of  where  they  locate  their  serv- 
ices, whom  they  market  to,  whose  phone  calls  they  return,  whether 
they  are  culturally  sensitive,  whether  they  even  give  a  darn  if  the 
bottom  line  is  the  only  line.  People  ask  this  of  me,  Senator  Mikul- 
ski, in  inner  city  communities,  and  they  ask  the  same  thing  in 
small  town  rural  areas. 


229 

So  number  one,  where  do  poor  people  fit  in.  No.  2,  I  believe  in 
the  proposition,  and  I  think  my  colleagues  do,  that  whatever  plan 
we  are  able  to  afford  for  ourselves  and  our  children,  that  plan 
should  be  affordable  and  available  to  the  people  we  represent.  How 
do  we  avoid  these  tiers?  You  talked  about  choice — higher  tier,  aver- 
age price  plan,  and  low.  Low-income  people  will  be  in  the  lower 
price  plan.  They  do  not  really  have  a  choice  to  go  to  the  next  level 
up  or  the  next  level  up.  How  do  we  prevent  stratification  and  tiers 
built  into  this  whole  delivery  to  the  point  where  we  are  right  back 
to  where  we  do  not  want  to  go? 

And  then,  finally,  the  last  question  I  want  to  ask,  which  is  so  im- 
portant, and  I  am  hoping  to  get  a  strong,  affirmative  answer  from 
you,  and  if  you  have  specifics,  great — where  will  the  public  health 
infrastructure,  and  the  community  health  care  clinic,  and  the  fam- 
ily planning  clinics,  fit  in,  because  they  have  done  a  great  job  of 
being  out  there  in  the  community,  of  empowering  people,  where 
people  are  in  fact  able  to  have  more  control  over  the  services  and 
take  more  charge  over  their  own  lives.  And  frankly,  these  big  alli- 
ances or  networks,  many  of  them  run  by  insurance  companies,  are 
not  going  to  do  that.  They  are  not  going  to  do  that. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Thank  you,  Senator.  First,  let  me  tell  you 
that  our  bottom  line  is  quality,  access  and  quality.  While  the  Presi- 
dent's plan  obviously  would  like  to  and  intends  to  control  costs,  as 
I  have  said  in  other  places,  30  years  from  now  when  this  plan  is 
reviewed  by  the  people  and  by  historians,  it  will  be  measured  by 
whether  it  provided  quality  health  care  to  every  American,  not 
whether  it  provided  it  to  rich  Americans  as  opposed  to  poor  Ameri- 
cans. So  I  believe  that  the  bottom  line  and  the  design  of  the  plan 
begins  with  that  core  commitment. 

Second,  on  the  issue  of  the  organization  of  the  plan  and  how  do 
we  protect  the  underserved — but  more  importantly,  empower  the 
under  served — how  does  their  situation  get  better,  not  simply  be- 
cause they  get  a  health  card,  but  because  they  get  real  access  to 
quality  health  care — what  happens  to  minority  providers?  Do  they 
get  invited  in?  Do  they  have  a  chance  to  participate  in  some  of  the 
larger  plans?  What  if  a  group  of  doctors  get  together,  and  they  do 
not  belong  to  one  of  these  big  insurance  conglomerates;  are  they 
protected  in  the  system? 

Those  are  precisely  the  kinds  of  things  that  we  believe  we  have 
built  into  the  plan,  and  as  the  legislation  comes  up  here,  we  will 
have  detailed  discussions  with  you. 

Let  me  speak  specifically,  though,  to  the  group  that  we  call  es- 
sential providers,  and  that  is  the  community  health  centers,  the 
federally-sponsored  health  centers,  the  public  hospitals,  those  that 
are  currently  serving  low-income  people  and  have  done  it  after 
years  of  fine-tuning  and  working  with  great  sensitivity.  They  will 
very  much  have  a  part  in  this  new  health  plan. 

We  do  not  believe  that  simply  giving  every  person  in  America  a 
card  means  that  they  have  real  access,  means  that  they  can  suc- 
cessfully access  a  system  that  does  not  have  to  change.  Not  only 
will  those  essential  providers  be  protected  in  the  system,  because 
they  will  be  rejuvenated  with  a  public  health  piece  that  we  intend 
to  come  in  with,  but  we  intend  to  mandate  the  alliances  to  contract 


230 

with  them  for  the  provision  of  services,  and  they  will  very  much  be 
a  central  part  of  this  overall  strategy. 

So  that  you  will  see  in  the  public  health  initiative  that  we  bring 
in  as  part  of  the  overall  plan,  as  well  as  in  the  details  of  how  the 
alliances  are  going  to  work  themselves,  a  strong  role.  Now,  many 
of  those  institutions  will  be  in  better  shape  because  they  actually 
will  be  serving  people  whom  they  will  be  reimbursed  for.  They  can 
organize  in  some  cases  the  public  hospitals  themselves  into  plans. 
We  will  come  in  and  detail  the  kinds  of  strategies,  but  let  me  as- 
sure you  we  do  not  believe  that  we  can  simply  walk  away  from  ei- 
ther the  poor  or  the  working  poor  simply  by  giving  them  a  card  and 
some  choices  among  health  plans. 

Senator  Wellstone.  I  have  run  out  of  time,  but  just  a  quick  re- 
sponse to  your  response.  I  do  believe  that  community  health  care 
clinics  should  have  access  to  capital  and  assistance  so  they  can 
phone  their  own  networks,  so  they  do  not  have  to  work  for  one  of 
these  large  managed  care  plans,  which,  I  am  telling  you,  the  trend 
right  now  is  more  and  more  concentration.  So  I  do  not  think  they 
necessarily  will  want  to  have  to  work  for  a  plan  run  by  Signa  or 
Prudential  or  whatever,  number  one.  I  think  they  should  be  able 
to  do  that. 

The  second  thing  is  I  think  we  are  going  to  want  to  see  exactly 
what  expansion  of  resources  is  going  to  be  going  into  this  infra- 
structure of  delivery. 

My  final  point  is,  in  all  due  respect,  I  do  think  we  have  a  prob- 
lem of  incentives.  I  think  if  you  have  these  plans  competing  on  the 
basis  of  cost,  there  are  all  sorts  of  reasons  why  they  may  not  want 
to  include  a  lot  of  poor  people — and  then  we  are  going  to  have  to 
regulate  the  very  disincentives  or  distorted  incentives  and  create  a 
bureaucracy  that  we  do  not  want  to  create.  I  think  there  is  a  prob- 
lem here,  and  I  will  leave  it  at  that  right  now,  but  we  can  continue 
to  talk  about  it. 

Secretary  Shalala.  We  look  forward  to  working  with  you,  Sen- 
ator Wellstone.  I  hope  that  you  will  see  the  incentives  in  terms  of 
our  ability  to  work  with  these  community-based  programs  and  the 
public  hospitals  to  help  them  create  networks.  We  did  do  some 
thinking  in  this  area,  but  we  certainly  look  forward  to  both  the  con- 
versations and  whatever  changes  or  reorganizations  you  may  sug- 
gest. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Thank  you  very  much.  I  was  going  to  talk 
about  an  anger  management  program,  which  I  think  would  be  very 
relevant  to  all  of  us,  in  the  mental  health  field,  but  I  think  I  will 
just  put  that  question  to  you  later. 

Secretary  Shalala.  OK,  great. 

The  Chairman.  I  would  just  underscore  Senator  Wellstone's 
point  about  the  community  health  programs.  There  is  a  lot  of  con- 
cern that  with  the  emphasis  on  primary  care,  they  have  taken  a 
long  time  to  finally  get  their  doctors,  and  they  may  be  pulled  away. 
And  you  have  a  lot  of  them  who  do  receive — in  my  State,  about  half 
of  them  receive  Federal  funds;  others  do  not.  We  want  to  make 
sure  that  the  complex  issues  involving  those  community  health 
services  are  included  in  the  plan. 


231 

Secretary  Shalala.  And  we  are  actually  in  conversation  with 
your  staffs  about  the  community  health  centers  and  about  these 
initiatives. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Wofford. 

Senator  Wofford.  Mr.  Chairman,  despite  the  fact  I  am  at  the 
end  of  the  line,  I  have  no  anger  in  me  to  be  managed,  no  frustra- 
tion. I  am  in  fact  encouraged  tremendously  by  the  fact  that,  one 
after  another,  the  questions  I  wanted  to  ask  and  points  I  wanted 
to  make  sure  were  addressed  have  been  pressed  by  my  colleagues, 
and  it  encourages  me  to  believe  that,  together,  we  are  going  to  get 
at  this.  We  are  going  to  see  it,  look  at  it  from  all  angles,  and  we 
are  going  to  succeed  in  a  plan  that  makes  sense. 

I  am  also  encouraged  by  Secretary  Shalala's  candid  responses 
today,  and  in  Pennsylvania,  when  she  was  good  enough  to  spend 
the  day  and  night  up  there  with  us,  answering  all  kinds  of  ques- 
tions. And  I  spend  a  good  part  of  the  night  with  her  last  night,  lis- 
tening to  her— on  C-SPAN 

Secretary    Shalala.    I    am    glad   you    clarified    that,    Senator. 

[Laughter.] 

Senator  Wofford.  I  look  forward  to  more  evenings  like  that,  it 
is  my  addiction,  this  subject. 

So  I  will  just  ask  two  questions  now.  I  was  glad  to  see  that  the 
President's  plan  includes  new  funding  for  NIH  for  prevention  re- 
search related  to  both  the  biomedical  and  behavioral  aspects  of 
health  promotion  and  prevention.  I  am  interested  in  what  in  par- 
ticular is  planned  in  the  area  of  nutritional  research.  I  know  the 
National  Cancer  Institute  has  studied  the  relationship  between 
diet  and  cancer,  and  there  was  a  very  interesting  report  yesterdav 
on  the  link  between  prostate  cancer  and  dietary  fat.  Are  other  such 
efforts  planned,  and  what  efforts  will  be  made  to  disseminate  this 
information  to  the  public  on  a  regular  basis  so  individuals  can  act 
and  adapt  their  lifestyles? 

Secretary  Shalala.  Senator,  this  country  has  not  made  a  com- 
mitment to  nutritional  research  of  any  substantial  amount  in  many 
years,  almost  a  generation.  As  we  move  into  a  different  attitude 
and  a  different  investment  in  prevention,  nutrition  research  be- 
comes terribly  important.  So  that  it  is  not  only  the  National  Insti- 
tutes of  Health  in  terms  of  the  kind  of  primary  research  they  will 
be  doing,  but  behavioral  research  on  nutrition.  To  make  Americans 
healthier,  we  need  to  know  a  lot  more  about  what  people  eat  and 
in  what  quantities  and  the  range  of  nutritional  issues  so  that  that 
information  can  be  passed  on  not  only  to  the  individuals,  because 
part  of  this  new  health  care  strategy  is  individual  responsibility, 
but  also  to  health  care  providers  and  to  companies  that  provide 
meals  to  the  people  at  the  Agriculture  Department  who  work  with 
the  school  lunch  program.  I  mean,  there  is  a  range  of  issues  in 
which  we  need  to  take  a  big  step  up  in  terms  of  investment  and 
dissemination  strategy  to  have  an  impact  on  people's  behavior  and 
on  the  behavior  of  our  institutions.  . 

Senator  Wofford.  You  and  everyone  else  in  this  field  have  dis- 
covered that  another  really  encouraging  thing  is  the  degree  to 
which  this  whole  range  of  preventive  action  is  a  common  ground 
between  Republicans  and  Democrats,  the  administration  and  Con- 


232 

gress  and  the  people  in  the  field  on  the  front  lines  from  whom  we 
are  going  to  hear.  So  I  just  want  to  enthusiastically  ioin  in  that  em- 
phasis, to  hammer  further  that  point  here  and  with  the  American 
people. 

One  area  is  violence  and  the  connection  between  violence  and 
prevention  of  health  costs.  I  was  pleased  with  the  appointment  of 
Dr.  Satcher  from  Meharry  Medical  College  as  director  of  the  Cen- 
ters for  Disease  Control.  I  know  he  is  especially  interested  in  in- 
creasing efforts  in  violence  prevention.  Do  you  have  anv  existing  or 
future  plans  for  initiatives  in  this  area  that  you  would  like  to  talk 

about  today? 

Secretary  Shalala.  We  do,  Senator.  Attorney  General  Reno  and 
I  have  put  together  a  task  force  chaired  by  two  of  our  senior  col- 
leagues. In  my  case,  Peter  Edelman  is  chairing  it  for  HHS.  They 
are  focusing  initially  on  youth  violence  and  on  domestic  violence, 
and  we  expect  them  to  report  back  to  us  initially  by  the  end  of  the 
year  because  the  Attorney  General  and  I  are  very  anxious — this 
will  be  a  Government- wide  task  force  that  they  are  heading— we 
are  very  anxious  to  give  the  President  some  recommendations  that 
can  have  an  impact  on  not  only  how  our  agencies  behave,  but  strat- 
egies that  will  really  make  a  difference  in  working  with  commu- 
nities. 

We  see  violence  as  a  public  health  issue,  with  a  clear  public 
health  dimension,  and  believe  that  there  are  many  things  that  can 
be  done  in  our  communities  that  would  mitigate  against  violence, 
not  the  least  of  which  is  to  do  something  about  the  terrible  pro- 
liferation of  guns  in  our  communities  and  the  kind  of  hopelessness 
in  our  communities.  It  requires  an  integrated  strategy,  and  by 
merging  for  the  first  time  the  Department  of  Health  and  Human 
Services  and  the  Attorney  General  s  Office,  we  are  getting  a  clearer 
dimension  to  what  we  might  do  together. 

Senator  Wofford.  Well,  let  us  do  it,  because  as  Dr.  Satcher  said, 
if  violence  is  not  a  public  health  problem,  why  are  all  these  people 
dying  from  it. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Wofford. 

Madam  Secretary,  other  of  our  colleagues  are  here,  but  we  have 
a  situation  where  we  do  have  a  vote.  So  I  am  going  to  leave  the 
record  open  for  additional  questions,  and  what  I  would  like  to  do 
is  recess  briefly  and  then  hear  our  next  panel.  It  is  a  very  impres- 
sive panel,  and  we  want  to  hear  their  testimony.  So  if  that  is  agree- 
able with  the  members,  that  is  the  way  we  will  proceed. 

Senator  Gregg.  Mr.  Chairman,  is  it  possible  that  the  Secretary, 
after  we  get  these  numbers  and  the  backup  information,  will  be 
able  to  come  back  to  the  committee? 

The  Chairman.  Oh,  yes. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Yes,  certainly. 

The  Chairman.  She  has  said  she  would  be  delighted  to  do  that. 

Secretary  Shalala.  You  will  see  me  and  everyone  else  in  my  De- 
partment, Senator. 

Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

We  thank  you  very,  very  much  for  your  testimony.  It  has  been 
enormously  helpful  and  impressive,  and  it  is  obviously  an  area  that 


233 

this  committee  is  very  interested  in.  We  are  grateful  to  you  for 
your  presence. 

Secretary  Shalala.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Before  we  introduce  our  next  panel  I  have  state- 
ments from  Senators  Wofford  and  Hatch. 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Hatch 

Mr.  Chairman:  I  am  pleased  that  the  committee  is  holding  this 
hearing  today.  And,  I  am  even  more  pleased  that  Secretary  Shalala 
has  chosen  the  theme  of  prevention  for  her  first  health  care  reform 
testimony  before  the  Committee. 

Welcome  to  the  Committee,  Madame  Secretary.  It  is  always  good 
to  see  you. 

If  your  staff  has  done  its  job,  you  know  that  traditionally  three 
issues  are  certain  to  get  Orrin  Hatch's  immediate  attention:  AIDS; 
home  health;  and  prevention.  Today,  I'm  going  to  have  to  amend 
that  list  to  add  dietary  supplements  and  medical  devices,  and  I 
hope  these  are  issues  we  may  talk  about  at  another  more  appro- 
priate time! 

As  you  know,  I  have  long  been  a  champion  of  preventive  health 
initiatives.  I  am  glad  that  the  Administration  recognizes  they  must 
be  a  part  of  any  serious  health  care  reform  package.  If  we  had  been 
more  successful  in  promoting  prevention  over  the  past  decades,  we 
wouldn't  have  some  of  the  health  problems  we  face  today! 

In  a  July  22,  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  article,  Stanford 
University  Doctor  James  Fried  noted  that  "Preventable  illness 
makes  up  approximately  70%  of  the  burden  of  illness  and  the  asso- 
ciated costs."  He  showed  that  health  habits  have  a  strong  correla- 
tion with  health  insurance  claims  costs.  In  one  study  Dr.  Fried 
cited,  persons  at  low-risk  had  average  claims  of  $190,  whereas 
those  at  high  risk  at  claims  averaging  $1,550. 

The  implications  of  these  statistics  for  health  care  reform  are 
staggering. 

Madame  Secretary,  in  your  testimony  yesterday  on  the  House 
side  you  said  something  that  got  my  attention.  You  reminded  com- 
mittee members  that  "an  ounce  of  prevention  is  worth  a  pound  of 
cure,"  and  you  added  that  "until  now  we  have  been  a  country  that 
is  all  too  ready  to  spend  a  pound  while  conserving  our  ounces." 

There  is  a  lot  of  merit  in  what  you  said.  But,  while  it  may  be 
true  in  the  sense  of  overall  health  care  spending,  I  can't  help  but 
remember  some  of  those  battles  we've  had  over  on  the  Finance 
Committee.  Every  time  we  tried  to  authorize  any  new  spending  for 
prevention  activities,  we  were  told  it  couldn't  be  done  because  it 
would  "score"  and  we  did  not  have  "offsets"! 

So,  I  see  this  year's  debate  as  an  improvement  over  our  previous 
narrow-sighted,  budget-blinders  approach.  The  Administration's 
heightened  dialogue  on  health  care  reform  offers  the  country  the 
real  opportunity  to  shift  our  focus  away  from  short-term  struggles 
to  long-term  successes  in  the  area  of  prevention.  I  happen  to  be- 
lieve that  these  long-term  successes  will  result  in  substantial  cost- 
saving  as  well  as  life-saving. 

So,  I  will  reiterate  what  I  have  said  to  Mrs.  Clinton  in  our  meet- 
ings. I  want  to  work  with  you  and  Senator  Kennedy  and  Senator 
Kassebaum  as  this  process  unfolds.  There  is  no  issue  more  impor- 


234 

tant  than  health  care,  and  no  health  care  issue  more  important 
than  prevention. 

[The  response  to  questions  for  Secretary  Shalala  from  Senator 
Hatch  may  be  found  in  the  files  of  the  committee.] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Wofford 

Welcome  to  our  distinguished  witnesses.  Today  we  will  be  talking 
about  one  of  the  key  building  blocks  of  national  health  care  re- 
form— prevention.  Preventive  care  and  prevention  services  will  not 
only  help  control  spiralling  health  care  costs,  but  also  improve  the 
lives  and  health  of  our  nation's  families. 

The  economic  costs  of  the  lack  of  preventive  care  in  our  nation 
are  astounding.  The  lifetime  cost  of  treating  a  child  with  congenital 
rubella  can  be  as  high  as  $400,000,  vet  could  have  been  prevented 
if  the  mother  had  been  immunized  for  $30.  Care  for  the  tiny,  low- 
birthweight  babies  whom  Bill  Clinton  and  I  visited  last  year  at 
Pennsylvania  Hospital's  neo-natal  intensive  care  unit  ran  into  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  dollars  each.  But  if  their  mothers  had  re- 
ceived a  few  hundred  dollars  of  prenatal  care,  many  of  those  babies 
could  have  been  born  healthy.  I've  seen  cases  like  this  all  over 
Pennsylvania  and  indeed  they  exist  all  across  the  country. 

Of  the  over  $900  billion  we  spend  a  year  on  health  care,  less 
than  three  percent  is  spent  on  preventive  services,  and  a  large  per- 
centage of  the  rest  of  these  costs  could  be  avoided  through  appro- 
priate preventive  care.  It's  time  that  we  make  preventive  care — 
taking  the  measures  to  keep  people  from  getting  sick  and  keeping 
them  well — a  top  priority. 

More  importantly,  the  human  cost  of  this  lack  of  preventive  care 
is  devastating.  Our  country's  infant  mortality  rate  is  higher  than 
in  most  other  industrialized  countries,  and  for  nonwhite  babies  the 
statistics  only  get  worse.  Throughout  the  nation,  there  is  a  shock- 
ing rate  of  preventable  illness,  including  hypertension,  lead  poison- 
ing, AIDS  and  other  infectious  diseases,  particularly  among  inner- 
city  populations. 

Including  preventive  services  in  the  basic  benefits  package  is  a 
necessary  first  step,  but  we  also  must  ensure  that  all  Americans 
have  real  access  to  these  services.  We  can  do  this  by  investing  in 
our  public  health  delivery  system — a  major  vehicle  of  preventive 
care — and  by  increasing  our  investments  in  primary  care  health 
professionals.  Right  now  onlv  30  percent  of  our  nation's  doctors  are 
primary  care  physicians  and  70  percent  are  high-priced  specialists. 
We  need  to  focus  our  resources,  and  encourage  young  medical  stu- 
dents to  go  into  primary  care.  Because  through  these  investments, 
we  can  demonstrate  a  commitment  to  caring,  not  just  curing. 

We  also  need  to  encourage  people  to  change  unhealthy  behav- 
ior— the  kind  of  behavior  that  is  contributing  to  escalating  human 
and  economic  costs. 

Violence,  especially  in  our  inner-cities,  has  become  a  public 
health  crises.  It  has  reached  truly  epidemic  proportions — affecting 
even  toddlers,  as  tragically  demonstrated  this  past  week  in  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia.  Dr.  Satcher,  the  new  head  of  the  Centers  for  Dis- 
ease Control,  has  said,  "If  violence  is  not  a  public  health  problem, 
why  are  all  those  people  dying  from  it?"  Violence  is  a  leading  cause 
of  injury  and  death  and  we  must  work  to  stop  it. 


235 

The  links  between  our  behavior  and  our  health  are  obvious.  Peo- 
ple have  to  recognize  and  take  responsibility  for  the  costs  of  smok- 
ing, excessive  drinking,  and  lack  of  exercise.  One  of  the  key  ele- 
ments of  the  reform  the  President  and  I  both  want  to  see  is  respon- 
sibility. We  all  have  to  take  greater  responsibility  for  our  own 
health,  and  that  of  our  children,  to  make  health  care  reform  a  suc- 
cess. It  was  one  of  the  key  points  Secretary  Shalala  and  I  stressed 
in  a  visit  to  Harrisburg  this  past  Friday.  And  it  was  the  focus  of 
a  hearing  I  held  earlier  this  year  at  Temple  University. 

To  Secretary  Shalala  and  our  other  witnesses:  I  look  forward  to 
working  together  to  make  sure  that  the  prevention  cornerstone  is 
a  key  part  of  our  new  health  care  system. 

The  Chairman.  As  soon  as  we  return,  we  will  hear  from  rep- 
resentatives of  different  organizations  about  prevention  programs. 
Florence  Griffith  Joyner  is  here  from  the  President's  Council  on 
Physical  Fitness,  the  task  force  that  was  created  to  promote 
healthy  lifestyles  and  encourage  individuals  to  seek  preventive 
services  generally. 

Dr.  Irvin  Fleming  is  president-elect  of  the  American  Cancer  Soci- 
ety. Dr.  Charles  Francis  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of 
the  American  Heart  Association.  Dr.  John  Ludden,  from  my  home 
State,  represents  the  Harvard  Community  Health  Plan.  And  fi- 
nally, Dr.  Douglas  Henley,  with  the  American  Academy  of  Family 
Physicians. 

If  you  would  be  good  enough  to  come  forward,  we  will  recess 
briefly  and  then  resume  to  hear  your  testimony. 

[Recess.] 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

We  apologize  to  our  witnesses  for  the  interruption  and  for  their 
patience  here  this  morning.  The  testimony  you  will  give  is  enor- 
mously important,  and  we  are  particularly  honored  to  have  Flor- 
ence Griffith  Joyner  with  us  today.  I  think  all  Americans  have  been 
inspired  by  her  extraordinary  grace  and  sportsmanship  and  talent 
as  well  as  the  honor  she  has  brought  to  this  country  in  athletics 
as  well  as  respect  for  her  personally  and  her  strong  and  continuing 
commitment  to  all  Americans  in  the  area  of  physical  fitness  and 
sports. 

We  are  delighted  to  have  you  here  and  look  forward  to  hearing 
your  testimony.  And  if  you  would  like  to  introduce  your  husband, 
we  would  be  glad  to  welcome  him  as  well. 


236 

STATEMENTS  OF  FLORENCE  GRIFFITH  JOYNER,  CO-CHAIR, 
PRESIDENT'S  COUNCIL  ON  PHYSICAL  FITNESS  AND  SPORTS, 
WASHINGTON,  DC;  DR.  HtVIN  D.  FLEMING,  PRESIDENT- 
ELECT,  AMERICAN  CANCER  SOCffiTY,  WASHINGTON,  DC;  DR. 
CHARLES  K.  FRANCIS,  CHAHIMAN,  DEPARTMENT  OF  MEDI- 
CINE, HARLEM  HOSPITAL,  NEW  YORK,  NY,  AND  MEMBER  OF 
THE  BOARD  OF  DHIECTORS,  AMERICAN  HEART  ASSOCIA- 
TION, WASHINGTON,  DC;  DR.  JOHN  M.  LUDDEN,  MEDICAL  DI- 
RECTOR, HARVARD  COMMUNITY  HEALTH  PLAN,  BOSTON, 
MA;  AND  DR.  DOUGLAS  E.  HENLEY,  MEMBER  OF  THE  BOARD 
OF  DIRECTORS,  AMERICAN  ACADEMY  OF  FAMILY  PHYSI- 
CIANS, KANSAS  CITY,  MO,  AND  CHAHIMAN,  ACADEMY  COM- 
MISSION ON  PUBLIC  HEALTH  AND  SCD3NTIFIC  AFFAIRS 

Ms.  Joyner.  Thank  you  very  much,  yes.  A]  Joyner,  Olympic  gold 
medalist  from  1984,  and  he  is  also  training  for  the  Atlanta  Games 
in  1996. 

The  Chairman.  Good  to  see  you.  Thank  you. 

We  would  be  delighted  to  hear  from  you  now. 

Ms.  JOYNER.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

It  is  a  distinct  pleasure  and  honor  to  testify  before  this  commit- 
tee. When  I  talked  to  the  President  and  then  read  his  health  care 
reform  plan,  it  was  heartening  to  see  that  prevention  is  finally 
being  recognized  as  a  major  and  critical  factor  in  the  health  care 
arena. 

I  am  sure  all  of  us  agree  with  the  common  sense  wisdom  that 
President  Clinton  referred  to  in  his  address  to  the  Congress,  when 
he  reminded  us  that,  "All  our  mothers  told  us  that  an  ounce  of  pre- 
vention is  worth  a  pound  of  cure." 

But  as  a  Nation,  we  do  not  abide  by  that  lesson,  and  that  is  why 
the  obvious,  common  sense  preventive  measures  which  comprise 
the  President's  plan  will  reap  great  benefits  to  individual  health 
and  to  the  Nation's  economic  health. 

The  President's  proposal  includes  a  whole  range  of  achievable 
preventive  measures,  from  regular  checkups  to  a  comprehensive 
immunization  approach,  to  emphasizing  the  need  for  regular  exer- 
cise activity  for  all. 

All  of  the  preventive  prescriptions  proposed  in  the  health  care  re- 
form plan  echo  our  mothers'  mandate  to  take  that  "ounce  of  pre- 
vention," which  we  must  do  to  ensure  that  our  national  family  will 
not  be  faced  with  having  to  ensure  and  pay  for  the  inevitable  and 
expensive  "pound  of  cure." 

If  prevention  is  the  most  effective  approach  in  reducing  the  need 
for  medical  services,  then  physical  fitness  and  exercise  is  the  key- 
stone of  the  prevention  arch.  If  we  had  a  country  that  was  more 
fit,  we  would  need  far  fewer  medical  services;  we  would  substan- 
tially reduce  the  adverse  economic  impact  of  those  services;  we 
would  raise  the  overall  quality  of  life  and  have  a  far  more  produc- 
tive work  force. 

Despite  the  increasing  evidence  of  the  health  benefits  of  physical 
activity,  the  United  States  remains  a  predominantly  sedentary  so- 
ciety. Despite  the  well-known  fact  that  individuals  who  engage  in 
no  physical  activity  are  at  a  higher  risk  of  death  from  coronary 
heart  disease,  it  has  been  documented  that  nearly  60  percent  of  the 


237 

United  States  adult  population  reported  little  or  no  leisure  time 

physical  activity.  .       . 

This  fact  was  highlighted  last  year  when  physical  inactivity  was 
cited  by  the  American  Heart  Association  as  joining  high  blood  pres- 
sure, smoking,  and  elevated  cholesterol  levels  as  the  leading  causes 
of  heart  disease. 

The  fitness  of  our  youth  is  in  an  equally  disturbing  position. 
Youth  fitness  has  not  only  not  improved  over  the  last  10  years,  but 
in  some  cases  has  actually  declined.  Not  only  have  children  become 
fatter  since  1960,  but  40  percent  of  children  ages  5  through  8  show 
at  least  one  heart  disease  risk  factor— being  physical  inactivity, 
obesity,  elevated  cholesterol,  and  high  blood  pressure. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  American  body  politic  is  overweight,  out  of 
shape,  out  of  breath,  and  inactive  to  the  extreme.  If  America  is  to 
truly  get  serious  about  health  care  reform,  then  it  must  also  get 
serious  about  reforming  its  exercise  and  physical  activity  habits. 

Without  simple  but  effective  exercise  and  physical  activity  hab- 
its, even  the  most  ambitious  and  enlightened  health  care  reform 
program  will  be  handicapped  from  the  start. 

When  I  accepted  this  position  with  Tom  McMillen  as  co-chair  of 
the  President's  Council  on  Physical  Fitness  and  Sports,  President 
Clinton  stated  that  he  wanted  us  to  emphasize  fitness  for  all.  We 
recognize  that  our  message  must  be  targeted  to  different  segments 
of  our  population.  We  want  to  target  seniors  as  well  as  young  peo- 
ple. We  recognize  the  needs  of  special  populations  like  inner  city 
residents  and  Native  Americans.  We  understand  the  level  of  vio- 
lence that  permeates  our  society  and  the  value  of  exercise  and 
sports  in  reducing  tension  and  stress. 

If  we  are  to  be  successful  in  preaching  the  value  and  benefit  of 
exercise  and  fitness,  it  is  critical  that  exercise  and  fitness  be  recog- 
nized as  everyone's  responsibility  to  himself.  As  President  Clinton 
said  in  his  speech  on  health  care  reform,  "Too  many  of  us  have  not 
taken  responsibility  for  our  own  health  care." 

I  was  born  and  raised  in  Watts,  the  seventh  of  11  children.  My 
mother  instilled  in  her  children  the  values  of  independence  and  in- 
dividualism. She  stressed  the  need  to  perform  as  best  you  can  and 
served  as  my  role  model  and  inspiration. 

While  I  have  been  most  fortunate  in  my  athletic  career  and  en- 
deavors, I  consider  my  appointment  as  co-chair  to  be  my  greatest 
honor  as  it  allows  me  the  opportunity  to  communicate  the  value  of 
exercise  and  fitness  with  so  many  others.  At  the  Council,  we  envi- 
sion major  cooperative  efforts  with  business,  industry,  educational 
institutions,  and  nonprofit  and  grassroots  organizations,  to  high- 
light the  need  for  all  Americans  to  be  physically  ft.  We  value  the 
benefits  of  organized  team  sports  and  will  call  on  amateur  and  pro- 
fessional athletes  to  serve  as  role  models. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  will  also  need  the  help  of  your  committee,  the 
Cabinet,  members  of  Congress,  governors,  mayors,  and  locally- 
elected  officials  to  make  the  fitness  of  America  a  high  priority. 

We  want  to  emphasize  family  fitness.  Parents  must  recognize 
that  they  serve  as  the  primary  role  models  for  their  children  and 
should  be  encouraged  to  exercise  and  by  physically  active  with 
their  children  to  set  the  right  example. 


238 

We  need  to  instill  in  our  children  the  fact  that  exercise  should 
be  a  lifetime  habit.  Fitness  is  not  something  that  one  achieves  and 
then  moves  on  to  something  else.  Just  as  we  need  to  instill  in  our 
children  sound  eating  habits,  they  must  also  realize  that  to  live  as 
full  a  life  as  possible,  they  must  exercise  and  be  physically  active 
for  life. 

We  must  reach  out  to  the  adult  population  to  make  them  realize 
that  they  can  be  in  control  of  their  own  health  and  that  exercise 
is  critical  to  improving  their  quality  of  life.  There  is  a  critical  need 
to  substantially  change  this  country's  mind  set  regarding  sports, 
physical  activity,  recreation  and  fitness  from  that  of  a  spectator  to 
that  of  a  participant. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  thank  you  for  allowing  me  to  appear  before  this 
committee,  and  I  will  be  pleased  to  answer  any  questions  you  may 
have. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Dr.  Fleming,  please. 

Dr.  Fleming.  Mr.  Chairman,  it  is  a  real  pleasure  to  be  here  this 
afternoon  representing  the  American  Cancer  Society.  The  release  of 
President  Clinton's  comprehensive  health  reform  proposal  has 
launched  a  public  debate  that  has  been  in  the  making  for  decades, 
and  the  American  Cancer  Society  applauds  President  Clinton  and 
First  Lady  Hillary  Rodham  Clinton  for  recognizing  that  there  is  no 
more  time  for  delay. 

I  am  also  here  to  thank  the  members  of  the  Senate,  both  sides 
of  the  aisle,  for  the  leadership  many  of  you  have  shown  on  this 
issue.  I  implore  you  to  seize  the  moment  and  find  a  nonpartisan 
solution  to  the  health  care  crisis  confronting  America.  We  cannot 
afford  to  wait  any  longer. 

In  1989,  the  American  Cancer  Society  renewed  its  commitment 
to  address  health  care  reform  for  all  Americans,  particularly  those 
who  are  socioeconomically  disadvantaged,  and  developed  a  state- 
ment of  principles  which  summarized  the  cancer  control  needs  of 
the  Nation.  My  comments  this  afternoon  relate  primarily  to  Presi- 
dent Clinton's  plan,  but  we  will  be  in  the  next  few  weeks  analyzing 
the  other  major  congressional  proposals  according  to  these  prin- 
ciples. 

President  Clinton's  strong  position  on  prevention  and  health  pro- 
motion is  vital  to  improving  the  health  of  our  Nation's  citizens,  and 
the  ultimate  legislation  that  is  enacted  must  include  this  important 
component. 

An  emphasis  on  prevention  reduces  human  suffering  and  saves 
millions  of  dollars  in  the  treatment  of  avoidable  diseases.  President 
Clinton's  plan  provides  routine  preventive  health  exams  that  will 
offer  appropriate  risk  avoidance  and  health  education  for  all  Ameri- 
cans, including  nutrition  counseling,  skin  cancer  prevention,  and 
smoking  cessation. 

I  must  emphasize  that  smoking  kills  419,000  Americans  each 
year,  yet  accounts  for  one-third  of  all  cancer  deaths  and  robs  our 
economy  of  more  than  $68  billion  in  needless  health  care  costs  and 
lost  productivity.  Tragically,  3,000  teenagers  become  regular  smok- 
ers each  day  in  the  United  States.  Any  plan  adopted  must  include 
a  strong  educational  component  for  children  and  adults  about  the 
dangers  of  tobacco. 


239 

Research  is  showing  the  important  role  nutrition  plays  in  pre- 
venting and  reducing  certain  cancer  risks.  The  American  Cancer 
Society  has  incorporated  into  its  prevention  strategy  the  promotion 
of  comprehensive  school  health  education  in  order  to  educate  indi- 
viduals from  youth  about  risky  behavior  such  as  smoking  and  to- 
bacco use.  Statistics  reveal  that  among  all  age  groups,  just  three 
diseases — cancer,  heart  disease  and  stroke — account  for  nearly  70 
percent  of  all  deaths.  In  many  cases,  these  conditions  are  prevent- 
able and  are  substantially  due  to  behaviors  established  during 

youth. 

A  well-coordinated  education  program  for  grades  kindergarten 
through  12  will  provide  young  people  with  the  knowledge,  skills 
and  attitudes  needed  to  control  and  limit  behaviors  that  place  them 

at  risk. 

The  ability  to  detect  and  diagnose  cancer  in  an  early  stage,  while 
not  prevention,  is  critical  to  preventing  suffering  and  savings  lives 
from  cancer.  We  are  pleased  to  see  that  President  Clinton's  plan 
acknowledges  the  lifesaving  benefit  of  pap  smears,  pelvic  examina- 
tions, and  mammography.  The  coverage  of  pap  tests  and  pelvic 
exams  conforms  to  the  American  Cancer  Society's  recommendations 
for  asymptomatic  women. 

With  regard  to  screening  mammography,  the  plan  proposes  full 
coverage  every  2  years  for  asymptomatic  women  age  50  and  older. 
However,  according  to  Mrs.  Clinton,  every  woman  may  be  able  to 
have  a  mammogram  or  pap  smear  on  the  advice  of  her  physician 
if  she  is  at  risk  for  breast  or  cervical  cancer  or  has  symptoms  of 
these  diseases. 

The  American  Cancer  Society  acknowledges  this  attempt  to  en- 
sure access  for  all  women  for  whom  these  tests  are  appropriate. 
However,  we  have  some  concerns  about  how  reimbursement  is 
structured  for  asymptomatic  versus  at-risk  individuals. 

The  American  Cancer  Society  believes  that  a  diagnosis  of  breast 
cancer  in  an  early  stage  provides  a  woman  more  choices  in  terms 
of  treatment  and  may  substantially  reduce  her  suffering.  Until 
such  time  that  we  have  better  information  on  prevention  of  breast 
cancer  or  improved  detection  tests,  we  recommend  screening  by  the 
current  American  Society  guidelines. 

The  American  Cancer  Society  supports  a  $2  per  pack  increase  in 
the  cigarette  excise  tax  which  is  supported  by  the  majority  of  the 
American  public.  A  major  tax  increase  would  simultaneously  help 
pay  for  health  care  reform,  offset  the  enormous  burden  of  tobacco- 
related  diseases  and,  more  importantly,  discourage  millions  of 
young  people  from  beginning  to  smoke  in  the  first  place. 

In  closing,  Mr.  Chairman,  it  is  time  to  recognize  the  need  for 
sound,  effective  preventive  medicine  as  a  routine  part  of  health 
care  for  every  American.  The  American  Cancer  Society  will  work 
with  the  Clinton  administration  and  Congress  on  the  final  resolu- 
tion of  specific  plan  elements  as  they  relate  to  the  needs  of  millions 
of  Americans  living  with  cancer  and  every  American  who  may  po- 
tentially be  at  risk  for  cancer. 

Thank  you  for  the  privilege  of  being  here. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Fleming  follows:] 


240 

Prepared  Statement  of  Dr.  Irvin  D.  Fleming 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Committee,  it  is  a  privilege  to  be  here  this 
morning.  The  release  of  President  Clinton's  comprehensive  health  care  reform  pro- 
posal has  launched  a  public  debate  that's  been  in  the  making  for  decades,  and  the 
American  Cancer  Society  applauds  President  Clinton  and  First  Lady  Hillary 
Rodham  Clinton  for  recognizing  that  there  is  no  more  time  for  delay. 

I  am  also  here  to  thank  you,  Members  of  the  Senate  from  both  sides  of  the  aisle, 
for  the  leadership  many  of  you  have  shown  for  years  on  this  issue.  I  implore  you: 
seize  this  moment  and  find  a  nonpartisan  solution  to  the  health  care  crisis  confront- 
ing America.  We  cannot  afford  to  wait  any  longer. 

In  1989,  the  American  Cancer  Society  renewed  its  commitment  to  address  health 
care  reform  for  all  Americans,  particularly  those  who  are  socioeconomically  dis- 
advantaged, when  we  conducted  hearings  around  the  country  to  find  out  how  poor 
Americans  fare  when  they  are  diagnosed  with  cancer.  We  learned  that  deaths  from 
cancer  are  higher  among  groups  that  lack  knowledge  about  how  to  prevent  or  con- 
trol cancer  and  among  those  without  access  to  the  health  care  system.  To  address 
these  issues,  the  American  Cancer  Society  developed  a  Statement  of  Principles  on 
Health  Care  Reform  which  summarize  the  cancer  control  needs  of  this  nation.  My 
comments  this  morning  relate  primarily  to  the  Clinton  plan,  but  we  will  analyze 
each  proposal  according  to  our  Principles. 

President  Clinton's  strong  position  on  prevention  and  health  promotion  is  vital  to 
improving  the  health  of  our  nation's  citizens.  We  will  work  to  ensure  that  all  propos- 
als coming  from  Congress,  and  the  ultimate  legislation  that  is  enacted,  will  acknowl- 
edge and  include  this  important  component. 

Cancer  prevention  demands  education  and  regular  medical  care  to  empower  indi- 
viduals with  the  information  and  medical  tests  to  help  reduce  their  cancer  risks.  An 
emphasis  on  prevention  reduces  human  suffering  and  saves  millions  of  dollars  in 
the  treatment  of  avoidable  disease.  We  are  pleased  that  the  Clinton  plan  provides 
routine,  preventive  health  exams  that  will  offer  appropriate  risk-avoidance  and 
health  education  for  all  Americans,  including  nutrition  counseling,  skin  cancer  pre- 
vention, and  smoking  cessation. 

On  that  note,  I  must  emphasize  that  smoking  kills  419,000  Americans  each  year. 
It  accounts  for  about  30%  of  all  cancer  deaths,  and  it  robs  our  economy  of  more  than 
$68  billion  in  needless  health  care  costs  and  lost  productivity.  Tragically,  approxi- 
mately 3,000  teenagers  become  regular  smokers  each  day  in  the  United  States.  Any 
plan  adopted  must  include  a  strong  educational  component  for  children  and  adults 
about  the  dangers  of  tobacco  use. 

Research  is  showing  the  important  role  nutrition  plays  in  preventing  cancer.  For 
example,  individuals  who  are  40%  or  more  overweight  increase  their  risk  of  colon, 
breast,  prostate,  gallbladder,  ovary,  and  uterus  cancers.  Studies  have  likewise 
shown  that  daily  consumption  of  vegetables  and  fresh  fruits  is  associated  with  a  de- 
creased risk  of  lung,  prostate,  bladder,  esophagus,  colorectal,  and  stomach  cancer. 
As  mentioned  above,  cancer  prevention  demands  an  educated  population — edu- 
cated from  childhood  to  avoid  such  risky  behaviors  as  smoking  and  poor  eating  hab- 
its. In  light  of  this,  the  American  Cancer  Society  has  incorporated  into  its  preven- 
tion strategy  the  promotion  of  comprehensive  school  health  education.  Statistics  re- 
veal that  among  all  age  groups,  just  three  diseases — cancer,  heart  disease,  and 
stroke — account  for  nearly  70%  of  all  deaths.  In  many  cases,  these  conditions  are 
preventable,  and  are  substantially  due  to  behaviors  established  during  youth,  are 
interrelated,  and  persist  into  adulthood.  These  conditions  are  substantially  due  to 
the  use  of  tobacco,  excessive  consumption  of  dietary  fat  and  calories,  and  a  lack  of 
physical  activity.  A  well-coordinated  health  education  program  for  grades  K-12 
would  provide  young  people  with  the  knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes  needed  to  con- 
trol and  limit  behaviors  that  place  them  at  risk  for  preventable  illness  or  death. 

Another  extremely  important  focus  of  the  Clinton  plan  and  other  Congressional 
bills,  is  the  focus  on  early  detection  of  cancer.  The  ability  to  detect  and  diagnose 
cancer  in  an  early  stage,  while  not  prevention,  is  critical  to  preventing  suffering  and 
saving  lives  from  cancer.  The  American  Cancer  Society  estimates  that  we  could  save 
100,000  more  lives  this  year  alone  from  cancers  of  the  breast,  tongue,  mouth,  colon, 
rectum,  cervix,  prostate,  testes  and  melanoma  if  these  cancers  had  been  detected 
in  a  localized  stage  and  treated  promptly. 

We  are  pleased  to  see  that  the  Clinton  plan  acknowledges  the  life-saving  benefit 
of  some  of  the  cancer  detection  tests  that  the  American  Cancer  Society  has  rec- 
ommended. The  White  House  proposal  would  cover  Pap  smears  and  pelvic  exams 
that  follow  the  American  Cancer  Society's  guidelines  for  asymptomatic  women.  With 
regard  to  screening  mammograms,  the  jplan  proposes  full  coverage  every  two  years 
for  asymptomatic  women  50  and  older.  However,  according  to  Mrs.  Clinton,  in  addi- 


241 

tion  to  routine  coverage  under  the  "Preventive  Services"  section,  however,  every 
woman  will  be  able  to  have  a  mammogram  or  Pap  smear  on  the  advice  of  her  physi- 
cian, if  she  is  at  risk  for  breast  or  cervical  cancer,  or  has  symptoms  of  disease.  The 
American  Cancer  Society  acknowledges  this  attempt  to  ensure  access  for  all  women 
for  whom  these  tests  are  appropriate.  However,  we  are  concerned  that  the  tests  for 
at-risk  individuals  are  provided  as  "diagnostic"  exams  when  they  are  intended  as 
routine  screening  tests.  This  may  rely  too  heavily  on  health  professionals  to  discuss 
risk  factors  and  recommend  detection  tests  to  women  who  may  benefit  from  the 
exam.  Unfortunately,  one  of  the  primary  reasons  that  women  currently  do  not  get 
mammograms  is  that  doctors  do  not  recommend  the  exam. 

Finally,  every  woman  is  at  risk  for  breast  cancer,  and  that  risk  increases  with 
age;  will  this  complicate  procedures  unnecessarily  by  paying  in  full  for  an  exam  one 
year  but  not  in  other  years  if  it  is  appropriate?  Although  the  scientific  debate  on 
the  mortality  benefit  from  screening  younger  women  for  breast  cancer  is  still  going 
on,  and  screening  intervals  for  women  ages  50  to  70  needs  further  study,  the  Amer- 
ican Cancer  Society  believes  that  a  diagnosis  of  breast  cancer  in  an  early  stage  pro- 
vides a  woman  with  more  choice  in  terms  of  treatment  and  may  substantially  re- 
duce her  suffering,  a  benefit  that  may  be  lost  in  the  published  results  of  clinical 
trial  data.  This  is  an  important  question  when  looking  at  breast  cancer  incidence 
and  mortality  rates  among  minority  groups,  for  whom  lack  of  access  to  screening 
and  treatment  has  most  often  resulted  in  a  death  sentence.  The  American  Cancer 
Society  believes  that  a  careful  review  of  clinical  evidence  and  scientific  data,  as  well 
as  health  economics  considerations,  support  a  continuation  of  our  current  guidelines 
for  breast  and  cervical  cancer  detection  until  such  time  as  we  have  more  information 
about  mammography  and  other  detection  tests,  or  have  learned  how  to  prevent  the 
diseases. 

With  the  exception  of  mammograms  and  Pap  smears,  other  cancer-screening  tests 
and  clinical  examinations  recommended  by  the  American  Cancer  Society  are  not 
specifically  mentioned  in  the  plan  as  proposed.  The  American  Cancer  Society's  can- 
cer screening  guidelines  are  intended  to  be  used  to  guide  individuals  in  making  deci- 
sions about  their  routine  health  care  needs.  We  will  work  with  Congress  to  clarify 
these  issues  as  we  move  forward  in  finalizing  a  standard  benefits  package. 

Finally,  the  American  Cancer  Society's  expertise  is  in  the  area  of  cancer,  and  not 
in  health  care  financing.  However,  we  believe  that  in  order  to  ensure  universal  ac- 
cess to  health  care  coverage  and  to  focus  most  effectively  on  important  aspects  such 
as  cancer  prevention,  effective  cost-containment  strategies  must  be  implemented  to 
control  excessive  costs.  The  financing  of  universal  care  ought  to  come  from  both  the 
public  and  private  sectors  to  avoid  disproportionate  burdens  on  any  individuals  or 
groups.  We  applaud  the  President's  decision  to  require  everyone  in  America  to  share 
the  responsibility  for  ensuring  health  care  for  all  Americans. 

The  American  Cancer  Society  also  supports,  and  calls  on  President  Clinton  to  in- 
clude, a  $2.00  per  pack  increase  in  the  cigarette  excise  tax.  This  method  of  financing 
has  been  proposed  by  the  American  Cancer  Society  and  others,  and  is  supported  by 
66%  of  the  American  public.  A  major  tobacco  tax  increase  would  simultaneously 
help  pay  for  health  care  reform,  offset  the  enormous  burden  tobacco  imposes  on  our 
economy  and,  most  importantly,  discourage  miltions  of  young  people  from  beginning 
to  smoke  in  the  first  place. 

In  closing,  Mr.  Chairman,  it  is  time  to  recognize  the  need  for  sound,  effective,  pre- 
ventive medicine  as  a  routine  part  of  health  care  for  every  American.  We  must  build 
in  mechanisms  for  reimbursing  prevention,  effectively  transfer  the  scientific  knowl- 
edge available  to  practitioners  throughout  the  health  care  system,  stop  the  needless 
loss  of  life,  and  decrease  the  wastefulness  in  not  addressing  disease  before  it  has 
taken  hold.  The  American  Cancer  Society  will  work  with  the  Clinton  Administration 
and  the  Congress  on  the  final  resolution  of  the  specific  plan  elements  as  they  relate 
to  the  needs  of  the  millions  of  Americans  living  with  cancer,  and  every  American 
who  may  potentially  be  at  risk  for  cancer. 

Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  testify.  I  have  provided,  with  my  written  state- 
ment, a  copy  of  the  American  Cancer  Society's  Statement  of  Principles  on  Health 
Care  System  Reform  and  a  copy  of  health  care  reform  principles  developed  by  the 
voluntary  health  agencies  of  the  National  Health  Council,  together  representing  150 
million  Americans  and  their  families  living  with  disease,  disability  or  other  health 
disorder. 


242 

American  Cancer  Society 

statement  of  principles  for  health  care  system  reform 

Background 

The  American  Cancer  Society  (ACS)  is  the  nationwide,  community-based,  vol- 
untary health  organization  dedicated  to  eliminating  cancer  as  a  major  health  prob- 
lem by  preventing  cancer,  saving  lives  from  cancer  and  diminishing  suffering  from 
cancer  through  research,  education  and  service. 

Despite  major  advances  in  cancer  prevention  and  control,  millions  of  poor  and  un- 
derserved  Americans  are  dying  needlessly  because  they  lack  access  to  those  services 
because  of  serious  gaps  in  the  current  health  care  system.  An  estimated  37  million 
Americans  are  uninsured,  and  an  additional  60  millions  are  thought  to  have  inad- 
equate health  insurance  coverage.  This  group  includes  many  cancer  patients  who 
are  "uninsurable"  due  to  their  diagnosis  of  cancer.  Today,  with  the  United  States 
facing  an  uncertain  economic  situation,  spiraling  health  care  costs  and  health  care 
cost-shifting  have  combined  to  widen  the  access  gap  already  felt  by  millions.  Every 
year,  one  million  Americans  will  lose  their  health  insurance  because  they  lose  their 
jobs  or  develop  a  serious  illness.  This  will  further  inflate  the  number  of  individuals 
and  families  made  vulnerable  to  cancer  and  other  diseases. 

In  1989,  the  American  Cancer  Society  conducted  a  series  of  hearings  around  the 
nation  to  speak  directly  to  socioeconomically  disadvantaged  persons  of  all  racial, 
ethnic  and  cultural  backgrounds  to  learn  about  the  problems  they  face  in  obtaining 
health  care.  We  also  spoke  to  persons  in  these  communities,  including  community, 
religious  and  business  leaders,  social  workers  and  community  health  professionals, 
who  understand  the  culture  of  poverty  and  how  that  impacts  the  health  of  poor  and 
underserved  Americans.  We  learned  about  obstacles  to  care:  lack  of  knowledge  about 
how  to  prevent  or  control  cancer,  and  real  and  perceived  barriers  in  the  current 
health  care  system.  At  the  conclusion  of  these  hearings,  our  major  findings  were 
summarized  in  A  Report  to  the  Nation:  Cancer  and  the  Poor.  They  include  the  fol- 
lowing truths. 

Poor  people  lack  access  to  quality  health  care  and  are  more  likely  than  others 
to  die  of  cancer. 

Poor  people  endure  greater  pain  and  suffering  from  cancer  than  other  Ameri- 
cans. 

Poor  people  face  substantial  obstacles  in  obtaining  and  using  health  insurance 
and  often  don't  seek  needed  care  if  they  can't  pay  for  it. 

Poor  people  and  their  families  must  make  extraordinary  personal  sacrifices  to 
obtain  and  pay  for  health  care. 

Cancer  education  and  outreach  efforts  are  insensitive  and  irrelevant  to  many 
poor  people. 

Fatalism  about  cancer  prevails  among  the  poor  and  prevents  them  from  gain- 
ing quality  health  care. 

The  American  Cancer  Society  believes  that  a  health  care  delivery  system  should 
work  in  a  way  that  makes  it  easy  for  people  to  obtain  necessary  care.  Individuals 
should  be  empowered  with  the  necessary  information  and  tools  to  share  responsibil- 
ity for  their  own  health  care.  As  a  nation,  we  must  turn  our  attention  to  these  seri- 
ous unmet  health  care  needs.  The  American  Cancer  Society  believes  that  all  Ameri- 
cans should  have  unimpeded  and  facilitated  access  to  comprehensive  quality  health 
care  services.  This  care  includes  cancer  prevention  and  regular  proper  medical  treat- 
ment and  continuing  medical  care.  It  is  the  role  of  the  American  Cancer  Society  to 
focus  the  attention  of  policy  makers  at  all  levels  of  government  on  this  problem  and 
participate  in  the  debate  by  providing  important  information  about  the  cancer  con- 
trol needs  of  poor  and  underserved  Americans  which  can  be  incorporated  into  pro- 
posals for  health  care  system  expansion,  reform  or  restructure. 

The  American  Cancer  Society  relieves  that  the  United  States  is  capable  of  deliver- 
ing high  quality,  state  of  the  art  medical  care  to  every  citizen  in  the  United  States. 
The  Society  also  believes  that  this  point  is  well  demonstrated  by  many  components 
of  our  current  health  care  delivery  system  which  benefit  a  large  segment  of  the  pop- 
ulation. The  Society  recognizes,  however,  that  serious  gaps  exist  in  accessibility,  af- 
fordability,  and  quality  oi  health  care  for  many  Americans  which  must  be  addressed 
now  by  the  nation  as  a  whole.  Health  care  reform  in  the  United  States  must  deal 
collectively  with  the  complex  and  interrelated  concepts  of  access,  cost  and  quality 
in  health  care.  To  sacrifice  one  concept  for  another  simply  postpones  the  debate  and 
the  ability  to  implement  necessary  comprehensive  reforms. 

Thus,  the  American  Cancer  Society  Delieves  that  a  balanced  approach  to  health 
care  reform,  encompassing  elements  of  patient  accessibility  and  nondiscrimination, 


243 

aflbrdability  and  availability  of  care,  standardization  of  covered  services,  insurance 
market  reform,  system  administration  reform,  health  care  cost  containment,  provi- 
sions for  quality  assurance,  technology  assessment  and  practice  guidelines,  and  edu- 
cation of  the  public  and  health  care  professionals,  will  best  achieve  its  goals  with 
respect  to  the  delivery  of  cancer  prevention  and  control  services  in  the  United 
States. 

Eligibility 

All  persons  have  the  right  to  health  care,  regardless  of  employment  status,  ability 
to  pay,  or  preexisting  health  conditions. 

Coverage  and  benefits 

The  U.S.  health  care  system  must  provide  for  continuity  and  portability  of  health 
insurance  benefits  to  ensure  universal  access. 

Coverage  should  address  the  continuum  of  care  and  include  cancer  prevention, 
early  detection,  diagnosis,  treatment,  rehabilitation,  and  long-term  care.  More  spe- 
cifically, covered  services  should  include,  but  not  be  limited  to: 

Cancer  Prevention:  regular,  routine  medical  care  to  identify  and  reduce  risks  for 
cancer  from  environmental  and  occupational  exposures;  information  about  lifestyle 
choices,  including  diet  and  nutrition,  and  use  of  tobacco  and  alcohol;  and  limiting 
exposure  to  sunlight. 

Cancer  Early  Detection:  appropriate,  effective  cancer  early  detection  tests  lor 
asymptomatic  persons,  according  to  guidelines  of  the  American  Cancer  Society,  the 
National  Cancer  Institute  and  other  appropriate  medical  experts;  and  targeted  as- 
sessments for  individuals  and  family  members  at  high  risk  for  cancer. 

Cancer  Diagnosis  and  Treatment:  medically-appropriate  tests  for  the  diagnosis  of 
cancer,  treatment  for  cancer  which  includes  all  medically-appropriate  prescription 
drugs,  therapies  or  modalities,  including  those  prescribed  for  pain  management; 
clinical  trials  of  experimental  protocols;  and  related  services. 

Cancer  Rehabilitation:  a  range  of  services,  including  physical  therapy,  prostheses 
and  medical  devices,  psychosocial  counseling,  occupational  therapy,  and  all  related 

services.  . 

Long-Term  Care:  chronic,  rehabilitative,  home-based,  nursing  home,  and  respite 
care  services  to  enhance  the  quality  of  life  of  cancer  patients  and  their  families.  Em- 
phasis should  be  placed  on  patient  autonomy  and  responsibility.  Avoid 
pauperization  of  the  cancer  patient  and  his  or  her  family. 

Delivery  of  Health  Care  Services 

Encourage  patient  choice,  autonomy  and  responsibility  for  the  cost  and  use  of 
health  care  services  through  continued  educational  and  other  appropriate  strategies. 

Medical  benefits  should  be  provided  in  a  variety  of  health  care  settings. 

Health  care  delivery  systems  should  be  organized  to  reduce  fragmentation  of 
available  community  services. 

Health  care  reform  proposals  should  ensure  continued  and  expanded  support  of 
the  U.S.  Public  Health  Service  and  the  community-based  health  infrastructure  for 
the  delivery  of  necessary  health/cancer  care  services. 

Simplification  of  the  system 
All  persons  should  have  unimpeded  and  facilitated  access  to  the  health  care  sys- 

Administration  of  the  U.S.  health  care  delivery  system  should  be  simplified  to  re- 
duce costs  and  maximize  resources  for  actual  health  care  services.  Standardize  bill- 
ing, claims,  and  utilization  review  procedures  to  significantly  reduce  the  administra- 
tive costs  of  health  care  delivery,  to  ensure  uniformity  in  coverage  and  benefits,  and 
to  control  fraud  and  abuse  in  the  system. 

Quality  assurance 

Quality  assurance  standards  should  be  required  to  ensure  that  tests  are  safe  and 
g  ffo  c  t  i  v© . 

Technology  assessment  and  the  development  of  medical  practice  guidelines  should 
be  encouraged  to  provide  important  information  on  the  quality,  effectiveness  and 
cost-savings  potential  of  cancer  prevention  and  control  services. 

Cost  containment 

To  ensure  access  to  health  care  for  people  confronted  by  the  cancer  problem,  it 
is  essential  that  appropriate  cost  containment  strategies  be  implemented  at  all  lev- 
els to  control  excessive  health  expenditures. 


244 

Administration  and  financing 

Increase  the  federal  cigarette  excise  tax  by  at  least  $2.00  per  pack  as  a  means 
of  financing  changes  in  the  health  care  system  to  expand  health/cancer  care  access 
for  all  Americans  and  ensure  an  appropriate  level  of  cancer-related  services. 

Administration  of  health  care  should  be  provided  through  an  appropriate  com- 
bination of  public  and  private  sector  mechanisms  that  will  improve  access  to  such 
care. 

The  financing  of  universal  health  care  should  avoid  placing  disproportionate  bur- 
dens on  any  individual  or  sector  within  society. 

Medical  research 

In  addition  to  health  services  research,  health  system  reform  should  promote  con- 
tinued innovation  and  progress  through  medical  research. 

Senate  Republican  Health  Care  Reform  Plan 

This  Analysis  of  the  Senate  Republican  (GOP)  plan  is  taken  from  an  outline  of 
the  legislation  and  is  subject  to  change.  This  Analyst  was  prepared  on  the  date 
shown  Delow.  Previous  Copies  of  this  Analyst  should  not  be  referenced. 

The  assumptions  made  are  those  of  the  sponsors  of  the  Senate  GOP  plan,  and  the 
American  Cancer  Society  is  basing  its  responses  on  those  assumptions  at  this  time. 
As  more  details  about  the  plan  become  available,  the  America  Cancer  Society  will 
be  able  to  more  closely  examine  the  provisions  to  determine  impact  on  cancer  con- 
trol. Future  analyses  may  result  in  interpretations  different  from  those  contained 
in  this  document. 

October  1,  1993 

National  Health  Council— Mission  and  Goals 

The  National  Health  Council  is  a  private,  nonprofit  association  of  national  organi- 
zations which  was  founded  in  1920  as  a  clearinghouse  and  cooperative  effort  for  vol- 
untary health  agencies.  To  work  more  extensively  for  the  public  interest,  the  Coun- 
cil expanded  its  membership  to  encompass  professional  and  other  membership  asso- 
ciations, health  related  nonprofit  agencies,  business  corporations,  and  federal  gov- 
ernment agencies. 

The  Council's  MISSION  is  one  of  enabling  its  member  organizations  to  work  to- 
gether effectively  to  promote  the  health  of  all  Americans  with  a  strong  sense  of 
human  concern,  especially  for  vulnerable  people. 

Specifically,  the  Council  strives  to  achieve  the  following  GOAI^S: 

1.  To  stimulate  greater  public  awareness  of  health  and  health  related  concerns: 

a.  by  encouraging  inquiry  and  research  in  health  matters  of  mutual  interest,  and 

b.  by  disseminating  health  related  information. 

2.  To  strengthen  cooperative  efforts  among  health  related  private  sector  organiza- 
tions, and  between  the  private  and  governmental  sectors:  a.  by  facilitating  the  shar- 
ing of  ideas,  resources  and  leadership  in  the  health  field,  b.  by  promoting  a  deeper 
appreciation  of  public  policy  issues  and  other  extrinsic  forces  affecting  health,  and 

c.  by  maintaining  open  channels  of  communication 

3.  To  foster  collaborative  activities  among  voluntary  health  agencies  that  will  pro- 
vide accountability  and  public  confidence  in  their  programs:  a.  by  maintaining  and 
monitoring  high  standards  of  public  accountability,  b.  t>y  assisting  voluntary  health 
agencies  to  meet  such  standards,  c.  by  stimulating  high  levels  of  management  per- 
formance, and  d.  by  entering  into  selective  advocacy  on  public  policy  matters  affect- 
ing voluntary  health  agencies. 

The  National  Health  Council  wants  all  Americans  to  take  care  of  themselves  and 
to  use  health  resources  wisely  so  that  they  can  lead  independent  and  productive 
lives. 

Consumer  Voice  in  Health  Care  Reform 

In  1992,  37  million  Americans  had  no  health  insurance.  The  number  of  uninsured, 
moreover,  does  not  take  into  account  the  tens  of  millions  of  Americans  now  living 
with  disease,  disorder,  or  disability  who  daily  encounter  problems  with  our  health 
care  system.  These  individuals  are  the  true  victims  of  the  health  care  crisis;  yet, 
they  are  consistently  denied  access  to  care  because  of  their  pre-existing  physical  or 
mental  conditions. 

For  over  a  year,  thirty-two  voluntary  health  agencies  (VHAs)  have  come  together 
through  the  National  Health  Council — an  organization  created  73  years  ago  to  im- 
prove the  health  of  all  Americans,  particularly  those  most  vulnerable  in  society. 
These  VHAs  put  aside  their  individual  concerns  in  favor  of  cooperation  to  draft  a 


245 

set  of  principles  that  we  assert  must  be  included  in  every  health  care  reform  pro- 
posal. ,  ... 

Throughout  the  health  care  reform  debate,  the  consumer  voice  has  been  missing. 
Altogether,  the  voluntary  health  agencies  listed  to  the  side  represent  over  150  mil- 
lion Americans  and  their  families  who  cope  with  serious  and  chronic  conditions.  As 
a  group,  we  urge  President  Clinton  and  the  Congress  to  consider  our  principles  and 
guarantee  their  inclusion  in  the  health  care  reform  debate  and  final  solution. 

Be  it  resolved:  Consumers  must  be  afforded  an  active  role  in  the  formation  of  na- 
tional health  care  policy:  therefore,  the  undersigned  Voluntary  Health  Agency 
(VHA)  Members  of  the  National  Health  Council  call  upon  the  Congress  and  the 
President  of  the  United  States  to  enact  comprehensive  health  system  reform  em- 
bracing the  following  principles: 

Eligibility:  Health  care  is  a  right  for  all  Americans.  Our  national  health  care  sys- 
tem must  guarantee  universal  access,  regardless  of  employment  status,  ability  to 
pay,  or  pre-existing  conditions. 

Personal  health  and  public  education:  Individual  responsibility  for  health  is  cru- 
cial to  an  effective  health  care  system.  All  sectors  of  society,  both  public  and  private, 
must  be  encouraged  to  provide  comprehensive  health  education,  thereby  empower- 
ing individuals  to  become  active  and  aware  of  their  responsibility  for  positive  health 
behavior,  disease  prevention,  and  maintenance  of  healthy  lifestyles. 

Coverage  and  benefits:  Coverage  must  address  the  continuum  of  mental  and  phys- 
ical health  care  including  preventive,  acute,  chronic,  rehabilitative,  and  long-term 

Health  care  services  should  be  effective,  appropriate,  and  timely.  Medical  effec- 
tiveness is  defined  by  research  findings.  Appropriateness  is  determined  by  the  pa- 
tient, the  family,  and  the  health  care  team. 

Health  care  plans  and  benefits  should  be  portable  so  that  continuity  of  coverage 
is  not  affected  by  changes  in  an  individual's  employment,  geographic  location,  phys- 
ical or  mental  condition,  dependent  status,  or  ability  to  pay. 

Health  care  system  reform  must  include  incentives  to  encourage  a  more  equitable 
distribution  of  health  care  providers  to  ensure  access  to  care  in  rural,  inner  city, 
or  otherwise  underserved  areas. 

Cost  Containment:  The  administration  of  the  health  care  system  must  facilitate 
patient  access  to  care.  The  administrative  process  of  the  health  care  system  must 
be  simplified  and  standardized  for  all  payers,  thus  reducing  costs  and  maximizing 
resources  for  actual  health  care  services. 

To  ensure  universal  access,  reimbursement  to  providers  should  reflect  fairly  the 
costs  of  providing  services. 

Medical  liability  reform  is  essential  to  ensure  availability  of  health  care  services 
and  to  reduce  the  need  for  and  burden  of  defensive  medicine. 

Results  of  outcomes  research  and  technological  assessment  studies  should  be  ana- 
lyzed regularly  to  determine  the  efficacy  of  procedures,  equipment,  and  drugs  used 
in  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  illness. 

Financing:  The  financing  of  universal  health  care  should  avoid  placing  dispropor- 
tionate burdens  on  any  individual  or  sector  within  society. 

The  Chairman.  I  recognize  Senator  Pell,  who  has  another  en- 
gagement and  just  wanted  to  ask  a  question. 

Senator  Pell.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  just  had  one  question,  really,  for  Ms.  Joyner,  whom  I  have  long 
admired.  Is  the  direct  relationship  between  physical  fitness  and 
health  is  as  real  as  you  believe,  or  can  you  sometimes  find  people 
who  are  not  physically  active,  who  seem  to  do  just  as  well? 

Ms.  Joyner.  I  think  there  is  a  great  relationship  between  those 
who  are  physically  fit  and  those  who  are  not.  No.  1,  if  you  take  the 
statistic  of  those  suffering  from  heart  disease,  certain  cancers, 
women  with  osteoporosis,  they  were  not  educated  on  how  to  become 
involved  in  how  to  become  involved  in  some  type  of  physical  activ- 
ity, which  can  prevent  the  onset  of  those  diseases. 

So  yes,  the  benefits  of  exercise  in  connection  with  a  good  diet  can 
help  prevent  the  diseases  that  are  killing  so  many  Americans  daily. 

Senator  Pell.  I  come  from  this  State  where,  I  think  more  than 
many  other  States,  people  are  less  active  and  more  sedentary,  and 


246 

I  was  just  curious  as  to  how  you  thought  we  could  turn  people 
around. 

Ms.  Joyner.  Well,  when  you  look  at  the  State  of  Illinois,  it  is  the 
only  State  that  requires  some  kind  of  physical  education  curricu- 
lum for  children  from  kindergarten  through  12th  grade.  Well,  that 
is  disturbing  because  a  lot  of  the  programs  have  been  cut,  and 
what  we  are  seeing  for  the  last  10  years  is  unfit  children;  that  kids 
involved  in  physical  activities  have  declined.  It  is  disturbing  that 
we  are  putting  lunch  programs  together  that  are  making  the  statis- 
tics go  up  even  higher,  where  we  have  added  more  fat  to  the  kids' 
diets,  they  are  not  exercising.  What  is  the  solution?  Putting  more 

Physical  fitness  activities  into  the  schools.  It  should  mandatory, 
here  should  not  be  only  one  State  where  it  is  required;  we  should 
take  a  better  look  at  the  State  of  health  of  kids  throughout  the 

country. 

Senator  Pell.  Thank  you.  I  think  if  we  follow  your  advice,  we 
will  have  fewer  what  we  call  "couch  Americans." 

Ms.  Joyner.  Couch  potatoes. 

Senator  Pell.  And  I  appreciate  the  chairman  letting  me  come  in 
this  way  out  of  order. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Pell  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Pell 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  thank  you  for  holding  today's  hearing  on  a  topic 
near  and  dear  to  my  heart:  the  role  of  prevention  and  wellness  in 
a  reformed  health  care  system.  I  am  particularly  glad  that  Sec- 
retary Shalala  is  here  to  testify  on  this  important  subject,  and  be- 
lieve that  her  presence  is  an  indication  of  the  importance  that  the 
President  and  First  Lady  attach  to  the  role  of  prevention  and 
wellness  in  our  health  care  system. 

I  have  several  questions  that  I  would  like  to  ask  Secretary 
Shalala  regarding  mammograms,  pap  smears,  and  other  preventive 
services,  after  she  completes  her  testimony.  So  I  will  defer  any  fur- 
ther remarks  to  that  time. 

I  do  want  to  thank  all  of  today's  witnesses  for  appearing  and  as- 
sure them,  and  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  this  is  an  area  of  the 
President's  plan — and  of  health  care  reform — that  I  intend  to  pur- 
sue fully  in  the  coming  months. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Dr.  Francis. 

Dr.  Francis.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

On  behalf  of  the  American  Heart  Association,  I  would  like  to 
thank  the  committee  for  affording  me  the  opportunity  to  be  here 
today. 

I  am  Dr.  Charles  Francis,  a  member  of  the  American  Heart  Asso- 
ciation Board  of  Directors  and  professor  of  clinical  medicine  at  the 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Columbia  University,  and 
chairman  of  the  department  of  medicine  at  the  Harlem  Hospital 
Center  in  New  York  City. 

The  American  Heart  Association  is  a  nonprofit,  voluntary  health 
organization,  funded  by  private  contributions.  The  goal  of  the  asso- 
ciation is  to  reduce  disability  and  death  from  cardiovascular  dis- 
ease and  stroke.  To  support  this  goal,  the  American  Heart  Associa- 


247 

tion  has  contributed  more  than  $1  billion  to  cardiovascular  re- 
search and  has  developed  educational  programs  designed  to  pro- 
mote health  and  to  prevent  and  reduce  the  risk  of  heart  disease 
and  stroke. 

The  position  of  the  American  Heart  Association  to  date  has  been 
guided  by  our  five  principles  on  access  to  health  care.  These  are  at- 
tached to  my  testimony.  We  feel  these  are  critical  to  any  health 
care  reform  package.  We  are  pleased  that  the  President's  plan  con- 
tains provisions  addressing  all  of  these  principles,  although  we  are 
still  looking  into  the  details  of  the  plan. 

We  are  also  pleased  to  hear  that  the  President  and  the  First 
Lady  talk  about  many  of  the  objectives  contained  in  our  five  prin- 
ciples, particularly  the  high  priority  given  to  preventive  health  ben- 
efits. 

The  administration  has  clearly  taken  a  leadership  role  in  setting 
the  tone  and  direction  for  the  debate  on  health  care  reform.  It  is 
clear  that  the  administration  is  committed  to  improving  health  care 
for  all  Americans,  and  we  are  greatly  appreciative  of  the  effort  and 
sincerity  that  the  administration  has  given  to  this  issue. 

The  focus  of  today's  hearing  provides  the  perfect  opportunity  to 
discuss  our  third  principle  of  access  to  health  care — "Coverage  for 
preventive  care  must  be  part  of  any  proposal  for  health  care  ac- 
cess," and  there  is  indeed  a  critical  need  to  have  preventive  health 
services  made  available  to  all  Americans. 

We  believe  that  prevention  can  have  a  major  impact  on  the 
health  of  all  American  people.  This  is  especially  true  of  heart  dis- 
ease and  stroke  because  of  the  considerable  available  knowledge 
about  methods  to  prevent  these  diseases. 

Unlike  many  organizations  that  will  undoubtedly  testify  at  the 
numerous  hearings  on  health  care  reform,  the  Heart  Association 
has  no  special  interest  or  for-profit  motivation.  What  guides  our  po- 
sition and  our  policies  are  the  250  million  Americans  who  are  can- 
didates for  cardiovascular  disease  and  stroke. 

As  you  know,  Mr.  Chairman,  heart  disease  and  stroke  which  are 
the  number  one  and  number  three  killers  of  Americans  account  for 
over  930,000  deaths  each  and  every  year.  We  know  that  behavior 
modification  can  reduce  these  deaths,  and  we  know  that  preventive 
health  services  provide  the  most  effective  means  of  behavior  modi- 
fication. 

The  Heart  Association  has  developed  a  package  of  basic  preven- 
tive cardiovascular  services  that  should  be  part  of  basic  medical 
coverage.  The  benefit  package  that  is  attached  to  my  testimony  has 
been  approved  by  our  Heart  Association  scientific  advisory  council. 
This  preventive  package  reflects  accepted  procedures  and  principles 
for  the  prevention  of  cardiovascular  diseases. 

The  National  Heart,  Lung  and  Blood  Institute's  National  Choles- 
terol Education  Program's  Adult  Treatment  Panel  II  update,  re- 
leased in  June  of  this  year,  confirms  the  AHA's  recommended  pre- 
ventive services  package. 

In  the  past  3  decades,  great  strides  have  been  made  in  the  pre- 
vention and  treatment  of  heart  disease,  with  a  resulting  decline  in 
cardiovascular  deaths,  mainly  attributed  to  lifestyle  changes.  Peo- 
ple are  paying  much  more  attention  to  modifiable  risk  factors  such 
as  high  cholesterol,  cigarette  smoking,  hypertension,  physical  inac- 


248 

tivity,  obesity,  and  elevated  blood  sugar.  If  the  current  health  care 
reform  debate  stresses  the  implementation  of  preventive  measures, 
we  anticipate  a  major  impact  on  the  health  of  individuals  and  the 
public. 

The  Heart  Association  believes  that  a  basic  medical  plan  should 
include  the  following  basic  cardiovascular  preventive  services:  blood 
pressure  checks,  cholesterol  screenings,  electrocardiograms,  exer- 
cise stress  testing,  counseling,  and  medications,  of  course.  We  do 
not  believe  that  every  procedure  should  be  available  on  demand, 
and  the  attached  document  provides  in  detail  when  and  for  whom 
these  procedures  should  be  done. 

I  would  like  to  stress  the  importance  of  counseling  at  the  pri- 
mary care  level.  Periodic  preventive  counseling  regarding  the  in- 
take of  fat,  cholesterol,  complex  carbohydrates,  sodium,  potassium, 
and  caloric  balance,  and  the  need  for  a  regular  exercise  program, 
is  critical.  For  those  people  who  are  at  high  risk  with  high  choles- 
terol levels,  we  recommend  that  dietary  therapy  with  monitoring 
and  long-term  follow-up  by  a  physician,  a  registered  dietician,  or  a 
licensed  nutritionist  be  covered  under  the  health  plan. 

I  would  also  like  to  mention  the  importance  of  primary  preven- 
tion of  hypertension.  As  a  member  of  the  Fifth  Report  of  the  Joint 
National  Committee  on  Detection,  Evaluation,  and  Treatment  of 
High  Blood  Pressure — commonly  referred  to  as  JNC-5 — we  rec- 
ommended that  for  people  who  are  at  high  risk  for  the  development 
of  hypertension,  particularly  African  Americans,  persons  with  high 
normal  blood  pressure  or  with  a  family  history  of  hypertension, 
that  they  moderate  their  sodium  intake,  reduce  consumption  of  cal- 
ories, increase  regular  physical  activity,  and  moderate  alcohol  con- 
sumption. 

Providing  coverage  for  counseling  on  tobacco  prevention  and  ces- 
sation is  also  very  important  to  the  AHA.  Tobacco  use  is  the  num- 
ber one  preventable  cause  of  death  in  the  United  States,  and  we 
know  that  most  smokers  would  like  to  quit  but  cannot. 

We  also  know  that  smoking  cessation  programs  work  and  that 
they  are  cost-effective.  But  AHA  believes  that  only  proven  and  ef- 
fective programs  should  be  covered  and  only  if  they  are  conducted 
by  appropriate  and  qualified  individuals. 

In  fact,  the  Agency  for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research  is  now 
developing  practice  guidelines  on  smoking  cessation  and  preven- 
tion. 

We  are  presented  with  a  great  opportunity  now  to  provide  en- 
couragement to  smokers  to  quit.  That,  coupled  with  increased  ex- 
cise taxes  and  increased  regulation  of  tobacco  products  by  the  FDA, 
would  have  a  tremendous  impact  on  decreasing  tobacco  use 
throughout  the  country. 

At  the  present  time,  as  a  result  of  the  tremendous  political  influ- 
ence of  the  tobacco  industry  over  the  year,  there  is  no  Federal 
agency  that  regulates  tobacco  products  for  health  and  safety  pur- 
poses. This  is  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  tobacco  accounts  for  over 
400,000  deaths  and  is  the  single  most  preventable  cause  of  death 
in  our  society. 

It  is  time  to  change  this  scenario,  time  to  provide  the  public  with 
assurances  and  protections  that  we  provide  for  other  chemical  sub- 
stances in  the  marketplace.  I  hope,  Mr.  Chairman,  that  the  tobacco 


249 

issue  and  its  importance  to  public  health  does  not  get  lost  in  the 
health  care  reform  debate.  Too  many  Americans  have  died  because 
Congress  has  failed  to  pass  legislation  to  adequately  regulate  this 
product,  and  many  more  will  die  if  action  is  not  taken. 

Mr.  Chairman,  prevention,  both  educational  and  for  the  medical 
profession  and  other  health  providers,  has  an  integral  role  to  play 
in  health  care  reform.  The  American  Heart  Association  has  public 
education  programs  to  inform  people  and  providers  on  how  to  re- 
duce risks  of  heart  diseases.  These  efforts  would  be  greatly  com- 
plemented by  a  comprehensive  health  care  plan,  public  education 
programs  which  are  accessible  to  all  and  that  include  preventive 
cardiovascular  health  care  as  outlined  in  our  attached  documents. 

Thank  you  very  much  for  your  time  and  consideration. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Francis  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Dr.  Charles  K.  Francis 

On  behalf  of  the  American  Heart  Association,  I  would  like  to  thank  the  committee 
for  affording  me  the  opportunity  to  be  here  today.  I  am  Dr.  Charles  Francis,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  AHA  Board  of  Directors  and  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine  at  the  College 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Columbia  University  and  Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Medicine  at  the  Harlem  Hospital  Center  in  New  York  City. 

The  American  Heart  Association  is  a  non-profit,  voluntary  health  organization 
funded  by  private  contributions.  The  goal  of  the  association  is  to  reduce  disability 
and  death  from  cardiovascular  diseases  and  stroke.  To  support  this  goal  the  AHA 
has  contributed  more  than  one  billion  dollars  to  cardiovascular  research,  and  has 
developed  educational  programs  designed  to  promote  health,  and  to  prevent  and  re- 
duce the  risk  of  heart  diseases  and  stroke. 

The  position  of  the  AHA  to  date  has  been  guided  by  our  five  principles  on  Access 
to  Health  Care,  which  are  attached  to  my  testimony,  and  which  we  feel  are  critical 
to  any  health  care  reform  package.  We  are  pleased  that  the  President's  plan  con- 
tains provisions  addressing  all  of  these  principles,  although  we  are  still  looking  into 
the  details  of  the  plan.  We  are  also  pleased  to  hear  the  President  and  the  First  Lady 
talk  about  many  of  the  objectives  contained  in  our  five  principles,  particularly  the 
high  priority  given  to  preventive  health  benefits. 

The  Administration  has  clearly  taken  a  leadership  role  in  setting  the  tone  and  di- 
rection for  the  debate  on  health  care  reform.  It  is  clear  that  the  Administration  is 
committed  to  improving  health  care  for  all  Americans,  and  we  are  greatly  appre- 
ciative of  all  the  work,  effort,  and  sincerity  that  the  Administration  has  given  to  this 
issue. 

The  focus  of  today's  hearing  provides  the  perfect  opportunity  to  discuss  the  AHA's 
third  principle  of  Access  to  Health  Care:  "Coverage  for  preventive  care  must  be  part 
of  any  proposal  for  health  care  access",  and  that  there  is  a  critical  need  to  have  pre- 
ventive health  services  made  available  to  all  Americans. 

We  believe  that  prevention  can  have  a  major  impact  on  the  health  of  the  Amer- 
ican people.  This  is  especially  true  of  heart  disease  and  stroke  because  of  the  consid- 
erable available  knowledge  about  methods  to  prevent  them. 

The  need  for  access  to  preventive  services  is  plain  in  the  face  of  the  fact  that  there 
are  250  million  Americans  who  are  candidates  for  cardiovascular  disease  and  stroke. 
As  you  know,  Mr.  Chairman,  these  two  diseases,  which  are  the  No.  1  and  No.  3  kill- 
ers of  Americans,  account  for  more  than  930,000  deaths  each  and  every  year.  We 
know  that  behavior  modification  can  reduce  these  deaths  and  we  know  that  preven- 
tive health  services  provide  the  most  effective  means  of  behavior  modification. 

As  advocates  for  people  who  suffer  from  cardiovascular  diseases  and  their  fami- 
lies, we  are  pleased  that  we  are  seeing  progress  in  research,  education  and  healthier 
lifestyles.  Unfortunately,  we  still  face  daunting  problems: 

•  In  1990,  heart  and  blood  vessel  diseases  killed  more  than  930,000  Ameri- 
cans^— more  than  two  out  of  every  five  deaths. 

•  Of  the  current  U.S.  population  of  about  250  million  people,  more  than  70  mil- 
lion suffer  some  form  of  cardiovascular  disease,  in  many  cases  with  a  reduction 
of  the  quality  of  life. 


250 

•  Heart  diseases  and  stroke  are  not  only  a  threat  to  the  elderly.  More  than 
161,000  Americans  under  the  age  of  65  die  from  cardiovascular  disease  each 
year. 

•  Cardiovascular  diseases  and  stroke  cost  $117.4  billion  in  1993,  which  includes 
$75.2  billion  for  hospital  and  nursing  home  services;  $17.9  billion  for  physician 
and  nurse  services;  $6.7  billion  for  drugs;  and  $17.6  billion  in  lost  productivity. 

In  the  past  three  decades,  great  strides  have  been  made  in  the  prevention  and 
treatment  of  heart  disease  with  a  resulting  decline  in  the  cardiovascular  death 
rates,  mainly  attributed  to  lifestyle  changes.  But,  since  up  to  50%  of  heart  attack 
victim's  first  warning  is  sudden  death,  there  is  little  opportunity  for  treatment,  and 
prevention  offers  the  only  hope. 

In  1990,  an  estimated  392,000  coronary  artery  bypass  procedures  were  performed 
on  262,000  patients  at  an  estimated  expenditure  of  over  $9  billion.  Should  all  heart 
attack  prone  individuals  be  treated  surgically,  resources  to  defray  the  costs  would 
not  be  available.  This  is  true,  even  more  so,  for  heart  transplants,  which  constitute 
a  frequent  treatment  for  end-stage  heart  disease.  The  technological  treatments  for 
heart  disease  such  as  angioplasty,  thrombolytic  therapy,  antiarrhythmic  drugs,  and 
pacemakers  are  not  curative.  More  importantly,  such  procedures  can  do  nothing 
about  the  underlying  process,  atherosclerosis  (the  hardening  of  arteries),  which  is 
the  principal  cause  of  the  problem. 

It  seems  obvious  that  more  effort  should  be  directed  to  preventive  approaches. 
Atherosclerosis  begins  in  young  adulthood  and  it  may  be  decades  before  clinical  dis- 
ease is  manifest.  While  we  do  not  fully  understand  all  of  the  causes  of  heart  disease, 
large  epidemiologic  studies  have  identified  risk  factors  and  strategies  to  reduce  the 
risk.  These  modifiable  risk  factors  include  high  total  cholesterol  levels  in  the  blood, 
cigarette  smoking,  hypertension,  and  physical  inactivity. 

There  has  been  a  significant  reduction  in  cardiovascular  mortality  in  the  U.S.  due, 
in  large  part,  to  the  public's  adopting  a  more  healthful  lifestyle.  This  underscores 
the  importance  of  encouraging  the  medical  profession  to  assume  a  preventive  pos- 
ture. More  and  more  evidence  is  accumulating  showing  that  atherosclerotic  plaques 
in  arteries  can  regress  even  in  individuals  with  advanced  disease. 

Unlike  many  organizations  that  will  undoubtedly  testify  at  the  numerous  hear- 
ings on  health  care  reform,  the  AHA  has  no  special  interest,  or  for-profit  motivation. 
What  guides  our  position  and  policy  are  the  250  million  Americans  who  are  can- 
didates for  heart  disease  and  stroke. 

We  have  developed  a  package  of  basic  preventive  cardiovascular  services  that  we 
believe  should  be  a  part  of  basic  medical  coverage.  The  benefit  package  that  is  at- 
tached to  my  testimony  has  been  approved  by  the  AHA  Science  Advisory  Commit- 
tee, and  it  reflects  accepted  procedures  and  principles  for  the  prevention  of  cardio- 
vascular diseases.  The  National  Heart,  Lung  and  Blood  Institute's  National  Choles- 
terol Education  Program  (NCEP)'s  Adult  Treatment  Panel  II  update,  released  in 
June  of  this  year,  confirms  the  AHA's  recommended  preventive  services  package. 

The  AHA  believes  that  a  basic  medical  plan  should  include  the  following  basic 
cardiovascular  preventive  services:  blood  pressure  checks,  cholesterol  screenings, 
electrocardiograms,  exercise  stress  tests,  counseling  and  medications.  We  do  not  be- 
lieve that  these  procedures  should  be  provided  to  everyone  on  demand;  the  attached 
document  details  when  and  for  whom  these  procedures  should  be  done. 

I  would  like  to  stress  the  importance  of  counseling  at  the  primary  care  level.  Peri- 
odic preventive  counseling  regarding  the  intake  of  fat,  cholesterol,  complex  carbo- 
hydrates, sodium,  potassium,  and  caloric  balance  and  the  need  for  a  regular  exercise 
program  is  critical.  For  those  people  who  are  at  high  risk  with  high  cholesterol  lev- 
els, we  recommend  that  diet  therapy  with  monitoring  and  long-term  follow-up  by 
a  physician,  registered  dietician  or  licensed  nutritionist  be  covered  under  the  health 
plan. 

Preventive  services  can  also  make  a  large  impact  on  recurrence  of  disease  in  those 
who  have  already  had  a  heart  attack  or  surgery.  The  AHA  urges  the  committee  to 
insure  that  that  coverage  is  available  for  secondary  preventive  services,  namely, 
treatment  after  an  angioplasty.  We  believe  that  patients  who  have  already  been 
treated  for  cardiovascular  disease  should  have  health  care  coverage  for  diet  counsel- 
ing, drug  therapy  counseling,  rehabilitation,  smoking  cessation  and  exercise  counsel- 
ing. Clearly,  secondary  prevention  measures  are  highly  cost  effective,  as  well  as  an 
essential  treatment  for  patients  who  we  know  are  in  trouble. 

Providing  coverage  for  counseling  on  tobacco  prevention  and  cessation  is  also  very 
important  to  the  AHA,  and  we  have  noted  that  President  Clinton's  plan  would  in- 
clude this  under  the  substance  abuse  treatment  benefit.  Tobacco  use  is  the  leading 
cause  of  preventable  death  and  disability  in  the  United  States.  We  are  presented 
with  a  great  opportunity  right  now  to  provide  the  encouragement  that  they  need. 


251 

Each  year  tobacco  use  kills  434,000  Americans  and  burdens  our  health  care  system 
with  $65  billion  in  direct  medical  costs  and  lost  productivity.  Tobacco  use  is  linked 
to  heart  disease,  high  blood  pressure,  stroke,  cancer  of  the  lung,  larynx,  trachea, 
pancreas,  bladder  and  lip  and  respiratory  diseases.  Smokers  also  have  increased 
problems  with  colds,  pneumonia,  influenza  and  bronchitis. 

But  above  and  beyond  the  need  to  ensure  coverage  for  smoking  cessation,  there 
are  other  equally  important  public  policy  initiatives  that  need  to  be  addressed  if  we 
are  to  deal  with  the  tremendous  tobacco  problem  in  this  country.  I  would  be  remiss 
if  I  did  not  bring  these  issues  to  the  attention  of  the  Committee.  Clearly  Congress 
needs  to  take  the  tobacco  industry  head  on.  The  AHA,  along  with  its  sister  agencies 
the  American  Cancer  Society  and  the  American  Lung  Association,  believe  that  to- 
bacco must  be  regulated  in  the  manner  in  which  other  legal  products  in  our  society 
are  regulated,  including  the  way  they  are  manufactured,  distributed,  sold,  labeled, 
and  advertised.  FDA  should  be  given  specific  authority  over  tobacco  products.  It  is 
indeed  a  national  health  travesty  that  this  nation's  single  most  preventable  cause 
of  death  is  also  the  least  regulated.  As  long  as  this  product  remains  exempt  from 
health  and  safety  laws  passed  by  Congress  and  designed  to  protect  consumers,  the 
tobacco  industry  will  have  free  reign  to  market  its  products  while  realizing  huge 
profits  at  the  expense  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  lives  lost  each  and  every  year. 

The  tax  on  cigarettes  should  also  be  significantly  increased.  The  AHA  strongly 
supports  an  increase  in  the  cigarette  excise  tax  of  $2  per  pack,  to  help  finance 
health  care  reform  and  to  reduce  consumption.  For  every  ten  percent  increase  in  the 
price  of  tobacco  products,  there  will  be  approximately  a  four  percent  decrease  in  to- 
bacco consumption  and  possibly  a  greater  decrease  by  children. 

And,  when  it  comes  to  tobacco  and  the  prevention  of  disease,  we  are  no  longer 
just  talking  about  the  smoker  but  the  nonsmoker  as  well.  As  you  know,  in  January 
of  this  year  the  EPA  released  a  report  that  concluded  that  environmental  tobacco 
smoke  (ETS)  has  a  serious  and  substantial  impact  on  the  public's  health.  ETS  is 
now  listed  as  a  known  human  carcinogen  along  with  asbestos,  benzene,  and  arsenic. 
The  EPA  report  found  that  children  who  are  exposed  to  ETS  are  at  a  higher  risk 
for  lower  respiratory  tract  infections,  ear  problems,  and  new  and  increased  symp- 
toms of  asthma.  The  AHA  estimates  that  35,000  to  40,000  cardiovascular  disease- 
related  deaths  occur  each  year  as  a  result  of  ETS. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  this  Committee,  we  must  do  more  to  protect  our 
citizens  and  particularly  our  children  from  the  ravages  of  tobacco.  After  allowing  the 
tobacco  industry  to  control  the  tobacco  and  health  agenda  in  Congress  for  the  last 
40  years,  the  opportunity  exists  for  "change."  Do  not  let  the  tobacco  industry  hold 
health  care  reform  hostage  to  its  special  interests.  Too  many  Americans  have  died 
because  Congress  has  failed  to  act.  Many  more  will  die  if  Congress  does  not  inter- 
vene. 

Mr.  Chairman,  prevention — both  educational  and  medical — has  an  integral  role  to 
play  in  health  care  reform.  The  AHA  has  public  education  programs  to  inform  peo- 
ple how  to  reduce  their  risk  of  heart  disease.  Countless  numbers  of  posters,  bro- 
chures, booklets,  advertisements  and  kits  targeted  to  schools,  businesses  and  health 
care  sites  reach  millions  of  Americans  every  year  with  educational  messages  pro- 
moting good  heart  health.  The  AHA's  community  service  programs  educate  the  pub- 
lic on  now  to  control  high  blood  pressure,  stop  smoking,  adopt  healthy  dietary  habits 
and  be  physically  active. 

These  efforts  will  be  greatly  complemented  by  a  comprehensive  health  care  plan, 
accessible  to  all,  that  includes  preventive  cardiovascular  health  care  as  outlined  in 
the  attached  document. 

President  Clinton  has  emphasized  the  need  for  preventive  care  research  as  a  part 
of  his  health  care  reform  proposal.  The  AHA  believes  that  the  allocation  of  funds 
for  biomedical  research  is  pivotal  to  any  health  care  reform  plan. 

Without  continuing  research,  we  will  not  be  able  to  improve  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  cardiovascular  diseases.  We  will  only  make  critical  advances  if  bio- 
medical research,  research  tag  and  clinical  training  are  recognized  as  integral  parts 
of  health  care  reform. 

We  recognize,  as  well,  that  biomedical  research  is  essential  to  the  development 
of  preventive  measures.  Recent  developments  in  molecular  and  genetic  cardiology 
indicate  that  the  near  future  will  present  the  opportunity  for  highly  cost-effective 
preventive  interventions,  targeted  to  high-risk  individuals  with  identified  genetic 
predisposition  to  disease,  before  the  development  of  clinical  disease  states.  An  early 
example  will  be  familial  hypercholesterolemia. 

The  AHA  wants  to  participate  in  the  development  of  guidelines  for  appropriate, 
quality  cardiovascular  care  and  see  more  research  on  methods  to  measure  quality, 
outcomes  and  cost-effectiveness.  We  believe  that  professional  groups,  such  as  the 
AHA,  should  be  an  important  part  of  guideline  development.  Proper,  effective  and 


252 

cost  efficient  care  is  necessary  if  the  United  States  is  going  to  find  a  solution  to  the 
health  care  crisis  we  are  facing  today. 

The  American  Heart  Association,  in  conjunction  with  the  American  College  of 
Cardiology,  has  already  developed  ten  practice  guidelines  on  procedures  ranging 
from  electrocardiography  to  exercise  testing  to  coronary  angiography  and  by-pass 
surgery.  The  AHA  and  ACC  are  currently  working  on  additional  guidelines.  The 
AHA  would  be  happy  to  provide  copies  of  guidelines  to  the  committee  at  your  re- 
quest. 

Death  rates  from  heart  attacks,  among  both  men  and  women,  have  gone  down 
substantially  in  the  last  twenty  years.  These  statistics  are  the  result  lifestyle 
changes  by  the  public  and  advances  in  medical  technology  and  therapy.  Health  care 
providers  play  an  important  role  identifying  people  at  high  risk  for  cardiovascular 
disease  and  encouraging  them  to  modify  their  behavior.  However,  there  is  much  to 
be  done  in  the  area  of  outcomes  research.  The  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine 
notes  that  "further  research  about  the  overall  risk-benefit  ratios  of  these  interven- 
tions and  the  development  of  effective  strategies  to  help  implement  risk-factors 
modifications  are  needed." 

The  AHA  is  prepared  to  assist  the  committee  as  it  proceeds  in  the  health  care 
reform  debate.  We  will  be  happy  to  provide  you  with  more  information  on  any  of 
our  programs  at  your  request. 

PREAMBLE  TO  BASIC  PREVENTIVE  CARDIOVASCULAR  SERVICES 

In  the  past  three  decades  great  strides  have  been  made  in  the  prevention  and 
treatment  of  heart  disease  with  a  resulting  decline  in  cardiovascular  deaths,  mainly 
attributed  to  lifestyle  changes.  Because  approximately  half  of  all  deaths  from  heart 
disease  are  sudden  and  unexpected,  there  is  little  opportunity  for  treatment  in  this 
group,  and  prevention  offers  the  only  hope.  In  1990  an  estimated  392,000  coronary 
artery  bypass  procedures  were  performed  on  262,000  patients  at  an  estimated  ex- 
penditure of  over  $9  billion.  Should  all  heart  attack-prone  individuals  be  treated 
surgically,  resources  to  defray  the  costs  would  not  be  available.  This  is  even  more 
true  for  heart  transplants.  The  technological  treatments  for  heart  disease  such  as 
angioplasty,  thrombolytic  therapy,  antiarrhythmic  drugs,  and  pacemakers  are  not 
curative.  More  importantly,  procedures  can  do  nothing  about  slowing  the  underlying 
process,  atherosclerosis,  which  is  the  principal  cause  of  the  problem. 

It  therefore  seems  obvious  that  more  effort  should  be  directed  to  preventive  ap- 
proaches. Atherosclerosis  begins  in  young  adulthood  and  it  may  be  decades  before 
clinical  disease  is  manifest.  While  we  do  not  fully  understand  all  of  the  causes  of 
heart  disease,  large  epidemiologic  studies  have  identified  risk  factors  and  strategies 
to  reduce  the  risk,  these  have  been  proposed  and  tested.  The  modifiable  risk  factors 
include  high  cholesterol  levels  in  the  blood,  cigarette  smoking,  hypertension,  phys- 
ical inactivity,  obesity,  and  elevated  blood  sugar.  There  has  been  a  significant  reduc- 
tion in  cardiovascular  mortality  in  the  U.S.  due,  in  large  part,  to  the  public  adopting 
a  more  healthful  lifestyle.  This  underscores  the  importance  of  encouraging  the  medi- 
cal profession  to  assume  a  preventive  posture.  More  and  more  evidence  is  accumu- 
lating showing  that  atherosclerotic  plaques  in  arteries  can  regress  even  in  individ- 
uals with  advanced  disease.  As  our  understanding  of  the  causes  of  heart  disease  and 
stroke  improves,  the  day  will  come  when  we  are  able  to  direct  preventive  measures 
at  the  pathology  of  the  disease.  The  opportunity  to  reduce  the  major  causes  of  mor- 
bidity and  mortality  from  heart  disease  and  stroke  is  at  hand.  Through  the  imple- 
mentation of  preventive  measures  we  can  have  a  major  impact  on  the  health  of  the 
individual  ana  the  public.  This  is  especially  true  of  heart  disease  and  stroke  because 
of  the  considerable  available  knowledge  about  methods  to  prevent  them.  Although 
a  cost  has  not  been  placed  on  preventive  services,  it  seems  logical  that  they  would 
cost  less  than  the  present  medical  system  which  is  primarily  responsive  to  estab- 
lished disease  through  expensive  interventions. 

The  American  Heart  Association  believes  that  an  equitable  comprehensive  health 
care  plan,  accessible  to  all,  should  include  as  an  integral  part,  basic  preventive 
health  care  services  as  outlined. 


253 


OR  AFT 
AMERICAN  HEART  ASSOCIATION 

BASIC  CAHOIOV  ASCULAH  PRFVENT1VE  SERVICES 
CHILDHOOD  THROUGH  ADULTHOOD 


BIRTH  TO  20  TEARS  OF  AGE 

20  YEARS  OF  AGE  ANO  OLDER 

Uaoca  History 

Idamncson  «  Eany  Syrnpaomoiorjy 
inounnq  Couawnq 

Birth,    auu  at  2  year*,  tnan  ovary  4  yaara  uo 
10  age  20 

Every  S  rears,  every  2  years  between  81   '5 
svary  yaar  altar  aga  75 

Phy*eal£»am 

Bain  to  i8morana|2.4.S.i8rnanmsi:2«:  J- 
12: 13-14 

Same  as  above. 

Growiri  CMn  iCtnldrani 
Homi  Wavy* 

Sam.  ongomq  up  to  13 
13-18 

Waasm  aj  pan  oi  pnyscai  nam 

Btood  Preuura 

Apparent*  Haaam> 

Wo/iFta*. 

Age  3.  every  aumnaaon  inereaner 

Physnan  iimiunnu,  and  loaox-up  ■  avary 
physical 

It  8P.i30v.8S  mrnHq  avary  2  yaara 

BP  1 30-1 39/85-89  mmHq  ovary  yaar    140- 
159/90-99  rnmMn  oonlirm  w«ren  rwo  iiunual 
(Saa  anacnaa  sawua  oar  jnc  V) 

Scream)  lor  Lad  Lmn 

■  ApparanVy  HftaBny 

-•  At  High  nsk 

Altar  aga  two  cm  Mr  bo  oi  oarem  vain 
>240  mgrai  toiai  cnowseroi 

Adults  mm  cholesterol  nenreen  200-240 
moral  wnnoui  omsf  ran  laaors 

Total  cnoewrol 

Tout  Cnokmam  and  HOC 
Ages  20-60  evary  5  yaara 
Ages  61  -  75  ana  ovar  opaonM 

Recnec*  annuaav.  areiary  iraormanon  I  saa 
attached  scneouwt 

•Fasonq  UarJ  Profile: 

Al  two  years  ol  age.  children  wan  cholesterol 
>200  rrryu  or  because  ol  a  ooajmwiM 
history  ol  oremaiure  cardiovascuiai  umm  in 
par  en  granoDaren.  aura  or  unoe.  age  s5  or 
less 

Aduis  v/nn  cnoarsieroi  between  200-239  mryol 
in]  vmn  oinsr  ru«  laaori.  or  wan  owmmi 
>240mn/dt. 

Irnrnaoaiary 

limanjaieiy 

Reavaeiai*  anruaay  (saa  arocned  sncsdulei 
Reavaaja*  anruaay  (see  maenad  acnaduiaal 

Fasting  Plasma  Gucose 
Apparerery  Heaarry 

Hical  ns*  indrwrjiaU  barman  110-130% 
above  aesaaoie  »»on!  wan 
caroovascuiar  immm  ana  aonormal 
rod  profile 

Every  i  yaara  uo  <o  aga  75  inereaner  Mjeonai 

Every  2-11  yaara  up  to  aqa  45.  yearly  altar  aqa 
50. 

RasanqECO 

HtgnRIsM 

Two  or  more  risk  laaors  and  umn 
history  or  pramarura  coronary  naal 
disease 

Ona  (base  anal  by  aqa  «o 

"New  recornrmndamns  «*■  be  avaUabte  rrom 
Naaonai  Cholesterol  Educamn  Program 
(NCEP1  later  in  1993 

Ej  erase  Stress  Tests 
HfcjnRls* 

Hafi  rsk  inOMduais  woo  nm  2  or  mora  nsk 
laaors  or  sirong  lamfy  nisiorv  ol  premature 
coronary  rman  osease  or  over  aga  40  wno  ara 
plamng  io  be  in  a  vigorous  e«erose  program, 
or  mosa  wno  would  endanger  oubac  salary 
ware  inav  to  eioenence  sudden  carraac  evanra 
9  o.  airana  pilots,  lira  ttgntari 

254 


Counaaanq 

Anoararaty  M«IBI» 


n*r  f*» 


BIRTH  TO  20  VEAflS  Of  AGE 


Paranw  d  cmartn  oi  al  aqa*.  inBTjouca  AHA 
low  rat  am  a  Aq*  2.  eftacis  ex  oasma 
vnouno.  nutj  ex  oomuv.  pnyacai  acw*y. 
Pirtmt  ana  CntHran  km  6  ana ovar  sr«x.d 
ba  ouimm  an  omx  looaaoo  ana  suosuno* 


CMIdran  Mn  Iwjn  blood  onrsajia  ana  maw 
parami  snouid  racarea  couraaanq  on  ntt  and 
aiarasa.  CfrUran  aain  nvDanotjama  ««i 
nojn  nutnnonai  qudanca  and  WW awnd,  dv 
a  rarasiarad  rjaattan  or  hscansad  nuumoraaL 
lonq  larm  io<iow-<a  oi  tod  m<wi  and 
idantmeaaon  and  avooanoa  ex  am  CV  flak 
laaon.  eFoaowNCEPGuoaanaai 


20VEAJW  OF  AGE  Ar+0  OLDER 


Penuuc  rajajyaaraa  oournawq  rtKjaranq 
daury  <<  iiaa  oi  i  at.  saajratad.  cnoanuarr* 
conoai  carbonvtvaiaa.  sooum.  cxxaiaum. 
caanc  Daanca.  maw  ex  an  nmu 
proqram.  tooaooo  avoaunca  o>  cessation, 
tuaa.  usaot  taatbani 


Ota  mangy  (AHA  Slao  <  and  2  oaui  would 
b*  naaiad  m  irmoua  wan  cnowaeta  '«»»■ 
BO  ill  <>00-2*0  mrya  ana  o*  240  mr>ai 
«•»  rnonaonnq  and  lonq  iprm  loaow-uo  by  a 
pnyaoan  and  a  taqaaawa]  aaaaan  tv  aoanaad 
raaaannax.  (Foaaw  NCg  giadaianai. 


Etovaiad  cnokmam  m*«i  batad  on  NCEP 
oudnanas  nocaia  ma  naad  lor  druq  tnanoy.  • 
may  oa  conanarad  lor  crttdran  <0  yean  of  »oa 
and  ovar  ~nn  nava  UXC  lawa  raqmr  man 
190  rrrytjor  >  I  SO  mqrdt  and  eanar  a  sronq 
iarrn»  nronry  of  Dntmanjra  CI  '0  ex  mo  or  mora 
adua  CVD  nsk  laaon.   11mm  tMM  stand 
ba  Iraaiad  Or  pnysoana  aipanarcad  <n  ma 
manadamara  oi  kod  diaordan  • 


Snouid  ba  avadanta  lor  al  cnaonn 


CTiaaiiawa  awwiing  oiuqa  moid  a* 
taianu  n  oauam  mm  oarsman 
Onaodarraa  baaao  on  NCEP  quoaanaa  angjn 
many  paaans  worn  esiatasnad  or  hnewn 
ooronary  anery  oisaasa.  ^harmaooprjc 
Wfman  m  o*  ner-oeo  lor  rovnuars  ones* 
raaoonaa  <o  Hasty*)  rnooncanona  >or  wood 
praaaura  paannq  ara  inadaouaia.  Adaouaia 
i  lor  drurja  snouaj  ba  proMdad  aa 


■at 

^ 

Maaaaj 

</ 

laaaa 

^ 

^   1  " 

•■■da 

• 

*   \  * 

•■Mi 

•/ 

•m 

- 

Ml— « 

" 

lilt -MB  1 

IT" 

"—        1 

* 

IVUoas  1 

^ 

•r 

U«a 

»r 

* 

- 

IMIwi 

•*- 

,.44-    | 

«r 

PlaTJnaTI  ormn  laoum  proof  ot  vaocnaoon 
alar  tna  nrsi  baindav  or  uouraany  xmanoa  al 
Immunfy  anoual  iacai>a  runaia  aajajaj— 


Aiaaaoac  proon*oaoa 
M«jn  Risk 
ChKdtan  -an  Croup  A  Suafanrnrod 


Aqa  «5  and  rxrar  r»qn  m*  grauoa 


H»rior»  or  Acuia  Rhaumaac  Favar 


ValMiiar  n  tan  aaaaaa  -wrt  orocaduraa 


255 


FIGURE 

3- 


Initial  Classification  Based  on  Total  Cholesterol 


Mttff    W^mt 

■  (mrlM     ■ 

lUtaM 

OfJnkW 
•lo»<  Oioltitfnt 

^         <  200m»«           _, 

lortt'lit  Hlfk' 

flood  C*«Hrl»r»l 
208  -131  agi 


Nlfk' 
>2W  *** 


Ct  it  Fi|«n  4 


Detection.  Evaluation,  and  Treatment  of  High  Blood 
Cholesterol  in  Adults.  USHS.  NIH,  Jan..  1989. 


'Muit  b<9  confirm*^  by  '«p*it  rrtASfur»m«n(:  ui«  tvaragt  v«lufc 
*  "Ont  of  which  can  b«  maia  •*>  Iim  Tabta  2). 


256 


FIGURE 

4- 


Classification  Based  on  LDL- Cholesterol 


■  tl  kw  fm 


turf  cVtr-trr*  -    HOI 

■Mali 


-'»Viw.*»ii 


Otiinblf 

101   Ch«l««Uril 

<1J0  mUdl 


lo'dfiiat  High  Rnk 
tDl  ChnlMifial 
HO  IMmiH 


A      II CHO 
I  RIU 


tntfl-l  T« 
Fictore* 


1*1  CHO  tf  1*1  U» 
Rita.  Ficltrt* 


•—  ►• 


0»  OS**  ft*"** 

fHlMhyv^..; 

► 

MWWtWfHJ 

•  M 

r           Hjh  Risk 
tDl  ChritiMral 

>  160  m|.'dl 

, 

—» 

•  tii*  m  ft*  wi»>f  •••"■iv 

■  <mag«  -ihcm 

htMhKH* 

Ct  n  Ftf oca  } 

*On«  of  which  cm  b*  mil*  >•>  lt*«  T»bl»  21 


257 

4.   Inadequate  Response  to  Diet 

A  p.itient  who  fails  to  achieve  the  goals  for  lowering  of  total  cholesterol  (or  LDL- 
cholcstcrol)  by  dietary  therapy  should  be  classified  as  having  an  inadequate 
response  to  diet    This  does  not  necessarily  mean  diet  failure,  because  a  significant 
reduction  in  cholesterol  levels  may  have  occurred  by  diet  modification.  There  are 
four  categories  of  inadequate  response  to  diet  that  can  be  distinguished 

(I)  Patients  who  have  severe  elevations  of  serum  cholesterol  often  cannot  achieve 
the  goals  of  serum  cholesterol  lowering  by  diet,  no  matter  how  strict  the  diet 
For  these  patients  (see  Appendix  II).  it  is  not  necessary  to  wait  for  six  months 
of  dietary  therapy  before  adding  drugs  to  the  regimen 


FIGURE 


5 


—    Dietary  Treatment 


3«  Seal  OMbjettral 

6  Ml 
tOt  CWtntant 


|-|  CUD  ■  W  II  Twe 

Blrt  fetefe* 

(•I  CHO  at  1*1  N»e 

Uli*  Factere' 


<llt  mj* 


Sin«frt»  Seal 
fctal  Cleaifi  el 

<1SI 


X 


l»ttt»1  re 
Stee  1  DIM 


Inmiti  rieleaterel 
lllll  r>Hto 

t«4  it  ]  aoitti 


Choi 
Wat 


iiitiul  Goal      I 
5  Achieves"         I 


Cho'etterel  Caal 


J 


101  CeeewttreJ 

SMlhWm4 


Rrtw  t»  Hae/Herf  W«lW«a 


c 


Cholartaral  Gail 

Achieved 


RMttt<W 
Sta*  1  DM 


MrwM 

Jtaf  I  Ote« 


3 


Oe  l»»|  Tar*  Mealtarief 

■  Innun  fatal 
ekoriftereJ 

4X  hi  fliet  T**r 

IXIftm  rttraaliar 

■  Releierte  Jinan  anJ 
getaekn  ■ee'tlleetles 


h4tllMaaj 


c 


Cholittarol  Goal 
ggj  Achia««a) 


"0"e  ol  which  can  be  male  >e»  (Table  21 


258 


FIGURE 


6 


—   Drug  Treatment 


Eveluele  tOl  Cnolat*in>l 

Mlo*>lr>|  •  minimal*  if  I 
months  en  dial 


IDl  fholttn 
Ooal  Aehie»*a' 


Q 


Da  UhjIiii  Maafeariaa. 
<U»  fl|aia  SI 


IDl   Cholaitsrel 
ijoil  Not  Achiavad 


lOt  Ckaimwa« 
110  111  *•«« 

HHCHOaaa) 

II  Tma  Mak 

fact  an* 


101  t>elatt»njl 

>1*t  rfJ  t> 

>1*la*<« 

II  i'l  C1>D  w 

I'l  TWa  Rl*k 

Fact  an* 


MeiJalta 
aaaaaaipaiitiaja 
•  aaraMkaaj 


Rat  ana  ajaskal 
alitafa 

Caaarfaar  *>af 
traataaat  k> 

MtatfrfM    tat    mtt 


PftmiTi  tstaM  HWlHHnl 

■  ■•••**" 

•VflHtM   ••»*•«""■  1  Catrtitrr  rrii 

atetea> 

MhWealie  a«a»a»*lia 

traaHaaaa. 

Ceatiear  boeaeaa  Wb  ads) 

tSaJNaatTMtt 

iabn  frsfaf 

flnt  I 


IDl  Ctioletlerel 

Goal  *t»ii«d 


101  Cn»letterel 
Coal  Ret  Hcnleyee1 


Meeha/  tatal 
ckalaitaral 
rmo  ♦  maactai 

Rereaaar* 
IDl  CtotaalatsJ 


thai 


•n« 


Cava*  n  nstrr  ta 

fcaf  irut^mm  a  a* 


101  Chnleslorol 
Coat  Nat  Achieved 


"One  of  which  can  be  mala  «a«  ITabla  21 


259 

TABLE  I  RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  FOf.LOWUP 

BASED  ON  INITIAL  SET  OF  BLOOD  PRESSURE  MEASUREMENTS 

FOR  ADULTS  AGE  18  AND  OLDER 


Followup  Recommended' 

Recheck  In  2  year* 

Recheck  In  1  year** 

Confirm  within  2  months 

Evaluate  or  refer  to  source  of  care  within  1  month 

Evaluate  or  refer  to  source  of  care  within  1  week 

Evaluate  or  refer  to  source  of  care  Immediately 

*  T/  the  ryttollc  and  diastolic  categoriti  are  different,  follow  recommendation  for 
the  thortrr  time  follou-vp  {t  j.  16045  mm  Hg  fhoutd  b*  evaluated  or  referred  to 
source  of  can  within  I  month}. 

t  The  scheduling  of followvp  shouldbe  modlfledby  reliable  information  about  past 
blood  pressure  measurements,  other  cardiovascular  risk  factors,  or  target-organ 
disease. 

"Consider  providing  advice  about  lifestyle  modifications  1st*  Chapter  111) 


Initial  Screening 

Blood  Pressure 

(mm  HgT 

Systolic 

Diastolic 

<130 

<85 

1T0-139 

85-89 

140-159 

90-99 

160-179 

100-109 

180-209 

110-119 

2210 

J120 

Joint  K.i'ional  Committee  on  Detection,  Evaluation 
and  Treatment  of  High  Blood  Pressure  (V),  NIH  NHLBI, 
Jan.,  1993. 


260 

FIGURE  I  TREATMENT  ALGORITHM 

Lifestyle  Modifications: 
Weight  reduction 
Moderation  of  alcohol  intake 
Regular  physical  activity 
Reduction  of  sodium  intake 
Smoking  cessation 


Inadequate  Response* 


Continue  Lifestyle  Modifications 

Initial  Pharmacological  Selection: 

Diuretics  or  Beta  blockers  arc  preferred  because  a  reduction  in 
morbidity  and  mortality  has  been  demonstrated 

ACr.  inhibitors.  Caldum  antagonists.  Alpha, -recrptor  blockers, 
and  the  Alpha  be'a  blocker  have  not  been  tested  nor  shown  to 
reduce  morbidity  and  mortality 


Increase 
Drug  Dose 


Inadequate  Response* 


Substitute 
Another  Drug 


Inadequate  Response* 


Add  a  Secord 
Agent  From  a 
Different  Class 


T 


Add  a  Second  or  Third  Agent  and/or 
Diuretic  if  Not  Already  Prescribed 


RtipOHU  mrtuu  tchirrid  foil  blood prttturt.  or  patunl  It  miklmf  contldtrmbU 
trrrgrm  towtrdi  this  goal. 


261 

Figure  1 
Risk  Assessment 


Measure  total 
blood  choiesiero! 


R.sK 
assessment 


Pa'ental  High 
Blood  Cholesterol 
2240  mg  dL 


Acceptable 
Blood  Cholesterol 
<  1  70  mg  dL 


Borderline 
Blood  C^o'eslerol 
1 70  199  mgdL 


High 

Blood  Cholesterol 

2200  mg  dL 


Positive  tamily 
history* 


Repeat  cholesterol 
and  ave'age 
with  p'pvious 
measurement 


<  1  70  mg  dL 


j170  mgdL 


Oo  lipoprotein 
analysis 


Reoeat  cholesterol 
measurement 
within  5  years 

Provide  education 
on  recommended 
eatmg    pattern 
and  risk  'actor 
reduction 


Co  lipoprotein 
analysis 


Highlights  of  the  Report  of  the  NCEP.  USHS.  NIH.  1991 


Denned  as  a  hutory  oi  premature  (before  age  55  years)  cardiovascular  disease  in  a  parent  or  grandparent 


262 

Figure  2 
Classification,  Education,  and  Followup  Based  on  LDL-Cholesterol 


Oo  lipoprotein  analysis 

•  12  hour  fast 

•  Measure  total  cholesterol. 
HOLchoiesterol.  and  triglyceride 

•  Estimate  LDL  cholesterol  •  total 
cholesterol  -  HOLchoiesterol  - 
(triglyceride/  5) 


Acceptable 
LOLCholesterol 
<1 10  mg'dL 


Borderline 

LOLCholesterol 
110-129  mg/dL 


High 

LOLCholesterol 
it 30  mg/dL 


Repeat 
lipoprotein 
analysis  and 
average  with, 
previous 
measurement 


Acceptable 
LOLCholesterol 
<110  mg/dL 


Borderline 
LOLCholesterol 
110-129  mg/dL 


High 

LOLCholesterol 
*130  mg/dL 


Repeat  lipoprotein 
analysis  within 
5  years 

Provide  education 
on  recommended 
eating  pattern  and 
risk  (actor 
reduction 


Risk  factor  advice 

Provide 
Step-One  Diet 
and  other  risk 
(actor  intervention 

Reevaluate  slatus 
In  1  year 


Oo  clinical 
evaluation 
(history,  physical 
exam,  lab  tests) 

•  Evaluate  lor 
secondary 
causes 

•  Evaluate  (or 
familial 
disorders 

Intensive  clmlcal 
intervention 

Screen  all  family 

member* 

Set  goal 
LDL-choiesterol 

•  Minimal: 
<130  mg/dL 

•  Ideal: 

<1 10  mg/dL 

Step  One  (hen 
Step-Two  det 


263 

Figure  3 
Diet  Therapy 


264 
Position  Statement 

Principles  of  Access  to  Health  Care 

Access  to  Health  Care  Task  Force, 
American  Heart  Association 

Harriet  P  Dustan.  MD.  and  Charles  W  Francis,  MD.  Cochairs;  Hugh  D.  AJIen.  MD: 

Susanna  L  Cunningham.  PhD.  RN:  William  Dulany.  Esq  ;  Joel  Hay.  PhD: 

Gerard  A  Kaiser.  MD:  Thomas  H.  Lee.  MD:  Pamela  Mattson.  JD; 

David  A  Ness:  and  Anthony  G.  Wagner,  Members 

Richard  Hamburg:  Sarah  Kayson: 

Rodman  D.  Starke.  MD:  and  Kathryn  A.  Taubert,  PhD.  AHA  staff 


Principle  t:  All  United  States  Residents  Should 
Hive  Access  to  Quality  Medical  Care 

It  is  widely  agreed  that  the  United  States  leads  the 
world  in  terms  of  its  medical  care  expertise.  America's 
physicians  and  other  health  care  professionals  are 
among  the  world's  best  trained,  our  hospitals  are  among 
the  world  s  best  equipped,  and  our  biomedical  research- 
ers are  constantly  testing  the  limits  of  the  world's 
scientific  knowledge  yet  among  industrialized  countries 
the  United  States  does  not  have  the  lowest  infant 
mortality  nor  the  longest  life  expectancy. 

Manv  would  argue  that  this  discrepancy  is  at  least  parity 
due  to  the  fact  that  many  of  America  s  less  fortunate 
residents  do  not  have  access  to  basic  health  care,  including 
basic  cardiovascular  care  Many  obstacles  deter  entry  into 
the  health  care  system  and  utilization  of  many  of  its 
services,  and  often  the  services  available  may  not  be  of 
high  quality.  Furthermore,  for  this  population,  access  is 
too  often  delayed  until  the  person  is  desperately  ill  and 
requires  long  and  costly  hospitalization.  This  forced  delay 
results  in  diseases  being  treated  rather  than  prevented. 
Individuals  suffer  needlessly,  and  our  health  care  system 
bears  additional,  unnecessary  costs  because  some  of  our 
nation  s  residents  do  not  have  access  to  the  basic  preven- 
tive medical  care  that  can  delay  or  prevent  i  disease  s 
progression  A  related  problem  is  that  some  people  may 
have  access  to  care  but  do  not  take  advantage  of  it  for 
reasons  such  as  cost,  transportation  or  language  barriers, 
bureaucracy,  fear  of  the  system,  or  lack  of  exposure  to  and 
education  about  what  is  available.  The  problem  of  access 
has  many  components. 

The  American  Heart  Association  supports  the  posi- 
tion that  regardless  of  preexisting  conditions,  all  US 
residents  must  have  access  to  quality  medical  care, 
including  appropriate  medications  and  prevention 
programs. 


Principles  ot  Acceu  10  Health  CiW  *u  irpt-Jved  by  the 
American  Heart  Auociition  •  Board  o(  Directors  oo  October  U. 

IQQ9 

Requests  (or  teprims  ihould  be  »eni  to  the  Offlc*  of  Seenitflc 
Aftiirt  American  Heart  Association.  TJ7J  Gteeoville  Avenue. 
Dillu.  PC  ?5JJI-«S»6 


Principle  2:  Universal  Coverage  for  Basic  Medical 
Care  Should  Be  Available 

Accotding  to  the  US  Congressional  Budget  Office,  in 
March  1940  about  37  million  Americans  had  no  insurance 
coverage,  reflecting  a  tremendous  growth  in  the  number  of 
uninsured  persons  in  the  1980s.  The  Congressional  Bud- 
get Office  data  permit  some  generalizations  about  the 
uninsured:  Children  account  for  approximately  25^;  the 
majority  have  incomes  at  or  below  20OTs  of  the  poverty 
level;  most  have  one  or  more  family  members  in  the  work 
force;  and  although  most  are  white,  members  of  various 
minority  groups  are  disproportionately  more  likely  to  be 
uninsured.  Frequently  the  lack  of  health  insurance  cover- 
age is  temporary,  such  as  when  a  person  changes  jobs  or  is 
temporarily  unemployed.  Minimum-wage  jobs  are  unat- 
tractive to  many  because  often  health  insurance  is  not  1 
fringe  benefit  This  unavailability  of  health  insurance,  for 
example,  would  discourage  a  parent  from  leaving  the 
welfare  rolls  to  accept  minimum-wage  employment. 

Although  people  may  lack  health  insurance  for  a  num- 
ber of  reasons,  the  consequences  of  being  uninsured  are 
often  negative.  Compared  with  the  insured,  the  uninsured 
use  the  nation  s  health  care  system  less  frequently,  are 
more  likely  to  be  without  a  regular  source  of  basic  health 
care,  are  less  likely  to  engage  in  preventive  measures,  and 
are  more  likely  to  delay  seeking  medical  care 

Of  particular  concern  to  the  AHA  is  how  the  lack  of 
health  insurance  affects  basic  cardiovascular  care  Be- 
cause the  uninsured  are  less  likely  to  seek  basic  medical 
care,  they  probably  are  less  likely  to  receive  basic 
cardiovascular  care.  The  task  force  believes  that  when 
this  care  is  not  provided,  in  manv  cases  people  are  more 
likely  to  suffer  from  preventable  cardiovascular  diseases 
and  the  nation  s  health  care  system  incurs  treatment 
costs  that  far  exceed  those  of  preventive  care. 

The  AHA  supports  health  care  reform  that  Includes 
universal  coverage  of  basic  medical  care. 

Principle  J:  Coverage  for  Preventive  Care  Must  Be 
Part  of  Any  Proposal  for  Health  Care  Access 

Over  the  last  several  decades  researchers  have  iden- 
tified a  number  of  risk  factors  for  cardiovascular  dis- 


265 


eases,  mosi  of  which  can  be  modified  or  eliminated  by 
appropriate  interventions.  Because  cardiovascular  dis- 
eases are  the  major  cause  of  death  in  the  United  States, 
control  of  modifiable  risk  factors  can  improve  the 
nation  s  health,  prolong  lives,  and  diminish  health  care 
costs  The  magnitude  of  the  potential  benefit  of  such 
risk  factor  control  is  emphasized  by  the  fact  that  in  1992 
cardiovascular  diseases  afflicted  more  than  one  in  four 
Americans  and  cost  approximately  $109  billion. 

Cardiovascular  diseases  affect  both  adults  and  chil- 
dren Atherosclerotic  cardiovascular  diseases,  particu- 
larly coronary  heart  disease,  are  associated  with  elevated 
blood  cholesterol,  cigarette  smoking,  hypertension,  dia- 
betes, and  lack  of  exercise  Control  of  these  risk  (actors 
by  lifestyle  modification  or  medication  lowers  morbidity 
and  mortality  rates. 

The  occurrence  of  stroke  is  critically  dependent  on 
hypertension,  and  modern  treatment  programs  have 
resulted  in  a  striking  decrease  in  stroke  mortality  rates. 
Other  modifiable  risk  factors  for  stroke  include  smokjng 
and  excessive  intake  of  alcohol 

AJthough  the  development  of  hypertension  is  strongly 
influenced  by  heredity,  modifiable  risk  factors  include 
obesity,  excessive  alcohol  consumption,  and.  in  suscep- 
tible people,  high  sodium  intake. 

Heart  disease  in  children  is  either  congenital  or 
acquired.  AJthough  research  has  yet  to  define  all  the 
causes  of  congenital  defects,  it  is  known,  for  example, 
that  both  alcohol  and  cocaine  use  during  pregnancy  can 
cause  specific  heart  lesions  in  the  offspring  Abstinence 
from  these  two  toxins  during  pregnancy  would  prevent 
many  cases  of  heart  disease  in  the  newborn  Another 
preventable  cause  of  congenital  heart  disease  is  rubella, 
or  German  measles,  a  risk  that  can  be  eliminated  by 
immunization  of  the  mother  before  pregnancy. 

Rheumatic  heart  disease,  the  result  of  rheumatic 
fever,  is  a  leading  cause  of  acquired  heart  disease  in 
children.  Rheumatic  fever  is  a  preventable  consequence 
of  strep  throat.  Rheumatic  heart  disease  can  largely  be 
avoided  by  preventing  rheumatic  fever  through  treat- 
ment of  streptococcal  pharyngitis  with  penicillin. 

It  is  important  to  note  that  the  adult  cardiac  problems 
discussed  above  can  have  roots  in  childhood,  so  appro- 
priate measures  for  detection  and  control  of  risk  factors 
should  be  part  of  basic  pediatric  and  prenatal  medical 
care.  Prevention  is  the  key  to  eliminating  many  cardio- 
vascular diseases:  therefore,  the  AHA  strongly  supports 
the  coverage  of  preventive  care  as  part  of  any  access 
proposal  litis  would  complement  other  AHA  activities 
in  the  areas  of  public  policy  and  public  education 
related  to  preventive  health  care. 

Because  children  have  less  access  to  health  care  than 
adults,  equal  access  will  require  more  resources  than 
previously  used  This  will  necessitate  some  redistribu- 
tion of  these  resources.  Children  must  b«  a  high 
priority. 

The  AHA  supports  the  position  that  resources  must 
be  targeted  to  the  prevention  of  heart  disease. 

Principle  4:  Funds  Must  B«  Allocated  Tor 

Biomedical  Research,  Research  Training,  and 

Clinical  Training 

High-quality  health  care  and  continuing  improve- 
ment in  diagnosis  and  treatment  depend  in  large  mea- 


sure on  the  results  of  biomedical  research  The  AHA 
has  long  been  a  vigorous  proponent  for  support  of 
biomedical  research  and  research  training 

As  part  of  the  debate  about  plans  for  universal  access 
to  and  universal  coverage  for  health  care,  the  AHA 
emphasizes  that  support  of  biomedical  research  and 
research  training  are  necessary  components  of  any 
national  program  Results  of  past  research  are  respon- 
sible  for  the  improved  health  and  longer  lives  of  the 
American  people.  Future  research  can  be  relied  on  to 
improve  diagnosis,  prevention,  and  treatment  of  all 
diseases,  making  medical  care  more  cost-effective  For 
example,  polio  vaccine  has  eliminated  one  scourge  that 
crippled  thousands  of  young  people  annually  The  vac- 
cine was  developed  when  researchers  learned  how  to 
grow  the  virus  in  the  laboratory  Other  examples  in- 
clude development  of  open-heart  surgery,  coronary 
bypass  procedures,  and  thrombolytic  and  diuretic  drugs. 

Substantial  benefits  have  been  derived  from  biomed- 
ical research  in  this  country.  For  this  to  continue,  health 
care  reforms  must  include  support  for  1)  basic  and 
clinical  research  at  a  level  that  allows  reasonable 
growth,  2)  research  training  at  a  level  that  eliminates 
the  current  downward  trends  in  research  manpower, 
and  3)  resources  adequate  to  supply  needed  equipment 
and  other  types  of  infrastructure. 

To  contain  costs.  Medicare  rulings  were  changed  to 
allow  support  of  postgraduate  training  only  through  the 
first  period  of  specialization.  This  ruling,  along  with 
other  cost  control  measures,  means  that  support  of 
training  for  cardiac  subspecialties  and  other  needed 
cardiovascular  care  providers  will  be  in  jeopardy. 

The  AHA  supports  the  position  that  funding  for 
biomedical  research,  research  training,  and  training  of 
cardiovascular  practitioners  must  be  considered  when- 
ever health  care  reform  is  planned. 

Principle  5:  The  American  Heart  Association 

Should  Participate  In  the  Development  of 

Guidelines  for  Appropriate  Patient  Cart  and 

Should  Support  Research  Into  Methods  of 

Measuring  Quality,  Outcomes,  and 

Coat-Effectiveness 

The  AHA  recrgnues  that  there  are  limits  to  the 
resources  that  the  United  States  can  provide  for  health 
care.  Neither  private  insurers  nor  government  should  be 
expected  to  provide  medical  care  to  all  without  consid- 
ering the  appropriateness,  efficacy,  or  cost  of  treatment. 

To  ensure  the  quality  and  cost-effectiveness  of  the 
medical  care  provided,  two  general  requirements  must 
be  met:  1)  the  development  of  practice  guidelines  by 
professional  groups  with  the  appropriate  expertise,  and 
2)  the  knowledge  of  treatment  outcomes  generated  by 
health  services  research  to  determine  not  only  clinical 
effectiveness  but  also  cost-effectiveness  Because  health 
services  research  is  a  relatively  new  discipline,  the 
number  of  trained  researchers  is  small  and  knowledge  is 
limited. 

The  AHA  advocates  the  continued  development  and 
wide  promulgation  of  basic  practice  guidelines  by  ap- 
propriate professional  groups,  the  support  of  health 
services  research,  and  the  training  of  health  services 
researchers. 


266 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Ludden. 

Dr.  Ludden.  Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  very  much  for  the  oppor- 
tunity to  testify  before  you  today.  I  am  here  representing  the  Har- 
vard Community  Health  Plan,  which  is  a  545,000-member  health 
maintenance  organization  which  takes  care  of  patients  from  New 
Hampshire,  Rhode  Island,  and  Massachusetts.  We  at  HCHP  believe 
that  the  reform  of  the  U.S.  health  care  system  must  include  a  re- 
orientation of  all  of  medical  care  toward  prevention. 

We  know  that  inadequate  attention  to  prevention  makes  us  a 
sicker,  poorer  Nation  and  undermines  the  ultimate  quality  of  our 
medical  care.  I  do  not  think  there  will  be  anyone  here  who  dis- 
agrees with  that  premise,  and  we  have  a  solid  foundation  as  a  na- 
tion in  the  1989  Guide  to  Clinical  Preventive  Services  of  the  U.S. 
Preventive  Services  Task  Force. 

What  has  gone  wrong?  There  is  a  problem,  with  two  parts  to  it 
as  I  see  it.  First,  without  universal  coverage,  tens  of  millions  of  un- 
insured Americans  do  not  have  adequate  access  to  preventive  care 
or  coverage  and  cannot  afford  simple  preventive  measures  that  will 
improve  their  health,  so  they  delay,  they  cost  more,  and  they  use 
the  most  expensive  medical  resources. 

Second,  for  those  who  are  insured,  preventive  benefits  are  lim- 
ited, and  the  fee-for-service  system  is  designed  to  provide  incen- 
tives for  physicians  to  treat  the  sick,  to  treat  very  sick  and  illness, 
and  not  to  engage  in  prevention  counseling  and  education. 

Therefore,  we  feel  strongly  that  the  essential  first  steps  are  to 
guarantee  coverage  of  preventive  care  and  to  assure  access  to  medi- 
cal professionals  who  are  oriented  to  prevention,  as  are  found  in 
the  primary  care  specialties. 

HMOs  and  other  managed  care  organizations  have  been  provid- 
ing this  kind  of  care  since  their  inception.  We  provide  and  cover 
routine  exams,  screening  tests,  immunization,  prenatal  and  well- 
child  care,  eye  exams,  allergy  tests,,  preventive  dental  visits  for 
children  for  which  our  members  pay  either  a  small  office  visit  fee 
of  $5  to  $10,  or  in  the  case  of  immunizations  and  prenatal  care,  no 
visit  fee  at  all. 

We  also  provide  comprehensive  mental  health  and  substance 
abuse  coverage,  and  we  offer  health  promotion  and  education  class- 
es at  nominal  charge.  These  are  the  kinds  of  benefits  the  Clinton 
plan  would  provide  tor  all  Americans. 

At  HCHP,  our  preventive  package  becomes  synonymous  with  our 
practice  of  medicine.  It  includes  primary  prevention,  including  im- 
munizations against  preventable  diseases,  doing  risk  assessment 
and  behavior  modification,  secondary  prevention,  including  out- 
reach to  patients  and  early  detection  of  disease.  Prevention  like 
that  can  begin  before  birth,  sometimes  even  before  conception, 
when  it  comes  to  nutrition  and  other  issues. 

The  third  part  of  our  preventive  program  includes  the  informed 
treatment  of  illness,  including  understanding  factors  that  make 
treatment  difficult  and  applying  coordinated  care,  teamwork,  and 
problem-solving,  so  that  we  are  continuously  improving  outcomes. 

And  finally,  preventive  medicine  includes  the  wise  use  of  re- 
sources, avoiding  unnecessary  and  ineffective  care;  it  means  basing 
clinical  decisions  on  clinical  and  scientific  assessment  and  never  on 
cost  alone.  There  is  a  lot  less  certainty  in  what  preventive  meas- 


267 

ures  work,  applied  in  what  form,  than  one  might  hope.  So  we  need 
to  reach  a  consensus,  and  we  base  our  practices  at  HCHP  on  a  con- 
sensus which  our  group  practice  is  able  to  achieve. 

I  would  like  to  mention  very  briefly  four  things  that  are  exam- 
ples of  the  synonymous  prevention  and  all  of  medical  practice  that 
we  engage  in  at  Harvard  Community  Health  Plan. 

As  I  mentioned  before,  we  cover  all  immunizations  and  screen- 
ing. Every  new  member  receives  a  brochure — some  of  which  are 
here — on  staying  healthy,  that  contains  all  of  our  recommendations 
for  immunizations  for  screening  tests  for  men,  women,  and  chil- 
dren. We  support  compliance  of  our  membership  in  that  with  a 
number  of  ways,  using  computer-generated  reminders,  sending 
postcards  and  notes  to  patients,  or  actually  going  out  and  finding 
them. 

As  the  report  card  that  I  have  attached  to  these  materials  shows, 
we  measure  our  performance  on  a  regular  basis  and  use  clinical 
quality  improvement  to  help  increase  compliance  and  follow-up. 

The  second  example  included  in  the  attached  tables  shows  the 
improvement  in  our  ability  to  follow  up  abnormal  pap  smears  with- 
in 6  to  9  months  so  that  we  are  now  following  up  at  a  level  of  al- 
most 99  percent  across  Harvard  Community  Health  Plan  compared 
with  a  typical  benchmark  of  about  70  percent. 

In  managing  illness  as  a  piece  of  prevention,  I  would  point  to 
HCHPs  AIDS  program,  which  couples  primary  care  providers  who 
may  know  less  about  treating  people  with  HIV  with  a  central  group 
of  experienced  resources,  including  nurses  and  education  programs, 
available  24  hours  a  day.  We  have  beginning  evidence  that  the 
length  of  stay  for  hospitalizations  for  people  with  AIDS  is  signifi- 
cantly, perhaps  up  to  a  third,  less  than  in  the  disorganized  fee-for- 
service  system,  and  that  our  total  costs  for  caring  for  AIDS  patients 
may  be  as  low  as  half  as  great  as  those  in  the  disorganized  fee-for- 
service  system,  with  satisfaction  levels  that  are  superior. 

Finally,  in  all  of  these  areas,  we  work  to  prevent  the  unnecessary 
use  of  resources  in  all  the  preventive  maneuvers  we  look  at.  The 
example  I  have  included  in  our  handout  is  a  collaborative  effort  be- 
tween primary  care  physicians  and  specialty  neurologists  to  look  at 
using  cranial  imaging,  MRIs  and  CTs,  and  through  that  kind  of  col- 
laboration and  teamwork,  which  is  the  heart  of  a  group  practice 
HMO,  we  are  able  to  reduce  the  use  of  that  test  by  about  a  third. 

Ultimately,  our  goal  should  be  to  make  health  care  in  fact  a 
much  smaller  piece  of  people's  lives,  in  terms  of  incidence  of  illness, 
cost,  and  administrative  hassle.  A  national  strategy  of  prevention 
that  is  based  on  clear  goals,  coordinated  processes  of  care,  nec- 
essary follow-up,  measurement  of  performance  and  continuous  im- 
provement, all  supported  by  adequate  funding,  all  of  those  will  con- 
tribute to  our  goal. 

Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  testify,  and  I  would  be  glad  to 
answer  any  questions. 

The  Chairman.  We  will  come  back  to  questions,  but  let  me  ask 
if  you  have  smoking  cessation  in  your  program? 

Dr.  Ludden.  Yes,  many. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Ludden  follows:] 


268 

John  M.  Liidden,  M.D. 

Medical  Director  ' 

Hnrvard  Community  Health  Tlan  '  I 

Testimony  Before  the  Senate  Committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Resources 
October  6,  1994  . . 


Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  commJtiee.   Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  testify  before 
you  today.   I  am  here  representing  Harvard  Community  Health  Plan,  a  545,000-member 
health  maintenance  organization  serving  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island  and  southern  New 
Hampshire. 

We  believe  that  reform  of  the  U.S.  health-care  system  must  include  a  reorientation  of 
medical  care  to  prevention.    Inadequate  attention  to  prevention  makes  us  a  sicker,  poorer 
nAtion,  It  undermines  the  quality  of  our  medical  care  and  it  strains  the  relationship  between 
patients  and  their  physicians.    In  almost  all  cases,  preventing  disease  Is  more  humane  and 
cost-effective  than  treating  Its  consequences. 

i 
I  dunk  we  would  be  hard  pressed  to  find  anyone  who  disagrees  with  my  premise.    The  value 

of  prevention  Is  strongly  imbued  In  the  classical  view  of  medicine.   Prevention  as  a  nadonal 

health-care  strategy  already  has  a  solid  foundation  In  die  1989  Guide  to  Clinical  Preventive 

i 

Services  of  the  U.S.  Preventative  Services  Task  Force,  which  recommended  169 
interventions  tint  would  help  prevent  60  medical  conditions.    So  what  Is  niissing7   What  has 
gone  wrong? 


The  pioblem,  In  my  view,  Is  both  economic  and  structural.    Without  universal  coverage,  tens 
of  millions  of  uninsured  Americans  do  not  have  adequate  access  to  preventive  care  or 
coverage.    Many  cannot  afford  simple  preventive  measures  that  will  improve  dieir  health  and 
well  being.    Iliey  delay  or  do  not  receive  the  care  diey  need,  and  when  they  do  receive  care, 
they  are  likely  to  consume  the  most  expensive  medical  resources,  such  as  emergency  room 
services. 


269 

For  those  who  &re  Insured,  preventive  benefits  may  be  limited  or  non-existent,  80  prevention 
becomes  a  luxury  rather  than  a  given.   Our  traditional  unorganized  fee-for-service  Insurance 
system  reimburses  physicians  for  treating  Incidents  of  illness,  not  for  preventive  practices, 
counseling  or  patient  education.   In  turn,  these  fee-for-servlce  payment  incentives  have  led  to 
diminished  Interest  in  primary  care  among  medical  students  and  to  a  lack  of  coordination 
among  specialties  and  levels  of  care.   These  are  barriers  to  prevention  that  must  be 
overcome. 

i 

The  essential  first  steps  are  to  guarantee  coverage  of  preventive  care  and  to  ensure  access  to 
medical  professionals  who  are  oriented  to  prevention.   HMOs  have  been  providLngtha^  kind 
of  care  and  coverage  since  their  Inception.   We  provide  and  cover  routine  examinations, 
screening  tests,  immunizations,  prenatal  and  well  child  care,  eye  exams,  allergy  tests  and 
treatment,  and  preventive  dental  visits  for  children,  for  which  our  members  pay  either  a 
small  office  visit  fee  of  $5  to  $10,  or  in  the  case  of  immunizations  and  prenatal  care,  no  visit 
fee.    We  also  provide  comprehensive  mental  health  and  substance  abuse  coverage  and  we 
offer  health  promotion  and  education  classes  at  a  nominal  charge  to  members  and  non- 
members.   These  are  the  kinds  of  benefits  the  Clinton  plan  would  provide  for  all  Americans, 
and  I  applaud  that.  However,  prevention  cannot  simply  be  added  on  to  current  medical 
practice.    Instead,  we  believe  that  it  must  be  redefined  to  include  all  aspects  of  medical 

.....  |  ,|   i 

At  Harvard  Community  Health  Plan,  our  goal  is  to  make  prevention  synonymous  with 

medical  practice  -  to  manage  the  health  of  our  members  through  their  entire  lives  and  to 

manage  their  care  tluough  the  course  of  any  disease  or  medical  condition.   HCHP's 

Principles  of  Medical  Quality  are  based  on  prevention;  they  state,  "We  endeavor  to  give  care 

i 
that  will  make  a  real  difference  In  keeping  people  healthy  or  restoring  their  health;  the 

delivery  of  such  care  Is  our  highest  priority." 

!  r  ! 

The  practice  of  preventive  medicine  is  not  limited,  in  our  view,  to  the  traditional  emphasis 
on  those  tilings  one  doctor  can  do  with  one  patient.   Instead,  prevention  must  involve 


270 

Individual  providers,  groups  of  providers,  and  organized  networks.    And  prevention  must  be 

based  on  continously  refined  programs  that  have  far-reaching,  measurable  benefits  for  all  or 
part  of  a  population. 

Prevention  Is  a  clinical  process,  or  series  of  processes,  just  like  the  rest  of  medicine.   The 
processes  of  prevention  must  be  organized,  measured,  subjected  to  standards  of  effectiveness 
and  appropriateness,  and  continuously  Improved  upon.   In  tills  context,  prevention  Includes 
assessment  of  patient  risk  factors,  behavior  modification,  health  screening,  education  and 
counseling,  outreach,  clinical  quality  Improvement,  coordination  of  medical  services,  and 
integration  with  social  services  outside  of  the  medical  setting. 

Specifically,  in  HCHP's  preventive  practice,  we  seek  to  manage,  on  behalf  of  our  members: 

i 

i  i 

'I  I 

Primary  prevention,  which  Includes  immunization  against  preventable  diseases,  risk 
assessment  and  behavior  modification  to  reduce  health  risks.   The  Preventative 
Service  a  Task  Force  states  that  "The  most  promising  role  for  prevention  In  current 
medical  practice  may  lie  In  changing  the  personal  health  behaviors  of  patients  long 
before  clinical  disease  develops...  conventional  clinical  activities  may  be  of  less  value 
to  patients  than  activities  once  considered  outside  the  traditional  role  of  the  clinician." 

o  Secondary  prevention,  which  includes  outreach  to  patients,  the  early  detection  of 

disease  through  appropriate  screening,  and  the  use  of  clinical  guidelines  for  the 
management  of  conditions  before  they  become  serious.    Prevention  can  begin  before 
birth,  even  before  conception.  Timely  detection  of  problems  often  makes  more 
effective  treatment  possible  and  almost  always  improves  planning  for  future 
management  of  Illness  or  other  conditions. 

o  Informed  treatment  of  illness,  which  Includes  understanding  the  factors  that  make  care 

and  ueatment  difficult,  Bnd  applying  coordination  of  care,  teamwork  and  problem- 
solving  to  improve  outcomes,  quallty-of-life  and  value  In  a  measurable  way. 


271 

o  And  the  wise  use  of  resources,  which  means  avoiding  unnecessary  or  ineffective  care 

that  In  many  cases  can  do  more  harm  than  good.   At  the  same  time,  it  means  basing 
clinical  decisions  on  clinical  and  scientific  assessment  and  never  on  cost  alone. 

As  in  all  areas  of  medical  practice,  there  is  much  less  certainty  than  one  might  hope  for  or 

I 
assume  about  which  preventive  practices  work  and  which  are  most  cost-effective.    For 

I 
Instance,  It  was  once  believed  that  the  annual  physical  exam  was  good  preventive  care;  today 

i  i 

the  focus  Is  on  appropriate  health  screenings  at  appropriate  times  In  one's  life,  not  only  to 
prevent  unnecessary  cost,  but  to  improve  quality  of  care. 

!!......„,'..;  ■  !  :' 

Reaching  a  consensus  on  what  comprises  good  preventive  practice  Is  not  easy.   There  is 
much  work  being  done  tlirough  expert  panels  and  research  projects  on  developing  consensus, 
and  our  understanding  of  what  Is  useful  prevention  Is  constantly  evolving.  At  HCHP  we  try 
to  base  our  preventive  interventions  on  those  practices  where  a  consensus  has  been  achieved. 
In  addition,  we  seek  to  continuously  monitor  and  update  the  latest  knowledge  and  build 
consensus  within  our  own  group  through  communication  and  team-building. 

Let  me  outline  a  few  specific  examp!es_of  what  HCHP  is  doing  to  Integrate  prevention  into 
our  practice  of  medicine. 

As  I  mentioned  earlier,  we  provide  and  cover  a  wide  variety  of  primary  and  secondary 
preventive  measures  and  we  try  to  encourage  and  teach  healthy  behaviors  to  our  members. 
Each  new  member  now  receives  a  brochure  ("Staying  Healthy")  that  contains  our 
recommendations  for  Immunizations  and  screening  tests  for  men,  women  and  children  at 
various  ages.   We  support  compliance  with  our  screening  recommendations  In  a  number  of 
ways,  Including  computer  generated  reminders  that  are  produced  at  patient  visits,  and 
tlirough  programs  such  as  our  flu  shot  program  for  high-risk  members.   As  the  attached 
"reportcaid"  shows,  we  measure  our  performance  on  a  regular  basis  and  we  use  clinical 
quality  improvement  techniques  to  help  us  Increase  compliance  and  follow-up.  A  striking 
example  of  success  In  clinical  quality  improvement  Is  documented  on  another  attachment, 


272 

which  shows  that  follow-up  or  notification  within  6  to  9  months  of  an  abnoma!  pap  smear  li 

now  at  the  99  percent  level  at  HCHP.  compared  with  typical  benchmark  data  of  70  percent. 

I:  : 

I  I; 

i  li  '     J 

In  the  managed  treatment  of  illness.  I  would  point  to  the  example  of  HCHP's  central  AIDS 
program.  Our  AIDS  program  enables  a  large  number  of  primary  care  providers  with  varying 
levels  of  experience  with  HIV  infection  to  provide  up-to-date  management  of  their  patients' 
problems  by  having  a  central  clinical  resource  available  24  hours  a  day,  along  with  ongoing 
educational  programs.   Our  patients  feel  supported  by  having  a  sympathetic  and 
knowledgeable  nutse  who  provides  education,  emotional  support  and  help  in  assessing 
clinical  trials,  and  who  facilitates  appropriate  and  timely  care  for  acute  problems.    Since  the 
inception  of  the  program,  we  find  that  potentially  serious  illnesses  are  diagnosed  earlier, 
decreasing  hospitalization  and  maximizing  use  of  at-home  therapies,  which  leads  to  shortened 

length  of  hospital  stays  as  indicated  on  the  attached  graph. 

I 
i 
And  finally,  how  do  we  prevent  the  unnecessary  use  of  resources?  Several  years  ago  a  team 

began  looking  at  the  use  of  cranial  imaging   -  MRIs  and  CT  scans  of  the  head  --  as  a 

diagnostic  tool  for  headaches.    Information  on  cranial  Imaging  use  in  internal  medicine  and 

pediatric  departments  was  compiled  and  distributed  to  primary  care  physicians  along  with 

medical  literature  on  the  use  of  cranial  Imaging  for  headache  disorders.    Consultation  with 

staff  neurologists  was  encouraged.    The  result,  shown  on  the  attached  chart,  has  been  a 

significant  decrease  In  cranial  Imaging  utilization,  without  any  reduction  In  quality  of  care. 

ii 

!  :  |l 

HCirP's  preventive  care  Is  delivered  primarily  to  an  enrolled  population  through  prepaid 
group  practice.    As  an  HMO,  we  aren't  faced  with  many  of  the  barriers,  mentioned  earlier, 

that  stand  between  the  patient  or  the  provider  and  the  practice  of  prevention.   At  the  same 

i 

time,  managed  group  practice  allows  for  a  complex  Interplay  between  the  care  of  a 
population  and  the  care  of  an  individual.   The  care  of  a  population  involves  probability, 
statistics,  systems  of  care,  and  the  careful  measurement  of  the  outcomes  of  care.    The  care  of 
an  Individual  requires  weaving  the  probability  characteristics  of  a  population  into  the 
meaningful  care  of  a  single  person  at  a  single  point  In  time.   For  our  group  practice,  this 


273 

means  crafting  the  teamwork,  collaboration,  Innovation  and  various  viewpoints  of  the  group 
members  Into  single  acts  of  care  between  a  provider  and  patient. 


It  is  important  to  acknowledge  tliat  even  with  universal  coverage  for  preventive  care,  an 

Increase  in  primary  care  providers,  and  even  a  restructuring  of  our  health  care  system  over 

time  into  one  that  is  less  fragmented  and  more  coordinated,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  a 

strategy  of  prevention  will  be  successful.    Health  core  is  only  a  small  part  of  most  people's 

lives.    In  order  to  be  effective,  prevention  must  be  delivered  and  communicated  forcefully 

and  consistently  in  many  other  settings  -  at  home,  In  schools,  in  places  of  employment,  to 

i 
prisons,  in  community  organizations  and  agencies  of  all  kinds.    And  we  as  a  nation  must  deal 

with  the  many  social  and  economic  issues  that  stand  In  the  way  of  effective  prevention  - 

poverty,  homelessness,  Illiteracy  and  lack  of  transportation  to  name  a  few. 

Ultimately,  our  goal  must  be  to  make  health  care  a  much  smaller  part  of  people's  lives,  In 
terms  of  incidents  of  illness,  disfunction,  cost  and  administrative  hassle.    An  effective 
national  strategy  of  prevention,  based  on  clear  goals  and  standards,  coordinated  processes  of 
care  and  necessary  follow-up,  measurement  of  performance,  and  continuous  Improvement,  all 
supported  by  adequate  funding,  will  all  contribute  to  our  meeting  that  goal.      , 


274 


;  i 


T3 

u ; 

.s  t: 
*-§ 

"3   ^ 
E    ° 

3 1 

C3      ^ 
U    CO 

rt 

ffl 


TB  JSJLLJJJ 


E 

IS 

fc 

E 

Q 

u 


SEpSS 


Bass 


ttitfci?n 

r.r-CC-H: 


82 


5 


iZ 


ss 


m 


o 

8 


I 


5 


m 

tire 
Si 


o 
»- 


© 

3 


--  HJCr 

SI, 


Si 

r 


z 


■< 
Z 


J? 

3 


SJli 


3£ 

m 


$ 


IN 


mk 

Ski 
Sis 

HI 


•< 


| 


r- 


-rrrr 

M 


S;srr 


8 


^rasl ■::    t 

if.  Vp.C,  ■!  )' 


z 


$' 


pr 

Hi 


11 


fc  :;-:!s 

;:  :  :* 


18ff 


•*■ 


e'jjii 


*««=53 


^isg 


B 


ssasaas 

Si I'll  "SSlfcSiir 

gr>c    oj  .[-^Sr<p^  i  en- 


i 


% 


ruan 


3S 


vat 


HI 


iasa 


1^1 


g  PI'.- 


SP 


275 


276 


|i      I Inrvnrd  Community  1 1 cnltli  Plan 
Summary:  Abnormal  Fap  Smear  Follow-up 


yunpn<f|  To  At tr.rmjne  the  ntti  it  fbllou-iip  and  mtl/lcnUon  fht  women  who  hud  an  abnormal  Fap  imtai. 
Mrftin<)n1c^y|  All  "'moinuil  F»p  snitvs  pe iferme^  during  July  -  S'ptenitvr  1971  wrre  Identified  froro  the  various  Ub 
systems   Fcllow-up  Inrorn'atlon  vts  collected  flcm  Die  lab  systems,  claims  data,  and  medial  record  teview.  Folhw- 
t/r>  wa«  oVfln-d  si  r  repeat  Top  smeai,  colposcopy  or  mtiftry.  Wot[f\totion  was  defined  as  an  attempt  to  notify  lha 
patient  of  the  abnormal  remit.  The  snvtA  ptrloti  for  data  collection  «u  July  1992  -  Much  1993. 


Key  Findings 


S\rcce««  In  ach1e\lng  follow -np  for  abnormal  T>p  smears  li  exctfllrigly  hl|h  In  all  three  division*,  particularly  when 
compared  to  benchmark  data    Benchmark  data  available  fiom  published  studies  In  a  variety  of  clinical  !<etUnj»l  Indicate 
a  t>plc-d  follow-up  rile  of  70V..  The  best  follow-up  me  achlei  ed  In  any  published  repon  Is  9S%  at  one  year.  Previous 
IfCirr  studies  Indicate  fellow -up.Votjfiejtloft  rates  of  99.?'/.  In  the  IICD  and  100.0%  In  the  NED  (follow-up/ 
notification  to  occur  within  one  year).  No  previous  MOD  data  are  available. 


Results 


Follow-up  or  Notification  without  follow-up 
within  6-9  Months  of  Abnormal  Pop  Smear 


D  Notified  Only 
P3  FcUevwfl-up 


I. OH 

_i£3TT!?rjs??i 

UCIIT 
N-17IJ 


No  r.videnct  of  Follow-up  of  Notification 
w  Itliln  6-9  Months  of  Anncr  mal  Pap  Smear 


0.9'A 

IICD 
K-I0J7 


MOD 
N-J7S 


NED 

N-Jtl 


There  are  no  slrntflf-rrt  dilferrrKta  between  divisional  ra'es  (fJli). . 

team  Mftnb*sJ'C»«filimf<)i  n  De'na  Coolsin  *  Jam*!  Zs'.rMI,  co  lr->ders.  Driart  Chunf*.  Ua  relnfiold,  MSI'll,  I -arty 
Gottlieb,  MT»,  Tain  Llnov.  MA.  Svan»1  Payne  M(  Gtilttt,  MP.  A,  Stertitn  J  clnrnl-aum.  MP,  Dorlicne  Smith,  lean  Thorn",  NP. 
For  mart  Information,  pteasf  contact  James  T^Trall  at  «|7>  731-7533  nr  i»7?33.      Report  Bate:  September  1991 


277 


MHO 

Of"' 


Harvard  Community  Health  Tlan 
HCD  Central  AIDS  Program 


ii 


Significance; 


i 


The  HCIIF  Central  AIDS  Program  provides  a  wide  range  of 
hospital,  ambulatory,  and  homecat  e  services  Tor  members  with 
IUV,  ARC,  and  AIDS  Ihe  goal  of  the  program  Is  to  piovide 
coordinated  and  comprehensive  care  through  a  team  of  medical 
and  nurse  specialists,  aimed  at  supporting  affected  members' 
complex  routine  and  emergency  medical,  aocial,  psychological, 
and  educational  needs. 


Central  AIDS  Trogram  Inpatient  Discharge  Summary 


20  .r 


Si 

"8 


iB.er 


10.7* 


874 


f- 


-I 


4- 


+ 


+ 


H 


FY87 


FY88 


FY80 


FY'90 


FT»1     I       FY92 


Fres 

Flist  Nina 
Months 


Action  for  Improvement;      Ongoing  tracking  system  of  services  provided  for  and  Status  of 

membets  with  HIV,  ARC,  and  AIDS 


278 


MPO 

UUtMl 

OJ1«« 


:  'I 

1 

Harvard  Community  Health  Plan 
Analysis  of  Use  of  Mill's  and  CT  Scans  of  the  Head 


Significance: 


:l 


The  use  of  expensive  dingnostlc  tests  does  not  always  result  in 
Impioved  health  outcomes  for  our  members.  In  an  effort  to 
understand  cranial  Imaging  utilization,  the  Neurology 
Department  hit  tricked  and  reviewed  utilization  over  the  past 
three  years.  t 


Cranial  Imaging  Utilization 


1S.0H  T 


■  I 


I 


r 


12  0% 


0.0% 


eon 


s.os 


0.0% 


FVBO 

(Q2) 


MeaiuremenU  i\ere  eorvlueted  tntec  yearly 


I 


Remits: 


Action  for  Improvement: 


•  Information  on  cranial  Imaging  uttlbation  for  departments  of 
Internal  medicine  and  pediatrics  was  compiled  and  distributed 
to  primary  care  clinicians. 

•  Clinicians  were  offered  medical  literature  concerning  cranial 
imaging  for  headache  disorders  and  reinforcement  that 
Neurologists  are  available  for  conjultatloa 

Stable  levels  have  been  achieved  as  of  FY'90  (Q5).  Plans  are 
to  continue  tracking  Individual  and  comparative  data. 


279 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Henley. 

Dr.  Henley.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  would  ask  that  our  written  comments  of  the  Academy  be  placed 
into  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  They  will  be. 

Dr.  Henley.  My  name  is  Douglas  Henley,  and  I  am  here  today 
as  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  American  Academy  of 
Family  Physicians;  but  I  would  indicate  to  you  that  I  am  also  a 
family  doctor  in  rural  North  Carolina,  practicing  with  my  four  part- 
ners and  three  physician's  assistants  that  we  employ,  providing 
comprehensive  medical  care  to  over  25,000  patients  in  our  area. 

On  behalf  of  our  74,000  members  at  the  Academy,  I  am  pleased 
to  discuss  with  you  the  important  issue  of  coverage  for  clinical  pre- 
ventive services  in  the  President's  health  care  reform  proposal. 

Let  me  first  indicate  that  the  Academy  is  extremely  supportive 
of  the  President's  principles  of  health  care  reform  and  many  of  its 
strategies.  But  we  are  especially  excited  and  encouraged  and  sup- 
portive of  the  emphasis  being  placed  by  the  President  on  clinical 
preventive  services  and  their  coverage.  Family  physicians  are 
uniquely  trained  to  provide  these  services  regardless  of  the  pa- 
tient's age  or  gender. 

We  have  long  advocated  the  need  to  provide  for  age-appropriate 
and  effective  clinical  preventive  services.  Those  services  identified 
in  the  President's  proposal  are  essentially  the  same  as  those  which 
exist  in  our  health  care  reform  proposal,  "Rx  for  Health."  They 
would  cover  all  age  groups  and  are  consistent  with  the  rec- 
ommendation of  the  U.S.  Preventive  Services  Task  Force. 

In  the  President's  plan,  we  finally  have  an  approach  that  is  truly 
comprehensive,  that  places  strong  emphasis  once  and  for  all  on  pre- 
ventive services,  while  at  the  same  time  providing  coverage  for  rou- 
tine medical  care. 

If  I  may,  I  would  like  to  summarize  three  particular  points  re- 
garding our  concerns  on  these  issues.  The  first  deals  with  the 
methodology  of  determining  which  preventive  services  should  be 
covered  in  the  President's  plan.  We  believe  this  is  a  very  important 
scientific  issue. 

Some  preventive  services,  such  as  prenatal  care  and  immuniza- 
tions, have  been  well  documented  to  reduce  both  individual  and  so- 
cietal costs.  Where  those  exist  and  the  data  exist,  they  should  be 
covered,  without  deductibles  or  copayments  or  coinsurance. 

But  other  services,  even  some  that  are  highly  promoted,  have 
very  limited  or  no  documentation  regarding  positive  outcomes.  We 
would  highly  recommend  that  the  work  of  such  experts  as  Dr. 
David  Eddy  and  the  Preventive  Services  Task  Force  be  utilized  by 
your  committee  as  a  resource  to  determine  those  preventive  serv- 
ices to  be  ultimately  included  in  the  basic  benefits  package. 

These  experts  advocate  and  utilize,  as  has  the  Academy,  an  ex- 
plicit method  for  making  clinical  policy  recommendations.  This  is 
a  very  rigorous  and  outcomes-based  approach  and  one  that  the 
Academy  has  used  since  1990  in  developing  our  age  charts  for  peri- 
odic health  intervention,  which  are  updated  annually  and  are  ap- 
pended to  our  written  testimony  that  I  would  bring  to  your  atten- 
tion. 


280 

As  you  debate  this  important  issue  of  coverage,  the  methodology 
of  determining  coverage  must  be  addressed.  We  would  ask  that  you 
require  two  things.  First,  insist  on  an  explicit  method  and  an  out- 
comes-based approach  to  be  utilized  to  establish  and  update  these 
services.  The  old-style  consensus  approach  must  be  thrown  out.  We 
cannot  afford  to  pay  for  services  simply  because  they  seem  right  or 
because  they  relate  to  the  most  current  fad  disease  in  the  eye  of 
the  public  or  the  media. 

Second,  establish  a  single  entity  empowered  to  make  the  final 
recommendations  for  covered  clinical  preventive  services,  based 
upon  the  methodology  that  I  have  outlined.  Multiple  guidelines 
from  multiple  groups  are  confusing  to  physicians  and  patients.  A 
single  entity  to  approve  such  covered  services  will  eliminate  this 
confusion. 

The  second  issue  that  relates  to  the  first  deals  with  the  issue  of 
funding.  We  would  suggest  that  the  research  necessary  to  develop 
this  methodology  and  to  determine  which  services  should  be  cov- 
ered, based  upon  first  dollar  amounts,  is  clearly  within  the  domain 
of  primary  care  research. 

I  urge  caution  in  how  you  utilize  increased  Federal  funding  to  ac- 
complish this  research.  We  would  strongly  urge  that  such  research 
occur  through  the  Agency  for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research; 
caution  in  the  sense  that  through  the  National  Institutes  of  Health, 
primary  care  research  is  perhaps  not  the  right  domain. 

Finally,  I  would  like  to  emphasize  the  important  issue  of  the 
periodic  health  exam.  The  President's  proposal  for  clinical  preven- 
tive services  includes  such  age-appropriate  examinations.  The  time 
necessary  for  these  visits,  however,  is  dealt  with  primarily  as  a 
routine  office  visit  and  frequently  focuses  on  just  simply  tests  and 
procedures.  If  we  are  truly  to  put  prevention  into  practice,  we  must 
shift  the  focus  of  such  visits  to  the  necessary  counseling,  screening, 
and  risk  factor  reduction  that  is  necessary  for  these  very,  very  im- 
portant visits.  They  are  anything  but  routine,  and  they  require 
greater  expertise  and  time  and  skill  on  the  part  of  the  physician. 

I  strongly  encourage  you  to  place  more  attention  on  the  physi- 
cian/patient interaction  rather  than  on  the  tests  that  may  be  or- 
dered. Unique  CPT  codes  exist  for  these  services  and  should  be  re- 
imbursed to  reflect  the  time  and  skill  required  in  carrying  out  a 
comprehensive  history,  a  comprehensive  exam,  risk  assessment  and 
counseling. 

In  summary,  Mr.  Chairman,  we  applaud  the  President's  strong 
emphasis  on  clinical  preventive  services.  Clarification  about  which 
services  to  be  covered  is  very  important,  and  we  provide  our  infor- 
mation for  your  use. 

The  Academy  stands  ready  to  assist  this  Congress  and  the  Presi- 
dent as  these  issues  are  debated.  I  thank  you  for  your  time  and 
would  be  happy  to  respond  to  your  questions. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Henley  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Dr.  Douglas  E.  Henley 

My  name  is  Douglas  E.  Henley  M.D.  I  am  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors 
of  the  American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians,  and  I  am  privileged  to  serve  as 
chair  of  the  Academy's  Commission  on  Public  Health  and  Scientific  Affairs.  On  be- 
half of  the  Academy's  74,000  members,  I  am  pleased  to  appear  before  the  Committee 


281 

this  morning  to  discuss  coverage  of  clinical  preventive  services  in  President  Clin- 
ton's health  system  reform  proposal. 

The  Academy  is  encouraged  and  excited  by  the  emphasis  on  clinical  preventive 
services  in  the  President's  program  for  health  care  reform.  Family  physicians  are 
uniquely  trained  to  provide  these  services,  but  we  and  our  patients  have  been  frus- 
trated that  such  services  have  not  been  covered  by  existing  insurance  plans. 

The  Academy  has  long  supported  the  need  to  provide  age-appropriate  and  effec- 
tive clinical  preventive  services.  Those  services  identified  in  the  President's  program 
are  essentially  the  same  as  those  included  in  our  health  care  reform  plan,  Rx  for 
Health.  In  the  President's  plan,  we  finally  have  an  approach  that  is  comprehen- 
sive— one  which  includes  preventive  services  as  well  as  medical  care  services.  In  so 
doing,  the  President's  proposal  agrees  with  our  philosophy  and  approach  to  com- 
prehensive, cost-effective  primary  care. 

Preventive  services  in  the  President's  proposal  cover  all  age  groups  and  are  con- 
sistent with  the  recommendations  of  the  US.  Preventive  Services  Task  Force 
(USPSTF).  The  Academy  has  actively  participated  in  the  deliberations  of  the  Task 
Force  and  applauds  its  outcomes-based  method  for  in  determining  the  effectiveness 
of  specific  clinical  preventive  services. 

We  have  also  worked  with  the  National  Coordinating  Committee  on  Clinical  Pre- 
ventive Services  (NCCCPS)  and  the  Office  of  Disease  Prevention  and  Health  Pro- 
motion (ODPHP)  to  integrate  clinical  preventive  services  into  the  practices  of  our 
74,000  members.  We  are,  in  fact,  very  excited  to  have  just  received  funding  from 
the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  to  implement  their  "Put  Prevention 
into  Practice"  campaign. 

Some  specific  issues  I  would  like  to  discuss  with  you  today  are  the  costs  of  clinical 
preventive  services,  the  scientific  methods  for  recommending  coverage  of  specific 
clinical  preventive  services,  the  critical  importance  of  protecting  physicians  who  fol- 
low the  recommended  protocols,  the  importance  of  emphasizing  the  periodic  health 
exam,  and  a  major  concern  we  have  about  coverage  of  clinical  preventive  services 
in  the  Medicare  Program. 

Costs  of  clinical  preventive  services 

Working  with  data  collected  by  the  NCCCPS,  we  have  learned  that  including  pre- 
ventive services  into  the  existing  system  would  increase  total  premiums  in  the  aver- 
age employer's  health  plan  by  only  three  percent  or  less.  While  we  acknowledge 
these  costs  to  be  real,  we  believe  strongly  that  great  savings  would  ultimately  result 
from  this  important  investment.  These  savings  come  from  the  prevention  of  disease, 
diagnosing  disease  early  and  thereby  effecting  early  cure  or  control,  allowing  for  less 
expensive  interventions,  reducing  the  physical  and  emotional  burden  associated 
with  an  illness,  and  allowing  affected  individuals  to  be  more  productive  in  our  soci- 
ety. 

Methods  for  recommending  coverage 

Careful  consideration  must  be  given,  now  and  in  the  future,  to  those  clinical  pre- 
ventive services  identified  for  coverage  in  the  proposed  benefits  package.  Some  serv- 
ices, such  as  prenatal  care  and  immunizations,  have  been  well  documented  to  re- 
duce both  individual  and  societal  costs.  These  should  be  included  without  requiring 
deductibles,  copayments  or  coinsurance.  Other  frequently  recommended  clinical  pre- 
ventive services  do  not  have  clearly  established  beneficial  outcomes,  and  there  are 
few  useful  studies  showing  they  are  worth  the  cost.  Some  services,  even  some  that 
are  highly  promoted,  have  very  limited  or  no  documentation  of  positive  benefit  in 
relation  to  the  high  associated  costs. 

I  would  highly  recommend  the  work  of  such  experts  as  Dr.  David  Eddy  and  the 
USPSTF  be  used  as  resources  as  you  in  determine  those  clinical  prevention  services 
to  be  ultimately  included  in  a  basic  benefits  package  with  no  cost-sharing. 

For  the  past  6  years,  the  Academy  has  used  an  explicit  method  for  making  clinical 
policy  recommendations.  The  method  is  outcomes-based  and  considers  both  the 
harm  and  benefit  to  the  patient.  This  rigorous,  evidenced-based  method  is  also  uti- 
lized by  the  Agency  for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research  (AHCPR)  and  the  Centers 
for  Disease  Control  (CDC).  It  is  not  being  used,  as  yet,  by  the  NIH! 

Since  1990,  the  Academy  has  published  its  Age  Charts  for  Periodic  Health  Inter- 
vention, which  are  updated  annually  using  this  approach.  These  charts  are  ap- 
pended to  the  written  testimony  distributed  to  each  of  you. 

As  you  debate  this  important  issue  of  coverage  for  clinical  preventive  services,  we 
urge  you  to  require  two  things: 

(1)  Insist  that  an  explicit  method  and  outcomes-based  approach  be  utilized  to 
establish  and  update  these  services.  The  "old  style"  consensus  approach  must 
be  thrown  out.  We  cannot  afford  to  pay  for  such  services  simply  because  they 


282 

"seem"  right  or  relate  to  the  most  current  "fad"  disease  in  the  eye  of  the  public 
or  the  media. 

(2)  Establish  a  single  entity  empowered  to  make  the  final  recommendations 
for  covered  clinical  preventive  services  based  upon  the  method  described  above. 
Multiple  guidelines  or  clinical  policies  from  multiple  groups  or  organizations  are 
confusing  to  physicians  and  patients.  A  single  entity  to  approve  the  covered 
services  will  alleviate  much  of  this  confusion. 

Presumptive  defense 

The  third  issue  I  wish  to  address  is  the  protection  of  physicians  who  follow  the 
recommended  protocol  for  clinical  preventive  services.  It  is  critical  that  such  a  liabil- 
ity shield  be  legislatively  mandated  for  when  a  physician's  practice  is  based  on  such 
a  protocol.  The  current  inconsistency  of  the  multiple  sets  of  guidelines  including 
such  services  as  mammography  and  prostate  cancer  screening  continue  to  leave  the 
physician  open  to  litigation.  Without  a  liability  shield,  the  need  to  protect  oneself 
will  continue  to  motivate  the  inappropriate  use  of  tests  and  procedures. 

Periodic  health  exams 

The  President's  proposal  for  clinical  preventive  services  includes  age-appropriate 
periodic  health  exams.  The  time  necessary  for  such  a  visit,  however,  is  dealt  with 
as  a  "routine  office  visit"  and  focuses  on  tests  and  procedures.  If  we  are  truly  to 
put  prevention  into  practice,  we  must  shift  the  focus  of  such  visits  to  the  counseling, 
screening  and  risk  factor  reduction  that  occurs  during  these  important  visits.  They 
are  anything  but  routine  and  require  greater  expertise  and  skill  on  the  part  of  the 
physician.  I  strongly  encourage  you  to  place  more  attention  on  the  physician-patient 
interaction  than  on  the  test  that  may  be  ordered.  Unique  Current  Procedural  Termi- 
nology (CPT)  codes  exist  for  these  services  and  should  be  reimbursed  to  reflect  the 
time  and  skill  required  in  carrying  out  a  comprehensive  history,  exam,  risk  assess- 
ment and  patient  counseling. 

Coverage  under  Medicare 

This  brings  me  to  a  major  concern  of  the  Academy  about  coverage  of  these  peri- 
odic health  exams  under  the  Medicare  Program.  While  we  strongly  support  such 
coverage,  we  ask  you  not  to  do  so  at  the  expense  of  other  primary  care  services.  The 
current  process  for  updating  the  Medicare  physician  fee  schedule  does  not  protect 

grimary  care  services  in   a  manner  afforded  by  Medicare  Volume  Performance 
tandard.  It  is,  therefore,  critical  that  coverage  of  these  periodic  health  exams  not 
reduce  payment  for  other  equally  important  primary  care  services. 

In  summary,  we  applaud  the  President's  strong  emphasis  on  the  provision  of  clini- 
cal preventive  services  as  a  part  of  health  care  reform.  Clarification  about  the  pre- 
ventive services  to  be  covered  is  important,  and  we  provide  our  guidelines  as  one 
resource.  The  Academy  stands  ready  to  assist  Congress  and  the  President  as  these 
issues  are  debated.  I  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  you  today  and 
will  be  pleased  to  respond  to  any  questions. 

American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 
age  charts  for  periodic  health  examination 

510— Preamble,  510A— Ages  Birth-18  Months,  510B— Ages  19  Months-6  Years, 
510C— Ages  7-12  Years,  510D— Ages  13-18  Years,  510E— Ages  19-39  Years,  510F— 
Ages  40-64  Years,  510G — Ages  65  Years  and  Older 

These  recommendations  are  provided  only  as  an  assistance  for  physicians  making 
clinical  decisions  regarding  the  care  of  their  patients.  As  such,  they  cannot  substitute 
for  the  individual  judgment  brought  to  each  clinical  situation  by  the  patient's  family 
physician.  As  with  all  clinical  reference  resources,  they  reflect  the  best  understanding 
of  the  science  of  medicine  at  the  time  of  publication,  but  they  should  be  used  with 
the  clear  understanding  that  continued  research  may  result  m  new  knowledge  and 
recommendations. 

Preamble  to  Age  Charts  for  Periodic  Health  Examination 

Periodic  health  examination,  including  immunizations,  counseling,  and  other  pre- 
ventive services,  are  a  part  of  continuing,  comprehensive  care  in  family  practice. 
The  content  and  frequency  of  these  health  examinations  should  be  tailored  to  the 
patient's  age,  sex,  and  risk  factors.  Delivery  of  clinical  preventive  services  should 
not  be  limited  only  to  visits  for  health  maintenance  but  also  should  be  provided  as 
a  part  of  visits  for  other  reasons  such  as  acute  and  chronic  care.  For  many  patients, 
these  visits  provide  the  only  opportunity  to  receive  preventive  services. 


283 

The  following  age-specific  charts  for  periodic  health  examination  are  rec- 
ommended by  the  Subcommittee  on  Periodic  Health  Intervention  of  the  Commission 
on  Public  Health  and  Scientific  Affairs  as  the  minimum  clinical  preventive  services 
to  be  provided  for  asymptomatic  patients.  They  are  based  on  the  Guide  to  Clinical 
Preventive  Services:  Report  of  the  U.S.  Preventive  Services  Task  Force,  the  Amer- 
ican College  of  Physicians  outcomes-based  recommendations  on  hormone  replace- 
ment therapy  and  recommendations  of  the  Commission  on  Public  Health  and  Sci- 
entific Affairs.  In  making  these  recommendations,  the  subcommittee  notes: 

A)  That  all  patients  new  to  a  medical  practice  should  be  urged  to  receive  a 
comprehensive  history  and  physical  as  well  as  the  screening,  laboratory  and  di- 
agnostic procedures,  counseling,  immunizations  and  chemoprophylaxis  appro- 
priate for  the  patient's  age,  sex,  and  risk.  Subsequent  visits  may  be  used  in 
completion  of  workup. 

B)  That  former  health  records  should  be  obtained  for  review  and  avoidance 
of  duplications  of  laboratory  testing. 

C)  That  the  charts  are  not  exhaustive  and  that  physicians  may  add  other  pre- 
ventive services  either  routinely  or  for  individual  patients  based  on  clinical 
judgment. 

D)  That  as  new  scientific  findings  become  available,  the  subcommittee  antici- 
pates changes  in  the  recommendations. 

E)  That  the  subcommittee  has  added  interventions  beyond  the  recommenda- 
tions of  the  U.S.  Preventive  Services  Task  Force  and  other  explicitly  developed 
guidelines  that  it  feels  are  necessary.  These  are  noted  with  footnotes  on  the 
charts  and  shown  in  italics. 

F)  The  date  in  the  lower  right  hand  comer  identifies  the  most  recent  update 
of  these  charts.  The  date  in  the  lower  left  hand  comer  is  the  most  recent  print- 
ing. This  document  is  updated  annually. 


284 


American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 

Periodic  Ilcallli  Examination* 
Ages:  65  Years  and  Over 

Schcdul-:  P.n  ciy  \  ear' 

<Sre  Vrea/nble)  


Screening 


llhlnr? 

h\iri\irt  mc  tidal  and  family  hulpfy' 
MnlKattpn  iiif  (prrsrripiion  and 

nt<n  p'ti'.rtiuia) 
Prior  svmptoms  of  transient  Ischemic 

attack 

Dietary  mini  c 
I  li j  «ii t  al  ar  tivlly 
I  obacco/akohoi/ding  use 
function.il  status  al  lioinc 


'An  ipttafilf  if  tht  rtevitntsly  "/'Mi  i^f 
nis  in  .1.  aivt  f  un'ly  riftllcal  nlHriJ  If 
irt  fnvnrn.irii  by  ihr  luhcommmrr 


I'h-slcnl  F.-mmlnillon 


llrlpli'  and  uclRhl 
Mi-i'd  picssun; 
Visual  acullv 
Heating  nnd  Iraihig  aids 
CUnlcal  breast  exam' 
I'rh  ir  nam 
C'lutiii  ein.il  ultMitit 
Digital  iri.wl  rutin' 

Mi'-h  Hisk  G n -ups 
Auscultation  l"t  r.itotid"  Fiu>ts  (MR I) 
Complete  skin  exam  (.1  IR2> 
Complete  cnl  cas ilv  csain  (IIR3) 
Palpation  ol  thyroid  nodules  (MTM) 


Ml  r*r'j  f  Sy  u.  I  ti  vijiV  with  m  minimum  of 

r   ri  >  lvw>  \rnrt 
'Ail  .nil) 
'Mr  in/ (  ntimi'tee  Iftf-nr'/ni'l  lAu 

pnxrduir  but  rtcvf  1I"CJ  l'*  "•  leniifle 

evi4>  .I-  *•  "iirr'~*'i"'f  i'  "^T  n/1'  1^ 

f  o-r/ujivc. 


Diet  nnd  F.irrclse 


I  .it  (especially  saturated  lat). 

cholcslcml,  complex  carbohydrates. 

Ii1>et.  sodium,  calcium' 
rYiuritii-n-ii1  astewnent 
Selection  of  exercise  program 

'for  women 


InliiryTrcvcnllon 


rnvcnllon  "f  falls 

Snlclv  Kits 

Smoke  d-dectrr 

Smoking  near  bedding  or  upholstery 

Mot    vaier  healer  temperature 

<r,  120/) 
Safety  helmets 

High-Risk  Grrurs 
I'lrvt  tilii'ti  ol  rhiidhood  injutlcs 

fllRI?. 


(Jounsellng 


Substance  Hse 


lobaccr  cessation 

Aitnli"!  and  oilier  drugs: 
Limiting  alcohol  consumption 
DiMmx/oiliS'  dang-nous  activities 
while  under  die  Influence 

1  rcalmrnt  for  abuse 


Denial  llrallh 


Rcculai  tooth  brushing,  flossing, 
dental  visits 


Laboratory /Pin  enoxtlc  Procedures 


Nonlasthig  or  fauing  total  blood 

choleslrrol 
Dipstick  urinalysis 
M-unmcgram' 
Thyroid  functl"n  lets' 

High- Risk  Groups 
f  astlng  nlasnia  glucose  (ilUJ) 
lulKlLillin  skin  let  (pl*D.  (MR6) 
F_lccUptatdior,tam  (IIR7) 
Papanicolaou  smear'  (IIR8) 
fecal  occult  blood/slgmoidoscopy 

(MR11) 
leca'  occult  blood/colonoscopy 

(IIRIO)         


M'  Uast  t\rry  fur  wan 

'ft  It  mom  nrruitd  t\al  manmoftarny  bt 

pe'f»in*ii  a  nua  /-  fnr  all  nnmen 

brt'nnjnf  fit  flgf  iO 
'Fur  *'»mf-| 
'Fvery  I  1  yritl 


Sexual  Practices 


Sexuality 


Other  rrlmaiy 
Pre\enllve  Measures 


Glaucoma  testing 
Advance  dirrciivrsillvlng 

v.  ill  dm  able  /'cmer  oj  nilomty 
Discussion  o(  honnone  replacement 
llierapy  In  women 


llljtf'jyslLpJSuiS 
Discussion  ol  a  pirin  liict.ipy  (HRI3) 
Skin  rtctrctlon  from  ultraviolet  light 
(MRU) 


285 


Arcs:  65  Veari  ind  Over 


Immunizations  and  Clicmoproplnlaxls 


tetanus  diphtheria  (Td)  booster" 
Infliirn/a  vaccine" 
rncunincur.lt  vaccine 
Hlr;h  Rlek  rtrrmps 
Ilcpalilis  B  vaccine  (MR  15) 


'Tvery  10  vrarr 
"Annually 


leading  Causes  of  Dcalh: 


tic ^rt  disease 
Cerebrovascular  dlrcase 

ObMtucthr  lung  disease 
Pncuinnnia/tnflucnzjl 
I. imp  chut 
Colorectal  cancer 


Additional  Notes 

Remain  Alert  Tor: 


Depression  symptoms 
Suicide  risk  factor;  (IIRII) 
Abnormal  bcrravcmcnl 
Chuigcs  In  cognitive  function 
Medications  that  Increase  risk  of 
falls 

Signs  of  physical  abuse  or  neglect 
Malignant  skin  legions 
Peripheral  arterial  disease 
Tooth  decay,  gingivitis,  loose  teeth 


(High  Risk  Categories  listed  on  following  page.) 


•Ihit  list  ol  preventive  i-fvlc-i  li  tv<l  etltl"Mi>r  1l  reflet  u  orly  I)  "Jc  I«-pt<-»  reviewed  by  the  U  S.  Pievrntivc  Service!  TisV.  l"c"ce  atd  tht  A.\Tf 
Co'imt'.MiVn  on  fuM  c  Ihili'i  an4  Ju'iii/I'  1,fl,i"i.  Clinician!  mi)  »i<h  in  •  Id  oiler  preventive  lervicel  on  •  routine  brill  ard  elm  considering 
the  patient  »  medical  hist.'ty  tin  I  other  lul' .Mill  .Ircuinilancel.    F.iami  -In  of  luff  condition!  not  specifically  eiamlned  by  the  Task  Force  Include: 

Clttnnie  nh^o-.<tive  pilmomry  dircase  Ttlvel  trilled  Hires! 

llrpnt'ililirjv  di«eare  rtercriptlon  Hrug  ab'tse 

BWMrt  cen-et  Occupational  lllnesi  and  tnjutlei 

Fn<li*mrftii1  disrare 

(The  rrconunoidrH  icher'ub-  ipplies  !•".!«  lo  ll'C  pen-Jic  »I»H  '"'If-   The  frequency  of  the  Individual  preventive  lervicel  tilled  bi  thll  table  U  left  10 
clinical  discretion,  eicept  as  Indicated  In  other  fooumtel- 

Age:  65  Years  and  Over 
High  Risk  Categories 

IIR1  rets  .nj  »ilh  ri<l  railou  fri  ceiebrovauu'at  01  c«t<tlnv««tllu  dj-ease  (r  |„  h>pcilenjlon,  I'noUnf.  CAD.  atrial  fibrillation,  diabetes)  or  thoie 

with  nriitnloele  ijmploml  (t  g  .  transient  Ivhrmlc  Macks)  or  a  hlrlnry  of  eete brovaseulaj  disease 

1IR2  rcrsiw  » iih  a  family  ol  personal  hist,  ty  ct  il  In  <  anccr,  Inneased  oceupalional  ot  recreational  eipmute  lo  lunhghl.  or  clinical  evidence  of 

prrcutsor  lesions  (e  g  .  d)splistle  nevl,  certain  congenital  nevl) 

IIRJ  Persons   «llh  eipniure  *>  tobacco  or  escesslve  amounu  of  alcohol,  or  ihore  wltb  luspicloul  lymptomi  or  leilona  detected  through  lelf- 

elimination 

tlRI  Prisons  uiih  a  history  of  tipper  body  Inidiulon. 

IlltS  The  markedly  obese,  persons  «lth  a  family  M<wty  of  dlibelei.  or  »omen  with  •  hlilory  of  gerlatlonal  diabetes 

HRo  llo.U'l  -..Id  mrml  -ss  of  p.  t.ons  U  rth  Itlhcrcidosii  or  other  I  II  ri.k  for  rlose  cot'tacl  » ilh  the  disea-e  (e  g  .  slljf  of  luhc.culosls  clinlcl    aheltctl 

tor  l).e  h..n,rle-i  nursirf.  tt.-mes.  iUi  n-nce  ■'nj.-  uevn'cn!  f.cil.'lM.  dialyril  u'du.  crnecdonil  Innituilons).  recent  Intmigranil  or  relugcel 
fr.  m  co.inriei  In  »hi.h  llrl«c.ulofU  il  co"uron  (e  g  .  Aria.  Africa  Central  and  South  America.  T,\r«:  Wlndi).  migant  v-orke-i:  reirdenll 
ol  mitring  homer,  correctional  Inllltullnnr.  01  bnmelerr  ihrlleri:  or  perroni  with  certain  underlying  medical  dliorderl  (e  g  .  IttV  rnfectton). 


286 

IIRT  Mm  »lth  t*n  or  more  cardiac  risk  factors  (high  Mood  cholesterol,  hypertension,  cigarette  smoking,  diabetes  mctlltui.  fi-nlly  hiiujty  of  CAD); 

mrn  »ho  would  endangrr  public  safely  »rre  <liry  to  experience  sudden  cardiac  eventi  (e  g.,  commercial  airline  pilots):  or  sedentary  or  high  risk 
males  planning  to  begin  I  vigorous  etetclse  program. 

IIR*  Women  who  hive  not  hid  previous  documented  screening  to  which  smears  heva  been  consistently  negative. 

IIR9  fVrsnns  uhn  ha*e  first  degree  relatives  ^ ith  colorectal  cancer:  •  personal  history  of  endometrial,  ovarian,  or  breast  cancer:  or  ■  previous 

diagnosis  of  Inflammatory  bowel  disease,  adenomatous  polyps,  or  colorectal  cancer. 

IIR10        Persons  with  a  family  history  of  familial  polyposis  coll  or  cancer  family  syndrome. 

MRU  Recent  divorce,  separation,  unemployment,  depression,  alcohol  or  other  drug  abuse,  serious  medical  Illnesses,  living  done,  or  recent 
bereavement 

MRU        Tenon*  with  children  bi  the  home  or  automobile. 

MRU  Mrn  avfca  have  rl«k  faiiors  kVi  myocardial  InfatMl'-n  (eg.,  high  b'ood  choietiesrl,  invktng,  diabetes  mcllltus.  family  history  of  early-onaal 
CAD)  and  »hn  lack  a  history  of  gastrointestinal  or  other  bleeding  problem!,  and  other  risk  factori  for  bleeding  or  cerebral  hemorrhage. 

MR  14        Tetsons  with  Increased  eapmitre  In  sunlighl 

IIR  1 3  ItnfnpMSiwHy  a/hit' sexually  active  mrn.  Intrivnous  druf  titers,  recipients  of  lome  blood  products,  persons  In  health  related  Jobs  with  frequent 
erposurr  to  blood  or  blood  pioducts.  hnusrlwld  and  sexual  contacts  of  HBV  carriers,  sexually  active  heterosexual  persons  with  multiple  sexual 
partners  d'utgncsed  as  fining  recti*!?  acquired  sexually  transmitted  disease,  prostitutes,  and  persons  who  have  m  history  of  sesmol  activity  with 
multiple  partners  in  th*  previous  six-  months 

Arc*:  40-64  Years 
liigti-Rtitc  Categories 

MR  I  fVt 'nn<  with  a  family  of  personal  hls|--ry  of  skin  cancer.  Increased  occupational  or  recreational  eapofure  to  sunlight,  or  clinical  avfdmca  of 

precursor  lesions  (e  g  .  dysplartle  nevl.  certain  congenital  nevl). 

IIR2  rrison.*  with  eipnsme  to  tobacco  or  eicesske  amounts  of  alcohol,  or  those  with  suspicious  symptoms  or  lesions  delected  through  aclf- 

etaminatlon 

HR1  Persons  witb  a  history  of  upp*r  body  Irradiation. 

1IR4  Ters-nj  with  risk  factors  fir  cerebro\ascu'ar  or  cardiovascular   li-ea.se  (e  g..  hypertension,  StnokJng,  CAD.  atrial  fibrillation,  diabetes)  or  thoia 

with  neiifor^glc  symptoms  fe  g  .  transient  Ischemic  attacks)  or  a  history  of  cerebrovascular  disease. 

IIR1  The  markedly  ohrse.  persons  »lth  a  family  history  of  diabetes,  or  women  with  ■  history  of  gestational  diabetes. 

IIP  *  Prostitutes,  persona  who  engage  In  set  with  multiple  partners  In  areas  in  which  syphilis  Is  prevalent,  or  contacts  of  persons  with  active  syphilis. 

MR?  Persons  with  diabetes. 

MRS  retsons  who  am  nd  clinics  for  se»<iallv  transmlttH  diseases,  »ue*td  other  high  ri'k  health  cit  Uciliil  i  (e  g„  adol  -stent  and  family  planning 

clinics),  or  have  other  rl«k  (acton  for  chlamydial  Infection  fe  g  ,  multiple  seaual  partners  or  a  aeaual  partner  with  multiple  actual  contacts). 

IIR9  Prostitutes,  persons  with  n  <jWr>!e  actual  partners  or  t  icua'  partner  with  multiple  contacts,  seaual  contacts  of  persons  with  culture  proven 

gonorrhea,  or  prisons  with  a  rmtniy  of  reprated  episodes  of  gononhea. 

IIR  10        Prrs  <rs  serVing  'reaunent  for  ftusllv  transmit-cd  disea«ta;  hom  ire  sua!  and  blse\ual  men;  past  or  present  Intra vnous  (IV)  drug  us<"ra:  re*  sens 

*     rlVdtug 

i  tail)*  long  i 
between  |l?t  ..„<  |9RV 


with  a  history  <d  pr<  stituhon  ©•  multiple  soual  p'tlreri:  »omen  «  h*»ie  past  or  ptccnt  tei"al  partners  were  HIV  mfottcd.  bisexual,  or  I 
users;  p  rtsitj  »ti)<  long  term  residence  or  birth  In  an  area  with  high  prevalence  of  HIV  Infection:  or  pcrsoni  with  ■  history  of  transfusion 


HRI1  Ho'tsclnltl  rtiensVl*  of  r*  (Sons,  v  it],  tul>ctc"losis  it  other!  at  risk  fur  close  contact  with  Use  discs  e  (*  g  ..  staff  of  ruboculofis  clinics,  iheltcra 
for  the  htimelr  s.  masinr,  hiHiiej.  tul  it-»ote  ihartQ  hrnrrrnt  (•ciliilf*s.  dialyif  u  iiti.  C'-rrcclionil  sru'itulirmsy.  recrnt  Immigrants  or  refugees 
ft-  m  counties  in  *lmh  tubrttulosis  if  conui<on  (eg,  Ajig,  Alnca  Cenual  and  Suuth  Amaica,  I  ■  ilic  IsU'sds);  migrant  workers:  residents 
of  mitring  burner,  conectional  ln<llitillon«.  or  homeless  shelters:  or  perrons  »lth  certain  underlying  medical  disorders  (e.g.,  HIV  bifectkm). 

IIRI2        rerrons  rtpmed  regularly  to  pgretttve  noisr 

IIR1J  Men  uith  uoo'  more  cardiac  risk  factors  (I  igh  l»lcod  cholesterol,  hyrcrlenstrn.  cigarette  smoking,  diaheles  nellitus,  fanily  history  of  CAD); 
men  v  l»o  *ould  ei  dinger  (nrbtic  saf-ty  *eie  'hey  t«>  experience  sudden  cardiac  events  (e  g..  commercial  airline  pi  lots  h  or  aedentary  or  high-risk 
maler  pfenning  to  begin  a  vlgrnorrr  eiercl*e  pogtam. 

IIRI4  remirtl  ageil  W  andoMcr  uhohave  first-degrc*  reliilt-s  »ith  colore:Ul  cwei:  •  ocrsunal  history  of  endometrial,  ovarian,  or  breast  cancer, 
or  a  previous  diagn<nls  of  InnatnrnUnry  bowel  diiease.  adenomatous  polype,  or  colorectal  cancer. 

If R 1 5        r*-rsnnr  with  a  family  history  of  familial  pn|)pottl  coll  or  cancer  family  syn«lrome. 

IIRin  rerlmcnof  lusal  armen  it  Incrcucd  ritk  for  o5cop»rosii  (e  f  m  Taucaslan  race,  bilateral  oophorectomy  before  menopause,  slender  build)  and 
for  whom  estrogrn  rTlarement  therapy  would  otherwise  not  be  recommended 

HR1T        Recess*   divorce.   srs>araiion,   unemployment,   depression,   alcohol   or  other   drug   abuse,   serloui   medical   Illnesses,   Dvlng   alone,  or   recent 

oerrnvfment 

IIR1S  Tetrons  nvrt  age  50.  smokers,  or  persons  »lth  diabetes  mellitus. 

IIR19  Intravfnoiis  drug  users 

1IR70  ferrona  at  Increased  risk  for  low  hack  ln|ury  KeeiUM  of  past  history,  body  configuration,  or  type  of  ectlvhlet. 

11R71  fersons  »ith  rhlldren  In  die  home  or  automobile. 

1IP7J  Tersooa  with  oldr^  adults  In  the  home 

IIR?*  Ter^ons  with  Increnod  nr-  'if  In  tttntight. 

1IR24  Men  who  have  risk  fa-.lora  for  p.ytKardial  Infu  &  n  (e.g..  Idgh  b'ood  rholesu-trl,  tnvllnr.  diabetes  mellitus.  family  hlsU-ry  of  early-onset 
CAH)  »na  »lm  lark  a  history  or  ga<rrolni*iilnat  o?  other  Herding  probVmt.  and  other  risk  factota  for  bleeding  or  cerebral  hemorrhage. 

I1R25  l(imiosrsuall)  a-vf  b'sexwi'ly  »cii\  e  <nen.  bttrav  noi'i  drug  users,  ret  Ipientt  r.f  some  Mood  products,  persons  In  health  relafd  Joba  with  fiequcrtt 
esp.siire  t><  Uratd  cr  blrod  p -iducts.  hwhnld  and  texval  contacts  nt  IIBY  i  arriers.  scualh  active  heterosexual  persons  wtth  nwtuple  sexual 
pi.-  en  m  d1n9nn.tr  d  os  h  rting  rcceitflv  acquired  sexually  transmitted  disease,  prostitutes,  and  persons  who  have  a  hisloey  of  sexual  activity  with 

multiple  pnrlnm  in  the  prr\  rVtyt  »tr  mnntht 

HRJ«  rcnom  »  Mh  nifrlKil  wnJiUurt  ihit  Inctrwc  Die  H-V  of  jmzvnxocctl  WecU.in(t  K.chmnlc  endiac  cr  pulmon.ry  <H"i«.  .icH.ceD  dlwuc. 
ncphioik  •vndomt.  lln!|Vui  I  dL-tMe.  i«rlrnit  iitbtitt  mcllliui.  dcohollim.  clnhoili.  mulilplt  myeloma  mul  dltcu.  et  condliloni 

IIR1J  Rc<l.lrnl<  o(  cluonic  cue  l.cililicl  tnl  pctjcnl  tiittt>in|  fool  cluonlc  cndiopulinonuy  dboidal.  meubollc  <Sutin  (lnclvdln|  dlitxUI 
nwWllii.).  hemn^lopinoct.lhlf..  bnmunofiipp««in«.  of  lend  dyifunctkjn.  . 


287 


American  Acntlcmv  of  Family  riijsiciaiy; 

Periodic  Health  Examination 

Birth  to  18  Months 

Schedule:  2.  4.  «.  (12).  15.  \%  Month?' 
(See  Preamble) 


First  Week 


()| lillulruic  antibiotics' 
McmoelpMn  electrophoresis  (f!R4) 

1 4/i  sir 

I'Iicii\  la'aiiini* 

Hearing  (MR)) 


'Al  Wi||< 

'Diy»  3  in  6  piefcnH  for  l«lin|| 


lllslnrv 


Interval  medical  and  family  history1 


'An  uflo'inf  of  the  nrcviniLt'y  ol'tatiett 
medical  mut  (unity  nfdu  at  niuory  it 
recommended  by  ihe  subcommittee . 


Screening 


Plnslcnl  Examination 


Height  and  weight 


.nbornlorv/DlnEnostIc  Procedures 


Hemoglobin  and/or  hematocrit' 

Hlghj-Rtsk  Clrouw 
Hearing' (UP  1} 
U  hole  blood  lead  (HR2) 

'Once  du'int  Irlancv.  Ihe  subcommittee 
be'teic*  either  test  is  act  cpiablr. 
'fly  m  18  months,  II  no!  Icsnd  nrlltt. 


Diet  and  Exercise 


BieaMlc-dlng 

Nulilcm  Intake,  especially  lion-rich 
foods  


ln|ury  Prevenllon 


Child  silcty  scats 
Stni'kc  detector 
Mot  wale*  heater  temperature 
IS  120  V) 
Stairway  gates,  window  guards,  pool 

fence 

Stotarc  rf  dnigs  and  toslc  chemicals 
Syrup  of  ipecac,  pnison  control 

telephone  number 


f'nrcnt  Counseling 


Substance  Use 


Dental  Health 


Haby  bottle  tooth  decay 


Sexual 


Other  Primary 
Preventive  Measures 


Effects  of  passive  smoking 
Assess  risk  of  lead  exposure  (IIR2) 


1 


Immunisations  and  Chemoprophylaxls 


Diphtheria  tetanus  pertussis  (DIP)  vaccine 

Oral  polinvirus  vaccin':  (UPV) 

Measles  mumps  rubella  (MMR1  vaccine 

Haemophilia  influewttt  ijpe  b  (lllb)  conjugate  vaccine 

Hepatitis  B  watte  (linV)'" 

Mich :Rlsk  Q roups 
fluotidc  sui^ilcmriils  '.IIR3) 
Irdhtema  \accine  (IIR5) , 


i.  (  vd  IJ  -r  ISm 

'Af~i  7.  V  anil  15  or  M  month* 
'A'  »tr  'J  nHinihs 


mhi    Arellular  prrtossh  vaccine  may  be  used  for  the  fourth  and  fiflh  doses 

thin  al  a%rs  2.  *,  and  11  mowKt. 


*Al  •  !■•»  2. 
jAf-.i?   1 

'If  ut^t  llboi!  the  i  at  at'  ?  <  <  iiivi  (3  "v  nils  If  u.ii"f  f  RP  OHf,  thin  al  a%ts  2.  *,  and  II  mon<ht.  

''ll«   *">Z  r  led  oSi  in  1 .1  rlfcliniliiilHi  It  Ml*  (Moil  dhchnie  firm  hospiAl).  \    i  months,  and  6    18  month..  A  sreond  option  Is 


1--2  moniju.  4  moniha  «nd  6-  - 1 8  months. 


288 


nirlh  (o  18  Monlht 


Additional  Notes 

Leading  Causes  of  Death:  Conditions  originating  In  Remain  Alert  For.        Ocular  misalignment 

perinatal  period  Tooth  decay 

Congenital  anomalies  Signs  of  child  abuse  or  neglect 

Ucart  disease 

Injuries  (nniimntor  vehicle) 
Pneumonia/influenza 


HfRh-Rlsk  Categories 

HRt  Inland   *trh  i  family  hl'iotv  of  childhood  hearing  Impairment  or  •  tti-niul  history  nf  congenital  perineal  Infection  *ilh  herpes,  syphilis, 

rubelli.  cyiomcfatnvlius,  or  loi«plrsmosi»;  maMofmitlent  Involvlrt  the  head  oi  neck  (r.(.  dysmorphic  and  syndroms!  ■  broimali'let.  clcfl 
palate,  it  rufinit  plum)  hlrthw  nghl  below  !  *0O  g;  hict-tlal  menlnf  Ills.  h)pcibllinibln«-mle  requiring  exchange  transfusion;  or  sever*  perinatal 
a<phyila  fApgar  KW!  nf  0  V  absence  of  spontaneous  respirations  for  10  minute*,  or  hypotonia  at  2  Imun  of  if) 

IIR2  Infants  who  live  In  or  frequently  »Ml  ho"*inf,  bulli  rwfo»e  1950  that  li  dilapidated  or  under jnlnf  renovation:  who  come  In  ^or'aM  »lth  other 
children  -■*■  t rh  known  had  l-niti'y;  *h<>  li  r  mh  lev)  proteasing  plinti  or  whose  parent*  rr  household  mcmtVi*  work  In  a  lead  related 
otcupiii'-n;  w  »hn  live  near  nus)  hifhwiys  or  hirftdtstij  waste  sites.  Dki  >«iui  clilM:  a  U*e  In  rt  regularly  villi  a  house  built  before  19607 
"This  roold  Inel'tdr  a  day  r  are  center,  preschool,  (lie  home  of  a  ba'iy  ill'et  oi  a  flatlve .  eir.  b.  Have  I  brother  or  tisler,  hous-male.  or  playmate 
bring  fc'lo  v«  I  nt  tf-ated  for  lead  poisoning  (that  It,  blood  lead  2  15  pr.AJL)?  C.  Uv  with  in  adult  whose  Job  or  hobby  Involve*  exposure 
to  lead?    h\    Uve  near  an  active  lead  imrltrr.  battery  recycling  plant,  or  other  Industry  likely  to  reletse  lead? 

IIR3        Infants  living  In  areas  with  Inadequate  water  fluoridation  (less  than  0  7  pans  per  million). 

IIR4        Newborns  of  Caribbean.  Latin  American.  Asian.  Mediterranean,  of  African  descent 

IIR5  Children  ever  *  months  of  age  wiih  chmnic  pulmonary  or  cardiovascular  problems  Including  ajdurta;  nr  *ho  required  modical  folio  a  up  or 
hropifalfestiori  dmlrg  the  past  year  for  chronic  metabolic  d'tcaie  (Including  diabetes  mellltus).  rrnat  dyafunction.  hemogloblnopaihlet.  or 
Immunosuppression  (Including  tmmunosuprre nion  cauied  by  medications). 


•This  tlai  nf  pfvenllvf  art*  Ires  L«  nil  rxha>i5ilve  It  reflects  only  those  to|4cs  reviewed  by  the  U.S.  Pieveitttvc  Services  T%sk  Force  anA  the  AAFP 
Ctunmintittn  f*  Vubtk  lUrUih  nnA  \f%tn\ifit  Affat't,  t  tiuitianj  may  »l-h  'o  add  ouVi  preventive  services  on  •  routlnr  basis  and  afler  considering  uS* 
patient  a  m-di.  nt  hUtnry  aj-d  odter  I"  dividual  circumstances.    Examples  of  Utgri  condition*  not  specifically  examined  by  the  Task  Force  include: 

tVietopuKniil  disorders  MetahrMc  disorders 

Musculoskeletal  malformations  Speech  ptrhlems 

Cardiac  anomslies  Behavioral  dl'ordetf 

Genitourinary  disorder*  Parent/family  dyafunction 

tA»  Irasl  five  vl'il*  sje  lequirct  for  Immunization?  ftccau'e  of  lack  of  data  *nd  differing  patient  risk  profiles,  the  ichcdnling  of  additional  visits  and 
the  frequency  of  the  Individual  preventive  services  listed  In  this  table  are  left  to  cllnkal  discretion  (except  aa  Indicated  m  other  footnote*). 


289 


American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 

Periodic  Urnl'th  Examination* 

Ages:  19  Months  to  6  Yenrs 

Schedule  Sec  loolnolc' 
(See  Preamble) 


Screening 

History 

t'hvsical  Examination' 

Laboratory/Diagnostic  Procedures 

Interval  medical  and  fnmily  history' 

Heigh'  and  weight 

Urinalysis  for  baclcrlurla' 

llevclopmcntalbrhavioral 

nicx-d  prcsure 

HlrthRlsk  Croups 

assessment 

Hjc  exam  for  amblyopia  and 

Whole  blord  lead  (IIR1) 

strabismus1 

Tubciculln  skin  lest  (PPD)  (IIR2) 
Hearing'  (IIR3) 

the  opumal  frequency  for  yrint  U'ting  haj 

An  uf  fj'mr    »/  l/v  i  rr\ioujlt  obiatred 

'a«m  3  4 

medicitl  <tnd  Jvrt'ly  ricdual  hjttor)-  it 

not  htm  d'tftnirvd  Old  it  left  to  clinical 
dn  retion   In  general,  dip  licit  combining 

rerommended  by  the  lubeommilte* . 

the  /<«'>><  wr  t'le'OJt  and  nitrite  lent 

ihnvld  br  vied  to  detect  asymptomatic 

I  acleriutia. 

'Annually 

'rtctoie  «je  3.  K  not  luted  culler 

Fallcnl  Si  Parent  Counseling 

Diet  and  F.xcrcise 

Substance  Use 

Sexual 

Sweets  and  between  'real  snacks. 

Initiate  sex  education 

Iron  enriched  food-;,  sodium 

Huttitional  assessment 

Selection  of  exercise  program 

Other  Prliimiv 

ln|tirv  Prevention 

Dental  Health 

Preventive  Measures 

Safclv  belts 

Tooth  blushing 

Effect?  of  passive  'tnoklng 

Smoke  de'ector 

Dental  visits  starting  at  age  3 

Assess  risk  n)  lead  exposure  (HR1) 

Hot  water  heater  temperature 

IlighRlsk. Groups 

(<  V.IU  1) 

Skin  piotcciiori  irom  ultraviolet 

Bum  p'ofction 

light  (HR4) 

Etcitrital  cords  and  rutins 

H  anting  ahcut  sttargeis 

Window  guards  and  pool  fence 

Dlcvclc  safety  lie'mcis 

Sloraec  of  dings,  toxic  chemicals. 

matches  arid  llfaims 

SMiip  of  Ifvtac.  poison  control 

Telephone  number 

-r— — n_ _— . — _ _ _^_ -= 

Iinimiuizalions  and  Chcmoprophylaxls 


Diphtheria  tetanus  pertussis  (DIT)  vaccine" 

Dial  pollovirus  vaccine  (OPS)* 

Mra\lc'-m<tmps  iithcUa  (MMR)  vaccine 

Review  llacvuypliil'B  influenzae  i\pe  h  (llib)  conjugate  vaccine  Immunization  status 

Resins  Ifpauiis  R  \atrinr  (IIBV)  status 

IlifJ'  Rl'fc  Oroups 
fluoride  surplcmrii's  (,IIIV> 
Influenza  vaccine  (IIRf>) 
Pnewnococcal  vaccine  (IIR7) 


'Once  l*ctacen  apes  s  untt  fl 
'Before  school  entry 


290 


Ages:  19  Months-6  Years 


Additional  Notes 

Leading  Causes  of  Death:         Injuries  (nonmotor  vehicle)       Remain  Alert  For  Vision  disorders 

Motor  vehicle  Clashes  Dental  decay,  malalignment. 

Congenital  anomalies  premature  loss  of  teeth,  mouth 

Homicide  breathing 

Heart  disease  Signs  of  child  abuse  or  neglect 

Abnormal  bereavement 


High  Risk  Categories 

MR!  Infirm  «  ho  live  In  or  frequently  »1*H  howling  bulli  befo<e  1950  thai  Is  dibpldaicJ  ot  undcrgobif  renovation;  who  come  In  contact  »|ih  olhct 
children  wi»li  Vno^-n  Irad  l-nlclty:  »ho  live  near  lend  ptuce'ting  rlsnu  or  whose  ruf»'i  ot  household  mcmlrri  woik  In  t  lead-related 
occupation;  or  *bo  live  nfo  hvatj  htr.h*svs  or  iia/->rdous  waste  sites  Does  y»ut  child  ■  \.Ut  In  of  regularly  vlilt  t  house  built  hef-we  I960? 
Ibis  co"M  include  ■  Any  <  tie  center,  preschool.  uV  home  of  ■  ba'n,  iiVer  ot  a  t'lailve.  etr.  b.  Have  a  brother  nf  sister,  how-mate,  of  playmate 
being  followed  or  O'-s-'d  for  I-f  J  po'vming  (that  It.  Mood  lead  2  13  ug  dL)7  c.  Live  with  an  adult  whose  job  or  hobby  Invotvea  etposure 
to  teailr*    rl.    Live  near  an  arrive  lead  imelter.  haiiery  recycling  plant,  or  other  Industry  likely  to  release  lead? 

IIR2  Household  memb-  rs  of  penons  with  tub'-iculn-Js  or  riltcrs  at  risk  for  close  furuici  with  the  disease;  recent  Invmlpa/vj  or  refugees  from 
countries  in  which  tuberculosis  is  rnmmon  (r  g  .  Asia,  Africa.  Central  and  Smth.  America.  Pacific  Islands):  family  members  of  mi  giant  workers; 
resident*  of  homeless  shelters;  or  persons  with  certain  underlying  medical  disorders. 

MR3  Children  srtiJt  •  fimily  history  nf  childhood  h'-aiing  Impairment  or  a  per«onal  history  nf  congenital  perinatal  Infection  with  herpes,  syphilis, 
pibetH  f)  ir»ncralo\  Inn,  or  tr»ff»plrtmnsl«:  mal'o'mvlons  Involving  the  head  or  neck  (e.g.  dysmorphic  snd  syndromiJ  abnormalities,  cleft 
palate,  «(  no'im)  pinna):  bvthw-ight  br|<iw  1 500  g,  bact-Ttal  meningitis;  hyi>er  bilirubin- mi  a  requiring  eachange  tiansfualon;  or  severe  perinatal 
asphyxia  (Apgar  scores  of  0  3.  absence  of  spontaneous  respirations  for  !0  minutes,  or  hypotonia  si  2  hours  of  age). 

MR4         Children  with  Increased  eapnsure  to  sunlight. 

MRS         Children  living  in  areas  with  Inadequate  water  rbmndition  fleji  than  0.7  parts  per  million). 

IIR6  Chil'frcn  »tih  chronir  pulmene-y  or  canjlhi  vascular  problems  Including  ut'una;  or  who  required  medical  follow  iip  or  hospit  dilation  during  the 
past  yea  fur  chronic  meisbotlc  disease  (Including  diabetes  melHtus),  renal  dysfunction,  hemoglobinopathies,  or  immunosuppression  (Including 
Immunnsirpprrssion  caused  by  medications). 

IIR7  Children  aged  two  and  over  a  ith  chronic  illnesses  spcrifi<ally  associaied  «lth  pneumococcal  disease  ot  its  compile alions.  anatomic  or  functional 
asplenia,  sickle  ee'l  disease,  nephrotic  syndrome  or  chronic  renal  failure,  cerebrospinal  huid  leaks,  or  conditions  associaied  with 
ImmunosuraTresrion  (Including  III V J. 


•This  \\\{  nf  preventive  frtvirrs  (•  nol  ethau'llvc.  ft  reflects  only  'hose  topics  reviewed  by  the  U.S.  Preventive  Services  Task  Torce  anA  the  AAFP 
Ccmmixiio*  e>i  fublk  11'ahh  mvi  Scientific  Affairs.  Clinicians  may  wbh  to  add  other  preventive  services  on  a  routine  ba-ls.  and  a*ler  considering  the 
patient's  medii  -J  history  aid  other  Individual  circumstances.    Eaamples  of  Uuget  condlUons  not  specifically  esamlned  by  the  Task  Force  Include: 

PrvrtorwrilM  di'nrdera 

Speech  problems 

DehaMoral  and  learning  dismdera 

Tarent/farnily  dysfunction 

Khie  visit  it  rrq-iteit  for  iintnuntralbim  Pecause  of  |a<k  cf  dan  and  differing  patient  risk  prifiles.  the  scheduling  of  addlUonal  vtalts  and  the  frequency 
of  the  Individual  preventive  services  lined  m  this  table  are  left  to  clinical  discretion  (escept  as  Indicated  In  other  footnotes). 


291 


Amcricnn  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 

Periodic  Health  Examination* 
Ages:  7-12  Years 

Schedule  Sec  footnote' 
(See  Preamble) 


Screening 

History 

Physical  Examination* 

Laboratory/Diagnostic  Procedures 

Interval  medic  ft!  and  family  history* 

Ilrlglit  and  weight 
Dtmd  pressure 
Tanner  staging1 

Mich  Risk  Oroupj 
Total  cholesterol' ' 
Lipoprotein  analysis 
Tuberculin  skin  test  (PPD)  (IIRI) 

mr4u.al  ami  fvn.tj  mrjnal  birtery  is 
reeommendied  by  tkt  juhenmmiitee. 

M  pli)iieat  estSjiiiniiiion  including  Tanner 
staff  is  reecrimcndr.d  at  least  once  in  this 
age  group  by  the  subcommittee. 

'Child  f>f  a  parent  with  a  blood  cholesterol 
of  ItOmxtdl.  or  higher 

,Child  of  a  p  nent  Of  granitparent  \iitk  a 
documented  hi'tory  of  premature  {age  less 
tKtn  J3  yais)  cardiovascular  disease 

'lhe  rule!  frequency  t%  not  determined     It 
should  be  performed  at  least  once. 

1 

'atlcnt  &  Parent  Counseling 

Dirt  and  F.xcicise 

Substance  Use 

Sexual  Practices 

T  at  (especially  saluiatcd  hi). 

cholesterol,  sweets  and  between  meal 

snacks,  sodium 
Nutritionist  assessment 
SclccUon  of  exercise  progiain 

ToUmco.  alcohol,  and  other  drugs: 
primary  prevention 

Sex  education 

Injury  Pretention 

Denial  Health 

Other  Primary 
Prevents  e  Measures 

S.ifct>  hells 
Smoke  dclrttor 

Storage  of  firearm*,  drugs,  toxic 
chemicals,  matches 
Dicyclc  salcty  helmets 

Regular  tooth  brushing  and  dental 
visits 

lllr,h  Risk  Oroups 
Skin  protection  from  uluavlolet  light 
(HR2) 

I  m  in 

unlznflons  nnd  Chcmoproph) 

taxis 

Update  "1  lnv>vini?arinn  stattts,  Includin 

!llr,h  Rl'li  Croups 
f  luotidc  sui-plcmenis  'IIR3) 
Inflttrnra  sarrinr  (1IR1) 
rncwnoi.oi.cal  vaccine  (I1R3) 

g  measlesmwnpsrubella 

292 


Ages:  7-12  Veori 


Additional  Notes 


Leading  Causes  of  Death: 


Motor  vehicle  clashes 

Injuncs  (nonmolnr  vehicle) 

Congenital  anomallcJ 

leukemia 

Homicide 

Heart  disease 


Remain  Alert  For 


Vision  disorders 
Diminished  hearing 
Dental  decay,  malalignment,  mouth 
breathing 

Signs  of  child  aliusc  or  neglect 
Abnormal  bereavement 
Depressive  symptoms 


High  Risk  Categories 

IIRI  Ifiuuehotd  memc-rj  of  person  with  tub-rcalr-sli  of  rUitti  •<  risk  tut  clnse  roniicl  vviih  the  disease;  recent  lnunl(itnu  or  icfupes  from 
commies  In  which  tuberculosis  li  'ornrnon  (r  t  All*.  Africa.  CenfaJ  end  S'>ut>i  America,  Pacific  Islands):  family  members  of  mi|iinl  workers; 
residents  of  homeless  shelters;  or  persona  with  certain  urvderlyin|  medical  disorders. 

IIR2  Children  with  Increased  e-spmute  to  sunlight. 

IIR1  Chtldirn  llvine,  fn  areas  wirh  InaHrqiisir  valet  fluoridation  (lesa  than  0.7  parts  per  million). 

IIR4  Children  with  chronic  pulmonary  or  ^aiiltovn-.culn  proMemi  Imludinf  udtrtta;  cr  who  requuH  medical  fnltowup  or  finspiutiuitiun  during 
the  put  yew  for  cloonlc  nsetabnlic  disease  (includtng  diabetes  melllrus).  renai  dysfunction,  hemoglobinopathies.  01  Immunosuppression 
(Including  Immimosirppresslnn  ranted  by  medic  sllons). 

IIR5  ChlMirn  "{cdlwn  anlnver  with  clucnlc  Illnesses  specifically  tusocliird  with  pneumococcal  discste  or  lu  complications.  insuunicot  funcilonal 
asplenia,  sickle  ce'l  disease,  nephrotic  lyndrome  of  chronic  renal  failure,  cerebrospinal  fhiM  teaks,  of  condlltonj  associated  with 
Immunosuppression  (Including  HIV). 


•This  list  of  pfvctfiiv*  acr  s  it  es  L*  not  eOss'Ptlsc  li  reflet  ta  only  iliota  torses  reviewed  hy  the  U  S.  Preventive  Services  Task  force  and  ihr  A/Sfr 
Ccmmr iticrei  on  t'ut.-lic  tl'allh  ,wd  \citiuifu  ttf.urt  C  tints  in"J  mi)  wl'h  n  add  rjdiei  preventive  lervltrs  on  a  routine  bs*ls.  and  s'ter  considering  the 
palient'a  m-di<  it  hlftnrs,   aid  other  Individual  circumstances,    r:  samples  of  target  condiUons  not  specifically  esamlned  by  the  Task  Force  Include: 

Ucvel  vpitr -itnt  discidnt 

llrliav  total  and  lcarnin|  disordcra 

Parenl/fauilly  dvsfunrtlnn 


♦  Pel  mi'  nf  la>k  p|  d"ia  ruid   lifl   linR  ps'ienl  risk  pi  "Mrs.  die  scheduling  of  visits  am*  the  f'eqiirjit  y  of  the  Individiisl  ptcveuuve  ses  vices  listed  In  thll 
tat  le  are  left  tu  c'in:'.a1  discretion  fes<  rft  a*  indttatrd  m  ah/'  fccnmn)    AJJiiionnl  sir  it  j  <h  *uld  oiatr  oi  rLtk/ictcvj  an  dutimin/d.  At  Hitvemrni 

oi  driel'Trim'dl  c*   rixiol  isilfScv f,  <v  n  at  rnlrv  to  jttniof  nijr/A  unooi.  may  oho  warrant  a  visr'l.    Fach  visit  fry  patitnlM  In  this  age  feme?  Intmld  be 
rontirirrrd  on  opportunity  to  utters  and  addtetr  rislr 


293 


Amcricni)  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 

Periodic  Health  Examination* 

Ages:  13-18  Years 

Schedule-  At  least  one  visit  fi't  preventive  services  should  occur' 
<See  Preamble) 


Screening 

History 

Physical  Examination' 

Laboralory/Olngnosttc  Procedures 

Interval  ini-ii\i.nl  and  family  history' 

Height  and  weight 

Hlfh-RWt  Croups 

Dietary  Intake 

Dlnii'l  pressure 

Rubella  iuuHK)dir$  (HR3) 

Physical  activity 

Tanner  stofiinf;' 

VDRL/RI  P  (WRA) 

lirbacro/alioholAlrug  use 

•!LrJ!  BJlLnrpuQl 

Chlamydial  testing  (IIR5) 

Sexual  practices 

Complete  skin  cx-un  (J)R|) 

Oononhca  culture  (HR6) 

Clinical  testicular  exam  (IIR2) 

Counseling  and  testing  for  HIV  (IIR7) 
Tuberculin  skin  lest  (fTD)  (HR8) 
Heating  (MR0) 
Papanicolaou  smear3  (MRIO) 
Total  iholtucrot1* 

A  ph*  ii-  til  rxtvnitvjjte,  t  i  if  lud'nt  1  nrwrt 

Lipoprotein  anatvsis* 

Mn  u^./jfrif  •>/  thr  rte.vit*uxty  attained 

Ail  no*  iri  M  y>  an  nj  aft  should  have  ti 

nvitLtil  mut  J  ut'ly  rtrJu  ti  tuitoij  ii 

slofC  is  rt  t"  vj\en.ted  al  least  cue  in  this 

annual  rap  letl  <n  t  pelvic  euvtirujiion.    All 

rfrenmrtvied  hj  the  lubcommitlee 

a%*  t'nuP  by  the  subcommittee. 

hewn  be>*ren  H  and  1*  *ho  a-e  or  who 
have  !>■  en  snuoliy  active,  should  oho  hive  an 

Annual  Pop  'est  r.nd  prlvir  exoi-dncticn     After 
a  woman  h'i$  had  t'tree  or  more  consecwivg 
tali'tact'vy  nirruii  annual  ej.  vriuvions,  the 
r<sp  test  may  1  e  p"fnmed  it  the  discfticn  of 

the  p*S)  wii'i  b'ised  on  the  assessment  »y 

patient  ri;k  but  not  lets  frequently  than  every 

three  yevt. 

C  hdd  of  a  parent  with  o  hi-  od 

ehaitwetot  of  240metdL  or  higher 
'Child  of  a  patent  or  fta-viparenl  h.iS 

a  dc  ur-ented  history  of  prerrvuure  fate  lets 

■  i               p 

than  33  years)  cardiovascular  disease 

Ages:  13-18  Years 


Dlel  nnd  F.xrrclsc 


I  it  Icspcclally  satur.ncd  fat). 

clinlc sterol,  sodimn.  Iron'. 

cnlilum* 

Stttiition-il  Assessment 
Selection  of  exercise  program 


Tor  (rmnlr 


Injury  ricvcntlnn 


Silcly  belts 
S.nlcly  helmets 
Violent  behavior' 
Fiieaiins"1 

Smoke  detector 

Noiie  Intlttrrtl  hraitnx  loss* 


'r.fpcciitHy  'pi  rn«lri 
r.ttl'totli.n  i    I  "  Imp  hrj/'nt  lossf-pm 
ft   'Mlk'ail  and  pr •  lo«ai  h\toiin%  deuces 
h  tecnnvnfnd'tt  ry  the  tuhcnmmnlre. 


Counseling 


Substance  Use 


tobacco:  cessation/primary 
prevention 

Alcohol  and  nijiet  drugs:  cessa- 
tion /primary  prevention 
Uiivlng/oiliri  dioecious  activities 
while  und'f  the  Inlluence 
Treatment  for  a,-u"! 

Illfd'  Risk  Groups 

Sharing/using  iinsicrilized  needles  & 
syringes  (IIRII) 


Dental  llrnllh 


Rcrjular  toodt  brushing,  flossing, 
dental  visits 


Sexual  Prnctlces 


Sexual  development  and  bcliavlor* 
Sexually  transmitted  diseases:  partner 
selection,  condoms 
Unintended  pregnancy  and  contra- 
ceptive options 


"Ode"  tfil  performed  ettly  \n  •<tntejc*nc«  and 
»lth  the  ImnNrment  ot  pajenrj 


Other  t'rliuniy 
Preventive  Measures 


Brcau  self-examination" 
Testicular  sclf-cwini'iation 

Hlrh-Risk  Groi'ps 
Discussion  ol  hemoglobin  testing 
(IIR12) 

Skin  protection  from  ultraviolet  light 
(1IRI3) 

ulhe  leachin*  of  <et{  breait  cjuvmniiim  h 

re>  ommeml'  d  hy  the  tulKOmmtitee  al  the  time 

of  tpttaiicn  c(  p*l\ic  e laminations. 
"/ he  trathmt  at  'elf  testicular  extvMn,nlon  Is 

teccmrnrniled  by  \h*  tube onvnhlee  for  malt 

patients. 


ltnmunl/ntlons  nnd  Clicmoprophylaxts 


Tetanus  ijijli'h-ii.i  (Td-  N'nsier'1 

lliph-RKfc  Qrouns, 
Mnislcs  mump*  tube  Ha  tAIWR)  vaccine*' 
I  luoritle  ruj  plcniriv.s  'IIP  14) 
Influenza  \a<  cine  (IIRI^i 
^^r^i;M^>c"C'.l,/  vaccine  (MRttS) 
Hepatitis  B  vaccine  (MR  I  7) 


'V'.ce  h*-t  vcrn  iR'i  M  and  16 

"A  secorl  measl  t  immum  ration,  preferably  as  MKtP  (Meules.  Mfnpt,  nnd  Rubelto  Vaccine,  Live),  is  recommended  bv  the  subtcimittee  fo'iJl 

patients    wudle    to    *V>-    pr&i   of  irvnunity    *<hr>   nre    entering   prtt    tecondafj   school   e duration   a»ui  for    \ho\e    becoming    employed    In 

me  die  aloe  c  upas  ions  *\sh  direct  patient  care. 


294 

Additional  Notes 

Lending  Cauacs  of  Death:  Molor  vehicle  craclies  Remain  Alert  Pon  Dcprcs'lvc  symptoms 

Homicide  Suicide  rlMc  factors  (IIRI  I) 

Suicide  Abnormal  bctcavcmcnl 

Injuries  (notunotor  vehicle)  "Toolh  decay,  malalignment. 

Heart  disease  gingivitis 

Sign*  of  child  abuse  and  neglect 


HPT 


Ages:  13-18  Yean 


Hlgh-Rlsk  Categories 


IIRI  Petlnns  with  Inoea-ed  recreational  ot  occupational  exposure  to  aunlight.  •  family  or  personal  hlllory  of  tktn  cancer,  ot  clink  al  evidence  of 

preemtor  letk»na  fe.g  ,  dytpla«tic  nevl.  certain  congenital  nevl). 

IIR2  Males  with  I  hlttory  of  cryptorchidism,  orehlopety,  or  testicular  atrophy. 

IIRJ  Females  of  childhearing  ifr  tacking  evi.tcnee  of  Immunity. 

HRt  Trf<nn«  who  engage  In  era  with  multiple  pannria  In  iifh  wi  which  typhillt  li  prevalent,  protlllutel.  of  contacts  of  partem  with  active  syphilis. 

IIR5  rersons  «bo  atuiid  clinks  for  setiallv  uuvmhtc  I  dtsrlKt;  iv;^  other  high  risk  health  care.  faeilliiYa  |e  g.,  auol<  scent  and  famlh  plannlrg 

clinica):  or  ha*e  othn  ri«k  farlnrt  for  rhlarmdiel  Infection  (e  |  .  multiple  leiual  partnerl  or  ■  teiuil  pannes  with  multiple  setuel  contacts). 

IIRri  rersons  with  o'ulliple  «e>ual  pwlnfl  or  •  I   «•  tl  partner  with  multiple  contecli.  leiuil  contecle  of  rteteons  with  culture  proven  gonorrhea  or 

persons  *  Ith  ■  history  of  rrpeitrd  epitodri  of  gMporrhee 

Fer»«rtJ  seeking  Icaunrni lo>  srju.illy  u  sntnilt'cd  diteas-s:  hoin'seiua'  and  bl  eiual  n  rn:  prior  present  Iruavcnout  (IV  drug  users:  pc'ioni 
with  a  history  "lit'  thtu'iono'  ntuluple  sesual  puloets;  women  vhg«'  put  01  prt-erlsraual  pulnert  »ae  HIV  Infested,  hisesualoi  IV  drug 
uicri;  p-  "ens  with  lone  "■""  r««Mfnee  or  birth  In  en  net  with  hl|h  prevalence  of  HIV  Infection:  or  pertonj  with  t  history  of  transfusion 
between  191*  and  |0«5 

HRS  Hnu-.ehotl  i'ietnbc'1  0I  person.'  » Ith  tuber.  ul-jl>  rr  c'liett  tt  tl'k  fur  clos-  cont'd  with  tie  discs-*;  recent  Immigrants  or  rcfu|ecs  from 

cotmtrici  in  which  tuberculosis  li  emman  teg.  Asia.  Africa.  Cental  and  South  A/neiica.  Pacific  lilindiy.  migrant  workers:  reiklenii  of 
correctional  institutions  or  homeless  shelters:  or  persons  with  certain  underlying  medlctl  disorders. 

HRa  reranns  espnsed  regularly  to  etressive  noUe  In  recrearlnnal  or  other  tetllngt. 

HRIO        Recejtt  divorce,  repetition,  unemployment,  dcpretslon.   alcohol  ot  other  drug  abute.  serious  medkal  nineties,  living  alone,  or  recent 
heieevrmrrrl 

IIRII  Intrevrnntis  drsig  users. 

IIRI?  rersons  of  Caribbean,  t  atln  Amrrlca.  Asian.  Mediterrenetfl  or  African  deicenl. 

IIRI  3  reraom  with  rnrteaserl  eipotnrr  rn  sunlight 

IIRI4  rersons  Using  In  ai*a«  wlrh  InanVqnate  water  ntiotldatlnn  (lr«i  than  0  7  paju  per  million). 

HRIJ         Children  with  chimlc  pulmonary  or  ctsdioviculel  ptot  lenu)  Including  asthma:  ot  »lro  teaulrfd  medical  followup  or  h'lrpltalturion  during 
the  rut  )-ar  for  chrunic  mct<Mk  r'i««e  (inclujing  diabetes  melltrus).  renal  dyifunctlon.  hemogloWnopathles.  or  liTununoiuppTeislon 
;  immimo^oTTre^flnn  eaiited  bv  medicationl). 


the  put  )- 

fine  hiding  i 

IIRIo  Childtcn  -grd  two  and  r  er  \«h  ch' mic  IHncMei  spcciFcaMy  aslex  ialf d  with  pneumococcal  .'ocali  of  Its  complkatkjnj,  anatomic  or 
luncliottal  asplenia,  tickle  tell  ditea.te.  nepltiotlc  syndrome  ot  chionlc  renal  failure,  cerebrotpinal  Hold  leaks,  ot  conditlonj  associated  with 
loimnnntufT*tetfinn  flnrto<lftig  HIV) 

IIRI  7  llnmote  furlly  ami  btt-aua'ly  active  men.  initavn.x'i  drug  ute,s.  re'  ip'rrnt .  f  mme  II™  id  po-'uru.  tritoni  In  health  telai-vj  ko'vj  with  bequrnl 
e<r».vn-  in  blood  ■■•  'Ivd  pr-d.inv  I  cct'-hol.'  and  Kl'ltl  tonucu  ol  IID  V  carrietl,  te  <ua|ly  active  hetcoleltal  persona  with  ">  tlujla  •->"•■ 
pailncrt  lisgiK^r  I  at  having  recrnlb  acqirlrrd  teiually  ttanimlited  dltease.  ptottltuiei.  and  per  tons  who  have  a  history  of  leaual  acdvlry  avl* 
multiple  pattners  In  the  ptevinus  ill  months.  • 


•tint  lit!  ot  pt-vrniii-  -rrvk-s  t  n^il  etha  tube  It  rcll-clt  .nly  t'lote  to|  ica  >eviev  cd  by  lh'  US  Ttevertl  e  Servicet  Task  Totce  and  tht  A/FP 
Cownit...on  vi  I  uHk  //-o/i/.  nnd  tornrt/if  SffoiH.  Cliniclnu)  may  wlh  to  nld  other  ptevntbe  snvkes  en  a  routine  bails  and  aUes  co'ulikrkig  the 
patient  a  m-di-  *l  hliloiy  a  >d  oilier  ludlvi.|.ial  citeumttances     Eaarnples  of  uigel  condiUons  not  rpeclflcatly  eaamlned  by  the  Task  Force  Include: 

Ucvcl')|vu ntal  ditmdeft 

Bcltlv total  wd  learning  dltotders 

rair-nt/lamilv  dytfimrhon 

t/t^.filliwtl  viiits  ff^ulrf  -x'ara  as  oth'r  ri-kftdorl  H't  dfttmimi  tucn  -u  inilialiti  of  .-tiiull  octiv.ry.  g-paimmiaiivi  «««  akohol  or  eilltr  **$•■ 
or  liccnwl:*  c»  e/at  ng  «  ruMor  vrnklf  AcAiormf-tl  o/  afrtf lormeniaf  /r.lul  'i«j  tm<\  as  imry  to  h,fh  iikool  may  also  warrant  a  vlrir.  Eork  voir 
by  palirnll  In  fnrl  «ge  group  tnouli  he  tonsidtrri  an  nnr""lu>tfry  to  attetr  tln^  aiiilts  rtjU 


295 


American  Academy  of  Family  r'hysiclans 

Periodic  Ilenlth  Examination* 
Ages:  19-39  Years 

Schedulr  F.very  1-3  Years' 
(Set  Preamble) 


Screening 

History 

riijslcnl  Ttamlnntlon 

Laboratory/Diagnostic  Procedures 

h\tci\nl  nirilknl  and  family  hlMory' 

llrlplit  and  weight 

Noulastlng  cr  fasting  toral  blood 

Dietary  Intake 

Blivid  pressure' 

cholesterol' 

Physical  activity 

refw'r  eiaminmton  (for  women) 

Papanicolaou  smear' 

lohncrn/alrnlinl/drug  use 

Clinical  breast  exam  (for  \totnenf 

High  Risk  Groups 

Sexual  practices 

Clinical  leMttulo'  com  (for  men) 

Tasting  plasma  glucose  (IIR6) 

mchJBhLriumH 

Rulxrlta  antibodies  (MR7) 

Complete  oral  cavity  csam  (IIRI) 

VDRL/RPR  (IIR8) 

Palpation  for  thyroid  nod'jlcs  (HR2) 

Urinalysis  for  badcrlurla"  (IIR9) 

Complete  skin  exam  (IIR5) 

Chlamydial  testing  (MR  10) 
Gonorrhea  culture  (MRU) 
Counseling  and  testing  for  HIV 
(MRU) 

Hearing  (IIRI3) 

Tuberculin  skin  lest  (PPD)  (IIRI4) 
Tlcctrocardlograin  (HRI5) 
Mammogram  MIF.1) 
Colonoscopy  (MR  16) 

'At  It  tut  rvesy  five  yars 

'An  upd<s'ing  of  the  previotUtl't  obtained 

Ml  every  physician  visit,  with  a  minimum  of 

medical  a'ld  f  unity  medical  hittcry  is 

every  two  years 

'ill  wornrn  IS  yars  of  are  a'uf  ever  should 

recommended  by  the  subcommittee. 

'twy  15  years,  starting  at  age  30  until  aft 

have  an  anmi.tl  Vnp  tett  ami  pelvic 

40 

eS'Vnmonon   After  a  v.cman  has  had  three 
or  mor*  consecutive  <otL<focti'rj  normal 
annual  examinations,  the  Fop  test  may  be 
perfemrd  at  the  discretion  of  the  physician 
bas'd  on  tlie  assessment  of  patient  risk  but 
n.  I  t'ss  frequently  than  every  thjee  year  t. 
*1he  optimal  frrquentv  for  urvut  testing  hat 
not  been  determined.  In  general,  dipsticks 
ccmf-ining  the  leukocyte  esterase  and  nitrite 
tests  should  be  used  to  detect  asymptomatic 

bacleriuria. 

296 


Ages:  1939  Veart 


Dirt  nnd  Fxrrcl*e 


f~nl  (especially  satura'cd  fat), 
cli'ilr'lciol.  complex  caitv-hydrates, 
filler,  soill'ini.  Itvn  .  calcium 
Hmtilionil  iijsei.ime'il 
Selection  of  exercise  progiam 


Tot  i 


ln|urv  rrr<mllon 


Safety  belts 

Safety  helmets 
Viotrnt  b/disvlnr' 
f  irr.lrns" 

Smoke  dtcfiii 

Smoklnp  I'nr  bedding  or  Upfintslcry 

! !  '.r.'\.5  L'  *£.  -'  JiE!!P3 
B.i<k  condiiionltii  excic'scs  f MR  19) 
Prevention  of  rhlidhnnd  Injuries 
fllP.^Ot 
falls  In  the  elderly  (IIR2I) 


Counseling 

Substance  Use 

Sexual  Tracllces 

Tobacco:  cessation/primary 

prevention 

Alcohol  and  oilier  drugs: 

Limiting  ako'iol  consumption 

Diking/other  d  nigcrous  activities 

uliile  under  'he  Inllnence 
Treatment  for  alyise 

i! Ig'i  Risk.  Orpu ns 
Sharing/using  itiiMcrlJired  needles  A 

syringes  (IIRI8) 

ScuualK  tiansmllicd  diseases: 

partner  selection,  condoms,  anal 

Intercourse 
Unintended  piegnanc)  and 

contrnccpllve  options  for  men  and 

women 

Dental  Health 

Other  Prlmnrj 
Preventive  Measures 

Rcpub'  toolli  brushing,  flossing, 
dental  visits 

B'ttist  itlf-rxominaiien 
le.iticufai  <>li  zxiim'niuion™ 

Mich  Risk  Cirours 
Discussion  of  hemoglobin  testing 

(IIP22) 
Skin  Iiotccllon  from  ultraviolet  light 

(IIR23) 

"lAr  Ifaihinf  ,i  jrU  IreaJl  tJUSJnirytic^  b 
ttco  i/»  tnlrd  by  In'  lube  •mmitlee  at  the 
tint  of  initiation  of  rtlvie  eja  itnatiora. 

'Ti*  leaching  of  sel'lt'tteulor  examination 

is  It'  om-nfnj'd  fry  the  subcommittee  for 
malt  patients 


Immttnlzntlons  nnd  Clicmoproph)lnxls 


Tetanus  dipliihciia  (Id)  booster" 

INcH  Rik  (imnos 
Hepatitis  fi  valine  (HRJ14) 
Pneumococcal  vaccine  (HR2S) 
Inllucn/a  vaccine"  (HRJ'i) 
Measles-mumps  rubella  vaccine  (MMR)  (IIR27) 


CvflX     |0  \*M1 

"Annudly 


Additional  Nolrs 


Leading  Causes  of  Death: 


Motor  vehicle  crashes 

Homicide 

Suicide 

InJuri'S  (nenmotnr  vehicle) 

Heart  di'i  a'-e 

HIV  infection  (nutlet)" 


Remain  Alert  for 


D^ptcs'lvc  'ymploms 
Suicide  tl'k  lactors  (IIR17) 
Abnormal  bereavement 
Malignant  sUn  lesions 
loolli  drca>.  gingivitis 
Signs  of  physical  abuse 


"UTS'  infretinn  m  lendinf  tau-te  iff  death  amont  jrunf  adults  In  US   eilits  and  Halts    JAMA  1993,169  1991  2994 


297 

Ages:  19-39  Yran 
High  Risk  Categories 

IIRI  Ttnon.'   with  Mpnwt  In  tob»cco  of  e«ce«ilve  ■mouou  of  llcohol.  ot  thole  with  lutpkloui  tymptoml  ot  leelonj  delected  through  tcK- 

e»*mlni»tlon 

IIR2  retioofwlth  •  hluory  of  Itpnef  body  In*'!!*!!™ 

IIRI  Wonrrn  «gfd  '1  end  olrlei  »llh  •  trunlly  MMnry  of  prpmenrpumllv  dlagnoled  bteut  cincet  In  •  flrll  degree  iclitlve. 

HR1  Men  with  ■  hiMotv  of  ctyptntchlrlltm.  orchlnpriy.  of  leiltrnlw  •ttophy 

IIRI  rmom  "ilh  ■  tenvl)  -t  peticntl  him  ry  of  l1  in  iincet.  Inoeaied  oecupillonil  at  tecteetionel  eipoiute  lo  lunllghl.  of  cllnkeJ  evidence  of 

rf<  ur<ot  |r»ionf  fe  f.  ,  rly  «pNMfc  nevl.  cc  rutin  rongriiilll  ne\ll 

HRn  The  mnrkedK  oh/-..-,  rymni  »ilh  ■  fnmily  hlilniy  of  dltbetei.  ot  women  with  •  hlllory  of  geiutJonll  dltbctel. 

I1R7  Women  ler-Ving  eild'ncr  of  (mmrmity 

IIR»  Plntlilulei,  p-non.  whoeogege  In  »e«  wlih  multiple  p«itnet«  In  lieu  In  which  lyplillii  ll  ptevijenl.  Of  conliclJ  of  pcnonl  with  tcllve  lyphllli. 

IIRO  ration.  *irh  diii'welr 

MRIO  Teivins  who  •tl/ndclriict  fot  lei'ulh  ImiiJinlliel  dlieuei  I'lnid  olhef  Hgh  lliV  health  '  w  ficUllle'  (t|,  «dnle.<cenl  end  fimlly  planning 
clir'o);  01  hie  olhet  ilik  lecture  fof  chltrrty.llil  Infecllon  (e  |  .  multiple  teeuil  peilnol  Of  •  le«u«l  pmrnrr  with  multiple  iciut!  conticu. 
ife  Irn  then  2°) 

MRU        rioiriiuirj   penonj  » iih  tti'lhiple  jeiuel  p.uincr  01  •  je-uil  pumei  »lth  multiple  eonUcll.  leiuil  conteeu  of  pctsont  with  eultt»«  ptoven 

gonorrhea,  or  rv-rf«»n«  with  a  hmoty  ol  tr|"-ir*d  rpNo<lri  of  gnr.onhel 

MR  1 2  r>i«  ni  »rrli -r  •leitmeui  t&  i-imlly  trininil'fd  Jilei'M:  horn  xejue1  and  bi  e\ual  lien:  put  oi  pie  cot  I'  nevcnr.ui<|Vidrv|  uirtK  pe«om 
with  e  hi-.trry  I  tnr  mwlrtn  oi  multiple  <e>»il  p  iu  en  women  i  h.iir  put  of  pie-eni  ie«"ilp«itnei<  w.ie  HIV  Inlec'c  I.  biieiiil  01  lvdiu| 
Ulrri-  p.  rum  urt>.  luiie  trim  leirdenie  or  hiilh  In  en  uei  »lth  high  prevelence  of  HIV  Infecllon:  Of  penoni  with  •  hlitoiy  of  Danjfullon 
hclurrn  l«f«  and  l°«.< 

HRM  Penritu  "|v'*"l  ffilntlv  lo  etcriiivr  tvuae 

IIRI4  llcudol.l  o"rn1  n  ol  p.  r<i«t  >■  ilh  luScio  loiil  .  I  other)  ■■  rl'k  fuf  r|o«"  COPIKI  with  the  diiri  e  (e  g  ,  stall  if  lubcrculo'U  clirics  ihelleil 
In  the  houirle-.t.  nuiiirt,  hunn.  <u'  uiin  r  |l  nn-  lieslni  nl  liciliicJ.  dulyil  'inili  a  ncctioueJ  Injtitulloll);  fecrnl  luun  (rinu  of  telueeel 
fr.  m  roun'ricj  'n  »hkli  ruben  illofil  h  cnirmun:  mifilil  vorVfi;  ic-.iJenn  of  muilog  home),  cuneclionnl  Injlilulion).  oi  homeleit  thelteti: 
or  p>-r'"in  »i'h  rerinin  llr»l"KinJ  nir.li'il  iliiinilrfi  (e  f  .  HIV  Inlcrlirm) 

IIRH         Mrn  »lio  Mould  en.|«nfei  piMIr  nlflv  «ri'  lliry  In  e-peiienre  aulilen  emlllr  evenll  (e  |  .  commetclll  ellllne  pilots). 

HRI6         T>t*nn*  siiih  •  family  hiilory  of  fimlllll  pol^p«^tll  coll  of  cincrt  fninlly  lyndiome. 

IIRI7        Recent  diiorce.   lepetelion.  unemployment  Hrpteiiion.  llcohol  of  othei  dru|   ibvue.  leiloui   medietl   lllneiiei.  tlvlnf  ilone,  of  fecenl 

hcreive  m<-nl 

IIRIK  Inlrevrnorr*  dni|  u«*n 

IIRI0  r>noni  >r  lncre»"H  ti<V  for  to*  h«,  k  Injury  r»-catl«  of  pe«  history,  body  conrijuteilon.  of  type  ol  ectlvlllet 

MP  20  TV|ton«  wilh  chilHten  In  the  h"m*  or  lulomohile- 

IIR2I  Terson«  «ith  ohlrr  edtilLf  In  ih'  home 

IIR22  Young  *lulr<  of  Tiriho'tn.  t  nlln  An.rrlre.  Allen.  Mediteirlneen.  Of  Aftlcin  deicenL 

IIR2^  rcrirni  «l'h  lnae«*p*l  ftpoiur*  lo  funlight 

HR24  Hnmiiciuellv  W  b  texua'ly  »cti>  e  'nen  Inuiv  ncu  i  <Iiug  uwn.  ic<  ip  en»  'il  tome  Hood  pio'UkU,  |euons  In  hee  Ith  telttod  JoW  with  fi-quenl 
e\n»urc  to  Mood  o'  b'  >od  mi  lixb.  *,  u.ic^,.IY  c-,d  un,o>  coniatu  of  IIBV  cenrrt.  .irurti'ly  ■dm*  hei'rn.ietua/r<  •{?«  <"ihtuilnplr  texual 
p.vl  mis  iiafmri  as  rVniV  »ei  tnll)  it  luuri  irtuallj  iranimi/ierf  rfueaie.  foililu/ef.  onrf  prr  ioiu  »ho  hove  a  hn/ocy  of  jejuni  activity 

M-itfl  mulliptr  fn'tnr'l  in  tht  pre\r'-MI  fif  mo-rlol 

HR25  rcnnnl  v  .thmnlicel  ^ondi'jori  'hit  innc-ue  the  ri-k  of  poet  -nucpcciJ  Infection  (e  g.chionlc  cuditc  c  pulmooiiv  diteye,  elclle  cell  diieue, 
ncpluuiic  -yndome.  Hr-lgkin  ■  diie«e.  Kplenil.  Hi.beiee  mellitm.  ekohollim.  ciiihoill.  mulnple  myeloinl.  tenil  dlieue  ot  condillonj 
e*«r»'iilrd  u  rill  iriimirrv'*in'prel,i"n) 

HR26  Reiiilnito  nf  ctuonic  cue  fiuiUiiw  oi  fcrvai  lufferng  (i  *m  chionk  cwHiopnlmonwy  diKHderi.  meuHolic  dlseues  (lncludln|  dlibelri 
m<-jlih«).  h-mi«([|r-1''.n(y»thifi,  lHimunn<ti|iw*«tii«f.1  «r  rrritl  H\  »ifunrlion. 

IIR27  rersoai  b-  m  i'lrr  195^  »ho  UV  r«kV.nce  o(  hnmimln  m  mrulrj  (rfccipi  of  live  viccine  on  or  ifm  fbii  bbihdiy.  lihofitoiy  evidence  of 
Inimunlty,  «*l  •  hUimy  of  r-'>^fiBT1  dlsfnotrd  n\f*\t\) 

•lhl«  llttof  p.  venth-  jomi^i  L-  not  eOirifllvi     It -cll-cti .  i.ly  "ime ! -o,  ki  -eviev  ed  by  0,-  U.S.  trfverllvg  S«r»lc«  T«*  Fojw^  AejWFP 

C..o,m,l.ic.n  on  I  ufrlic  ll'ol*  md  W-ilr/V  t'/TauS.    (  linicivj  inly  wi  h  'o  eild  oUrcl  prevnU-e  ICTvket 01  •  touUrK  bJ  U  ind  J  lei  wu.uerlng  the 
pjiienl  »  m-li.  ,1  hi  lotv  wd  o.'rci  tmli.iu  .1  cuciunil.ncr,     F.iorpl-j  ol  t-^gel  co  iditi.m.  not  .pecifictlly  e.tnuned  by  the  Tuk  Foice  Include 

(  Itrnnic  oi«rj  icuie  pilmooery  rliieese  I f »^ ol  irlil-d  lib  en 

lirpMul  .li.vv  di.'.ie  Piejaiplioni'nil  ib-oe 

Bl-ul'lct  cin-ef  (Vcupeuonil  Ulnesi  tnrt  Injurlel 

To  I    r.r-rri.l  nVr..e 

|1V  f.cominendcl  .cher'uk  .pplie.  .  nlv  U)  U  e  pe.iodic  vl.it  ll«lf.    The  fterujency  of  the  IndlvlduJ  pteventlve  tervlce.  Il.ted  In  thk  l.ble  U  left  to 
clinic  ■!  Hiicir.i-fi.  f  ir^r*  u  rnHifaifd  'm  other  foninoirs 


298 


American  Academy  of  Family  Physicians 

Per  iodic  Ilenllh  Examination* 
Ages:  40-64  Yeats 

Schedule:  F.vcry  1-3  YearV 
(See  Preamble) 


Screening 


History 


Interval  fintt  family  history* 
Dictaiy  Intake 
rii)  ifc^l  activity 
lobacro/alcohol/drug  use 
Sexual  practices 


M/i  updating  of  the  nre\iou.*iy  oluained 
medical  and  f  unity  medical  history  It 
recommended  by  the  subcommittee. 


I'hjslcal  Examination 


Height  nnd  weight 
ni(H>d  pressure' 
Clinical  breast  exam1 
Pelvic  r.xam 
Digital  rectal  rxttm' 

High  Risk  Clroup* 
Complete  skin  exajn  (MRU 
Complete  oral  cavity  exam  (IIR2) 
Palpation  for  lliyrold  nodules  (HR?) 
Auscultation  for  carotid  bruits  (HR4) 


Mr  fvry  physician  visit  wish  a  minimum  of 
once  ever  y  two  yea/* 

'Annually  for  »omen 

'I  he  xut't  rvnminee  recommend'  iMf 
procedure  but  rei  og'uies  thai  the  scientific 
evidence  may  not  be  conclusive  to  support 


Laboratory/Diagnostic  Procedures 


Noufastlng  or  fasting  total  blood 

cholesterol' 
Papanicolaou  smear* 
Mammogram' 

Hlch  Risk  Groups 
Fasting  plasma  glucose  (MRS) 
VDRIVRPR  (IIR6) 
Urinalysis  for  barteriuHl  (HR7) 
Chlamydial  tcsllng  (IIRR) 
Gonorrhea  culture  (MR*?) 
Counseling  and  testing  for  HIV 

(HRIO) 

Tuberculin  skin  test  (PPD)  (I1RM) 
Hearing  (IIRI2) 
Electrocardiogram  (HRI3) 
Fecal  occult  blood/slgmoldoscopy 

(IIRI4) 
Fecal  occult  bloodVcolonoscopy 

(IIRI3) 

Done  mineral  content  (HRI6) 


Mr  least  every  five  year* 

Mil  womr-n  who  are.  or  who  ha*e  been 
sen-ally  active  should  have  an  annual  Pap 
irit  and  pelvic  caminntion.  After  a  woman 
has  had  three  or  rrvre  consecutive 
satisfactory  normal  annual  esa-ninatinns. 
the  rap  test  may  be  performed  eg  the 
dni  relinn  of  the  phytirian  nnd  the  patient, 
but  not  less  frequently  than  every  three 
years. 

It  Is  recommended  that  mammography  be 
performed  annually  for  all  women 
beginning  at  age  50.  It  may  be  clinically 
prudent  to  perform  mammegraphj  every 
one  to  two  years  in  women  between  ages  40 
and  49. 


299 


Ages:  40-M  Yean 

Counseling 

Did  anil  Exercise 

Substance  Use 

Sexual  Practices 

Tat  (especially  saturated  (at), 
cholesterol,  complex  carbohydrates, 
filler,  sodium,  calcium' 
Nutritional  assessment 
Selection  of  exercise  program 

Tobacco  cessation 
Alcohol  and  oilier  drugs: 

Limiting  alcohol  consumption 

Driving/other  dangerous  activities 

«hilc  under  the  Influence 
Treatment  for  abuse 

High-Risk  Groups 
Sharing/using  imstcillized  needles  A 

syringes  (HRI9) 

Sexually  transmitted  diseases: 
partner  selection,  condoms,  anal 
Intercourse 

Unintended  pregnancy  and 
contraceptive  options 

*Fof  women 

Injury  rreuntlon 

Denial  Health 

Other  rrltnnry 
Preventive  Measures 

Safety  belts 

Salcty  helmets 

Smoke  detector 

Smoking  neir  bedding  or  upholstery 

Hlr>h-Rirk  Groups 
Back  conditioning  exercises  (IIR20) 
Prevention  of  childhood  Injuries 

Falls  In  the  elderly  (IIR22) 

Regular  tooth  brushing,  flossing,  and 
dental  visits 

Discussion  of  hormone  replacement 
therapy  In  women 

Hlnh-Rlsk  Groups 
Skin  protection  (rom  ultraviolet  light 

(IIR23) 
Discussion  of  aspirin  therapy  (IIR24) 

therapy  (IIR25) 

Immunizations  and  L'licmopropliylaxls 

Tetanus-diphtheria  (I'd)  booster' 

High  Risk  Groups 
Hepatitis  D  vaccine  (HR25) 
Pneumococcal  vaccine  (TIR26) 
Influenra  vaccine  (IIR27)10 

"F.very  10  veeri 
"Annually 

Additional  Notes 


Leading  Causes  of  Death: 


Heart  disease 
Lung  cancer 
Cerebrovascular  disease 
Breast  cancer 
Colorectal  cancer 
Obstructive  lung  disease 
HIV  Infection  (males)" 


Remain  AJert  For 


Depressive  symptoms 

Suicide  ri-k  factors  (HRI7) 

Abnormal  bereavement 

Signs  of  phvslcal  abuse  or  neglect 

Malignant  skin  Iclons 

Peripheral  arterial  disease  (HR18) 

Tooth  decay,  gingivitis,  loose  teeth 


"f»V  infection  as  trading  cause  of  death  among  young  adults  in  VS.  cilia  and  states.  JAMA  1993.269.2991  1994. 


(High  Risk  Categories  listed  on  following  page.) 


•Thii  list  ot  pi'ventiv-  Services  l«  not  eihm-live.  It  tr(lecu  enly  'hose  toilcs  reviev  ed  by  the  U.S.  Preventive  Services  Tuk  Foiw  and  the  AAfP 
Commivwn  on  FMic  H'olth  and  Uiemific  Affairs.  Clinician  rosy  <*l'h  'o  add  olhet  piev-nlivs  leivlcei  on  •  routine  burls  and  s'ler  eo'ulderini  ths 
pstlent's  m-dkal  hi-tnry  and  oi'iei  Individ   *1  ciicumMences.    E»unpl-i  ot  tatgtl  coiditlon"  nol  specifically  eismlned  by  the  Tuk  Force  Include: 

Chronic  ohsti'ictlve  pulmonary  disease  Travel  rrlstid  llb-cn 

Hi  patol  ilijiy  disuse  Piejaiptlon  I'nif  sb'ise 

Blsddct  cut'  er  Occupedonsl  tibial  end  Injuries 

Fmtntnetrlal  disease 

(The  recommended  scha'ulr  sppllei  •  nN  to  the  pcilodlc  »lilt  luelf.  The  tVequency  of  the  Individual  prevendve  services  U»ied  bi  thJt  leble  b  left  to 
clinic*]  discretion,  eicrpt  u  Indicated  bi  other  footnotef. 


300 

The  Chairman.  Ms.  Joyner,  just  to  pick  up  briefly  where  Senator 
Pell  left  off  in  his  questions,  regarding  osteoporosis,  how  can  you 
encourage  women  to  be  more  active  in  order  to  avoid  or  decrease 
the  incidence  of  osteoporosis,  or  have  some  impact? 

Ms.  Joyner.  I  believe  education  is  one  of  the  best  ways.  How  do 
we  educate  women  about  osteoporosis  and  the  benefits  of  exercising 
to  prevent  the  onset  of  that  disease?  Through  doctors.  Doctors  can 
provide  them  with  information  when  they  come  for  an  examination. 
I  think  exercise  should  be  the  prescription  for  preventing  that  dis- 
ease. 

As  for  the  women  who  do  not  go  to  the  doctor,  cannot  afford 
health  care  to  be  able  to  visit  doctors,  we  at  the  President's  Council 
on  Physical  Fitness  and  Sports  will  have  to  go  into  those  commu- 
nities. We  will  ask  for  role  models,  parents,  community  organiza- 
tions, to  come  in  and  help  us  so  that  we  can  go  and  deliver  that 
message.  So  education  is  one  of  the  best  ways. 

The  Chairman.  I  suppose  if  you  have  school-based  clinics  as  well, 
you  will  be  able  to  get  that  important  information  out  to  young  peo- 
ple at  an  early  time  in  their  lives. 

Dr.  Fleming,  is  the  Cancer  Society  satisfied  with  the  preventive 
package? 

Dr.  Fleming.  Yes,  sir,  except  there  is  some  disagreement  in  the 
area  of  mammography  as  far  as  screening  versus  diagnostic  or  pre- 
ventive mammography.  Our  guidelines  have  been  developed  over  a 
period  of  years,  and  the  areas  of  controversy  center  around  two  is- 
sues. One,  should  women  between  the  ages  of  40  and  50  have  any 
screening  studies  done  with  mammography,  and  second,  should 
mammograms  be  done  on  a  yearly  basis  as  a  screen,  or  every  2 
years  as  a  screen. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  I  heard  the  Secretary  say  they  were 
going  to  increase  the  numbers  for  the  higher-risk  populations.  Is 
that  enough  or  not  enough,  or  how  shall  we  judge  that? 

Dr.  Fleming.  I  consider  that  a  step  in  the  right  direction.  I  am 
not  sure  that  is  as  far  as  we  would  like  to  see  them  go.  What  that 
does  is  it  puts  a  burden  on  the  physician  to  make  a  decision  about 
risk.  Now,  there  will  be  some  easily  identifiable  risk  factors,  but 
you  are  still  going  to  have  the  patient  who  is  very  concerned,  may 
be  a  little  difficult  to  examine,  who  wants  a  mammogram,  and  she 
will  basically  not  be  able  to  get  it  unless  she  pays  for  it  herself. 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Ludden,  how  does  your  HMO  handle  mam- 
mograms? 

Dr.  Ludden.  We,  as  you  can  see  from  our  report  card,  have  an 
improving  record  that  is  in  fact  ahead  of  the  Healthy  People  2000 
standards  in  terms  of  the  number  of  our  women  over  50  that  we 
are  to  get  for  mammography. 

I  think  the  important  thing  which  is  really  a  counterpoint  to 
what  was  just  said,  or  an  additional  point  more  than  a  counter- 
point, is  that  we  use  a  lot  of  systems  to  make  sure  that  women  get 
in  for  those  exams;  that  is,  the  kind  of  computer-generated  systems 
and  so  on.  And  while  physicians  are  very  important  to  make  sure 
that  screening  and  prevention  occur,  we  found,  for  example,  that 
in  one  of  our  centers,  it  was  more  important  that  the  receptionist 
know  that  the  woman  was  due  for  mammography  than  the  physi- 


301 

cian,  because  the  receptionist  would  make  quite  sure  that  the 
woman  did  not  get  out  of  their  without  an  appointment  for  a  test. 

The  Chairman.  Continuing,  Dr.  Ludden,  are  you  able  to  do  this 
in  a  cost-efficient  and  effective  way,  and  it  has  not  increased  your 
premiums  significantly— or  has  it? 

Dr.  Ludden.  Our  premiums  are  close  to  and  often  at  the  bottom 
of  the  market  in  the  Massachusetts  area.  We  feel  that  we  have 
been  able  to  provide  these  kinds  of  screening  services  very  cost-ef- 
fectively. I  would,  I  suppose,  warn  us  all  that  some  of  the  expenses 
come  first,  and  the  savings  come  later,  and  that  is  the  nature  of 
many  of  these  kinds  of  prevention. 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Francis,  are  you  satisfied  with  the  prevention 
package  as  you  understand  it,  or  do  you  have  additional  sugges- 
tions to  make? 

Dr.  Francis.  I  think  by  and  large  the  Association  is  satisfied 
that  most  of  our  issues  have  been  addressed.  The  need  for  com- 
prehensive cardiovascular  risk  reduction  and  a  widespread  public 
education  approach  I  think  is  really  very  important. 

In  getting  to  inner  city  communities,  just  referring  to  where  I 
work,  it  has  been  very  difficult  to  get  the  education  message  out 
and  to  get  people  to  adhere.  So  I  think  there  are  going  to  be  special 
efforts  needed  to  reach  inner  city  populations,  and  prevention  is 
not  a  high  priority  when  you  are  trying  to  deal  with  the  major  con- 
cerns of  life. 

That  has  been  perhaps  our  most  difficult  sales  job  in  trying  to 
get  our  people  in  Harlem  to  even  think  about  reducing  cholesterol 
or  stopping  smoking. 

The  Chaeiman.  It  gets  awfully  hard  if  they  are  worrying  about 
the  next  meal  to  start  thinking  about  some  of  the  things  that  we 
have  been  talking  about  here,  or  if  they  do  not  have  a  job. 

Finally,  Dr.  Henley,  is  the  methodology  available  for  the  kinds  of 
evaluations  that  you  think  are  so  necessary  in  terms  of  the  preven- 
tion package?  I  mean,  have  we  moved  along  sufficiently  as  a  society 
to  be  able  to  do  more  than  sort  of  anecdotal  information?  Can  you 
evaluate  whether  it  is  five  visits  or  11  visits  for  children?  Can  you 
really  make  a  determination?  Is  there  sufficient  information  out 
there  so  we  can  make  that  determination? 

Dr.  Henley.  The  methodology  is  there,  Mr.  Chairman.  The  cur- 
rent science  produced  by  that  methodology  at  times  is  lacking,  but 
we  feel  that  with  appropriate  efforts  in  research,  many  of  those 
questions  can  be  answered  now,  many  of  those  questions  can  be  an- 
swered in  the  near  future.  But  it  does  come  back  to  the  issue  of 
appropriate  funding  for  that  science  to  move  forward,  and  we  feel 
that  the  explicit-based  methodology  is  the  best  approach  to  achieve 
that  data.  So  that  it  takes  into  account  the  outcomes  of  the  patient 
and  the  potential  harms  and  benefits  to  the  patient  as  we  engage 
in  these  clinical  preventive  services. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you.  We  will  obviously  be  interested  in  all 
your  views  as  soon  as  the  fine  print  is  out,  but  this  has  given  us 
a  lot  of  very  good  information  on  the  preventive  aspects  of  the  ad- 
ministration's goals. 

Senator  Jeffords. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Excellent  testimony,  and  it  is  an  area  that  I 
am  very  much  interested  in.  You  may  have  heard  me  this  morning 


302 

ask  the  Secretary  about  nutrition  and  whether  we  should  not  try 
to  ensure  that  our  nutrition  programs,  especially  for  the  economi- 
cally disadvantaged,  are  adequate  to  provide  good  nutrition  and 
would  not  be  very  helpful  in  the  area  of  preventive  medicine. 

I  wonder  if  I  could  get  some  reassurance  on  my  thoughts  there 
from  anyone  here. 

Dr.  Henley.  With  my  work  with  the  Academy,  Senator,  we  have 
been  involved  in  an  effort  called  the  nutrition  screening  initiative 
with  the  American  Dietetic  Association  and  the  National  Council 
on  Aging.  We  have  recently  presented  testimony  to  this  Congress 
regarding  the  significant  need,  particularly  in  our  elderly  popu- 
lation, for  appropriate  emphasis  on  adequate  nutrition  and  provid- 
ing that  nutrition. 

We  have  identified  clearly  that  it  is  really  a  simple  matter  in  the 
primary  care  physician's  office  to  identify  patients  at  nutritional 
risk.  It  is  easy  to  do  that  in  our  nursing  homes  and  in  our  long- 
term  care  facilities. 

The  key,  like  in  all  preventive  services,  is  to  educate  not  only  our 
patients,  but  our  members  of  the  Academy  and  all  physicians,  that 
these  are  services  that  we  need  to  focus  on;  they  can  be  accom- 
plished, and  if  we  emphasize  the  need  to  do  so  and  perform  that 
service,  generally  it  can  be  done  in  a  very  organized  fashion,  at  low 
cost,  with  minimal  initial  intervention. 

Senator  Jeffords.  What  about  pregnant  women  and  infants? 

Dr.  Henley.  Well,  nutrition  clearly  has  no  specific  domain  within 
an  age  group  or  agenda,  and  we  certainly  need  to  focus  that  in  all 
of  our  health  care  avenues. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Yes,  Dr.  Fleming? 

Dr.  Fleming.  Senator  Jeffords,  as  far  as  nutrition  and  cancer  is 
concerned,  we  have  some  clear  clues  about  nutrition  and  breast 
cancer,  nutrition  and  colon  cancer,  and  you  probably  read  this 
morning  about  nutrition  and  prostate  cancer.  There  is  a  tremen- 
dous need  for  good  research  to  come  up  with  the  reasons  why  these 
clues  exist. 

The  problem  with  nutritional  research  programs  is  they  are  ex- 
pensive and  very  long-term.  What  you  do  today  affects  you  20  years 
from  now,  and  it  makes  it  very  difficult.  But  I  think  as  we  focus 
on  preventive  medicine,  we  should  focus  on  preventive  research. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Yes,  Dr.  Francis? 

Dr.  Francis.  I  think  heart  disease  clearly  has  been  a  leader  in 
identifying  the  relationship  between  diet  and  heart  disease.  I  think 
the  information  with  cancer  suggests  a  long-term  benefit,  but  with 
heart  disease,  we  now  have  well-documented  studies  showing  that 
low  cholesterol  diets  actually  cause  regression  of  hardening  of  the 
arteries.  I  think  this  is  an  area  that  we  are  seeing  now  being  im- 
plemented across  the  commercial,  the  FDA  labelling  rules  and  that 
kind  of  thing.  I  think  that  has  really  taken  off  from  some  of  the 
earlier  programs  that  the  Heart  Association  was  interested  in  advo- 
cating. So  I  think  that  for  heart  disease,  diet  and  nutrition  is  prob- 
ably a  key  factor;  hypertension  and  low  sodium;  atherosclerosis  and 
cholesterol;  obesity,  across  the  board  with  cardiovascular  disease. 

Senator  Jeffords.  The  physician  that  I  talked  to  suggested  we 
ought  to  have  some  way  to  reward  people  who  have  good  health 
habits,  eating,  drinking,  whatever.  I  suggested  this  morning  that  it 


303 

might  be  a  good  idea,  for  instance,  to  give  the  plan  or  someone  the 
opportunity  to  reduce  the  deductibles  or  reduce  the  copayments  if 
you  could  get  a  stamp  of  approval  from  your  physicians  or  what- 
ever, to  try  to  emphasize  the  importance  of  good  health  care,  good 
nutrition  and  exercise. 

Does  that  seem  like  something  we  ought  to  pursue  or  not? 

Dr.  Ludden.  I  would  like  to  point  out  that  in  many  ways,  HMOs 
and  managed  care,  with  the  prepaid  nature  of  their  insurance,  get 
us  down  the  road  to  being  able  to  in  fact  reward  a  health  plan,  a 
group  of  providers,  and  allow  us  to  turn  that  benefit  around  if  we 
wish  to  other  things,  for  encouraging  exactly  those  things  which 
are  effective  in  prevention,  that  over  time,  we  would  see  concrete 
results  in  terms  of  being  able  to  do  such  things  as  smoking  ces- 
sation or  to  take  the  cholesterol  findings  and  integrate  them  into 
our  nutrition  support. 

So  on  the  whole,  that  matches  the  sort  of  thing  that  you  are  de- 
scribing, without  trying  to  get  into  the  enormous  problem  of  decid- 
ing exactly  how  you  fiddle  around  with  deductibles  for  individual 
people,  which  sometimes  can  create  more  hassle,  and  an  atmos- 
phere where  what  we  are  trying  to  do  is  break  down  the  barriers 
that  keep  people  from  coming  in  and  getting  the  care  they  need. 

Senator  Jeffords.  What  kind  of  reinforcement  to  reward  people 
would  you  suggest,  then? 

Dr.  Ludden.  I  am  suggesting  that  the  nature  of  a  prepaid  health 
organization  is  that  thebetter  you  do — we  do  better  and  better  at 
pap  smear  follow-up,  or  better  and  better  at  mammography  screen- 
ing, or  better  and  better  at  smoking  cessation,  or  better  and  better 
at  cholesterol  reduction — the  benefits,  even  including  the  financial 
benefits,  come  back  into  the  health  plan  and  are  returned  to  the 
membership  of  that  health  plan.  That  is  the  way  the  reward  takes 
place. 

The  Chairman.  You  mean  in  additional  kinds  of  services. 

Dr.  Ludden.  Yes. 

Dr.  Henley.  I  would  agree  with  Dr.  Ludden.  The  reward  for  bet- 
ter health  activity  is  in  fact  better  health.  That  is  the  reward  to 
the  patient  who  responds  positively  to  those  types  of  programs. 

As  a  practicing  physician,  it  would  be  very  difficult  for  me  to 
track  and  identity  patients  that  we  may  feel  need  to  be  penalized 
because  of  their  bad  health  behavior.  I  sometimes  know  who  they 
are  and  can  identify  them  in  the  context  perhaps  of  an  office  visit, 
but  how  do  I  continually  identify  whether  they  are  smoking  a  year 
after  I  see  them  at  V  point  in  time,  or  whether  they  are  continu- 
ingto  abuse  alcohol?  Sometimes  I  can,  sometimes  I  cannot. 

The  tracking  of  that — we  create  another  whole  bureaucracy  that 
I  think  probably  would  cost  more  than  providing  the  preventive 
services  to  begin  with. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Well,  suppose  you  just  rewarded  those  who 
could  prove,  and  the  burden  was  on  them  to  prove  that  they  are 
doing  the  good  things;  that  does  not  create  a  bureaucracy,  does  it? 

Dr.  Henley.  Proof  is  very  difficult  sometimes  in  these  areas. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chatoman.  We  have  a  situation  with  cholesterol  where  Rob- 
ert Kennedy's  family  all  have  a  much  higher  cholesterol  count  than 


304 

my  family  does,  for  different  reasons.  I  do  not  know  how  you  would 
be  able  to  quantify  some  of  these  is  sues,  Just  individually. 

The  Chairman.  We  have  had  wonderful  testimony  from  the  Sec- 
retary and  very,  very  powerful  and  compelling  testimony  from  this 
group.  We  have  a  mother  and  a  child  who  are  here  this  morning, 
and  I  would  ask  the  panel  if  they  could  remain  for  a  few  moments, 
because  Ms.  Sharon  Moore  and  her  son,  DeMario  Moore,  have  come 
to  address  the  importance  of  preventive  health,  especially  childhood 
immunizations. 

DeMario  is  5  years  old — he  has  gotten  off  school  today  to  come 
here — we  will  try  to  find  him  something  to  take  back  for  "show  and 
tell."  We  are  delighted  that  you  are  here,  and  we  want  to  welcome 
you  both. 

Ms.  Moore,  we  very  much  appreciate  your  presence  here.  We 
know  it  is  a  difficult  story,  but  it  is  a  very  powerful  one,  and  we 
are  very  appreciative  of  the  fact  that  you  are  willing  to  share  it 
with  us. 

STATEMENT  OF  SHARON  MOORE,  MOTHER  OF  DeMARIO 
MOORE,  ROCHESTER,  NY 

Ms.  Moore.  Thank  you,  Senator  Kennedy  and  other  distin- 
guished members  of  the  committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Re- 
sources, for  the  opportunity  to  tell  you  about  my  son,  DeMario. 

About  5  years  ago,  I  was  a  single  mother  with  two  daughters,  11 
and  2,  and  a  4-month-old  son,  DeMario.  DeMario  weighed  9  pounds 
when  he  was  born  and  was  in  perfect  health  until  he  became  ill 
with  meningitis.  Like  all  of  my  children,  I  took  DeMario  to  the  pe- 
diatrician at  Anthony  Jordan  Community  Health  Center  in  Roch- 
ester, NY.  Before  he  became  ill,  he  had  been  to  the  clinic  two  or 
three  times  and  had  had  the  first  set  of  shots.  But  our  lives 
changed  quickly  when  he  came  down  with  meningitis — something 
no  child  should  ever  have  to  go  through  today. 

At  first,  DeMario  was  not  acting  very  sick,  but  after  a  day  or 
two,  he  would  cry  when  I  picked  him  up,  even  if  I  was  trying  to 
do  something  that  would  usually  calm  him  down.  I  knew  something 
was  wrong,  so  I  took  him  to  trie  emergency  room  at  Strong  Hos- 
pital. That  is  when  my  nightmare  began. 

The  doctors  knew  DeMario  was  very  sick  and  immediately  began 
to  do  blood  tests  and  spinal  taps.  Since  they  did  not  know  what  he 
had  for  sure,  they  could  not  be  very  reassuring,  and  I  just  became 
more  frightened  and  worried.  When  the  results  of  the  spinal  came 
back,  the  doctors  told  me  that  DeMario  had  spinal  meningitis.  They 
said  that  he  was  very  sick,  and  they  were  not  sure  whether  he 
would  live.  They  also  warned  me  that  if  he  did  live,  he  may  have 
some  serious  problems  for  the  rest  of  his  life.  He  could  be  deaf  or 
blind  or  retarded. 

I  was  alone,  and  I  was  hearing  these  things  about  my  youngest 
baby.  It  hurts  to  remember. 

The  11  days  that  DeMario  spent  in  the  hospital  were  a  living 
hell.  DeMario  was  in  the  intensive  care  unit  and  connected  to  all 
kinds  of  tubes,  and  I  am  sure  suffering  terribly  with  his  illness.  For 
the  first  day  or  two,  the  doctors  were  not  sure  whether  he  would 
live  or  die,  and  every  time  I  heard  or  thought  my  baby  might  die, 
I  thought  I  might  die,  too. 


305 

The  doctors  and  nurses  were  wonderful,  and  DeMario  did  not  die. 
He  was  still  very  sick,  but  when  he  left  the  intensive  care  unit,  I 
knew  he  was  going  to  live;  I  just  did  not  know  how  many  handi- 
caps he  would  have  to  live  with. 

Before  I  left  the  hospital,  I  knew  he  could  not  hear.  At  first, 
there  was  some  hope  his  hearing  would  return,  but  it  has  not,  and 
it  will  not.  We  are  lucky  that  he  is  not  blind  and  generally  enjoys 
good  health,  but  DeMario's  life  has  always  included  hearing  aids, 
special  tutors,  and  now  special  classes  to  help  him  grow  up  and  do 
what  other  kids  take  for  granted. 

DeMario  has  learned  sign  language  and  tries  to  teach  me  and  his 
sisters  how  to  sign,  so  that  we  can  communicate  better.  It  has  been 
hard  to  watch  DeMario  grow  up  deaf.  He  cannot  play  ball  with 
other  children,  because  if  he  does  not  see  what  is  happening,  he 
does  not  know  what  he  is  supposed  to  do. 

At  the  same  time,  I  am  grateful  that  he  is  alive  and  otherwise 
normal.  I  am  glad  that  his  deafness  was  recognized  early  and  that 
he  has  been  getting  help  all  of  his  life. 

But  all  this  is  preventable  now,  and  no  other  child  should  have 
to  go  through  what  DeMario  has.  That  is  the  reason  I  agreed  to 
come  here  today  and  speak  to  you.  I  do  not  think  any  child  should 
have  to  suffer  from  a  disease  that  can  be  prevented  by  vaccine. 
Every  child  in  America  should  be  able  to  get  all  the  immunizations 
he  needs,  easily,  as  part  of  regular  health.  I  am  sure  that  thou- 
sands of  kids  could  have  been  vaccinated  for  what  it  has  already 
cost  to  treat  DeMario  for  his  illness  and  the  deafness  that  has  fol- 
lowed. 

I  am  lucky  that  DeMario's  younger  sisters  have  gotten  the  vac- 
cines to  prevent  meningitis.  I  know  many  other  kids  have  not.  I  am 
grateful  to  President  Clinton  for  making  immunizations  a  top  pri- 
ority and  including  it  as  part  of  every  child's  health  plan.  I  urge 
you  to  do  all  that  you  can  as  you  change  the  health  care  system 
to  make  sure  all  children  can  get  their  immunizations  easily.  They 
deserve  all  the  best  chances  for  a  healthy  and  happy  life  that  we 
can  give  them. 

Thank  you  again  for  the  opportunity  to  speak.  I  am  glad  to  an- 
swer any  questions  you  may  have. 

The  Chairman.  Well  done.  Thank  you. 

As  I  understand  it — and  I  will  ask  Dr.  Van  Dunn,  who  is  a  mem- 
ber of  our  staff,  to  correct  me  if  I  am  wrong — but  as  I  understand 
it,  the  immunization  or  vaccine  which  he  could  have  taken  was  H- 
flu-meningitis;  is  that  right? 

Ms.  Moore.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  And  that  was  not  available. 

Ms.  Moore.  No. 

The  Chairman.  It  has  only  become  available  in  the  last  2  years. 

Ms.  Moore.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  And  I  guess  it  is  pretty  certain  that  if  it  had 
been  available  and  he  had  taken  it,  he  would  not  have  had  this 
health  problem.  Is  that  your  understanding  as  well. 

Ms.  Moore.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  And  his  sisters  have  had  that  shot? 

Ms.  Moore.  Yes,  the  3-year-old  and  the  1-year-old. 


306 

The  Chairman.  So  thev  both  are  covered.  This  really  dem- 
onstrates so  clearly  what  nappens  when  we  do  not  give  attention 
to  achieving  the  kinds  of  immunization  programs  that  are  included 
in  this  plan. 

Well,  I  wish  we  knew  sign.  Senator  Harkin  does  some  sign  be- 
cause his  brother  is  hearing-impaired,  so  if  he  were  here,  he  would 
be  able  to  talk  to  DeMario.  But  we  are  very,  very  grateful  to  you 
for  being  here  today. 

Ms.  Moore.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Let  me  iust  ask  you,  Dr.  Henley,  in  your  commu- 
nity, what  percent  do  you  have  totally  immunized? 

Dr.  Henley.  Of  our  25,000  patients,  Senator,  I  am  happy  to  indi- 
cate that  we  are  probably  at  about  an  80  percent  level.  But  that 
is  unusual,  and  I  understand  that,  and  even  though  we  have  a  fair- 
ly large  portion  of  Medicaid  patients,  we  have  been  able  to  work 
out  arrangements  with  our  local  health  department  to  allow  for 
one-stop  shopping,  if  you  will,  for  immunizations,  and  that  has 
made  a  big  difference. 

The  Chairman.  Terrific. 

Dr.  Ludden. 

Dr.  Ludden.  Our  childhood  immunization  statistics  read  in  the 
90  percent  range. 

The  Chairman.  OK.  Dr.  Fleming. 

Dr.  Fleming.  Mr.  Chairman,  ifl  may  make  just  one  other  com- 
ment, in  response  to  your  question,  I  focused  on  the  differences  be- 
tween the  American  Cancer  Society  and  the  proposed  plan.  The  2.5 
million  volunteers  of  the  American  Cancer  Society  strongly  support 
the  prevention  and  detection  aspects  of  this  plan.  It  is  a  major  step 
forward  as  far  as  we  are  concerned  in  cancer  control. 

The  CHAmMAN.  Good.  That  is  terrific.  And  of  course,  eliminating 
the  pre-existing  condition — as  the  father  of  a  son  who  lost  his  leg 
to  cancer,  as  you  well  know,  anyone  who  has  those  kinds  of  condi- 
tions as  an  individual  finds  it  now  virtually  impossible  to  purchase 
any  kind  of  coverage. 

Let  me  ask  you.  Dr.  Fleming,  are  you  familiar  with  the  center 
over  in  Grenoble  tnat  does  a  review  worldwide  in  terms  of  preven- 
tive health  care  on  cancer?  They  have  studied  different  parts  of  the 
world,  looking  at  eating  habits  and  the  incidence  of  cancer,  such  as 
the  Japanese  and  stomach  cancer,  and  Hawaii,  where  they  have 
different  kinds  of  cancer. 

I  had  a  briefing  over  there  years  ago,  and  I  wondered  whether 
you  had  any  familiarity  with  that  center? 

Dr.  Fleming.  No,  sir,  I  am  not  familiar  with  that  at  all. 

The  Chairman.  OK.  Thank  you  all  very  much. 

The  committee  stands  in  recess. 

[Whereupon,  at  1:45  p.m.,  the  committee  was  adjourned.] 


THE  HEALTH  SECURITY  ACT  OF  1993:  AMER- 
ICAN BUSINESSES  AND  WORKERS  RESPOND 


FRIDAY,  OCTOBER  15,  1993 

U.S.  Senate, 
Committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Resources, 

Washington,  DC. 

The  committee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  10:18  a.m.,  in  room 
SD-430,  Dirksen  Senate  Office  Building,  Senator  Kennedy  (chair- 
man of  the  committee)  presiding. 

Present:  Senators  Kennedy,  Metzenbaum,  Simon,  Wellstone, 
Woffbrd,  Kassebaum,  Coats,  and  Gregg. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Metzenbaum 

Senator  Metzenbaum  [presiding.]  Good  morning.  Senator  Ken- 
nedy is  at  the  White  House,  and  Senator  Metzenbaum  tried  to 
catch  a  few  winks,  since  we  got  out  of  here  at  about  one  o'clock  last 
night.  . 

We  are  very  happy  to  have  all  of  you  with  us  this  morning.  There 
is  a  concern  on  the  part  of  the  committee  as  to  the  reaction  of  the 
American  business  community,  as  well  as  the  American  labor  com- 
munity, as  to  the  need  for  health  care,  its  impact  upon  businesses 
at  the  present  time,  and  how  you  look  forward  to  its  impact  in  the 
future.  m 

It  is  particularly  pleasing  to  me  to  have  a  witness  from  Ohio  as 
the  first  witness.  Ms.  Diane  Warren  is  the  owner-operator  of 
Katzinger's  Delicatessen  in  Columbus,  OH,  and  Eleanor  Bonsaint 
is  a  child  development  journal  editor  at  the  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology  in  Brookline,  MA. 

Senator  Kassebaum  intended  to  be  with  us  this  morning,  but  she 
has  laryngitis,  and  a  Senator  that  cannot  speak  just  is  not — so 
please  proceed,  and  we  are  happy  to  welcome  you. 

Before  we  begin  I  have  a  statement  from  Senator  Mikulski. 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Mikulski 

Good  morning  Mr.  Chairman  and  distinguished  witnesses.  This 
is  indeed  an  important  hearing,  as  the  response  to  the  President's 
health  care  reform  proposal  from  businesses  and  workers  is  critical 
to  our  deliberations. 

This  is  more  than  a  "how  is  it  playing  in  Peoria"  hearing.  Doing 
right  by  our  country  in  health  care  reform  in  large  part  means 
doing  right  by  the  businesses  and  workers  who  will  bear  the  bulk 
of  the  price  of  this  initiative.  We  need  to  listen  carefully  to  what 

(307) 


308 

these  people  have  to  say  and  take  it  to  heart  as  we  shape  this  leg- 
islation. 

We  should  also  never  forget  that  American  businesses  and  work- 
ers are  also  among  the  chief  victims  of  the  mess  we  are  now  in 
with  health  care  in  this  country. 

These  are  the  companies  who  have  to  compete  in  a  global  mar- 
ketplace carrying  the  burden  of  the  world's  most  expensive  health 
care  system  hidden  in  the  cost  of  their  products. 

And  these  are  the  workers  whose  standard  of  living  has  declined 
in  real  terms  for  more  than  a  decade  partly  because  the  exploding 
cost  of  health  care  has  eaten  away  at  their  take  home  pay  and  kept 
employers  from  offering  pay  raises. 

Lots  of  people  are  worried  about  the  cost  of  this  plan  and  you  can 
count  me  among  those  worried  about  the  effect  on  unemployment 
and  small  business  in  particular,  but  I'm  even  more  worried  about 
the  cost  of  die  status-quo. 

As  I've  said  before,  its  not  just  the  health  of  our  people  at  stake 
in  this  debate,  its  the  health  of  our  economy  as  well. 

Let  me  just  share  a  few  facts  from  my  own  State  of  Maryland. 

•  In  1980  Maryland  businesses  spent  $1.15  billion  on  health 
care  for  their  employees.  By  1992  that  number  was  almost  $4 
billion— up  over  250%!!! 

•  No  wonder  its  tough  to  compete  in  the  global  marketplace. 

•  If  things  don't  change  the  health  care  burden  for  Maryland 
companies  will  top  $8  billion  by  the  year  2000.  And  because 
many  won't  be  able  to  afford  that  cost  we  will  end  up  with 
more  uninsured  and  underserved  citizens. 

And  these  rapidly  increasing  costs  only  tell  part  of  the  story,  be- 
cause the  more  we  pay  the  less  we  get. 

•  Deductibles  are  up,  copays  are  up,  covered  services  are  in  de- 
cline, and  employees  have  to  pay  an  ever  increasing  share  of 
the  price  of  health  insurance. 

So  the  impact  of  these  cost  increases  on  workers  is  in  many  ways 
even  worse  than  the  impact  on  business. 

•  If  health  costs  had  not  risen  faster  than  the  cost  of  living 
since  1980,  the  average  Maryland  worker  would  be  taking 
home  $1000  more  in  wages  every  year. 

•  In  1970,  the  people  of  Maryland  spent  just  about  the  same 
amount  on  education  as  on  health  care.  Today  we  spend  twice 
as  much  on  health  care. 

A  major  concern  of  everyone  involved  in  this  debate  is  how  many 
iobs  will  be  lost  or  created  as  a  result  of  this  initiative.  I  know  I'd 
like  to  see  reliable  data  on  that  question. 

But  another  question  which  also  should  be  answered  is  how 
many  jobs  we  have  already  lost  as  a  result  of  the  uncontrolled  cost 
explosion  we  have  seen  in  the  current  health  care  system,  and  how 
many  more  jobs  we  would  lose  if  we  don't  do  something  to  fix  it. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  expect  this  hearing  to  shed  important  light  on 
the  cost  of  the  reform  the  President  has  proposed,  but  we  should 
always  remember  to  measure  that  cost  in  the  context  of  the  hard 
realities  of  the  alternative. 

I  look  forward  to  the  testimony  to  be  provided  today. 


309 

Thank  you  Mr.  Chairman. 

STATEMENTS  OF  DIANE  WARREN,  OWNER/OPERATOR, 
KATZINGER'S  DELICATESSEN,  COLUMBUS,  OH;  AND  ELEA- 
NOR BONSAINT,  CHILD  DEVELOPMENT  JOURNAL  EDITOR, 
MASSACHUSETTS  INSTITUTE  OF  TECHNOLOGY,  BROOKLINE, 
MA 

Ms.  Warren.  Good  morning.  In  October  1984,  my  husband  Steve 
and  I  opened  Katzinger's  Delicatessen  with  17  employees,  a  health 
insurance  policy  for  our  full-time  management  staff,  and  no  money 
in  the  bank.  We  worked  7  days  a  week  for  a  long  time  to  grow  this 
business.  Today,  we  work  6  days  a  week,  have  around  35  employ- 
ees and  a  great  reputation,  and  a  little  bit  of  money  in  the  bank. 

Because  we  are  a  food  service  business,  our  staff  is  primarily 
young,  part-time  and  healthy.  And  not  incidentally,  they  are  the 
backbone  of  our  business. 

Shopping  for  health  insurance  in  1984  was  easy.  Every  few 
years,  our  rates  would  go  up,  a  new  company  would  come  in  with 
the  lower  quote,  and  we  would  switch  carriers.  We  covered  100  per- 
cent of  the  premiums  for  our  employees. 

In  1989,  the  Central  Ohio  Restaurant  Association  endorsed  a 
local  insurance  company  and  offered  us  group  rates,  rates  far  bet- 
ter than  we  were  paying  at  the  time.  On  June  1,  we  switched  to 
this  company. 

In  mid-June,  during  a  routine  pap  smear,  I  was  found  to  have 
cervical  cancer.  I  had  surgery  in  July  and  have  remained  cancer- 
free  ever  since. 

However,  at  the  end  of  1989,  the  Restaurant  Association  with- 
drew its  endorsement  of  this  insurance  company,  recommending 
another  company  for  its  members.  In  my  naivete,  I  called  CORA, 
assuming  that  I  was  part  of  a  large  group  and  that,  despite  my 
cancer,  I  would  still  be  able  to  get  coverage  for  my  employees  with 
this  new  company.  It  was  here  that  my  education  about  health  in- 
surance began. 

Of  course,  our  entire  group  was  refused  health  insurance  because 
one  member  had  a  "pre-existing  condition."  But  I  was  fortunate  in 
that  I  had  a  choice — I  could  stay  with  our  current  carrier  and  thus 
stay  insured,  and  although  the  rates  were  expensive,  they  were 
still  manageable.  Besides,  I  thought,  in  another  year  or  two,  if  I 
stay  healthy,  someone  will  pick  us  up.  After  all,  this  is  a  cancer 
with  a  95  to  99  percent  cure  rate. 

I  was  wrong.  No  one  would  pick  us  up— not  in  1990,  1991,  or 
1992.  In  the  meantime,  our  rates  were  going  up  at  about  40  per- 
cent a  year,  and  we  had  to  ask  our  employees  to  help  by  covering 
20  percent  of  the  costs. 

In  November  1992,  we  received  the  insurance  company's  pro- 
posed rates  for  1993.  To  cover  just  my  family — that  is  my  husband, 
my  child  and  myself— *iot  including  the  rest  of  my  group,  the  rate 
was  $1,041  a  month  with  a  $2,000  deductible.  There  was  obviously 
no  end  in  sight  as  to  how  high  these  premiums  could  go,  and  this 
was  the  point  where  I  panicked. 

With  die  help  of  an  independent  insurance  agent,  I  was  able  to 
find  a  company  that  would  insure  our  group  excluding  "pre-existing 
conditions.    The  rates  are  fairly  reasonable,  but  the  deductible  is 


310 

high,  too  high  for  most  of  my  employees  to  handle,  and  the  cov- 
erage is  lacking.  And  of  course,  I  have  had  to  gamble  on  my  cancer 
not  returning. 

Despite  all  this,  it  is  clear  to  me  that  I  am  in  a  unique  and  iron- 
ically fortunate  position.  As  the  business  owner,  I  could  make  the 
decisions  about  where  the  health  care  dollars  are  spent.  I  could 
pull  money  from  the  advertising  budget,  I  could  employ  less  people, 
I  could  not  expand  a  certain  area,  or  I  could  take  a  smaller  salary 
to  afford  health  insurance. 

And  from  my  vantage  point,  not  having  health  insurance  was  not 
an  option  for  me.  I  nad  had  a  serious  illness.  One  day  I  was 
healthy,  and  the  next  day  I  was  not.  If  it  was  me  today,  then  to- 
morrow it  could  be  my  husband  or  my  child.  If  we  did  not  have 
health  insurance,  could  we  get  proper  medical  care?  I  doubt  it.  If 
we  had  astronomical  medical  bills  tnat  we  could  not  pay,  would  we 
lose  our  business,  our  home,  and  everything  we  had  worked  for?  I 
think  probably  we  would. 

But  Steve  and  I  could  make  the  financial  decisions  for 
Katzinger's  based  on  our  own  self-interest;  our  business  interest 
and  our  personal  interest  are  the  same.  Assume  for  a  moment, 
however,  that  it  is  not  me,  but  one  of  my  employees,  who  has  a 
cancer  diagnosis.  It  would  take  more  wisdom  than  I  possess  to 
make  the  decision  of  whether  to  drop  that  person  from  our  health 
insurance  plan  to  keep  our  costs  down  and  thus  risk  their  personal 
health  and  financial  security,  or  to  bear  the  burden  of  astronomical 
costs  and  potentially  risk  the  solvency  of  our  business,  the  financial 
security  or  my  family,  and  the  jobs  01  34  other  employees. 

Do  my  employees  deserve  the  security  of  the  availability  of 
health  insurance?  Of  course  they  do.  It  is  good  for  them,  and  it  is 
good  for  my  business.  I  have  both  a  moral  and  financial  justifica- 
tion for  wanting  universal  health  care.  I  believe  it  is  the  right  thing 
to  do,  and  it  is  the  smart  thing  to  do.  The  bottom  line  is  that 
healthy  employees  are  more  productive  workers.  And  I  am  willing 
to  take  the  responsibility  for  helping  to  provide  insurance  for  them. 
But  I  need  reasonable  costs  so  I  can  stay  in  business  or  I  will  not 
be  able  to  provide  jobs,  let  alone  health  insurance.  And  I  need  the 
availability  of  health  insurance  regardless  of  our  "pre-existing  con- 
ditions" to  do  that  as  well. 

I  strongly  support  health  care  reform,  but  I  recognize  there  are 
many  small  business  people  like  myself  who  are  opposed  to  health 
care  reform.  I  can  only  say  to  them  that  they,  too,  are  potentially 
one  moment  away  from  catastrophe.  Any  day,  any  one  of  you  or  a 
member  of  your  family  can  be  diagnosed  with  a  serious  illness.  To 
you,  it  is  a  serious  illness  with  all  the  personal  upheaval  that  that 
implies.  But  to  your  insurance  company,  it  is  a  "pre-existing  condi- 
tion" with  all  that  implies.  The  bottom  line  here  is  that  insurance 
companies  do  not  want  you  if  you  are  sick.  And  if  you  are  a  small 
businessperson,  you  have  no  leverage.  There  is  potential  disaster 
for  all  of  us  in  the  status  quo. 

Thank  you. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Thank  you  very  much,  Ms.  Warren,  for  an 
excellent  statement. 

We  will  hear  from  Ms.  Bonsaint  first,  and  then  we  will  have 
some  questions. 


311 

Did  I  pronounce  your  name  correctly? 

Ms.  Bonsaint.  Well,  in  these  wonderful  United  States,  the 
French  pronunciation,  which  is  "Bonsaint,"  has  been  Anglicized, 
and  it  is  now  "Bonsaint." 

First,  I  would  like  to  express  my  most  sincere  appreciation  for 
being  invited  here  today  and  also  to  express  my  complete  amaze- 
ment that  my  letter,  one  of  I  am  sure  millions  of  other  letters  that 
have  been  mailed  to  the  White  House,  actually  got  read.  I  consider 
that  an  astounding  feat,  and  I  have  to  say  thank  you  to  a  very  dili- 
gent staff  for  their  extraordinary  efforts.  It  simply  means  that  all 
of  the  letters  that  are  being  written  are  being  read. 

Some  of  the  concerns  that  I  expressed  in  my  letter  to  the  First 
Lady  and  the  President  are  what  I  would  like  to  share  with  you 

today. 

I  would  say  that  over  the  past  3  or  4  years,  there  has  been  such 
an  outpouring  of  anxiety  and  fear  and  worry,  for  me  and  for  many 
people,  about  how  long  is  my  health  insurance  coverage  going  to 
last;  and  for  millions  of  others,  such  as  in  the  case  of  my  three 
sons,  it  is  are  they  going  to  have  health  coverage  at  all. 

Now,  you  may  think  this  is  a  recent  phenomenon,  but  it  is  not. 
In  1967,  with  four  children  under  6  years  of  age,  I  became  ill  and 
was  hospitalized  for  3  weeks.  Shortly  after  returning  home,  my 
husband  received  a  letter  from  his  employer's  health  insurer,  in- 
forming him  that  they  would  no  longer  provide  health  care  cov- 
erage for  our  family.  Now  that  I  had  a  pre-existing  condition,  we 
could  not  avail  ourselves  of  any  other  insurer,  and  if  it  were  avail- 
able, we  absolutely  could  not  afford  the  premiums  for  an  individual 
policy.  So  for  the  next  5  years,  we  were  without  health  insurance, 
with  very,  very  young  children. 

These  same  four  children  today  are  adults  themselves,  and  they 
have  children.  I  would  like  to  share  with  you  their  experiences  with 
current  health  care  coverage. 

My  married  son  Ronald  works  for  a  business  that  experiences 
seasonal  layoffs.  Because  his  employer  cannot  afford  to  pay  his 
benefits  while  he  is  unemployed,  he  is  without  health  care  cov- 
erage. I  assure  you,  with  two  children  under  3  years  of  age,  this 
is  a  serious  problem  for  him  and  his  wife. 

My  eldest  son  Michael  works  for  a  very  small  employer — they 
have  three  employees — and  he  has  no  health  care  coverage  at  all. 
His  wages  are  rather  small,  and  it  really  leaves  him  with  no  alter- 
natives. 

My  daughter  Marcell,  who  has  worked  for  the  same  business  for 
the  last  8  years,  has  watched  her  employer  shift  from  a  fee-for- 
service  policy  to  a  PPO.  This  is  a  preferred  provider  organization 
that  provides  a  list  of  doctors  and  health  services  for  you,  and  you 
may  choose  from  them  when  you  need  them.  Initially,  it  looked 
very  good,  and  after  some  time  I  asked  my  daughter  how  it  was 
working  out  for  her,  and  she  said,  "Mom,  it  is  just  useless.  I  do  not 
now  why  I  bother  carrying  it.  Do  you  know  what  they  tell  me  when 
I  call  some  of  these  doctors  on  the  list?  They  say  they  are  sorry, 
but  the  doctor  is  not  taking  any  new  patients."  So  she  is  left  with 
having  to  go  outside  her  health  care  plan,  at  her  own  expense, 
whenever  she  needs  health  care. 


312 

My  youngest  son  Jim  just  went  through  a  period  of  unemploy- 
ment and  was  recently  hired  by  a  well-established  computer  firm 
in  Massachusetts.  He  has  been  hired  as  "temporary"  worker.  This 
allows  the  company  to  hire  him  without  incurring  the  cost  of  bene- 
fits. So  he,  too,  is  without  health  care  coverage. 

Now,  it  may  be  helpful  to  the  business  to  do  this,  but  it  does  not 
help  Jim  at  all.  He  also  feels  like  no  one  really  cares  whether  he 
has  coverage. 

As  for  myself,  after  working  these  past  22  years,  I  have  ioined 
a  number  of  health  care  plans.  Currently,  I  am  with  an  HMO.  You 
would  think  I  would  feel  protected,  but  I  do  not.  Last  year,  after 
a  phone  call  to  the  American  Cancer  Society  and  the  American  Ra- 
diology Association,  to  find  out  if  the  mammography  services  of- 
feredthrough  this  health  service  met  their  accreditation  standards, 
I  found  out  they  did  not.  In  order  to  feel  more  secure  about  my 
mammography  services,  I  go  outside  my  health  plan,  at  my  own  ex- 
pense. 

I  must  ask  all  of  you  here  today  this  question:  Why  is  it  that  in 
order  to  maintain  or  control  costs,  so  many  of  us  have  no  options 
at  all  to  health  care,  which  is  the  case  with  my  three  sons,  and  so 
many  of  us  have  extremely  limited  or  marginal  options,  which  is 
the  case  with  my  daughter  and  myself? 

I  wonder  how  long  my  children  and  my  grandchildren  and  I  have 
to  continue  to  sit  on  this  powder  keg  we  call  health  care? 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Ms.  Bonsaint  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Eleanor  Bonsaint 

I  want  to  express  my  sincerest  appreciation  and  gratitude  for  being  invited  here 
today,  and  I  also  want  to  express  my  profound  amazement  that  my  letter,  one  of 
a  million  letters  that  have  poured  into  the  White  House  over  the  past  few  months 
on  health  care  reform,  actually  got  read!  It  can  only  mean  that  all  the  letters  that 
people  have  so  carefully  written  on  this  topic  are  also  being  read. 

Some  of  the  health  care  concerns  I  wrote  about  to  Hillary  Rodham  Clinton  and 
the  President  last  March,  I  want  to  share  with  you  today. 

Over  the  past  three  or  four  years,  there  has  been  an  outpouring  of  anxiety,  worry 
and  fear  from  families  and  individuals  who  wonder  how  long  will  their  health  care 
coverage  last;  and  for  millions  of  others,  will  they  ever  have  any  coverage  at  all. 
One  might  think  that  this  is  a  recent  phenomenon,  but  it  isnt. 

In  1967,  with  four  children  under  six  years  of  age,  I  became  ill  and  was  hospital- 
ized for  three  weeks.  Shortly  after  my  return  home,  my  husband  received  a  letter 
from  his  employees  health  insurer  informing  him  that  they  would  no  longer  provide 
health  care  coverage  for  our  family.  Because  I  now  had  a  pre-existing  condition,  we 
could  not  avail  ourselves  of  another  insurer,  nor  could  we  afford  the  costs  of  an  indi- 
vidual policy.  As  a  result,  our  family  went  another  five  years  without  health  insur- 
ance. 

These  same  four  children  are  today  adults  with  children  of  their  own,  and  these 
are  their  experiences  with  health  care  coverage: 

My  son  Ronald,  who  is  employed,  experiences  seasonal  layoffs.  Because  it  is  too 
costly  for  his  employer  to  provide  benefits  during  a  layoff,  he  loses  his  health  cov- 
erage. With  a  wife  and  two  children  under  three  years  of  age,  this  is  a  serious  prob- 
lem. 

My  oldest  son,  Michael,  who  works  for  a  very  small  business  with  three  employ- 
ees, has  no  health  care  coverage  at  all.  Further,  his  small  wages  make  it  impossible 
for  him  to  find  alternatives. 

Over  the  past  eight  years  my  daughter,  Marcelle,  has  worked  for  the  same  com- 

(>any.  During  this  time,  her  employer,  in  order  to  reduce  costs,  has  shifted  from  a 
ee-for-service  health  policy  to  a  JPPO.  This  is  a  preferred  provider  organization  that 
offers  a  listing  of  doctors  to  choose  from.  Initially,  she  thought  it  looked  good.  Some 
time  later,  I  asked  how  it  was  working  out,  and  she  said:  "Mom,  it's  totally  useless. 
I  don't  know  why  I  bother  to  have  it.  Do  you  know  what  happens  when  I  call  one 


313 

of  these  doctors  on  the  list?  They  tell  me  the  doctor  isnt  taking  any  new  patients! 
So,  I  wind  up  with  no  one  I  can  see  on  this  list,  and  end  up  paying  for  everything 

myself." 

My  youngest  son,  Jim,  after  experiencing  a  period  of  unemployment,  was  hired 
by  a  well-established  computer  firm  in  Massachusetts  as  a  "temporary  worker".  This 
category  allows  a  company  to  eliminate  benefits  from  the  cost  of  hiring.  It  may  have 
benefitted  the  employer,  but  it  left  Jim  without  any  health  care  coverage,  and  it  also 
left  him  feeling  as  if  no  one  cared  if  he  didn't  have  it.  ■   m 

After  working  these  past  22  years,  in  and  out  of  health  care  plans  each  tune  I 
change  jobs,  I  am  now  under  an  HMO.  Do  I  feel  protected?  No.  After  a  phone  call 
to  the  American  Cancer  Society,  I  found  out  that  the  mammography  services  offered 
through  this  health  service  do  not  meet  their  accreditation  standards.  In  order  to 
feel  more  secure  about  mammography  services,  I  go  outside  my  health  plan  for  care. 

I  must  ask  all  of  you  here  today  why  it  is  that  so  many  have  no  options  at  all, 
which  is  the  case  with  3  of  my  children,  and  why  so  many  have  limited  options, 
which  is  the  case  with  my  daughter  and  myself? 

How  long  do  my  children,  my  grandchildren  and  I  have  to  continue  to  sit  on  this 
powder  keg  called  health  care? 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much,  first  of  all,  to  the  wit- 
nesses. I  apologize  for  being  late.  I  think  Senator  Metzenbaum 
mentioned,  I  was  called  to  a  meeting  at  the  White  House  on  this 
very  subject,  and  I  am  grateful  to  Senator  Metzenbaum,  who  has 
been  one  of  our  strongest  and  most  forceful  advocates  on  health 
care  reform,  for  moving  ahead  with  the  hearing.  So  I  do  apologize 
to  our  two  witnesses  for  my  tardiness. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Kennedy 

The  Chadiman.  At  the  outset,  I  want  to  say  that  I  know  how  dif- 
ficult it  is  to  talk  about  the  health  care  challenges  that  face  our 
families.  I  think  for  most  of  us,  these  involve  very  personal  aspects 
of  our  lives,  and  it  takes  a  good  deal  of  coverage  to  be  willing  to 
share  these  experiences  in  public,  so  I  am  personally  grateful  to 
both  of  you  for  being  willing  to  share  your  experiences  with  us  and 
reviewing  your  own  current  situations. 

We  are  going  to  hear  a  great  deal  about  the  costs  of  health  care, 
but  what  we  hear  about  so  rarely  are  the  costs  in  human  terms, 
the  anxiety  that  afflicts  parents  about  their  children  not  being  cov- 
ered. How  can  you  put  a  dollar  figure  on  the  fact  that  they  go 
home,  and  they  see  their  children,  and  they  think  about  their 
grandchildren,  and  they  worry  about  their  own  coverage  every  day? 
Where  does  that  come  out  in  the  total  dollar  amounts?  We  do  not 
account  for  these  costs  very  well.  And  certainly,  that  has  been  true 
in  the  whole  health  care  debate. 

As  Senator  Metzenbaum  and  I  hear  from  people — and  each  of 
these  stories  is  different— people  will  say,  "Well,  you  can  always 
find  one  person  who  has  that  problem,"  or  "Here  they  go  again. 
They  searched  all  around  to  come  up  with  those  two  people."  But 
as  Senator  Metzenbaum  and  I  know,  you  can  find  these  stories  in 
every  single  small  community  and  large  community,  not  only  in  my 
State  and  in  Ohio,  but  across  this  Nation.  I  think  that  is  sort  of 
beginning  to  get  through  now  to  people;  certainly,  the  President 
and  Mrs.  Clinton  understand  that  very  well.  These  problems  are 
out  there,  and  they  are  affecting  people  every  single  day. 

And  hopefully,  as  this  debate  has  begun  and  as  we  attempt  to 
deal  with  the  issues,  some  of  those  who  are  expressing  the  greatest 
opposition  to  these  efforts — and  there  are  many  out  there,  and  by 


314 

and  large,  they  are  people  who  are  doing  very  well  under  the  cur- 
rent nonsystem — will  come  around. 

One  of  the  points,  Ms.  Bonsaint,  that  is  often  made,  and  I  think 
you  have  made  it  very  well  today,  is  are  we  going  to  have  choice. 
In  the  President's  program,  there  will  be,  in  terms  of  individual 
employees  being  able  to  choice  various  kinds  of  programs,  and  the 
doctors  being  able  to  move  from  one  group  to  another.  That  is  very 
unique.  I  have  been  in  this  debate  for  a  iong  time,  and  they  have 
made  very  strong  efforts  to  try  to  provide  some  choice.  But  the 
point  that  I  think  many  of  us  understand,  and  you  pointed  out  so 
well,  is  that  you  have  no  choice  today.  We  have  40  million  Ameri- 
cans who  have  no  health  care,  and  probably  another  50  million 
who,  even  under  President  Reagan,  have  completely  inadequate 
health  care,  and  those  people  have  no  choice  of  doctors.  By  and 
large,  the  employer  is  the  one  who  is  making  the  choice,  not  the 
employee. 

We  hear  a  lot  about  that,  and  I  am  just  wondering  if  you  want 
to  make  a  comment  about  the  issue  of  choice  and  what  you  under- 
stand to  be  the  limitation  of  your  opportunity  to  choose  under  the 
current  system. 

Ms.  Bonsaint.  I  realize  that  it  has  only  been  in  the  last  2  or  3 
years  that  this  has  really  come  to  the  forefront  of  our  society,  but 
I  have  been  experiencing  this  for  the  last  25  years,  personally  expe- 
riencing the  shortcomings  in  a  health  care  system  that  is  mar- 
velous by  any  other  standards  in  the  world— but  it  is  not  available 
to  anyone,  and  the  means  to  correct  it  are  not  available,  such  as 
in  my  case,  where  I  find  the  mammography  services  through  my 
health  care  plan  are  not  accredited.  But  I  cannot  change  that.  Can 
I  change  the  health  plan?  No,  because  I  do  not  have  other  choices. 

It  is  frightening  to  watch  my  children  in  situations  where  they 
do  not  have  health  care  coverage,  but  they  all  work.  That  is  a  real 
concern.  It  actually  makes  me  very  sad  to  think  that  we  are  all 
contributing  members  of  society,  and  it  feels  so  undeserving  to  be 
shortchanged,  where  I  feel  we  are. 

The  Chairman.  Again,  these  are  hardworking  people  who  are 
prepared  to  make  some  contribution  to  a  good  program  that  will  try 
to  provide  that  coverage.  As  you  know,  there  are  very  strong  provi- 
sions in  the  program  in  terms  of  preventive  care,  with  mammog- 
raphy, pap  smears  and  so  on,  that  will  meet  the  standards. 

We  have  had  continuing  willingness  to  provide  even  greater  cov- 
erage in  terms  of  mammography,  understanding  the  differences  of 
age  and  situations  of  people,  and  we  will  be  working  on  that.  But 
that  is  obviously  enormously  interesting. 

Ms.  Warren,  as  a  small  businessperson,  with  high  premiums  and 
high  deductibles  and  pre-existing  condition,  do  you  ever  consider 
dropping  your  health  insurance? 

Ms.  Warren.  As  I  said  in  my  statement,  Senator  Kennedy,  it  is 
not  an  option  for  me  because  I  have  had  a  serious  illness,  and  I 
know  how  financially  devastating  that  would  have  been  for  us  had 
we  not  had  health  insurance.  So  what  my  husband  and  I  have  done 
instead  is  cut  in  other  areas — not  grown  our  business  to  its  poten- 
tial in  order  to  maintain  health  insurance  for  ourselves  and  our 
employees. 


315 

It  is  not  an  option  for  me  because  of  my  personal  experience,  and 
consequently,  it  is  also  not  an  option  for  my  employees  either.  And 
with  some  of  them,  I  have  to  say,  "Look,  you  have  got  to  do  this." 
I  have  to  do  the  "Mom"  thing  with  them,  because  a  lot  of  them  are 
young,  and  they  think  they  are  going  to  live  forever  and  never  get 
sick.  And  I  have  so  say,  "No— you  really  should  have  health  insur- 
ance. Trust  me.  You  really  need  this."  And  some  of  them  will  buy 
into  it,  and  some  will  not. 

The  point  is  that  the  potential  for  catastrophe  is  something  that 
people  do  not  recognize  until  they  are  faced  with  it.  I  have  a  close 
friend  who  had  a  breast  cancer  diagnosis  in  April;  at  the  same 
time,  her  husband  lost  his  job.  They  are  in  their  early  50's.  They 
have  12  months  left  on  their  COBRA  plan,  and  then  what  are  they 
going  to  do?  She  is  going  to  be  having  chemo  for  a  long  time.  What 
are  tney  going  to  do?  What  are  they  going  to  do? 

I  need  answers  from  people  like  you  guys  as  to  what  can  be  done 
in  situations  like  that,  because  I  have  searched  everywhere  I  know 
how,  and  there  are  no  answers.  Carriers  will  not  pick  you  up.  The 
medical  community  will  not  provide  insurance  for  you  free.  You  are 
not  poor  enough  to  get  Medicare.  You  are  not  old  enough  to  get 
Medicaid.  What  do  you  do? 

The  Chairman.  As  I  understand,  you  have  been  a  small 
businessperson  for  9  years;  is  that  right? 

Ms.  Warren.  That  is  right. 

The  Chairman.  How  do  you  feel  about  a  mandate?  This  is  one 
of  the  "hot  button"  items  that  people  focus  on.  I  would  be  interested 
as  to  whether  you  think  if  everyone  is  covered,  all  businesses,  large 
and  small,  it  would  help  and  assist  the  smaller  businesses?  That 
is  something  that  would  be  included.  What  is  your  general  feeling 
about  that? 

Ms.  Warren.  My  husband  and  I  are  entirely  in  favor  of  that.  I 
think  that  health  care  is  so  basic  to  our  society.  When  I  started 
having  all  the  problems  in  1989  when  I  got  sick,  I  remember  going 
home  and  saying  to  my  parents,  "What  is  going  on  here?  This  is 
America.  I  do  not  understand  why  we  cannot  get  health  care.  I  do 
not  understand  it."  I  think  I  was  so  naive  prior  to  that  that  I  was 
really  stunned. 

I  think  it  should  be  mandated.  It  is  fine  with  me  if  it  is  an  em- 
ployer mandate.  That  is  fine  with  me.  I  do  not  really  care  how  we 
all  get  it.  I  just  think  that  we  all  should  get  it.  I  think  in  the  long 
run,  in  20  years  or  in  30  years — and  this  is  a  process,  not  an 
event — I  think  in  the  long  run,  we  are  going  to  find  that  as  a  soci- 
ety, we  are  far  better  off  because  we  had  prenatal  care,  our  kids 
were  immunized,  we  made  steps  all  along  the  way  to  stay  healthy, 
physically  and  mentally,  that  in  the  end  we  are  going  to  reap  the 
rewards  for  that.  My  child  will  have  a  better  society  because  of 
that,  and  her  children  will. 
The  Chairman.  Very  eloquent  and  compelling  testimony. 
Senator  Kassebaum. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  I  am  sorry,  Mr.  Chairman,  but  I  have  lar- 
yngitis, and  I  just  came  to  listen. 

The  Chairman.  This  was  true  last  Friday,  too,  Nancy.  [Laugh- 
ter.] Thank  you  for  being  here. 


316 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  I  hope  that  Senator  Kassebaum  has  ade- 
quate health  care  coverage.  [Laughter.] 

Ms.  Warren,  where  is  Katzinger's  located? 

Ms.  Warren.  Third  and  Livingston,  in  German  Village.  I  brought 
a  menu  if  anybody  wants  to  see  it.  [Laughter.] 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Very  good. 

Ms.  Warren.  Some  of  your  staff,  I  understand,  have  been  there. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  I  will  have  to  visit. 

Ms.  Warren.  I  certainly  hope  you  will.  We  need  all  the  business 
we  can  get  so  we  can  afford  our  health  insurance.  [Laughter.] 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  I  will  indeed.  As  I  sat  here,  I  was  think- 
ing to  myself,  you  are  obviously  an  intelligent  person;  you  and  your 
husband  have  a  small  business  and  apparently  have  done  reason- 
ably well.  And  Ms.  Bonsaint  is,  as  I  understand,  a  child  develop- 
ment journal  editor  at  MIT,  also  certainly  an  intelligent  person  and 
aware  of  what  is  available  and  what  is  not.  And  I  say  to  myself, 
there  is  something  I  do  not  understand — and  I  know  we  will  hear 
a  witness  later  in  the  day,  although  I  am  not  sure  I  am  going  to 
be  able  to  stay  for  the  witness  because  I  have  another  commit- 
ment— but  the  National  Federation  of  Independent  Business,  as  I 
understand,  is  opposed  to  the  program.  And  I  am  saying  to  myself, 
I  was  in  small  business — I  was  in  larger  business  as  well — but  it 
seems  to  me  that  we  are  talking  about  an  issue  with  respect  to 
which  the  administration  has  come  forward  with  an  answer.  A  per- 
fect answer — no.  They  are  willing  to  accept  changes  and  make  im- 
provements. 

There  is  unbelievable  dedication  of  a  President  and  his  First 
Lady  to  a  program.  Never  before  in  my  experience  since  I  have 
been  here — I  have  not  been  here  as  long  as  Ted,  but  I  have  been 
here  pretty  long — have  I  known  of  a  President  and  his  First  Lady 
who  knew  the  details  of  legislation  being  considered  by  the  Con- 
gress. They  oftentimes  take  a  position,  and  they  get  a  summary 
from  some  staffer.  But  this  President  and  Hillary  Clinton  not  only 
know  it,  but  they  have  been  involved  in  creating  it. 

I  am  just  wondering  how  do  you  explain,  or  do  you  have  any  ra- 
tional explanation,  for  the  fact  that  a  group  such  as  the  NFIB 
would  be  making  this  tremendous  effort  to  oppose  this  legislation? 
How  do  you  comprehend  that? 

Ms.  Warren.  I  certainly  cannot  answer  as  to  how  they  think,  but 
my  opinion  is  that  businesses  are  afraid  of  cost.  Many  small  busi- 
nesses do  not  provide  any  health  insurance  for  their  employees  at 
all,  so  for  them  it  is  an  added  cost. 

I  think  that  if  I  were  a  business  that  was  teetering  on  the  edge 
of  extinction,  and  this  would  potentially  tip  me  over,  maybe  I  would 
think  twice  about  having  a  health  insurance  plan  for  my  employ- 
ees. 

But  the  flip  side  is  that  we  pay  astronomically  not  just  finan- 
cially, not  just  in  lost  productivity,  but  in  a  psychological  and  spir- 
itual way,  by  not  having  health  insurance  right  now.  As  Senator 
Kennedy  said,  I  do  not  know  how  you  place  a  value  on  that;  I  do 
not  know  how  you  place  a  dollar  value  on  those  kinds  of  spiritual, 
psychological  things.  But  they  exist,  and  in  my  opinion,  that  cost 
is  too  high  for  us  to  bear;  as  a  society,  that  cost  is  too  high  for  us 
to  bear. 


317 

It  is  worth  it  for  me  to  pay  those  dollars  out  of  my  pocket  to  get 
health  coverage — that  is  more  valuable  to  me  than  to  see  people 
not  have  the  security  and  have  the  fear  of  what  is  going  to  happen 
if  they  do  not  have  health  insurance,  and  they  have  a  serious  ill- 
ness. Or,  in  the  short  run  kinds  of  things,  I  have  employees  who 
come  to  work,  and  they  are  sick.  They  should  be  going  to  a  doctor. 
I  tell  them,  *Tou  cannot  come  to  work  sick.  This  is  food  service, 
guys.  You  are  going  to  make  the  customers  sick.  You  cannot  do 
this."  But  they  say,  I  cannot  afford  to  go  to  the  doctor."  Even  those 
with  insurance  cannot  afford  to  go  to  the  doctor  because  the 
deductibles  are  so  high. 

Now,  there  is  a  cost  here  that  somehow  business  associations  I 
think  are  not  recognizing,  that  what  we  are  paying  now  is  a  lot; 
it  is  not  just  what  we  pay  out  of  our  pockets.  It  is  this  other  stuff 
that  we  pay,  these  other  ways  in  which  we  pay  as  well. 

That  is  the  only  way  that  I  can  respond.  It  comes  down  to  fi- 
nances, but  finances  is  not  just  money.  Costs  are  not  just  money. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Ms.  Bonsaint,  I  think  we  would  be  remiss 
if  we  did  not  ask  you  for  your  thoughts  on  this  very  subject  of 
health  care,  not  just  from  your  family's  personal  challenge,  but  you 
are  a  child  development  journal  editor  at  MIT.  What  are  your 
thoughts  in  that  capacity  with  respect  to  the  challenge  of  child  de- 
velopment problems? 

Ms.  Bonsaint.  I  would  say,  for  instance,  with  my  experience 
with  my  grandchildren,  that  to  watch  the  psychological  impact  on 
their  parents  and  their  ability  to  tolerate  the  anxiety  of  wondering 
every  day,  aI  hope  she  does  not  fall,  I  hope  she  does  not  trip  and 
bang  her  head.  Where  would  we  go  if  something  serious  should 
happen?" — as  Diane  just  mentioned,  those  costs,  we  do  not  see  in 
the  bottom  line  of  a  balance  sheet.  But  in  worker  productivity,  we 
know  that  that  is  where  it  is  showing.  And  the  anxiety  is  picked 
up  by  our  children;  it  goes  sort  of  unspoken.  But  you  start  to  feel 
a  real  lack  of  confidence  in  the  country,  in  our  business  community 
that  we  depend  so  much  upon,  and  a  profound  and  deep  lack  of 
trust  in  people  we  must  turn  to  when  we  are  sick,  wondering 
whether  they  are  really  concerned  about  me,  are  they  concerned 
about  our  families  and  our  children,  or  are  they  trying  to  cut  cor- 
ners because  a  dollar  seems  to  loom  up  in  front  of  them  much  more 
readily. 

Those  are  my  concerns. 

Senator  Metzenbaum.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  I  would  just  say  we  had  a  wonderful  mother  tes- 
tify here  who  talked  about  how  she  had  to  tell  her  children  they 
could  not  ride  bicycles  because  of  her  fear  that  they  would  fall.  Par- 
ents of  a  young  boy  who  wanted  to  play  sports  in  school  had  to  say, 
"No,  you  cannot  play  football  or  other  sports,  because  something 
might  happen  to  you." 

As  you  point  out,  Ms.  Bonsaint,  it  is  a  fact  that  in  companies  all 
over  the  country,  at  3:30  in  the  afternoon,  productivity  begins  to  go 
down  significantly  and  measurably,  as  parents  worry  about  their 
children  getting  out  of  school  and  whether  they  are  getting  home 
safely. 


318 

We  do  not  do  as  well  figuring  out  the  cost  of  these  factors  in  dol- 
lars and  cents.  For  instance,  children  get  better  quicker  by  40  to 
50  percent  if  they  have  a  parent  with  them.  That  saves  money 
someplace,  but  we  do  not  do  quite  as  well  as  the  opposition  does 
in  terms  of  framing  the  debate,  but  I  think  many  of  us  understand 
exactly  what  you  are  talking  about.  It  is  a  very  real  and  powerful 
factor,  and  the  country  ought  to  hear  a  good  deal  more  about  it. 

Senator  Wofford. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Wofford 

Senator  Wofford.  I  am  sorry  I  was  in  another  meeting  on 
health  care,  which  is  my  wont.  I  will  read  your  statements  with 
great  care. 

Certainly  one  of  the  things  that  I  hope  happens  on  day  one  of 
our  legislation  is  that  pre-existing  conditions  as  an  exclusion  are 
out,  out,  and  gone  from  day  one. 

I  appreciate  very  much  what  you  have  put  forth  today  in  your 
personal  stories. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very,  very  much.  We  appreciate  your 
being  with  us.  We  are  very  grateful  to  you. 

Our  next  panel  includes  distinguished  witnesses  who  will  provide 
commentary  on  the  President's  plan  from  the  perspectives  of  work- 
ers at  firms  large  and  small,  and  from  the  perspective  of  large  busi- 
nesses. 

John  Sweeney  is  the  chairman  of  the  AFL-CIO  Health  Commit- 
tee and  president  of  the  Service  Employees  International  Union 
and  has  been  one  of  the  most  important  national  leaders  on  the 
issue  of  health  care  for  many  years.  We  are  very  pleased  that  he 
is  able  to  join  us  today. 

Peter  Pestillo  is  the  executive  vice  president  for  corporate  rela- 
tions at  the  Ford  Motor  Company.  He  and  his  company  have  been 
frappling  with  these  issues  for  many  years,  and  he  brings  a  wide 
nowledge  of  how  this  issue  affects  not  only  his  business,  but  other 
business  as  well. 

Michael  Peel  is  the  senior  vice  president  for  personnel  and 
human  resources  at  General  Mills,  a  company  that  is  engaged  in 
innovative  activities  to  control  health  care  costs.  And  for  the 
record,  I  know  that  General  Mills  owns  and  operates  Gordon's  Sea- 
food in  Gloucester,  MA. 

Mr.  Peel.  Yes,  we  do,  Senator. 

The  Chairman.  Let  us  begin  with  Mr.  Sweeney. 

STATEMENTS  OF  JOHN  J.  SWEENEY,  PRESIDENT,  SERVICE  EM- 
PLOYEES INTERNATIONAL  UNION  AND  CHAIRMAN,  AFL-CIO 
HEALTH  CARE  COMMITTEE,  WASHINGTON,  DC;  PETER  J. 
PESTTLLO,  EXECUTIVE  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  CORPORATE 
RELATIONS,  FORD  MOTOR  COMPANY,  DETROIT,  MI;  AND  MI- 
CHAEL A.  PEEL,  SENIOR  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  PERSONNEL 
AND  HUMAN  RESOURCES,  GENERAL  MILLS,  INC.,  MINNEAPO- 
LIS, MN 

Mr.  Sweeney.  Thank  you,  Senator. 


319 

Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  committee,  thank  you  for  the  op- 
portunity to  testify  on  one  of  the  most  critical  issues  facing  our  Na- 
tion today. 

After  almost  a  century  of  struggle,  we  are  on  the  verge  of  bring- 
ing much-needed  reform  to  our  Nation's  health  care  system.  We  ap- 
plaud the  President  and  the  First  Lady  for  their  courageous  initia- 
tives in  tackling  this  issue. 

Let  me  also  take  this  opportunity  to  applaud  the  chair  of  this 
committee  for  your  outstanding  leadership  in  this  area  over  the 
years. 

The  AFL-CIO  has  long  been  on  record  in  calling  for  Federal  legis- 
lation to  assure  all  Americans  access  to  quality  nealth  care  at  an 
affordable  price.  To  this  end,  a  resolution  endorsing  the  President's 
proposal  and  committing  the  Federation  to  a  strong  effort  to  secure 
comprehensive  health  care  reform  was  unanimously  adopted  by  the 
delegates  to  the  AFL-CIO  convention  last  week. 

We  support  the  President's  plan  because  it  meets  all  of  the  AFL- 
CIO  principles  for  reforming  the  current  system.  The  plan  elimi- 
nates existing  barriers  to  coverage  and  guarantees  every  American 
access  to  a  comprehensive  range  of  benefits.  The  plan  also  includes 
strong  measures  to  control  costs  and  improve  quality.  Finally,  the 
financial  burden  of  this  plan  is  fair  and  spreads  the  costs  broadly 
and  equitably  across  the  population. 

As  you  and  your  colleagues  are  well  aware,  Mr.  Chairman,  rising 
health  care  costs  are  burdening  workers  and  employers  in  all  levels 
of  Government.  A  1992  study  by  my  own  union,  the  Service  Em- 
ployees International  Union,  found  that  if  health  care  costs  had 
only  grown  as  fast  as  the  economy  as  a  whole  between  1980  and 
1992,  average  real  wages  would  not  have  declined,  employers 
would  be  paying  one-third  less  for  health  insurance  for  their  work- 
ers, and  the  Federal  Government  would  have  saved  $79  billion 
alone  in  1992. 

Health  care  costs  now  consume  14  percent  of  gross  domestic 
product  and  will  consume  20  percent  of  GDP  by  the  end  of  the  dec- 
ade if  nothing  is  done.  Without  reform,  this  Nation  will  be  unable 
to  make  the  kind  of  investments  in  human  and  physical  needed  if 
the  United  States  is  to  be  economically  competitive  in  the  21st  cen- 
tury. 

For  these  reasons,  the  AFL-CIO  strongly  supports  President 
Clinton's  cost  control  strategy,  which  uses  a  blend  of  regulation  and 
market  pressures  to  bring  costs  under  control. 

Opponents  of  the  President's  plan  have  argued  that  with  a  little 
tinkering  here  and  there,  market  forces  alone  would  be  sufficient 
to  bring  costs  under  control.  This  flies  in  the  face  of  our  experience 
over  the  past  decade  with  deregulation  in  the  health  care  industry. 
Reagan  era  reliance  on  market  forces  brought  us  the  highest  rates 
of  increase  ever.  It  should  be  a  source  of  shame  to  us  that  in  the 
richest  Nation  on  earth,  there  are  37  million  Americans  without 
any  form  of  health  insurance  whatsoever  and  millions  more 
underinsured. 

There  are  some  opponents  of  the  President's  plan  who  argue  that 
the  benefit  package  is  too  generous  and  that  we  must  limit  the 
range  of  benefits  available.  The  AFL-CIO  would  strongly  oppose 
any  such  move  in  this  direction.  While  comprehensive,  the  adminis- 


320 

tration's  proposed  benefit  package  is  not  goldplated  health  care  and 
represents  the  minimum  that  all  Americans  should  be  entitled  to. 

The  AFL-CIO  is  also  supportive  of  the  ways  in  which  the  Presi- 
dent and  his  task  force  resolve  some  of  the  issues  related  to  the  fi- 
nancing of  the  health  care  reform  effort.  We  have  supported  pro- 
gressive financing  that  distributes  the  costs  of  health  care  reform 
as  broadly  and  as  equitably  as  possible.  The  Clinton  plan  requires 
all  employers  to  contribute  at  least  80  percent  of  the  cost  of  the  av- 
erage premium  in  their  region.  But  many  employers,  especially 
those  who  pay  poverty-level  wages  and  provide  no  health  benefits, 
are  resisting  and  want  more  of  the  burden  shifted  to  workers  and 
their  families.  This  would  be  exactly  the  wrong  direction  for  the 
Congress  to  move. 

The  President  has  wisely  declined  to  make  taxation  of  health 
benefits  a  major  part  of  his  proposal.  Union  members  have  suffered 
real  wage  losses  in  recent  years  as  they  have  struggled  to  maintain 
their  current  level  of  healtn  care  benefits. 

Some  employer  associations  who  have  complained  bitterly  about 
the  cost  of  the  employer  mandate  have  ignored  the  significant  ben- 
efits that  many  businesses  will  receive  as  a  result  of  the  Presi- 
dent's plan.  Aside  from  cost  control  measures,  which  will  benefit 
both  employers  and  workers,  the  plan  calls  for  a  cap  on  employer 
premium  contributions  of  7.9  percent  of  payroll.  Many  small  busi- 
nesses will  benefit  from  Federal  subsidies  and  will  pay  less  for  cov- 
erage than  they  do  not. 

The  special  concerns  of  health  care  workers  must  be  addressed 
as  part  of  national  reform.  Any  cost  containment  system  must  en- 
sure fairness  for  health  care  workers  and  seek  to  ntinimize  worker 
displacement.  Funds  should  be  provided  to  retain  insurance  and 
help  workers  to  match  skills  to  health  care  sectors  that  have  ex- 
panded service  needs. 

The  President's  initiative  and  his  political  commitment  to  health 
care  reform  offers  the  best  hope  for  achieving  our  long-sought  goal 
of  universal  health  coverage.  We  intend  to  defend  the  Clinton  pro- 
posal against  those  who  will  advocate  that  we  move  more  slowly, 
that  we  make  incremental  changes,  or  simply  ensure  our  current 
situation. 

We  are  committed  to  spearheading  a  coalition  of  consumers,  sen- 
iors, businesses — large  and  small — community  groups  and  progres- 
sive providers  to  fight  against  those  special  interest  groups  defend- 
ing their  financial  stake  in  the  status  quo. 

Once  again,  I  want  to  thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman  and  the  mem- 
bers of  the  committee,  for  this  opportunity  to  testify.  We  look  for- 
ward to  working  together  with  you  to  achieve  health  care  that  is 
always  there  and  that  is  a  reality  for  America's  working  families. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Sweeney  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  John  J.  Sweeney 

Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  committee,  thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  tes- 
tify on  one  of  the  most  critical  issues  facing  our  nation  today.  After  almost  a  century 
of  struggle,  we  are  on  the  verge  of  bringing  much  needed  reform  to  our  nation's 
health  care  system.  For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  health  care  reform  move- 
ment, virtually  all  of  the  major  health  care  stakeholders — consumers,  providers,  and 


321 

public  and  private  purchasers — are  united  in  their  call  for  comprehensive  reform. 
There  is  a  consensus  that  our  current  system  is  broken  and  must  be  fixed.  We  ap- 

Flaud  the  President  and  Mrs.  Clinton  for  their  initiative  in  tackling  this  issue,  and 
am  pleased  to  be  invited  to  testify  before  this  committee  on  our  views  on  the  Presi- 
dent's national  health  care  reform  proposal.  Let  me  also  take  this  opportunity  to  ap- 
plaud the  chair  of  this  committee  for  your  outstanding  leadership  m  this  area  over 
theyears. 

The  AFL-CIO  has  long  been  on  record  in  calling  for  federal  legislation  to  assure 
all  Americans  access  to  quality  health  care  at  an  affordable  price.  To  this  end,  a 
resolution  endorsing  the  President's  proposal  and  committing  the  Federation  to  a 
strong  effort  to  secure  comprehensive  health  care  reform  was  unanimously  adopted 
by  the  delegates  of  our  biennial  convention  last  week. 

We  support  the  President's  plan  because  it  meets  all  of  the  AFL-CIO  principles 
for  reforming  the  current  system.  The  plan  calls  for  universal  access  to  care  for  all 
Americans,  regardless  of  health  or  employment  status,  real  cost  control,  quality  im- 
provement, and  fair  and  equitable  financing. 

Health  care  costs  continue  to  eat  up  a  growing  share  of  corporate  revenues,  crip- 
pling the  ability  of  U.S.  businesses  to  compete  in  the  global  marketplace.  A  recent 
study  by  Employee  Benefit  Research  Institute  revealed  that  health  care  costs 
consume  over  14  percent  of  payroll  in  the  consumer  products  sector,  over  11  percent 
in  manufacturing  and  mining  and  construction,  and  over  10  percent  in  the  transpor- 
tation sector.  These  high  costs  are  consuming  resources  that  could  otherwise  be  used 
to  fund  other  critical  national  priorities.  High  costs  are  also  exacerbating  the  poten- 
tial competitive  advantage  that  unscrupulous  businesses  can  gain  in  the  market- 
place by  not  providing  health  care  benefits  to  their  employees. 

President  Clinton's  reform  proposal  would  dramatically  improve  the  situation  of 
workers,  their  families  and  the  businesses  for  whom  they  work.  It  would  also  allevi- 
ate pressure  on  state  and  federal  government  budgets  which  are  being  severely 
strained  by  health  care  inflation  rates  often  running  at  more  than  three  times  the 
Consumer  Price  Index. 

A  recent  study  by  the  Service  Employees  International  Union  (SEIU)  and  Lewin- 
ICF  examined  the  effects  of  health  care  cost  inflation  since  1980  on  workers,  busi- 
ness, and  government.  The  study  compared  their  actual  experience  with  what  they 
would  have  experienced  if  health  care  inflation  had  grown  only  at  the  rate  of  overall 
growth  in  the  economy  (an  average  of  8.3  percent  per  year  over  12  years).  The  study 
concluded  that  if  health  care  inflation  had  been  held  to  8.3  percent  per  year: 

•  Real  wages  would  not  have  declined. 

•  Employers  would  be  paying  an  average  of  $1,015  less  per  employee  per  year 
for  health  insurance  coverage — a  savings  of  one  third. 

•  The  smallest  businesses  would  be  helped  even  more  and  would  be  paying 
$1,283  less  per  employee  per  year,  on  average. 

•  U.S.  companies  would  be  more  competitive,  with  health  care  in  the  U.S.  con- 
suming roughly  the  same  proportion  of  GNP  as  it  does  with  our  major  trading 
partners  (instead  of  1.5  to  two  times  as  much). 

•  Our  states  would  have  had  an  extra  $34.9  billion  available  in  1992. 

•  The  federal  government  would  have  saved  $79  billion  in  1992  alone. 

In  addition  to  suffering  cuts  in  real  wages  due  to  rampant  health  care  inflation 
over  the  past  12  years,  working  families  have  been  paying  more  out  of  pocket  for 
health  care  as  employers  have  tried  to  shift  more  of  the  burden  of  rising  costs  to 
their  employees. 

A  1991  study  by  Families  USA  found  that  the  share  of  health  insurance  pre- 
miums paid  by  workers  increased  markedly  between  1980  and  1991.  In  1980,  em- 
ployees paid  18  percent  of  the  cost  of  employer-sponsored  health  insurance.  By  1991, 
that  percentage  had  increased  to  23  percent.  If  this  trend  continues,  the  average 
worker  will  be  contributing  26  percent  of  the  cost  of  their  health  insurance.  It  is 
important  to  bear  in  mind  that  this  is  an  average,  and  that  millions  of  workers  will 
be  paying  much  more. 

These  figures  illustrate  the  profound  need  for  health  care  reform,  and  what  we 
stand  to  gain  from  it.  Cost  control  is  vital  if  we  are  going  to  reduce  the  economic 
burden  that  runaway  health  care  costs  place  on  the  budgets  of  workers,  businesses, 
and  state  and  federal  government.  If  present  trends  are  not  reversed,  health  care 
will  consume  one-fifth  of  our  national  income  by  the  year  2000,  diverting  society's 
scarce  resources  from  pressing  investments  and  social  needs. 

For  these  reasons,  the  AFL-CIO  strongly  supports  President  Clinton's  cost  control 
strategy,  which  uses  a  blend  of  regulation  and  market  pressures  to  bring  costs 
under  control.  Opponents  of  the  President's  plan  have  argued  that,  with  a  little  tin- 
kering here  and  there,  market  forces  alone  would  be  sufficient  to  accomplish  this 


322 

task.  This  flies  in  the  face  of  our  experience  over  the  past  decade  with  deregulation 
in  the  health  care  industry.  Reagan-era  reliance  on  market  forces  brought  us  the 
highest  rates  of  health  care  cost  increases  ever.  Furthermore,  no  other  nation  on  the 
planet  relies  solely  on  the  market  to  control  health  care  costs.  While  the  specific  reg- 
ulator^ tools  vary  from  country  to  country,  all  nations  with  national  health  care  sys- 
tems have  imposed  some  kind  of  limit  on  the  amount  they  spend  on  health  care. 

It  should  be  a  source  of  shame  to  us  that  in  the  richest  nation  on  earth  there  are 
37  million  people  without  any  form  of  health  insurance  whatsoever.  As  many  as  50 
million  more  are  underinsured  and  often  do  not  discover  the  crucial  gaps  in  their 
health  insurance  until  it  is  too  late.  In  addition  to  the  high  cost  of  health  insurance, 
many  individuals  and  families  are  denied  coverage  because  their  employer  does  not 
provide  health  insurance  coverage  or  because  of  pre-existing  conditions  that  the  in- 
surance company  refuses  to  cover. 

Universal  coverage  is  also  an  important  element  in  cost  containment.  Uninsured 
persons  still  seek  care,  often  through  very  costly  and  inefficient  mechanisms.  These 
costs  are  passed  on  by  providers  to  their  paying  customers,  the  insured  population. 
Under  the  President's  plan,  the  financing  burden  of  covering  the  uninsured  will  be 
distributed  fairly  and  equitably. 

The  members  of  the  AFL-CIO  have  long  supported  a  universal  right  of  access  to 
health  care.  President  Clinton  has  heard  that  call.  The  administration's  plan  would 
eliminate  existing  barriers  to  coverage  and  guarantee  every  America  access  to  a 
comprehensive  range  of  health  care  benefits.  No  one  would  be  denied  coverage  be- 
cause of  their  income,  health  or  employment  status. 

There  are  some  opponents  of  the  President's  plan  who  argue  that  the  benefit 
package  is  too  generous  and  that  we  must  limit  the  range  of  benefits  available.  The 
AFL-CIO  would  strongly  oppose  any  move  in  this  direction.  While  comprehensive, 
the  administration's  proposed  benefit  package  is  not  "gold  plated"  health  care  and 
represents  the  minimum  that  all  Americans  should  be  entitled  to. 

The  AFL-CIO  is  also  supportive  of  the  way  in  which  the  President  and  his  team 
of  advisors  resolved  some  of  the  issues  related  to  the  financing  of  the  health  care 
reform  effort.  For  many  years  the  Federation  has  argued  that  health  care  reform 
should  be  based  on  progressive  financing  that  distributes  the  costs  of  health  care 
reform  as  broadly  and  equitably  as  possible. 

The  Clinton  plan  requires  all  employers  to  contribute  at  left  80  percent  of  the  cost 
of  the  average  premium  in  their  region.  But  many  employers,  especially  those  who 
pay  poverty  level  wages  and  provide  no  health  benefits,  are  resisting  and  want  more 
of  the  burden  shifted  to  workers  and  their  families. 

This  would  be  exactly  the  wrong  direction  for  Congress  to  move  in.  It  would  en- 
courage employers  to  seek  the  "low  wage  path"  to  competitiveness.  The  Clinton  plan, 
by  requiring  that  all  employers  contribute,  begins  the  process  of  taking  benefits  "out 
of  competition"  and  denies  unscrupulous  employers  the  ability  to  gain  a  competitive 
advantage  by  denying  needed  benefits  to  their  workers. 

The  AFL-CIO  is  also  strongly  opposed  to  "individual  mandates,"  which  would  shift 
the  responsibility  for  providing  health  coverage  from  employers  to  families.  Many 
employers  would  end  up  dropping  their  health  plans,  forcing  middle  class  workers 
to  foot  the  bill. 

The  President  has  wisely  declined  to  make  taxation  of  health  benefits  a  major 
part  of  his  proposal.  Union  members  have  suffered  real  wage  losses  in  recent  years 
as  they  have  struggled  to  maintain  their  current  level  of  health  care  benefits.  While 
union  members  will  be  asked  to  contribute  through  taxation  of  the  kind  of  supple- 
mental benefits  found  in  the  top  tier  of  health  benefit  plans,  the  plan  provides  a 
ten  year  period  during  which  wages  tradedoff  for  health  benefits  in  recent  years  can 
be  built  back. 

Some  employer  associations  have  complained  bitterly  about  the  cost  of  an  em- 
ployer mandate  and  have  ignored  the  significant  benefits  that  many  businesses  will 
receive  as  a  result  of  the  President's  plan.  Aside  from  cost  control  measures  which 
will  benefit  both  employers  and  workers,  the  plan  calls  for  a  cap  on  employer  pre- 
mium contributions  at  7.9  percent  of  payroll.  The  majority  of  businesses  who  now 
provide  health  insurance  to  their  employees  currently  pay  more,  and  therefore, 
stand  to  gain  a  windfall  under  the  plan.  The  President's  proposal  also  calls  for  a 
lifting  of  the  heavy  burden  on  businesses  competing  in  the  global  marketplace  by 
subsidizing  the  crippling  costs  of  early  retiree  health  care  costs. 

Some  members  of*  congress  are  suggesting  that  the  Clinton  plan  is  financing  re- 
form on  the  backs  of  small  businessTThis  is  not  the  case.  While  small  businesses 
which  are  not  now  providing  benefits  to  their  employees  will  clearly  pay  more  under 
the  President's  proposal,  many  small  businesses  will  pay  less  for  better  benefits 
under  the  plan.  The  special  subsidies  for  small  businesses  will  make  the  plan  par- 


323 

ticularly  attractive  for  small  businesses  who  now  offer  health  benefits  to  their  em- 
ployees. 

The  special  concerns  of  health  care  workers  must  be  addressed  as  part  of  national 
reform.  Any  cost  containment  system  must  ensure  fairness  for  health  care  workers 
and  seek  to  minimize  worker  displacement.  Funds  should  be  provided  to  retrain  in- 
surance and  health  workers  to  match  skills  to  health  care  sectors  that  have  ex- 
panded service  needs,  using  appropriate  providers,  settings  and  delivery  arrange- 
ments. 

We  continue  to  believe  that  nothing  short  of  full  scale  restructuring  will  solve  the 
current  crisis  of  the  health  care  system.  The  AFL-CIO  will  continue  to  oppose  pro- 
posals for  change  that  rely  on  uncontrolled  market  forces,  incremental  measures,  or 
that  focus  on  taxing  the  health  care  benefits  that  workers  and  their  families  have 
fought  for  over  the  years.  Such  measures  will  only  serve  to  delay  comprehensive  re- 
forms. 

President  Clinton's  initiative,  and  his  political  commitment  to  health  care  reform, 
offer  the  best  hope  for  achieving  our  long  sought  goal  of  universal  health  coverage. 
We  intend  to  defend  President  Clinton's  proposal  against  those  who  will  advocate 
that  we  move  more  slowly,  make  incremental  changes,  or  simply  endure  our  current 
situation.  We  are  committed  to  spearheading  a  coalition  of  consumers,  senior  citi- 
zens, businesses  (large  and  small),  community  groups,  and  progressive  providers  to 
fight  against  those  special  interest  groups  defending  their  financial  stake  in  the  sta- 
tus quo. 

Once  again,  I  want  to  thank  Senator  Kennedy  and  the  other  members  of  the  com- 
mittee for  this  opportunity  to  testify.  We  look  forward  to  working  with  you  to  make 
President  Clinton's  vision  of  "Health  Care  That's  Always  There"  a  reality  for  Ameri- 
ca's working  families. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Pestillo. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Thank  you,  Senator,  and  I  thank  you  and  your  col- 
leagues for  having  us  here  today. 

Comprehensive  health  care  reform  probably  is  the  most  signifi- 
cant domestic  issue  facing  our  Nation  today.  The  President  and 
Mrs.  Clinton  really  ought  to  be  applauded  for  their  courage  in  forc- 
ing the  issue  and  taking  a  bold  approach. 

I  can  tell  you  that  Ford  employees  view  health  care  coverage  as 
fundamental  to  their  quality  of  life.  But  major  and  persistent  in- 
creases in  health  care  costs  are  making  today's  benefits  more  ex- 
pensive than  America  can  afford.  For  example,  Ford  health  care 
costs  have  more  than  tripled  since  1970,  and  now  amount  to  more 
than  $5,000  per  employee  and  retiree. 

It  is  not  just  the  sheer  dollars  alone.  These  costs  jeopardize  our 
ability  to  compete  globally  because  U.S.  health  care  system  and  its 
costs  are  out  of  line  with  the  rest  of  the  world.  In  1991,  U.S.  per 
capita  health  care  costs  were  nearly  double  those  of  Germany  and 
more  than  double  those  in  Japan.  That  translates  to  about  a  $500 
per  car  disadvantage  for  each  car  and  truck  we  build. 

Labor  and  management  cannot  fix  this  problem  alone.  Ford  costs 
have  continued  to  increase  despite  the  close  working  relationship 
with  the  UAW,  with  insurance  carriers  and  providers  on  numerous 
cost  containment  programs  such  as  managed  care,  case  manage- 
ment, and  wellness  programs.  In  1992,  these  cost  reduction  efforts 
helped  Ford  save  more  than  $200  million.  But  that  was  not 
enough.  Even  with  that,  for  example,  Ford's  average  annual  health 
care  cost  increase  of  8  percent  over  the  last  5  years,  although  half 
that  for  industry  at-large,  was  still  double  the  rate  of  growth  in  the 
consumer  price  index. 

We  congratulate  the  administration  for  their  leadership  in  devel- 
oping a  health  care  reform  proposal  that  we  reallv  believe  is  a 
meaningful  step  in  solving  this  serious  national  problem  we  have. 


324 

It  addresses  in  a  comprehensive  way  all  the  principles  that  we 
at  Ford  believe  are  key  to  successful  reform — universal  coverage, 
cost  containment,  quality  assurance,  equitable  financing,  and  ad- 
ministrative simplicity. 

There  are  several  provisions  included  in  the  proposal  that  are  es- 
sential if  reform  is  to  improve  the  competitiveness  of  U.S.  business. 

First,  there  must  be  limits  on  how  much  our  Nation  can  spend 
on  health  care.  Every  business  in  America  has  to  live  within  a 
budget  that  eliminates  inefficiency  and  concentrates  resources  on 
the  most  productive  output.  It  only  makes  sense  that  we  do  this  for 
health  care,  as  do  the  nations  with  whom  we  compete.  A  budget 
will  force  the  elimination  of  unnecessary  claim  forms,  excess  hos- 
pital beds,  unnecessary  operations,  and  other  areas  of  waste  that 
are  in  our  present  system. 

If  we  simply  build  efficiencies  into  the  system  that  save  even  one 
percent  of  the  U.S.  GDP,  we  would  save  $60  billion.  That  money 
could  be  translated  into  improved  international  competitiveness 
and  spent  on  such  things  as  education,  roads,  and  research  and  de- 
velopment, which  would  improve  our  standard  of  living. 

Second,  if  we  are  going  to  have  an  employment-based  health  care 
system,  we  need  all  employers  to  contribute.  Today,  businesses  pro- 
viding health  care  coverage  are  subsidizing  those  who  do  not  in  the 
form  of  dependent  care.  There  may  need  to  be  relief  for  some  small 
businesses,  but  major  exemptions  will  exacerbate  this  cost-shifting. 

Third,  we  need  to  level  the  playing  field  by  using  broad-based  fi- 
nancing mechanisms  to  fund  health  care  for  retirees,  as  other  coun- 
tries do.  Ford  is  willing  to  bear  our  fair  share  of  health  care  costs, 
but  the  U.S.  cannot  afford  to  give  jobs  away  to  foreign  competition 
based  solely  on  the  way  they  pay  for  health  care.  In  an  employer- 
based  system,  all  retirees  must  be  treated  the  same.  It  would  be 
severe  discrimination  to  fund  health  care  for  those  workers  not  cov- 
ered by  company  programs  at  the  expense  of  those  who  are. 

If  the  plan  that  emerges  from  the  Congress  contains  these  ele- 
ments, we  believe  the  competitiveness  of  Ford  and  other  American 
businesses  will  be  helped  over  the  long  run.  It  should  reduce  the 
rate  of  growth  in  health  care  costs  and  eliminate  the  cost-shifting 
that  has  resulted  in  major  companies  paying  128  percent  of  the 
hospital  costs  their  employees  generate.  The  benefits  will  depend 
importantly  on  the  financing  and  success  in  achieving  the  reduction 
in  the  rate  of  growth  of  health  care  costs. 

On  the  other  hand,  piecemeal  reform  could  achieve  the  opposite 
result.  If  universal  coverage  is  provided  with  adequate  cost  con- 
trols, if  cost-shifting  from  other  companies  and  from  Government 
to  private  industry  is  continued  or  increased,  if  there  is  discrimina- 
tory treatment  for  companies  with  older  work  forces  located  in 
urban  areas,  American  competitiveness  could  be  further  disadvan- 
taged if  we  do  not  address  these  issues. 

In  the  end,  we  must  step  up  to  health  care  reform  because  we 
are  the  only  industrialized  Nation  that  does  not  provide  universal 
coverage,  and  because  health  care  costs  are  really  out  of  control. 
Without  prompt  action,  as  Mr.  Sweeney  indicated,  by  the  year 
2000,  with  that  much  of  our  GDP  committed,  it  will  cost  more  than 
$14,000  per  family  for  health  care  costs.  Nobody  will  be  able  to  af- 
ford coverage  if  we  do  not  do  something  soon. 


325 

In  summary,  the  health  care  system  is  broken  and  must  be  fixed 
at  the  national  level.  The  solution  must  be  comprehensive  m  na- 
ture— piecemeal  reforms  simply  do  not  work.  The  President's  plan 
should  help  make  health  care  costs  more  affordable,  provide  uni- 
versal coverage,  and  improve  our  competitiveness. 

So  we  urge  the  Congress  to  move  forward  promptly  on  com- 
prehensive health  care  reform.  A  successful  solution  will  benefit  all 
Americans  and  businesses  large  and  small. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Peel. 

Mr.  Peel.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  com- 
mittee. 

I  have  a  written  statement  that  I  would  request  be  included  in 
the  record. 

The  Chairman.  Yes;  all  the  statements  will  be  printed  in  their 
entiretyin  the  record. 

Mr.  Peel.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Wellstone.  And  a  Minnesota  hello  to  you,  Mr.  Peel. 

Mr.  Peel.  Thank  you,  Senator  Wellstone. 

I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  testify  today.  My  testimony  will 
really  cover  three  subjects.  The  first  is  General  Mills'  company  ex- 
perience, operating  in  the  current  and  rapidly  changing  health  care 
environment.  Second,  I  would  like  to  cover  our  fundamental  beliefs 
with  respect  to  health  care  reform  that  come  from  this  operating 
experience.  And  finally,  I  would  like  to  comment  on  the  administra- 
tion's proposed  health  care  plan  in  its  current  form. 

With  more  than  126,000  employees,  General  Mills  is  one  of  the 
25  largest  employers  in  the  United  States.  Unlike  many  major  U.S. 
corporations,  our  employment  is  growing  sharply  as  we  added 
19,000  jobs  last  year  alone  and  more  than  60,000  new  jobs  since 
1988. 

Approximately  two-thirds  of  our  sales  is  in  the  consumer  foods 
business  while  the  other  one-third  is  in  the  sit-down  restaurant 
business.  Thus,  we  are  both  a  major  manufacturer  as  well  as  a  sig- 
nificant participant  in  the  rapidly  growing  U.S.  service  economy. 

The  businesses  that  General  Mills  compete  in  are  intensively 
competitive,  and  we  have  long  had  a  very  strong  financial  incentive 
to  control  our  health  care  costs.  As  a  result  of  innovative  and  ag- 
gressive management  of  health  care  costs,  our  health  care  is  cur- 
rently costing  5.6  percent  of  payroll  in  our  consumer  foods  business 
and  4.3  percent  of  payroll  in  our  restaurant  business.  Our  per  cap- 
ita health  expense  grew  only  1.6  percent  from  1991  to  1992  and  ac- 
tually fell  from  1992  to  1993. 

The  strategies  we  have  employed  to  contain  our  health  care  costs 
have  emphasized  heavy  use  of  managed  care  networks  and  a  strong 
emphasis  on  wellness  and  preventive  care.  In  Minnesota  where  our 
consumer  foods  operations  are  headquartered,  we  helped  found  the 
Business  Health  Care  Action  Group,  which  is  perhaps  the  most  de- 
veloped model  of  managed  competition  currently  operating  in  the 
Nation. 

In  Florida,  where  our  restaurant  business  is  headquartered,  we 
helped  establish  the  Employers  Purchasing  Alliance,  in  which  all 
employers,  large  and  small,  public  and  private,  purchase  health 


326 

care  through  the  Alliance  on  the  same  terms.  This  Alliance  has  ac- 
tually led  to  health  care  cost  reductions  for  the  entire  Orlando  com- 
munity in  each  of  the  past  2  years. 

General  Mills  employees  also  have  a  range  of  financial  incentives 
to  help  control  health  plan  expenses.  The  amount  of  money  that 
employees  contribute  for  their  medical  coverage  is  based  upon  their 
fitness  and  lifestyle  as  well  as  their  actual  year-to-year  utilization 
of  our  medical  programs. 

Our  hands-on  health  care  reform  experiences  in  Minnesota  and 
Florida  have  led  to  rather  strong  opinions  about  what  actually 
works  and  what  will  not. 

These  basic  beliefs  about  health  care  are  as  follows.  First,  con- 
taining the  rapidly  escalating  costs  of  health  care  must  be  reform's 
primary  objective.  Health  care  must  be  affordable  for  individuals, 
employers,  and  the  Government,  and  must  not  undermine  our  glob- 
al competitiveness. 

Second,  all  Americans  should  have  access  to  quality,  affordable 
health  care.  And  third,  attempts  to  regulate  people  into  behavior 
that  does  not  make  economic  sense  for  them  will  ultimately  fail. 
Economic  incentives,  not  regulation,  must  reward  consumers,  pro- 
viders, and  payers  for  making  appropriate  choices  about  health 
care  utilization,  coverage,  and  cost  and  penalize  those  who  do  not. 

We  have  reviewed  carefully  the  Clinton  administration  proposal 
on  health  care  reform.  Certain  aspects  of  the  administration's  pro- 
gram are  right  on  target,  particularly  features  such  as  universal 
access  to  affordable  care,  purchasing  coops  to  enable  individuals 
and  small  employers  to  purchase  health  care  efficiently,  portability 
of  health  insurance,  and  the  elimination  of  rating  discrimination 
based  on  pre-existing  conditions. 

However,  there  is  much  in  the  Clinton  plan  that  we  believe  is  se- 
riously flawed  and  likely  to  harm  most  of  the  very  Americans  the 
plan  seeks  to  aid.  Despite  claims  to  the  contrary,  the  plan  pre- 
scribes a  Government-run,  regulation -based  system,  instead  of  pro- 
viding the  right  incentives  to  encourage  marketplace  competition 
on  quality  and  on  value.  Fixing  an  employer's  maximum  health 
care  cost  exposure  at  7.9  percent  effectively  rewards  those  compa- 
nies that  have  been  the  least  efficient  providers  of  health  care 
while  removing  any  employer  incentive  to  manage  costs  below  the 
7.9  percent  level,  as  we  and  others  have  done.  The  lack  of  incen- 
tives for  employers  and  individuals  to  contain  costs  is  the  most  se- 
rious problem  we  see  with  the  administration's  plan. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  just  on  this  point,  though,  they  would  be 
able  to  keep  it.  If  you  go  below  7.9  percent,  why  wouldn't  there  be 
continuing  incentives  to  go  below  it,  because  they  could  keep  the 
savings? 

Mr.  Peel.  I  do  not  think,  Senator  Kennedy,  that  most  major  com- 
panies would  remain  self-insured  under  the  bill  as  proposed.  I 
think  most  would  opt  for  regional  alliance  coverage. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  just  on  the  point — and  I  do  not  want  to  in- 
terrupt your  flow — but  you  talked  about  disincentives  to  going 
below  the  7.9  percent  cap.  In  fact,  they  can  go  to  where  you  are 
and  still  be  able  to  retain  those  kinds  of  savings. 


327 

Mr.  Peel.  But  I  think  in  the  program  as  proposed,  what  would 
happen  is  that  most  major  employers  would  opt  out  of  their  current 
plans  and  opt  into  the  regional  alliances  with  the  caps  as  proposed. 

In  fact,  I  think  the  plan's  provisions  taken  together  make  it  un- 
likely that  many  large  employers  will  set  up  corporate  alliances. 
And  without  corporate  alliances,  there  will  be  no  competition,  only 
huge  Government-run  regional  alliances  with  no  hope  of  controlling 
this  major  Government  entitlement  program. 

The  plan  also  mandates  economic  costs  for  employers  of  low  wage 
or  part-time  workers  that  cannot  rationally  be  covered  by  raising 
prices  or  reducing  wages.  This  will  hit  the  service  sector  of  the 
economy  hard,  and  that  is  the  only  sector  of  the  economy  reliably 
creating  new  jobs. 

This  burden  placed  on  the  service  sector  is  compounded  by  the 
subsidies  proposed  for  small  businesses  that  are  not  available  to 
large  employers  of  low  wage  employees.  Many  small  businesses  are 
very  profitable,  while  many  larger  employers  operate  on  profit  mar- 
gins so  thin  they  will  not  be  able  to  absorb  the  significant  cost  in- 
crease. 

I  should  also  note  that  the  3.5  percent  cap  for  small  employers 
would  take  effect  immediately,  while  the  7.9  percent  cap  for  larger 
employers  would  not  take  effect  for  8  years.  The  result  could  be  as 
much  as  20  times  difference  among  competitors  in  health  care  costs 
in  that  time  frame. 

Finally,  financing  capped  at  7.9  percent  is  unrealistically  low, 
and  the  subsidies  required  to  keep  it  at  that  level  are  likely  to  cost 
infinitely  more  than  the  current  forecasts.  We  spoke  about  Ger- 
many, which  has  a  reasonably  efficient  health  care  system  consum- 
ing 8  percent  of  their  GDP  and  financed  by  a  13  percent  payroll 
tax.  It  defies  logic  to  think  that  a  system  already  consuming  14 
percent  of  the  GDP  could  be  financed  for  so  much  less. 

Most  of  the  issues  we  see  can  be  traced  back  to  the  plan's  de- 
pendence on  employer  mandates  for  its  financing,  and  as  you  will 
see  in  our  written  testimony,  we  favor  a  voluntary,  incentive-based, 
managed  care  approach. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  know  my  time  is  up,  but  I  would  be  happy  to 
try  to  cover  these  or  other  points  in  more  detail  during  the  question 
and  answer  period. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Peel  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Michael  A.  Peel 

I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  testily  today.  My  testimony  will  cover  the  two  key 
issues  in  the  health  care  debate:  universal  access  and  cost  containment. 

Our  views  on  this  subject  are  formed  by  our  experience  as  a  large  and  rapidly 
growing  corporation  headquartered  in  Minneapolis,  which  as  you  know,  has  long 
been  a  center  of  innovative  approaches  to  health  care. 

Universal  access 

We  believe  that  health  care  should  be  available  to  every  American.  Furthermore, 
no  America  should  lose  their  coverage  when  they  change  or  lose  their  jobs,  divorce, 
or  become  sick.  Pre-existing  conditions  should  not  prevent  any  American  from  get- 
ting health  care  coverage  at  the  same  cost  as  other  Americans  in  their  geographic 
area. 

There  are,  obviously,  a  number  of  different  ways  that  the  objective  of  universal 
access  to  health  care  can  be  met.  While  legislation  is  needed  to  provide  universal 
access  to  health  care,  common  benefits,  portability,  ad  assistance  for  low  income 


328 

families,  we  must  avoid  mandates  which  will  eliminate  incentives  for  corporations 
and  individuals  to  control  health  care  costs. 

The  Administration  has  been  most  articulate  on  the  problems  of  lack  of  health 
care  access.  All  of  these  issues  can  be  addressed  with  very  straight-forward  legisla- 
tion. Universal  access  does  not  require  a  highly  regulatory  ana  mandate-oriented 
program. 

Mandates  destroy  incentives 

Unfortunately,  the  Administration's  plan  achieves  universal  access  to  health  care 
via  a  mandated  approach  that  sets  health  care  costs  at  a  flat  percentage  of  payroll, 
thereby  eliminating  all  incentives  for  corporations  and  individuals  to  reduce  health 
care  costs.  Furthermore,  the  Administration's  plan,  with  its  state  and  federal  regu- 
lators, global  budgets,  ad  payroll  taxes  on  employers  will  drive  health  care  costs  to 
unprecedented  levels  or  result  in  rationed  care.  Mandates  are  the  major  problem 
with  the  Administration's  plan. 

Cost  containment 

By  contrast,  the  current  market-oriented  approaches  are  beginning  to  result  in 
substantial  cost  containment.  For  instance,  CaLPERS  has  told  18  managed  care  com- 
panies that  it  expects  5%  roll-back  in  health  care  premiums  next  year. 

At  General  Mills,  we  are  having  excellent  cost  experience  in  managing  health 
care.  We  obviously  have  a  major  incentive  to  deal  with  this  problem  since  success 
directly  affects  our  productivity  and  competitiveness.  Here  is  some  background  on 
the  company  and  our  approach  to  health  care.  With  more  than  126,000  employees, 
General  Mills  is  one  of  the  25  largest  employers  in  the  United  States.  Unlike  many 
major  U.S.  corporations,  our  employment  is  growing  sharply  as  we  added  19,000 
new  jobs  in  the  past  year  alone  ad  more  than  60,000  new  jobs  since  1988. 

Approximately  two-thirds  of  our  sales  are  in  the  consumer  foods  business,  while 
the  other  one-third  is  in  the  sit-down  restaurant  business.  Thus,  we  are  both  a 
major  manufacturer  as  well  as  a  significant  participant  in  the  rapidly  growing  serv- 
ice economy. 

As  a  result  of  innovative  and  aggressive  management  of  health  care  costs,  health 
care  is  currently  costing  5.6%  of  payroll  in  our  consumer  foods  business  and  4.3% 
of  payroll  in  our  restaurant  business.  Our  per  capita  health  expense  grew  only  1.6% 
from  1991  to  1992  and  actually  fell  from  1992  to  1993. 

The  strategies  we  have  employed  to  contain  our  health  care  costs  have  empha- 
sized heavy  use  of  managed  care  networks  and  a  strong  emphasis  on  wellness  and 
preventive  care. 

In  Minnesota,  where  our  consumer  foods  operations  are  headquartered,  we  helped 
found  the  Business  Health  Care  Action  Group  which  is  perhaps  the  most-developed 
model  of  managed  competition  currently  operating  in  the  nation. 

In  Florida,  where  our  restaurant  business  is  headquartered,  we  helped  establish 
the  Employers  Purchasing  Alliance  with  other  larger  purchasers  of  care.  This  Alli- 
ance has  actually  led  to  health  care  cost  reductions  for  the  entire  community  in  the 
Orlando  area  in  each  of  the  last  two  years. 

General  Mills  employees  also  have  a  range  of  financial  incentives  to  help  control 
health  plan  expenses.  The  amount  of  money  that  employees  contribute  Tor  their 
medical  coverage  is  based  upon  their  fitness  and  lifestyle,  as  well  as  their  actual 
year-to-year  utilization  of  the  medical  programs. 

We  believe  that  similar  competitive  pressures  for  productivity  improvement  will 
drive  most  American  companies  to  do  an  increasingly  better  job  of  managing  their 
health  care  costs. 

Our  "hands-on"  health  care  reform  experience  in  Minnesota  ad  Florida  have  led 
us  to  have  fairly  strong  opinions  about  what  actually  works  and  what  won't. 

Regulation  instead  of  competition 

One  of  the  major  problems  with  the  Administration  proposal  is  that  it  has  the  po- 
tential to  reduce  competition  among  health  care  providers,  not  increase  it.  Each  of 
the  50  states  has  the  option  of  creating  a  single  payer  plan.  This  would  result  in 
no  competition  and  either  a  dramatic  escalation  in  cost  or  health  care  rationing. 

Furthermore,  we  believe  most  corporations  will  not  form  corporate  alliances. 

Despite  claims  to  the  contrary,  the  plan  prescribes  a  government-run,  regulation- 
based  system  instead  of  relying  on  competition  and  market  forces.  Long-term,  this 
plan  would  result  in  a  single  payer  system  in  each  state. 

The  plan  relies  on  the  existence  of  corporate  alliances  to  provide  competition  for 
the  regional  health  alliances,  yet  the  plan  s  various  provisions,  taken  together,  make 
it  unlikely  that  many  large  employers  will  set  up  corporate  alliances.  The  potential 
costs  ad  restrictions  the  plan  imposes  for  doing  so  make  that  a  poor  economic  choice. 
Without  corporate  alliances,  there  is  no  competition — only  large  government-run  re- 


329 

gional  alliances  with  dubious  prospects  for  hope  of  controlling  the  costs  of  a  huge 
new  government  entitlement  program. 

Our  current  analysis  is  that  we  would  not  form  a  corporate  alliance  at  General 
Mills.  Many  large  companies,  service  ad  industrial,  are  reaching  similar  conclusions 
as  they  absorb  the  full  implications  of  the  Administration's  plan.  Let  me  list  the  rea- 
sons why. 

First,  the  Administration  would  impose  a  new  tax,  rumored  to  be  at  least  1%  of 
payroll,  on  any  corporate  alliance.  This  tax  would  likely  consume  much  of  the  "sav- 
ings" a  corporate  alliance  might  generate.  And,  because  the  revenue  is  being  count- 
ed on  to  fund  the  remaining  portions  of  the  Administration  plan,  there  is  a  strong 
likelihood  the  "price  of  the  privilege"  will  only  increase  over  time. 

Second,  states  are  also  granted  unrestricted  authority  to  tax  corporate  alliances 
further  to  pay  for  providing  coverage.  Since  states  are  financially  strapped,  vet  bear 
the  responsibility  under  the  plan  for  assuring  universal  coverage,  it  would  be  naive 
to  think  that  corporate  alliances  would  not  be  hit  with  additional  state  taxes  for  the 
privilege  of  remaining  independent. 

Third,  the  Administration  plan  would  eliminate  the  ability  of  a  employer  to  join 
with  other  employers  to  manage  costs.  The  driving  force  behind  the  best  efforts  to 
reform  our  health  care  delivery  system,  initiatives  like  the  Business  Health  Care 
Action  Group  in  Minnesota  and  the  Employers  Purchasing  Alliance  in  Florida, 
would  be  outlawed. 

Fourth,  because  any  individual  employer  would  be  small  in  comparison  to  the  re- 
gional health  alliance,  costs  could  be  "shifted"  from  the  alliance  to  that  employer, 
particularly  when  health  alliance  premiums  are  "capped." 

Fifth,  employers  would  be  forced  to  deal  with  various  rules  and  regulations  in 
each  state  in  which  they  operate.  States  could  even  compel  employers  to  join  manda- 
tory single-payer  systems.  It  will  inevitably  be  easier  and  cheaper  administratively 
to  just  send  off  a  payroll-based  premium  to  the  health  alliance. 

Finally,  employers  opting  for  corporate  alliances  would  forego  the  government 
guarantee  of  a  fixed  percentage  of  payroll  for  health  care  costs.  Moreover,  large  em- 
ployers with  part-time  workers,  whom  the  plan  requires  to  be  covered  by  regional 
alliances,  will  forfeit  the  right  to  cap  those  premium  expenses  at  7.9%  of  payroll  if 
they  opt  to  cover  their  other  workers  in  a  corporate  alliance.  This  means  that  for 
low-income  employees,  employers  could  easily  pay  90%  of  wages  in  the  case  of  a 
part-  time  worker  receiving  family  coverage  from  a  regional  alliance. 

Winners  and  losers 

Fixing  health  care  costs  at  a  certain  percentage  of  payroll  for  all  employers  would 
change  the  relative  cost  structures  of  every  employer  in  the  country.  It  would  also 
create  winners  and  losers  within  ad  among  industries. 

Large  manufacturers,  rust-belt  industries,  companies  with  aging  workforces,  For- 
tune 500  companies  offering  very  generous  benefit  plans — would  likely  benefit  inor- 
dinately as  the  government  assumes  significant  portions  of  their  huge  health  care 
liabilities. 

Many  manufacturers,  with  older,  skilled  or  unionized  employees,  pay  15%  or  more 
of  payroll  for  health  care  benefits  today.  Under  the  Administration  plan,  that  em- 
ployer would  see  its  costs  reduced  ad  capped  at  7.9%  of  payroll  annually.  Who  would 
pay  the  difference  between  the  current  cost  and  the  new  maximum  payroll  percent- 
age? Other  companies  who  have  done  a  good  job  of  health  care  cost  containment  and 
taxpayers. 

Other  industries  would  lose.  They  include  almost  every  low-wage  sector  of  the 
economy,  like  domestic  workers,  child  care  providers  and  semi-skilled  laborers.  The 
entire  service  sector,  the  only  part  of  the  economy  still  reliably  creating  new  jobs, 
could  stall. 

Industries  in  which  low-wage,  seasonal,  or  part-time  jobs  are  common — agri- 
culture, forestry,  fisheries,  food  service,  hospitality,  amusement  parks,  construction, 
retail  trade,  business  and  personal  services,  have  higher-than-  average  numbers  of 
uninsured  workers.  They  would  be  hit  hard. 

Those  who  should  benefit  from  health  care  reform  may  pay  the  ultimate  price  for 
universal  coverage — they  could  lose  their  job.  While  those  who  should  benefit  least — 
large  manufacturers  and  employees  with  overly  generous  benefit  plans — will  receive 
sizable,  guaranteed,  government  had-outs. 

Part-time  employees 

Large  employers  of  part-time  workers  are  seriously  disadvantaged  by  the  Clinton 
Plan.  Part-timers  are  19%  of  the  U.S.  workforce — a  significant  segment.  Most  part- 
timers  want  part-time  work.  They  are  students,  young  parents,  second  earners  or 
older  workers  who  want  or  need  flexible  schedules. 


330 

Part-time  jobs  also  offer  opportunity  and  upward  mobility.  In  the  restaurant  in- 
dustry, 30%  of  restaurant  management  comes  from  the  ranks  of  hourly  employees, 
70%  of  restaurant  supervisors  are  women,  and  20%  are  African  American  or  His- 
panic. One  of  General  Mills'  Vice  Chairmen  started  as  a  hourly  worker  in  one  of 
our  restaurants,  as  did  the  president  of  our  Olive  Garden  chain,  a  $1  billion  busi- 
ness. 

A  part-time  job  is  the  first  exposure  to  the  workplace  for  many  Americans.  Such 
positions  offer  entry-level  employment  and  training  to  those  whose  education  and 
skill  levels  do  not  qualify  them  for  other  work.  The  Food  service  sector  alone  employs 
over  9  million  people. 

Service  businesses  employing  part-time  labor  have  low  margins,  and  profits  per 
employee  are  also  low.  The  problem  from  a  business  perspective  is  weighing  the  eco- 
nomic value  of  a  job  to  a  enterprise  versus  the  cost  of  providing  that  job.  If  the  cost 
exceeds  the  value,  the  job  is  no  longer  sustainable. 

Restaurant  sales  per  full-time  equivalent  are  only  $47,300  per  year,  while  manu- 
facturing sales  per  full-time  employee  are  $  157,000  per  year.  Profits  per  service  sec- 
tor job  are  $500  versus  $3500  in  manufacturing. 

Lowering  direct  wages  to  offset  increased  benefit  costs  in  order  to  preserve  the 
cost/value  relationship  is  not  an  option  with  workers  whose  wages  are  already  low. 
Price  advances,  which  is  the  other  option  for  covering  increased  costs,  are  difficult 
in  today's  economic  climate  and,  under  the  Clinton  Plan,  virtually  impossible  be- 
cause of  the  lower  cost  structure  the  plan  gives  smaller  competitors. 

Premium  caps 

We  also  have  serious  doubts  that  the  premium  caps — which,  we  might  add,  do  not 
take  full  effect  for  8  years  and  are  not  available  to  us  if  we  maintain  a  corporate 
alliance — can  remain  at  the  level  that  has  been  proposed  for  very  long  ana  may 
even  be  breached  immediately  by  the  states.  If  Germans  pay  a  13%  payroll  tax  to 
finance  a  health  care  system  that  consumes  8%  of  their  GDP,  it  defies  logic  that 
premium  caps  at  3.5%-7.9%  of  wages  can  pay  for  a  U.S.  system  that  consumes  14% 
of  GDP. 

Our  major  recourse  for  dealing  with  the  business  economics  that  the  plan  dictates 
is  to  eliminate  or  consolidate  jobs.  Here's  an  example  from  a  business  perspective. 

The  proposed  plan  requires  businesses  to  pay  for  part-time  workers  on  a  pro-rated 
basis.  At  ten  hours  per  week,  businesses  would  pay  one-third  of  the  80%  share.  At 
20  hours  per  week,  businesses  would  pay  two-thirds  of  the  cost.  At  30  hours  or  more 
per  week,  the  employer  would  pay  the  full  80%  share  of  premium  costs. 

An  employer  with  two  employees  working  20  hours  per  week,  would  pay  two- 
thirds  of  the  80%  employer-mandate  for  each  employee — or  four-thirds.  Common 
sense  tells  you  that  the  employer  will  try  to  eliminate  both  part-time  jobs  ad  create 
one  40  hour  per  week  job  and  cut  his  health  care  costs  by  25%. 

Estimates  of  job  loss  in  the  service  sector  range  from  the  high  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands to  3.1  million.  Studies  are  studies,  and  people  will  disagree  about  their  con- 
clusions, so  I  suggest  you  look  at  it  this  way:  There  are  375,000  eating  and  dining 
establishments  in  the  U.S.  and  about  another  million  retail  establishments.  If  each 
one  of  them  eliminated  just  one  job,  that  would  mean  that  1.4  million  jobs  would 
be  lost. 

How  to  achieve  full  access  and  cost  containment 

Every  American  should  have  access  to  high-quality,  affordable  health  care  cov- 
erage. To  achieve  that  goal,  we  favor  careful  reform  of  our  health  care  system. 

Universal  access  and  cost  containment  do  not  require  public  price  setting  or  exces- 
sive government  intervention.  With  the  right  incentives  to  encourage  competition  on 
quality  and  value,  the  marketplace  is  much  more  likely  than  government  budgets, 
caps  or  controls  to  deliver  the  highest  quality  health  care  at  the  lowest  possible 
price. 

Bureaucratic  mechanisms  that  set  prices  and  allocate  resources  are  simply  not  ef- 
fective in  regulating  dynamic  markets.  If  they  were,  Medicare — already  a  price-con- 
trolled system — would  have  controlled  health  care  costs  in  the  Medicare  system.  It 
has  not. 

The  formation  of  cooperative,  actively-managed,  member-controlled,  non-  govern- 
ment purchasing  pools,  or  health  alliances,  should  restore  legitimate  market  forces 
in  health  care.  These  purchasing  cooperatives  should  ensure  open  enrollment,  meas- 
ure quality,  streamline  administration  and  maintain  consumer  choice. 

The  purchasing  cooperatives  would  negotiate  with  health  plans  to  offer  clear,  un- 
derstandable, competitive  choices  for  consumers,  who  would  retain  the  power  to 
choose  their  own  health  plan. 


331 

The  formerly  uninsured  and  all  government-subsidized  purchasers  should  be  re- 
quired to  join,  with  risk -adjustment  mechanisms  developed  to  balance  any  negative 
selection.  Individual  purchasers  and  most  small  groups  would  probably  join  imme- 
diately. They  won't  need  to  be  coerced. 

Each  member  of  the  HIPC  would  receive  the  same  comprehensive  benefit  pack- 
age, making  it  easier  to  compare  price  and  value,  with  consumers,  not  employers, 
choosing  annually  among  competing  plans. 

Employer  contributions  toward  that  premium  would  be  tax-exempt  to  the  em- 
ployee, and  tax-deductible  for  the  employer,  up  to  the  level  of  the  lowest-cost  plan 
in  the  HIPC. 

Premium  payments  should  be  100%  deductible  for  all  individuals,  including  the 
self-employed,  up  to  that  same  amount. 

Health  benefits  or  premium  payments  above  that  amount  would  be  neither  tax- 
exempt,  nor  tax-deductible. 

Consumers  who  choose  high-cost  plans  over  cheaper  ones  should  be  willing  to  pay 
the  difference  with  their  own  money — without  tax  subsidies.  Eliminating  the  tax 
subsidy  for  overly  generous  health  care  benefits  will  help  fund  coverage  for  the  un- 
insured, while  creating  cost-consciousness  to  hold  down  the  cost  of  health  care. 

Statutes  should  outlaw  pre-existing  condition  exclusions  and  other  discriminatory 
rating  practices.  Portability  and  re  new  ability  should  be  guaranteed.  Each  of  us  is 
only  a  illness  away  from  being  sick  instead  of  well.  Health  alliances  should  be  com- 
munity-rated, with  some  variations  for  age  and  utilization. 

Subsidies  should  be  directed  to  individuals,  based  on  income,  not  to  employers 
based  on  size  or  wage-rates,  with  full  subsidies  for  those  below  100%  of  federal  pov- 
erty guidelines  and  sliding  scale  subsidies  for  those  below  200%. 

u  additional  subsidies  are  necessary  on  grounds  of  equity,  access  and  social  re- 
sponsibility, tax  revenues — not  mandated  employer  financing — should  be  raised  to 
fund  them. 

Managed  competition  would  restore  a  functioning  health  care  marketplace,  weed 
out  low-value  health  care  spending,  restore  responsibility,  and  establish  competition 
based  on  the  cost  and  value  of  care  consumed. 

Conclusion 

A  regulatory,  government-dominated  approach  is  neither  the  best  nor  the  only  ap- 
proach. Managed  competition,  in  our  opinion,  would  effectively  restore  the  market 
forces  necessary  to  control  health  care  costs — and  should  form  the  basis  for  an 
emerging,  workable,  bipartisan  approach  to  health  care  reform. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you.  Of  course,  in  theirs,  the  Germans 
cover  long-term  comprehensive  care.  They  even  include  spas.  It  is 
a  somewhat  different  kind  of  comparison,  I  think. 

Mr.  Peel,  your  company  currently  provides  fairly  comprehensive 
insurance  for  your  employees.  Even  for  part-time  workers — you 
cover  up  to  17  hours  a  week;  is  that  right? 

Mr.  Peel.  Our  part-time  eligibility,  Senator  Kennedy,  is  6 
months  of  service  and  25  hours  per  week. 

The  Chairman.  And  you  pay  a  proportion  of  the  premium? 

Mr.  Peel.  We  make  the  coverage  available,  and  the  employee 
participates  with  the  premiums,  yes. 

The  Chairman.  Good.  That  is  a  lot  better  than  most  companies. 

We  will  have  5-minute  rounds  for  questioning,  and  I  will  ask 
staff  to  keep  track  of  the  time 

Do  your  competitors  in  the  restaurant  business  provide  com- 
parable coverage? 

Mr.  Peel.  Most  do  not.  The  restaurant  industry  is  a  minimum 
wage  industry  where  in  many  cases,  particularly  smaller  res- 
taurant operators  do  not. 

The  Chairman.  And  how  does  that  affect  your  competitiveness? 
Do  you  think  that  that  is  fair? 

Mr.  Peel.  Well,  we  tend  to  provide  better  coverage  than  a  lot  of 
the  smaller  players,  and  that  puts  us  at  a  bit  of  a  competitive  dis- 
advantage, no  question.  But  with  the  subsidies  proposed,  it  would 


332 

reverse  that  relationship,  where  small  restaurant  operators  would 
have  their  exposure  on  health  care  capped  at  3.5  percent,  while 
ours  would  be  virtually  uncapped  until  the  7.9  percent  cap  took  ef- 
fect late  in  this  decade. 

The  Chairman.  You  are  at  4.3  percent  now. 

Mr.  Peel.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  And  the  3.5  percent  is,  of  course,  for  the  lowest- 
paid  employees. 

I  just  want  to  come  back  to  the  other  question.  You  provide  cov- 
erage, and  I  think  it  is  certainly  a  commendable  decision,  because 
you  do  not  have  to  provide  it,  and  you  are  in  competition  with  peo- 
ple who  do  not  provide  it,  yet  you  do.  So  I  think  that  that  is  a  com- 
mendable decision.  But  do  you  think  that  it  is  fair  for  others  not 
to  provide  it?  Does  that  bother  you  either  as  a  competitor  or  as  a 
human  being?  How  do  you  react  to  that?  [Laughter.]  Those  terms 
are  synonymous  in  some  sense. 

Mr.  Peel.  Well,  many  small  restaurant  operators  are  break-even 
businesses,  and  to  the  extent  they  had  to  provide  medical  care, 
many  of  them  would  cease  to  exist.  So  I  think  there  is  a  number 
of  restaurant  operators  who  would  like  to  provide  coverage,  but  do 
not  have  the  profit  margins  for  employees  to  do  that. 

The  Chairman.  Of  course,  they  were  one  of  the  top  two  in  terms 
of  employment  growth  over  the  last  6  months,  so  someone  is  doing 
okay  in  the  restaurant  business,  because  part-time  restaurant 
workers  is  where  that  1.2  million  job  growth  has  been  over  that  pe- 
riod of  time. 

Mr.  Peel.  But  a  change  in  health  care  might  change  that  job 
growth. 

The  Chairman.  That  is  what  has  always  been  said.  We  heard 
that  with  regard  to  minimum  wage,  and  we  have  heard  that  with 
regard  to  a  lot  of  other  things.  And  the  increase  in  the  minimum 
wage,  for  example,  the  last  time,  all  the  studies  showed  it  did  not 
impact  jobs,  quite  frankly,  and  we  saved  the  Federal  Government 
a  good  deal  of  taxpayers'  money  because  these  people  were  no 
longer  eligible  for  the  safety  net  programs.  So  that  is  something 
that  ought  to  be  looked  at  and  examined,  and  we  certainly  will  do 
that. 

Mr.  Sweeney,  you  represent  workers  in  all  the  sectors  of  the 
American  economy.  Your  own  union  represents  the  service  employ- 
ees. I  want  to  bring  your  attention  to  the  issues  of  cost  and  cost- 
shifting  and  retiree  nealth  costs.  Is  this  an  issue  only  for  large,  ma- 
ture industrial  companies,  or  is  it  widespread  throughout  the  econ- 
omy? 

Mr.  Sweeney.  It  is  really  widespread  throughout  the  economy, 
and  we  have  heard  many  of  the  examples  related  to  basic  indus- 
tries, but  it  is  the  same  or  similar  experiences  in  the  building  and 
construction  trades  as  well  as  retail  and  service  trades.  They  are 
all  sharing  similar  experiences  in  terms  of  costs  being  shifted  and 
in  terms  of  the  experiences  with  retirees'  health  care  costs. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Sweeney  and  Mr.  Pestillo,  Mr.  Peel  sug- 
gested that  these  problems  can  be  effectively  addressed  without  a 
mandate  for  the  employers  to  contribute  to  the  cost  of  coverage  and 
without  a  budget  to  backstop  the  competitive  forces.  I  want  to  give 


333 

each  of  you  a  chance  to  respond,  and  then  I  will  ask  Mr.  Peel  to 
respond. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  It  is  two  issues,  Senator.  I  think  the  budget  is  crit- 
ical, so  that  we  can  have  some  targets  at  which  to  shoot  and 
against  which  to  measure  ourselves.  The  budgetary  process  is  com- 
mon to  any  business  or  Government,  and  whether  violated  or  not, 
at  least  it  is  a  standard.  So  I  think  budgets  are  critical.  At  least 
it  will  tell  us  where  we  are  vis-a-vis  competition  among  the  other 
nations  of  the  world. 

With  respect  to  mandates,  to  the  extent  to  which  you  continue 
to  free  people  either  to  elect  or  not  elect  coverage,  you  will  have 
probably  even  more  hodge-podge  of  a  system.  That  is,  there  will  be 
ineffective  alliances  as  well  as  independence,  and  I  do  not  think 
you  can  achieve  the  kind  of  oversight  or  control  of  the  problem  that 
will  let  us  begin  to  reduce  the  costs  of  health  care. 

Mr.  Sweeney.  I  do  not  think  there  is  a  business  in  the  country 
that  operates  without  a  budget,  and  the  only  way  we  are  going  to 
control  costs  is  with  budget  caps.  Every  other  Nation's  experience 
has  been  in  that  direction. 

There  is  no  way  that  we  can  accomplish  universal  access  with 
any  kind  of  voluntary  programs.  There  have  to  be  mandates  if  we 
are  sincere  about  providing  health  care  to  every  American. 

The  Chairman.  We  will  give  you  the  last  word,  Mr.  Peel. 

Mr.  Peel.  There  is  no  question  that  the  health  care  system  in 
the  United  States  needs  major  reform.  We  believe  strongly  that 
that  reform  can  be  accomplished  without  mandates;  that  if  health 
care  is  available  and  affordable  that  many  employers  would  love  to 
cover  their  people  with  health  care,  and  that  with  reform,  there 
will  be  a  lot  of  people  brought  into  the  health  care  system,  and  we 
will  move  very  far  along  the  curve  toward  universal  access,  which 
is  an  important  social  goal. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Coats. 

Senator  Coats.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Pestillo,  I  wonder  if  I  could  ask  you  some  questions  so  that 
I  can  understand  the  basis  for  Ford's  decision  to  support  the  ad- 
ministration's plan. 

I  appreciate  your  competitiveness  problem  with  foreign  competi- 
tors and  the  cost  per  employee.  It  has  been  well  written  and  docu- 
mented that  automobile  companies,  under  their  union  contracts, 
basically  offer  some  of  the  best  and  most  comprehensive  health  in- 
surance coverage  of  any  business,  and  I  know  that  that  is  expen- 
sive. 

Do  you  have  the  percent  of  payroll  that  Ford  currently  pays  for 
health  insurance  coverage? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Senator,  yes,  but  the  more  compelling  numbers 
are  really  in  the  aggregate  because  the  active  versus  retiree — we 
have  almost  as  many  retirees  as  active,  so  the  average  hourly  per- 
son carries  about  a  $10,000  a  year  obligation  for  covering  retirees, 
dependents,  and  the  like. 

Senator  Coats.  What  is  that  percent  of  payroll? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  It  is  almost  20  percent. 

Senator  Coats.  Twenty  percent? 


334 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Yes.  We  pay  more  for  health  care  than  we  do  for 
steel.  And  the  total  cost  with  the  FASB  effect  is  nearly  $2  billion 
a  year. 

Senator  Coats.  So  that  going  down  to  7.9  percent  is  pretty  at- 
tractive. [Laughter.] 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Senator,  no,  as  a  practical  matter,  it  is  not  a  free 
ride  down,  because  with  the  proposed  new  taxes  as  well  as  the  ad- 
ditional programs  we  do  not  provide,  such  as  child  wellness  and  of- 
fice visits,  those  costs  more  than  offset  the  costs  of  removing  our 
early  retirees. 

Senator  Coats.  OK  What  is  the  savings  from  going  from  20  per- 
cent to  7.9  percent? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  The  principal  savings  associated  with  what  we 
will  do,  given  those  offsets,  will  be  in  the  broader  oversight  that  is 
cost  control,  in  that  shifting  of  the  28  percent  which  we  do,  and 
other  efficiencies  there.  But  we  will  indeed  incur  costs  on  the  way 
down. 

Senator  Coats.  So  what  is  the  aggregate  number?  What  is  the 
net  savings. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Hopefully,  when  we  get  down  there,  it  will  be  to- 
ward $1  billion,  but  it  will  be  a  long  time  coming  and 

Senator  Coats.  Toward  $1  billion? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Yes.  I  doubt  if  we  would  ever  reach  that — if  indeed 
we  will  get  to  half  of  what  we  are  now. 

Senator  Coats.  Are  you  including  the  savings  from  the  early  re- 
tirement pickup  on  the  part  of  the  Government? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Yes,  which  again  are  offset  by  the  new  coverage 
and  the  tax.  That  is  a  wash,  effectively. 

Senator  Coats.  But  you  are  looking  at  a  potential  saving  of  $1 
billion? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Hopefully. 

Senator  Coats.  That  is  a  great  incentive  to  endorse  the  plan.  I 
mean,  I  do  not  blame  you.  If  I  were  a  businessman,  I  would  en- 
dorse that  plan,  too,  if  I  could  save  $1  billion. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  But  it  is  not  a  gift  $1  billion,  Senator.  It  is  the 
rough  equivalent  of  what  our  competitors  are  doing  today. 

Senator  Coats.  Your  foreign  competitors. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Right.  And  it  is  not  merely  the  Japanese  in  Japan. 
The  Japanese  in  the  U.S.  have  an  even  greater  advantage  vis-a-vis 
the  American  companies  because  they  do  not  have  retirees.  They 
have  a  younger  work  force,  and  they  operate  more  nearly  in  rural 
areas;  where  most  of  our  plants  are  located  in  large  urban  centers, 
where  we  have  the  burden  of  the  uncovered  people  getting  their 
health  care  as  needed  in  the  emergency  rooms. 

Senator  Coats.  It  is  still  a  great  incentive. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Absolutely. 

Senator  Coats.  When  you  made  your  decision  to  go  ahead  and 
endorse  the  proposal,  I  am  sure  it  was  based  on  the  fact  that  there 
was  some  certainty  that  with  the  plan  that  was  proposed,  you  could 
count  on  the  savings. 

I  have  this  very  nice  brochure  here  that  is  put  out  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce  that  describes  the  administration's  health  secu- 
rity plan,  and  then  it  has  a  question  and  answer  section  in  the 
back.  The  question  is:  Can  you,  the  businessman,  be  confident  that 


335 

the  plan  has  been  analyzed  rigorously  and  that  the  financing  is  re- 
liable? There  have  been  a  lot  of  press  reports  and  so  forth  that  the 
administration  absolutely  believes  it  is  reliable,  although  that  has 
really  come  under  question  in  the  last  several  weeks. 

But  quoting  the  answer  to  that,  according  to  the  administration, 
is:  Yes.  The  President  has  brought  together  the  best  minds  in  the 
country  to  design  this.  The  numbers  and  analyses  that  underline 
the  President'sproposed  health  plan  represent  months  of  vigorous 
work,  etc,  etc.  These  cost  and  savings  projections  are  solid,  credible, 
and  conservative. 

Yet  I  read  in  the  Wall  Street  Journal  this  morning  that,  "The 
Clinton  administration  has  decided  to  take  back  half  of  the  early 
financial  gains  realized  by  companies  that  take  advantage  of  a 
Clinton  proposal  in  which  the  Government  would  pay  most  of  the 
medical  costs  for  early  retirees." 

They  are  now  saying  that  half  of  the  "windfall"  gained  by  compa- 
nies from  the  Government  picking  up  80  percent  of  the  cost  of  early 
retirees'  health  care  is  going  to  have  to  be  paid  back.  Because  their 
cost  estimates  were  not  solid,  credible,  and  conservative,  they  are 
having  all  kinds  of  problems  with  those  cost  estimates. 

It  says  also,  "Most  notably,  the  administration  is  sticking  by  ear- 
lier estimates  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings."  I  think  any  of 
those  of  us  either  involved  in  the  system  or  who  understand  the 
system  really  put  a  question  mark  on  whether  or  not,  politically, 
we  are  going  to  achieve  Medicare  and  Medicaid  savings  to  the  ex- 
tent the  administration  has  suggested. 

Then  it  says,  "Officials  also  said  that  they  have  decided  that 
large  corporations  will  have  to  pay  an  annual  surcharge  of  one  per- 
cent of  payroll." 

Now,  I  guess  my  question  is  are  you  aware  of  this  shifting  plan 
relative  to  costs,  and  are  the  people  at  Ford  starting  to  say,  "Wait 
a  minute.  We  based  that  endorsement  on  supposedly  solid,  conserv- 
ative estimates,  and  now  the  plan  has  not  even  been  introduced 
yet,  and  they  are  assessing  us  surcharges,  taking  back  half  of  our 
'windfall.'" 

Are  you  sure  you  want  to  be  as  definitive  as  you  are  at  this  par- 
ticular point? 

The  Chairman.  Before  you  answer  that,  of  course 

Senator  Coats.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  the  witness  to  re- 
spond. 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  but  I  would  like  the  question  to  be  accurate, 
factually.  The  administration  has  denied  the  Wall  Street  Journal 
article,  and  I  think  our  witnesses  are  entitled  to  the  facts  on  that. 

Senator  Coats.  OK.  Well,  I  said  that  this  was  from  the  Wall 
Street  Journal. 

The  Chairman.  And  the  administration  has  disputed  that.  I  do 
not  know  if  the  witness  has  had  the  opportunity  to  see  the  admin- 
istration's response  to  that  story  since  he  has  been  in  this  hearing 
room  all  morning;  he  ought  to  know  about  it. 

Senator  Coats.  Let  me  rephrase  the  question,  then. 

Does  it  give  you  any  pause? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Senator,  without  accepting  the  term  "windfall,"  by 
the  way,  I  have  been  around  long  enough  to  say  two  things  about 
my  savings.  Indeed,  they  are  prospective,  as  I  indicated;  it  will  not 


336 

be  all  that  money  all  at  once.  And  second,  they  are  indeed  specu- 
late as  well.  We  are  at  risk  on  the  costing,  which  in  all  good  faith 
the  administration  has  indeed  formulated.  They  are  affirming 
them.  They  are  not  rearranging  them,  I  think.  It  is  an  issue. 

And  second,  the  last  bill  I  remember  coming  through  the  admin- 
istration unamended  was  the  Highway  Beautifi cation  Act.  So  there 
are  a  lot  of  issues  that  play  before  we  get  to  enactment,  and  I  am 
mindful  that  many  things  could  change. 

If,  for  example,  as  I  have  indicated,  we  deal  dramatically  dif- 
ferently with  the  early  retiree  issues,  if  we  fail  to  have  a  broad 
mandate — there  are  potentials  here  that  this  could  indeed  cost  the 
Ford  Motor  Company  money.  I  think  we  feel  it  our  obligation  to 
step  up  on  what  we  consider  a  broad  national  issue  and  take  a  po- 
sition. But  this  is  not  a  blank  check  either  for  the  Senate  or  for  the 
administration  to  say  we  will  take  whatever  you  come  up  with. 

The  proposal  as  we  have  seen  it 

Senator  Coats.  Saves  you  $1  billion. 

Mr.  Pestillg.  Off  in  the  distant  future,  Senator,  off  in  the  dis- 
tant future;  not  tomorrow. 

Senator  Coats.  Well,  it  is  still  $1  billion;  $1  billion  is  $1  billion. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Well  stone. 

Senator  Coats.  I  do  not  blame  you. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Not  until  you  have  it,  Senator. 

Senator  Coats.  But  you  know,  somebody  has  got  to  pay  for  that 
$1  billion,  and  I  guess  that  is  what  we  are  looking  at,  and  we  can- 
not seem  to  get  an  answer  as  to  who  is  going  to  pay  for  it. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Right,  but  we  argue  that  the  savings  that  are 
associated 

Senator  Coats.  It  sounds  like  General  Mills  is  going  to  pay  part 
of  it  by  moving  their  payroll  tax  from  4-something  to  7.9  percent. 
So  it  is  a  nice  cost  shift  for  you,  but  I  do  not  know  what  good  it 
does  for  General  Mills. 

The  Chairman.  The  Senator's  time  expired  about  2  minutes  ago. 
[Laughter.] 

Senator  Coats.  Mr.  Chairman,  if  I  could  just  do  a  housekeeping 
matter. 

The  Chairman.  You  bet. 

Senator  Coats.  Senator  Durenberger  regrets  that,  due  to  a  death 
in  the  family,  he  is  in  Minnesota  for  a  funeral.  He  particularly 
wanted  me  to  extend  his  apologize  to  Mike  Peel  from  General 
Mills.  And  I  have  a  statement  here  that  he  would  like  put  in  the 
record,  and  he  asks  that  his  full  statement  be  put  in  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  It  will  be  included. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Durenberger  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Durenberger 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  am  sorry  that  I  am  unable  to  attend  today's 
hearing  on  "The  Health  Security  Act:  American  Businesses  and 
Workers  Respond."  Unfortunately,  due  to  a  death  in  my  family,  I 
have  to  be  in  Minnesota  today  to  attend  a  funeral. 

I  particularly  want  to  extend  my  apologies  to  Michael  Peel,  Sen- 
ior Vice  President  of  Personnel  for  General  Mills  in  Minneapolis, 
MN.  General  Mills  has  been  one  of  the  national  leaders  in  holding 
down  health  care  costs  and  making  quality  health  care  available  to 


337 

its  employees.  General  Mills  has  a  lot  to  add  to  the  debate  over 
how  we  reform  our  nation's  health  care  system,  and  I  know  that 
Mr.  Peel's  testimony  will  be  particularly  illuminating  to  my  col- 
leagues. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  want  to  commend  you  on  the  tremendous  lead- 
ership you've  shown  on  health  care,  and  for  focusing  on  the  issues 
that  will  be  addressed  at  today's  hearing. 

One  of  the  important  things  I've  witnessed,  from  my  perspective 
on  both  the  Senate  Finance  and  Labor  Committees,  is  the  abso- 
lutely critical  role  that  both  employers  and  employees  play  in  the 
current  health  care  system,  and  the  critical  role  they  must  play  as 
we  struggle  to  reform  the  system  to  deliver  higher  quality  health 
care  at  lower  costs. 

I  applaud  President  Clinton  for  preserving  an  employer-based 
system  in  his  proposal  for  reform. 

Many  employers  have  been  a  creative  force  in  containing  health 
care  costs.  Under  the  current  system,  employers  voluntarily  con- 
tribute about  $180  billion  each  year  toward  their  employees'  health 
care. 

We  should  point  out  that  the  vast  majority  of  Americans  are  sat- 
isfied with  their  current  health  care  coverage  primarily  because 
employers  have  done  a  good  and  responsible  job  of  making  health 
care  available.  A  recent  survey  by  the  Employee  Benefit  Research 
Institute  found  that  over  three-fourths  (77  percent)  of  Americans 
rated  the  quality  of  their  health  care  as  either  excellent  or  good, 
and  only  four  percent  said  the  quality  of  their  care  was  poor. 

General  Mills  has  an  excellent  track  record  of  holding  down  costs 
while  making  health  coverage  available  to  all  of  its  126,000  plus 
employees — both  full  and  part-time.  As  a  result  of  innovative  and 
aggressive  management  of  health  care  costs,  General  Mills  is  cur- 
rently spending  only  5.6  percent  of  payroll  in  the  consumer  foods 
business  and  4.3  percent  of  payroll  in  the  restaurant  business  on 
health  coverage.  The  companys  per  capita  health  expense  grew 
only  1.6%  from  1991  to  1992,  and  actually  fell  from  1992  to  1993. 

General  Mills  has  been  successful  in  containing  health  care  costs 
largely  through  its  heavy  use  of  managed  care  networks  and  a 
strong  emphasis  on  wellness  and  preventive  care.  One  of  the  major 
reasons  for  General  Mills'  success  in  Minnesota,  is  its  leadership  in 
establishing  the  Business  Health  Care  Action  Group — perhaps  the 
most  developed  model  of  managed  competition  in  the  country. 

The  success  of  General  Mills  and  other  companies  doesn  t  mean 
that  the  current  system  is  free  from  problems.  It  isn't. 

The  system  needs  to  be  reformed  so  that  health  care  is  available 
to  all  Americans. 

There  should  be  no  bar  to  insurance  based  on  pre-existing  condi- 
tions, and  no  one  should  have  to  face  the  fear  that  they  will  lose 
their  health  insurance  when  they  lose  their  job,  change  jobs,  di- 
vorce, or  become  sick. 

We  also  need  to  do  more  to  bring  down  the  cost  of  health  care 
in  order  to  ease  the  burden  on  both  employers  and  employees,  and 
help  speed  the  availability  of  universal  coverage. 

As  we  begin  to  address  the  current  shortcomings  in  our  nation's 
health  care  system,  both  businesses  and  workers  bring  to  the  de- 
bate a  great  deal  of  hope — and  a  great  deal  of  apprehension.  Both 


338 

have  much  to  gain  from  health  care  reform.  But  both  also  could 
stand  to  lose.  As  we  work  to  reform  health  care,  it  is  our  duty  to 
make  sure  that  the  benefits  and  the  burdens  of  the  system  are  dis- 
tributed fairly. 

No  single  employer  views  health  care  reform— or  President  Clin- 
ton's reform  proposal — in  exactly  the  same  way.  Each  company's 
views  are  shaped  to  a  significant  degree  by  the  size  of  their  firm, 
the  nature  of  their  business,  their  location,  the  composition  of  their 
workforce,  and  the  financial  health  of  their  company. 

Similarly,  employees  bring  differing  perspectives  and  opinions 
based  on  now  much  they  make,  where  they  are  employed,  and  by 
whom. 

As  we  shall  see  more  clearly  from  today's  testimony,  where  one 
stands  depends  largely  on  where  one  sits. 

As  we  work  to  reform  the  nation's  health  care  system  around  our 
current  employer-based  model,  we  should  keep  in  mind  the  follow- 
ing points: 

•  Employers  should  not  be  forced  to  give  up  control  over 
health  benefits,  without  gaining  control  over  costs. 

•  Companies  and  corporate  alliances  that  are  already  aggres- 
sively containing  costs  should  be  rewarded  for  the  headway 
they  have  made  already  in  saving  money  and  developing  cost- 
effective  delivery  systems. 

•  Arbitrary  employer  mandates  only  serve  to  reshuffle  costs 
without  delivering  true  reform  because  they  don't  take  into  ac- 
count the  economic  diversity  among  small  and  large  employers. 

•  Workers  should  have  the  flexibility  to  choose  doctors  and 
change  jobs  without  losing  their  health  coverage. 

•  We  can't  look  solely  to  Dusiness  for  higher  contributions"  to 
finance  health  reform.  We  need  health  care,  but  we  need  jobs 
too.  We  should  never  accept  a  "reform"  that  sacrifices  jobs  for 
health  insurance. 

•  We  can't  force  employers  or  employees  to  buy  high  cost 
plans.  Before  we  address  the  coverage  problem,  we  must  ad- 
dress the  cost  problem. 

•  We  can't  have  50  different  state  health  plans  if  we  are  going 
to  have  true  national  reform.  At  the  same  time,  government  in 
Washington  doesn't  have  all  the  answers.  We  should  be  striv- 
ing to  set  up  national  rules,  that  allow  local  markets  to  work. 
Markets  are  wiser  than  government. 

•  Universal  access  does  not  require  a  highly  regulatory,  man- 
date-oriented program.  We  must  avoid  mandates  that  elimi- 
nate incentives  for  companies  and  individuals  to  control  health 
care  costs. 

•  We  should  strive  to  build  a  partnership  between  business 
and  government,  not  an  adversarial  relationship.  Instead  of 
mandating  and  controlling  the  health  care  market,  government 
should  ensure  that  the  market  operates  efficiently  to  deliver 
value  to  all  consumers. 

The  Chairman.  Also,  just  in  point  of  fact,  it  does  not  raise  it,  be- 
cause it  does  not  require  them  to  go  up  to  7.9  percent.  If  they  can 
get  the  savings,  they  can  keep  the  savings.  It  would  be  useful  to 
understand  what  the  administration's  bill  is  really  all  about  when 
we  are  characterizing  it. 


339 

Senator  Coats.  It  sure  would. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Senator,  could  I  answer  that  last  point,  if  I  may — 
rather  than  be  seen  as  attempting  to  shift  my  costs  to  General 
Mills — our  attention  is  to  achieve  the  savings  through  a  better  dis- 
tribution system.  With  70  percent  of  our  hospital  beds  utilized,  we 
have  got  overcapacity  that  can  be  better  controlled  with,  we  think, 
a  broader  national  plan. 

And  second,  I  think  the  way  in  which  we  deal  with  the  37  million 
currently  uncovered,  and  better  distribute  the  costs  of  caring  for 
them,  which  we  now  share,  is  a  better  way  to  go  about  achieving 
the  savings. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Wellstone. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  These  are  inter- 
esting questions. 

Let  me  just  comment  on  what  we  have  been  talking  about.  I 
think  Senator  Coats'  questions  are  interesting  and  important.  This 
whole  question  of  great  incentive — I  mean,  part  of  what  is  going  on 
in  the  country  today  is  that  in  addition  to  some  of  the  people  in 
the  past  who  have  called  for  universal  health  care  coverage,  you 
have  a  business  community  along  with  many  caregivers  who  are 
saying,  "We  really  have  to  see  the  reform." 

I  think  the  twin  evils,  Mr.  Chairman,  are  the  skyrocketing  costs 
and  the  plummeting  security.  So  I  do  not  know  exactly  what  the 
Senator  from  Indiana  means  by  "great  incentive,"  but  I  say  this  as 
a  strong  single-paver  advocate — and  that  is  not  for  today — but  as 
to  what  the  President  has  proposed,  I  think  it  is  a  great  incentive, 
and  that  is  all  in  the  positive,  that  there  are  people  in  the  business 
community  who  see  that  we  have  to  do  something  about  these  sky- 
rocketing costs.  And  to  the  extent  that  this  benefits  the  business 
community,  and  you  can  invest  back  into  your  company  and  back 
into  what  you  produce  in  the  automobile  industry,  and  that  creates 
more  jobs,  we  are  going  to  be  much  better  off. 

So  I  frankly  do  not  nave  any  problem  with  this  working  out  well 
for  important  parts  of  the  business  community  because  I  think  it 
works  out  well  for  all  of  us.  I  just  want  to  make  that  crystal  clear, 
that  this  is  not  a  problem,  to  talk  about  the  great  incentive.  This 
is  a  plus.  I  would  be  more  worried  if  you  were  talking  about  some 
sort  of  disincentive. 

I  want  to  ask  a  couple  of  questions.  First,  Mr.  Peel,  with  the  con- 
cept of  companies  self-insuring  and  the  managed  care  plans,  there 
is  the  issue,  I  think,  of  the  relationship  between  an  alliance  or  alli- 
ances that  are  set  up  at  the  State  level  to  the  networks  that  are 
going  to  be  competing  against  one  another,  including  if  you  are  a 
company  of  5,000  or  over,  nationally,  you  could  self-insure. 

My  question  is  in  terms  of  focusing  on  the  market,  do  you  see 
any  need  for  some  sort  of  public  accountability  with  the  self-in- 
sured plans?  I  will  be  specific.  One  of  the  things  that  people  worry 
about  is  what  do  you  do  if  a  company  that  is  self-insured,  trying 
to  keep  costs  down,  should  not  want  to  hire  a  woman  because  her 
child  is  a  diabetic,  or  somebody  is  laid  off  work  because  of  a  health 
care  condition? 

The  one  thing  we  are  trying  to  get  rid  of  is  this  experience  rat- 
ing. I  am  not  talking  specifically  about  your  fine  business,  but  is 
there  a  way  that  we  can  get  a  handle  on  this,  as  you  see  it? 


340 

Mr.  Peel.  I  think,  Senator  Wellstone,  it  is  going  to  be  academic 
under  the  Clinton  plan  as  proposed  because  I  do  not  think  large 
employers  will  self-insure.  The  one  to  2  percent  surcharge,  the  fact 
that  States  have  unlimited  taxation  on  self-insured  plans,  and  the 
fact  that  you  forfeit  that  7.9  percent  cap  if  you  remain  self-insured, 
I  think  the  economics  work  against  self-insurance. 

So  I  think  as  a  practical  matter,  what  will  happen  with  compa- 
nies like  ourselves,  who  have  been  able  to  effect  economies  in  the 
system  by  grouping  with  other  employers,  which  is  prohibited  by 
the  Clinton  plan,  as  a  practical  matter,  you  will  opt  for  the  public 
system  and  cap  your  costs  at  7.9  percent  rather  than  experience 
the  cost-shifting  that  will  occur  when  you  are  a  relatively  small 
component  in  the  broader  system. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Two  minutes  remaining?  Did  you  take  just 
5  minutes,  Senator  Coats? 

Senator  Coats.  Exactly.  [Laughter.] 

Senator  Wellstone.  You  know,  the  chairman  of  this  committee 
is  always  biased  toward  the  Republicans.  I  have  noticed  that. 
[Laughter.] 

Senator  Coats.  We  have  noticed  that  over  the  years.  [Laughter.] 

The  Chairman.  Now  your  time  is  up.  How  do  you  like  that? 
[Laughter.]  The  Senator  may  continue. 

Senator  Wellstone.  In  the  remaining  3  minutes  that  I  have,  let 
me  ask  you  what  your  position  is  on  the  question  of  the  universal 
coverage.  Do  you  see  that  as  being  kind  of  a  priority  goal  both  in 
terms  of  making  sure  that  people  indeed  are  covered  and  also  from 
the  point  of  view  of  an  argument,  which  I  forget  who  made,  that 
if  you  do  not  have  that,  you  have  the  cost-shifting  anyway?  I  mean, 
do  you  think  that  within  these  alliances,  within  what  happens  in 
the  State,  within  what  is  set  at  the  Federal  level,  that  that  should 
be  a  priority  goal  now? 

Mr.  Peel.  We  believe  strongly  that  universal  access  is  a  critical 
component.  What  we  are  really  concerned  with  is  how  do  you  fund 
it;  I  mean,  what  is  the  most 

Senator  Wellstone.  OK  That  is  what  I  want  to  get  to,  is  the 
funding  part. 

And  then  the  second  part,  for  all  of  you,  on  the  package  of  bene- 
fits, the  argument  that  is  being  made  over  and  over  again — and  I 
feel  like  there  is  almost  consensus  on  this,  too — is  that  to  the  ex- 
tent that  you  have  a  comprehensive  package  of  benefits,  heavily 
tilted  toward  primary  care,  toward  preventive  health  care,  toward 
delivering  health  care  out  in  the  community,  actually  toward 
health  as  opposed  to  health  care — most  people  really  do  not  want 
health  care;  they  do  not  want  to  have  to  go  to  the  doctor  or  to  the 
hospital,  but  they  want  good  health — it  makes  sense  both  from  the 
point  of  view  of  humane,  dignified  care  and  cost-effectiveness. 

Do  you  all  see  it  as  a  priority  to  have  as  comprehensive  a  pack- 
age of  benefits  as  possible,  tilted  in  this  direction,  or  not?  If  each 
of  you  could  answer  that,  and  then  I  have  concluded  with  my  time. 

Mr.  Sweeney.  As  I  said  in  my  testimony,  I  think  that  the  core 
benefit  package  that  the  administration  has  been  proposing  is  a 
good  basic  level  of  benefits.  Knowing  where  I  am  coming  from,  any 
expansion  of  that  benefit  package,  we  would  encourage,  Dut  I  think 


341 

the  basic  level  of  benefits  that  the  administration  has  proposed  is 
excellent. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Two  parts,  Senator.  We  clearly  favor  wellness  pro- 
gram. I  think  over  time  they  do  save  money.  We  employ  them,  and 
they  are  not  shown  as  part  of  our  health  care  costs.  We  do  them 
routinely. 

And  with  respect  to  the  comprehensiveness  of  the  package,  I 
think  you  do  have  to  have  a  comprehensive  package.  We  might  dis- 
pute a  provision  or  two  within  it,  but  we  accept  the  concept. 

Senator  Wellstone.  Mr.  Peel. 

Mr.  Peel.  We  believe  the  plan,  as  we  understand  it,  is  a  gener- 
ous plan.  And  again  the  question  becomes  what  are  the  costs  over 
the  longer  term,  and  how  do  you  fund  them. 

Senator  Wellstone.  If  I  do  not  get  a  chance  to  ask  you  today, 
because  I  may  have  to  excuse  myself,  I  would  like  to  talk  to  you 
about  what  you  would  see  as  the  alternative  way.  If  we  agree  on 
those  goals,  and  that  is  the  commitment,  and  people  are  serious 
about  it — and  I  know  all  of  you  are  in  good  faith — then  I  would  be 
interested  in  what  you  would  see  as  the  alternative  way  of  financ- 
ingit  once  we  say  it  is  what  we  really  need  to  do  as  a  Nation. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Gregg. 

Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  would  like  to  try  to  return  to  some  of  these  numbers,  Mr. 
Pestillo,  so  that  I  understand  what  the  income  shift  here  is. 

How  much  does  the  early  retiree  package  cost  Ford  Motor  Com- 
pany for  people  between  the  ages  of  55  and  65?  How  much  do  you 
pay  in  health  care  benefits  for  that  group? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  We  do  not  currently  disaggregate  the  data.  I  will 
provide  the  number  for  you,  but  I  will  have  to  gather  it. 

Senator  Gregg.  So  what  you  have  is  a  gross  number  of  $2  billion 
that  represents  20  percent  of  your  payroll. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Right. 

Senator  Gregg.  And  you  would  go  down  to  7.9  percent,  which  is 
in  the  $1.2  billion  range. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Well,  Senator,  let  me  pause  on  that  because  I 
might  have  misled  you  as  to  my  savings.  At  7.9  percent  there  is 
that  dramatic  saving,  but  we  will  not  get  down  that  far.  We  would 
anticipate,  for  example,  paying  the  retirees  20  percent  and  the  em- 
ployees 20  percent.  I  do  not  expect  our  costs  will  ever  get  as  low 
as  7.9  percent.  The  7.9  percent  does  not  embrace  paying  additional 
sums  to  the  employees. 

So  that  is  why  I  said  to  the  Senator  our  savings  will  not  be  that 
great,  and  they  will  indeed  be  prospective. 

Senator  Gregg.  But  they  will  be  approximately  $1  billion,  pro- 
spectively. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  No.  That  is  at  7.9  percent,  Senator. 

Senator  Gregg.  At  7.9  percent,  it  would  be  $1.2  billion. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Actual,  I  think  they  will  probably  not  be  $500  mil- 
lion. I  thought  the  Senator's  question  was  what  would  it  be  at  7.9 
percent. 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  at  7.9  percent,  it  would  be  $1.2  billion. 
Well,  it  is  going  to  be  significant.  If  it  is  $500  million,  $500  million 


342 

is  real  money,  too.  And  I  guess  my  question  is  where  does  that 
money  come  from.  You  are  saying  it  is  going  to  come  from  effi- 
ciencies in  the  program,  and  yet  isn't  this  really  an  income  trans- 
fer? 

Any  company  that  has  50  or  more  people  and  is  not  unionized 
and  is  between  50  and  500  employees  and  does  not  have  an  insur- 
ance package  which  costs  it  7.9  percent  of  payroll  is  going  to  have 
to  pick  up  insurance  through  the  mandated,  premium,  and  that 
money,  or  tax — it  is  a  payroll  tax;  it  should  be  called  a  payroll  tax 
and  is  a  payroll  tax — that  money  is  going  to  go  to  Ford,  will  give 
you  $500  million.  I  mean,  that  is  the  way  it  works  under  this  sys- 
tem. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Well,  the  issue  is  to  what  extent  am  I  obliged  to 
deal  with  the  37  million  uncovered  or  those  with  less  than  what 
we  will  call  comprehensive  coverage,  and  the  extent  to  which  I  deal 
with  my  early  retirees.  To  me,  those  are  broader  social  concerns 
than  a  mere  windfall  to  the  Ford  Motor  Company. 

If  I  have  125,000  employees,  and  if  we  are  to  put  them  out  in 
society  without  the  coverage  they  currently  have — something  I  am 
unwilling  to  do — we  redistribute  the  costs  that  way.  I  shift  my 
costs  that  way,  and  that  is  something  I  do  not  find  attractive  for 
us  as  a  people. 

Senator  Gregg.  Yes.  I  can  understand  that,  but  I  guess  what  I 
cannot  understand  is  that  a  mere  windfall  to  Ford  Motor  Company 
is  nothing  something  that  I  think  the  average  person  who  has  a 
small  machine  tool  company,  or  maybe  a  restaurant  with  more 
than  50  employees,  or  maybe  a  couple  gas  stations,  or  runs  an  oil 
delivery  business — a  mere  windfall  of  $500  million  to  Ford  Motor 
Company  so  that  those  small,  job-creating  entities  in  this  society 
can  transfer  their  profitability,  to  the  extent  they  have  it,  to  Ford 
is  not  something  that  I  think  really  excites  a  lot  of  small  business 
America.  I  guess  my  question  to  you  is  if  we  are  talking  fairness 
and  equity  and  social  policy,  which  you  seem  to  be  identifying  with, 
is  this  appropriate  social  policy? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Most  of  the  industrialized  countries  have  broader 
and  more  comprehensive  health  care  than  we.  I  guess  if  that  is  so- 
cial policy,  then,  yes,  I  would  indeed  support  that. 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  I  think  that  in  getting  to  social  policy,  you 
have  to  get  to  equity  in  treating  small  business  people  who  are,  it 
appears,  going  to  get  hit  with  a  bill  and  the  windfall  falling  on  the 
larger  corporations  in  this  country. 

I  would  ask  Mr.  Peel 

Mr.  Sweeney.  Could  I  just  respond,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  Senator 
Gregg,  if  I  may? 

The  Chairman.  Yes. 

Mr.  Sweeney.  This  is  not  just  a  "small  business  versus  big  busi- 
ness" argument.  There  are  many  large  corporations,  real  big  busi- 
ness, that  do  not  provide  any  health  care  whatsoever.  Beverly 
Nursing  Homes,  with  close  to  100,000  employees  across  this  coun- 
try: Manpower  Temp,  one  of  the  largest  employers  in  the  country — 
no  health  care. 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  that  is  certainly  part  of  the  issue,  and  I 
do  not  think  anybody  is  arguing  the  need  to  have  broader  health 
care  availability  and  access.  But  the  point  that  I  am  making,  and 


343 

I  think  the  point  that  Senator  Coats  is  making,  is  that  there  is  an 
income  transfer  occurring  to  accomplish  this  which  is  unfair  on  its 
face  when  you  take  companies  that  have  50  to  500  employees  who 
are  not  unionized,  and  you  stick  them  with  a  bill,  the  majority  of 
which  bill  is  going  to  land  as  a  windfall  to  unionized  companies 
that  are  big  and  can  probably  take  care  of  themselves.  If  you  are 
a  small  company,  I  think  you  find  that  a  little  tough  to  take  in  the 
craw.  I  mean,  you  are  orobably  willing  to  pay  something,  and  you 
are  probably  willing  to  deal  with  your  insurance  issues,  but  you  are 
not  willing  to  see  an  income  transfer,  which  is  what  is  happening 
under  this  proposal.  And  that  is  what  happens  under  the  mandated 
premium  or  the  payroll  tax  approach  to  financing  this,  and  that  is 
the  argument  we  have,  that  the  payroll  tax  approach  to  financing 
this  is  the  wrong  way  to  finance  it.  We  do  not  have  an  argument 
with  what  you  have  raised,  Mr.  Sweeney,  which  is  access.  That  is 
a  legitimate  issue. 

I  guess  my  time  is  up.  I  did  have  a  question  for  Mr.  Peel,  but 
I  will  get  it  on  the  next  round. 

The  Chairman.  Please  go  ahead. 

Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you,  Mr.  chairman. 

Mr.  Peel,  how  would  you  presume  to  address  this  issue  if  you 
had  your  druthers,  since  you  do  not  seem  to  identify  with  some  of 
the  core  problems  in  the  Clinton  plan? 

Mr.  Peel.  I  think  there  are  certain  aspects  of  the  system  that  are 
working,  particularly  the  incentive  that  employers  currently  have 
and  that  employees  currently  have  to  contain  costs.  I  think  any  so- 
lution should  not  destroy  those  incentives. 

I  believe  strongly  that  regional  purchasing  cooperatives  and  the 
elimination  of  discrimination  based  on  pre-existing  conditions,  and 
things  that  need  to  be  done  to  shape  the  system  in  a  way  that  ev- 
eryone has  access  to  affordable  health  care  are  imperative. 

But  I  think  in  the  same  way  that  we  have  been  able  to  group 
with  other  employers  and  effect  not  only  economies  for  ourselves, 
but  the  broader  community,  that  over-regulating  the  system  would 
be  a  huge  error. 

Senator  Gregg.  Do  you  believe  in  community  rating? 

Mr.  Peel.  I  do  not  believe  in  community  rating.  I  think  that  any 
solution  will  probably  be  such  that  employers,  large  and  small,  and 
individuals  will  be  able  to  get  affordable  health  care,  and  commu- 
nity rating  often  militates  against  that  possibility. 

Senator  Gregg.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Just  very  briefly,  because  we  need  to  move  on  to 
the  next  panel,  Mr.  Pestillo,  the  way  I  look  at  it,  you  are  being 
asked  to  do  your  fair  share,  and  that  may  be  troublesome  to  other 
people,  but  you  are  doing  more  than  your  fair  share  today.  You  are 
covering  hundreds  of  thousands  of  workers  because  you  are  paying 
more  out  of  Ford,  and  the  workers  are  paying  more  in  the  form  of 
lost  wages  or  other  kinds  of  benefits,  because  others  are  not  paying 
their  fair  share.  I  mean,  that  is  what  is  happening  today,  and  all 
I  understand  in  this  is  tnat  you  are  doing  your  fair  share.  It  might 
bother  some  that  others  who  have  not  done  their  fair  share  are 
now  being  asked  to  do  it.  That  is  evidently  bothering  some  people, 
but  to  me  it  seems  like  an  issue  of  simple  equity. 


344 

Let  me  ask  you,  Mr.  Peel,  they  have  done  a  remarkable  job  of 
retaining  costs  at  General  Mills.  What  has  been  the  record  in  the 
last  several  years?  Has  it  been  equal  to  what  you  have  outlined 
here  today — say  for  the  last  5  years,  how  much  have  the  premiums 
gone  upin  your  company? 

Mr.  Peel.  As  I  testified,  in  the  last  2  years,  it  has  been  relatively 
flat,  with  a  1.8  percent  increase  in  1991-1992  and  an  actual  de- 
crease in  1992-1993.  Before  that,  it  was  accelerating  at  a  much 
higher  rate,  and  through  the  managed  care  networks  we  have 
joined  and  through,  frankly,  the  wellness  and  preventive  care  work 
we  have  done  over  the  past  20  years,  it  is  starting  to  come  down 
very  sharply.  We  are  encouraged  by  what  we  see  with  coalitions  of 
employers  particularly,  bargaining  for  the  best  quality  and  best 
value  health  care. 

The  Chairman.  I  am  trying  to  get  some  understanding  as  to 
what  it  was  going  up  previously  and  what  it  has  gone  up  in  the 
last  couple  years.  In  the  last  5  years,  what  has  been  the  increase 
in  your  premium,  generally? 

Mr.  Peel.  Five  years  ago,  it  was  going  up  in  double  digits,  and 
it  has  progressively  come  down  over  tnat  5-year  time  frame. 

The  Chairman.  Good. 

Senator  Coats. 

Senator  Coats.  Just  a  comment,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  then  a  cou- 
ple brief  questions. 

Relative  to  the  fair  share  question,  that  implies  that  General 
Mills,  which  pays — did  you  say  4.7  percent  of  payroll 

Mr.  Peel.  A  little  over  5  percent  in  consumer  foods,  and  4.6  in 
restaurants. 

Senator  Coats  [continuing.]  — 5  percent  of  payroll — that  implies 
that  you  are  not  doing  your  fair  share,  and  Ford  is  doing  more  than 
their  fair  share;  that  Ford's  plan  is  four  times  better  than  your 
plan,  and  that  you  do  not  care  about  your  employees  because  you 
are  only  paying  5  percent  of  your  payroll  to  cover  your  employees. 

But  it  might  also  mean  that  you  are  doing  a  heck  of  a  lot  better 
job  at  cost  containment,  that  you  have  some  innovative  programs 
that  are  providing  incentives  to  your  employees,  whereas  Ford  does 
not. 

Doesn't  Ford  basically  provide  first-dollar  coverage  for  all  its  em- 
ployees? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  But  Senator,  that  is  a  most  misleading  number, 
because  one  has  to  look  at  the  total  population  covered.  If  one  had 
a  large  number 

Senator  Coats.  So  you  have  a  lot  of  early  retirees  that  you  are 
paving  for. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  We  have  125,000  retirees  of  all  ages.  That  is  a  sig- 
nificant factor.  Almost  half  my  population  is  retired.  We  have  not 
had  dramatic  growth  in  our  business. 

Senator  Coats.  But  do  you  provide  first-dollar  coverage,  essen- 
tially? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Yes,  essentially. 

Senator  Coats.  So  there  is  not  a  whole  lot  of  incentive  to  control 
utilization  cost  if  it  is  first-dollar  coverage. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  No,  on  the  contrary.  We  work  very  aggressively  at 
controlling  cost. 


345 

Senator  Coats.  OK.  What  does  General  Mills  do  to  try  to  hold 
down  unnecessary  utilization? 

Mr.  Peel.  The  vast  majority  of  our  employees  contribute  to  their 
health  care  coverage,  and  there  are  deductibles  and  other  provi- 
sions in  the  plan  that  disincent  excessive  utilization. 

Senator  Coats.  So  there  are  incentives  for  wellness  and  disincen- 
tives for  misuse.  I  do  not  see  how  the  big  three  have  that.  I  was 
just  at  the  GM  plant  last  week  in  Fort  Wayne,  and  they  said  the 
only  thing  they  require  of  their  employees  is  a  35-cent  payment  for 
each  prescription.  I  think  most  of  us  can  come  up  with  35  cents. 
I  mean,  that  takes  the  consumer  totally  out  of  the  picture  in  terms 
of  asking  the  druggist  how  much  does  this  cost,  is  there  a  generic, 
is  there  a  substitute,  or  "Gosh,  Doctor,  this  costs  a  lot  of  money. 
Is  there  anything  else  I  can  do  here?" 

j  If  all  I  have  to  come  up  with  is  35  cents,  and  the  company  pays 
first  dollar  on  everything — isn't  that  part  of  your  problem? 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Well,  not  as  substantially  as  you  suggest,  Senator. 
I  do  not  think  economic  considerations  weigh  heavily  on  one's  mind 
when  making  health  care  determinations.  I  think  we  look  for  the 
best  care  we  can  get. 

Senator  Coats.  Well,  maybe  you  ought  to  look  at  what  General 
Mills  is  doing. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Indeed,  we  do. 

Senator  Coats.  Why  don't  you  implement  what  they  are  doing? 
I  mean,  gosh,  they  have  got— or  is  it  all  the  retirees?  If  it  is  all  the 
retiree  program,  I  understand  that.  You  are  in  significant 
downsizing  now.  In  that  regard,  if  the  administration  is  going  to 
pick  up  80  percent  of  your  early  retirement,  if  I  were  a  55-year-old 
worker  at  Ford,  I  would  be  real  nervous  about  my  job  security,  be- 
cause the  natural  tendency  is  to  say,  well,  if  we  are  going  to  lay 
people  off— and  the  big  three  have  been  doing  that,  and  I  under- 
stand why  they  need  to  do  that — I  am  going  to  lay  off  somebody 
who  is  between  55  and  64,  because  the  Government  is  going  to  pick 
up  80  percent  of  their  health  care  costs,  and  if  it  is  20  percent  of 
my  payroll,  I  do  not  see  what  job  security  your  55-to-64-year-old 
people  have  at  all  under  this  plan. 

Mr.  Pestillo.  Senator,  other  parts  of  the  law  prevent  that  choice 
on  our  part. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Peel,  how  many  retirees  do  you  pick  up? 

Mr.  Peel.  We  have  a  much  smaller  retiree  population  than  Ford 
Motor  Company  does,  to  be  sure. 

Senator  Coats.  Oh,  I  understand  that  is  a  significant  part  of  the 
difference,  but  I  do  think  the  utilization  of  the  incentives  and  dis- 
incentives— we  have  proven  that  with  first-dollar  coverage,  it  is 
just  human  nature  that  if  someone  else  is  paying  for  it,  you  use  it. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  I  would  just  mention  that  we  have  about  32  mil- 
lion people  eligible  for  retiree  benefits;  more  and  more  companies 
are  cutting  back  or  altogether  terminating  retiree  coverage.  Wheth- 
er they  have  legal  cause  or  not.  But  to  do  so  depends  on  the  nature 
of  the  contract  that  is  going  right  up  through  the  roof  at  the 
present  time,  with  companies  just  axing  out  all  of  these  individuals 
in  terms  of  bottom-line  costs. 


346 

I  think  we  are  seeing  more  and  more  of  that,  leaving  people  hung 
out  to  dry. 

Senator  Gregg.  But  Mr.  Chairman,  doesn't  that  raise  the  sec- 
ondary issue  which  I  think  is  critical,  and  I  hope  we  can  get  to  it 
here,  and  maybe  we  could  have  somebody  come  in  and  testify  on 
it,  and  that  is  the  hard  numbers  on  just  how  much  this  early  re- 
tiree situation  going  to  cost? 

I  notice  that  Mr.  Magaziner  has  upped  the  number,  but  as  you 
say,  it  is  an  area  where  there  is  a  lot  of  activity  right  now  in  the 
area  of  people  being  cut  off,  which  is  not  right,  obviously;  but  also 
this  woodwork  effect,  if  you  want  to  use  that  term,  which  Senator 
Coats  has  referred  to,  which  probably  would  not  affect  the  big 
three,  because  they  are  union  contracts,  but  certainly  might  affect 
a  lot  of  others. 

So  I  think  that  getting  a  hard  number  on  that  issue  is  going  to 
be  something  we  should  concentrate  on. 

The  Chairman.  I  could  not  agree  with  you  more,  and  we  will  cer- 
tainly address  it. 

I  want  to  thank  all  of  you  very  much.  Your  testimony  has  been 
very  helpful. 

Our  next  panel  illustrates  the  diversity  of  opinion  on  the  part  of 
the  small  business  community  and  poses  many  issues  that  Con- 
gress needs  to  consider. 

Robert  Patricelli  represents  the  U.S.  Chamber  of  Commerce;  he 
is  chairman  of  the  health  and  employee  benefits  committee  and  is 
CEO  of  Value  Health  Incorporated  in  Avon,  CT. 

Michael  Roush  represents  the  National  Federation  of  Independ- 
ent Business,  where  he  is  director  of  Federal  and  Government  rela- 
tions for  the  Senate. 

William  Lindsay  represents  National  Small  Business  United.  He 
is  president  of  the  Lindsav-Sandbak  Group  in  Englewood,  CO. 

And  Helen  Mills  is  a  founder  and  a  board  member  of  Business 
for  Social  Responsibility  and  is  president  of  Soapbox  Trading. 

Senator  Dodd  had  planned  to  be  here  this  morning.  The  hearing 
was  originally  scheduled  for  next  week,  but  the  date  was  changed, 
so  he  was  unable  to  adjust  his  schedule,  but  he  wanted  to  extend 
a  warm  welcome  to  Robert  Patricelli. 

We  will  also  include  a  written  statement  from  Senator  Dodd  in 
the  record  as  if  read. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Dodd  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Dodd 

Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  for  holding  today's  hearing  on  the 
views  of  American  businesses  and  workers,  two  groups  that  are 
critical  to  the  well  being  of  our  economy  and  our  society.  I  believe 
that  we  have  reached  our  current  need  to  enact  health  care  reform 
legislation,  in  part,  because  businesses  and  workers  bear  so  much 
of  the  burden  of  today's  health  care  crisis. 

Problems  for  business 

The  cards  are  currently  stacked  against  business  that  offer 
health  care  coverage  for  tneir  employees.  Those  that  provide  cov- 
erage not  only  face  increasing  costs,  they  also  indirectly  pay  for  the 


347 

37  million  uninsured  and  underinsured  Americans  in  this  country. 
Cost  shifting  increases  premiums  by  as  much  as  20  percent. 

Rising  health  care  costs  have  placed  an  enormous  financial  bur- 
den on  business.  Average  annual  health  care  costs  per  employee  for 
businesses  have  risen  from  $1,465  in  1984  to  nearly  $4,000  per  em- 
ployee in  1992.  In  my  own  State  of  Connecticut,  the  health  care 
payments  of  businesses  have  increased  253  percent  in  the  last  ten 
years. 

An  even  more  shocking  figure  is  the  $26  million  per  hour  that 
American  businesses  spend  in  total  on  health  care — this  averages 
out  to  $225  billion  per  year.  It  is  no  wonder  that  eight  out  of  ten 
new  companies  created  each  year  do  not  offer  health  benefits  to 
their  employees. 

Health  care  costs  have  cut  seriously  into  business  profits  and 
have  put  U.S.  business  at  a  competitive  disadvantage.  Health  care 
costs  of  businesses  are  almost  equal  to  their  after-tax  profits.  Back 
in  1980,  41.2%  of  after-tax  profits  were  allocated  toward  health 
care  coverage  for  employees.  In  1991,  this  percentage  had  sky- 
rocketed to  97.5%  of  after-tax  profits!  Health  care  costs  have  clear- 
ly reached  an  unreasonable  level. 

The  increasing  cost  of  health  care  hurts  U.S.  competitiveness. 
U.S.  automakers  spend  more  on  health  care  than  on  steel.  Even 
more  compelling,  the  price  of  a  car  made  in  the  U.S.  includes 
$1,100  in  health  care  costs.  $1,100  per  car  for  health  care  when  the 
Japanese  pay  only  $550  per  car  for  health  care. 

Small  businesses 

Small  businesses  are  hit  the  hardest  by  the  cost  of  health  care. 
Those  companies  with  fewer  than  25  employees  pay  premiums  that 
are  one  third  higher  on  average  than  large  businesses.  And  these 
rates  increase  50%  faster  than  those  of  big  companies. 

Although  62  percent  of  small  businesses  provide  their  workers 
with  coverage,  many  cannot  afford  to  operate  under  such  a  finan- 
cial strain.  This  reality  must  change  because  other  businesses  that 
provide  coverage  end  up  picking  up  the  cost  for  those  without  cov- 
erage. We  must  aim  to  make  coverage  affordable  so  that  small  and 
big  business  alike  can  operate  profitably  and  contribute  to  their 
employees  health  care  coverage. 

I  am  delighted  that  Robert  Patricelli  of  Avon,  CT  will  testify  this 
morning  on  behalf  of  the  U.S.  Chamber  of  Commerce.  He  brings  to 
the  committee  the  perspective  of  small  businesses  which  have  en- 
countered first  hand  difficulty  securing  affordable  coverage  and 
also  have  legitimate  concerns  about  the  impact  of  reform.  I  think 
we  all  agree  that  health  care  reform  should  lessen  the  obstacles 
faced  by  small  businesses. 

Problems  for  workers 

Just  as  businesses  are  affected  by  the  health  care  crisis,  workers 
face  an  incredible  burden  as  well — the  burden  of  high  premiums, 
job  insecurity,  "job-lock,"  and  worse  yet,  the  fear  and  anxiety  of  be- 
coming uninsured. 

Health  care  costs  have  become  the  number  one  cause  of  labor- 
management  disputes  in  the  United  States.  Unions  have  sacrificed 


348 

wage  increases  for  health  benefits.  Still,  an  incredible  85.5%  of  in- 
dividuals with  no  insurance  are  workers  and  their  family  members. 

Those  who  are  lucky  enough  to  have  insurance  have  seen  their 
premiums  rise  faster  than  their  wages  during  the  last  15  years. 
The  average  worker  could  be  earning  $1000  more  a  year  if  this 
were  not  the  case.  If  health  care  costs  continue  to  rise  at  the  cur- 
rent rate,  workers  will  lose  an  additional  $650  per  year  out  of  their 
potential  wages. 

On  top  of  this  reality,  coverage  for  America's  workforce  is  not  se- 
cure. Even  those  who  are  covered  by  their  employers  run  the  risk 
of  losing  their  job  and  thus  losing  their  insurance.  37  million  people 
in  the  United  States  do  not  have  health  insurance,  and  57  million 
will  be  without  insurance  at  some  point  during  1993.  Also,  insured 
workers  have  no  guaranty  that  they  will  not  lose  their  coverage. 

Employees  are  often  "locked  in"  to  their  jobs  regardless  of  their 
job  satisfaction  or  potential,  because  they  rely  on  the  coverage  they 
receive  in  their  current  job.  One  out  of  every  three  Americans  who 
earns  between  $30,000  and  $50,000  report  that  they  or  a  family 
member  remained  in  jobs  they  would  rather  leave  because  they 
were  afraid  of  losing  their  health  insurance. 

Even  those  who  would  be  guaranteed  another  job  with  coverage 
fear  changing  policies  because  they  or  a  dependent  have  a  pre-ex- 
isting condition  which  would  disqualify  them  for  a  new  policy.  Our 
nation's  workers  have  become  imprisoned  by  their  health  care  cov- 
erage— this  reality  hurts  our  economy  and  our  society. 

The  Clinton  plan  aspires  to  reform  and  improve  the  health  care 
system  for  businesses  and  workers  by  ensuring  health  security  and 
controlling  costs.  Our  goal — as  we  debate  the  details — should  be  to 
relieve  business  and  workers  of  the  burdens  imposed  under  the 
current  system,  achieving  this  goal  will  benefit  both  our  economy 
and  our  hard-working  citizens. 

I  look  forward  to  hearing  from  business  and  workers  this  morn- 
ing and  working  with  them  in  the  coming  months  to  achieve  this 
end. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Patricelli,  welcome  and  please  proceed. 

STATEMENTS  OF  ROBERT  E.  PATRICELLI,  CHAIRMAN,  HEALTH 
AND  EMPLOYEE  BENEFITS  COMMITTEE,  U.S.  CHAMBER  OF 
COMMERCE,  WASHINGTON,  DC;  MICHAEL  O.  ROUSH,  DIREC 
TOR,  FEDERAL  AND  GOVERNMENT  RELATIONS-SENATE,  NA 
TIONAL  FEDERATION  OF  INDEPENDENT  BUSINESS,  WASH 
INGTON,    DC;    WILLIAM    LINDSAY,    PRESDDENT,    LINDSAY 
SANDBAK  GROUP,  INC.,  ENGLEWOOD,  CO,  ON  BEHALF  OF  NA 
TIONAL  SMALL  BUSINESS  UNITED;  AND  HELEN  H.  MHXS, 
PRESDDENT,    SOAPBOX    TRADING;    FOUNDER    AND    BOARD 
MEMBER,    BUSINESS    FOR    SOCIAL    RESPONSB3HJTY,    AND 
MANAGING  PRINCBPAL,  THE  MILLS  GROUP,  FAIRFAX,  VA 

Mr.  Patricelli.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the 
committee. 

I  am  Bob  Patricelli,  chairman  and  CEO  of  Value  Health,  a  spe- 
cialty managed  care  company  based  in  Avon,  CT.  It  is  a  particular 
personal  pleasure  for  me  to  be  here  as  a  witness  before  this  com- 
mittee where  I  was  a  staff  member  25  years  ago. 


349 

The  Chairman.  I  remember  you.  Others  may  not,  but  I  have 
warm  memories. 

Mr.  Patricelli.  Thank  you,  Senator.  You  and  your  brother  had 
just  come  on  the  committee  at  the  time  I  was  a  staff  member. 

I  am  here  today  in  my  role  as  a  board  member  of  the  U.S.  Cham- 
ber of  Commerce  and  cnairman  of  its  health  and  employee  benefits 
committee. 

The  Chamber  supports  national  health  care  reform  aimed  at 
achieving  universal  nealth  coverage  and  cost  containment,  and  we 
want  to  see  a  bill  passed  in  1994. 

We  give  President  Clinton  great  credit  for  creating  a  political  cli- 
mate in  which  virtually  all  factions  favor  major  health  care  reform. 
Moreover,  we  believe  that  many  of  the  basic  tenets  of  the  Clinton 
plan,  where  they  conform  to  the  managed  competition  model,  are 
correct. 

Specifically  and  first,  universal  coverage  which  is  paid  for 
through  the  shared  responsibility  of  employers,  employees,  and 
Government.  Second,  subsidies  to  help  small  businesses  and  low 
wage  workers  afford  health  insurance.  Third,  portability  of  cov- 
erage and  elimination  of  medical  underwriting.  Fourth,  pooled  pur- 
chasing arrangements.  Fifth,  streamlining  of  the  processing  of 
health  insurance  claims.  And  finally,  100  percent  tax  deductibility 
of  basic  health  insurance  costs  for  the  self-employed. 

We  believe  health  care  costs  can  only  be  contained  if  everyone  is 
in  the  system  and  playing  by  the  same  rules.  Therefore,  we  accept 
the  proposition  that  all  employers  should  provide  and  help  pay  for 
insurance  on  a  phased  in  basis  over  time.  That  way,  companies 
now  providing  insurance  would  be  freed  from  the  cost-shifting 
caused  by  those  who  do  not  provide  benefits. 

But  at  the  same  time,  individuals  should  be  required  to  have  in- 
surance coverage,  and  they  should  help  pay  for  it  and  should  face 
sufficient  cost-sharing  requirements  to  make  their  use  of  medical 
services  economically  prudent. 

We  recognize  that  some  individuals  and  employers  are  unable  to 
afford  coverage,  and  as  we  told  the  White  House  task  force  from 
the  very  beginning,  the  Chamber  opposes  any  health  insurance 
mandate  or  requirement  for  an  overly  rich,  standard  benefit  pack- 
age or  one  that  does  not  include  adequate  subsidies  for  low  wage 
workers  and  their  employers. 

While  there  are  elements  that  we  like  in  the  Clinton  plan,  we 
also  have  very  serious  concerns  in  several  areas,  and  let  me  list 
five  such  areas. 

First,  the  regional  health  alliances  are  so  large  they  absorb  vir- 
tually the  entire  nonelderly  population.  They  should  instead  be  fo- 
cused where  they  are  needed,  on  small  firms  with  less  than  100 
employees.  And  moreover,  to  guard  against  adverse  selection,  we 
strongly  advise  against  allowing  larger  companies  to  opt  into  the 
alliance  and  cost-shift  their  costs  to  the  small  business  community. 
Larger  companies  over  100  employees  in  size  should  be  permitted 
to  choose  commercial  insurance,  to  form  purchasing  groups  among 
themselves,  or  to  self-insure.  These  large  companies,  as  we  have 
just  heard,  have  driven  much  of  the  innovation  in  cost  contain- 
ment, managed  care  and  wellness  programs,  and  their  energy  and 
creativity  should  be  preserved  in  the  nealth  care  system,  let  the 


350 

* 

Clinton  plan  is  full  of  disincentives  for  this  kind  of  constructive  em- 
ployer role. 

Second,  the  Clinton  plan  creates  a  vast  new  web  of  Government 
regulation  and  bureaucracy  to  contain  health  costs  and  oversee  the 
operational  details  of  the  health  care  system.  That  regulation  will 
assuredly  prevent  the  efficient  operation  of  a  health  care  market, 
which  ironically  is  one  of  the  professed  goals  of  the  plan.  In  par- 
ticular, we  object  to  the  use  of  Government-specified  premium  caps. 
The  adoption  of  premium  caps  would  freeze  in  place  historical  inef- 
ficiencies such  as  regional  variations  in  practice  patterns  and 
prices  and  will  create  an  annual  political  Donnvbrook  as  regions 
and  their  congressmen  fight  over  the  size  of  their  slice  of  the  pie. 

Third,  there  is  excessive  State  flexibility  to  establish  varying 
health  care  systems  up  to  and  including  single-payer  plans.  In  to- 
day's global  economy,  that  kind  of  fragmentation  is  ill-advised. 

Fourth,  we  object  to  a  premium  split  that  requires  employers  to 
pay  80  percent  of  the  cost  of  an  overly  rich  plan  with  low  cost-shar- 
ing provisions.  This  insulates  employees  from  most  of  the  economic 
consequences  of  their  own  purchasing  decisions.  We  would  support 
a  maximum  premium  contribution  requirement  of  around  50  per- 
cent for  employers,  leaving  it  to  their  discretion  to  pay  more.  Con- 
sumers must  be  aware  of  how  much  health  care  really  costs. 

Fifth  and  last,  we  fear  that  the  plan  creates  excessive  new  costs, 
but  involves  savings  and  revenue  assumptions  that  could  prove  to 
be  unrealistic.  We  honestly  find  it  hard  to  believe  that  we  can  cover 
37  million  uninsured  people,  guarantee  a  generous  benefit  package 
to  all,  create  new  programs  for  prescription  drug  coverage  for  Mem- 
care,  long-term  care  coverage  and  early  retiree  subsidies,  and  fi- 
nance almost  all  of  that  out  of  savings.  We  would  be  happy  to  see 
such  major  savings,  but  in  the  meantime  we  are  wary  about  count- 
ing our  chickens  Defore  they  hatch,  and  we  worry  about  what  the 
financing  fallback  might  prove  to  be. 

So  in  conclusion,  the  President's  plan  is  one  of  several  proposals 
which  deserve  very  serious  consideration.  The  Chamber  is  also  en- 
couraged by  the  introduction  of  the  Cooper-Grandy  Managed  Com- 
petition Act  of  1993  in  the  House  and  by  the  proposal  offered  by 
Senator  Chafee  and  colleagues  in  the  Senate.  Both  are  valuable  ad- 
ditions to  the  debate  and  indeed  are  closer  to  our  thinking  on  struc- 
ture than  the  Clinton  plan.  But  we  think  a  compromise  is  possible, 
and  we  look  forward  to  working  with  members  of  this  committee 
in  forging  a  workable  bill. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Patricelli  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Robert  E.  Patricelli 

Good  morning,  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  Committee.  I  am  Robert  E. 
Patricelli,  Chairman  and  CEO  of  Value  Health,  Inc.,  a  specialty  managed  care  com- 
pany in  Avon,  CT.  I  serve  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  U.S.  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, and  am  chairman  of  its  Health  and  Employee  Benefits  Committee.  I  appre- 
ciate this  opportunity  to  present  the  Chamber's  views  on  an  issue  that  has  become 
almost  as  central  to  us  institutionally  as  it  is  to  each  American  personally. 

As  you  may  know,  the  Chamber  federation  includes  some  3,000  local  and  state 
chambers  of  commerce,  1,200  trade  and  professional  associations,  68  American 
Chambers  of  Commerce  abroad,  and  215,000  businesses,  96  percent  of  which  employ 
fewer  than  100  people.  Roughly  two-thirds  of  these  small  companies,  and  virtually 


351 

all  of  our  larger  members,  currently  provide  some  form  of  health  insurance  for  their 
workers.  In  the  past  six  years,  the  overall  cost  of  health  insurance  for  these  employ- 
ers has  doubled.  Some  have  been  forced  to  cut  back  or  drop  insurance  coverage,  and 
many  others  fear  they  will  have  to  do  the  same  if  relief  from  escalating  costs  is  not 
forthcoming.  These  rapidly  growing  health  care  costs  have  hit  small  businesses  par- 
ticularly hard.  Unlike  larger  companies,  whose  size  enables  them  to  contract  with 
providers  and  insurers  for  discounted  services,  small  companies  pay  full  freight.  In 
addition,  they  are  burdened  by  unfair  medical  underwriting  practices  employed  by 
the  insurance  industry,  and  by  costs  shifted  by  hospitals  and  doctors  to  make  up 
for  uninsuredpatients  unable  to  pay  their  bills. 

President  Clinton  deserves  credit  for  moving  the  health  care  debate  to  center 
stage.  As  is  probably  inevitable  in  something  so  complex,  his  proposal  has  strengths 
and  weaknesses.  The  Chamber  has  serious  concerns  about  some  aspects  of  the  Clin- 
ton plan,  such  as: 

•  Regional  health  alliances  that  include  most  of  the  population  instead  of  focus- 
ing on  small  business. 

•  A  huge  new  bureaucracy  to  regulate,  monitor,  and  ultimately  tax  employers. 

•  State  flexibility  to  establish  independent  systems. 

•  Government-specified  premium  caps. 

•  A  requirement  that  employers  pay  80  percent  of  the  premium  for  an  overly 
rich  benefit  package. 

•  Optimistic  savings  assumptions  coupled  with  excessive  new  federal  spending. 

We  will  elaborate  on  these  concerns  later  in  this  testimony. 

The  Chamber  supports  the  need  for  universal  coverage  and  recognizes  that  it  can 
only  become  a  reality  and  be  paid  for  through  the  shared  responsibility  of  employ- 
ers, employees,  and  government.  This  principle  is  reflected  in  the  Clinton  plan.  In 
addition,  some  specifics  of  the  Clinton  plan  consistent  with  Chamber  policy  rec- 
ommendations include: 

•  Universal  coverage. 

•  Subsidies  to  help  small  businesses  and  low-wage  workers  afford  health  insur- 
ance. 

•  Portability  of  coverage  and  elimination  of  medical  underwriting. 

•  Streamlining  the  processing  of  health  insurance  claims. 

•  100  percent  deductibility  of  basic  health  insurance  costs  for  the  self-employed. 

Chamber  members  recognize  that  employers  have  a  critical  role  to  play  in  reform- 
ing our  health  care  system.  We  are  in  favor  of  a  system  that  achieves  affordable 
health  insurance  coverage  by  building  on  the  strong  current  base  of  employer-pro- 
vided health  benefits.  Our  members  maintain  that  health  insurance  should  remain 
Eart  of  the  compensation  package.  This  may  seem  surprising  in  light  of  the  small- 
usiness  alarms  sounded  so  frequently  in  the  news.  What  we  have  found,  though, 
is  that  small  business  views  on  health  care  policy  do  not  necessarily  follow  tradi- 
tional ideological  lines.  A  study  published  in  the  September/October  issue  of  the 
Journal  of  American  Health  Policy  (copy  attached)  mentioned  a  variety  of  views 
within  the  small  business  community  and  noted  that  "small  businessmen  and 
women  are  more  open  to  health  care  reform  than  conventional  wisdom  holds."  Most 
small  businesses  that  do  not  provide  health  insurance  to  employees  cite  high  cost 
as  the  barrier.  If  convinced  that  health  insurance  could  be  made  more  affordable 
through  pooled  purchasing,  four-fifths  of  small  businesses  surveyed  would  favor 
such  a  system. 

Health  care  costs  can  only  be  contained  if  everyone  is  in  the  system  and  playing 
by  the  same  rules.  Therefore,  we  accept  the  proposition  that  all  employers  should 
provide  and  help  pay  for  insurance  on  a  phased-in  basis  over  time.  That  way,  com- 
panies now  providing  insurance  would  be  freed  from  the  cost-shifting  caused  by 
those  that  do  not  provide  benefits.  At  the  same  time,  individuals  should:  be  required 
to  have  insurance  coverage  and  to  help  pay  for  it,  and  should  face  sufficient  cost 
sharing  requirements  to  make  their  use  of  medical  services  economically  prudent. 

However,  we  recognize  that  some  individuals  and  employers  are  unable  to  afford 
coverage.  As  we  told  the  White  House  task  force  from  the  very  beginning,  the  Cham- 
ber opposes  any  health  insurance  requirement  that  does  not  include  adequate  sub- 
sidies for  low-wage  workers  and  their  employers. 

We  think  this  is  an  area  where  the  Administration  listened  to  us.  The  Clinton 
proposal  incorporates  both  a  small-business  subsidy  in  the  form  of  an  expenditure 
cap  on  percentage  of  payroll  and  an  individual  subsidy  for  those  whose  incomes  are 
below  150  percent  of  the  poverty  level.  We  think  these  provisions  would  help  make 
insurance  affordable. 

To  elaborate  on  the  concerns  sketched  earlier: 


352 

Regional  health  alliances  that  are  so  large  they  absorb  virtually  the  entire  popu- 
lation. The  Chamber  has  long  supported  pooled  purchasing  arrangements  (whether 
called  alliances,  or  HIPCa,  or  whatever)  for  small  businesses.  Statistics  indicate  that 
it  is  among  employees  of  small  businesses  that  the  greatest  coverage  gaps  exist,  and 
it  is  these  companies  that  need  to  band  together  to  achieve  economies  of  scale.  In 
this  way,  small  businesses  and  individuals  will  finally  have  the  leverage  to  compete 
against  larger  companies  in  the  market  for  health  insurance.  Many  of  our  smaller 
members  eagerly  welcome  the  idea  of  one-stop  shopping — that  they  can  call  and  get 
from  a  single  source  all  necessary  information  about  health  care  plans,  prices,  and 
quality  without  having  to  spend  hours  on  the  phone  calling  around  to  agents.  These 
members  remind  us  that  they  are  in  the  business  of  selling  hardware  or  lumber  or 
manufacturing  coolers  and  have  neither  the  time  nor  the  expertise  necessary  to  sift 
through  health  insurance  policy  language  to  find  the  appropriate  features  and  the 
best  deal.  To  concentrate  assistance  where  it  is  needed,  the  Chamber  would  set  the 
ceiling  for  required  participation  in  a  regional  alliance  at  100  employees.  To  guard 
against  adverse  selection,  we  would  advise  against  allowing  large  companies  to  opt 
into  the  alliance. 

Larger  companies  should  be  permitted  to  choose  commercial  insurance,  form  pur- 
chasing groups  among  themselves,  or  self-insure.  Large  self-insured  companies  have 
driven  much  of  the  innovation  in  cost  containment,  managed  care,  and  wellness  pro- 
grams. We  believe  that  their  energy  and  creativity  should  be  preserved  in  our 
health  care  system.  If  such  companies  no  longer  are  able  to  reap  the  cost  savings 
from  improving  their  group  experience,  there  is  little  incentive  for  them  to  continue 
to  develop  and  maintain  such  programs.  Large  companies  community  rate  their  em- 
ployees, and  do  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  health  status.  Reform  should  focus 
on  the  parts  of  the  system  that  don't  work — not  the  parts  that  do  work. 

Over-reliance  on  government  regulation  and  bureaucracy  to  contain  health  care 
costs  and  oversee  the  operational  details  of  the  health  care  system.  The  Clinton  plan 
would  vest  substantial  regulatory  power  in  a  new  National  Health  Board,  granting 
it  authority  for  tasks  ranging  from  modifying  the  guaranteed  benefit  package  to  set- 
ting the  national  health  care  budget  to  disciplining  alliances  and  states  that  fail  to 
meet  budget  targets.  Such  a  weight  of  federal  oversight  is  bound  to  hamper  efficient 
operation  of  the  market,  and  is  counter  to  a  professed  intent  to  streamline  the 
health  care  bureaucracy  that  already  exists. 

State  flexibility  to  establish  separate  health  care  systems.  In  today's  competitive 
global  economy,  such  fragmentation  is  ill-advised.  Multi-state  companies  potentially 
will  be  forced  to  squander  resources  on  complying  with  50  different  sets  of  rules  at 
a  time  when  American  companies  need  to  focus  on  improving  productivity  to  meet 
foreign  competition.  To  help  states  go  their  own  ways,  the  Clinton  proposal  makes 
a  series  of  changes  to  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974 
(ERISA)  that  would  vitiate  the  preemption  provisions  at  its  very  center.  We  recog- 
nize that  achieving  universal  coverage  will  require  some  modification  of  ERISA — 
for  example,  through  application  of  a  minimum  standard  benefit  package.  But  any 
ERISA  changes  should  continue  to  permit  self-insured  plans  to  rely  on  a  single  fed- 
eral regulatory  standard;  indeed,  that  standard  was  what  led  employers  to  support 
ERISA  at  the  time  of  its  enactment. 

Government-specified  premium  caps,  rather  than  market  forces,  setting  the  rate 
at  which  health  insurance  premiums  could  increase.  A  properly  functioning  market 
is  a  more  efficient  resource  allocator  than  a  government  agency.  The  adoption  of 
premium  caps  would  freeze  in  place  historical  inefficiencies,  such  as  regional  vari- 
ation in  practice  patterns  and  pricing.  For  example,  Mrs.  Clinton  has  noted  that  av- 
erage per-patient  Medicare  costs  in  the  Boston  area  are  twice  as  high  as  those  in 
New  Haven,  without  any  discernable  difference  in  overall  patient  well-being. 

A  premium  split  that  places  a  disproportionate  burden  on  employers.  Requiring 
employers  to  pay  80  percent  of  the  health  insurance  premium  insulates  employees 
from  the  consequences  of  their  own  purchasing  decisions.  We  would  support  a  mini- 
mum premium  contribution  of  60  percent  for  employers,  leaving  it  to  their  discretion 
to  pay  more.  Consumers  need  to  be  aware  of  how  much  health  care  really  costs.  We 
also  question  basing  the  required  payment  on  the  weighted  average  premium  in  a 
regional  alliance.  Given  that  all  plans  would  have  to  offer  the  guaranteed  benefit 
package,  consumers  could  be  encouraged  to  choose  less  expensive  plans  if  the  em- 
ployer contribution  were  pegged  to  the  average  of  the  lower  third  or  half  of  plans 
in  the  alliance. 

Savings  and  revenue  assumptions  that  could  prove  to  be  unrealistic.  Expanding 
coverage  to  bring  in  an  estimated  37  million  uninsured  at  the  same  time  that  we 
guarantee  a  generous  benefit  package  to  all,  provide  the  elderly  with  prescription 
drug  coverage,  create  a  new  long-term  care  benefit,  and  subsidize  coverage  to  early 
retirees  cannot  help  but  be  an  expensive  proposition.  It  may  be  that  efficiencies  can 


353 

be  realized,  fraud  and  abuse  curtailed,  and  wages  and  profits  increased  (reflecting 
health  cost  savings),  thus  generating  higher  tax  revenues.  The  Chamber  would  be 
happy  to  see  such  results.  In  the  meantime,  however,  we  are  wary  of  counting  our 
chickens  before  they  hatch,  and  worry  about  what  the  financing  fall-back  might 
prove  to  be. 

One  of  the  reasons  for  the  President's  commitment  to  health  care  reform  is  his 
desire  to  bring  the  federal  deficit  under  control.  Since  this  cannot  occur  without  con- 
straining costs  in  federal  entitlement  programs,  the  Chamber  believes  that  Medicare 
and  Medicaid  must  be  included  in  reform  measures.  As  people  reach  Medicare  eligi- 
bility, we  foresee  their  choosing  to  remain  in  their  existing  care  networks  rather 
than  disrupting  their  physician  relationships  to  move  to  a  wholly  separate,  artifi- 
cially preserved  government  program.  We  support  the  Clinton  Administration's  deci- 
sion that  Medicaid  beneficiaries  should  be  brought  into  the  reform  mainstream  im- 
mediately, obtaining  coverage  through  a  purchasing  cooperative  like  any  other  indi- 
viduals, but  with  government  assistance  to  pay  the  premiums.  We  also  agree  that 
the  Medicaid  population  should  be  pooled  separately  for  premium  purposes,  so  that 
small  businesses  participating  in  the  cooperative  are  not  put  in  the  position  of  subsi- 
dizing the  relatively  sicker  Medicaid  population. 

Medical  malpractice  reform  is  a  necessary  component  of  health  care  reform.  The 
President's  proposal  includes  provisions  meant  to  address  this  concern,  but  it  does 
not  go  far  enough  to  produce  real  changes  in  the  way  physicians  practice  medicine. 
So  long  as  doctors  still  feel  the  need  to  practice  defensive  medicine,  serious  savings 
in  this  area  will  not  be  realized. 

The  Chamber  recognizes,  as  do  President  and  Mrs.  Clinton,  that  this  proposal  is 
by  no  means  immutable.  It  represents  the  beginning  of  serious  debate  and  of  a  pub- 
lic education  program.  The  Chamber  is  heartened  by  an  emergence  of  some  common 
themes  among  a  broad  spectrum  of  reform  proponents.  These  themes  include  port- 
ability of  coverage,  an  end  to  pre-existing  condition  exclusions,  administrative 
streamlining,  and  100  percent  deductibility  of  health  insurance  costs  for  the  self-em- 
ployed. 

The  President's  health  care  plan  is  one  of  several  proposals  which  deserve  serious 
consideration.  The  Chamber  is  encouraged  by  the  introduction  of  the  Managed  Com- 
petition Act  of  1993  in  the  House  and  by  the  proposal  offered  by  Senator  Chafee 
and  colleagues;  both  are  valuable  additions  to  the  debate.  The  Chamber  will  con- 
tinue to  play  a  constructive  role  in  the  formation  of  national  health  care  policy  by 
advocating  the  concerns  of  the  business  community  as  we  work  to  forge  a  national 
consensus  and  enact  legislation.  We  look  forward  to  working  with  the  members  of 
this  Committee  in  that  process. 


354 


Small  Businesses5  Changing  Views 
on  Health  Reform 


Our  nntinnnl  sample  of  750  randomly  chosen  firms  with  fewer  than  50  employees  reveals  surprising 
findings  about  the  traditional  views  of  small  business  on  health  care  reform.  A  substantial  segment 
of  the  small  business  community  is  sympathetic  to  health  care  reform,  Including  such  controversial 

measures  as  mandating  that  all  employers  contribute  to  the  coverage  of  their  workers,  limits  on 

health  care  spending,  and  altering  the  tax  treatment  of  employer  contributions  for  health  insurance 

.  Without  premium  savings,  fewer  than  half  of  small  businesses  support  the  concept  of  health 

Insurance  purchasing  cooperatives.  Ilith  premium  savings,  a  majority  support  It 

ppw  . r—  -  « «  in     ■     —  ■  ■   '    ■»      — f  ■■'»-  »i    |i  pi    i|      !)■■■■■        I |  M  ■    IP  i  I  ijpipp»^»«—  ■    ■      i    |  p|  i.     in    in  i  ■ 

By  Gail  A.  Jensen,  Robert  J.  Morloclc,  and  Jon  R.  Gabe! 


!n  the  Clinton  Administration's 
quest  for  comprehensive  health  care 
reform,  few  interests  will  exert 
greater  inllucnce  through  the  polit- 
ical process  than  small  business. 
Because  Americans  tend  to  roman- 
ticize small  businesses,  the  small 
business  lobby  —  along  with  the 
elderly  —  is  one  of  the  most  influ- 
ential interest  groups  in  Washing- 
ton. Small  business  Is  also  seen  as 
the  engine  of  economic  growth. 
Between  l°R2  and  1990.  two-thirds 
of  the  new  jobs  created  were  in  the 
small  business  sector  (Kent.  1993). 

"the  dilemma  faring  policymak- 
ers is  that  the  same  small  business- 
es that  fuel  economic  growth  are 
also  w  here  an  estimated  50  percent 
of  the  nation's  36  million  unin- 
sured Americans  work  (Congres- 
sional Budget  Office,  1991).  The 


GnrV  A  Jensen,  I'hD,  ft  associate 
profesinr.  and  Robert  J  hf  or  lock  is 
research  assistant.  Institute  oj  Gcr- 
onto\og\  and  Department  of  Fco- 
nnmics,  Wayne  State  University.  De- 
troit Jon  R  Cabcl  Is  director  of 
empln\ce  benefits  research  at  KVMG 
Teat  Marwick.  Inc.,  Washington  DC 


Health  Insurance  Association  of 
America  found.  In  their  national 
survey  of  employers,  that  fewer 
than  30  percent  of  firms  with  10  or 
fewer  workers  offer  health  insur- 
ance to  their  employees  (Lippert 
and  Wicks,  1991).  To  achieve  uni- 
versal coverage,  preliminary  ver- 
sions of  the  Administration's  re- 
form package  call  for  mandatory 
contributions  by  all  employers  to- 
ward the  cost  of  health  coverage 
for  their  employees.  Small  employ- 
ers would  send  their  contributions 
to  a  health  Insurance  purchasing 
cooperative  (HITC,  also  termed 
health  alliance)  where  their  employ- 
ees would  select  from  a  menu  of 
accountable  health  plans. 

The  small  business  lobby,  as  rep- 
resented by  the  National  Federa- 
tion of  Independent  Businesses 
(rlfin),  Is  adamantly  opposed  to 
the  Administration's  reform  pack- 
age. Tor  example,  NFIB  refused  a 
White  House  invitation  to  appear 
on  a  small  business  panel  for  a 
March  29,  1993,  health  care  task 
force  meeting.  Yet  the  view  s  of  the 
small  business  community  are  di- 
verse and  occasionally  deviate  from 


those  of  the  small  business  politi- 
cal lobby. 

Using  a  national  survey  of  750 
firms  with  fewer  than  50  workers 
conducted  in  the  spring  of  1993, 
we  examined  the  views  of  the  small 
business  community  on  current  pro- 
posals for  health  care  reform.  Small 
business  owners  were  asked  about 
the  need  for  reform  of  the  health 
care  system,  their  views  about  the 
fairest  way  to  treat  employer  con- 
tributions to  health  benefits  under 
the  tax  code,  and  how  they  felt 
about  the  basic  principle  of  requir- 
ing all  employers  to  contribute  to 
the  cost  of  health  Insurance.  Our 
findings  suggest  a  variety  of  views 
within  the  small  business  commu- 
nity and  that  small  businessmen 
and  women  are  more  open  to  health 
care  reform  than  conventional  wis- 
dom holds. 

Methods 

In  April  and  May  1993  the  sur- 
vey research  firm  National  Re- 
search Inc.  of  Washington  DC  con- 
ducted telephone  Interviews  with 
750  small  businesses  nationwide. 


355 


The  l.impte  wjj  drawn  from  the 
Dun  A  Pradstreet  Corp  (DAP)  list 
of  private  businesses  nationwide 
that  employ  lewer  than  50  work- 
ers Survey  participants  were  drawn 
randomly  from  D&H's  list  after 
stratifying  hy  si7e  and  location. 
The  sample  excluded  businesses 
with  no  employers  and  govern- 
ment employers.  In  advance  of 
the  interview,  business  owners 
were  sent  a  letter  inviting  thrm  to 
participate  in  the  study  and  indi- 
cating when  they  would  be  con- 
tacted for  their  interview  At  the 
lime  of  the  survey,  the  interview- 
er asked  to  speak  with  the  person 
most  knowledgeable  nhout  the 
fringe  benefits  the  business  offered. 
In  most  cases  that  person  was  the 
owner,  president,  or  office  manag- 
er of  the  firm.  In  all,  1,721  firms 
were  contacted,  and  750  agreed  to 
participate  In  the  survey  this  re- 
sponse rate  of  44  percent  Is  typical 
of  small  business  surveys. 

Reflecting  the  probability  of  se- 
lection,  each   employer  was   as- 


signed a  wrighi.  This  allowed  us 
to  calculate  national  statistics  rep- 
resenting all  private  businesses 
employing  fewer  than  50  work- 
ers. The  margin  of  error  on  esti- 
mates from  the  survey  is  approxi- 
mately plus  or  minus  four  per- 
centage points. 

Siie  Determines  Coverage 

We  found  that  50  percent  of  all 
businesses  with  fewer  than  50 
workers  do  not  ofrer  health  bene- 
fits as  a  fringe  benefit.  The  size  of 
a  business,  as  measured  by  the  num- 
ber of  people  It  employs.  Is  the 
single  most  important  piedictor  of 
whether  it  provides  health  insur- 
ance The  larger  the  firm,  the  more 
likely  it  is  to  provide  coverage. 

Our  survey  found  that  the  per- 
centage of  fitms  offering  health  In- 
surance Is  44  percent  among  firms 
employing  fewer  than  10  workers, 
70  percent  among  firms  employing 
10  to  2A  workers,  and  85  percent 
among  firms  employing  25  to  49 


Figure  1 

Hie  rercenloge  of  Small  Firms  That  Offer  Health  Insurance 
by  Size  of  Firm,  1993 


If  FmployMl 


tOJHr^Jo, 


1W1  bn»l«rm 


Sourer     Wayne  Stale    Vnlverslty/KPMG  Peal  Mont-id.   Suney  of  7 SO  Small 
Firms.  Spring  1993. 


workers  (see  Figure  I).  Among  all 
firms  with  fewer  than  50  workers, 
the  low  overall  percentage  offering 
coverage  —  51  percent  —  reflects 
the  fact  that  the  vast  majority  of 
firms  in  this  size  range  employ  few- 
er than  10  workers. 

Reasons  Against  Coverage 

Our  survey  asked  firms  that  do 
not  provide  health  insurance  to  in- 
dicate why.  The  most  frequent  re- 
sponse was  that  current  premiums 
were  simply  too  high.  Eighty  per- 
cent of  small  businesses  indicated 
that  high  premiums  were  a  "very 
important"  factor  in  the  decision 
not  to  provide  benefits,  and  anoth- 
er 1 0  percent  Indicated  that  they  were 
a  "somewhat  important"  reason  (see 
Figure  2).  Other  often  cited  reasons 
for  not  offering  insurance  were  that 
the  firm's  profits  (79  percent)  and/or 
premiums  for  Insurance  (75  per- 
cent) were  too  uncertain  from  year 
to  year  to  make  a  commitment  to 
provide  health  benefits. 

Our  survey  reveals  that  most 
small  businesses  maintain  a  high 
degree  of  continuity  in  their  insur- 
ance offerings.  We  found  that  many 
firms  (56  percent)  that  chose  not  to 
offer  insurance  feared  that  if  they 
did  provide  il,  they  might  have  to 
take  it  away  at  some  future  date.  It 
was  unusual  to  find  firms  that  did 
not  provide  insurance  at  the  time 
of  our  survey  had  ever  provided  it. 
Only  1 7  percent  Indicated  that  they 
had.  Likewise,  nearly  all  firms  (89 
percent)  offering  Insurance  at  the 
time  of  our  survey  had  offered  It 
for  at  least  the  past  three  years. 
These  findings  of  a  high  degree  of 
stability  in  the  insurance  offerings 
of  small  businesses  confirm  the 
findings  of  earlier  surveys  on  this 
issue  (Lichtenstein  and  Witte, 
1991).  Many  small  businesses,  and 


356 


particularly  those  with  fewer  than 
10  employees,  report  that  qualify- 
ing for  a  policy  at  group  rales  lj 
often  difficult.  Thirty-nine  percent 
of  the  firms  not  offering  insurance 
reported  that  their  inahility  to 
qualify  for  coverage  at  employer 
rates  was  a  very  important  reason 
for  not  offering  coverage.  Yet 
when  asked  why  they  were  un- 
able to  qualify,  only  about  half 
could  give  a  specific  reason  The 
three  explanations,  identified  with 
roughly  equal  frequency,  were: 
the  firm  was  too  newly  established; 
the  type  of  business  or  industry  the 
firm  made  it  ineligible  for  a  policy; 
or  one  or  more  employees  could  not 
qualify  for  Insurance  because  of 
health  conditions. 

Desire  (or  Reform 

Participants  In  the  survey  were 
asked  their  opinions  ahout  some 
potential  reforms  of  the  health 
care  system.  Rcpardlcss  of  wheth- 
er they  provide  health  coverage, 
most  small  businesses  (75  per- 
cent) say  they  favor  a  major  re- 
structuring of  the  health  care  sys- 
tem. It  percent  are  opposed  to  ma- 
jor changes,  and  the  rest  gave  no 
opinion  Support  for  major  changes 
In  the  system,  however,  is  not  syn- 
onymous with  support  for  any  one 
particular  reform  sttategy. 

To  assess  the  direction  in  which 
small  business  owners  felt  public 
policy  should  go,  we  asked  respon- 
dents to  comment  on  the  appropri- 
ateness of  several  possible  reforms 
to  the  health  care  system  Specifi- 
cally, we  asked  them  how  they  felt 
about:  (I)  requiring  all  employers 
to  contribute  toward  the  cost  of 
health  insurance  for  their  employ- 
ees; (2)  imposing  overall  limits  or 
budgets  for  health  care  spending; 
(3)  changing  the  tax  treatment  of 


Figure  2 

Why  Small  Firms  Say  Tfiey  Don'J  Offer  Health  Insurance 


riKrfwm  Im  Mai,  F^T^f"^ 


in 


Primlum  Inn  nut  loo  owirloln™ 
Dot  mtiti  It  ofti sit  w«l«c :f 
foot  mlgril  rtli  Bvnry  In  if*  fvhflf  ^ 
fnftt  nljh»  woo> 
Ceimel  ouatiry  lor  fioup  rolrl 


311! 


19% 


Weikin  nvtrWfcr  ^ovw 
Wortw  tt*mt»  loo  nlgS 


SIS 


\i<n 


E3 


Source     llomt  Jrele   Uiilveriliy/KPMG  Peal  Marwlci.  Survey  of  750  Small 
Fir  ml.  Spring  1993 


employer  contributions  for  health  in- 
surance; and  ('1)  adopting  a  "man- 
aged competition"  model  for  secur- 
ing workers'  coverage  rather  than  • 
direct  employer  provision  model. 

To  elicit  their  views  on  the  first 
Issue  —  the  desirability  of  mandat- 
ing that  employers  contribute  to 
the  cost  of  health  Insurance  —  the 
Interviewer  said,  "Some  employ- 
ers ate  concerned  about  proposed 
legislation  that  would  mandate  all 
employers  to  provide  or  contribute 
to  the  costs  of  health  benefits  for 
their  employees.  Others  contend 
that  a  mandate  Is  the  only  fair  way 
to  see  that  everyone  has  health  in- 
surance, and  that  when  Employer 
A  doesn't  provide  coverage,  other 
employers  Indirectly  pay  for  the 
coverage  of  A'*  workers.  How  do 
you  feel  about  requiring  all  em- 
ployers to  contribute  for  the  cover- 
age of  their  employees?" 

We   wanted  the   respondent's 


opinion  after  he  or  she  had  heard  at 
least  part  of  the  rationale  for  such  a 
requirement  Small  business  own- 
ers were  then  asked  to  indicate 
whether  they  strongly  support  man- 
dated contributions,  somewhat  sup- 
port them,  are  neutral,  somewhat 
oppose,  or  strongly  oppose  them. 

Our  survey  found  that  close  to 
half  (42  percent)  of  all  small  busi- 
nesses support  the  principle  that  em- 
ployers should  be  required  to  con- 
tribute to  the  cost  of  health  insurance 
for  their  employees.  Even  among 
firms  not  currently  offering  Insur- 
ance, close  to  one-third  (29  percent) 
say  they  support  such  a  requirement. 
Among  firms  now  providing  cover- 
age, 51  percent  favor  mandated  con- 
tributions (see  Figure  3). 

This  level  of  support  for  a  man- 
date Is  much  higher  than  earlier 
surveys  of  small  businesses  have 
found.  For  example,  a  1989  survey 
of  member  firms  of  the  NFtB  found 


357 


Figure  3 

Small  Firms  Offering  Health.  Coverage  Have  DiffrrenI 
Attitudes  About  Mandated  Coverage  Than  Firms  Declining 
Coverage 

Firms  not  offering 

Shong/BTIJ'  rrF^^n 


HX 


A    ks^►xl,'u,T, 


Firms  offering  coverage 


it* 


Sourer     H'aynt  Siote   Unlvtriity/KPMG  Tta\  Aforn/cJ.   Survey  of  7S0  Small 
Flrmi,  Spring   1993 


thai  only  25  percent  agreed  lh.it 
"employers  have  a  responsibility 
to  provide  employee  health  insur- 
ance," and  only  24  percent  sup- 
ported the  statement  that  "employ- 
ers should  he  required  to  provide  a 
basic  level  of  employee  health  insur- 
ance" (Hall  and  Kuder.  1990).  Re- 
spondents to  the  NriH  survey  were 
overwhelmingly  small  firms,  and,  at 
least  in  terms  of  their  size  and  indus- 
try composition,  were  similar  to  the 
fiuns  covered  by  our  survey. 

Il  is  possible  that  the  increased 
support  for  a  mandate  may  stem 
from  our  questionnaire"*  format. 
Unlike  previous  opinion  surveys  of 
smalt  business,  our  survey  attempt- 
ed to  give  the  respondent  informa- 
tion on  the  case  for  various  reforms. 
After  hearing  the  argument  for  the 
proposition  in  question,  business 
owners  may  have  been  more  likely 
to  support  it  as  reasonable.  It  is 
also  conceivable  that  the  particular 


argument  for  a  mandate  that  we 
chose  to  present  —  that  firms  not 
offering  coverage  end  up  as  free- 
riders  lo  the  health  care  system  — 
evoked  either  a  sense  of  guilt  or 
disturbance  among  some  respon- 
dents This  might  explain  why  so 
many  (29  percent)  of  the  firms  that 
currently  do  not  ofTer  coverage  es- 
sentially favor  what  amounts  to  a 
new  requirement  and  cost  for  them. 
On  the  Issue  of  imposing  over- 
all budget  limits  for  health  care 
spending,  respondents  were  sim- 
ply asked  to  indicate  whether  they 
strongly  support  such  measures, 
somewhat  support  them,  are  neu- 
tral, somewhat  oppose,  or  strong- 
ly oppose  them.  Many  small  busi- 
ness owners  (66  percent)  indicate 
that  they  would  like  to  see  over- 
alt  limits  or  budgets  for  health 
care  spending  imposed  as  part  of 
a  health  care  reform  strategy. 
Firms  that  want  ■  major  restruc- 


turing of  the  health  care  system 
are  most  likely  to  support  this 
particular  reform. 

To  assess  business  owners' 
opinions  about  changing  the  cur- 
rent tax  treatment  of  health  insur- 
ance, we  took  a  different  ap- 
proach. We  asked  small  business 
owners  which  of  three  approach- 
es they  thought  w  ould  be  the  "fair- 
est" way  to  treat  employer  contri- 
butions for  health  coverage:  (I) 
"treat  all  employer  contributions 
for  health  Insurance  as  tax-free, 
as  they  are  today";  (2)  "tax  em- 
ployer contributions  for  health 
Insurance  the  same  as  w'age  in- 
come"; or  (3)  "treat  employer  con- 
tributions as  tax-free  up  to  the 
lowest  cost  plan  in  an  area."  Be- 
fore giving  them  these  choices, 
however,  the  interviewer  said, 
"Currently,  employers'  contribu- 
tions for  health  insurance  are  not 
treated  as  taxable  Income  of  em- 
ployees. Some  economists  con- 
tend that  this  encourages  Ameri- 
cans lo  over-insure  and  choose 
Cadillac  henllh  plans.  Others  say 
that  taxing  workers  for  employ- 
ers' contributions  for  health  in- 
surance would  place  a  greater  bur- 
den on  the  middle  class.  Which  of 
the  following  is  the  fairest  way  to 
treat  employers'  contributions  for 
health  coverage?" 

As  with  our  previous  question 
about  required  contributions,  we 
wanted  to  obtain  business  owners' 
opinions  about  changing  the  tax 
code  after  they  had  heard  at  least 
part  of  the  case  for  reform. 

Only  a  slim  majority  (60  per- 
cent) of  smalt  businesses  believe 
that  maintaining  the  status  quo  Is 
the  fairest  approach  to  taxation 
(see  Figure  4).  Fifty-two  percent 
of  firms  that  do  not  now  offer 
coverage  believe  that  the  current 
tax-free  status  of  ill  employer 


358 


contributions  to  health  benefits 
should  be  preserved;  among  firms 
Ihat  offer  Insurance  ■  slightly 
higher  percentage,  65  percent,  be- 
lieve so  Just  over  a  quarter  of 
businesses  (26  percent  overall) 
believe  a  tax  cap  on  employer  con- 
tributions Is  fnirest.  A  small  mi- 
nority (9  percent),  concentrated 
largely  among  firms  that  do  not 
now  offer  insurance,  believe  that 
employer  contributions  for  health 
insurance  should  be  treated  the 
same  as  wage  income. 

Managed  Competition  Views 

On  the  matter  of  managed  com- 
petition as  a  model  for  health  care 
reform,  we  asked  small  business 
owners  to  indicate  which  of  two 
approaches  they  would  prefer  If 
they  were  required  to  conttihute  to 
the  cost  of  workers'  health  insur- 
ance. The  choices  described  were 
providing  group  health  insurance 
directly  themselves,  or  contribut- 
ing to  the  cost  of  securing  workers' 
Insurance  through  a  IIIPC. 

The  Hire  system  that  small 
businesses  were  asked  to  consider 
was  described  as  entailing  the  cre- 
ation of  new  statewide  purchasing 
cooperatives  specifically  for  firms 
in  their  size  class  (fewer  than  50 
workers).  Employers  would  be  re- 
quired to  pay  a  contribution  on  be- 
half of  each  of  their  workers,  which 
would  be  used  toward  the  lowest- 
cost  certified  plan  In  their  area.  That 
contribution  would  then  buy  an 
employees'  health  insurance 
through  the  local  IIIPC.  which  would 
offer  a  wide  choice  of  health  plans  to 
employees  and  would  relie\e  small 
businesses  of  having  to  administer 
benefits  themselves  Survey  respon- 
dents were  asked  if  they  would  pre- 
fer to  pay  the  contribution  to  a  HITC 
or  to  provide  group  insurance  them- 


Figure  4 

Almost  Half  of  AJI  Small  Firms  Are  Willing  To  Change  the 
Tax  Treatment  of  Employer  Contributions  to  Health 

Insurance 

In  ■rfHjf  m  tor*feA*u  fti  v^*i 

I 

m 

PjtV 

u . ■■'.  .■ 

J 

Note:  Tsrccnligrt  do  not  lum  to  100  due  to  ronndin|. 

Sourer     II a>n«  Stole   Unlvtrilly/KPMG  Peal  Marwick  Survey  of  ISO  Small 
Flrmt.  Spring  1993 

selves.  The  firms  were  also  asked 
what  price  incentives  would  cause 
them  to  prefer  the  IIITC  model  to 
providing  the  insurance  themselves. 
Small  business  owners'  attitudes 
toward  managed  competition  de- 
pend critically  on  the  perceived  sav- 
ings associated  with  that  approach. 
If  a  required  HITC  contribution  will 
cost  firms  the  same  amount  as  If 
they  purchased  health  insurance  Tor 
their  employees  directly,  then  most 
small  businesses  (61  percent)  are 
unwilling  to  endorse  a  Hire  system 
(see  Figure  5).  In  this  case,  43  per- 
cent prefer  providing  health  benefits 
themselves,  and  I?  percent  say  they 
"don't  know"  which  approach  they 
prefer.  Firms  not  now  offering  In- 
stance are  much  more  supportive 
of  IlirCs  than  firms  currently  pro- 
viding benefits,  yet  Fewer  than  half 


of  them  endorse  the  concept  (46 
percent  Favor  IlITCs  compared  to 
32  percent  among  firms  offering 
coverage). 

If  IlirCs  can  save  small  busi- 
nesses money,  however,  then  sup- 
port for  them  Is  actually  very 
strong.  Four-fifths  (79  percent)  say 
that  they  would  Favor  a  HIPC-type 
system  iFit  can  save  them  15  per- 
cent over  providing  Insurance  di- 
rectly. Thirteen  percent  say  that 
Ihey  would  prefer  to  provide  health 
Insurance  themselves,  and  the  rest 
(8  percent)  say  they  "don't  know." 
If  IlirCs  can  save  businesses  50 
percent  over  the  cost  of  direct  pro- 
vision, then  nearly  all  firms  (90 
percent)  endorse  them.  Interesting- 
ly, most  of  the  firms  that  changed 
their  opinion  of  tltrCs  when  the 
relative  price  was  lowered  were 


359 


Figure  5 

Under  What  Circumstances  Will  Small  Firms  Support 
HiPC-Style  "Managed  Competition"  Over  Direct 
Provision 


l» 
I' 

* 


m 


*m 


m 


Note:  rrtccnt.i(rcs  may  not  sum  to  100  <lue  In  rounding 

Sourer.   n<i)nt  Stair  Vnl\ersiiy/KrMG  Peal  Marwlek  Survey  of  7}0 

Small  Firms.  Spring  1993. 


Figure  6 

Political  Subgroups  Among  Small  Business 

53% 


Sourer     Wayne  Stale   Universily/KPMG  Peal  Harwlek  Survey  of  750  Small 
Firms.  Spring  1993. 


firms  (hut  currently  provide  bene- 
fits. The  fact  thnt  they  reversed  their 
pieferences  so  readily  reflects  the 
obvious  importance  they  place  on 
saving  money  on  health  insurance. 
Lowering  their  costs  is  their  pri- 
mary goal,  and  if  HIPCs  can  take 
them  there,  they  will  support  them. 

For  our  initial  HIPC  question 
(about  preferences  if  the  employ- 
er's costs  under  both  approaches 
were  the  same)  the  high  percent- 
age of  small  businesses  that  say 
they  "don't  know"  which  they  pre- 
fer (19  percent)  suggests  that 
many  of  them  still  don't  under- 
stand how  a  managed  competi- 
tion system  would  work,  and  they 
may  not  understand  the  full  im- 
plications of  it  for  their  business. 
Even  without  such  an  understand- 
ing, however,  we  found  that  many 
of  them  converted  to  supporting 
a  HIPC  system  when  they  per- 
ceived savings  under  that  ap- 
proach. 

These  findings  convey  two  mes- 
sages. First,  policymakers  will  need 
to  carefully  explain  alternative  re- 
form proposals  If  they  wish  to  elic- 
it the  true  preferences  of  small  busi- 
nesses. Second,  the  overriding  con- 
cern of  small  businesses  is  to  save 
money  on  the  cost  of  insurance. 

Political  Subgroups 

the  above  discussion  suggests 
that  there  is  considerable  diversi- 
ty among  small  businesses  in  their 
opinions  of  various  reforms.  Al- 
though characterizing  firm  views 
on  a  reform-by-reform  basis  is 
useful  for  summary  purposes,  ex- 
amining the  data  in  that  way  does 
not  tell  us  whether  there  are  cer- 
tain sets  of  opinions  that  tend  to 
go  together.  For  example,  do 
firms  that  express  opposition  to 
one  measure  also  tend  to  reject 


360 


other  reforms,  or  I*  there  arty  con- 
gruence In  responses?  Alterna- 
tively, to  what  extent  rlo  supporters 
of  change  in  one  nrea  overlap  the 
supporters  of  change  In  oilier  areas? 
We  examined  our  data  to  deter- 
mine whether  there  was  a  natural 
segregation  oT  small  businesses  ac- 
cording to  their  opinions  on  the  Tour 
policy  issues  discussed  in  the  prior 
section.  Within  the  small  business 
population,  we  were  able  to  identi- 
fy three  distinct  subgroups  of  firms: 

(1)  those  that  support  several  of 
the  reforms  we  had  them  consider, 

(2)  those  who  oppose  almost  all  of 
them,  and  (3)  those  who  are  some- 
where between  these  two  carrp«. 

The  first  group,  who  can  be 
described  succinctly  as  "reform- 
ers," consists  of  firms  that  say 
they  want  a  major  restructuring 


ofthe  health  care  system  and  who 
then  back  up  that  position  by  sup- 
porting change  in  at  least  two  spe- 
cific areas.  Just  over  half  (53  per- 
cent) of  all  small  businesses  are 
reformers  by  these  criteria  (see 
Figure  6).  They  uniformly  sup- 
port global  limits  on  health  care 
spending  (91  percent),  and  most 
(62  percent)  also  believe  that  em- 
ployers should  be  required  to  con- 
tribute lo  the  cost  of  health  insur- 
ance They  are  split,  however.  In 
their  views  on  changing  the  tax 
code  and  on  the  desirability  of 
HtPCs.  Fifty-five  and  58  percent 
of  reformers,  respectively,  favor  these 
Mr  pc«»iMe  refc-rm?  As  a  group, 
reformers  encompass  all  sizes  and 
types  of  firms.  Indeed,  their  compo- 
sition closely  mirrors  the  general 
population  of  smalt  businesses. 


The  second  group  are  best  de- 
scribed as  "defenders  of  the  sta- 
tus quo."  They  are  small  busi- 
nesses that  say  they  oppose  any 
restructuring  of  the  system  and 
who  then  go  on  to  reject  (perhaps 
not  surprisingly)  all,  or  all  but 
one,  of  the  specific  reforms  we 
discussed.  They  comprise  nearly 
one-fifth  (17  percent)  of  all  small 
businesses.  If  defenders  are  will- 
ing to  support  anything.  It  is  al- 
most always  changing  the  current 
tax  treatment  of  employer  contri- 
butions for  health  Insurance. 
Twenty-two  percent  of  defenders 
do  not  consider  the  current  tax 
treatment  to  be  the  fairest  ap- 
proach to  taxation,  but  many  of 
them  are  still  undecided  as  to  the 
best  alternative.  Firms  with  more 
than  10  workers,  and  those  offer- 


Figure  7 

Support  for  HlPC-Style  "Managed  Competition"  Varies  Sharply  by  Polifical  Subgroup 


Question 


Reformer 
Group 


Defender 
Group 


Betwixted 
Group 


Suppose  the  required  MITT  contribution  for  employee  health  Insurance  were  lo  cost  you  the  <imr  as  If  you  purchased 
health  Insurance  for  your  employees  directly.  Which  would  you  prefer:  to  pay  a  contribution  lo  a  HIPC  or  provide  the 
group  Insurance  directly  yourself! 


Prefer  lo  pay  the  required  HITC  contribution 
Prefer  lo  provide  group  Insurance  though  the  firm 
Don't  know 


58 
27 
15 


8 

20 

62 

61 

30 

19 

What  If  the  requited  HIPC  contribution  were  lo  cost  your  firm  15%  less? 

Prefer  to  pay  the  required  HIPC  contribution 
Prefer  to  provide  group  Insurance  Ihough  the  firm 
Don't  know 

What  If  the  Hire  contribution  wete  to  cost  your  firm  50%  less? 


87 

47 

79 

7 

34 

12 

4 

19 

9 

Prefer  to  pay  the  requlrrd  Hire  contribution 
Prefer  lo  provide  group  Insurance  Ihough  the  firm 
Don't  know 


96 

3 
1 


69 

22 

9 


90 
5 
S 


Source.  Wayne  Slate  VnlversirylKTMG  Peat  Maroict  Surrey  of  750  Small  Firms,  Spring  1993. 


361 


Ing  health  Insurance,  are  most 
likely  to  defend  the  status  quo. 
Not  surprisingly,  defenders  ire 
more  than  twice  as  likely  as  re- 
formers to  reject  HITCs  as  a 
means  of  providing  coverage  (62 
percent  compared  to  27  percent 
favor  direct  provision)  (see  Fig- 
ure 7).  Their  attitude  toward 
MITCs  Is  consistent  with  their  re- 
jection of  the  other  reforms  that 
were  presented  to  them. 

The  third  group,  which  ac- 
counts for  30  percent  of  small 
businesses,  are  firms  that  do  not 
fit  either  of  these  profiles.  We 
call  them  the  "betwixted"  group. 
They  are  typically  firms  that  say 
they  want  major  restructuring  of 
the  health  care  system,  but  yet 
they  reject  the  specific  reforms 
we  offered  them.  Obviously,  these 
firms  are  frustrated  with  the  cur- 
rent system.  Their  failure  to  em- 
brace the  measures  we  described, 
however,  could  be  interpreted  a 
number  of  ways.  They  may  favor 
some  particular  reform  not  dis- 
cussed during  the  interview,  or 
they  may  simply  not  know  what 
they  want.  For  example,  we  ne- 
glected to  ask  about  support  for  a 
single  payer  all-government  sys- 
tem, yet  reportedly  many  small 
businesses  favor  this  approach  to 
providing  universal  access  (Ed- 
wards et  a!.,  1992)  Our  omission 
of  this  alternative  Is  a  limitation 
of  our  survey.  Also,  since  the  re- 
forms that  we  did  discuss  with 
them  could  entail  eventual  costs 
to  either  firms  or  Individuals 
(some  nonpecuniary),  respondents 
who  perceived  these  costs  might 
have  rejected  the  measures  on  that 
basis.  While  conceivable,  we 
think  this  possibility  Is  less  like- 
ly than  the  first  two  mentioned. 
Nonetheless,  we  can  only  specu- 
late on  (he  reasons  for  this  rejec- 


tion of  specific  reforms  by  firms 
that  say  they  want  change. 

The  opinions  of  small  business  on 
national  health  care  reform  have 
changed  profoundly  over  the  past  few 
years.  It  Is  no  longer  true  that  small 
businesses  are  unified  in  opposition 
to  an  all-employer  mandate.  Today, 
42  percent  of  small  businesses  agree 
that  employers  should  be  required  to 
contribute  to  the  cost  of  health  insur- 
ance for  their  employees.  Yet  as  re- 
cently as  198°,  only  24  percent  of 
small  business  owners  lent  their  sup- 
port to  a  statement  that  employers 
should  be  required  to  provide  basic 
health  Insurance  for  their  workers 
(Hall  and  Kuder,  1990). 

The  common  view  that  small 
businesses  are  unwilling  to  reduce 
the  current  tax  subsidy  for  em- 
ployer contributions  to  health  In- 
surance Is  inaccurate  as  well, 
based  on  this  survey.  Today.only 
a  slim  majority  believe  that  main- 
taining the  status  quo  Is  the  fair- 
est approach  to  the  taxation  of 
health  benefits  Forty  percent  of 
small  business  owners  either  fa- 
vor a  reduction  in  the  current  tax 
subsidy  for  employer  contribu- 
tions or  are  undecided  on  this  Is- 
sue. Among  firms  that  reject  the 
status  quo.  most  believe  that  a 
limit  should  be  placed  on  the 
amount  of  employer  contributions 
counted  as  nontaxable  Income  to 
employees.  They  favor  a  tax  cap 
set  at  the  level  of  the  least  costly 
plan  in  a  firm's  local  area. 

A  Heterogeneous  Group 

This  survey  also  tells  uj  that 
while  their  opinions  are  chang- 
ing, small  businesses  today  are 
quite  heterogeneous  In  their  atti- 
tudes toward  health  care  reform. 
While  there  are  many  firms  that 
endorsed  several  specific  policy 


reforms  touched  on  In  the  survey, 
there  are  others  that  repeatedly 
rejected  the  possible  reforms  de- 
scribed to  them,  and  still  other 
firms  that  said  they  wanted  major 
reform  but  then  were  unwilling 
to  support  specific  strategies  In 
1993,  the  first  group  is  by  far  the 
largest,  comprising  53  percent  of 
all  small  businesses.  Each  of  the 
reforms  discussed  In  our  survey 
was  endorsed  by  a  majority  of 
these  "reformers."  In  order  of 
preference,  reformers  favor  over- 
all budget  limits  for  health  care 
spending,  a  mandate  that  employ- 
ers contribute  toward  the  cost  of 
health  Insurance,  a  HITC  system 
for  small  business  health  Insur- 
ance, and  changes  In  the  current 
tax  treatment  of  employer  contri- 
butions for  health  insurance. 

The  cost  of  health  Insurance  Is 
an  overarching  concern  of  small 
businesses.  Our  survey  found  that 
cost  was  the  most  frequent  rea- 
son given  for  not  offering  cover- 
age, and  it  was  also  pivotal  in 
Influencing  small  business  own- 
ers' support  for  managed  compe- 
tition. If  insurance  purchasing 
cooperatives  can  deliver  savings 
on  the  order  of  15  percent,  then 
small  firms  overwhelmingly  fa- 
vor securing  workers'  coverage 
through  such  purchasing  arrange- 
ments rather  than  directly  provid- 
ing insurance  themselves.  Absent 
such  savings,  however,  only  a 
minority  of  small  businesses  en- 
dorse the  managed  competition 
model  Our  survey  also  suggests 
that  many  small  firms  still  don't 
understand  how  managed  compe- 
tition would  work,  so  policymak- 
ers need  to  educate  this  group  if 
they  want  to  elicit  their  true  pref- 
erences on  this  Issue. 

Small  businesses  may  now  be 
a  more  potent  force  for  national 


362 


health  cste  reform  than  Ihey  were 
Jus!  f  few  years  ago.  Not  only  do 
firms  say  they  want  major  restruc- 
turing of  the  health  care  system, 
but  most  are  now  willing  to  en- 
dorse specific  changes  in  poli- 
cy. This  Is  new.  Although  still  a 
collective  minority,  many  small 
businesses  are  even  willing  to 
support  reforms  which  entail  ob- 
vious costs  to  themselves  or  to 
their  employees. 

Small  business  should  not  be 
viewed  as  a  roadblock  to  reform, 
but  rather  as  a  group  that  needs  to 
be  educated.  Our  survey  shows  that 
when  presented  with  both  sides  of 
the  case  for  reform,  many  businesses 
are  willing  to  sacrifice  for  the  greater 
goal  of  achieving  positive  change  In 
the  system,  ft 


Financial  support  from  the 
Robert  Hood  Johnson  Foundation 
and  the  Henry  J.  Kaiser  Family 
Foundation  Is  gratefully  acknowl- 
edged. H>  thank  Kevin  1  laugh  and 
Jeffrey  Dwyer  for  providing  use- 
ful comments  on  a  preliminary 
draft  of  this  paper. 

References 

Kent  C.  "Will  an  Employer  Man- 
dale  Sink  Small  Business7"  Medi- 
cine and  Health  47  (15)  April  12. 
I99J:  4. 

Congressional  Dudget  Office,  Se- 
lected Options  fnr  Fxpanding  llralth 
Insurance  Coverage.  Washington 
DC:  CBO.  July  1991:  28. 

Lippert  C  and  EK  Wicks.    Critical 


Distinctions.  How  Firms  That  Offer 
Health  Benefits  Differ  From  Those 
That  Do  Hot.  Washington  DC: 
Health  Insurance  Association  of 
America.  1991:  4. 

Llchtensteln  I  and  H  Witle.  Gov- 
ernment and  the  Special  Circum- 
stances of  Small  Employers  In  Res- 
cuing American  Health  Care:  Mar- 
ket  Rx  s.  Washington  DC:  The  NFIB 
Foundation.  1991:  43. 

Hall  C  and  J  Kuder.  Small  Business 
and  Health  Care:  Results  of  a  Sur. 
vey  Washington  DC:  The  NFIB 
Foundation,  1990:  17  and  37. 

Edwards  J,  R  Dlendon.  R  Leitman, 
E  Morrison.  I  Morrison,  and  It  Tay- 
lor. "Small  Business  and  the  Na- 
tional Health  Care  Reform  Debate." 
Health  Affairs  II  (I).  1992:  169. 


363 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Roush. 

Mr.  Roush.  Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  committee,  the  Na- 
tional Federation  of  Independent  Business  is  a  small  business  ad- 
vocacy organization  that  represents  some  610,000  small 
businesspeople  across  the  country.  Our  average  member  has  about 
seven  employees,  and  our  members  set  our  position.  On  behalf  of 
those  members,  I  am  extremely  pleased  to  be  here  this  morning  be- 
cause this  committee  is  addressing  the  number  one  problem  of 
small  businesses  in  this  country,  and  that  is  the  cost  of  health  in- 
surance for  their  employees. 

For  small  businesses,  at  least  for  our  members,  the  status  quo 
is  not  acceptable,  and  they  want  the  system  to  be  changed. 

In  order  to  judge  the  impact  of  any  reform  package  and  to  under- 
stand why  our  members  support  the  kinds  of  reforms  that  they  do, 
it  is  important  to  have  at  least  a  little  bit  of  an  idea  of  the  composi- 
tion of  the  business  community  and  some  demographic  characteris- 
tics of  business  owners  in  general. 

So  very  briefly,  there  are  about  5  million  employers  in  this  coun- 
try. Of  that  number,  only  15,000  employ  more  than  500  people; 
that  is  .3  percent.  On  the  other  end  of  the  scale,  60  percent  of  the 
employers  in  this  country  employ  one  to  four  people.  In  fact,  nine 
out  of  ten  employers  in  this  country  employ  less  than  20  people. 

As  far  as  the  small  business  owners  themselves,  they  have  obvi- 
ously all  kinds  of  characteristics,  but  some  generalities  do  hold. 
Most  got  into  business  with  their  own  personal  or  family  savings. 
One-half  of  all  the  new  businesses  that  are  started  in  this  country 
are  started  with  less  than  $20,000.  One  in  five  businesses  that  are 
started  in  this  country  is  started  with  less  than  $5,000.  Ten  per- 
cent of  all  business  owners  in  this  country  earn  $10,000  or  less. 
When  you  are  starting  a  business,  for  the  first  few  years  of  starting 
a  business,  that  number  is  one-quarter  of  all  the  new  businesses 
earn  $10,000  or  less  for  the  first  year  or  two. 

These  kinds  of  businesses  are  surviving  on  cash  flow  as  opposed 
to  profitability  in  many  cases,  just  getting  from  pavroll  to  payroll. 
But  nevertheless,  800,000  to  900,000  of  those  kinds  of  businesses 
start  each  year,  and  in  doing  so,  they  create  about  one-third  of  all 
of  the  net  new  jobs  in  any  given  period  that  are  created  in  this 
economy. 

Unfortunately,  one-half  of  those  800,000  to  900,000  new  start-up 
businesses,  or  the  owners  of  those  businesses,  will  be  out  of  busi- 
ness in  5  years.  The  survival  rate  is  not  terrific.  And  if  one  of  those 
business  owners  is  providing  health  insurance  to  his  employees,  he 
is  struggling  to  pay  for  it,  and  he  wants  the  system  to  change.  And 
if  he  is  not  providing  health  insurance  to  his  employees,  as  about 
one-half  of  them  do  not,  he  is  also  struggling,  and  he  really  wants 
the  system  to  change  because  he  wants  health  insurance. 

In  general  what  our  members  are  telling  us  is  that  they  want  the 
costs  to  come  down;  they  want  a  major  reform  that  brings  the  cost 
of  health  insurance  down.  Particularly  what  they  are  saying  is  that 
they  want  insurance  reforms  that  many  people  have  spoken  of, 
guaranteed  renewability,  portability,  elimination  of  pre-existing 
conditions,  modified  community  rating.  They  also  tell  us  that  they 
would  like  to  see  legislation  that  would  encourage  the  creation  of 


364 

purchasing  coops  or  purchasing  groups  so  they  can  exercise  the 
same  kind  of  negotiating  power  that  larger  corporations  now  enjoy. 

They  would  like  to  see  self-employed  individuals  be  able  to  de- 
duct 100  percent  of  the  cost  of  their  health  insurance,  as  corpora- 
tions can  currently  do.  They  would  like  to  see  the  creation  of  an 
affordable,  basic,  essential  care  health  insurance  package  and  have 
it  required  to  be  offered  to  them. 

They  would  like  to  see  the  malpractice  law  reformed.  They  would 
like  to  see  State-mandated  coverage  laws  and  anti-managed  care 
laws  preempted.  They  would  like  to,  like  everybody,  ensure  that 
administrative  and  paperwork  savings  are  ensured  and  brought 
into  the  system.  And  they  would  like  to  have  requirements  in  the 
law  that  consumer  information  be  much  more  readily  available  and 
in  language  that  they  can  understand. 

So  the  NFIB,  despite  what  Senator  Metzenbaum  might  have 
thought,  is  looking  forward  to  working  with  you  and  other  mem- 
bers of  the  Senate  and  the  Congress  to  bring  about  major  health 
care  reform  in  this  Congress  and  thereby  relieve  small  businesses 
of  their  number  one  problem. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Roush  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Michael  O.  Roush 

Thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  testify  before  the  Senate  Labor  and  Human  Re- 
sources on  the  important  subject  of  health  care  reform.  We  appreciate  the  oppor- 
tunity to  share  the  views  of  the  National  Federation  of  Independent  Business.  NFIB 
has  accumulated  much  information  over  the  course  of  a  decade  of  research  and  com- 
munications on  the  health  insurance  needs  of  the  small  business  community  and 
what  they  would  like  to  see  in  a  reform  package.  NFIB  is  the  nation's  largest  small 
business  advocacy  organization,  representing  more  than  600,000  small  and  inde- 
pendent busihess  owners  nationwide.  NFIB's  positions  on  legislative  issues  are  es- 
tablished by  its  members. 

BACKGROUND 

Health  insurance  was  first  cited  as  the  number  one  problem  for  small  business 
owners  in  a  1986  NFIB  Foundation  survey,  Problems  and  Irriorities.  Since  that 
time,  the  cost  of  health  insurance  has  been  rated  the  number  one  small  business 
problem.  In  recent  years,  it  has  become  twice  as  critical  as  the  number  two  problem, 
federal  taxes  on  business  income.''  For  this  reason,  reform  of  the  nation's  health 
care  system  has  become  NFIB's  top  issue  priority. 

NFIB  Foundation  surveys  found  that  small  business  owners  view  health  insur- 
ance as  the  top  fringe  benefit  they  make  available  to  their  employees,  both  out  of 
a  sense  of  familial  obligation  and  competitive  necessity.  According  to  NFIB  studies, 
firms  that  provide  insurance  tend  to  be  the  more  stable,  mature,  more  profitable 
firms,  and  have  more  full  time  employees  than  their  counterparts  that  do  not  offer 
insurance.  NFIB's  members  tend  to  be  more  stable  and  mature  than  the  general 
small  business  community.  A  larger  percentage  of  them  (nearly  two-thirds)  provide 
health  insurance  as  a  fringe  benefit  than  does  the  general  small  business  commu- 
nity. Of  the  firms  that  do  not  offer  health  insurance,  most  say  they  would  do  so  if 
they  could  afford  it. 

SMALL  BUSINESS  AND  HEALTH  INSURANCE  COVERAGE 

The  question  of  how  many  employers  are  currently  providing  health  insurance 
should  be  important  to  all  those  who  are  committed  to  reforming  the  system  because 
the  President's  proposal  will  require  an  employers  who  do  not  currently  provide  in- 
surance to  spend  at  least  3.5%  of  payroll  to  pay  for  coverage.  And  many  other  em- 
ployers who  have  not  been  able  to  cover  all  of  their  employees  or  who  have  not  pro- 
vided coverage  that  is  as  rich  as  that  envisioned  in  the  President's  plan  will  be  pay- 
ing more  than  they  have  in  the  past. 


365 

Because  the  small  business  community  is  extremely  concerned  about  the  potential 
burden  this  proposal  may  place  on  the  economy,  we  believe  that  understanding  how 
many  employers  are  and  are  not  providing  health  benefits  for  their  employees  is  a 
vital  component  in  the  health  care  debate.  While  the  White  House  has  indicated 
that  the  Vast  majority  of  employers  currently  provide  health  insurance  for  their 
employees",  all  the  data  we  have  seen  paint  a  very  different  picture. 

Based  on  data  from  the  Health  Insurance  Association  of  America  (HIAA),  the  Cen- 
sus Bureau,  the  Congressional  Budget  Office,  the  U.S.  Small  Business  Association 
and  others,  we  find  that  between  40  and  45  percent  of  employers  provide  health  in- 
surance. This  percentage  is  driven  by  the  huge  number  of  employers  with  fewer 
than  five  employees  (about  3,000,000  firms),  of  which  only  26%  provide  coverage. 

Percent  of  firms  that  do  and  do  not  offer  health  insurance  (HIAA,  1989) 

Do 
fine  tin  Offer       not 

offer 

Fewer  than  5  employees 26  74 

5-9  employees 54  46 

10-24  employees 72  28 

25-49  employees 90  10 

50-99  employees 97  3 

100  or  more  employees  99  1 

Total 421       58 

1 A  1992  HIM  study  adjusted  this  figure  to  40%. 

Even  the  U.S.  Small  Business  Administration's  estimate  on  this  matter  states 
that  53.7%  of  employers  provide  health  insurance  for  their  employees.  NFIB  be- 
lieves this  figure  is  inflated  because  of  the  method  used  to  extrapolate  the  data  to 
the  population  as  a  whole.  But  even  if  you  accept  the  SBA  figure  at  face  value,  it 
still  contradicts  the  White  House  claim. 

The  smaller  the  firm  the  less  likely  it  is  to  provide  health  insurance.  Not  only 
do  these  firms  pay  higher  administrative  costs,  but  health  insurance  premiums  rep- 
resent a  larger  percent  of  their  payroll  because  they  tend  to  employ  more  marginal, 
lower  wage  workers.  The  lower  the  pay  of  the  employee,  the  heavier  the  burden  of 
health  insurance  premiums. 

In  general,  we  have  found  that  cost  is  the  primary  determinant  of  small  business 
owners'  purchase  of  health  insurance  coverage.  Health  insurance  is  often  the  largest 
non-wage  payroll  item  in  a  small  rum,  more  than  the  cost  of  workers'  compensation 
and  liability  insurance  combined.  Recent  polls  by  Foster  and  Higgins  showed  a  79% 
increase  in  the  cost  of  employee  coverage  over  a  four  year  period  to  $3,968.  For 
many  small  firms,  this  figure  can  be  considerably  higher.  Small  businesses  find  the 
health  insurance  market  extremely  volatile  and  unpredictable,  experiencing  sudden 
cancellations  and  20-300%  annual  premium  increases.  They  pay  30-40%  more  in  ad- 
ministrative costs  than  their  larger  counterparts,  and  struggle  to  find  and  retain 
their  coverage.  In  order  to  keep  their  coverage,  many  have  been  forced  to  increase 
employee  cost-sharing. 

Employers  of  all  sizes  have  been  trying  to  find  ways  to  control  and  slow  rapid  and 
unpredictable  premium  increases.  Larger  firms  have  been  able  to  contain  costs  by 
self-insuring  and  moving  into  managed  care  arrangements.  Smaller  firms,  however, 
have  limited  access  to  managed  care  options  and  are  usually  unable  to  self-insure. 
As  a  result,  they  are  faced  with  expensive  state  mandates,  state  premium  taxes, 
medical  underwriting  and  higher  administrative  expenses. 

EMPLOYER  MANDATES  AND  JOB  LOSS 

The  ever  increasing  burden  of  federal  mandates  on  employers  continues  to  raise 
the  cost  of  starting  or  expanding  a  business  and  hiring  employees.  According  to  nu- 
merous studies,  the  result  of  these  higher  costs  will  be  jobs  lost  or  not  created.  A 
July  1993  survey  of  2400  small  businesses  in  seven  cities,  conducted  by  University 
of  Michigan  professor  Catherine  McLaughlin,  indicated  that  one  third  would  de- 
crease their  numbers  of  full  time  employees  if  they  faced  a  health  insurance  man- 
date. 

A  1000  member  survey  of  the  American  Economics  Association  in  June  1993  indi- 
cated that  80%  of  the  economists  interviewed  projected  a  decrease  in  employment 
among  all  employees  as  the  result  of  requiring  employers  to  provide  health  benefits 
to  low  wage  employees. 


366 

Another  study,  conducted  by  the  Employment  Policies  Institute  in  September 
1993,  concluded  that  requiring  employers  to  pay  for  worker's  health  insurance  ex- 
penses would  increase  labor  costs,  leading  to  the  loss  of  3.1  million  jobs.  These  job 
losses  would  be  concentrated  in  just  a  few  industries.  75%  or  more  would  be  in  res- 
taurants (828,000  lost  jobs),  other  retail  trade  (726,000  lost  jobs)  and  agriculture 
( 194,000  lost  jobs).  Other  industries  that  will  see  disproportionate  job  loss  are  con- 
struction, repair  services,  personal  services  and  private  household  services. 

A  CONSAD  Research  Corporation  study  conducted  in  May  1993  found  that  three 
leading  health  care  reform  plans  requiring  employer  mandates  could  impact  7.5  mil- 
lion to  18  million  jobs  in  terms  of  reduced  wages,  reduction  of  other  benefits  and 
potential  cuts  in  hours  worked.  Job  loss  estimates  ranged  from  400,000  to  over  1 
million. 

Even  Administration  officials  acknowledge  the  potential  loss  of  200,009  to  700,000 
low  income  jobs  if  some  type  of  subsidy  does  not  accompany  mandated  employer  pro- 
vided benefits,  as  was  reported  in  The  New  York  Times  on  August  30,  1993. 

The  White  House  attempts  to  address  the  job  loss  problem  by  including  subsidies. 
However,  the  subsidies  are  temporary — the  mandates  are  permanent.  IF  the  White 
House's  predicted  savings  do  not  materialize,  the  subsidies  may  be  doomed.  They 
have  already  reportedly  been  reduced  by  $16  Billion  since  the  Administration's  plan 
was  first  revealed. 

Small  businesses  do  not  want  subsidies,  they  want  affordable  health  insurance 
coverage.  This  was  proved  by  a  recent  Gallup  poll  of  small  business  owners  that 
showed  nearly  half  (46%)  of  business  owners  who  opposed  the  mandate  in  the  Presi- 
dent's plan  said  the  idea  of  a  subsidy  would  strengthen  their  opposition  to  an  em- 
ployer requirement. 

ADMINISTRATION  HEALTH  CARE  REFORM  PLAN 

While  we  wait  for  the  details  of  the  President's  health  care  reform  plan  to  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Congress,  we  can  mention  briefly  some  of  NFIB's  preliminary  concerns 
about  the  package  as  we  know  it. 

We  believe  the  following  are  positive  aspects  of  the  plan: 

Self  employed  individuals  will  be  allowed  to  take  a  permanent  100%  deduction  for 
health  insurance  premiums,  rather  than  the  current  25%  temporary  deduction. 

Insurance  reforms  are  proposed  in  the  President's  package  that  would  make  in- 
surance easier,  and  less  expensive,  to  buy.  These  include  guaranteed  coverage  for 
all  regardless  of  health  status,  elimination  of  the  pre-existing  condition  limitation, 
adjusted  community  rating  and  guaranteed  portability  of  coverage. 

Purchasing  groups  are  created  to  enable  small  businesses  and  individuals  to  band 
together  to  purchase  insurance  more  affordably.  Members  of  the  purchasing  groups 
will  receive  detailed  comparative  information  on  health  plans  to  help  them  make 
more  effective  choices  for  their  money. 

Paperwork  and  administrative  simplification,  including  standard  forms  for  claims, 
reimbursement,  enrollment  and  plan  visits,  and  electronic  networks  for  data  trans- 
mission and  record  keeping,  will  keep  down  costs  and  ease  compliance. 

Antitrust  restrictions  are  loosened  to  make  it  easier  for  hospitals  to  jointly  pur- 
chase medical  equipment  and  allow  doctors  to  share  information  and  form  networks 
of  providers. 

Medical  liability  reform,  while  it  needs  to  be  strengthened,  will  create  an  alter- 
native dispute  resolution  mechanism  for  each  health  plan,  limit  attorneys'  fees  and 
include  a  collateral  source  rule  (award  reduced  by  amount  recovered  from  other 
source). 

Following  is  a  list  of  parts  of  the  plan  we  find  troubling: 

Employers  are  required  to  pay  at  least  80%  of  premiums  for  all  employees  and 
dependents,  including  part  time  and  seasonal  employees.  Small  businesses  survive 
on  cash,  not  profitability.  While  profitability  is  critical  to  long  term  survival,  a  prof- 
itable small  firm  can  go  out  of  business  if  it  does  not  have  enough  cash  to  make 
payroll  and  pay  bills.  A  mandate  will  critically  impact  the  cash  flow  of  small  busi- 
ness, particularly  start-ups  or  those  firms  that  have  not  reached  a  mature  enough 
level  to  have  casn  reserves. 

The  "subsidies"  included  for  small  firms  are  temporary,  the  mandates  are  perma- 
nent. The  White  House  has  stated  that  any  changes  in  the  savings  expected  from 
reform  could  doom  the  subsidies  altogether  or  erode  them  over  time. 

Payment  calculations  are  complicated  and  cumbersome.  Employers  must  calculate 
payments  based  on  four  categories  of  "family  status"  (single  individual,  couple  with- 
out children,  single  parent  family,  two  parent  family)  and  specific  wage  categories. 
If  there  is  more  than  one  worker  in  the  family,  employers  must  determine  the  per 


367 

employee  cost  by  the  following  formula:  80%  of  family  premium  divided  by  the  aver- 
age number  of  workers  per  family  for  that  region. 

Recordkeeping  and  paperwork  requirements  involved  in  this  proposal  are  far 
reaching.  Employers  must  track  the  changing  "family  status"  of  each  employee,  fur- 
nish employees'  names  and  other  relevant  information  to  the  regional  alu'ance,  no- 
tify the  alliance  of  new  enrollees  and  forward  new  registration  material  within  30 
days.  At  year  end  employer  must  reconcile  total  premium  payments  and  report  to 
the  alliance.  Complete  records  must  be  kept  for  alliance  audits.  Do  the  requirements 
of  the  Paperwork  Reduction  Act  apply? 

A  standard  benefit  plan  that  is  consistent  with  a  Fortune  500  plan"  is  not  what 
most  small  firms  offer,  and  may  be  too  highly  priced  for  many  small  employers. 

While  we  are  heartened  that  purchasing  groups  are  included  in  the  proposal,  they 
appear  to  have  turned  into  quasi-governmental  monopolies  with  broad  regulatory 
powers.  Do  the  requirements  of  the  Administrative  Procedures  Act  and  Regulatory 
Flexibility  Act  apply? 

Approved  health  plans  are  allowed  to  contract  exclusively  with  single  source  sup- 
pliers, which  could  mean  many  small  independent  service  providers  such  as  phar- 
macies will  lose  significant  amounts  of  business  to  larger  chains. 

The  national  board  envisioned  by  the  President  is  charged  with  establishing  and 
enforcing  health  care  spending  limits.  How  these  spending  limits  are  calculated  by 
the  board  is  unclear.  In  addition,  the  board  appears  to  add  a  new  layer  of  federal 
bureaucracy  to  the  program,  and  gives  inordinate  power  to  the  federal  government 
to  regulate  the  system. 

States  that  are  not  in  compliance  with  their  budget  may  be  able  to  levy  an  addi- 
tional payroll  tax  on  employers  in  order  to  meet  the  state  budget. 

States  are  allowed  to  opt  out  of  the  new  system,  and  may  choose  a  single  payer 
system  for  all  or  part  of  the  state.  In  addition,  states  are  allowed  to  restrict  the 
number  of  purchasing  alliances  in  the  state,  thus  reducing  competition  and  increas- 
ing the  possibility  of  quasi-governmental  alliances. 

States  are  allowed  to  add  benefits  to  the  standard  package,  although  they  must 
be  separately  funded.  What  is  to  keep  a  state,  many  of  which  have  added  state  man- 
dated benefits  prodigiously  in  the  past,  from  adding  to  the  size  and  cost  of  the  bene- 
fit package? 

The  President's  proposal,  while  placing  a  heavy  burden  on  small  business,  ap- 
pears to  be  a  boon  for  large  corporations.  Health  obligations  for  early  retirees  (aged 
55-65)  will  be  transferred  from  corporations  to  American  taxpayers,  and  overall 
health  insurance  costs  could  be  significantly  reduced  for  the  big  business  commu- 
nity. 

A  SMALL  BUSINESS  HEALTH  CARE  REFORM  PLAN 

Small  business  owners  believe  that  better  alternatives  to  the  President's  plan 
exist.  Many  have  already  been  introduced  in  the  Congress  and  states  like  Florida 
have  actually  enacted  some  of  them.  Proposals  that  do  not  increase  payroll  costs  on 
employers,  particularly  new  businesses,  would  avoid  the  inevitable  job  loss  associ- 
ated with  expensive  mandates.  Following  is  a  list  of  guiding  principles  which  we  be- 
lieve any  comprehensive  reform  plan  should  follow.  Taken  together,  we  believe  these 
measures  will  increase  access  to  affordable  health  coverage  and  help  to  contain  cost 
increases.  While  the  list  is  not  all-inclusive,  it  does  represent  the  results  of  numer- 
ous surveys  of  small  business  owners  over  the  last  several  years. 

Formation  of  health  insurance  purchasing  groups  should  be  encouraged.  By  join- 
ing together  to  purchase  health  insurance,  small  businesses  and  individuals  can  re- 
duce costs  through  administrative  savings  and  risk-sharing.  Referred  to  as  "health 
alliances"  by  the  Administration,  these  purchasing  groups  should  operate  under  the 
following  guidelines: 

The  alliance  should  act  as  a  health  insurance  broker,  negotiating  annual 
agreements  with  insurers  and  approved  health  plans,  enrolling  members,  col- 
lecting premiums  and  disseminating  cost  and  quality  information  to  help  con- 
sumers make  educated  health  care  choices; 

enrollment  in  the  alliance  should  be  completely  open,  with  purchasers  free  to 
choose  the  plan  that  best  suits  them; 

states  should  allow  multiple  purchasing  groups  in  each  area  and  operation 
across  state  lines; 

the  size  of  the  purchasing  group  should  be  large  enough  to  be  effective,  but 
not  so  large  as  to  essentially  create  a  "single-payer"  entity  within  a  state  (i.e., 
membership  in  a  single  alliance  should  probably  be  restricted  to  firms  with  100 
employees  or  fewer,  certainly  not  more  than  500.  We  are  currently  collecting 
data  to  determine  where  the  optimum  number  for  small  business  lies);  and 


368 

the  alliance  should  be  run  by  a  local  purchaser-controlled  board. 

Self-employed  business  owners  should  be  allowed  a  permanent  100%  tax  deduc- 
tion for  health  insurance  premiums  purchased  for  their  employees  and  themselves. 
Self-employed  business  owners  such  as  sole  proprietors,  partnerships  and  5-corpora- 
tions  are  allowed  only  a  26%  deduction;  that  deduction  is  temporary.  Expanding  and 
making  permanent  the  tax  deductibility  of  premiums  would  enable  many  of  the 
nearly  five  million  uninsured  self-employed  to  buy  coverage  for  themselves  and  the 
millions  they  employ. 

Insurance  company  practices  should  be  reformed  to  make  health  insurance  cov- 
erage easier  and  less  expensive  to  buy.  Being  able  to  count  on  obtaining  insurance 
with  fairly  stable  premiums  would  enable  more  small  business  owners  to  purchase 
coverage  for  themselves  and  their  employees.  Specifically,  any  reforms  in  this  arena 
should  include: 

elimination  of  the  preexisting  condition  limitation; 

guaranteed  access  to  policies,  regardless  of  medical  condition,  and  guaranteed 
renewal  of  policies; 

the  elimination  of  experience  rating  and  the  institution  of  a  fairer  rating  sys- 
tem such  as  rating  bands  or  a  system  in  which  individuals  are  community 
rated,  with  considerations  made  for  age  and  sex;  and 

portable  insurance  coverage  for  all,  regardless  of  employment  status. 

Financing  of  the  new  system  should  be  spread  as  equitably  as  possible,  without 
overburdening  our  primary  job  creating  sector — the  small  business  community.  His- 
torically, small  business  has  had  a  difficult  time  obtaining  affordable  health  insur- 
ance coverage  for  its  employees.  For  the  millions  of  employers  who  find  coverage 
prohibitively  expensive,  proposals  that  increase  payroll  taxes  and  force  all  busi- 
nesses to  cover  all  employees  will  be  particularly  devastating  and  should  be  rejected. 

The  small  business  community  strongly  opposes  broad  employer  mandates  to  pay 
for  health  care  reform.  Recent  surveys  show  that  88  percent  of  small  business  own- 
ers oppose  a  federal  mandate  requiring  employers  to  purchase  health  insurance  for 
all  employees.  Although  very  many  small  firms  provide  health  insurance,  most  fear 
a  broad  government  mandate  for  two  reasons:  the  business  owner's  financial  flexibil- 
ity would  be  gone,  and  an  expensive,  politically-dictated  benefits  package  could 
mean  that  their  already  high  costs  would  escalate  further.  The  bottom  line  is  that 
mandated  coverage  may  force  many  new  and  marginally-profitable  businesses  to  lay 
off  employees  or  shut  down  altogether.  It  would  also  significantly  reduce  the  profit- 
ability of  more  established  companies  and  inhibit  their  ability  to  expand  and  create 
jobs. 

Similarly,  those  who  wish  to  fund  the  new  system  by  imposing  a  payroll-based 
premium  are  ignoring  certain  realities  of  the  small  business  market  place.  Because 
small  firms  are  so  labor  intensive,  this. would  in  fact  be  the  worst  possible  choice. 
Payroll  taxes  have  no  link  to  profitability  and  will  only  stifle  new  business  start  ups 
and  inhibit  job  creation  because  they  are  a  tax  on  jobs.  Rather,  reforming  the  sys- 
tem to  make  affordable  coverage  more  widely  available  will  encourage  more  small 
business  owners  to  purchase  coverage  for  their  employees. 

In  addition,  NFIB  believes  that  the  tax  code  should  be  amended  to  help  control 
health  costs  and  make  purchasers  of  health  coverage,  whether  employers  or  individ- 
uals, more  cost-conscious  in  their  choices: 

the  employer  deduction  for  health  insurance  should  be  capped,  with  the  sav- 
ings used  only  to  broaden  access  to  basic  standard  health  coverage; 

the  employee's  current  tax  exclusion  for  health  benefits  shoulabe  capped; 

the  deduction/exclusion  for  both  employers  and  employees  should  be  tied  to 
the  average  cost  of  the  lower-priced  health  plans; 

the  deduction  for  the  self-employed  (currently  25%)  should  be  permanently  in- 
creased to  100%  of  the  cost  of  the  average  plan;  and 

the  above  mentioned  tax  deduction  should  be  tied  to  participation  in  a  pur- 
chasing group,  in  order  to  encourage  small  business  owners  to  join. 

Costly  state  benefit  mandates  and  anti-managed  care  laws  should  be  preempted. 
Enactment  of  certain  state  laws  have  significantly  limited  the  availability  of  afford- 
able health  plans  and  discouraged  the  growth  of  managed  care  systems.  State  man- 
dates alone  can  raise  the  cost  of  insurance  30%.  Pre-empting  these  mandates  and 
repealing  restrictive  state  anti-managed  care  laws  would  allow  small  business  own- 
ers easier  access  to  affordable  plans  and  greater  access  to  cost-saving  managed  care 
arrangements. 

However,  NFIB  does  not  oppose  state  laws  that  require  free  and  open  competition 
for  the  business  of  managed  care  patients.  NFIB  members  oppose  exclusive  contract 
arrangements  with  certain  providers,  such  as  pharmacies,  within  managed  care  sys- 


369 

terns.  Small  business  owners  believe  that  managed  care  systems  can  hold  down 
costs  effectively  with  open  competition  among  many  providers  who  are  able  to  sell 
the  same  product  at  the  same  competitive  price.  Several  states  are  currently  consid- 
ering laws  that  require  managed  care  systems  to  allow  all  providers  to  compete. 

A  uniform,  affordable  standard  benefits  package  should  oe  developed  in  consulta- 
tion with  business  and  consumers.  However,  regardless  of  who  determines  what  is 
in  a  "basic  standard  benefits  package,"  care  must  be  taken  to  ensure  that  the  plan 
is  at  a  level  necessary  to  assure  adequate  coverage  and  care  but  remains  affordable. 
As  such,  we  should  consider  the  packages  developed  by  the  most  efficient  and  cost- 
effective  health  maintenance  organizations.  Developing  Fortune  500  type  "bench- 
mark" packages  that  are  too  generous  will  price  them  out  of  the  reach  of  individuals 
and  small  business  owners.  It  is  imperative  that  the  package  be  affordable  to  both 
employers  and  individuals. 

Accountable  health  plans  (AHPs)  should  compete  to  provide  high  quality,  low  cost 
coverage  to  purchasers  of  health  care.  In  order  to  be  successful,  it  is  crucial  that 
there  always  be  multiple,  truly  competitive  AHPs.  AHPs  should  operate  as  follows: 

AHPs  should  be  registered; 

enrollment  should  be  open  in  all  AHPs; 

plans  must  be  subject  to  all  reforms  imposed  on  the  insurance  industry,  in- 
cluding restrictions  on  the  preexisting  condition  limitation,  modified  community 
rating,  guaranteed  availability,  guaranteed  renewability,  portability,  etc.; 

AHPs  must  offer  the  uniform  benchmark  benefit  package; 

cost  outcomes  reports  should  be  developed  by  all  AHPs; 

plans  may  charge  different  prices,  but  not  based  on  health  status; 

plans  should  compete  on  the  basis  of  price,  quality  and  any  additional  serv- 
ices they  can  offer, 

plans  should  not  impose  waiting  periods  or  deny  access  to  any  enrollee,  except 
in  the  case  of  capacity  limits; 

if  higher  premium  plans  are  offered,  the  difference  should  not  be  covered 
(must  be  paid  by  individual  or  employer);  and 

consumers  should  be  offered  a  choice  among  "actuarially  equivalent"  delivery 
options:  HMO,  PPO,  or  traditional  fee  for  service.  However,  employers  who  are 
contributing  to  the  cost  of  the  premium  should  be  allowed  to  encourage  em- 
ployee enrollment  in  a  particular  plan. 

Attempts  to  control  costs  by  imposing  spending  restraints  or  "global  budgets"  fail 
to  address  the  root  causes  of  the  problem  and  should  be  avoided.  Many  have  sug- 
gested the  imposition  of  "global  budgets"— caps  on  overall  health  care  spending — 
in  order  to  bring  health  expenditures  under  control.  However,  NFD3  believes  that 
global  budgets  are  fundamentally  unworkable  (especially  within  a  managed  competi- 
tion framework)  and  will  lead  to  political  rationing  of  health  care.  Currently,  most 
experts  agree  that  we  do  not  possess  the  relevant  data  on  which  to  base  such  alloca- 
tions. Further,  global  budgets  do  not  address  the  root  causes  of  health  care  inflation, 
nor  do  they  provide  any  incentives  to  increase  efficiency  in  delivery  of  care. 

Changing  our  medical  malpractice  laws.  The  current  malpractice  crisis  only  adds 
to  the  already  astronomical  cost  of  treatments,  services,  medical  devices  and  phar- 
maceuticals, and  inhibits  research  and  development  of  new  products.  We  believe 
that  serious  reform  of  the  medical  liability  system  can  reduce  the  overuse  of  exces- 
sive and  costly  defensive  medicine  and  save  about  $30  billion  a  year.  Medical  liabil- 
ity reform  should  consider  the  following: 

limits  on  awards  for  noneconomic  damages; 

caps  on  attorneys'  fees; 

encouragement  of  alternative  dispute  resolution; 

allowing  use  of  treatment  guidelines  and  protocols  as  a  defense  in  malpractice 
cases;  and 

enterprise  liability,  which  will  create  "deeper  pockets"  and  encourage  law- 
suits, should  be  rejected. 

Implementing  administrative  and  paperwork  reforms.  As  much  as  one  quarter  of 
every  health  care  dollar  in  the  U.S.  goes  to  paperwork  and  administrative  costs. 
Economies  of  scale  for  small  firms  mean  that  more  of  their  health  care  dollar — up 
to  twice  as  much  as  large  businesses — goes  to  cover  paperwork  and  administrative 
costs.  As  such,  simplifying  paperwork  requirements  and  reducing  administrative 
costs  must  be  a  part  of  any  health  care  reform: 

uniform  claims  forms  should  be  developed;  and 

electronic  claims  filing,  billing  and  enrollment  should  be  more  widely  utilized. 

If  an  independent  board  or  national  entity  is  set  up  to  oversee  the  new  health 
care  system,  it  should  be  guided  by  the  following  principles: 


370 

its  functions  should  be  limited  to  establishing  standards  for  information  col- 
lection and  data  reporting,  outcomes  and  consumer  information,  setting  the  gen- 
eral parameters  of  an  affordable  standard  benefits  package  and  general  over- 
sight; 

such  a  board  should  not  become  simply  another  bureaucratic  government  en- 
tity that  inhibits  innovation  and  effective  reform; 

the  board  must  include  purchasers,  be  insulated  from  political  pressures,  and 
not  be  staff  driven;  and 

the  board's  functions  should  not  include  setting  global  budgets. 

Consumer  information  and  education  is  essential.  NFIB  strongly  believes  that  in- 
formed consumers  make  more  cost-conscious  decisions  relating  to  their  health  care. 
Currently,  part  of  the  reason  that  health  care  costs  are  going  up  so  rapidly  is  due 
to  the  fact  that  consumers  have  lost  their  sense  of  "shopping  around"  in  the  health 
care  market.  Most  Americans  are  shielded  from  the  true  cost  of  their  insurance  cov- 
erage and  the  cost  of  medical  care,  largely  because  the  premiums  are  borne  by  em- 
ployers. As  a  result,  there  is  little  or  no  incentive  to  search  out  the  highest  quality 
health  product  at  the  lowest  cost,  a  process  fundamental  in  the  purchasing  of  most 
other  goods. 

Miscellaneous. 

In  addition,  NFIB  strongly  supports  the  following: 

improved  access  in  rural  and  underserved  areas; 

increased  emphasis  on  preventative  health; 

removal  of  some  antitrust  restrictions  on  the  medical  community  to  allow  pro- 
viders to  collaborate  and  pool  resources; 

increased  cost-sharing  among  employers  and  employees  to  encourage  cost-con- 
scious decision  making; 

low  income  assistance  to  the  poor  and  near  poor; 

CONCLUSION 

As  you  can  see  from  the  list  of  principles  above,  there  are  numerous  items  on 
which  we  agree  with  the  Administration  and  sponsors  of  other  packages  (encourage- 
ment of  purchasing  groups,  insurance  reform,  malpractice  reform,  administrative  re- 
form, etc.).  The  controversial  items,  while  critical,  are  few.  We  urge  the  Senate 
Labor  Committee  to  seek  passage  of  these  consensus  items  as  soon  as  possible. 

We  look  forward  to  working  with  you  to  craft  a  reform  measure  that  will  control 
costs  and  encourage  more  small  firms  to  purchase  coverage  for  their  employees.  We 
hope  to  work  with  you  to  pass  a  reform  measure  in  the  103rd  Congress.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Lindsay. 

Mr.  Lindsay.  Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  committee,  my 
name  is  Bill  Lindsay.  I  am  a  principal  with  the  Lindsay-Sandbak 
Group,  a  benefit  management  and  consulting  firm  in  Englewood, 
CO.  We  are,  as  Mr.  Roush  just  described,  a  small  business. 

I  am  an  active  member  of  the  health  care  policy  committee  of  Na- 
tional Small  Business  United,  which  I  am  here  representing  today. 
We  very  much  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  visit  with  you. 

National  Small  Business  United  represents  over  65,000  small 
businesses  in  all  50  States.  Our  association  works  to  improve  the 
economic  climate  to  promote  business  growth  and  expansion,  and 
we  have  always  worked  on  a  bipartisan  and  proactive  basis. 

For  the  last  4  years,  health  care  has  been  our  top  Federal  prior- 
ity for  concentration.  Although  we  have  many  specific  comments 
about  the  Clinton  proposal,  I  would  like  to  focus  my  testimony  on 
the  system  of  health  care  alliances  that  the  plan  would  establish 
to  deal  with  small  businesses'  purchase  of  health  care  coverage. 

First,  we  need  to  consider  the  concept  of  a  business  mandate.  We 
stringently  oppose  any  form  of  business  mandate,  especially  when 
it  is  paid  for  by  higher  payroll  taxes.  We  oppose  payroll  taxes  be- 
cause of  four  primary  reasons.  First,  they  increase  incentives  to 
lower  wages  and  reduce  the  number  of  employees.  Second,  they 
raise  the  hurdle  for  starting  a  new  business  or  for  hiring  additional 


371 

employees.  Third,  payroll  taxes  must  be  paid  whether  a  business 
is  currently  profitable  or  not.  A  highly  profitable  business  will  pay 
the  same  as  one  struggling  to  meet  its  payroll.  And  fourth,  a  man- 
date requires  the  development  of  subsidies  for  small  and  economi- 
cally fragile  businesses.  Subsidies  create  a  whole  host  of  problems 
and  complexities  which  result  in  significant  administrative  issues 
and,  we  feel,  inherent  unfairness  in  the  system. 

Now,  in  the  interest  of  time,  let  me  move  on  to  the  subject  of 
health  alliances.  We  are  all  familiar  with  the  monopolistic  health 
alliances  being  proposed  by  the  administration.  These  alliances 
would  have  far-reaching  responsibilities  from  enforcing  budgets  to 
delivering  provider  quality  information  to  individual  buyers.  It 
seems  unlikely  that  large  and  busy  bureaucracies  will  find  creative 
enough  ways  to  encourage  innovation  and  competition. 

The  key  question  is  how  to  bring  competitive  forces  to  bear  for 
cost  containment  when  the  individuals,  who  are  paying  only  a  lim- 
ited amount  for  the  cost  of  coverage,  are  allowed  to  make  choices 
for  their  employers'  dollars.  In  our  view,  small  businesses  should 
have  the  opportunity  to  form  and  run  their  own  purchasing  co- 
operatives. When  you  look  at  the  economic  landscape  of  other  situa- 
tions where  alliances  exist,  such  as  in  the  agricultural  community, 
they  operate  on  that  basis  very  successfully. 

Many  businesses  which  currently  provide  coverage  and  therefore 
might  not  otherwise  oppose  a  mandate  will  most  certainly  oppose 
a  provision  which  traps  them  into  providing  coverage  from  only  one 
quasi-governmental  source  where  they  have  limited  or  no  options 
to  select  from. 

Competing  cooperatives  will  have  strong  incentives  to  negotiate 
tough  deals  from  providers,  which  also  will  be  extensively  monitor- 
ing the  quality  of  the  care  provided,  maximizing  the  opportunity  for 
cooperatives  to  establish  themselves  and  compete  for  better  deals 
in  the  marketplace. 

The  administration  has  been  especially  anxious  about  allowing 
multiple  alliances,  since  they  might  seek  to  game  the  system,  se- 
lecting only  the  best  risks.  We  do  not  think  that  this  is  a  realistic 
concern  for  the  following  reasons. 

First,  if  all  individuals  must  have  coverage,  such  as  under  some 
form  of  mandate,  we  believe  risk  selection  issues  will  be  minimized. 
Second,  in  a  reformed  system,  underwriting,  the  use  of  pre-existing 
condition  limitations,  etc,  will  go  away,  which  again  provides  indi- 
viduals free  and  open  access  to  virtually  any  one  of  the  health  part- 
nerships that  they  might  wish  to  participate  in.  Third,  risk  adjust- 
ers could  be  added  to  address  any  differences  in  employee  enroll- 
ment demographics,  such  as  Medicare  does  currently  for  its  risk 
contracting.  Fourth,  if  businesses  were  making  decisions  about 
what  cooperative  to  join,  individual  risk  selection  would  not  be  a 
problem.  Furthermore,  by  publicizing  the  other  options  that  would 
be  available  in  the  community,  the  various  markets  would  have  an 
equal  opportunity  to  participate  in  the  plan  that  they  selected.  And 
finally  and  maybe  most  important,  multiple  alliances  provide  the 
employer  with  ways  to  avoid  feeling  penned  in,  a  role  that  allows 
them  to  keep  on  shopping  and  look  for  ways  to  lower  costs  and  in- 
crease efficiencies  system-wide. 


372 

We  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  testify.  National  Small  Busi- 
ness United  wants  fundamental  reform  in  the  system.  We  believe 
that  such  reform  is  critical  to  the  long-term  survival  and  growth 
of  business.  But  the  new  system  must  make  sense,  and  it  must  fit 
the  unique  aspects  of  small  businesses. 

As  you  would  guess,  we  have  many  other  comments  about  the 
Clinton  plan,  and  if  there  is  further  input  or  opportunity  for  input, 
we  look  forward  to  providing  the  committee  witn  that  information. 

Thank  you  again  for  your  interest. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Lindsay  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  William  Lindsay 

Mr.  Chairman:  My  name  is  Bill  Lindsay,  and  I  am  a  Principal  with  the  Lindsay- 
Sandbak  Group,  a  benefits  management  firm  based  in  Englewood,  Colorado.  I  am 
an  active  member  of  the  Health  Care  Policy  Committee  of  National  Small  Business 
United,  which  I  am  representing  today.  We  very  much  appreciate  the  opportunity 
to  be  here. 

National  Small  Business  United  (NSBU)  represents  over  65,000  small  businesses 
in  all  fifty  states.  Our  association  works  with  elected  and  administrative  officials  in 
Washington  to  improve  the  economic  climate  for  small  business  growth  and  expan- 
sion. We  have  always  worked  on  a  bipartisan  and  proactive  basis.  In  addition  to  in- 
dividual small  business  owners,  the  membership  of  our  association  includes  local, 
state,  and  regional  small  business  associations  across  the  country.  For  the  last  four 
years,  health  care  reform  has  been  our  top  federal  priority. 

This  hearing  has  been  called  primarily  to  ascertain  our  reactions  to  the  health 
care  reform  plan  of  the  Clinton  Administration.  Since  the  Clinton  Administration 
has  not  vet  released  a  detailed  plan,  we  still  have  many  specific  questions  about  the 
practical  operation  of  the  plan.  In  terms  of  the  costs  and  potential  savings  of  the 
plan,  those  are  also  very  difficult  to  address  without  having  seen  specific  language 
or  heard  from  CBO.  Nevertheless,  we  will  react  as  best  we  can  to  the  outline  that 
has  been  presented.  Though  we  have  many  specific  comments  on  the  Clinton  plan, 
I  would  like  to  focus  my  testimony  today  on  1)  the  impact  of  the  mandate  on  small 
businesses,  including  the  small  business  subsidy  and  payroll  based  premiums;  and 
2)  the  system  of  health  care  alliances  that  the  plan  would  establish  to  deal  with 
small  business'  purchase  of  health  coverage,  and  the  need  for  competitive  purchas- 
ing cooperatives.  But,  before  going  on,  I  would  like  to  give  you  a  picture  of  where 
NSBU  is  coming  from  on  health  care  reform,  in  order  to  put  our  response  into  per- 
spective. 

Our  plan  for  ensuring  that  all  employees  of  small  businesses  (and,  indeed  all 
Americans)  have  health  coverage  has  been  consistent  for  almost  three  years:  1)  re- 

Suire  everyone  to  have  coverage;  2)  reform  the  insurance  system  so  no  one  can  be 
enied  coverage;  and  3)  institute  a  system  of  federal  payments,  based  upon  family 
income,  so  that  everyone  can  afford  coverage.  It  is  a  plan  that  responds  to  people, 
not  to  businesses;  that  responds  to  health  care  needs,  not  to  employment  status. 

It  is  worth  noting  that  NSBU  agrees  with  the  importance  of  all  of  the  health  care 
reform  principles  laid  out  by  President  Clinton  during  his  presentation  of  the  plan: 
security,  simplicity,  savings,  choice,  quality,  and  responsibility.  We  think  that  our 
own  proposal  encompasses  all  of  these  principles.  In  fact,  we  think  that  many  items 
from  our  recommendations  would  actually  heighten  the  President's  plans  adherence 
to  these  principles.  Given  our  agreement  on  goals  and  principles,  it  is  our  hope  to 
play  a  constructive  role  in  the  debate  and  to  help  design  a  system  with  which  small 
businesses  can  live. 

Of  course,  the  details  of  our  plan,  like  everyone's,  become  considerably  more  com- 
plex. We  have  to  deal  with  critical  issues  such  as  who  gets  subsidized,  how  the  plan 
gets  enforced,  what  goes  into  a  basic  benefits  package,  how  tight  the  insurance 
bands  should  be,  and — the  biggest  question — how  to  keep  a  lid  on  costs;  but  all  of 
these  questions  can  only  be  addressed  once  we  have  decided  the  answer  to  the  most 
fundamental  question  in  this  debate:  Who  pays? 

I.  THE  MANDATE 

The  Choices 

It  seems  to  us  that  we  have  three  distinct  financing  options  for  a  universal  cov- 
erage plan:  1)  have  the  government  cover  everyone;  2)  require  employers  to  cover 


373 

all  of  their  employees  and  dependents,  with  the  government  picking  up  the  rest;  or 
3)  require  all  individuals  to  have  coverage,  with  the  government  subsidizing  those 
who  need  it.  We  have  rejected  the  government-run  option  on  philosophical  and  sub- 
stantive grounds.  In  addition,  it  is  our  perception  that  such  a  system  stands  little 
chance  of  adoption.  Between  the  two  remaining  systems,  we  believe  that  the  individ- 
ually-based system  makes  far  more  sense — for  businesses,  for  individuals,  for  pro- 
viders, and  for  the  nation. 

Unfortunately,  the  Clinton  Administration  has  chosen  the  employer-based  ap- 
proach— and  along  with  it,  an  elaborate,  cumbersome,  unequitable,  and  painfully  ex- 
pensive system  of  subsidies  for  many  small  employers. 

Problems  With  an  Employer  Mandate 

Any  employer-based  mandate  is  essentially  a  payroll  tax,  but  the  Clinton  plan 
makes  that  connection  explicit  by  gearing  premium  levels  to  payroll  levels  for  small 
employers.  There  are  no  more  damaging  taxes  to  small  businesses  and  their  employ- 
ees than  payroll  taxes. 

Of  course,  higher  payroll  taxes  add  to  the  cost  of  current  employees,  increasing 
incentives  to  lower  wages  and  to  reduce  the  numbers  of  employees.  But  probably 
of  even  greater  importance  is  that  these  taxes  would  further  raise  the  hurdle  for 
starting  a  new  business  or  for  hiring  an  additional  employee.  The  continuous  flow 
of  new  business  start-ups  is  one  of  the  keys  to  the  success  of  the  VS.  economy.  The 
total  number  of  business  start-ups  must  exceed  the  total  number  of  failures  in  order 
to  keep  a  growing  small  business  community — and  the  gap  between  these  groups 
is  already  closer  than  many  people  think.  Unfortunately,  payroll  taxes  are  likely  to 
increase  the  failures  while  making  the  start-ups  more  costly  and  difficult. 

We  should  also  remember  that  payroll  taxes  must  be  paid  whether  a  business  is 
currently  profitable  or  not.  A  highly  profitable  business  will  pay  the  same  as  one 
struggling  to  meet  payroll.  And  this,  we  feel,  is  perhaps  the  greatest  problem  posed 
by  an  employer  mandate:  its  complete  lack  of  flexibility.  Under  the  Clinton  plan, 
small  businesses  and  their  employees  will  no  longer  have  the  option  of  purchasing 
less  expensive  insurance  in  bad  economic  times,  even  if  the  business  is  quickly  los- 
ing money.  Unfortunately,  the  major  remaining  areas  of  flexibility  for  the  business 
will  be  wages  and  the  jobs  themselves.  This  problem  is  one  more  reason  that  we 
believe  that  the  health  care  mandate  should  be  severed  from  the  work-place. 

The  Small  Business  Subsidy 

In  an  admirable  attempt  to  deal  with  many  of  these  employer  mandate  woes,  the 
Clinton  plan  attempts  to  help  small  businesses  through  an  elaborate  and  extraor- 
dinarily expensive  system  of  subsidies.  It  sounds  simple.  Businesses  with  fewer  than 
50  full-time  employees  would  have  a  cap  on  their  health  care  costs  of  between  3.5 
and  7.9  percent  of  payroll,  depending  upon  its  average  size.  In  actual  practice,  this 
system  could  be  extraordinarily  complex.  But  there  are  many  questions  to  which  we 
do  not  know  the  answers. 

First,  how  and  when  is  business  size  computed?  Many  businesses  have  greatly 
fluctuating  work -forces  and  may  or  may  not  fit  under  the  50-employee  cap  at  any 
given  point  during  the  year.  Recalculating  the  payroll  cap  with  every  pay  period 
would  obviously  be  very  difficult.  But  using  past  experience  (say,  an  average  from 
the  past  year)  could  be  very  harmful  to  businesses  in  distress.  For  instance,  a  busi- 
ness that  had  60  employees — and  no  subsidy— that  has  had  to  downsize  to  35  em- 
ployees because  of  economic  hardship  would  receive  no  subsidy  under  a  "look-back" 
procedure,  even  though  it  might  need  and  deserve  a  substantial  one. 

More  difficult  still  is  the  calculation  about  full-time  versus  part-time  employees. 
Employers  would  be  required  to  pay  a  pro  rota  share  of  premiums  for  part-time 
workers,  based  upon  a  30-hour  work-week.  So,  a  business  would  pay  60  percent  of 
the  premium  for  an  employee  working  18  hours  per  week,  and  33  percent  for  an 
employee  working  10  hours  per  week.  If  an  employee  works  15  hours  per  week  dur- 
ing one  pay  period  and  25  hours  per  week  the  next,  does  the  premium  rate-  change 
for  the  employer?  Here,  a  look-back  procedure  could  not  really  work  since  many 
part-time  positions  are  new  or  temporary  and  there  is  no  past  experience  on  which 
to  rely.  We  could  go  on  with  the  potential  practical  problems  of  this  type  of  subsidy 
for  some  time,  but  you  get  the  idea  of  the  kinds  of  problems  we  are  describing. 

An  additional  problem  is  the  arbitrariness  of  the  subsidy  to  businesses  with  fewer 
than  50  employees.  If  there  are  two  competitors,  one  with  45  employees  and  one 
with  55  employees,  there  are  probably  very  few  differences  between  them — except 
that  one  could  pay  more  than  twice  as  much  for  health  insurance  than  the  other. 
There  is  every  incentive  for  the  second  employer  to  get  its  number  of  full-time  em- 
ployees down  to  50,  whether  through  eliminating  positions  or  simply  reducing  sev- 


374 

era]  employees'  weekly  hours  to  below  30.  We  think  this  is  the  wrong  basis  for  criti- 
cal employment  decisions. 

So,  how  would  we  distribute  subsidies  differently?  Unfortunately,  we  are  only  able 
to  be  critics  of  small  business  subsidies  at  this  point.  We  can  simply  think  of  no 
way  to  equitably  and  effectively  distribute  health  care  subsidies  to  businesses.  Do 
you  subsidize  the  businesses  that  do  not  currently  provide  insurance?  Tell  that  to 
their  competitors  who  have  been  providing  coverage  and  will  receive  no  subsidy.  Do 
you  subsidize  low-wage  businesses — thereby  encouraging  low  wages?  Do  you  sub- 
sidize low-profit  or  low-revenue  businesses/  There  are  plenty  of  low-revenue  busi- 
nesses that  are  highly  profitable,  and  there  are  plenty  of  ways  to  hide  profits  in 
order  to  collect  federal  dollars.  Frankly,  we  are  skeptical  about  whether  there  is  a 
way  to  fairly  subsidize  businesses  for  health  insurance,  which  is  just  one  more  rea- 
son we  have  rejected  an  employer  mandate  as  the  appropriate  avenue  for  universal 
coverage.  And  it  is  one  more  reason  that  we  support  health  care  subsidies  for  indi- 
viduals, based  upon  their  ability  to  pay. 

One  of  the  primary  reasons  for  considering  an  employer  mandate  has  always  been 
that  significant  employer  financing  relieves  the  federal  government  of  the  need  to 
finance  the  care  of  many  low-income  individuals.  Since  an  employer  mandate  avoids 
a  lot  of  federal  spending,  it  requires  fewer  new  taxes  and  becomes  more  politically 
popular.  Of  course,  we  have  a  lot  of  trouble  with  a  government  that  wants  to  avoid 
the  tough  choice  of  cutting  spending  or  raising  taxes — even  for  appropriate  societal 
responsibilities — yet  that  insists  on  shifting  those  responsibilities  to  small  busi- 
nesses. But  on  a  more  practical  level,  we  wonder  whether  the  employer  mandate 
in  the  Clinton  plan  saves  the  government  any  money  at  all.  After  all,  the  mandate 
is  slated  to  cost  almost  $450  billion  over  five  years  in  small  business  subsidies 
alone.  In  its  zeal  to  make  the  mandate  work,  has  the  Administration  forgotten  one 
of  the  fundamental  arguments  for  an  employer  mandate?  We  think  that  an  individ- 
ual mandate  could  be  targeted  to  cost  less  than  these  government  subsidies  to  small 
businesses,  without  all  of  the  attendant  equity  and  implementation  problems. 

Individual  Mandate 

As  President  Clinton  has  so  consistently  and  correctly  pointed  cut,  small  business 
is  the  engine  that  drives  job  creation  and  economic  growth  in  this  nation.  Small 
businesses  employ  57  percent  of  the  private  work  force,  make  54  percent  of  all  sales, 
and  contribute  50  percent  of  the  gross  domestic  product.  In  the  last  decade,  small 
businesses  created  the  vast  majority  of  new  jobs.  Yet,  we  also  have  to  remember 
that  small  business  jobs  are  more  likely  to  be  filled  by  younger  workers,  older  work- 
ers, women,  and  part-time  workers.  Unfortunately,  a  health  care  mandate  that 
drains  tens  of  billions  of  dollars  out  of  small  businesses  every  year  will  put  a  dra- 
matic damper  on  job  creation  and  economic  growth,  affecting  those  workers  and  the 
businesses  that  employ  them  most  of  all. 

Please  understand  where  we  are  coming  from:  an  individual  approach  is  not  an 
attempt  by  small  business  to  duck  responsibility  for  the  health  of  their  employees; 
over  80  percent  of  small  business  employees  and  their  dependents  have  insurance. 
An  individual  mandate  will  not  cause  those  businesses  currently  providing  insur- 
ance to  drop  it.  In  fact,  we  think  that  requiring  all  individuals  to  participate  in  the 
system  would  actually  increase  the  pressure  that  employees  place  on  their  employ- 
ers to  provide  that  coverage  for  them,  causing  employer-provided  coverage  to  in- 
crease. Yet,  there  are  situations  where  the  added  expense  of  health  insurance  would 
cause  wage  deflation,  lost  jobs,  and  even  business  closings.  A  system  that  responds 
to  the  needs  of  the  employees  and  families  of  such  businesses — on  an  individual 
basis — would  be  the  best  system.  As  important  as  it  is  to  provide  access  to  quality 
health  care  for  all,  we  think  that  employment  and  jobs  should  receive  equal  atten- 
tion, especially  when  there  is  a  conflict  between  these  two  needs. 

II.  HEALTH  ALLIANCES 

Single  Regional  Alliances 

Under  the  Clinton  plan,  all  employees  of  businesses  with  fewer  than  5,000  em- 
ployees would  be  enrolled  in  their  regional  health  alliance,  to  which  their  individual 
ana  employer  premiums  would  flow.  Once  in  the  alliance,  the  individuals  would 
choose  from  the  various  health  plans  that  qualify  to  be  offered  by  the  alliance.  At 
no  point  in  the  process  are  small  employers,  who  will  be  paying  most  of  the  bill  for 
their  employees,  given  a  choice  or  allowed  any  avenue  to  find  a  better  value  for  their 
money — and  they  are  certainly  not  given  the  chance  to  actually  save  money. 

Under  the  Clinton  plan,  the  health  alliances  will  have  far-reaching  responsibil- 
ities— from  enforcing  budgets  to  delivering  provider  information  to  individual  mem- 
bers. It  seems  unlikely  that  this  large  and  busy  bureaucracy  will  find  creative  ways 


375 

to  encourage  competition  and  innovation.  There  may  need  to  be  some  sort  of  "health 
alliance"  at  the  local  level  to  coordinate  provider  expenditures  and  provide  a  frame- 
work for  community-wide  health  care  decisions.  But  these  roles  should  be  separated 
from  the  purchasing  cooperative  role,  which  is  simply  to  bring  businesses  together 
to  bargain  for  the  best  deal  on  coverage  for  their  employees.  Unfortunately,  this  dy- 
namic cannot  occur  in  the  Clinton  plan. 

How  are  we  to  bring  competitive  forces  to  bear  for  cost  containment  when  those 
who  are  paying  are  not  allowed  to  make  any  choices  for  their  dollars? 

Competing  Purchasing  Cooperatives 

Small  businesses  should  have  the  right  to  organize  and  run  their  own  health  care 
purchasing  cooperatives,  in  order  to  have  choice  and  empowerment  within  the  sys- 
tem. A  mandate  on  employers  which  provides  neither  an  avenue  for  these  busi- 
nesses to  choose  how  to  purchase  coverage  nor  an  ability  to  organize  for  their  own 
best  interests  and  survival  will  be  very  unpopular  with  small  business.  Many  busi- 
nesses which  currently  provide  coverage,  ana  might  not  oppose  an  employer  man- 
date, will  almost  certainly  oppose  a  provision  which  traps  them  into  purchasing  cov- 
erage from  a  single — potentially  inefficient — source. 

Moreover,  we  believe  that  private  competing  health  alliances  are  essential  for 
maximizing  competitive  forces  for  cost  containment.  Competing  cooperatives  will 
have  strong  incentives  to  negotiate  tough  deals  with  providers,  in  order  to  attract 
members.  In  areas  where  the  market  cannot  sustain  multiple  cooperatives,  they  will 
not  exist,  thereby  maintaining  the  efficiencies  of  larger  pools.  Multiple  cooperatives 
represent  an  important  component  for  maximizing  the  cost  containment  potential  of 
managed  competition. 

The  Administration  has  been  appropriately  nervous  about  allowing  single,  monop- 
olistic (and  monopsonistic,  depending  upon  your  point  of  view)  health  alliances  to 
exclude  health  plans  from  participation  in  the  alliance.  The  only  mechanism  the  alli- 
ances would  have  to  exclude  plans  would  be  a  price  cap  and  several  other  objective 
standards.  But  competing  alliances  could  actually  bargain  with  insurers  and  pro- 
vider groups  for  the  best  deals  for  their  members,  and  groups  that  would  not  deal 
could  be  excluded  from  the  alliance.  The  competing  alliances'  ability  to  exclude  in- 
surers and  provider  groups  would  be  one  of  their  most  powerful  cost  containment 
tools. 

The  Administration's  plan  allows  large  corporations  with  more  than  5,000  lives 
to  opt  out  of  the  health  alliance  system  and  self-insure.  They  will  only  do  so  if  that 
action  enables  them  to  save  money.  Small  businesses  are  given  no  similar  opportu- 
nities to  find  cost  savings  in  the  system.  Small  businesses  need  this  kind  of  flexibil- 
ity even  more  than  their  larger  counterparts.  Moreover,  even  in  a  system  of  compet- 
ing health  care  purchasing  cooperatives,  we  believe  that  the  ceiling  for  business  par- 
ticipation should  be  much  lower  than  5,000  lives. 

Risk  Selection 

Some  opponents  of  competing  health  cooperatives  have  argued  that  competing 
health  alliances  will  foster  adverse  selection  problems,  causing  many  of  the  plans 
to  descend  into  a  doomed  "death  spiral."  We  simply  think  that  these  arguments  are 
somewhat  overblown  and  should  not  be  viewed  as  an  insurmountable  problem.  If 
all  individuals  must  have  coverage,  and  all  providers  and  alliances  must  offer  cov- 
erage and  accept  individuals  under  the  same  conditions,  we  believe  that  the  risk  se- 
lection problems  will  be  relatively  minor. 

But,  if  necessary,  there  are  several  ways  to  deal  with  potential  risk  selection  prob- 
lems in  a  competitive  purchasing  cooperative  environment.  Since  adverse  selection 
has  primarily  to  do  with  individuals  "gaming"  the  system  for  their  own  benefit  (sick 
people  enrolling  in  the  most  expansive  plans  and  young  healthy  individuals  choosing 
HMOs),  we  expect  most  risk  selection  problems  to  occur  within  the  purchasing  co- 
operatives, rather  than  between  them.  Within  the  purchasing  cooperatives  a  risk  ad- 
juster could  be  used,  hist  as  the  Administration  plans  to  use  in  their  health  alli- 
ances' health  plans,  which  will  have  the  same  problems.  Such  a  risk-adjuster  would 
essentially  allow  insurers  to  insure  against  having  too  many  unhealthy  individuals 
in  a  plan.  This  mechanism  will  spread  the  costs  of  caring  for  the  sick  equitably 
across  all  carrier  groups. 

In  a  system  of  competing  health  purchasing  cooperatives,  businesses  would  be 
making  the  decisions  about  which  cooperative  to  join,  so  the  individual  risk  selection 
problem  would  not  exist.  Any  risk-  selection  would  occur  from  the  relatively  subtle 
marketing  decisions  of  the  purchasing  cooperatives.  For  instance,  purchasing  co- 
operatives could  choose  to  only  market  their  services  to  "better  risk  businesses  in 
better  risk  areas — assuming  these  non-profit  entities  were  wily  enough  to  have  that 
knowledge.  But  it  would  be  relatively  simple  to  circumvent  this  problem  by  inform- 


376 

ing  all  businesses  of  all  purchasing  cooperatives  which  are  available,  along  with  a 
thorough  description.  And  if  cooperatives  attempt  to  serve  one  part  of  a  region  dif- 
ferently than  another,  it  would  be  easy  enough  for  the  states  to  draw  boundaries 
in  a  way  to  make  this  practice  at  least  very  difficult. 

Again,  competing  purchasing  cooperatives  are  likely  to  provide  greater  cost  con- 
tainment than  single  alliances;  competing  cooperatives  can  be  structured  to  avoid 
risk  selection  problems  at  least  as  well  as  single  health  alliances;  competing  co- 
operatives provide  small  businesses  with  empowerment  in  the  system,  room  to  ma- 
neuver without  feeling  "locked-in",  and  a  role  in  keeping  costs  down  system-wide. 
We  think  that  the  issue  of  competing  purchasing  cooperatives  will  ultimately  be  one 
of  the  key  small  business  issues  in  this  debate,  unless  it  is  addressed  early -on . 

III.  CONCLUSION 

We  appreciate  being  invited  to  testify  today.  National  Small  Business  United 
wants  fundamental  reform  of  the  health  care  system;  we  believe  that  such  reform 
is  critical  to  the  long-term  survival  and  growth  of  small  businesses.  But  the  new 
system  must  make  economic  sense,  and  it  must  take  the  unique  problems  and  limits 
of  small  businesses  into  account.  As  you  might  guess,  we  have  many  other  com- 
ments on  many  other  aspects  of  the  Clinton  plan.  If  there  is  any  further  input  that 
we  might  be  able  to  provide  to  the  Committee,  we  will  be  pleased  to  do  so.  Thank 
you. 

The  Chairman.  Ms.  Mills. 

Ms.  Mills.  Good  afternoon,  Senators. 

My  name  is  Helen  Mills.  I  speak  to  you  todav  from  several  per- 
spectives^— first,  as  a  founding  board  member  ot  Businesses  for  So- 
cial Responsibility;  a  founder  and  managing  principal  of  The  Mills 
Group,  an  employee  benefits  brokerage  and  consulting  firm;  also, 
I  own  another  small  business  which  is  a  franchise  of  The  Body 
Shop,  a  five-store  retailing  operation  in  Washington,  DC;  and  per- 
haps most  importantly  as  a  concerned  citizen. 

I  would  like  to  begin  my  testimony  by  observing  how  vitally  im- 
portant it  is  to  our  Nation's  economic  health  that  our  populace  be- 
come informed  about  and  actively  debate  the  options  for  reforming 
the  health  care  system. 

President  and  Mrs.  Clinton  have  shown  tremendous  courage  by 
throwing  down  the  gauntlet  to  begin  the  dialogue  at  a  national 
level.  And  you,  Senator  Kennedy,  the  long-term  and  consistent 
leadership  you  have  demonstrated  in  the  health  care  arena  has 
been  instrumental  in  bringing  us  to  this  point. 

Foremost  in  this  effort  is  the  importance  of  providing  universal 
coverage  for  all.  This  is  the  most  urgent  and  most  noble  goal  of  the 
President's  proposal. 

I  have  been  in  the  insurance  business  since  I  was  15  years  old. 
Over  the  years,  I  have  sold  term  policies  to  single  mothers  and  dis- 
ability plans  to  sole  proprietors,  provided  incentive  plans  for  execu- 
tives, and  implemented  group  plans  for  companies  with  over  10,000 
employees.  And  under  our  health  care  system  as  it  stands  today, 
I  have  begun  to  feel  like  a  doctor  treating  a  terminally  ill  patient. 

Let  me  give  you  an  example  of  the  type  of  situations  I  deal  with. 
I  received  a  call  from  a  family  friend  whose  24-year-old  son  was 
dying  of  cancer.  He  was  in  the  hospital  and  haa  been  fighting  a 
brilliant  battle  for  2  years.  That  day,  the  father  had  received  two 
calls.  One  was  from  the  son's  employer,  and  one  was  from  the  em- 
ployer's insurance  company. 

The  son's  employer  was  calling  to  lament  that  the  insurance  com- 
pany had  called  to  say  that  as  long  as  this  boy  was  on  the  plan, 
his  rates  were  going  to  go  up  400  percent,  and  that  meant  the  de- 
mise of  his  company. 


377 

Later,  the  insurance  company  called  the  father  to  say  that  $1 
million  worth  of  treatment  was  going  to  be  unpaid  because  they 
had  categorized  it  as  experimental! 

This  story  typifies  the  inequities  and  unfairness  which  ripple 
through  our  system,  dividing  our  society  into  the  haves  and  the 
have-nots,  as  underwriters  cherry-pick  or  skim  the  cream  off  the 
market  and  overcharge  for  the  privilege  of  doing  so. 

My  Mills  Group  clients  and  the  businesses  I  nave  spoken  to  that 
belong  to  Businesses  for  Social  Responsibility  feel  the  system  is  un- 
just and  must  be  immediately  and  dramatically  reformed.  The 
health  care  issue  transcends  whether  you  identify  with  a  donkey, 
an  elephant,  or  a  diminutive  Texan,  for  that  matter.  It  is  wholly 
an  American  issue. 

The  Clintons  and  their  team  of  advisors  have  drafted  a  thought- 
ful, meaningful  and  comprehensive  plan,  and  while  my  colleagues 
and  other  business  leaders  have  varying  sentiments  about  some  of 
the  particulars  of  the  proposed  plan,  most  agree  with  the  corner- 
stones serving  as  the  foundation  of  the  plan.  I  would  like  to  talk 
about  those  briefly. 

First,  the  mandates.  Requiring  all  employers  to  provide  health 
care  levels  the  playing  field  between  those  of  us  who  have  been 
providing  coverage  and  those  who  have  not.  It  removes  the  poten- 
tial for  unfair  competitive  advantage  in  the  marketplace. 

The  decision  of  a  business  owner  to  provide  health  care  for  his 
employees  should  not  create  a  competitive  disadvantage.  While 
philosophically,  I  am  no  fan  of  Government  mandates,  in  this  pack- 
age, it  means  that  I  as  a  small  business  owner  am  no  longer  paying 
an  extra  load  in  my  premiums  for  all  the  charges  incurred  in  the 
system  by  my  uninsured  competitors.  This  is  a  matter  of  fairness. 

Second,  purchasing  power.  It  is  a  reality  that  small  businesses 
are  hostage  to  their  carrier's  inequitable,  discriminatory  rules  and 
untenable  rate  increase.  If  an  employee  has  been  to  a  marriage 
counselor,  suffered  back  pain,  or  experienced  almost  any  other  ill- 
ness, a  new  carrier  frequently  will  not  accept  the  group.  I  have  had 
to  finagle  my  own  way  with  both  of  my  businesses  to  covering  my 
employees  by  finding  loopholes  in  the  systems  to  link  with  larger 
companies  to  provide  coverage. 

It  is  a  fact  that  small  companies  cannot  negotiate  their  rates  like 
large  companies  can.  I  recently  chatted  with  a  friend  of  mine  who 
is  trie  owner  of  a  Fortune  100  company,  and  he  was  describing  his 
insurance  renewal  process.  He  was  talking  about  his  ability  to  ne- 
gotiate lower  rates  for  his  company,  but  he  acknowledged  the  cost 
of  those  savings  would  be  passed  on  to  small  business.  We  as  small 
business  owners  and  individuals  do  not  have  the  luxury  of  negotiat- 
ing, of  saying,  "Take  15  percent  off,  and  you  have  a  deal." 

The  concept  of  alliances  that  pool  small  companies  will  help 
spread  the  risk  and  share  the  burden  while  reducing  the  adminis- 
trative charges  that  small  companies  presently  disproportionately 
bear.  No  one  in  business  wants  more  Government  bureaucracy.  But 
in  this  case  the  alliance  system,  or  some  form  of  that,  should  re- 
duce total  administrative  costs.  I  cannot  imagine  a  system  more 
bureaucratic  than  the  one  we  have  now. 

As  an  advocate  for  a  free  market  economy  I  find  myself,  as  others 
do,  succumbing  to  the  realization  that  free  market  forces  have  sim- 


378 

ply  failed  to  effectively  control  health  care  costs.  Increases  in  costs 
outpaced  corporate  profits  last  year  by  108  percent.  The  alliances 
should  foster  a  cost-effective  and  competitive  environment  with  reg- 
ulatory power  to  assure  that  all  the  stakeholders  in  the  system  are 
fairly  balanced. 

The  third  cornerstone  is  the  subsidies  for  business  and  the  caps. 
As  the  plan  appears  now,  many  small  businesses  who  want  to 
cover  their  employees  but  cannot  afford  to  do  so  under  the  current 
insurance  system  should  find  relief  in  the  concept  of  subsidizing 
benefits  under  the  new  plan. 

The  plan  will  actually  allow  me  a  wonderful  opportunity.  Cur- 
rently, I  cover  all  of  my  14  full-time  employees  in  my  Body  Shop 
retail  business.  Under  the  proposed  maximum  schedule  of  the  new 
plan,  I  will  be  able  to  cover  my  35  part-time  employees  as  well  for 
only  $150  more  per  month  than  I  am  paying  now. 

The  proposed  7.9  percent  cap  should  help  protect  employers  and 
balance  the  current  inequities  in  the  system.  The  majority  of  my 
Mills  Group  clients  and  many  of  the  companies  I  have  spoken  with 
at  Business  for  Social  Responsibility  are  paying  between  6  and  10 
percent  of  payroll  in  health  care  costs  now. 

Fourth  is  the  budget.  All  good  businesses  run  on  a  sound  budget. 
The  President's  proposal  establishes  a  budget  that  is  tied  to  the 
consumer  price  index.  This  feature,  coupled  with  other  caps  and 
cost  controls,  should  give  business  owners  and  individuals  alike  the 
comfort  of  knowing  there  is  top-side  protection  where  absolutely 
nothing  exists  like  that  now. 

Senators,  it  will  be  easy  to  find  problems  with  this  plan — or  any 
other  plan,  for  that  matter.  Achieving  consensus  will  be  a  challenge 
unlike  any  you  may  face  during  your  tenure  as  a  public  servant. 

I  urge  you  not  to  square  off  into  your  traditional  corners.  I  urge 
you  to  rise  above  the  political  face-off  and  find  the  way — find  the 
way  to  put  people  before  politics;  find  the  way  to  implement  a  re- 
form package  which  manages  costs  while  providing  coverage  for  all 
our  fellow  citizens. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Ms.  Mills  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Helen  H.  Mills 

Good  morning,  Senators.  My  name  is  Helen  Mills.  I  speak  to  you  today  as  a 
Founding  Board  Member  of  Business  for  Social  Responsibility;  as  the  Founder  and 
Managing  Principal  of  The  Mills  Group,  an  employee  benefits  brokerage  and  con- 
sulting firm;  as  a  small  business  owner  who  serves  as  President  of  the  Soapbox 
Trading  Company,  a  five-store  retailing  franchise  of  The  Body  Shop;  and  as  a  con- 
cerned citizen. 

I  would  like  to  begin  my  testimony  by  observing  how  vitally  important  it  is  to  our 
nation's  economic  health  that  our  populace  become  informed  about  and  actively  de- 
bate the  options  for  reforming  the  Health  Care  System. 

President  and  Mrs.  Clinton  have  shown  tremendous  courage  by  throwing  down 
the  gauntlet  to  begin  the  dialogue  at  a  national  level.  And,  Senator  Kennedy,  the 
long  term  and  consistent  leadership  you  have  demonstrated  in  the  health  care  arena 
has  been  instrumental  in  bringing  us  to  this  point. 

Foremost  in  this  effort  is  the  importance  of  providing  universal  coverage  for  all. 
This  is  the  most  urgent  and  noble  goal  of  the  President's  proposal. 

I  have  been  in  the  insurance  business  since  I  was  fifteen  years  old.  Over  the 
years,  I  have  sold  term  policies  to  single  mothers  and  disability  plans  to  sole  propri- 
etors, provided  incentive  plans  for  executives  and  implemented  group  plans  for  com- 
panies with  over  10,000  employees.  And,  under  our  present  health  care  system,  I 
nave  begun  to  feel  like  a  doctor  treating  a  terminally  ill  patient. 


379 

Inequities  and  unfairness  ripple  through  our  system,  dividing  our  society  into  the 
"haves"  and  the  "have  nots". 

My  Mills  Group  clients  and  the  businesses  that  I  have  spoken  to  that  belong  to 
Business  for  Social  Responsibility  (which  doesn't  take  stands  on  public  policy)  feel 
the  system  is  unjust  and  must  be  immediately  and  dramatically  reformed.  The 
Health  Care  issue  transcends  whether  you  identify  with  a  donkey,  an  elephant,  or 
a  diminutive  Texan,  that  matter.  It  is  wholly  a  America  issue. 

The  Clintons  and  their  team  of  advisors  nave  deed  a  thoughtful,  meaningful  and 
comprehensive  plan.  And,  while  my  colleagues  and  other  business  leaders  have 
varying  sentiments  about  some  of  the  particulars  of  the  proposed  plan,  most  agree 
with  the  cornerstones  serving  as  the  foundation  of  the  plan.  I  would  like  to  discuss 
those  now. 

First,  the  mandates.  Requiring  all  employers  to  provide  health  care  levels  the 
playing  field  between  those  of  us  who  have  been  providing  coverage  and  the  minor- 
ity ofbusiness  owners  who  have  not.  It  removes  the  potential  for  unfair  competitive 
advantage  in  the  marketplace. 

The  decision  of  a  business  owner  to  provide  Health  Care  for  their  employees 
should  not  create  a  competitive  disadvantage.  While  philosophically  I  am  no  fan  of 
government  mandates,  in  this  package  it  means  that  I,  as  a  small  business  owner, 
am  no  longer  paying  an  extra  load  in  my  premiums  for  all  the  charges  incurred  in 
the  system  by  my  uninsured  competitors.  This  is  a  matter  of  fairness. Second,  pur- 
chasing power.  It  is  a  reality  that  small  businesses  are  hostage  to  their  carrier's 
unequitable,  discriminatory  rules  ad  untenable  rate  increases.  If  a  employee  has 
been  to  a  marriage  counselor,  suffered  back  pains  or  almost  any  other  illness,  a  new 
carrier  frequently  will  not  accept  the  group.  I  have  lived  through  this  on  many  occa- 
sions with  my  clients  and  my  own  business.  Further,  whole  industries  are  excluded 
by  many  carriers. 

It  is  a  fact  that  small  companies  cannot  negotiate  their  rates  like  large  companies 
can.  The  owner  of  a  well-known  Fortune  100  company  told  me  recently  about  his 
annual  insurance  renewal  process.  He  was  able  to  negotiate  lower  costs  for  his  com- 

«any,  but  acknowledged  the  cost  of  his  savings  will  be  passed  on  to  small  business. 
fe  dont  have  the  luxury  of  negotiating,  of  saying  "Take  15%  off  and  you  have  a 
deal". 

The  concept  of  Alliances  that  pool  small  companies  will  help  spread  the  risk  and 
share  the  burden  while  reducing  the  administrative  charges  that  small  companies 
presently  disproportionately  bear. 

No  one  in  business  wants  more  government  bureaucracy.  But  in  this  case  the  Alli- 
ance system  should  reduce  total  administrative  costs.  I  can't  imagine  a  system  more 
bureaucratic  than  the  one  we  now  have — one  in  which,  in  some  cases,  requires  small 
businesses  to  spend  up  to  40%  of  their  premium  dollar  for  administrative  costs. 

As  a  advocate  for  a  free  market  economy,  I  find  myself,  as  others  do,  succumbing 
to  the  realization  that  free  market  forces  have  failed  to  effectively  control  health 
care  costs.  Increases  in  costs  outpaced  corporate  profits  last  year  by  108%.  The  Alli- 
ances should  foster  a  cost  effective  and  competitive  environment  with  regulatory 
power  to  assure  that  the  stakeholders  in  the  system  are  fairly  balanced. 

The  third  cornerstone  is  the  subsidies  for  business  and  the  caps.  As  the  plan  ap- 
pears now,  many  small  businesses  who  want  to  cover  their  employees,  but  cannot 
afford  to  do  so  under  the  current  insurance  system,  should  find  relief  in  the  concept 
of  subsidizing  benefits  under  the  new  plan. 

This  plan  will  allow  me  a  wonderful  opportunity.  Currently  I  only  cover  14  full- 
time  employees  in  my  Body  Shop  retail  business.  Under  the  proposed  maximum 
schedule  of  the  new  plan,  I'll  be  able  to  cover  my  35  part-time  employees  as  well 
for  only  $150  more  per  month. 

The  proposed  7.9%  cap  should  help  protect  employers  and  balance  the  current  in- 
equities in  the  system.  The  majority  oi  my  Mills  Group  clients  and  many  of  the  com- 
panies I  have  spoken  with  at  Business  for  Social  Responsibility  are  paying  between 
6  ad  10%  of  payroll  in  health  care  costs.  As  a  rule,  those  with  high  claims  are  pay- 
ing more  ad  those  who  have  strong  managed  care  plans  or  those  who  are  shifting 
a  greater  portion  of  the  price  to  the  employees  are  paying  a  lower  percentage  of  pay- 
roll. 

Fourth,  is  the  budget.  All  good  businesses  run  on  a  sound  budget.  The  President's 
proposal  establishes  a  budget  that  is  tied  to  the  consume-price  mdex.  This  feature, 
coupled  with  the  other  caps  and  cost  controls,  should  give  business  owners  and  indi- 
viduals alike,  the  comfort  of  knowing  there  is  top-side  protection  where  absolutely 
nothing  exists  like  that  now. 

Senators,  it  will  be  easy  to  find  problems  with  this  plan— or  any  other  plan  for 
that  matter.  Achieving  consensus  will  be  a  challenge  unlike  any  you  may  face  dur- 
ing your  tenure  as  a  public  servant. 


380 

I  urge  you  not  to  square  off  into  your  traditional  corners.  I  urge  you  to  rise  above 
the  political  face-if  and  find  the  way — find  the  way  to  put  people  before  politics — 
to  implement  a  reform  package  which  manages  costs  while  providing  coverage  for 
all  our  fellow  citizens. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Since  it  is  just  Senator  Coats  and  myself,  we'll  try  10-minute 
rounds  for  questioning. 

I  have  here  the  October  15,  1993  statement  of  the  Chamber,  and 
in  the  report,  for  September-October,  they  talk  about  a  poll  that 
the  Chamber  did  with  regard  to  the  mandate  issue.  It  says — and 
this  is  talking  about  the  businesses — "To  elicit  their  views  on  the 
desirability  of  mandate  that  employers  contribute  to  the  cost  of 
health  insurance,  the  interview  said:  '  Some  employers  are  con- 
cerned about  proposed  legislation  on  a  mandate  on  all  employers 
to  provide  or  contribute  to  the  cost  of  health  benefits  for  their  em- 
ployees. Others  contend  that  a  mandate  is  the  only  fair  way  to  see 
that  everyone  has  health  insurance,  and  that  when  employer  A 
does  not  provide  coverage,  other  employers  indirectly  pay  for  cov- 
erage of  employer  A's  workers.  How  do  you  feel  about  requiring  all 
employers  to  contribute  to  the  coverage  of  their  employee?'  Small 
business  owners  were  then  asked  to  indicate  whether  they  strongly 
support  mandate  contributions,  somewhat  support,  or  are  neutral, 
somewhat  opposed,  or  strongly  opposed.  Our  survey  found  that 
close  to  half,  42  percent,  of  all  small  businesses,  support  the  prin- 
ciple that  employers  should  be  required  to  contribute  to  the  cost  of 
health  insurance  for  their  employees.  Even  among  firms  not  cur- 
rently offering  insurance,  close  to  a  third  say  that  they  support 
such  a  requirement  among  firms  now  providing  coverage.  Fifty-one 
percent  favored  mandated  contributions." 

Then  it  continues:  This  level  of  support  for  a  mandate  is  much 
higher  than  earlier  surveys  of  small  business  have  found.  For  ex- 
ample, in  an  1989  survey,  members  of  the  NFIB  found  only  25  per- 
cent agreed  that  employers  have  a  responsibility  to  provide  em- 
ployee health  insurance.'' 

Then  it  goes  on  to  other  paragraphs.  "On  the  issue  of  imposing 
overall  budget  limits  for  health  care  spending,  respondents  were 
similarly  asked  to  indicate  whether  they  strongly  support  such 
measures,  somewhat  support  them,  or  are  neutral,  somewhat  op- 
posed, or  strongly  opposed.  Many  small  business  owners,  66  per- 
cent, indicated  they  would  like  to  see  overall  limits  or  budgets  for 
health  care  spending  imposed  as  part  of  a  health  care  reform  strat- 
egy." And  it  goes  on  into  other  areas  as  well. 

On  the  issue  of  the  mandate,  I  always  wish  we  could  find  an- 
other word  that  could  be  used.  I  am  always  looking  around  for  the 
person  who  labelled  the  MX  missile  "the  Peacekeeper."  I  thought 
that  was  just  a  magnificent  terminology,  and  I  would  like  to  find 
that  person.  If  we  could  find  another  word  instead  of  "mandate," 
I  think  we  would  all  be  better  off. 

I  would  ask  the  panel,  is  this  basically  a  moral  position  in  oppo- 
sition, or  is  there  an  economic  rationale  as  well?  We  have  two 
members  of  this  panel  who  favor  a  mandate.  As  I  understand,  Mr. 
Lindsay  favors  an  individual  mandate. 

Mr.  Lindsay.  Yes. 


381 

The  Chairman.  So  we  have  that  kind  of  development.  I  am  inter- 
ested in  whether  there  is  a  moral,  economic,  or  some  other  ration- 
ale at  issue  here. 

Mr.  Patricelu.  Senator,  if  I  may  start  on  this,  first  I  would  like 
to  make  a  slight  correction  in  that  the  survey  you  were  quoting 
was  not  a  Chamber  survey.  It  was  done  by  a  private  group  and 
published  in  the  Journal  of  American  Health  Policy.  But  we 
thought  it  was  very  interesting,  and  indeed  we  believe  it  under- 
states the  potential  for  support  for  a  mandated  approach  among 
small  business  because,  as  you  noted,  it  involves  nothing  by  way 
of  subsidy.  And  the  Chamber  support  for  a  mandate  is  very  cru- 
cially conditioned  on  the  presence  of  some  Government  subsidy  to 
help  low  wage  workers  and  their  employers. 

So  we  believe,  given  the  opportunity  to  comment  on  that  kind  of 
a  support  mechanism,  even  more  small  businesses  would  support 
it. 

The  Chairman.  So  this  did  not  include  the  subsidy? 

Mr.  Patricelli.  No;  no  reference  to  subsidy. 

The  Chairman.  OK 

Mr.  Patricelli.  Now,  your  point  is  a  good  one.  Is  this  a  moral 
issue?  As  you  can  imagine,  we  struggled  within  the  Chamber  on 
this  issue,  and  we  finally  came  to  conclude  that  indeed  it  was  not 
a  philosophical,  ideological  issue.  Business  faces  numerous  man- 
dates now.  In  fact,  it  seems  to  be  forgotten  that  all  businesses  now 
have  a  health  care  payment  mandate.  It  is  called  Medicare.  And 
even  small  businesses  are  paying  about  1.5  percent  of  payroll  for 
health  care,  ironically,  mostly  for  people  they  have  never  seen. 

So  mandates  exist,  and  ideologies  should  be  behind  us.  The  issue 
that  we  confronted  was  who  pays.  And  on  that  issue,  our  view  is 
that  what  we  need  is  shared  responsibility.  We  encourage  the  sub- 
stitution of  that  term  for  mandate.  We  believe  everybody  has  to  be 
required  to  participate,  and  that  is  employers,  individuals,  and 
Government. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Roush. 

Mr.  Roush.  Senator  Kennedy,  as  I  indicated,  we  try  to  determine 
our  positions  by  polling  our  members,  and  sometimes  in  doing  that, 
we  are  not  always  able  to  determine  the  reasons  for  which  they 
give  the  responses  that  thev  do  give. 

In  this  particular  case,  however,  we  have  been  involved  in  this 
issue  for  so  long,  and  we  have  polled  it  so  many  times,  in  so  many 
different  ways — we  have  had  outside  people  poll  it,  Gallup  poll  it 
and  use  their  own  standards  for  posing  questions  and  variations — 
that  it  comes  down  to  primarily  a  cost  question.  But  there  is  a  very 
large  core  of  small  business  people,  our  members  particularly,  that 
seem  to  view  it  as,  yes,  an  ethical  if  not  moral  question,  in  the 
sense  that  they  ask:  How  did  it  all  of  a  sudden  get  to  be  my  respon- 
sibility to  pay  for  the  health  insurance  of  my  employees?  Am  I 
thereby  responsible  for  paying  their  mortgage?  Am  I  thereby  re- 
sponsible for  paying  their  car  payments? 

So,  yes,  there  is  a  core — and  a  substantial  core,  I  believe,  from 
the  checking  we  have  done — that  views  it  as  an  ethical  question 
and  a  question  of  personal  responsibility. 

Now,  having  said  that,  at  the  same  time  we  ask  other  questions 
of  them,  and  69  percent  of  our  members  agree  that  every  American 


382 

has  the  right  to  basic  health  care;  63.5  percent  believe  that  every 
American  should  receive  a  minimum  level  of  health  care  regardless 
of  their  ability  to  pay. 

So  we  are  left  in  the  position  of  trying  to  interpret  what  those 
kinds  of  results  mean,  and  in  this  case,  cost  and,  underneath  that, 
ethical. 

The  Chairman.  That  is  not  entirely  surprising.  I  was  looking  at 
some  studies  on  crime  where  70  percent  of  the  American  people 
want  tougher  sentences,  but  only  30  percent  of  them  now  favor 
building  more  prisons.  So  I  think  we  get  caught  in  these  kinds  of 
inconsistencies  in  many  different  areas  of  public  policy. 

Mr.  Lindsay. 

Mr.  Lindsay.  Thank  you,  Senator. 

You  asked  if  this  is  a  conceptual  issue,  or  is  it  a  financial  or  cost 
issue.  I  really  think  that  for  most  small  businesses,  it  is  both. 

First  of  all,  I  agree  with  the  statistics  from  NFIB  about  the  na- 
ture of  small  business  owners.  Most  small  business  owners  are  in 
business  for  themselves  because  they  are  rabidly  independent.  That 
means  that  from  a  conceptual  standpoint,  they  resist  any  intrusion 
of  the  Government  into  any  other  aspect  of  their  lives.  So  there  is 
a  very  strong  conceptual  aspect  to  that. 

The  first  speaker  referred  to  the  example  with  Medicare,  that 
that  is  a  mandate  we  all  pay.  But  I  would  remind  him  and  remind 
the  Senators  that  that  cap  with  Medicare  first  was  limited  to  the 
normal  wage  base;  just  a  few  years  ago,  that  wage  base  was  raised 
to  a  level  of  $150,000,  and  just  last  year  it  was  taken  off.  So  that 
is  an  unlimited  tax  at  this  point.  It  is  that  lesson  that  is  instructive 


for  business  owners.  They  say,  "Well,  I  may  only  have  to  pay  3.5 
percent  now,  but  what  is  it  going  to  be  next  year? 
The  second  point  that  I  think  the  first  and  second  panels  spoke 


to,  which  mav  have  been  inherently  inaccurate,  when  we  talk  about 
this  cost  shift  from  one  business  that  does  not  provide  health  care 
to  another  business  that  does,  although  that  is  true,  we  need  to  re- 
mind ourselves  that  by  far  the  greatest  aspect  of  cost  shifting  does 
not  occur  from  the  uninsured  to  the  insured,  but  rather  from  the 
Federal  and  State  Governments  who  do  not  pay  their  full  share.  So 
there  is  a  much  broader  issue  here  than  just  simply  institutionaliz- 
ing the  cost  shift  by  developing  a  mandate  so  that  we  level  the 
playing  field. 

The  Chairman.  Ms.  Mills. 

Ms.  Mills.  It  is  both.  Often,  business  is  put  in  the  position  that 
what  is  good  economically  may  not  be  good  morally.  I  think  the 
moral  issues  override  here,  and  I  speak  personally  in  that  regard, 
that  it  is  unconscionable  that  we  have  37  million  uninsured.  I 
think  it  is  something  that  needs  to  be  addressed,  and  if  it  is  man- 
dates that  have  to  do  it,  to  bring  people  to  the  plate  and  pay  their 
fair  share,  then  we  have  to  do  that.  But  I  do  feel  subsidies  are  a 
part  of  the  solution,  a  critical  part. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Roush,  you  have  indicated  that  about  half  of 
all  of  your  members,  the  smaller  businesses,  do  provide  some 
health  insurance. 

Mr.  Roush.  I  indicated  in  my  oral  statement  about  half  of  all 
businesses.  Actually  in  the  category  of  those  having  one  to  five  em- 
ployees, it  is  26  percent. 


383 

The  Chairman.  And  below  25  employees,  I  think  it  is  about  43 
or  44  percent,  I  believe. 

Mr.  Roush.  I  believe  it  is  in  that  neighborhood,  yes. 

The  Chairman.  Yes,  those  are  general  figures.  Small  businesses 
that  have  a  small  number  of  employees,  their  premiums  have  been 
escalating  dramatically  in  the  period  of  the  last  3  or  4  years.  You 
can  tell  us  what  they  nave  been  average  nationwide. 

Mr.  Roush.  Per  employee  now,  it  is  something  like  $3,900;  just 
a  few  years  ago  it  was  down  under  $3,000.  So  they  are  getting  hit 
very  hard;  you  are  exactly  right. 

The  Chairman.  So  how  do  you  view  this  program  with  regard  to 
those  small  businesses  that  are  today  providing  health  insurance? 

Mr.  Roush.  The  program  that  the  President  is  going  to  be  put- 
ting forward? 

The  Chairman.  Yes. 

Mr.  Roush.  Senator,  I  do  not  mean  to  be  cute  by  this  answer, 
but  there  is  no  legislative  language  yet,  so  I  hesitate  to  criticize  or 
comment  in  too  great  detail  because  the  legislative  process  is  such 
that  you  need  to  have  the  language  to  know  what  the  program  is. 

But  having  said  that,  in  general  and  conceptually,  as  I  indicated 
in  my  opening  statement,  we  support  the  concept  of  purchasing  co- 
operatives; we  support  the  concept  of  insurance  reform.  And  to  the 
extent  that  those  are  in  the  President's  package,  we  are  certainly 
willing  and  interested,  as  I  think  lots  of  people  have  indicated,  in 
working  out  the  details  of  those  things  and  support  them  concep- 
tually. 

We  have  problems,  as  others  have  indicated,  with  some  of  the 
ways  they  are  going,  but  none  of  those  things  are  deal-breakers 
from  where  we  are  sitting. 

The  one  thing  that  is  of  major  concern  that  is  in  the  President's 
package  is  the  employer  mandate,  and  we  believe  that  the  goals 
that  the  President  set  forward,  the  six  guiding  principles  that  he 
established,  can  be  achieved  without  that  component,  and  I  think 
that  people  are  trying  to  reach  that  point — Congressman  Cooper, 
Senator  Breaux,  perhaps  soon,  Senator  Chafee.  I  think  people  are 
trying  to  reach  that  point  without  the  trading  of  health  security  for 
job  security. 

The  Chairman.  OK.  We  will  either  have  you  back  to  respond  in 
more  detail,  or  get  further  reaction  from  you  for  the  record. 

Senator  Coats. 

Senator  Coats.  Thank  you,  Senator  Chairman.  You  actually 
tracked  right  down  the  line  of  questioning  I  was  going  to  pursue, 
which  made  me  a  little  nervous  that  you  and  I  were  thinking  along 
the  same  lines.  In  fact,  I  asked  my  staff  if  I  was  given  your  ques- 
tions. [Laughter.] 

They  are  very  valid  questions,  and  I  think  everyone  here  has  ba- 
sically said  that  for  this  thing  to  work  correctly,  we  have  got  to  get 
universal  coverage.  And  yet  how  do  you  get  that  coverage  for  those 
who  currently  are  not  covered  or  who  are  undercovered,  without 
imposing  some  kind  of  mandate.  It  is  a  dilemma  that  we  are  trying 
to  deal  with  there. 

Let  me  just  ask  a  side  question.  Has  either  the  Chamber  or 
NFIB  done  any  models  relative  to  job  impact?  I  am  particularly  in- 
terested in  job  impact  as  it  affects  small  business. 


384 

Mr.  Roush.  Senator,  yes.  We  are  searching,  and  we  believe  we 
have  found  a  research  firm  that  is  capable  of  doing  that,  and  as 
soon  as  we  have  the  details,  we  intend  to  submit  them  to  the  firm 
with  that  explicit  purpose  of  trying  to  find  the  job  loss  effects  of  the 
proposal. 

So  we  have  not  done  it  yet  because  we  do  not  have  the  details, 
but  when  we  do,  we  will. 

Mr.  Patricelli.  Nor  have  we.  Senator  Coats,  the  problem  being 
that  all  of  the  studies  to  date  deal  with  possible  job  impacts  inde- 
pendent of  any  of  these  subsidy  devices.  We  are  unaware  of  any 
studies  that  look  at  the  cushioning  of  the  subsidies  on  a  possible 
job  loss. 

So  like  the  NFIB,  when  we  have  a  good  sense  of  that  subsidy  for- 
mula, we  too  will  go  out  and  get  some  research. 

Senator  Coats.  Some  of  the  larger  companies,  particularly  those 
in  the  retail  and  service  business  and  those  that  tend  to  employ 
lower  wage  earners  or  part-time  workers,  have  come  forward — It- 
Mart  ana  Federated  Department  Stores  and  so  on — with  job  esti- 
mates. Are  they  based  on  models  or  studies,  or  just  estimates? 
Have  you  had  a  chance  to  analyze  those?  Or  are  they  in  the  same 
position,  essentially,  waiting  to  get  the  final  details,  before  you  can 
get  hard,  firm  numbers? 

Mr.  Patricelli.  We  have  not  been  inside  their  estimates,  nor  do 
we  know  whether  they  include  some  specific  reference  to  possible 
subsidy  supports  for  their  firms. 

Mr.  Roush.  And  I  do  not  know,  either. 

Senator  Coats.  Well,  those  will  be  helpful  when  we  get  the  de- 
tails. 

Do  any  of  you  have  any  suggestions — we  talk  about  no  pre-exist- 
ing conditions,  deductions  for  small  business  owners  at  the  rate  of 
large  business  owners,  portability,  etc.  But  those  are  all  changes 
that  impact  on  the  costs  of  administering  the  system. 

If  you  do  not  go  the  mandate  route,  do  any  of  you  have  any  sug- 
gestions as  to  how  we  can  bring  in  the  uninsured  or  the  low-income 
underinsured,  without  mandating?  I  mean,  should  we  look  at  Gov- 
ernment-sponsored community  health  centers  across  the  country  to 
provide  a  basic  level  of  benefits?  Should  we  look  at  the  availability 
of  a  tiered  benefits  package  at  a  lower  cost?  I  know  no  one  wants 
to  go  to  a  tiered  system,  but  do  you  have  any  thoughts  about  op- 
tional ways  of  providing  at  least  basic  coverage  without  mandating 
employer  coverage? 

Mr.  Lindsay.  Senator,  just  as  a  comment,  our  firm  worked  for 
quite  a  few  years  as  a  consultant  to  the  Robert  Wood  Johnson 

Erojects  of  the  working  uninsured  across  America.  I  am  sure  that 
otn  the  Senators  are  familiar  with  those  studies.  Those  studies 
were  very  interesting.  They  polled  small  businesses,  primarily 
those  with  less  than  five  employees — because  that  is  where  the 
working  uninsured  are  by  number — as  to  the  primary  reason  for 
them  not  offering  insurance.  The  primary  reason  was  cost.  The  sec- 
ond reason,  which  was  closely  behind  the  first,  was  fear  of  future 
cost  increases.  And  then  the  number  of  responses  fell  off  dramati- 
cally from  that. 

So  what  that  tells  me  is  that  there  are  two  ways  to  approach  this 
problem.  One  is  an  accessibility  problem,  which  you  can  do  effi- 


385 

ciently  through  the  Government  by  just  making  it  law;  you  man- 
date it.  But  the  other  one  is  really  addressing  the  issue  of  cost. 

Now,  the  Clinton  proposal,  as  best  we  all  Know,  has  many  provi- 
sions in  there  to  try  to  address  some  of  the  drivers  in  the  cost  sys- 
tem. But  we  have  a  real  strong  belief  that  if  there  are  aggressive 
and  effective  cost  containment  strategies  that  are  put  in  place 
throughout  this  country,  that  alone  will  help  many  small  busi- 
nesses be  able  to  afford  coverage  without  a  mandate  and  make 
them  feel  comfortable  and  safe  in  offering  a  plan  of  benefits  that 
will  not  only  be  available  today,  but  will  be  affordable  in  the  fu- 
ture. 

Senator  Coats.  Would  you  suggest,  then,  that  the  cost  savings 
aspects  of  the  plan  be  implemented  first  to  demonstrate  the  viabil- 
ity of  that  and  then  see  how  business  responds,  and  if  they  do  not 
respond,  then 

Mr.  Lindsay.  That  is  certainly  a  viable  option  that  is  being  dis- 
cussed in  many  circles — rather  than  fight  the  battle  of  the  man- 
date, to  ask  can  we  do  something  to  make  the  coverage  more  af- 
fordable. 

The  sense  that  I  have  just  anecdotally  with  my  peers  is  that 
most  small  businesses  really  would  like  to  be  able  to  provide  cov- 
erage for  their  employees.  The  two  reasons  that  they  do  not  are 
that,  one,  they  cannot  afford  it,  and/or  they  have  pre-existing  medi- 
cal conditions. 

The  interesting  development  is  that  since  the  Clinton  proposal 
has  emerged,  it  has  had  a  significant  effect  on  health  care  reform 
in  America.  Health  care  reform  is  going  on  right  now  in  many 
States  through  the  National  Association  of  Insurance  Commis- 
sioners passing  laws  that  outlaw  pre-existing  conditions,  that  out- 
law medical  underwriting.  The  problem  with  those  laws  is  that 
they  generally  do  not  curtail  costs. 

So  to  answer  your  question,  I  would  say  that  if  there  were  effec- 
tive cost  containment,  it  would  be  interesting  to  see  first  what  that 
would  do  in  the  system  and  whether  or  not  we  would  bring  enough 
people  into  the  system  to  be  able  to  avoid  having  to  have  a  man- 
date. 

Ms.  Mills.  We  have  had  HMOs  who,  in  the  beginning,  did  not 
have  pre-existing  condition  clauses,  and  their  rates  have  been 
growing  at  half  the  rate  of  a  pure  indemnity  plan,  and  still  busi- 
nesses did  not  choose  to  do  that  when  there  were  no  pre-existing 
condition  rules.  Now  there  are  pre-existing  conditions  rules  in 
HMOs.  The  costs  are  still  lower,  but  there  was  the  opportunity 
there,  and  many  businesses  did  not  avail  themselves  of  it. 

Mr.  Patricelu.  Senator,  it  was  the  Chamber  position  for  many 
years  that  we  could  virtually  close  the  coverage  gap  through  vol- 
untary efforts  that  would  lower  the  cost  of  coverage  to  small  busi- 
ness through  a  combination  of  cost  containment  and  perhaps  some 
kind  of  tax  credits  or  something  like  that. 

However,  like  Mr.  Lindsay,  we  followed  closely  the  results  of  that 
Robert  Wood  Johnson  program  in  which  I  believe  seven  or  eight 
communities  tested  the  effect  of  special  subsidies  on  small  busi- 
nesses choosing  to  implement  insurance  programs,  and  to  us  the 
very  disappointing  conclusion  of  that  set  of  studies  was  that  lower- 
ing the  cost,  subsidy  alone,  did  not  produce  significant  sign-ups  of 


386 

new  business,  with  the  single  exception  of  the  State  of  Florida,  for 
some  reason. 

Now,  perhaps  that  had  to  do  with  context  and  extraneous  factors, 
but  we  were  reluctantly  led  to  the  conclusion  that  absent  some 
kind  of  national  framework  of  requirements  for  business,  individ- 
uals, and  Government,  you  are  not  going  to  get  there. 

Mr.  Lindsay.  Senator,  if  I  could  just  respond  to  that,  I  think  that 
is  an  interesting  point,  but  again,  because  I  was  involved  in  those 
programs,  the  point  that  I  would  raise  with  the  statement  by  the 
Chamber  is  that  in  follow-up  interviews  with  many  of  the  busi- 
nesses that  did  not  elect  to  participate  in  those  subsidy  programs, 
the  main  reason  they  did  not  was  that  these  were  experiments,  and 
they  did  not  believe  that  the  subsidies  would  continue.  Their  con- 
cern, therefore,  was  what  happens  if  I  sign  up  today  and  look  like 
a  hero  to  my  employees,  and  2  years  from  now  the  State  can  no 
longer  afford  the  subsidy;  then  I  am  going  to  look  like  the  bad  per- 
son by  taking  it  away.  That  specifically  happened  in  several  States 
when  the  legislature,  as  coverage  started  to  increase  and  people 
started  to  be  covered,  became  very  concerned  about  the  additional 
cost  and  had  to  look  at  cutting  back  on  those  approaches. 

So  my  commentary  on  addressing  cost  is  not  with  artificial  sub- 
sidies that  artificially  reduce  the  rates  and  cannot  be  sustained 
over  time.  I  am  talking  about  systemic  change  in  our  health  care 
system  that  would  have  long-term  and  lasting  cost  effects. 

Mr.  Roush.  Just  very  briefly,  we  believe  that  the  changes  to 
bring  costs  down  will  in  fact  increase  coverage,  but  we  are  not  con- 
vinced, based  on  our  own  surveying,  that  it  will  accomplish  univer- 
sal coverage  in  and  of  itself.  Our  surveys  indicate  that  about  10  to 
15  percent  of  small  business  people  say  that  under  no  cir- 
cumstances would  they  ever  provide  health  insurance. 

The  vast  majority,  nowever,  who  do  not  now  have  health  insur- 
ance for  their  employees  want  to  do  it,  and  in  the  surveys,  just  as 
Mr.  Lindsay  indicated,  cost  is  why  they  are  not. 

So  you  will  get  a  dramatic  increase  in  coverage  by  the  kinds  of 
voluntary  programs  you  are  talking  about,  but  you  will  not  get  ev- 
erybody, I  do  not  believe.  I  believe  Senator  Chafee's  proposal  has 
ways  of  getting  at  those  through  vouchers;  and  Congressman  Coo- 
per tries  to  get  at  them  through  individual  tax  kinds  of  things. 

One  other  point  if  I  could,  just  briefly.  There  is  a  sense  that — 
and  the  President  has  said  this  numerous  times — we  already  have 
universal  coverage.  The  question  is  rationing  it  so  it  is  paid  for 
more  reasonably. 

Those  are  some  comments. 

The  Chairman.  Let  me  ask  Mr.  Lindsay,  do  you  really  think  that 
by  encouraging  the  coops  and  the  other  suggestions  you  have  made 
that  you  can  really  get  a  handle  on  the  issues  of  cost  in  the  total 
system?  I  mean,  won  t  we  just  have  continued  cost  shifting? 

Mr.  Lindsay.  I  think  that  to  a  certain  degree,  Senator,  you  are 
always  going  to  have  some  degree  of  cost  shifting.  I  would  suggest 
that  even  in  the  administration's  proposal  with  Medicare  being  a 
significant  payer  in  the  system,  outside  the  system  you  will  still 
have  cost  shifting  from  Medicare  to  everyone  else. 

So  I  think  to  some  degree  you  will  always  have  cost  shifting.  But 
I  think  the  real  reason  why  you  have  cost  shifting,  again,  is  be- 


387 

cause  of  the  nature  of  the  costs  in  general.  There  are  a  lot  of  as- 
pects of  the  administration's  proposal  that  would  get  at  costs. 
There  are  other  things  in  addition  that  maybe  are  not  included  at 
the  present  time  that  could  be  added  that  would  further  address 
the  issue  of  cost.  And  I  guess,  speaking  on  behalf  of  National  Small 
Business  United,  we  would  rather  see  the  focus  on  the  cost  rather 
than  the  mandate  initially,  and  then  work  through  it  on  that  basis. 

The  Chairman.  We  saw  earlier  in  the  year  an  enormous  amount 
of  political  pressure  to  put  limitations  on  the  Medicare  and  Medic- 
aid programs,  and  that  only  missed  by  8  or  10  votes.  And  if  this 
process  does  not  move  ahead,  that  thing  is  going  to  whistle  through 
here,  and  who  will  end  up  paying  for  it?  Chamber  members,  who 
currently  have  some  coverage.  It  is  going  to  be  that  40-odd  percent 
of  small  businesses  that  will  see  their  premiums  go  up,  and  it  will 
just  break  the  backs  of  many  of  those  small  businesses  as  well.  It 
has  a  head  of  steam,  and  the  political  reality  is  that  people  want 
to  cut  Government  spending,  and  that  is  coming  down  the  track  as 
well,  with  all  the  implications  it  has  in  terms  of  shifting  costs  to 
the  private  sector. 

That  is  why  it  is  enormously  important  to  understand  that  we 
are  all  in  this  together,  whether  we  like  it  or  not,  and  to  try  to 
think  anew  about  some  of  these  issues;  that's  really  what  is  re- 
quired. It  was  mentioned  earlier  in  the  course  of  the  hearing,  and 
that  is  certainly  something  that  we  are  all  going  to  try  to  come  to 
grips  with. 

This  has  been  enormously  interesting.  On  these  health  care  is- 
sues, I  say  I  always  learn  a  great  deal,  and  I  have  a  lot  more  to 
learn,  from  the  hearings. 

I  am  grateful  for  the  very  constructive  attitude  that  has  been 
taken  by  the  small  business  community  and  the  business  commu- 
nity generally.  There  are  differences,  and  we  should  not  minimize 
those  differences,  but  there  is  a  great  deal  of  common  interest  and 
an  even  broader  common  understanding  and  awareness  about 
where  we  are  at  this  time  in  this  debate.  I  daresay,  as  someone 
who  has  been  involved  in  the  issue  over  some  period  of  time,  that 
5  years  ago,  we  would  never  have  had  this  kind  of  a  panel  with 
the  level  of  discussion  and  interchange  that  we  have  heard  here 
today.  We  have  all  come  a  long  way,  and  I  want  you  to  know  that 
we  are  interested  in  trying  to  find  additional  common  ground. 
There  will  probably  be  areas  where  we  just  cannot,  but  I  think  cer- 
tainly the  attitude  of  the  President  and  having  been  with  Mrs. 
Clinton  earlier  this  morning,  there  is  a  very  deep  desire  to  maxi- 
mize the  areas  of  common  interest  and  see  now  far  down  the  road 
we  can  go,  because  as  was  mentioned  by  Ms.  Mills,  and  I  believe 
very  sincerely,  this  is  in  many  respects  the  issue  of  this  generation. 
It  is  what  Social  Security  was  in  the  1930's  and  Medicare  was  in 
the  1960's.  And  the  institutions  are  really  on  trial.  There  is  a  lot 
of  questioning  about  institutions  around  here.  But  the  American 
people  are  really  wondering  whether  Republicans  and  Democrats 
can  work  together,  and  whether  the  different  elements  in  terms  of 
our  private  sector  can  work  with  the  institutions,  and  whether  we 
can  come  to  grips  with  an  issue  as  complex  and  difficult  as  this — 
an  issue  that  has  the  most  dramatic  impact  on  every  family  in  this 
country. 


388 

That  is  really  going  to  be  the  challenge  of  the  time,  but  I  am  very 
much  encouraged  by  the  positive  attitudes  of  our  witnesses  today. 
We  look  forward  to  working  with  you. 

Senator  Coats  has  left,  but  we  are  having  hearings  next  week  on 
the  whole  question  of  the  macroeconomic  impact  of  the  health  care 
reform  issue.  We  have  had  some  hearings  in  the  past  which  I  think 
dealt  with  the  issue  in  an  important  way,  but  we  will  be  looking 
at  that  issue  as  well  as  the  issue  of  retirees. 

Thank  you  very  much.  The  committee  stands  in  recess. 

[Whereupon,  at  12:50  p.m.,  the  committee  was  adjourned.] 


ECONOMIC  IMPACT  OF  THE  HEALTH 
SECURITY  ACT  OF  1993 


TUESDAY,  OCTOBER  19,  1993 

U.S.  Senate, 
Committee  on  Labor  and  Human  Resources, 

Washington,  DC. 

The  committee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  10:02  a.m.,  in  room 
SD-430,  Dirksen  Senate  Office  Building,  Senator  Kennedy  (chair- 
man of  the  committee)  presiding. 

Present:  Senators  Kennedy,  Harkin,  Wellstone,  Wofford,  Kasse- 
baum,  Jeffords,  Coats,  Gregg,  Thurmond,  and  Durenberger. 

Opening  Statement  of  Senator  Kennedy 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

We  welcome  this  morning  Dr.  Laura  Tyson,  who  is  the  chair  of 
the  President's  Council  of  Economic  Advisers,  as  our  first  witness, 
and  a  very  distinguished  group  of  health  economists  in  our  second 
panel. 

This  committee  is  attempting  to  focus  on  a  variety  of  different  as- 
pects of  the  health  care  crisis,  and  today  we  want  to  give  consider- 
ation to  some  of  the  macroeconomic  implications  of  the  President's 
program.  And  there  is  no  one  who  is  better  qualified  to  be  able  to 
respond  to  those  kinds  of  concerns  than  our  first  witness  this  morn- 
ing, Dr.  Tyson,  who  is  the  chair  of  the  Council  of  Economic  Advis- 
ers. She  is  well-known  to  all  the  members  of  this  committee.  She 
previously  appeared  here  to  describe  for  us  the  important  economic 
problems  created  by  our  current  health  care  system.  Today,  she  re- 
turns to  discuss  how  the  President's  program  will  address  these 
critical  problems  and  to  answer  questions  on  the  economic  implica- 
tions of  the  President's  plan. 

I  will  have  my  written  statement  included  in  the  record  in  its  en- 
tirety. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Kennedy  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Kennedy 

The  President  has  proposed  a  bold  plan  to  achieve  comprehensive 
reform  of  the  American  nealth  care  system  and  provide  affordable 
health  security  for  every  citizen.  The  plan  could  also  have  a  signifi- 
cant impact  on  the  economy.  Health  care  accounts  for  one-seventh 
of  total  national  spending. 

The  high  cost  of  health  care  is  a  problem  not  just  for  families, 
but  for  business,  federal,  state  and  local  budgets,  and  for  the  econ- 
omy as  a  whole.  The  federal  deficit  is  in  large  measure  driven  by 

(389) 


390 

excessive  inflation  in  health  care  spending.  In  fact,  if  such  spending 
were  held  to  the  same  rate  of  growth  as  the  rest  of  the  budget,  we 
would  cut  the  federal  deficit  in  half  in  just  five  years.  Restraining 
the  growth  in  health  spending  as  the  Presidents  plan  progresses 
is  an  essential  part  of  a  strategy  to  revitalize  the  economy.  At  the 
present  time,  soaring  health  costs  are  eating  up  funds  needed  to  fi- 
nance investment,  job  creation,  and  economic  recovery. 

In  many  ways,  it  is  small  businesses  that  suffer  the  most  from 
the  current  system.  Insurance  companies  charge  small  businesses 
a  premium  mark-up  that  makes  coverage  far  more  costly  than 
large  businesses  have  to  pay.  For  the  smallest  businesses,  up  to 
fifty  cents  of  every  premium  dollar  stays  with  the  insurance  com- 
pany to  cover  administrative  and  sales  costs  and  profits,  rather 
than  paying  for  essential  health  benefits. 

Any  program  as  comprehensive  as  the  President  is  proposing  will 
have  substantial  economic  impacts  beyond  the  health  care  system. 
These  impacts  deserve  careful  assessment. 

As  with  any  major  reform,  special  interests  opposed  to  the  reform 
will  produce  excessive  estimates  of  the  alleged  economic  harm  that 
will  be  done  if  the  reform  is  adopted.  In  recent  years,  we  have  seen 
that  tactic  with  the  minimum  wage,  with  the  Family  and  Medical 
Leave  Act,  and  with  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act.  The  chal- 
lenge facing  Congress  is  to  weigh  all  aspects  of  the  change,  includ- 
ing the  economic  impacts,  as  accurately  as  possible,  and  to  compare 
them  with  the  cost  of  doing  nothing,  or  doing  something  ineffective. 

Our  hearing  today  will  explore  these  issues.  There  are  legitimate 
differences  of  opinion  about  the  impact  of  some  aspects  of  the 
President's  plan.  I  welcome  our  witnesses,  and  I  look  forward  to 
their  testimony. 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Tyson,  we  remember  very  well  your  appear- 
ance here  earlier,  when  you  spoke  about  some  of  the  pressures  that 
exist  on  our  economy  because  of  the  health  care  costs,  and  today 
we  are  very  interested  in  hearing  from  you  again  about  how  you 
view  the  President's  program  and  what  its  impact  is  going  to  be  on 
the  economy,  on  employment,  and  on  the  other  economic  indicators. 

We  very  much  appreciate  your  presence  here  this  morning. 

We  are  currently  in  the  process  of  a  vote,  but  our  other  col- 
leagues will  be  here  momentarily,  so  I  think  we  should  get  started 
with  your  presentation. 

Before  we  begin  I  have  statements  from  Senators  Dodd  and  Mi- 
kulski. 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Dodd 

Mr.  Chairman,  today's  hearing — the  sixth  this  fall  on  health  care 
reform — focuses  on  issues  of  great  importance — the  impact  of  pro- 
posed reforms  on  jobs  and  the  economy. 

Without  question,  assuring  health  security  to  all  Americans  is 
among  our  highest  priorities,  along  with  employment  and  economic 
security.  The  relationship  between  these  priorities  must  be  exam- 
ined carefully  throughout  the  health  care  reform  debate,  so  as  not 
to  ensure  one  at  the  expense  of  the  others. 

However,  as  we  analyze  the  economics  of  proposed  changes  to  the 
system,  we  must  also  keep  in  mind  the  economic  impact  of  the  cur- 
rent system  and  the  consequences  of  failing  to  achieve  reform  on 


391 

jobs,  businesses,  and  international  competitiveness.  We  must  not 
allow  unsubstantiated  fears  to  keep  us  from  enacting  meaningful 
reform  and  needed  change. 

Current  system — what  we  know 

We  know  that  our  current  health  care  system  has  a  negative  ef- 
fect on  the  economy.  The  first  indication  of  the  problem  is  the  in- 
creasing percentage  of  profits  absorbed  by  health  care.  In  1980, 
health  care  consumed  41  percent  of  after-tax  profits.  By  1991,  it 
consumed  97  percent. 

Our  current  system  forces  major  manufacturers  to  spend  far 
more  on  health  care  than  their  international  competitors.  We  know 
that  the  U.S.  automobile  industry  pays  more  for  health  care  than 
for  steel  and  that  on  average,  they  pay  about  $500  more  per  car 
on  health  care  than  the  Japanese.  The  U.S.  spends  14  percent  of 
GDP  on  health  care,  while  Japan  and  Germany  spend  closer  to  8 
percent. 

The  current  system  also  has  had  a  negative  effect  on  workers' 
wages.  Labor  has  foregone  wage  increases  for  health  benefits.  And 
employers'  contributions  to  health  insurance  absorbed  more  than 
half  of  workers  real  income  between  1973-1989.  A  significant  por- 
tion of  the  premium  includes  the  cost  of  care  for  those  without 
health  insurance. 

So  we  know  that  without  action,  health  care  system  will  continue 
to  hurt  the  U.S.  economy.  The  question  that  follows  is  what  effect 
will  change  have? 

Will  the  plan  hurt  us  economically? 

At  present,  there  is  no  evidence  that  the  Clinton  proposal  will  re- 
sult in  lost  jobs  or  that  it  will  hurt  the  U.S.  economy.  We  have 
heard  that  the  job  losses  predicted  by  several  economists  have  been 
based  on  incorrect  assumptions.  And  as  recently  as  last  week, 
when  this  committee  heard  from  businesses  and  workers,  both  the 
U.S.  Chamber  of  Commerce  and  the  National  Federation  of  Inde- 
pendent Business  conceded  that  the  previous  estimates  of  job  losses 
did  not  take  into  account  the  plan's  proposed  subsidies  for  business 
nor  the  schedule  for  phasing  in  coverage. 

The  draft  plan's  provisions  to  control  escalating  health  care  costs, 
make  coverage  affordable  to  smaller  businesses,  and  prevent  cost 
shifting  on  their  face  appear  to  be  steps  toward  improving  the  cur- 
rent situation,  but  we  will  need  to  explore  these  issues  more  as  we 
move  forward  in  the  debate. 

Hawaii 

I  am  interested  in  hearing  more  about  Hawaii's  experience  with 
employer  mandated  coverage.  Hawaii  has  had  mandatory  coverage 
for  close  to  two  decades.  While  significant  differences  exist  between 
Hawaii  and  the  experience  other  States  might  have  under  a  similar 
system,  Hawaii's  experience  with  mandated  coverage  has  been  a 
positive  one.  The  Hawaii  example  is  not  theory  or  fantasy.  It's  real 
world  experience  and  warrants  our  attention. 

Dr.  Lewin,  director  of  Hawaii's  State  Department  of  Health,  is 
here  with  us  this  morning  and  I'd  like  to  welcome  him.  When  he 


392 

testified  before  this  committee  in  1989,  he  told  us  that  Hawaii's 
system  has  not  hurt  Hawaii's  businesses. 

In  fact,  he  and  others  have  found  that  businesses  who  provided 
insurance  before  the  mandate  have  benefited.  They  no  longer  foot 
the  bill  for  the  uninsured  who  worked  for  businesses  that  did  not 
provide  coverage.  Hawaii's  system  has  lowered  the  cost  of  coverage 
to  small  businesses,  who  sometimes  pay  as  much  as  40  percent 
more  for  insurance  than  larger  businesses.  I  look  forward  to  hear- 
ing more  about  the  Hawaii  experience  this  morning. 

In  closing,  I  want  to  welcome  and  thank  our  witnesses  who  will 
share  with  us  their  analysis  of  the  administration's  draft  proposal. 
I  hope  that  as  we  see  and  debate  actual  legislation,  they  will  con- 
tinue to  provide  their  expertise  to  the  committee. 

Prepared  Statement  of  Senator  Mikulski 

Good  morning  Mr.  Chairman,  I  want  to  begin  by  thanking  you 
for  holding  this  nearing. 

It  woula  be  a  major  understatement  to  characterize  the  issue  we 
are  going  to  deal  with  today  as  very  important.  The  economic  im- 
pact of  health  care  reform  is  second  onlv  to  the  health  impact  itself 
in  terms  of  the  need  to  address  this  problem. 

As  I've  said  before,  it  is  not  just  the  health  of  our  people  at  stake 
in  this  debate,  its  the  health  of  our  economy  as  well. 

Everyone  who  is  party  to  the  deliberations  about  health  care  re- 
form should  be  vitally  interested  in  today's  testimony. 

After  hearing  from  the  people  of  Maryland,  it  is  clear  to  me  that 
our  economy  is  among  the  chief  victims  of  the  mess  we  are  now  in 
with  health  care  in  this  country. 

I've  heard  too  many  stories  about  exploding  costs  that  have  hurt 
both  employers  and  workers,  and  too  many  stories  about  people  los- 
ing coverage  and  ending  up  economically  devastated  because  of  a 
medical  need.  The  need  for  action  is  clear. 

Mr.  Chairman,  you  told  a  story  the  other  day  which  really  made 
me  stop  and  think. 

It  was  about  testimony  you  heard  from  a  mother  who  had  to  tell 
her  kids  that  they  weren't  allowed  to  ride  their  bicycles  because  of 
the  chance  they  might  fall.  This  family  did  not  have  the  protection 
needed  to  pay  for  a  broken  arm. 

This  is  not  the  America  we  have  known. 

This  is  not  the  America  we  should  aspire  to. 

People  who  play  by  the  rules,  people  who  work  hard  and  pay 
their  taxes  and  serve  their  country  when  called  upon,  shouldn  t 
have  that  kind  of  fear. 

That  kind  of  fear  results  in  an  insidious  loss  of  liberty. 

We  need  the  kind  of  health  care  reform  which  will  end  that  kind 
of  fear  forever,  while  constraining  costs  in  a  way  that  supports 
rather  than  undermines  our  economy. 

A  major  question  for  everyone  involved  in  this  debate  is:  "How 
many  jobs  will  be  affected  by  this  initiative?"  "How  many  will  be 
lost: '   How  many  will  be  created?" 

I  know  I'd  like  to  see  reliable  information  on  that  question. 

But  we  also  have  to  recognize  that  we  have  already  lost  too  many 
jobs  to  the  status-quo.  And  many  more  jobs  will  be  lost  if  we  don  t 
do  something  to  fix  it. 


393 

If  all  we  were  worried  about  was  the  economy,  we  would  still 
need  health  care  reform.  As  it  is,  this  system  imposes  what  I  call 
a  "value  subtracted"  tax  on  every  American  product.  The  exploding 
cost  of  health  care  is  hurting  business,  hurting  workers,  and  mak- 
ing us  less  competitive  in  the  global  marketplace. 

We  heard  testimony  last  week  from  the  Ford  Motor  Company 
about  just  that  problem.  That  testimony  told  of  a  hidden  $1000 
"value  subtracted"  tax  on  every  American  made  car  because  of  the 
cost  of  health  care! 

I've  been  talking  to  Marylanders  about  the  economic  impact  of 
health  care  reform,  and  let  me  tell  you  they  are  plenty  worried.  But 
what  they  are  most  worried  about  is  the  economic  impact  of  no 
health  care  reform. 

Let  me  just  share  a  couple  of  facts  from  my  state. 

In  1980  a  large  employer  in  Allegheny  County  paid  5%  of  its 
total  payroll  for  health  care  premiums.  By  1992,  that  same 
company  paid  11.3%  of  payroll. 

That  is  astounding  enough,  but  to  make  matters  worse,  the 
more  they  paid  the  less  they  got. 

Deductibles  were  up,  copays  were  up,  covered  services  were 
down,  and  employees  had  to  pay  20%  of  the  price  (compared 
to  none  in  1980). 

And  the  impact  of  these  cost  increases  on  employees  has  been 
worse  than  the  impact  on  employers. 

If  things  don't  change,  by  the  year  2000  almost  $1  of  every 

$5  earned  by  the  average  Marylander  will  go  to  health  care 

spending.  This  compares  to  30  cents  in  1970,  and  65  cents 

today. 

One  last  fact  that  I  found  most  disturbing  and  have  cited  before 

because  of  its  importance.  It  speaks  volumes  about  the  priorities  of 

our  society  and  also  about  how  well  the  public  and  private  sectors 

constrain  costs  in  an  area  of  critical  importance. 

In  1970,  the  people  of  Maryland  spent  just  about  the  same 
amount  on  education  as  on  health  care.  Today  we  spend  twice 
as  much  on  health  care. 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  need  to  turn  that  record  around. 

I  hope  that  this  hearing  will  shed  important  light  on  how  to  do 
that.  We  need  to  both  understand  the  impact  of  the  reform  the 
President  has  proposed  on  our  economy  and  how  we  can  move  our 
nation  away  from  the  destructive  path  we  have  been  following. 

When  I  think  of  all  of  our  country's  many  needs  which  remain 
unaddressed,  I  am  convinced  that  we  can  no  longer  afford  the  sta- 
tus-quo. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  never  been  more  serious  about  anything 
than  what  I  am  about  to  say.  Problems  as  fundamental  and  com- 
plex as  this  is  what  we  were  all  sent  to  Washington  to  address. 
And  the  time  to  do  it  is  now. 

I  look  forward  to  the  testimony  to  be  provided  today. 

Thank  you  Mr.  Chairman. 


394 

STATEMENT  OF  LAURA  D'ANDREA  TYSON,  CHAIR,  PRESI- 
DENTS COUNCIL  OF  ECONOMIC  ADVISERS,  WASHINGTON, 
DC 

Ms.  Tyson.  Thank  you  very  much,  and  thank  you  for  the  oppor- 
tunity to  speak  about  our  health  care  system  and  our  proposed  re- 
form. It  is  really  a  pleasure  and  an  honor  to  speak  with  this  com- 
mittee and  with  you,  who  have  spent  so  much  time  thinking  about 
this  very  important  issue  for  our  country. 

I  want  to  briefly  summarize  some  of  the  problems  I  spoke  with 
you  about  the  last  time,  just  so  that  we  can  have  again  in  mind 
the  shortcomings  of  the  system  that  we  are  trying  to  reform. 

The  system  we  are  trying  to  reform  has  many  shortcomings 
which  have  important  economic  effects,  and  I  just  want  to  summa- 
rize what  they  are. 

First  of  all,  the  current  system  does  not  provide  security  for 
many  Americans.  When  people  get  sick,  the  cost  of  their  insurance 
can  increase  dramatically  and  unexpectedly,  or  they  can  be  dropped 
from  coverage  altogether.  This  is  really  a  situation  which  is  the  re- 
sult of  risk  selection  practices  on  the  part  of  insurers.  While  it 
makes  sense  for  any  individual  insurer  to  behave  this  way,  it  does 
not  make  sense  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  economy  and  what 
insurance  is  supposed  to  do. 

The  second  problem  with  our  health  insurance  system  is  it  dis- 
torts the  employment  decisions  of  individuals.  Since  almost  40  per- 
cent of  insurers  exclude  pre-existing  conditions  from  their  coverage 
of  newly-insured  people,  many  individuals  feel  locked  into  their 
current  insurance  policies  and  their  current  jobs.  Up  to  30  percent 
of  employees  in  surveys  report  that  they  feel  locked  into  jobs.  They 
feel  they  cannot  move  to  other  jobs,  and  they  feel  a  disincentive  to 
start  out  on  a  new  small  business  on  their  own  because  of  the  cost 
of  getting  insurance.  People  feel  locked  into  welfare  because  to  go 
off  of  welfare  risks  Medicaid  coverage  if  they  take  a  job. 

So  if  we  are  to  have  a  flexible  work  force,  if  we  are  to  have  a 
matching  of  individuals'  skills  and  talents  with  job  opportunities, 
we  must  end  job  lock  and  welfare  lock,  which  come  out  of  our  in- 
surance system. 

The  third  problem  with  the  current  system,  of  course,  is  that  the 
number  of  people  who  cannot  find  affordable  insurance  is  very 
large  and  expanding.  Over  37  million  Americans  do  not  have 
health  insurance,  and  this  is  not  a  predicament  of  the  unemployed 
alone.  Three-quarters  of  all  uninsured  people  are  in  working  fami- 
lies, and  over  one-third  of  all  uninsured  people  are  in  families  with 
at  least  one  full-time  worker. 

So  we  have  a  system  which  simply  cannot  deliver  insurance  even 
to  working  Americans. 

Now,  it  is  a  myth  that  the  people  who  have  insurance  do  not 
have  to  worry  about  the  uninsured,  because  when  the  uninsured 
incur  health  care  costs,  the  insured  pick  up  the  bill.  Currently,  the 
uninsured  pay  only  about  20  percent  of  the  costs  they  incur.  The 
privately  insured  pay  130  percent  of  the  costs  they  incur.  That  is 
about  $25  billion  in  uncompensated  care  paid  for  by  the  insurer. 

The  fourth  problem  with  our  system,  of  course,  is  that  our  costs 
are  very  high  and  rising  rapidly.  No  other  country  in  the  world 
spends  more  than  10  percent  of  its  GDP  on  health  care.  We  spend 


395 

14  percent.  American  consumers  spend  more  on  health  care  than 
fuel  oil,  electricity,  natural  gas,  oil  and  gasoline,  local  transpor- 
tation, furniture,  and  other  household  equipment  combined. 

There  have  been  reports — there  was  a  report  yesterday — that 
health  care  inflation  has  shown  some  signs  of  moderation.  Let  me 
emphasize  that  during  the  last  quarter,  health  care  inflation  was 
still  three  times  as  rapid  as  overall  consumer  price  inflation.  Dur- 
ing the  last  year,  medical  prices  have  increased  at  a  5.7  percent  an- 
nual rate,  compared  to  an  overall  CPI  increase  of  only  2.7  percent. 
So  our  costs  are  high,  and  they  are  continuing  to  rise  rapidly. 

Health  care  spending  per  worker  in  the  United  States  in  our  cur- 
rent system  will  be  over  $7,000  per  worker  in  1994.  American 
workers  on  average  pay  $1,864  directly  for  health  care.  Their  em- 
ployers spend  an  additional  $3,409,  and  Federal,  State  and  local 
taxes  for  health  care  amount  to  $2,149. 

Now,  what  we  know  from  empirical  research  is  that  this  heavy 
weight  of  health  care  cost  per  employee  shows  up  in  part  by  em- 
ployers responding  with  lower  wage  growth.  So  if  employer  con- 
tributions to  health  insurance  had  remained  the  same  share  of 
compensation  as  they  were  in  1975,  American  workers  today  in 
real  terms  would  earn  $1,000  more.  It  is  basically  the  case  that 
health  costs  have  been  gobbling  up  more  and  more  of  the  real  wage 
possibilities  of  the  American  work  force. 

Finally,  the  fifth  problem  in  our  system  is  that  it  is  riddled  with 
waste,  excess  supply  and  inefficiencies.  Despite  our  massive  com- 
mitment of  resources  to  health  care  spending,  the  United  States 
ranks  19th  out  of  26  countries  in  infant  mortality  and  18th  in  life 
expectancy.  We  lose  an  estimated  $80  billion  a  year  to  fraud  and 
abuse,  $45  billion  a  year  is  spent  on  administrative  expenses  and 
paperwork,  and  over  one-third  of  medical  procedures  are  judged  in 
studies  to  be  unnecessary  or  inappropriate.  Hospital  prices  con- 
tinue to  rise  in  many  parts  of  the  country  despite  the  fact  that  beds 
are  in  excess  supply.  And  finally,  HMO  experience  from  my  State 
and  many  other  States  indicates  that  you  may  be  able  to  reduce 
the  cost  of  medical  care  by  10  to  20  percent  without  reducing  the 
quality  of  outcome. 

There  are  a  number  of  diverse  indicators  which  paint  a  very  com- 
pelling picture  that  we  have  waste  and  inefficiency  in  our  health 
care  system.  For  an  economist,  that  is  perhaps  the  main  reason  to 
reform  the  health  care  system.  If  you  have  one-seventh  of  the  econ- 
omy riddled  with  inefficiency  and  excess  resources,  the  standard  of 
living  of  the  entire  economy  can  be  brought  up  by  reforming  and 
getting  rid  of  this  waste  and  inefficiency. 

Now,  those  are  the  problems.  What  will  our  health  security  plan 
do?  What  are  the  major  economic  effects? 

First  of  all,  the  employers  who  currently  offer  health  insurance 
will  see  their  costs  fall  immediately.  Under  our  health  care  security 
plan,  every  individual  will  receive  health  insurance.  What  will  this 
mean  for  those  companies  that  are  currently  providing  insurance? 
Eliminating  uncompensated  care  will  lower  costs  to  businesses  that 
currently  provide,  thereby  making  resources  in  those  businesses 
available  for  higher  wages,  more  investment,  more  research  and 
development,  higher  profits,  lower  prices — a  variety  of  things. 


396 

In  addition,  businesses  that  provide  will  be  benefited  also  by 
eliminating  corporate  free  riders.  That  is,  there  are  many  compa- 
nies that  currently  provide  health  benefits  for  their  employees  and 
for  the  spouses  of  their  employees.  If  those  spouses  are  working,  in 
our  system,  their  employers  will  cover  their  health  care  costs. 

So  we  will  eliminate  uncompensated  care  and  eliminate  cor- 
porate free  riders.  That  will  help  companies  that  are  currently  in- 
suring. 

Second,  we  have  done  estimates  indicating  that  as  a  result  of  our 
plan  bringing  the  rate  of  growth  of  costs  down  over  time,  by  the 
end  of  this  decade,  aggregate  business  spending — that  is,  total 
business  spending  on  health  insurance — will  decline.  In  fact,  at  the 
end  of  the  decade,  our  preliminary  estimates  indicate  that  aggre- 
gate business  spending  on  health  care  services  provided  by  the 
health  security  plan  will  fall  by  $10  billion. 

As  I  said,  businesses  can  do  many  things  with  the  resulting  sav- 
ings, and  they  are  all  beneficial  for  the  economy.  They  might  decide 
to  use  the  savings  to  increase  employment.  They  might  decide  to 
use  the  savings  to  increase  wages.  They  might  decide  to  reduce 
prices.  They  might  decide  to  invest  more. 

Each  of  these  outcomes  which  come  from  the  business  commu- 
nity as  a  whole  spending  less  on  health  care  is  a  beneficial  outcome 
for  the  economy  and  for  employment. 

I  want  to  emphasize,  as  I  think  the  press  and  the  American  pub- 
lic are  beginning  to  understand,  that  small  businesses  will  be  par- 
ticularly benefited  from  the  health  security  plan.  Currently,  small 
businesses  that  provide  insurance  face  administrative  costs  of  up  to 
40  percent,  while  large  business  administrative  costs  are  only  5 
percent. 

Under  reform,  the  administrative  costs  alone  for  the  small  firms 
will  fall  by  up  to  25  percent.  Additionally,  many  of  the  small  insur- 
ing firms  will  receive  discounts  on  their  premiums.  Right  now,  the 
system  really  works  to  the  disadvantage  of  the  small  firm.  They 
pay  up  to  35  percent  more  for  the  same  insurance  as  big  compa- 
nies, and  the  rate  of  growth  of  health  insurance  for  small  business 
has  been  50  percent  faster  than  the  rate  of  growth  of  health  insur- 
ance for  big  business.  So  this  will  be  a  benefit  to  the  small  business 
community. 

Although  small  businesses  that  do  not  currently  provide  insur- 
ance will  indeed  pay  more,  they  are  very  likely  to  receive  health 
care  discounts.  We  have  designed  a  system  of  discounts  which  pre- 
cisely reflects  the  reality  that  small  firms  that  do  not  now  provide 
insurance  should  get  a  discount — should  get  an  affordable  package 
of  insurance. 

Many  small  businesses  have  reported  in  surveys  that  they  wish 
to  provide  insurance,  but  that  they  cannot  find  affordable  insur- 
ance. In  one  study  done  for  the  National  Federation  of  Independent 
Business,  Charles  Hall  of  Temple  University  found  that  64  percent 
of  small  business  owners  would  like  to  provide  some  or  better  in- 
surance for  their  workers.  When  they  are  asked  why  they  are  not 
doing  so,  they  say  because  the  premiums  in  the  current  system  are 
too  high.  Yes,  they  are  too  high,  for  all  the  reasons  I  suggested  be- 
fore. Small  firms  are  at  a  disadvantage. 


397 

Under  our  health  security  plan,  small  firms  will  be  able  to  get 
affordable  insurance,  and  the  discounts  will  make  sure  that  is  the 
case. 

The  health  care  security  plan  will  also  have  an  effect  on  the 
health  care  sector  in  many  ways.  In  particular,  I  would  argue  it 
would  make  it  more  efficient,  but  it  also  will  actually  in  the  short 
run  increase  employment.  You  have  to  think  about  the  plan  as  ini- 
tially bringing  more  people  in,  a  net  increase  for  health  care  serv- 
ices, and  then  bringing  down  the  rate  of  increase  of  health  care 
spending  over  time,  slowing  it  down  over  time. 

We  estimate  that  the  net  effect  of  this  in  the  short  run,  by  the 
end  of  the  decade,  we  should  have  something  like  400,000  addi- 
tional new  workers  in  the  health  care  sector. 

Over  time,  of  course,  the  health  care  sector  will  become  more  pro- 
ductive, but  that  does  not  mean — and  again,  I  want  to  emphasize 
there  is  some  confusion  sometimes— we  do  not  anticipate  at  any 
time  a  decline  in  health  care  sector  employment.  If  anything  what 
we  are  saying  is  there  is  an  increase  in  health  care  sector  employ- 
ment initially,  and  then  it  grows  more  slowly  over  time.  Sometime 
in  the  future,  relative  to  baseline  employment,  we  may  have  less 
health  care  sector  employment,  but  there  is  not  an  absolute  decline 
in  the  number  of  workers  in  the  health  care  sector. 

Another  economic  effect  which  will  be  very  beneficial  is  the  re- 
duction of  job  lock  and  welfare  lock.  As  I  have  indicated,  workers 
feel  right  now  that  they  are  locked  into  their  jobs  for  fear  of  losing 
their  health  insurance.  Welfare  families  feel  they  are  locked  in  wel- 
fare for  fear  of  losing  their  health  insurance,  their  Medicaid  cov- 
erage. 

We  believe  that  the  additional  flexibility  will  allow  workers  to 
pursue  more  productive  careers,  will  allow  a  better  match  between 
employers  and  employees,  and  this  will  improve  efficiency  in  the 
economy. 

It  should  also  be  emphasized  that  some  workers  may  decide  in 
a  changed  health  care  system  to  retire  early  as  a  result  of  health 
care  reform.  This  voluntary  increase  in  retirement  may  in  fact  in- 
crease employment  opportunities  for  younger  workers. 

Now,  I  have  painted  so  far  the  beneficial  picture.  Nonetheless 
there  are  some  studies  out  there  that  claim  that  the  health  security 
plan  will  cause  substantial  damage  to  the  economy,  and  I  want  to 
try  to  indicate  what  I  believe  to  be  wrong  with  the  existing  ap- 
proaches and  existing  studies. 

First  of  all,  it  is  important  to  begin  by  emphasizing  that  some 
firms  and  some  individuals  will  in  fact  pay  more  for  health  insur- 
ance than  they  did  prior  to  reform.  We  know  that  the  health  secu- 
rity plan  will  increase  costs  for  some  young,  single  workers  and 
will  increase  health  insurance  costs  for  some  firms  that  did  not 
previously  offer  health  insurance.  Both  of  those  things  are  true. 

The  vast  majority  of  American  families  and  American  workers, 
however,  will  benefit  from  a  reduction  in  health  insurance  costs, 
from  having  portable  health  insurance  coverage,  from  having  a  re- 
duction in  the  job  lock  that  currently  makes  them  less  flexible. 
Then,  in  addition,  as  I  noted,  many  employers,  both  large  and 
small,  who  currently  provide  insurance  will  initially  benefit  right 


398 

off  the  bat,  an  immediate  benefit,  and  the  business  sector  as  a 
whole  will  benefit  within  3  years  of  the  plan's  full  implementation. 

So  what  do  the  studies  have  to  assume,  or  what  do  they  miss, 
to  get  a  negative  effect?  Given  that  I  have  just  indicated  all  the 
reasons  why  the  effects  are  positive,  what  do  the  studies  have  to 
assume  to  get  a  negative  effect? 

There  are  several  studies.  One  study  in  particular,  by  O'Neill 
and  O'Neill,  which  has  been  the  most  widely  cited  study,  which 
suggests  that  the  job  number  may  be  as  many  as  3.1  million  jobs 
lost,  is  a  study  that  is  riddled  with  inaccuracies  about  our  plan  and 
what  our  plan  actually  is  and  with  also  questionable  analytical  as- 
sumptions. 

As  to  the  inaccuracies  on  our  plan,  this  study  does  not  account 
for  any  of  our  discounts.  As  I  said,  we  have  put  into  our  plan  dis- 
counts for  small,  low-wage  firms,  precisely  to  deal  with  the  reality 
that  many  of  these  firms  currently  do  not  provide  insurance.  So  we 
are  giving  a  discount  to  them,  and  the  study  overlooks  that. 

The  study  also  overlooks  the  fact  that  the  costs  for  the  firm  will 
depend  upon  the  part-time  or  full-time  nature  of  the  worker,  so 
this  will  be  a  pro-rated  premium  for  part-time  workers,  not  a  full 
premium  for  part-time  workers. 

This  study  also  vast  overestimates  the  cost  of  the  premium.  They 
use  a  premium  of  $5,310  per  worker  and  a  family,  and  $2,160  for 
a  single  worker.  The  estimates  of  our  health  security  plan,  which 
have  been  signed  off  by  a  number  of  actuaries,  are  $2,500  per 
worker  and  a  family,  and  $1,500  for  a  single  worker.  So  these  are 
the  more  realistic  estimates  of  what  our  premiums  will  cost. 

Those  are  the  factual  errors.  Now  the  analytical  errors.  Any 
study  which  tries  to  estimate  the  employment  effects  of  health  care 
has  to  make  a  decision  about  how  sensitive  firms  are  to  a  change 
in  their  employment  costs.  So  some  firms  will  see  their  employment 
costs  going  down;  those  are  firms  that  are  already  providing  insur- 
ance and  are  going  to  get  a  better  deal.  Some  firms  will  see  their 
costs  going  up.  In  order  to  judge  the  employment  effects,  you  have 
to  make  an  estimate  of  how  sensitive  the  firm  is  to  changes  in 
those  costs. 

The  O'Neill  study,  for  example,  assumes  that  firms  that  see  their 
costs  increase  by  10  percent  will  lay  off  3  percent  of  their  workers. 
We  looked  through  the  economic  literature  on  this,  and  the  esti- 
mates in  the  economic  literature  suggest  that  the  employment  re- 
sponse may  be  only  one-sixth  to  one-third  as  large.  That  is,  they 
are  making  a  very  out-of-range,  in  our  view,  assumption  about  how 
sensitive  firms  are  in  their  employment  decisions. 

Finally  and  most  importantly,  the  existing  studies  that  are  out 
there  do  not  really  allow  for  any  new  job  creation  in  businesses 
whose  costs  fall  as  a  consequence  of  our  reform.  That  is,  most  of 
the  studies  ask  the  following  question:  Suppose  the  only  effect  of 
our  plan  were  an  increase  in  insurance  costs  for  some  firms.  What 
would  be  the  effect  on  employment?  That  is  the  wrong  question.  It 
is  the  wrong  question  because  many  firms  will  see  a  decline  in 
their  costs,  and  the  overall  business  community  will  see  a  decline 
in  its  costs.  So  you  actually  have  to  ask  a  much  more  complicated 
set  of  questions  where  many  firms  are  actually  benefiting. 


399 

Finally,  if  you  just  look  at  the  real  world  evidence  from  Hawaii, 
of  course,  the  suggestion  that  job  loss  claims  in  studies  like  O'Neill 
do  appear  to  be  exaggerated.  Hawaii  imposed  an  employer  health 
insurance  mandate  in  1974.  Since  the  1970's,  total  private  nonfarm 
employment  has  grown  by  80  percent  in  Hawaii,  compared  to  54 
percent  in  the  Nation  as  a  whole;  and  retail  and  wholesale  trade 
employment  have  grown  more  in  Hawaii  than  in  the  Nation  as  a 
whole. 

I  understand  that  you  will  be  hearing  from  Dr.  Jack  Lewin  later 
this  morning.  He  certainly  understands  and  can  explain  Hawaii's 
experience  with  a  health  care  mandate. 

Now,  where  does  that  lead  us  in  terms  of  a  summary  conclusion 
on  the  likely  effects  of  health  care  reform?  We  believe  that  neither 
the  models  nor  the  data  are  available  to  yield  a  precise  estimate 
of  the  employment  effects  of  health  care  reform.  In  many  areas  of 
economics,  there  are  models  that  allow  economists  to  make  a  pre- 
diction and  have  a  reasonable  amount  of  faith  in  their  prediction. 
For  example,  if  you  asked  me  what  the  effect  of  a  particular  spend- 
ing cut  is  on  economic  performance  at  the  aggregate  level,  I  can  use 
a  standard  model,  the  Wharton  econometric  model  or  the  DRI 
model  or  a  number  of  models  out  there,  and  make  a  prediction.  The 
model  is  designed  precisely  to  answer  that  question.  I  can  make 
the  prediction  and  give  you  a  prediction  with  a  reasonable  range 
of  accuracy. 

There  are  not  any  existing  models  that  allow  us  to  do  that  in  an- 
swering the  question  of  the  employment  effects  of  health  care  re- 
form. This  is  because  the  appropriate  model,  the  model  you  would 
need  for  such  an  exercise,  would  have  to  make  distinctions  between 
firms  that  currently  provide  insurance  and  firms  that  currently  do 
not  provide  insurance;  between  large  firms  and  small  firms.  They 
would  also  have  to  make  distinctions  among  the  various  ways  that 
a  firm  can  respond  to  a  change  in  health  care  costs,  whether  it  is 
an  increase  or  a  decrease.  Firms  can  do  many  things.  The  model 
would  also  have  to  predict  how  individuals  will  respond.  Will  indi- 
viduals change  their  behavior  in  terms  of  deciding  to  start  a  new 
business,  deciding  to  retire,  deciding  to  move  jobs  more  frequently, 
deciding  to  go  off  of  welfare? 

There  is  simply  no  model  around  which  allows  you  to  take  into 
effect  all  of  these  very  important  incentive  questions  about  our 
health  care  reform.  In  the  absence  of  such  a  model — and  no  one 
has  such  a  model;  I  want  to  emphasize  this — one  can  generate  ei- 
ther small  net  positive  or  small  net  negative  effects  on  employment 
with  existing  models  depending  upon  what  you  assume.  It  is  sort 
of  the  old  adage  that  you  get  out  what  you  put  in.  I  can  put  in  a 
set  of  assumptions  that  will  generate  employment  gains  that  are 
perfectly  reasonable.  I  can  put  in  a  set  of  assumptions  that  will 
generate  employment  losses. 

The  net  effects  are  small.  Not  surprisingly,  therefore,  several  pri- 
vate sector  economists  have  concluded  as  we  at  the  CEA  have  con- 
cluded, that  the  net  effect  of  our  health  care  plan  on  aggregate  em- 
ployment is  likely  to  be  small. 

What  we  suggest  on  the  basis  of  a  series  of  internal  runs  is  a 
range  of  plus  or  minus  one-half  of  one  percent  at  the  aggregate  em- 


400 

ployment  level.  That  is  plus  or  minus  one-half  of  one  percent  at  the 
aggregate  employment  level. 

What  is  the  intuition  here?  Why  is  it  plus  or  minus?  Because 
there  are  some  factors  in  the  plan  that  will  encourage  employment, 
for  example,  by  firms  that  are  better  off  because  their  health  care 
costs  are  coming  down  or  because  we  may  have  greater  job  mobility 
into  self-employment  or  something  like  that.  There  are  factors  that 
will  tend  to  decrease  employment— -a  firm  facing  higher  costs  might 
in  fact  decide  to  adjust  its  size. 

These  offsetting  factors  tend  to  cancel  out.  What  we  know  for 
sure  is  that  the  composition  of  employment  is  likely  to  change;  that 
over  time,  the  factors  encouraging  an  increase  in  employment  will 
get  stronger  because  business  sector  spending  will  come  down;  and 
on  balance,  the  net  effects  are  small. 

Therefore,  as  an  economist  I  conclude  that  the  net  effects  on  em- 
ployment per  se  are  likely  to  be  small,  but  this  is  clearly  a  very 
important,  good  plan  for  the  American  economy.  We  know  this  with 
certainty.  It  diminishes  job  lock,  it  diminishes  welfare  lock,  it  al- 
lows more  people  to  be  self-employed,  it  gets  health  care  costs 
under  control,  it  guarantees  security  to  all  Americans,  it  reduces 
waste  and  inefficiency  in  one-seventh  of  our  economy. 

If  we  reorganize  our  health  care  system,  we  can  use  our  scarce 
resources  more  efficiently  to  help  us  realize  the  goal  of  higher  liv- 
ing standards  for  ourselves  and  our  children. 

I  would  be  delighted  to  answer  any  other  questions  you  have 
about  the  economic  effects  of  health  care  reform,  and  I  Iook  forward 
to  working  with  you  to  make  sure  we  reform  the  problems  in  our 
current  system. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Ms.  Tyson  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  of  Laura  D'Andrea  Tyson 
the  economic  effects  of  health  care  reform 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  for  the  opportunity  to  come  before  your  Committee  to 
discuss  the  economic  effects  of  health  care  reform. 

The  United  States  is  facing  a  health  care  crisis.  The  rapidly  rising  cost  of  health 
care  hurts  businesses,  depresses  wages,  and  contributes  to  fiscal  imbalance.  The  av- 
erage working  American  will  be  charged,  directly  and  indirectly,  over  $7,000  for 
health  care  in  1994.  The  lack  of  health  security  makes  many  individuals  afraid  to 
leave  their  current  jobs,  discourages  others  from  working  for  small  businesses  or  be- 
coming self-employed,  and  keeps  people  on  welfare  instead  of  working. 

Reforming  health  care  is  a  difficult  challenge,  but  one  that  we  must  face.  Let  me 
first  outline  the  problems  that  force  us  to  take  action,  and  then  I  will  move  on  to 
the  economic  effects  of  the  Health  Security  plan. 

Why  Reform  Health  Care? 

There  are  five  reasons  why  urgent  health  care  action  is  needed. 

The  First  problem  is  that  our  health  care  system  does  not  provide  security  to  indi- 
viduals. When  people  get  sick,  the  cost  of  their  insurance  can  increase  dramatically, 
or  they  can  be  dropped  from  coverage  completely.  This  situation  is  a  result  of  risk 
selection  practices  on  the  part  of  insurers.  Insurers  spend  large  amounts  of  money 
trying  to  select  good  health  risks,  and  avoid  bad  risks.  This  practice  is  profitable 
for  any  one  insurer  but  is  socially  wasteful.  After  all,  someone  must  cover  the  costs 
incurred  by  people  who  get  sick.  The  result  is  that  many  people  cannot  get  coverage, 
and  many  more  fear  for  their  ability  to  get  coverage  in  the  future. 

The  second  problem  with  our  health  insurance  system  is  that  it  interferes  with 
the  employment  decisions  of  individuals.  Almost  40  percent  of  insurers  exclude 
prexisting  conditions  from  their  coverage  of  newly  insured  people,  thus  locking 
many  people  into  their  current  insurance  policies  and  jobs.  Up  to  30  percent  of  em- 


401 

ployees  feel  "locked"  into  their  jobs.  Others  do  not  form  small  businesses  or  become 
self-employed  because  of  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  insurance.  Finally,  many  people 
remain  on  welfare  because  they  will  lose  their  Medicaid  coverage  if  they  take  a  job. 
If  we  are  to  adapt  to  changing  domestic  ad  international  economic  circumstances, 
we  must  not  penalize  people  every  time  they  change  or  lose  a  job. 

The  third  problem  with  our  health  care  system  is  that  the  number  of  people  who 
do  not  have  access  to  affordable  insurance  is  large  and  expanding.  Over  37  million 
people  do  not  have  health  insurance.  And  this  is  not  a  predicament  unique  to  the 
unemployed.  Three-quarters  of  all  uninsured  people  are  in  working  families,  and 
over  one-third  of  the  uninsured  are  in  families  with  at  least  one  full-time  year-round 
worker.  We  have  a  system  in  which  millions  of  people,  many  of  them  in  working 
families,  cannot  afford  the  rising  costs  of  health  care  coverage,  and  they  face  the 
risk  of  being  financially  crippled  by  events  beyond  their  control. 

It  is  a  myth  that  insured  people  do  not  need  to  worry  about  the  uninsured.  Under 
our  current  system,  when  the  uninsured  face  catastrophic  costs,  the  insured  pick  up 
the  bill.  Currently,  the  uninsured  pay  only  20  percent  of  the  health  care  costs  they 
incur,  while  the  privately  insured  pay  130  percent  of  their  actual  health  care  costs. 
According  to  recent  estimates,  there  will  be  about  $25  billion  of  "uncompensated 
care"  paid  for  by  the  insured  in  1994.  Providing  health  insurance  for  all  Americans 
could  therefore  lower  premiums  for  the  currently  insured  by  over  10  percent. 

The  fourth  problem  with  the  health  care  system  is  that  health  care  costs  are  high 
and  rising:  No  other  country  in  the  world  spends  more  than  10  percent  of  its  GDP 
on  health  care.  The  United  States  spends  14  percent.  American  consumers  spend 
more  on  health  care  than  on  fuel  oil,  electricity,  natural  gas,  other  household  oper- 
ations, oil  and  gasoline,  local  transportation,  furniture,  and  other  household  equip- 
ment combined.  Even  though  health  care  inflation  has  moderated  recently,  during 
the  last  quarter  it  was  still  three  times  as  rapid  as  overall  consumer  price  inflation. 

Health  care  spending  per  working  American  will  be  over  $7,000  per  worker  in 
1994.  American  workers  will,  on  average,  pay  $1,864  directly  for  health  care  in 
1994.  Their  employers  will  pay  an  additional  $3,409.  And  Federal,  State,  and  local 
taxes  for  health  care  will  total  $2,149. 

Empirical  research  suggests  that  businesses  generally  respond  to  higher  health 
care  costs  by  lowering  the  wages  they  pay  to  their  employees.  Similarly,  the  taxes 
required  to  pay  for  government  health  spending  are  borne  to  some  extent  by  work- 
ers in  the  form  of  lower  wages.  Thus,  if  employer  contributions  to  health  insurance 
had  remained  constant  at  their  1975  share  of  compensation  through  1992,  and  if 
employers  had  passed  these  savings  on  to  workers,  real  wages  per  worker  would 
have  been  over  $1,000  higher  in  1992. 

The  fifth  problem  with  our  health  care  system  is  that  it  is  riddled  with  waste, 
excess  supply,  and  inefficiencies.  Despite  our  massive  commitment  of  resources  to 
health  care  spending,  the  United  States  ranks  19th  out  of  26  countries  in  infant 
mortality  and  18th  in  life  expectancy.  We  lose  an  estimated  $80  billion  a  year  to 
fraud  and  abuse.  Over  5  percent  of  our  total  health  care  spending — conservatively 
$45  billion  in  1992— covers  administrative  expenses  and  paperwork.  As  many  as 
one-third  of  common  medical  procedures  may  be  unnecessary  and  inappropriate. 
Hospital  prices  continue  to  rise  even  though  hospital  beds  are  in  excess  supply  in 
many  parts  of  the  country.  HMO  experience  indicates  that  the  cost  of  medical  care 
can  be  cut  by  as  much  as  10-20  percent  without  reducing  the  quality  of  care. 

These  diverse  indicators  paint  a  compelling  picture  of  the  inefficiency  and  waste 
in  our  current  health  care  system.  Perhaps  the  most  important  economic  reason  for 
reform  is  to  improve  the  efficiency  of  this  system.  This  in  turn  will  make  resources 
available  to  cover  the  uninsured  and  to  address  our  other  pressing  economic  and  so- 
cial needs. 

The  Economic  Effects  of  Reform 

The  Health  Security  plan  addresses  these  fundamental  problems  with  the  current 
system.  It  will  lower  costs,  provide  security,  increase  job  opportunities  and  increase 
the  efficiency  of  the  economy.  Many  businesses  will  see  their  costs  fall,  and  many 
others  will  have  access  to  coverage  previously  denied  them.  Slower  cost  growth  will 
allow  workers  to  enjoy  faster  growth  in  their  real  wages,  and  reduced  job  lock  will 
increase  workers'  ability  to  find  better  jobs.  Let  me  describe  what  I  believe  to  be 
the  important  economic  effects  of  health  care  reform. 

First,  many  employers  who  currently  offer  health  insurance  will  see  their  costs 
fall  immediately.  Under  the  Health  Security  plan,  every  individual  will  receive 
health  insurance.  Eliminating  uncompensated  care  in  the  current  system  will  lower 
costs  to  businesses  that  provide  care,  thereby  making  resources  available  for  in- 
creased wages  or  additional  hiring.  Eliminating  corporate  "free  riders"  will  also  re- 


402 

duce  spending  by  companies  that  currently  provide  health  benefits  for  their  employ- 
ees and  for  their  spouses  who  are  not  covered  by  their  own  employers. 

Second,  the  Health  Security  plan  gradually  lowers  aggregate  business  spending 
on  health  insurance.  Although  the  business  sector  as  a  whole  will  initially  pay  more 
for  health  insurance,  the  reduction  in  health  care  cost  growth  lowers  the  growth  of 
premiums  over  time.  In  fact,  by  the  end  of  this  decade,  preliminary  estimates  indi- 
cate that  aggregate  business  spending  on  services  covered  by  the  Health  Security 
plan  will  fall  by  $10  billion. 

Businesses  can  do  many  things  with  the  resulting  cost  savings.  They  can:  hire 
more  workers;  raise  wages  or  provide  better  benefits  for  existing  workers;  invest  in 
more  plant,  equipment,  education  and  training,  and  research  and  development;  in- 
crease dividends  to  shareholders;  or  lower  prices,  thereby  leaving  consumers  with 
more  income  to  spend  on  other  goods.  Each  of  these  outcomes  will  have  a  stimula- 
tive effect  on  the  economy  and  will  increase  employment.  Economic  research  has  not 
reached  clear  conclusions  about  how  to  apportion  the  savings  among  these  effects. 
Almost  all  models  suggest  that  wage  increases  are  a  likely  response,  but  they  differ 
about  whether  all  of  the  savings  will  flow  into  wage  increases.  Nevertheless,  the  ef- 
fects of  lower  health  care  spending  are  clearly  beneficial  for  the  economy. 

Small  businesses  will  particularly  benefit  from  the  Health  Security  plan.  Cur- 
rently small  businesses  that  provide  insurance  face  administrative  costs  of  up  to  40 
percent,  while  large  businesses  face  costs  of  only  5  percent.  Under  reform,  adminis- 
trative costs  for  small  firms  will  fall  by  up  to  25  percent.  Additionally,  many  of  those 
currently  insuring  small  firms  will  receive  discounts  on  their  premiums. 

Although  small  businesses  that  do  not  currently  provide  insurance  will  pay  more, 
they  are  likely  to  receive  discounts  to  make  health  care  affordable.  There  is  a  com- 
mon myth  that  small  businesses  cannot  afford  to  pay  anything  for  health  insurance. 
In  fact,  many  small  businesses  report  they  would  uke  to  provide  health  insurance 
for  their  employees  if  it  were  more  affordable.  According  to  a  recent  study  for  the 
NFEB  performed  by  Charles  Hall  of  Temple  University,  64  percent  of  small  business 
owners  would  like  to  provide  some  or  hetter  insurance  for  their  workers.  When 
asked  why  they  do  not  offer  insurance,  the  most  common  response  (65  percent)  was 
that  premiums  are  too  high.  Ninety-two  percent  of  small  business  owners  agree  that 
the  cost  of  health  insurance  is  a  serious  business  problem.  Under  the  Health  Secu- 
rity plan,  with  affordable  health  insurance  and  discounts  for  small  businesses,  this 
will  no  longer  be  the  case. 

Third,  the  Health  Security  plan  will  result  in  greater  employment  in  the  health 
care  sector  in  the  short  run  and  a  more  efficient  health  sector  in  the  long  run.  With 
the  increase  in  the  number  of  insured  Americans  and  the  decrease  in  the  adminis- 
trative burden  of  health  insurance,  there  will  be  a  significant  expansion  of  employ- 
ment of  health  care  providers  and  a  decrease  in  employment  of  health  administra- 
tors and  insurance  workers.  By  1996,  as  many  as  400,000  net  new  jobs  will  be  cre- 
ated in  the  health  sector.  As  the  cost  savings  of  the  plan  begin  to  accrue,  employ- 
ment in  the  health  sector  will  grow  more  slowly,  although  there  will  be  no  absolute 
decline  in  the  number  of  employees. 

Over  time,  the  health  sector  will  become  more  productive.  This  benefits  all  of  us. 
We  will  be  able  to  have  the  same  or  better  health  care  as  well  as  more  investment, 
research  and  development,  or  just  plain  goods  and  services. 

Fourth,  the  efficiency  of  the  economy  will  also  be  increased  by  reducing  job  lock 
and  welfare  lock.  By  providing  health  care  security,  the  reform  will  give  workers  the 
freedom  to  move  to  iobs  where  they  might  be  more  productive  without  having  to 
worry  about  losing  their  health  insurance.  Small  firms  should  particularly  benefit 
from  this,  since  they  often  have  the  hardest  time  attracting  highly  skilled  workers. 
In  addition,  firms  should  be  more  willing  to  hire  workers  with  pre-existing  condi- 
tions because  the  new  system  does  not  penalize  individuals  with  a  prior  illness.  This 
allows  for  better,  more  efficient  matches  between  employers  and  employees  and  in- 
creases the  efficiency  of  the  economy. 

Some  workers  may  decide  to  leave  the  labor  force  completely  when  there  is  contin- 
uous health  coverage.  Evidence  suggests  that  about  350-600,000  people  will  decide 
to  retire  early  under  health  care  reform.  This  increase  in  voluntary  retirement  may 
increase  employment  opportunities  for  younger  workers. 

The  Shortcomings  of  Existing  Studies  on  the  Employment  Effects  of  Health  Care  Re- 
form 

As  you  know,  some  have  claimed  that  the  Health  Security  plan  will  cause  sub- 
stantial damage  to  the  economy.  There  is  no  denying  that  some  firms  and  individ- 
uals will  pay  more  than  they  did  prior  to  reform.  In  particular,  the  Health  Security 
Slan  will  increase  Costs  for  some  young,  single  individuals  as  well  as  for  firms  that 
id  not  previously  offer  health  insurance.  The  vast  majority  of  Americans,  however, 


403 

will  benefit  from  the  reduction  in  health  insurance  costs,  the  portability  of  coverage, 
the  lower  administrative  costs,  the  reduction  of  job  lock,  the  lower  costs  for  small 
businesses  and  the  self-employed,  and  the  reduction  in  welfare  lock.  In  addition,  as 
already  noted,  many  employers,  both  large  and  small,  currently  providing  insurance 
will  enjoy  lower  costs  immediately  and  the  business  sector  as  a  whole  will  enjoy 
lower  costs  within  three  years  of  the  plan's  full  implementation. 

There  are  some  studies,  including  an  often  cited  study  by  June  and  David  O'Neill, 
that  criticize  the  Health  Security  plan  as  a  job-destroyer.  I  believe  these  studies  are 
riddled  with  error  and  inaccuracies.  First,  they  completely  overlook  the  discounts  for 
small  and  low-wage  businesses  provided  by  the  Health  Security  plan.  The  lack  of 
discounts— coupled  with  the  questionable  assumption  that  Finns  cannot  shift  any 
costs  to  workers  earning  less  than  $25,000  per  year— lead  directly  to  massively  ex- 
aggerated estimates  of  job  loss.  Additionally,  in  the  O'Neill  study,  employers  are  as- 
sumed to  pay  the  full  premium  for  all  workers  who  work  more  than  20  hours  per 
week.  In  the  Health  Security  plan,  however,  employers  pay  a  much  smaller,  pro- 
rated premium  for  part-time  workers. 

Second,  the  studies  assume  a  premium  for  the  benefits  package  that  far  exceeds 
the  premium  for  the  Administration's  benefits  package.  The  O'Neill  study  assumes 
that  employers  pay  a  premium  of  $5,310  per  worker  with  a  family  and  $2,160  per 
single  worker.  Estimates  for  the  Health  Security  plan,  however,  suggest  that  em- 
ployers will  pay  about  $2,500  per  worker  with  a  family,  and  about  $1,500  per  single 
worker.  These  estimates  take  into  account  the  fact  that  many  families  have  two 
adults  in  the  labor  force,  and  that  each  working  adult  will  have  an  employer  con- 
tributing to  health  care  coverage  for  the  family. 

These  studies  also  assume  that  business  employment  decisions  are  three  to  six 
times  more  sensitive  to  increases  in  the  costs  of  hiring  labor  than  most  conventional 
estimates.  The  O'Neill  study,  for  example,  assumes  that  firms  will  lay  off  3  percent 
of  their  work  force  if  employee  compensation  rises  by  10  percent.  Summary  esti- 
mates in  the  economic  literature  suggest  that  the  employment  response  might  be 
only  one-sixth  to  one-third  as  large. 

Finally,  and  most  importantly,  the  existing  studies  do  not  allow  for  any  new  job  cre- 
ation in  businesses  whose  costs  will  fall  as  an  immediate  or  dual  consequence 
of  reform. 

In  fact,  real-world  evidence  from  Hawaii  suggests  that  the  job  loss  claims  in  stud- 
ies like  the  O'Neill  study  are  exaggerated.  Hawaii  imposed  an  employer  health  in- 
surance mandate  in  1974.  Since  the  1970s,  total  private  non-farm  employment  has 
grown  by  80  percent  in  Hawaii,  compared  to  54  percent  in  the  Nation  as  a  whole; 
and  retail  and  wholesale  trade  employment  have  grown  by  more  in  Hawaii  than  in 
the  Nation  as  a  whole.  Although  we  cannot  extrapolate  from  these  results  and  make 
sweeping  judgments  about  the  national  impact  of  an  employer  mandate,  the  experi- 
ence of  Hawaii  appears  to  contradict  the  conclusions  of  studies  suggesting  that  such 
a  mandate  will  destroy  jobs. 

Additional  evidence  from  recent  literature  on  the  effects  of  increases  in  the  mini- 
mum wage  on  employment  also  calls  into  question  such  conclusions.  We  estimate 
that  under  reform  the  increase  in  health  care  costs  for  currently  uninsured  low- 
wage  workers  in  small  firms  is  equivalent  to  a  very  modest  increase  of  $.15  to  $.35 
per  hour  in  the  minimum  wage.  This  will  leave  the  real  compensation  cost  for  mini- 
mum wage  workers  below  its  average  level  in  the  1980s.  Research  by  Lawrence 
Katz  at  Harvard  and  Alan  Krueger  and  David  Card  at  Princeton  finds  that  recent 
increases  in  the  minimum  wage  have  had  minimal  or  even  positive  effects  on  em- 
ployment. These  results  lead  us  to  conclude  that  the  O'Neill  study  greatly  exagger- 
ates the  effects  of  reform  on  the  employment  prospects  of  minimum  wage  workers. 

Summary  Conclusions  on  the  Likely  Economic  Effects  of  Health  Care  Reform 

Neither  the  models  nor  the  data  are  available  to  yield  a  precise  estimate  of  the 
employment  effects  of  health  care  reform.  In  many  other  areas  of  economics,  there 
are  models  that  have  been  tried  and  tested  for  decades,  and  economists  generally 
place  a  good  deal  of  faith  in  the  outcomes  they  predict.  Standard  macroeconomic 
models,  for  example,  can  make  reasonably  precise  predictions  about  how  a  tax  in- 
crease or  a  spending  cut  will  affect  aggregate  output  or  employment. 

But  there  are  no  existing  models  that  allow  us  to  predict  the  employment  effects 
of  health  care  reform  with  the  same  degree  of  precision.  This  is  because  the  appro- 
priate model  for  such  an  exercise  would  have  to  make  distinctions  both  between 
Finns  that  currently  provide  insurance  and  those  that  do  not  and  among  the  many 
ways  that  firms  in  either  group  might  respond  to  a  change  in  their  health  care 
costs.  Such  a  model  would  also  have  to  predict  how  individuals  might  respond  to 


404 

new  incentives  in  the  plan,  particularly  those  affecting  small  business  creation,  job 
mobility,  welfare  lock,  and  retirement. 

In  the  absence  of  an  appropriately  specified  model,  one  can  generate  either  small 
net  positive  or  small  net  negative  effects  on  employment  with  existing  models  de- 
pending on  the  assumptions  one  is  willing  to  make — demonstrating  the  old  adage 
that  you  get  out  what  you  put  in.  Not  surprisingly,  several  private-sector  economists 
have  concluded,  as  we  at  the  CEA  have  concluded,  that  the  net  effect  of  our  health 
care  plan  on  the  aggregate  employment  level  is  likely  to  be  small — our  internal  esti- 
mates suggest  a  range  of  plus  or  minus  one-half  of  1  percent  of  the  aggregate  em- 
ployment level.  This  is  because  although  there  are  some  factors  in  the  plan  that  will 
tend  to  decrease  employment,  there  are  others  that  will  tend  both  to  increase  em- 
ployment and  to  change  its  composition.  These  offsetting  factors  are  likely  to  cancel 
each  other  out,  although  over  time  as  business  spending  falls  below  baseline,  the 
factors  encouraging  an  increase  in  employment  are  likely  to  strengthen. 

On  balance,  lam  certain  that  the  Health  Security  plan  is  good  for  American  busi- 
ness and  the  American  people.  It  diminishes  job  lock  and  welfare  lock  and  allows 
more  people  to  become  self-employed.  It  gets  health  care  costs  under  control.  It 
guarantees  security  to  all  Americans.  And  it  reduces  waste  and  inefficiency  in  one- 
seventh  of  our  economy.  Reorganizing  our  health  care  system  to  use  our  scarce  re- 
sources more  efficiently  will  help  us  realize  our  goal  of  realizing  higher  living  stand- 
ards for  ourselves  and  our  children. 

I  will  be  delighted  to  answer  any  questions  that  you  may  have  at  this  time. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much  for  an  excellent  presen- 
tation. 

We  will  have  7-minute  rounds  for  questioning,  and  I  will  ask  the 
staff  to  watch  the  time  and  notify  the  members. 

If  we  do  nothing  at  all — you  pointed  out  we  are  at  14  percent 
now,  14.3,  14.4  percent,  and  there  is  no  other  country  that  is  above 
10  percent,  and  most  of  the  other  industrial  countries  are  under 
that — if  we  do  nothing  at  all,  what  is  your  projection  now  through 
the  end  of  this  century,  for  the  next  5  or  6  years? 

Ms.  Tyson.  Our  projection  now  is  that  we  will  go  up  in  the  year 
2000  to  $1.63  trillion  spent  on  health  care,  or  18.9  percent  of 
GDP — and  that  is  with  no  coverage  of  any  additional  person. 

The  Chairman.  So  that  is  almost  virtually  double  what  we  are 
spending  at  the  present  time,  and  you  are  drawing  that  away  from 
all  the  other  areas  of  spending  in  terms  of  goods  and  services. 

It  is  interesting  to  me  when  people  talk  about  the  various  figures 
and  costs,  I  think  what  we  ought  to  understand,  as  I  think  the 
President  stated  very  well,  is  that  that  is  a  completely  unaccept- 
able alternative,  just  doing  nothing  at  all,  because  its  impact  and 
what  it  would  mean  in  terms  of  cost  to  the  economy,  cost  to  busi- 
ness, cost  in  profits  and  cost  in  human  suffering  is  dramatic. 

Now,  people  ask  can  we  really  expect  to  believe  with  the  37  mil- 
lion people  who  are  not  covered,  and  with  the  kind  of  preventive 
program  which  is  included  in  the  President's  plan,  which  would  be 
the  most  extensive,  really,  of  any  insurance  programs — a  few  per- 
cent of  total  insurance  programs  may  include  them,  but  certainly 
not  for  the  most  part  I  think  one  of  the  very  strong  aspects  that 
has  great  appeal,  as  we  saw  yesterday,  is  the  President's  strong 
commitment  on  breast  cancer  and  all  of  the  implications  in  terms 
of  preventive  health  care  measures.  Do  you  think  we  will  be  able 
to  cover  those  individuals  who  are  not  covered  and  also  provide 
those  services  I  just  referred  to  only  with  increases  in  sin  taxes? 

Ms.  Tyson.  Well,  I  think  that  you  have  to  begin  with  a  recogni- 
tion of  the  extent  of  inefficiency  and  misallocation  in  the  current 
system.  I  think  one  of  the  reasons  people  are  grappling  with  how 


405 

can  we  cover  all  of  these  uninsured  and  rely  simply  on  a  sin  tax — 
I  think  the  answer  really  lies  in  how  the  current  system  works. 

First  of  all,  people  who  are  uninsured  do  get  services.  They  get 
them  in  the  most  expensive  possible  way.  And  when  they  get  them 
in  the  most  expensive  possible  way,  those  costs  then  fall  on  the  in- 
sured. So  if  the  uninsured  pay  20  percent  of  the  health  care  costs 
they  currently  incur,  and  they  are  incurring  the  high-cost  parts  of 
the  health  care  system,  that  results  in  $25  billion  of  uncompen- 
sated care. 

So  the  first  thing  is  that  we  are  covering  people,  and  we  want 
to  cover  them  in  a  much  more  cost-effective  way. 

The  second  thing  to  emphasize  here  is  that  when  you  think  about 
what  we  are  suggesting,  we  are  suggesting  that  by  the  end  of  this 
decade,  when  all  is  said  and  done,  we  are  looking  for  a  system 
which  through  reform  might  generate  savings  of  $136  billion.  That 
is  less  than  10  percent  of  total  projected  spending  for  the  year 
2000. 

Where  will  these  savings  come  from?  I  have  already  indicated 
that  we  have  a  lot  of  areas  for  improvement.  We  have  the  $80  bil- 
lion of  fraud  and  abuse,  we  have  the  $45  billion  of  administrative 
expenses.  We  have  the  fact  that  was  pointed  out  by  Professor  Rine- 
hart  in  Monday's  editorial,  that  in  some  parts  of  the  country — in 
San  Francisco,  which  I  know  to  be  a  high-cost  city,  doctor  spending 
per  Medicare  beneficiary  is  in  the  order  of  $894  a  year.  In  Miami, 
also  a  high-cost  area,  but  certainly  no  higher-cost  than  San  Fran- 
cisco, it  is  $1,000  more  a  year.  There  is  something  clearly  amiss 
with  the  current  system.  There  are  resources  that  are  misaflocated, 
that  are  being  wasted. 

You  have  the  other  piece  of  evidence,  which  for  an  economist  ac- 
tually suggests  that  market  forces  are  not  all  they  could  be  in  this 
sector  of  the  economy.  You  have  the  phenomenon  of  excess  supply 
of  machinery  and  excess  supply  of  hospital  beds.  Now,  in  situations 
of  excess  supply,  prices  should  go  down.  If  the  market  mechanism 
were  functioning  effectively,  prices  would  go  down.  But  prices  con- 
tinue to  rise,  and  that  does  suggest  again  that  if  we  had  competi- 
tive pressure,  we  could  serve  a  larger  number  of  people  for  less. 

Finally,  let  me  iust  point  out  the  HMO  experience.  Again,  Cali- 
fornia has  a  lot  of  evidence  in  this  regard.  The  HMO  experience  is 
that  for  the  same  quality  care,  we  can  have  costs  as  low  as  10  to 
20  percent  below  current  levels.  So  we  believe  that  we  can  by  re- 
forming the  system  improve  the  allocation  of  resources,  improve 
the  efficiency  of  resource  use,  and  cover  those  extra  people — and 
cover  them  in  a  more  effective  way  so  they  do  not  wait  until  the 
last  minute  to  come  to  the  emergency  room. 

The  Chairman.  An  article  in  the  Washington  Post  on  Sunday 
said,  "Economists  have  expressed  concern  that  President  Clinton's 
program  would  establish  a  large  new  entitlement  of  the  kind  that 
caused  the  current  deficit  problem." 

How  do  you  respond  to  that? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  respond  to  that  in  a  number  of  ways.  First,  I  want 
to  emphasize  that  the  estimates  that  have  gone  into  our  health 
care  planning  process  are,  I  think,  the  best  available  estimates. 
This  has  not  been  a  quick  process.  This  has  been  a  process  that  has 
taken  months,  and  during  those  months,  my  staff  and  the  staffs  of 


406 

all  the  major  agencies  involved  went  through  every,  single  study, 
we  talked  to  every  major  expert  that  we  could  find,  we  worked  with 
the  actuaries  at  HHS,  we  have  worked  with  private  sector  actuar- 
ies. We  came  up  with  a  set  of  numbers  which  we  believe  to  be  the 
best  possible  set  of  numbers  around. 

We  believe  that  in  the  ongoing  debate  about  health  care  reform 
which  will  continue  that  these  should  be  the  baseline  numbers  for 
anybody  to  start  with.  They  may  make  different  policy  decisions, 
but  the  numbers  themselves  we  believe  to  be  sound. 

So  I  really  disagree  with  a  number  of  the  comments,  including 
the  one  by  my  predecessor,  that  somehow  these  numbers  are 
groundless.  They  are  based  on  very  serious  research  and  the  best 
possible  evidence  coming  from  some  of  the  Nation's  most  important 
health  care  experts.  So  tnat  is  the  first  thing. 

The  second  thing  is  we  have  built  into  our  estimates  some  cush- 
ions. We  understand  that  the  world  is  an  uncertain  place  and  that 
there  is  no  crystal  ball,  and  there  is  no  absolute  precision.  So  we 
do  have  cushions  built  into  our  financing  to  reflect  the  fact — we 
have  cushions  built  into  our  subsidy  estimates. 

Finally,  of  course,  what  I  think  is  important  to  emphasize  is  that 
our  global  budget  caps  are  essentially  what  we  view  as  an  emer- 
gency brake  or  a  safety  clause.  We  think  that  there  is  enough  inef- 
ficiency and  misallocation  in  the  current  system  that  the  global 
caps  will  not  be  binding.  But  we  do  not  want  to  sell  the  idea  to  the 
American  people  that  ultimately  there  are  no  controls  here  and 
that  we  are  getting  ourselves  into  an  uncontrolled  program.  We  are 
not,  because  we  are  asking  for  a  failsafe  or  emergency  clause — glob- 
al budget  caps. 

Finally,  we  are  going  to  have  a  gradual  phase-in  here.  We  will 
be  learning  from  the  phase-in  process.  So  I  think  we  have  done  ev- 
erything we  can  to  start  out  with  the  best  possible  estimates  and 
to  build  in  safeties  into  all  of  our  estimates  and  to  build  in  a  safety 
through  the  emergency  clause. 

The  Chairman.  My  time  is  up. 

Senator  Kassebaum. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Dr.  Tyson,  my  apologies  for  missing  your  opening  statement.  We 
are  having  a  hearing  on  Somalia  right  across  the  hall  as  well,  and 
I  am  trying  to  balance  the  two,  but  I  was  particularly  anxious  to 
come  and  ask  you  a  couple  of  questions  on  the  estimates. 

I  think  from  past  history,  we  have  found  out  that  estimating  the 
cost  of  entitlements  is  enormously  difficult  and  usually  notoriously 
off-base.  When  we  go  back  to  Medicare  Part  A,  it  is  about  seven 
times  higher  than  it  was  projected  to  be  when  it  was  passed  in 
1965;  it  went  into  effect  in  1965.  Medicaid  was  estimated  in  1964 
when  it  was  passed  to  cost  about  $1  billion  a  year.  It  now  costs 
about  $76  billion  a  year. 

So  keeping  that  in  mind,  which  I  think  is  important  to  keep  in 
mind,  does  it  not  concern  you  that  the  President  is  now  proposing 
four  really  massive  new  entitlement  programs,  particularly  in  light 
of  the  fact  that  we  have  argued  for  some  years  over  just  being  ame 
to  end  wool  and  mohair  and  honey  entitlements,  which  are  minus- 
cule compared  to  what  we  are  talking  about — the  four  being,  of 
course,  the  guaranteed  so-called  Fortunate  500  benefit  package  for 


407 

everyone;  the  prescription  drugs  for  Medicare;  early  retirement 
benefits;  and  the  Federal  payment  of  80  percent  for  all  retiree 
health  costs. 

I  just  wonder  how  you  view  this  in  the  light  of  past  history. 

Ms.  Tyson.  OK  First  of  all,  there  are  several  things  which  oc- 
curred to  me  in  your  questions.  Let  me  just  begin  with  one  point, 
which  you  ended  with,  about  the  generosity  of  the  basic  benefits 

D&CjL&CB 

One  of  the  reasons — the  primary  reason — for  the  package  being 
a  generous  one  is  because  of  the  clear  evidence  that  if  we  are  going 
to  nave  the  system  behave  more  efficiently,  if  we  are  going  to  have 
people  get  care  earlier  when  it  is  less  expensive,  or  to  get  the  most 
cost-effective  form  of  care,  which  may  often  be  drug  care,  we  need 
to  have  a  basic  benefits  package  which  encourages  and  allows  peo- 
ple to  make  the  most  cost-sensitive  decision  at  any  moment  in 

time. 

So  the  more  you  go  toward  a  more  limited  package,  the  more  it 
seems  to  me  that  you  reduce  the  incentive  we  want  both  providers 
and  users  of  the  system  to  have  to  use  preventive  least  cost  rem- 
edies rather  than  to  wait  for  the  most  expensive  catastrophic  rem- 
edies. So  that  is  just  on  the  nature  of  why  we  went  for  the  benefits 
package  that  we  did. 

As  far  as  the  general  dangers  of  introducing  entitlements,  I  again 
want  to  start  with  what  I  emphasized  in  my  opening  remarks.  We 
have  to  look  at  where  we  are  headed  without  doing  anything. 
Where  we  are  headed  without  doing  anything  is  bringing  18.9  per- 
cent of  our  GDP  into  the  provision  of  a  very  costly  health  care  sys- 
tem without  universal  access,  with  37  million  Americans  not  cov- 
ered. 

So  we  are  looking  for  a  set  of  programs  which  will  actually  over 
time  reduce  the  burden  of  health  care  spending  on  the  economy, 
not  increase  it. 

I  think  that  we  are  aware,  and  I  think  we  have  all  learned  from 
the  experience  of  the  past.  In  designing  this  program,  we  were  cog- 
nizant of  the  issue  of  needing  to  establish  caps.  So  we  do  have — 
and  it  is  criticized  by  some,  but  we  believe  it  to  be  absolutely  nec- 
essary—global budget  caps  for  the  private  sector  as  well  as  for 
Medicare  and  Medicaid.  We  believe  that  we  need  to  have  a  failsafe 
mechanism  here  so  that  the  system  does  not  spin  out  of  control. 

And  I  think,  finally,  what  I  also  emphasize  is  that  we  have  taken 
into  account  some  of  this  problem  already,  for  example,  in  our  sub- 
sidy estimates  by  putting  in  a  cushion  to  account  for  the  fact  that 
in  any  given  year,  there  may  be  more  unemployed  people  than  we 
thought,  or  in  any  given  year  there  might  be  some  other  reason  for 
more  subsidies  than  we  thought. 

So  we  are  trying  to  deal  with  some  of  your  concerns.  But  the 
issue  comes  back  to  do  we  allow  what  must  be  some  residual  uncer- 
tainty to  stop  us  from  acting,  when  the  certainty  of  not  acting  we 
know  to  be  detrimental. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Well,  Dr.  Tyson,  first  let  me  say  I  am  sup- 
portive of  a  comprehensive  health  care  reform  plan.  But  my  ques- 
tion to  you  is  from  the  standpoint  of  an  economist,  the  President 
is  proposing— and  I  am  not  quarreling  with  the  pros  and  cons  of 
it,  Dut  just  an  acknowledge — the  four  largest  entitlement  programs 


408 

that  have  ever  been  proposed  to  Congress.  Are  you  comfortable 
with  the  cost  estimates  and  what  will  nappen  given  the  past  his- 
tory of  what  has  happened  to  our  entitlement  programs? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  am  comfortable  with  the  cost  estimates,  and  I  am 
comfortable  with  the  cost  estimates  because  I  have  been  and  my 
staff  has  been  part  of  the  process  of  putting  them  together.  It  has 
been  a  very  careful  process,  and  it  has  been  a  process  where  a  wide 
range  of  experts  have  been  involved. 

Frankly,  at  the  beginning,  I  raised  the  same  questions.  I  think 
any  economist  would  raise  the  same  questions. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  I  would  think  so. 

Ms.  Tyson.  It  is  part  of  the  process  of  going  through  the  esti- 
mations and  bringing  together  the  numbers  and  talking  to  health 
care  experts  like  Professor  Rinehart  and  others  that  I  have  become 
convinced  that  in  fact  the  estimates  of  financing,  the  estimates  of 
anticipated  savings,  the  estimates  of  subsidies  are  not  only  credi- 
ble, but  they  are  cautious;  they  build  in  some  cushions. 

So  I  have  become  convinced,  but  it  is  an  important  question  that 
everyone  must  ask,  and  I  just  hope  that  when  people  ask  the  ques- 
tion, they  then  spend  a  little  time  going  through  the  evidence,  as 
I  have,  and  the  evidence  has  convinced  me. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  That  is  true,  but  also  keeping  in  mind  the 
signposts  from  the  past  and  what  we  estimated  Medicare  and  Med- 
icaid at  the  time. 

My  time  is  up,  but  I  am  sure  there  will  be  questions  that  will 
be  asked  regarding  early  retiree  benefits,  because  essentially,  isn't 
that  extending  Medicare  to  age  55? 

Ms.  Tyson.  Do  you  want  me  to  talk  about  the  early  retirement? 

The  Chairman.  Yes. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Just  whether  you  regard  that  as  extending 
Medicare  to  age  55. 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  think  the  early  retiree  issue  is  best  understood — 
there  is  a  lot  of  talk  about  the  early  retiree  issue,  and  I  think  one 
needs  to  understand  that  if  we  have  a  system  of  universal  access, 
which  we  want,  and  if  we  have  a  system  of  community  rating, 
which  we  want,  then  essentially  there  will  be  in  our  new  system 
incentives  for  early  retirement  built  in,  because  the  cost  of  obtain- 
ing insurance  as  an  early  retiree  will  be  brought  down  by  both  the 
universal  access  and  the  community  rating  of  premiums. 

So  I  do  want  to  emphasize  that  to  some  extent  if  you  want  to 
deal  with  this  issue — if  you  want  to  have  universal  access  and  you 
want  to  have  community  rating,  you  are  going  to  bring  down  the 
cost  of  health  insurance  for  age  55,  and  that  will  undoubtedly  have 
some  incentive  for  some  workers  to  decide  to  retire  early. 

So  that  is  the  main  issue  in  early  retirement,  and  I  do  not  think 
one  can  get  around  that  main  issue  without  undermining  universal 
access  and  undermining  community  rating,  and  those  are  two  basic 
principles  of  our  system. 

Senator  Kassebaum.  Thank  you.  My  time  is  up. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Harkin. 

Senator  Harkin.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Dr.  Tyson,  I  apologize  that  I  was  not  here  for  your  opening  state- 
ment, and  I  have  tried  to  read  through  it.  I  just  want  to  make  one 


409 

point  this  morning,  and  it  may  seem  like  it  is  coming  out  of  left 
field,  but  I  think  there  is  a  glaring  omission  that  people  are  not 
looking  at  in  terms  of  this  whole  health  care  reform  debate. 

I  was  looking  at  your  opening  statement,  and  you  were  talking 
about  the  diverse  problems  that  we  have  here.  I  think  there  is  an- 
other problem.  Let  me  first  set  the  stage.  I  think  it  is  well-known 
that  a  high  proportion  of  our  health  care  dollars  are  spent  later  in 
life.  People  are  living  longer,  they  are  coming  down  with  illnesses 
that  they  did  not  get  before  because  they  did  not  live  that  long- 
Alzheimer's,  cancer,  prostate,  evervthing  else. 

Right  now,  we  are  spending  on  biomedical  research  in  this  coun- 
try about  one  percent.  Out  of  about  $1  trillion  in  health  care,  about 
$10  billion  goes  into  the  National  Institutes  of  Health.  I  may  be 
wrong  in  my  percentage,  but  it  is  one  percent  or  less. 

I  am  wondering  if  you  or  anyone  else  has  looked  at  the  economic 
impact  of  the  lack  of  biomedical  research  in  this  country.  For  exam- 
ple, again,  it  is  well-known  that  it  is  not  just  the  technologies  and 
so  on  that  we  develop,  but  finding  the  causes  and  cures  for  the  ill- 
nesses that  strike  us.  The  research  into  the  gene  and  gene  therapy, 
the  whole  Human  Genome  Project  that  is  now  under  way  but  is 
being  inadequately  funded.  This  just  seems  to  be  something  that  no 
one  is  talking  about.  And  yet  if  we  do  not  find  the  causes  and  cures 
for  Alzheimer's  disease  alone,  I  do  not  care  what  kind  of  health 
care  system  you  have  out  there,  it  is  going  to  sink  us,  because  the 
costs  will  be  exorbitant,  and  they  will  continue  to  escalate  as  peo- 
ple live  into  their  late  eighties  and  early  nineties. 

Yet  no  one  talks  about  medical  research  in  medical  terms.  It  is 
sort  of  out  there  on  the  side  someplace.  And  I  am  going  to  continue 
to  ask  this  question  of  you  and  of  the  people  who  come  before  us 
today,  because  we  are  asking  about  the  economic  impacts  of  health 
care  reform— what  are  the  economic  impacts  going  to  be  if  we  do 
not  find  causes  and  cures  and  treatments  for  Alzheimer's  and  pros- 
tate cancer  and  breast  cancer,  most  of  the  things  that  strike  us 
later  on  in  life.  And  what  would  the  return  be  if  we  were  to  in- 
crease, for  example,  our  funding  in  biomedical  research  by  another 
percent?  Instead  of  one  percent  or  one-tenth  of  a  percent,  make  it 
2  percent  or  3  percent. 

I  am  just  wondering  why  this  has  not  been  looked  at,  or  have  you 
looked  at  it?  Have  you  made  any  judgments  at  all  as  to  what  would 
happen  or  what  might  be  the  payoffs  in  economic  terms  if  we  were 
to  put  more  emphasis  on  biomedical  research. 

Ms.  Tyson.  Let  me  answer  the  question  in  two  ways.  No.  1,  1 
agree  with  the  notion  that  biomedical  research— I  would  argue  that 
spending  on  research  and  development  through  a  wide  part  of  our 
economy  is  critically  important.  And  I  think  that  the  evidence 
about  the  returns  to  Government  spending  on  both  biomedical  re- 
search, but  also  on  other  kinds  of  research  programs  in  other  kinds 
of  technologies,  the  evidence  is  fairly  strong,  and  actually,  econo- 
mists in  general  agree  that  the  evidence  is  fairly  strong  that  there 
are  very  high  returns  on  this  kind  of  Government  spending. 

Most  economists  who  in  general  argue  against  Government 
spending  will  still  make  the  case  that  in  the  area  of  research 
spending,  the  social  returns  can  be  double  the  private  returns  eas- 
ily. 


410 

So  I  think  that  there  is  a  very  strong  general  argument,  and 
there  is  evidence  to  support  the  argument,  that  additional  funding 
for  research  has  society-wide  benefits,  and  biomedical  research  is 
obviously  a  very  important  part  of  our  research  dollars. 

That  is  the  first  thing  I  would  say.  The  second  thing  I  would  say 
is  I  think  it  is  not  enough  in  the  following  sense.  We  do  not  do 
enough  research  on  the  cost-effectiveness  of  therapies,  whether 
they  are  equipment  therapies  or  drug  therapies.  We  need  to  have 
more  research  dollars  on  looking  at  alternative  therapies  so  that 
we  can  make  better-informed  judgments  over  time  about  which 
therapies  really  are  cost-effective  and  which  are  not.  We  are  spend- 
ing much  too  little  on  that  part  of  research. 

In  part,  we  are  spending  too  little  on  that  part  of  research  be- 
cause our  current  health  care  system  has  no  incentive  to  really  ask 
the  question  very  often,  how  cost-effective  is  this  remedy  or  that 
remedy. 

So  we  have  a  system  in  which  every  player  in  the  system  is  en- 
gaged in  passing  the  cost  along  to  someone  else,  and  not  asking  the 
question  enough,  is  this  a  cost-effective  therapy. 

So  in  general  my  answer  to  you  is  it  would  be  perfectly  consist- 
ent with  economic  evidence  that  we  spend  more  on  biomedical  re- 
search. I  would  like  to  see  us  spend  some  fraction  of  that  on  exam- 
ining the  cost-effectiveness  of  alternative  therapies,  and  I  would 
like  to  embed  this  in  our  health  care  reform  system  so  that  the  in- 
centives are  there  for  using  technology  wisely. 

Finally  let  me  say  that  as  a  student  of  technology  in  other 
areas — I  have  not  looked  directly  at  the  biomedical  area,  but  I  have 
looked  at  the  computer  area,  for  example,  and  the  semiconductor 
area — as  a  student  of  technology  in  other  areas,  it  has  to  be  em- 
phasized that  technology  is  partly  endogenous;  that  is,  it  moves 
along  a  path  in  response  to  market  incentives.  So  right  now,  the 
incentive  in  our  system  is  an  incentive  which  does  not  ask  many 
individuals  to  ask  about  the  cost  of  the  technology.  You  sort  of  look 
for  the  technology,  you  look  for  a  cure,  and  you  do  not  look  for  the 
cost. 

So  that  presumably,  by  changing  the  system  in  which  research 
is  done,  we  may  actually  encourage  technological  breakthroughs 
that  are  much  more  cost-effective. 

Senator  Harkin.  I  am  glad  to  hear  you  talk  about  outcomes  re- 
search, because  that  is  a  very  important  facet  of  it.  But  I  want  to 
get  off  the  idea  of  technology,  and  I  know  there  is  some  thought 
that  technology  does  increases  costs  a  lot  of  the  time.  I  am  talking 
more  about  the  basic  biomedical  research  into  the  structure  of  the 
cell  and  what  happens  at  the  cellular  level,  the  whole  Human  Ge- 
nome Project,  mapping  and  sequencing  the  human  gene  and  find- 
ing the  gene  therapies  that  can  interrupt  and  stop  these  illnesses 
and  diseases. 

We  are  on  the  verge  of  that,  but  it  will  not  happen  unless  we 
really  focus  more  of  our  attention  on  research,  and  by  that  I  mean 
put  more  money  into  it.  That  is  why  I  wanted  to  get  this  out  on 
the  table  about  the  economic  impact  of  these  researches. 

I  would  just  say  that  by  the  year  2000,  we  will  have  eradicated 
polio  from  the  face  of  the  earth.  We  have  already  done  it  for  the 
North  American  continent.  We  are  isolating  it  in  a  couple  places 


411 

around  the  world  now,  but  they  are  confident  that  by  the  year 
2000,  there  will  be  no  more  polio  on  the  face  of  the  eartn.  Not  only 
will  that  make  people's  lives  better;  it  will  save  us  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  about  $250  to  $300  million  a  year  in  this  country  alone  in 
that  we  will  not  have  to  give  vaccines  to  children  any  longer.  So 
again,  the  savings  over  a  period  of  time  will  more  than  make  up 
for  all  the  research  that  went  into  that. 

Again,  I  want  to  emphasize  that  there  would  be  some  looking  at 
the  impact  of  that. 

The  second  thing  I  wanted  to  say  was  that  there  are  a  lot  of  peo- 
ple talking  about  jobs  that  are  going  to  be  lost  in  the  health  care 
industry  because  of  health  care  reform.  But  it  seems  to  me  that  if 
we  put  more  money  into  medical  research,  that  will  create  jobs.  It 
will  do  two  things.  It  will  create  jobs,  but  it  will  create  high-tech 
jobs,  and  it  will  encourage  the  wnole  educational  system  to  move 
in  that  direction. 

Right  now,  we  have  a  problem  in  that  funding  research  lasts  for 
one  or  2  years,  but  the  research  stream  has  to  be  funded  for  a 
longer  period  of  time.  You  cannot  just  put  a  researcher  on  a  project 
and  say,  "You  are  funded  for  1  year,  and  then  you  are  off."  That 
does  not  do  any  good. 

So  by  putting  more  of  this  money  into  medical  research,  you  do 
create  jobs.  I  do  not  know  if  anything  has  been  done  to  look  at  that 
from  an  economic  standpoint  and  the  types  of  jobs  that  are  created 
and  what  it  does  in  terms  of  a  pull  on  getting  young  people  to  take 
up  this  field  of  study  in  college  or  postgraduate  study  and  get  into 
research.  I  think  that  also  has  an  economic  impact,  and  I  do  not 
know  if  anything  has  been  done  to  even  look  at  that.  I  do  not  find 
this  in  any  of  the  talk  on  health  care  reform. 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  think  you  are  raising  a  very  important  point.  I  per- 
sonally think  we  run  a  great  danger  in  not  just  the  biomedical 
area,  but  again,  in  all  of  our  research  support  areas  in  this  country. 
We  need  to  make  sure  that  we  do  not  in  a  shortsighted  way  under- 
mine what  is  a  fundamental  foundation  of  our  long-term  prosper- 
ity. 

America's  prosperity  is  based  very  much  on  its  basic  scientific 
breakthroughs,  which  then  are  adopted  by  the  private  sector,  com- 
mercialized, and  form  whole  industries.  Our  biotechnology  industry 
is  in  no  small  measure  the  consequence  of  our  support  for  basic 
science  and  research. 

Senator  Harkin.  Precisely,  exactly.  That  is  right. 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  certainly  agree  with  that,  and  I  do  not  see  our 
health  care  reform  proposal  in  any  way  at  odds  with  your  point  of 
view. 

Senator  Harkin.  But  it  is  silent.  It  is  silent  on  medical  research. 
It  is  not  even  a  part  of  the  health  care  reform,  and  it  ought  to  be. 

Ms.  Tyson.  Well,  I  will  make  sure  that  we  talk  about  it  as  much 
as  possible  because  I  support  the  notion  very  much. 

Senator  Harkin.  Thank  you. 

Ms.  Tyson.  And  the  other  thing  I  want  to  say  about  jobs— and 
I  said  this  before  you  came  in,  and  I  just  want  to  emphasize  it 
again — it  is  incorrect  to  think  that  this  nealth  care  reform  will  de- 
stroy jobs  in  the  health  care  industry.  On  balance,  it  will  initially 
create  some  additional  jobs  in  the  health  care  industry,  then  slow 


412 

the  rate  of  growth  down.  Ultimately  sometime  in  the  next  decade, 
in  baseline  terms,  you  are  below  where  you  would  have  been  in 
baseline  employment,  but  this  is  not  the  same  as  defense  conver- 
sion. We  are  not  downscaling  our  health  care  sector  employment. 
We  will  change  the  composition,  and  we  will  slow  down  the  rate 
of  growth,  but  we  will  not  downsize  it. 

I  think  that  we  should  wed  the  benefits  of  basic  science  and  re- 
search to  our  health  care  system  even  more  effectively  than  we 
have  done  in  the  past,  and  I  would  be  interested  in  working  with 
you  on  this  issue. 

Senator  Harkin.  Yes,  I  would  like  to  work  with  you  because  I  do 
not  think  anything  has  been  done  to  look  at  the  economic  impact 
of  medical  research. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Jeffords. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you. 

I  would  like  to  get  a  little  bit  better  understanding  of  economic 
impact.  As  you  may  remember,  I  am  a  supporter  of  the  Clinton 
plan,  so  I  hope  you  will  take  my  questions  as  being  somewhat 
friendly. 

I  introduced  by  own  concept,  called  Medicore,  which  has  quite  a 
different  financing  system,  but  very  similar  to  the  Clinton  plan  in 
its  other  structure.  Let  me  just  ask  you  some  basic  questions. 

I  assume  that  the  larger  the  payroll  premiums  which  are  re- 
quired, the  more  of  a  negative  economic  effect  that  would  have  as 
far  as  jobs  go. 

Ms.  Tyson.  To  the  extent  you  allow  the  premium  to  rise  without 
offsetting  discounts,  that  is  correct.  The  basic  economics  are  that 
for  any  firm  that  is  not  currently  providing  insurance,  or  for  any 
firm  that  is  currently  providing  insurance,  if  you  end  up  paying 
more  as  a  percent  of  payroll,  then  that  may  in  fact  show  up  in 
terms  of  employment  effects,  a  decline  in  employment. 

I  want  to  emphasize  that  there  are  other  ways  it  may  show  up. 
It  may  show  up  in  an  increase  in  prices.  It  might  show  up  in  a  de- 
crease in  wages.  So  that  there  is  a  lot  of  evidence — in  fact,  most 
economics  tend  to  read  the  evidence  that  over  long  periods  of  time, 
the  primary  manifestation  of  an  increase  in  health  care  spending 
by  an  employer  is  reduced  rate  of  growth  of  wages  for  the  em- 
ployee. That  is  the  primary — it  is  not  the  only  way,  but  it  is  the 
primary  way. 

But  yes,  in  general,  what  you  have  said  is  correct. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Some  of  the  payroll  premiums  now  represent 
12  or  even  14  percent  of  payroll.  If  those  were  reduced  to  about 
half,  would  that  have  a  positive  economic  impact? 

Ms.  Tyson.  Yes,  it  would  have  a  positive  economic  impact  and 
could  have  an  impact  in  any  of  the  ways  I  have  suggested.  There 
are  a  number  of  ways  that  a  positive  effect  could  show  up. 

Now,  of  course,  you  then  have  to  ask — there  is  one  possible 
issue — we  have  to  ask  if  we  are  going  to  reduce  them  that  much, 
what  mechanism  are  we  going  to  substitute  in  place  for  paying  for 
health  care.  But  I  assume  you  will  tell  me  the  answer  to  that. 

Senator  Jeffords.  If  you  take  no  more  money  out  of  the  private 
sector  by  your  financing  system  than  presently  goes  out  of  the  pri- 


413 

vate  sector  for  health  care,  would  that  be  a  rather  nonevent  as  far 
as  the  overall  economy  of  the  private  sector? 

In  other  words,  you  spread  it  differently,  so  that  the  net  amount 
that  you  take  out  of  the  private  sector  would  end  up  being  the 
same.  Would  that  generally  not  have  an  adverse  impact? 

Ms.  Tyson.  Well,  the  problem  with  answering  that  question  is, 
again  let  me  emphasize,  there  are  lots  of  ways  firms  can  respond. 
So  if  you  want  to  redistribute  this  total  expense  differently,  some 
firms  that  are  benefiting  might  decide  to  offer  that  in  the  form  of 
wages.  Some  firms  that  are  hurt  might  decide  to  take  it  in  the  form 
of  higher  prices  or  reduced  employment. 

One  of  the  things  I  said  before  you  came  in  was  that  the  great 
difficulty  in  making  precise  estimates,  even  to  answer  a  question 
like  yours,  is  that  we  are  dealing  with  a  world,  a  starting  point, 
where  firms  are  not  the  same.  They  are  not  the  same  in  terms  of 
how  much  they  are  currently  paying  or  whether  they  are  currently 
paying.  They  are  not  the  same  in  terms  of  the  extent  to  which  they 
are  a  high-wage  or  a  low-wage  firm,  and  a  high-wage  firm  might 
respond  differently  from  a  low-wage  firm. 

So  it  is  very  hard.  On  average,  if  you  did  nothing  but  change  the 
composition,  on  average,  you  should  have  an  average  effect.  But  I 
would  not  want  to  give  you  a  precise  answer  precisely  because  the 
model 

Senator  Jeffords.  Oh,  I  am  not  asking  for  a  precise  on.  On  the 
other  hand,  certainly,  if  you  take  more  money  out,  you  are  more 
likely  to  have  a  negative  impact,  then. 

Ms.  Tyson.  If  you  take  more  money  out,  yes — I  would  say  if  you 
want  to  do  it  in  likelihoods,  I  am  willing  to  do  it  in  likelihoods,  yes. 

Senator  Jeffords.  All  right.  Now,  if  you  were  able  to  get  the  def- 
icit impact  from  health  care  under  control  in  2  years  versus  8 
years,  would  that  be  a  positive  impact  upon  the  economy? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  think  anything  we  could  do  to  reduce  the  deficit, 
particularly  in  a  situation  in  which  the  reduction  would  come  by 
improvements  in  the  allocation  of  resources  would  be  likely  to  im- 
prove the  economy. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Finally,  we  talk  about  a  $45  billion  saving  in 
administrative  costs.  I  presume  if  there  is  a  lot  of  paperwork,  that 
means  there  are  a  lot  of  people  involved  with  that  $45  billion.  So 
in  your  job  losses,  did  you  consider  what  the  impact  would  be  of 
knocking  $45  billion  out  of  the  paperwork  stream? 

Ms.  Tyson.  Yes,  we  have,  actually.  We  have  come  up  with  our 
net  figure  for  the  health  care  sector  as  a  whole;  as  a  result  of  addi- 
tional people  going  in  for  health  care  services  or  using  more  but 
different  kinds  of  services — for  example,  more  preventive  or  more 
long-term  care — we  anticipate  that  that  on  balance  will  create  jobs, 
but  that  there  will  be  some  loss  of  employment  in  paperwork  and 
in  insurance.  Then,  when  we  net  all  of  these  out,  we  come  up  with 
an  increase  in  employment  in  the  health  care  sector  overall  of 
about  400,000  as  the  kind  of  immediate  effect,  and  then  over  time, 
the  rate  of  growth  of  health  care  sector  employment  would  slow 
down. 

So  we  did  take  into  account  the  fact  that  a  reduction  in  paper- 
work would  mean  a  reduction  in  certain  kinds  of  jobs,  but  that 


414 

would  be  balanced  out,  more  than  balanced  out,  by  an  increase  in 
other  kinds  of  health  care  sector  jobs  that  are  available. 

Senator  Jeffords.  I  was  concerned  by  your  response  to  Senator 
Kassebaum  that  you  are  happy — and  that  is  probably  not  a  good 
word — that  we  are  creative  an  incentive  for  early  retirement,  and 
with  the  Social  Security  program  we  are  going  in  the  opposite  di- 
rection, trying  to  encourage  people  to  work  longer  because  of  longer 
life  expectancy. 

So  I  was  wondering,  do  you  really  think  it  is  a  good  idea  to  en- 
courage people  to  retire  early? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  did  not  say  that  I  was  happy.  I  tried  to  make  the 
case  that  when  you  think  about  the  retiree  issue,  the  most  impor- 
tant place  to  begin  is  with  the  fact  that  if  you  have  a  system  which 
guarantees  universal  access  and  which  also  community  rates,  so 
that  the  premium  for  a  55-year-old  and  the  premium  for  a  25-year- 
old,  except  for  firm  size  differences  and  regional  differences,  will  be 
the  same,  that  there  is  an  incentive.  That  system  is  different  in  its 
incentive  effects  for  early  retirement  than  the  system  we  currently 
have. 

I  do  not  see,  without  jeopardizing  those  two  principles  of  univer- 
sal access  ana  community  rating,  what  you  do  about  it.  There  is 
the  other  issue  of  whether  or  not,  if  someone  has  a  contract,  and 
they  go  into  early  retirement,  whether  the  Government  should  pick 
up  the  employer  share  of  80  percent.  That  is  sort  of  the  additional 
early  retiree  incentive.  That  does  not  cost  every  much.  It  is  talked 
about  a  lot  in  the  press,  but  it  actually  does  not  cost  us  very  much. 

But  the  big  issue  is  not  that  issue.  The  big  issue  is  simply  what 
I  said  it  is.  We  certainly  do  not  want  to  have  a  system  in  which 
we  say  that  if  you  are  55,  and  you  have  decided  to  retire  early,  you 
are  not  going  to  have  access,  or  you  are  going  to  have  a  higher  pre- 
mium just  because  you  decided  to  retire.  That  does  not  seem  to  be 
a  possibility  that  we  want  to  impose  on  the  system. 

So  the  truth  is  the  system  generates  a  different  incentive.  Now, 
incidentally,  it  creates  a  lot  of  good  general  incentives.  An  early  re- 
tiree may  decide  to  actually  start  a  small  business.  And  what  you 
may  think  of  as  initially  an  early  retirement  decision  may  ulti- 
mately be  a  decision  to  try  something  new  in  life.  And  furthermore, 
the  fact  that  universal  access  and  community  rating  is  exactly 
what  you  need  to  address  job  lock;  it  is  exactly  what  you  need  to 
address  welfare  lock;  it  is  exactly  what  you  need  to  bring  costs 
under  control. 

So  any  part  of  it,  you  can  look  at  and  say  you  do  not  particularly 
like  the  incentive  effect  here,  but  the  net  effect  of  this  I  think  is 
a  set  of  positive  incentives. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Wofford. 

Senator  Wofford.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

You  touched  on  welfare  lock,  I  think — I  just  read  your  testimony 
recently. 

Ms.  Tyson.  Yes,  I  did. 

Senator  Wofford.  That  is  a  fairly  significant  factor  in  the  econ- 
omy, isn't  it?  My  experience  at  labor  and  industry  in  Harrisburg 
found  that  many  women   with  dependent  children  offered,  chal- 


415 

lenged,  encouraged  to  go  into  a  very  good  job  training  program, 
with  day  care,  with  transportation  assistance  programs,  asked, 
"Will  I  nave  health  care  benefits  and  my  children  have  them  if  I 
take  an  entry-level  job  at  the  end  of  the  training?"  And  too  often, 
we  were  not  able  to  say  yes.  It  was  a  major  disincentive  we  found. 

What  is  the  impact  on  the  economy  of  the  welfare  lock? 

Ms.  Tyson.  Our  estimate  is  that  based  on  existing  studies  of  pro- 
grams like  the  ones  you  are  talking  about  is  that  about  one  out  of 
4  million  families  may  currently  be  trapped  exactly  that  way.  If  we 
could  move  one  million  families  out  of  welfare  simply  by  addressing 
their  health  insurance  concerns — if  we  are  going  to  have  meaning- 
ful welfare  reform  in  this  country,  then  this  has  to  be  a  building 
block  for  it. 

So  we  view  the  welfare  reform  efforts  that  we  are  interested  in 
pursuing  with  the  Congress  integrally  connected  to  this  medical 
issue,  and  we  feel  that  it  might  solve  as  much  as  25  percent  of  the 

Eroblem  by  itself;  that  is,  families  wishing  to  leave  now,  but  not 
eing  able  to  leave  because  of  the  fear  of  losing  insurance — or  the 
reality,  not  the  fear,  but  the  reality  of  losing  insurance. 

Senator  Wofford.  Dr.  Tyson,  would  you  talk  a  little  about  the 
effect  of  the  present  system— because  we  are  comparing  the  new 
proposal  not  with  perfection,  but  with  the  present  system — in  re- 
gard to  the  incentives  now  to  employers  not  to  hire  full-time  peo- 
ple, but  to  hire  part-time  people,  and  the  degree  to  which  the  Presi- 
dent's proposals  will  change  those  incentives? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  want  to  emphasize  to  start  with  a  general  employ- 
ment issue,  that  we  have  a  situation  in  which  we  know  that  the 
largest  number  of  jobs  created  in  this  country  for  a  considerable  pe- 
riod of  time  now  have  been  created  by  the  small  sector  of  the  econ- 
omy, small  size  firms. 

I  want  to  start  by  emphasizing  what  I  said  in  my  oral  statement. 
The  system  we  have  now  is  one  in  which  the  ultimate  burden  is 
heaviest  on  the  small  size  firm.  You  have  a  system  in  which  the 
cost  of  care  for  the  uninsured  is  shifted  onto  the  insured;  the  pro- 
viders of  Medicare  and  Medicaid  often,  then,  inflate  their  private 
sector  charges,  so  that  goes  on  to  the  insured  as  well.  And  then  you 
have  a  situation  in  which  the  large  corporations  in  turn  are  able 
to  use  their  market  power  to  actually  negotiate  with  the  insurers 
to  get  a  pretty  good  rate,  so  they  pass  on  some  of  these  costs  by 
getting  a  better  rate.  So  where  do  the  costs  ultimately  fall?  They 
fall  the  hardest  on  the  small  firms  who  have  to  pay  35  percent 
more  or  see  their  costs  rising  at  50  percent,  twice  as  fast  as  the 
cost  of  the  big  firms. 

So  I  think  we  have  a  system  in  which  the  job  generators  in  the 
country,  the  small  firms,  have  been  bearing  the  big  burden.  I  think 
that  is  very  important  to  start  with,  because  there  is  a  concern 
about  what  this  will  do  to  small  firms.  I  want  to  emphasize  that 
the  current  system  could  not  be  worse  for  small  firms,  and  they 
create  jobs. 

Now,  the  second  thing  about  part-time  versus  full-time,  I  think 
the  view  here  is  that  the  way  the  part-time  versus  full-time  rating 
of  insurance  would  work,  this  would  probably  encourage  firms  to 
do  more  full-time  employment,  which  many  workers  express  in  sur- 
veys that  they  would  like  to  have  a  full-time  job,  but  all  they  can 


416 

get  is  a  part-time  job.  It  is  our  view  that  this  will  encourage  firms 
to  actually  go  to  the  full-time  choice  rather  than  the  part-time 
choice. 

So  I  think  it  is  an  incentive  to  encourage  small  firms  to  employ 
more,  and  it  is  also  an  incentive  to  encourage  all  firms  to  go  for 
full-time — it  is  a  slight  incentive  to  increase  or  go  toward  full-time 
employment. 

Senator  Wofford.  The  present  system  puts  the  incentives  in 
favor  of  part-time  workers  and  in  favor  of  overtime  work  rather 
than  hiring  a  new  full-time  worker. 

Ms.  Tyson.  And  in  favor  of  large  firms,  right,  yes. 

Senator  Wofford.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Coats. 

Senator  Coats.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  have  two  questions,  but  I  want  to  start  with  a  comment,  and 
you  do  not  have  to  respond  to  this  unless  you  would  like  to.  It 
seems  that  whenever  we  have  a  description  of  the  Clinton  adminis- 
tration health  plan,  or  usually  the  first  question  to  the  witness  is: 
If  we  do  nothing,  isn't  it  going  to  be  worse? 

But  I  do  not  know  that  that  is  a  relevant  question  anymore,  be- 
cause I  think  everyone  has  agreed  that  the  current  system  is 
flawed  in  a  number  of  ways,  it  is  inequitable  in  a  number  of  ways, 
and  there  need  to  be  changes. 

But  the  choice  that  is  presented  to  us  by  the  administration  is 
to  do  everything  to  cure  a  problem  that  we  all  acknowledge  exists. 
So  we  are  presented  with  a  "do  everything"  plan,  and  that  seems 
to  be  where  we  are  running  into  problems,  because  we  are  talking 
about  one-seventh  of  the  economy,  we  are  talking  about  extraor- 
dinary restructuring  in  the  way  we  do  business  in  this  country,  and 
we  cannot  seem  to  get  a  handle  on,  or  we  are  not  sure  what  all 
the  assumptions  are.  We  have  talked  about  some  of  those  this 
morning,  that  this  might  happen,  that  might  happen,  therefore 
that  would  affect  cost,  etc. 

Don't  you  think  that  given  the  enormous  implications  for  our 
economy  if  we  do  not  do  tnis  right,  that  a  less  than  "do  everything" 
option  might  be  something  we  ought  to  look  at,  at  least  in  the  short 
term,  to  see  what  kind  of  economic  changes  we  can  make  within 
the  system?  I  mean,  is  it  valid  to  talk  about  a  less  than  "do  every- 
thing" proposal? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  think  I  would  need  to  know  a  little  bit  more  about 
what  a  "less  than'  do  everything'"  proposal  you  had  in  mind. 

Senator  Coats.  Well,  there  have  been  a  number  of  plans  intro- 
duced by  a  number  of  different  people  relative  to  saying,  well,  let 
us  look  at  the  medical  liability,  let  us  look  at  the  inequities  that 
exist  between  small  business  and  large  business,  let  us  look  at 
portability,  let  us  look  at  pre-existing  conditions,  let  us  look  at  ad- 
ministrative reform.  There  is  a  whole  layer  of  options  that  we  can 
go  through  and  probably  gain  a  consensus  on  in  Congress,  a  bipar- 
tisan consensus  that  says,  yes,  let  us  go  forward  with  that  and  see 
what  effect  it  has,  rather  than  get  into  the  questionable  territory, 
as  Senator  Kassebaum  said,  01  creating  four  new  entitlements, 
when  our  experience  with  entitlements  and  our  inability  to  control 
costs  has  been  so  wretched. 


417 

Ms.  Tyson.  Well,  I  think  that  what  we  have  tried  to  do  here  is 
to  look  at  what  you  would  need  to  do  to  get  the  current  system 
under  control.  And  although  the  kinds  of  insurance  reforms  that 
you  have  suggested,  and  the  malpractice  reforms  that  you  have 
suggested  are  important  parts,  they  are  really  not  enough;  and 
they  are  not  enough  precisely  because  we  have  the  following  basic 
problem. 

The  only  way  to  really  get  costs  under  control,  the  only  way  to 
get  our  system  used  efficiently,  is  to  have  universal  access.  A  lot 
of  the  problems  in  our  costs  and  a  lot  of  the  inefficiencies  in  our 
use  are  precisely  because  we  have  37  million  Americans  who  do  not 
have  insurance  but  who,  in  catastrophic  or  high-cost  circumstances, 
receive  services  that  the  rest  of  us  pay  for. 

Now,  the  only  way  to  deal  with  that  problem  is  universal  access. 
It  cannot  be  dealt  with  through  portability  of  insurance,  and  it  can- 
not be  dealt  with  through  pre-existing  conditions,  and  it  cannot  be 
dealt  with  through  malpractice  reform. 

So  I  think  the  "everything"  nature  of  it  is  basically  all  tied  to 
what  we  read  to  be  the  essential  requirement  of  starting  with  uni- 
versal access. 

Senator  Coats.  I  would  like  to  talk  a  little  bit  about  the  early 
retirement  entitlement.  You  talk  about  early  retirees  as  those  who 
decide  to  retire  early.  My  experience  is  that  most  early  retirees  be- 
tween 55  and  64  have  been  told  by  the  organization  that  they  work 
for  that  their  services  are  no  longer  needed.  We  have  a  lot  of  very 
large  firms  in  this  country  that  are  attempting  to  maintain  or  ob- 
tain more  competitiveness  in  the  global  economy  by  downsizing. 
They  admit  that  they  were  overemployed,  and  that  therefore,  to 
compete  in  the  economy  of  the  future,  they  are  going  to  need  to  un- 
dertake and  have  undertaken  some  very,  very  substantial,  forced 
early  retirements. 

My  question  is  have  we  really  estimated  accurately  what  the  im- 
pact of  this  is  going  to  be.  Clearly,  it  is  an  impact  on  the  Social 
Security  System,  because  those  people  will  be  drawing  out  of  rather 
than  paying  into  Social  Security.  But  I  am  wondering  really  in 
terms  of  the  cost,  and  I  ask  that  question  because  initially,  just  a 
couple  of  weeks  ago,  Mrs.  Clinton  said  it  was  going  to  cost  $4.5  bil- 
lion. Ira  Magaziner  then  said,  well,  we  think  it  is  more  like  $6  bil- 
lion. Other  administrative  officials  have  now  said  $10  billion. 

We  had  a  representative  from  the  Ford  Motor  Company  here  last 
week  who  basically  admitted  that,  gosh,  if  you  are  looking  at 
downsizing,  and  the  Government  is  going  to  pick  up  80  percent  of 
the  health  care  costs  of  the  people  that  you  early  retire,  I  am  going 
to  start  at  55,  in  terms  of  the  labor  pool. 

I  had  a  CEO  in  my  office  who  privately  said,  "We  would  be  stu- 
pid not  to — I  mean,  we  have  got  to  go  through  some  very  substan- 
tial layoffs  and  terminations  in  order  to  get  competitive,  and  we 
would  be  crazy  to  lay  off  anybody  except  those  55  and  over."  He 
said,  "That  is  just  the  reality  of  what  it  is,  and  that  is  why  we  en- 
dorse the  plan.  We  are  going  to  go  out  of  business  unless  we  do 
this." 

So  I  am  just  wondering  if  we  have  accurately  estimated  what  the 
cost  is  going  to  be  to  the  economy  and  understood  the  reality  of 


418 

how  people  make  decisions  when  they  make  these  decisions  as  to 
how  to  downsize  their  business. 

Ms.  Tyson.  OK.  Let  me  say  that  it  is  my  understanding  that  the 
range  that  we  have  in  mind  is  really  in  the  $3  to  $6  billion  range. 

Senator  Coats.  Well,  then,  why  does  Ira  Magaziner  say  $6  bil- 
lion? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  said  $3  to  $6  billion. 

Senator  Coats.  OK. 

Ms.  Tyson.  It  does  include  that  number.  We  have  also  built  into 
our  subsidy  or  discount  estimates  a  cushion  to  take  account  of  the 
possibility  that  that  effect  would  be  larger,  or  that  there  might  be 
in  any  1  year  more  unemployed  workers.  So  we  do  recognize  that 
with  all  of  these  estimates,  tnere  is  some  uncertainty,  and  we 

Senator  Coats.  You  recognize  it  is  a  great  incentive  for  compa- 
nies to  do  that. 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  recognize  that  there  is  an  incentive.  However,  I 
wanted  to  emphasize  that  I  thought  that  also,  even  if  companies 
did  not  have  that  incentive,  there  is  a  new  incentive  for  workers. 
So  that  basically,  you  have  a  situation  where  there  is  a  voluntary 
incentive — workers  may  just  want  to  do  this,  and  the  system  we 
are  designing  may  encourage  them  to  do  that  relative  to  trie  system 
they  are  currently  living  in — and  some  employers  may  want  to  do 
that.  That  is  exactly  right. 

As  far  as  the  costs  to  the  economy  are  concerned,  again  let  me 
make  a  distinction  here  between  the  incentive  we  are  creating 
through  universal  access  and  community  rating — which  I  believe  is 
part  of  the  overall  health  care  package  we  are  proposing.  Then 
there  is  the  incentive  for  the  early  retiree  benefit  which  would  be 
available  to  large  companies  with  these  contractual  relations.  That 
is  the  $3  to  $6  Dillion.  Then  there  is  the  issue  of  what  are  the  ef- 
fects of  that  on  the  economy. 

Well,  it  seems  to  me  that  there  are  arguments  that  could  be 
made  of  beneficial  effects  to  the  economy.  We  want  to  encourage 
companies  to  engage  in  the  competitive  restructuring  that  they 
need  to  encourage  and  to  meet  international  competition.  American 
companies  have,  I  think  justifiably,  said  that  they  operate  in  a  sys- 
tem where  they  do  not  have  the  same  degree  of  flexibility  on  tnis 
issue  because  their  international  competitors  have  systems  in 
which  retirees  are  supported  by  other  kinds  of  funding  mecha- 
nisms. 

So  the  costs  to  the  economy,  I  think  you  have  to  take  into  ac- 
count that  there  are  some  benefits  to  the  economy  from  this  as 
well,  and  presumably,  companies  that  are  restructuring  are  doing 
it  for  the  reason  of  trying  to  gain  market  share  over  their  inter- 
national rivals,  and  that  ultimately  the  competitiveness  of  the  U.S. 
economy  depends  upon  a  competitive  U.S.  industry.  So  this  may  in 
fact  be  a  benefit  to  the  U.S.  economy. 

And  I  do  not  think  the  price  tag,  the  price  tag  of  just  the  special 
retiree  benefit,  is  very  large,  particularly  given  that,  as  I  said,  the 
real  issue  here  is  the  incentive  for  retirement  in  general. 

Senator  Coats.  Have  you  run  an  economic  model  of  this?  Is  there 
an  economic  model  to  give  us  some 

Ms.  Tyson.  No,  although  I  would  say  the  following.  You  hear 
about  the  employment  effects  of  the  health  care  reform  proposal, 


419 

and  I  said  before  you  came  in  that  our  estimates  are  in  the  range 
of  plus  or  minus  half  a  percent  of  the  employment  level.  Those 
numbers,  anybody's  numbers  like  that,  include  voluntary  retirees. 
They  include  people  who  just  decide  to  leave  the  labor  force.  That 
is  an  employment  effect. 

We  have  117  million  people  employed  right  now.  In  a  different 
health  care  system,  some  people  may  choose  to  leave  employment. 
This  is  not  just  a  person  age  55;  this  may  be  a  person  age  45.  And 
we  have  changed  the  incentives  by  the  health  care  system. 

I  think  that  basically,  the  benefits  of  universal  access  and  the 
benefits  of  community  rating  are  such  that  we  want  to  maintain 
these  things,  but  the  employment  numbers  do  include  those  effects. 

Senator  Coats.  My  time  is  running  out,  and  I  will  just  ask  one 
last  question.  In  response  to  Senator  Jeffords'  question — I  guess  I 
want  to  follow  up  on  that  question — about  no  net  cost  to  the  pri- 
vate sector,  isn't  it  true,  though,  that  under  the  plan,  we  are  creat- 
ing a  situation  whereby  those  employment  entities  and  manufac- 
turing firms  that  have  basically  not  been  very  progressive  in  terms 
of  loolcing  at  the  impact  of  health  care  costs  on  their  total  net  busi- 
ness cost — Ford,  for  instance,  paying  20  percent  of  payroll  for 
health  care  costs,  essentially  because  they  bargained  themselves 
into  a  position  where  they  provided  first  dollar  coverage  for  every- 
thing— for  those  firms,  there  is  going  to  be  a  huge  windfall,  because 
their  20  percent  is  going  to  drop  to  7.9  percent.  And  those  are  the 
firms,  by  the  way,  that  are  not  competitive  as  a  result  and  are  lay- 
ing people  off.  So  the  cost  is  going  to  be  shifted  from  those  firms 
to  firms  that  have  been  progressive,  are  competitive,  have  nego- 
tiated much  more  sensible  health  care  cost  plans  with  their  em- 
ployees— we  had  a  dramatically  example  of  that  last  week,  where 
we  heard  from  Ford  and  General  Mills,  and  General  Mills  is  paying 
4.7  percent — they  are  going  to  be  paying  the  windfall. 

In  other  words,  the  people  who  have  seen  this  coming,  the  people 
who  have  addressed  the  question — and  they  are  the  ones  who  are 
more  competitive  and  therefore  growing  and  therefore  adding 
jobs — they  are  going  to  have  a  cost  shift  from  those  who  have  not 
really  done  the  job.  How  is  this  going  to  have  an  overall  net  plus 
impact  on  the  economy  of  the  country? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  think  the  numbers  suggest  that  actually  the  em- 
ployers who  are  currently  providing  will  by  and  large  benefit.  So 
that  if  you  phased  this  all  in  in  1994,  for  example,  then  the  em- 
ployer spending  for  the  70  million  workers  who  have  insurance 
would  fall.  It  would  fall.  So  although  there  might  be  some  firms 
that  would  get  a  better  deal  than  other  firms,  they  would  all  bene- 
fit. 

I  think  it  is  incorrect  to  say  that  somehow,  Ford  is  going  to  pass 
this  off  onto  another  insured  firm.  The  workers  who  are 
insured 

Senator  Coats.  Well,  they  have  admitted  they  are  going  to  get 
a  $1.2  billion  windfall,  and  it  has  got  to  come  from  somewhere. 

Ms.  Tyson.  We  are  going  to  reduce  business  spending,  and  if  we 
reduced  it  overnight  in  1994,  the  employers  who  provide  insurance 
would  benefit,  and  there  are  some  firms  that  would  benefit  more 
than  others.  But  all  of  those  firms  would  benefit. 


420 

So  what  I  was  saying  is  I  do  not  think  it  is  appropriate  to  think 
that  just  because  Ford  may  benefit  more  than  another  company 
that  is  insuring  does  not  mean  that  the  other  company  that  is  in- 
suring is  losing;  it  is  also  benefiting. 

Senator  Coats.  But  my  point  is  what  is  the  equity  in  providing 
a  bailout  for  the  firms  that  really  did  not  do  the  job  and  imposing 
extra  costs  on  the  firms  that  did  do  the  job? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  am  disagreeing  with  you  because  I  do  not  think  we 
are  imposing  extra  costs  on  the  firms  that  did  do  the  job. 

Senator  Coats.  Well,  General  Mills'  rate  is  going  to  go  from  4.7 
to  7.9. 

The  Chairman.  No,  no,  it  does  not.  It  stays  just  where  it  is. 

Ms.  Tyson.  That  is  right.  First  of  all,  General  Mills  almost  cer- 
tainly can  decide  what  it  wants  to  do  itself;  it  is  a  big  enough  firm 
that  it  can  be 

Senator  Coats.  Well,  that  was  not  the  testimony  of  the  General 
Mills  representative.  He  said  that  inevitably,  with  the  alliances 
and  the  way  it  is  set  up,  you  will  have  to  move  into  the  system. 

Ms.  Tyson.  But  they  do  not  need  to  be  in  the  alliance. 

Senator  Coats.  They  said  they  are  going  to  be  forced  into  the  al- 
liance, that  under  the  plan  there  is  just  no  way  not  being  in  there. 

Ms.  Tyson.  Well,  I  think  that  a  lot  of  misinformation  about  this 
plan  is  out  there.  I  mean,  small  firms  who  thought  they  were  going 
to  be  hurt  by  it,  having  read  it,  now  conclude  that  they  are  going 
to  be  helped  by  it. 

I  think  maybe  we  should  make  sure  that  General  Mills  under- 
stands that  they  are  in  a  situation  where  presumably  they  can  opt 
out  of  the  alliance  altogether.  Their  desire  to  go  into  the  alliance 
would  depend  upon  whether  they  think  they  can  get  a  better  deal 
in  the  alliance  by  staying  self-insured.  So  I  do  not  think  that  exam- 
ple rally  works. 

The  issue,  I  would  say,  if  you  want  to  think  about  the 
compositional  change,  is  between  firms  who  are  currently  insuring 
and  firms  that  are  not  currently  insuring.  Firms  that  are  not  cur- 
rently insuring  will  have  to  pay  more.  Some  of  those  firms,  how- 
ever, a  large  number  of  them  in  a  number  of  surveys  suggest  they 
actually  would  like  to  provide  insurance  for  their  employees,  but 
they  cannot  under  the  current  system. 

So  if  you  just  looked  at  the  numbers,  you  might  say  that  right 
now,  they  are  paying  zero  percent  of  their  payroll,  and  3  or  4  years 
from  now  when  they  are  phased  in,  they  are  paying  3.5  percent, 
and  they  are  worse  off.  If  you  ask  them,  they  might  say,  "No.  We 
are  better  off.  We  wanted  to  provide  insurance  all  along,  and  we 
could  not,  but  now  we  can." 

So  I  do  not  think  the  payroll  percentages  can  tell  you  all  about 
what  is  going  on  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  compositional  effects. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Gregg. 

Senator  Grkgg.  Well,  that  is  an  unusual  economic  analysis  to 
say  the  reason  you  can  defend  this  position  from  an  economic  policy 
standpoint  is  that  you  have  concluded  that  firms  that  are  going  to 
be  told  by  the  Federal  Government  that  they  must  undertaken  an 
additional  cost  and  are  hit  with  a  payroll  tax  of  3.5  percent  to  7.9 
percent,  that  they  really  wanted  to  do  that  all  along,  and  that  the 


421 

reason  they  have  not  done  it  is  because  the  Federal  Government 
has  not  told  them  to  do  it.  That  is  an  interesting  economic  analysis. 

But  independent  of  that,  please  explain  to  me  this  community 
rating  concept.  If  I  do  not  smoke,  and  you  smoke,  and  I  know  sta- 
tistically that  because  you  smoke,  your  life  expectancy  is  less,  and 
your  cost  of  health  care  is  significantly  higher,  why  should  I  have 
to  pay  a  higher  premium  for  trie  smoker? 

Ms.  Tyson.  We  are  trying  to  deal  with  getting  a  system  of  insur- 
ance which  makes  sense.  The  system  we  currently  have 

Senator  Gregg.  That  is  what  we  are  trying  to  deal  with? 

Ms.  Tyson.  Right.  That  is  what  we  are  trying  to  do.  We  are  try- 
ing to  find  a  system  that  makes  sense.  The  system  we  currently 
have  is  a  system  which  allows  insurers  to  basically  try  to  get  rid 
of  the  insurance  risk,  to  try  to  find  only  those  people  who  do  not 
need  insurance  and  then  provide  insurance  for  them.  So  that  all  of 
the  people  who  need  insurance,  because  they  have  pre-existing  con- 
ditions, because  they  have  a  high-risk  job,  because  they  work  in  an 
industry  with  high  risk  of  illness,  they  cannot  get  insurance,  or 
they  can  only  get  insurance  at  exorbitant  rates.  Many  of  them 
therefore  do  not  have  insurance. 

Now,  does  this  work  to  the  benefit  of  me,  the  privately  insured 
person?  No,  it  does  not.  It  does  not  work  to  my  benefit  because 
when  I  pay  my  insurance,  I  am  paying  for  their  insurance.  If  they 
cannot  get  insurance  because  the  current  industry  will  not  give  it 
to  them,  then  I  am  paying  for  their  insurance.  So  community  rat- 
ing is  an  attempt  to  pool  risk.  That  is  what  insurance  is  all  about. 
Insurance  is  about  pooling  risk  so  that  we  all  share  the  risk,  so 
that  no  single  one  of  us  bears  an  intolerable  amount  of  risk,  which 
we  cannot  afford.  And  our  system  has  let  us  down. 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  that  might  be  applicable  in  pre-existing 
conditions,  and  in  fact  all  the  proposals  that  have  been  put  forth 
address  the  pre-existing  issue.  But  it  is  your  proposal  that  uniquely 
says  that  a  person  or  a  group  of  people  who  are  committed  to 
health  because  they  do  not  smoke,  because  they  do  not  drink,  be- 
cause they  undertake  physical  exercise,  that  those  people  are  going 
to  be  penalized — penalized— because  they  are  going  to  be  rated  the 
same  way  as  the  people  in  the  community  who  take  no  concern  at 
all  for  their  health  because  they  smoke  and  they  drink  and  they 
just  do  not  undertake  healthy  lifestyles. 

Now,  I  do  not  understand  if  the  goal  is,  as  you  said — and  I  agree 
that  that  is  the  goal — the  goal  is  to  improve  health  care  and  to  get 
a  better  system,  why  you  would  structure  a  system  that  inherently 
discriminates  against  people  who  attempt  to  improve  their  life 
styles  through  healthy  life  styles  and  encourages  nonhealthy  life 
styles  that  are  general  life  styles,  such  as  smoking  and  drinking. 

That  may  be  community  rating  in  your  concept,  and  that  is  com- 
munity rating  generally,  but  I  do  not  understand  why  it  makes 
sense.  And  I  am  taking  off  the  table  the  issue  of  the  pre-existing 
condition  people,  because  they  are  already  going  to  be  addressed  by 
everyone.  I  am  talking  about  why  you  have  a  community  rating 
system  that  penalizes  people  who  have  a  healthy  lifestyle  and  dis- 
criminates against  them  to  the  advantage  of  the  people  who  do  not. 

Ms.  TYSON.  Again,  you  have  to  start  with  where  we  are.  I  am  a 
healthy  person,  and  I  do  not  smoke  or  drink — I  drink  wine  at  din- 


422 

ner,  but  I  do  not  smoke  at  all,  and  I  never  have — and  I  would  say 
that  I  am  already  penalized.  You  have  this  notion  that  somehow 
we  have  a  perfect  system  where  I  am  not  influenced  by  the  smoker 
or  the  drinker;  if  course,  I  am,  and  I  am  influenced  much  more  pro- 
foundly than  I  would  be  under  a  community  rating  system,  because 
that  person  will  go  to  the  emergency  room  when  he  has  a  cough, 
and  he  will  get  an  x-ray  of  his  lungs,  and  it  is  in  my  insurance  pre- 
mium. If  they  are  community  rated,  and  they  have  insurance,  and 
they  have  preventive  care,  and  that  preventive  care  includes  infor- 
mation about  the  dangers  of  cigarette  smoking,  and  it  includes  in- 
formation about  how  to  change  your  life  style,  I  may  very  well  be 
much  better  off  living  with  the  drinker  or  the  smoker  than  I  am 
now. 

So  I  think  your  starting  point  is  wrong. 

Senator  Gregg.  No.  Your  starting  point  is  wrong.  You  are  as- 
suming that  people  who  live  a  healthy  life  style  should  have  to  pay 
a  higher  premium. 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  am  saying  the  people  who  live  a  healthy  life  style 
already  are  paying  a  higher  premium  because  of  people  who  are 
not  currently  insured. 

Senator  Gregg.  They  are  going  to  be  paying  a  much  higher  pre- 
mium than  if  they  are  in  an  insurance  policy  where  you  have  the 
opportunity  to  have  that  policy  adjusted  by  your  life  style. 

Now,  I  do  not  understand  why  you  are  putting  forward  a  pro- 
posal which  does  not  encourage  people  not  to  smoke  through  the 
usual  incentive  process  that  we  have  in  a  capitalist  system,  called 
"paying  for  it."  If  you  want  to  smoke,  you  should  pay  more  for  your 
premium.  If  you  drink  heavily,  you  should  pay  more  for  your  pre- 
mium. 

Ms.  Tyson.  Can  I  suggest  that  we  have  looked  at  the  issues  of 
families  and  who  wins  under  the  current  proposal,  and  these  are 
the  facts.  Two-thirds  of  American  families  will  be  better  off  in 
terms  of  seeing  a  decline  in  their  health  insurance  premiums — two- 
thirds  of  American  families. 

Twenty  percent  will  pay  more  initially,  but  for  better  coverage; 
they  already  have  coverage,  but  they  are  paying  more.  That  leaves 
the  young,  single  Americans,  or  basically  young  workers,  most  of 
them  single,  some  with  families,  who  will  pay  more  and  not  for 
more. 

So  if  you  are  talking  to  talk  about  the  community  rating  issue, 
the  issue  really  is  one  that  as  a  young,  healthy  person,  your  incen- 
tives to  get  insurance  are  somewhat  diluted.  You  tend  to  get  less 
insurance  than  what  our  package  is  proposing,  and  we  are  going 
to  require  you  to  get  more. 

On  the  other  hand,  you  have  a  whole  life — and  presumably  it  is 
going  to  be  a  longer  life  because  of  our  health  insurance  scheme — 
so  over  time  as  an  individual  going  through  life,  you  will  end  up 
paying  substantially  less  because  as  you  get  older,  under  the  cur- 
rent system  your  premiums  would  go  up  and  up  and  up;  under  our 
system,  you  pay  more  when  you  are  young  and  less  when  you  are 
old,  and  over  your  lifetime,  which  is  going  to  be  longer,  you  pay 
less. 


423 

So  I  agree  that  there  are  some  people  here  who  will  pay  more. 
It  is  primarily  an  age  issue  at  this  point,  and  I  think  that  that  is 
what  the  facts  of  the  proposal  turn  out  to  be. 

Senator  Gregg.  Well,  I  really  do  not  think  that  is  responsive  to 
the  issue  of  the  smoker  and  the  nonsmoker,  because  whether  you 
are  in  a  family  or  whether  you  are  single,  the  smoker/n on  smoker 
issue  cuts  across  all  those  demographic  groups. 

Ms.  Tyson.  Is  it  that  you  would  want  just  that  exclusion?  I 
mean,  would  vou  want  to  have  a  community  rating  but  for  smoking 
and  drinking? 

Senator  Gregg.  I  think  there  are  a  number  of  conditions  which 
people  put  upon  themselves  which  cause  their  health  to  be  less, 
which  cause  their  health  care  costs  to  be  higher,  which  tradition- 
ally, the  marketplace  has  acknowledged  as  being  self-inflicted — 
smoking  and  alcohol  being  the  primary  ones,  but  drug  use  would 
be  right  up  there  with  them.  And  to  take  a  community  rating  sys- 
tem and  say  that  those  people  who  do  that  to  themselves,  those 
people  who  undertake  that  health  risk  themselves,  are  going  to  be- 
come the  burden  of  everyone  else  who  does  not  undertake  that 
health  risk,  is  not  creating  an  incentive  for  better  health  care;  it 
is  creating  an  incentive  for  worse  health  care,  and  it  undermines 
the  cost  of  health  care  and  it  undermines  the  confidence  people 
have  in  what  the  theory  is  behind  the  health  care  proposal. 

I  guess  my  time  is  up,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Of  course,  I  think  HCFA  points  out  that  actually, 
the  nonsmoker  costs  the  health  care  system  more  because  they  live 
longer.  [Laughter.] 

Senator  Gregg.  That  is  an  interesting  analysis,  but  I  suspect 
HCFA  probably  did  come  up  with  that  conclusion,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Ms.  Tyson.  That  is  a  good  one. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Durenberger. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

This  is  both  a  delightful  and  interesting  discussion,  and  it  just 
proves  the  value  of  keeping  this  whole  reform  process  going  as  long 
as  we  possibly  can. 

I  was  hoping  that  Dr.  Tyson's  response  to  the  question  from  my 
colleague  would  be,  "Why  do  you  own  fire  insurance,  or  why  do  you 
own  automobile  insurance?"  I  am  assuming  that  you  are  probably 
a  very  careful  driver,  Judd,  and  have  not  had  an  accident  in  a  long 
time.  I  am  sure  that  you  live  in  a  home  that  is  building  code  ap- 
proved, and  you  take  steps  to  make  sure  that  that  home  is 

Senator  Gregg.  But  of  course,  if  my  neighbor  has  had  six  acci- 
dents, his  policy  price  goes  up. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Well,  that  is  a  questionable  way  in  which 
some  insurance  companies,  as  she  points  out,  try  to  avoid  risk. 
There  is  the  value  of  insurance  as  a  wav  of  spreading  risks,  and 
the  cost  of  that  neighbor  and  everybody  else  having  insurance 
makes  a  big  difference. 

I  think  the  first  question  is  do  we  insure  for  catastrophic  cov- 
erage, like  in  fire  or  the  loss  of  a  life  in  an  automobile  accident, 
or  are  we  insuring  for  health  maintenance.  And  it  is  pretty  clear 
that  Americans  have  gotten  used  to  insuring  themselves  for  health 
maintenance,  for  all  the  very  ordinary  things  that  go  on  in  our 
lives,  rather  than  for  the  catastrophic.  And  it  is  pretty  clear  that 


424 

one  of  the  debates  we  are  going  to  engage  in  is,  as  to  the  basic  ben- 
efit package,  are  we  going  to  do  a  catastrophic,  as  some  of  our  col- 
leagues have  proposed,  with  basic  preventive  care,  or  are  we  going 
to  try  to  do  a  more  comprehensive  coverage. 

But  to  get  into  the  point  of  the  hearing,  the  point  that  my  col- 
league raises  relative  to  life  style  impact  does  not  have  to  be  dealt 
with  only  in  the  price  of  the  premium.  It  can  also  be  dealt  with  in 
the  value  to  the  employed  person  of  the  employer's  contribution. 
And  I  must  say  that  one  of  the  things  that  bothers  me  greatly 
about  the  administration's  proposal  is  that  it  turns  the  employers 
in  this  country  into  check-writing  agencies,  as  we  have  done  with 
so  many  other  good  things  that  employers  have  suggested  to  us. 
That  in  effect  all  of  the  things  that  General  Mills  has  already  done 
to  try  to  use  their  contribution  to  the  employees'  premium  as  a  way 
to  encourage  healthy  life  styles,  not  overutilize  the  system,  get  into 
relationships  with  providers  in  the  community,  are  discouraged  by 
this  kind  of  approach. 

What  one  of  the  witnesses  after  you  will  say  is  that,  "In  its  ef- 
forts to  hold  down  the  explicit  budgetary  costs  of  health  reform,  the 
administration  has  developed  a  plan  that  is  the  worst  of  both 
worlds.  It  is  too  regressive  to  be  equitable,  but  too  distorted  to  be 
efficient.  The  fundamental  overall  problem  with  the  administra- 
tion's strategy  is  that  it  proposes  to  use  the  employment  relation- 
ship as  the  basis  for  mandated  coverage.  The  only  reasons  for  doing 
so  are  force  of  habit  or  historical  accident  and  the  attractiveness 
of  financing  a  public  program  with  an  off-budget  tax  generated  to 
confuse  the  electorate. ' 

And  let  me  take  that  just  one  step  farther,  if  I  might,  and  just 
ask  you  this.  Would  you  please  try  to  justify  for  us  Government- 
imposed  limits  on  private  spending  in  this  country?  Some  people 
say  the  biggest  problem  we  have  is  $903  billion  being  spent.  Tell 
me  why  that  is  a  bigger  problem  than  the  problems  of  market  fail- 
ure in  this  whole  system  that  end  up  giving  us  those  kinds,  at  least 
in  part,  of  costs — restricted  entry  into  the  system  which  Govern- 
ment imposes  through  licensure  and  a  variety  of  things  like  that; 
price  distortions,  which  are  all  over  the  place,  which  are  reinforced 
by  Medicare  and  Medicaid  and  a  whole  variety  of  reimbursement 
systems;  poor  information,  which  Government  does  not  do  anything 
about,  and  that  is  one  thing  where  Government  could — it  could 
force  more  information  into  the  system;  the  insurance  industry — for 
political  reasons,  we  have  decided  that  up  until  now,  we  are  not 
going  to  take  on  the  insurance  industry,  so  we  end  up  having  a  sit- 
uation in  which  all  of  these  people  are  out  there  competing  to  avoid 
risks,  as  you  appropriately  pointed  out. 

So  I  hope  my  question  is  clear.  If  you  would  agree  that  market 
failure  in  some  of  these  respects  is  really  the  problem,  then  why 
is  it  that  so  much  of  what  the  administration  is  recommending  ap- 
pears to  be  aimed  at  containing  the  private  spending  in  ways  that 
a  lot  of  us  would  suggest,  and  other  witnesses  before  this  commit- 
tee have  suggested,  might  be  getting  in  the  way  of  restoring  mar- 
kets? 

Ms.  Tyson.  There  are  actually  a  number  of  ideas  which  came  in 
your  question.  First,  let  me  talk  a  little  bit  about  the  limits  on  pri- 
vate spending,  which  is  the  critical  part  of  your  question. 


425 

I  think  the  view  is,  as  you  well  know,  that  we  have  tried  to  de- 
velop health  care  reform  which  is  very  much  based  on  the  best 
practices  of  the  private  system.  That  is,  we  are  trying  to  model, 
based  on  what  we  have  learned  from  employers  who  have  done  a 
good  job  at  encouraging  health  maintenance  organizations,  at  figur- 
ing out  efficient  care  delivery  mechanisms,  and  building  on  State 
experience  as  well,  for  both  State  and  private  sector  experience. 

So  our  system  really  is  one  of  managed  competition.  The  limits 
on  private  spending  are  meant  to  be  a  backup  or  an  emergency 
break  or  a  failsafe  mechanism.  So  I  think  the  debate  really  should 
appropriately  be  about  what  do  you  think  the  odds  are  that  these 
will  bind.  That  is  really  the  issue.  If  you  think  that  there  is  enough 
inefficiency  in  the  system,  that  by  the  year  2000,  we  can  easily 
save  10  percent  off  projected  spending  simply  be  encouraging  pro- 
viders to  form  more  networks  and  allowing  consumers  to  have 
greater  choice — after  all,  we  have  a  situation  now  where  only  30 
percent  of  the  employees  of  companies  of  500  or  smaller  have  any 
choice  at  all.  There  is  no  choice.  That  is  a  market  failure.  We  do 
not  have  market  competition  in  the  choice  of  providers,  and  we  do 
not  have  an  incentive  for  providers  to  network.  So  we  are  going  to 
put  these  incentives  in,  and  we  believe  we  can  get  that  10  percent 
saving  by  the  year  2000,  without  the  private  sector  caps  binding. 
But  they  are  there.  So  the  debate  between  us  really  is  a  debate 
about  what  is  the  probability  that  they  are  going  to  hit.  And  our 
reading  of  the  evidence  is  that  the  probability  is  not  high,  but  we 
absolutely  have  to  have  it,  and  the  reason  we  absolutely  have  to 
have  it  is  because  whatever  happens  to  this  health  care  reform 
package,  it  seems  to  me  it  is  very  likely  that  we  are  going  to  have 
some  form  of  restraint  on  the  growth  of  our  public  sector  programs, 
Medicare  and  Medicaid,  where  the  Federal  Government  is  now 
spending  40  percent  of  our  national  health  care  budget  primarily 
through  those  two  programs. 

If  we  try  to  rationalize  and  control  those  programs  and  do  noth- 
ing to  the  private  sector,  we  know  what  the  consequences  will  be. 
The  consequences  will  be 

Senator  Durenberger.  But  pardon  me — you  are  not  recommend- 
ing rationalizing  any  of  those  programs.  I  mean,  the  efforts  that 
some  of  us  have  made  to  urge  you  to  reform  Medicare  in  some  very 
substantial  way  so  that  it  can  De  bought  in  the  private  sector  from 
accountable  health  plans  have  been  rejected  as  political. 

Ms.  Tyson.  Well,  we  are  going  to  make  a  series  of  very  specific 
proposals  on  what  our  Medicare  proposal  is,  what  the  cuts  will  be, 
and  I  think  at  that  point  we  should  have  that  discussion,  because 
it  is  our  intention  to  reform  those  systems  and  to  make  them  work 
more  efficiently.  But  if  we  try  to  work  just  on  that  part  of  the  budg- 
et and  not  on  the  private  sector  budget,  the  result  will  be  a  balloon- 
ing out  of  the  private  sector  budget. 

So  I  think  we  absolutely  have  to  have  these  limits  in  there,  but 
our  view  is  that  the  work  is  really  going  to  be  done  by  changing 
incentives  and  not  by  the  budget  caps.  That  is  the  first  part  of  my 
answer. 

A  number  of  other  things  you  mentioned,  I  think  we  are  trying 
to  do.  One  of  the  main  responsibilities  of  the  regional  alliances 
would  be  to  improve  information  to  consumers.  I  have  to  profess  a 


426 

great  deal  of  ignorance  about  health  insurance,  the  plans  that  are 
available  to  me,  and  someone  has  to  sit  down  and  tell  me  what 
they  are.  And  as  I  said,  lots  of  people  have  no  choice  at  all.  What 
the  regional  alliance  guarantees  is  that  no  matter  how  small  you 
are,  if  you  are  an  individual,  self-employed  person,  you  have  a 
choice  between  three  plans;  you  will  have  full  information  about 
those  plans;  you  will  have  a  report  card  on  those  plans,  and  you 
can  make  a  wise  choice.  So  information  is  a  very  important  part 
of  what  we  want  to  do. 

We  certainly  want  to  reform  the  insurance  industry  along  the 
lines  that  you  have  proposed.  And  you  talked  about  restricted 
entry.  I  again  want  to  emphasize  that  the  reality  that  we  are  start- 
ing with  is  that  most  people  do  not  have  a  choice  anyway,  so  this 
will  expand  choice  and  expand  entry  opportunities  for  many  indi- 
viduals. 

Senator  Durenberger.  I  am  just  talking  about  restricted  entry 
of  people  who  want  to  practice  better  medicine  and/or  get  to  a  more 
appropriate  end  are  restricted  from  doing  that  by  the  current  sys- 
tem. There  really  is  not  an  opportunity  in  the  current  system  to  re- 
ward good  behavior. 

Ms.  Tyson.  You  mean  with  the  current  proposal.  But  ultimately, 
you  have  a  system  in  which  the  better  providers  who  figure  out  a 
better  way  to  do  this  with  capitation  will  be  more  profitable,  they 
will  attract  more  consumers  because  they  will  have  a  better  report 
card,  and  they  will  be  the  ones  who  grow.  That  is  the  managed 
competition  aspect  of  this. 

The  providers  who  do  not  do  a  good  job  will  not  be  able  to  make 
any  money  in  the  current  system  because  of  capitation,  and  fur- 
thermore, I  assume  their  report  cards  would  show  things  like  long 
waiting  times,  and  consumers  would  move  to  the  other  plans.  So 
this  should  help  the  good  providers. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  CHAmMAN.  Thank  you  very  much,  Dr.  Tyson. 

Two  final  questions.  Just  yesterday,  we  were  down  in  the  south- 
eastern part  of  Massachusetts,  where  we  have  the  highest  unem- 
ployment, and  we  talked  with  some  of  the  small  business  people, 
who  were  pretty  evenly  divided,  actually,  in  terms  of  the  mandate 
issue.  Have  you  figured  out,  even  with  the  3.5  percent,  what  that 
impact  would  be  in  terms  of  being  sufficiently  troublesome  to  be 
the  straw  that  breaks  the  camel's  back  in  terms  of  the  country  gen- 
erally? 

Ms.  Tyson.  As  I  pointed  out  in  my  written  testimony,  this  means 
essentially,  given  the  caps  for  small,  low-wage  firms,  you  are  talk- 
ing about  what  would  be  equivalent  to  an  increase  of  15  cents  to 
35  cents  per  hour  in  the  minimum  wage.  That  is  a  figure  which  re- 
cent studies  have  demonstrated  or  clearly  suggested  is  likely  to 
have  a  very  small  impact  on  the  employment  prospects  of  low-wage 
workers. 

Some  of  the  low-wage  workers  may  see  a  slower  rate  of  growth 
in  their  wages  over  time,  but  the  notion  that  firms  will  not  be  able 
to  absorb  that  amount  of  an  increase  is  really  a  notion  that  is 
called  into  question  by  the  most  recent  researcn.  I  think  15  cents 
to  35  cents  an  hour  still  leaves  us  below  minimum  wage  levels  that 


427 

we  realized  in  the  1980's,  with  lower  unemployment  rates  than  we 
have  right  now. 

The  Chairman.  Finally,  you  have  had  a  chance  to  review  the 
next  panel's  testimony.  Would  you  be  good  enough  in  a  summary 
way  to  just  give  us  a  brief  comment  on  those? 

Ms.  Tyson.  Sure.  First,  I  already  mentioned  Dr.  Lewin,  who  will 
talk  about  the  Hawaii  experience.  There  are  lots  of  models  you  can 
look  at  about  what  are  the  effects  of  this  or  that  change,  but  we 
actually  have  a  real  experience  to  look  at  in  the  Hawaii  experience, 
and  that  experience  suggests  that  in  fact  the  employment  concerns 
associated  with  this  kind  of  health  care  funding  mechanism  have 
not  proven  to  be  real  issues  in  the  State  of  Hawaii.  So  that  is  the 
first  point. 

In  the  paper  by  Dr.  Klerman,  his  conclusions  are  by  and  large 
absolutely  consistent  with  ours.  As  I  said,  our  basic  conclusion  is 
the  net  effect  on  employment;  if  that  is  what  you  want  to  look  at, 
if  that  is  your  metric  or  standard,  we  can  give  you  runs  that  gen- 
erate plus  or  minus  one-half  of  one  percent  of  the  employment 
level,  and  that  is  exactly  where  Dr.  Klerman  is  coming  out. 

He  emphasizes,  as  we  do,  that  the  employment  effects  are  small. 
He  also  acknowledges  that  his  results  so  far  do  not  take  into  ac- 
count some  of  the  beneficial  effects  of  the  plan  that  we  have  tried 
to  take  into  account.  So  we  generate  some  positive  numbers  in  our 
runs  because  we  have  taken  into  account  some  of  the  beneficial  ef- 
fects of  the  plan  in  terms  of  bringing  down  business  spending  over 
time. 

So  in  general  it  is  consistent  with  our  reading  of  the  evidence. 

Dr.  Pauly's  testimony,  we  are  confused  by,  because  our  reading 
of  his,  I  think  self-avowedly  back-of-the-envelope  calculations,  sug- 
gest that  he  is  using  a  very  high  what  economists  would  call  elas- 
ticity, or  what  we  might  call  the  sensitivity  of  employment  to  a 
change  in  labor  costs.  In  fact,  doing  what  we  know  about  our  plan 
and  the  discounts  and  all  the  rest,  doing  what  we  know  about  our 
plan,  we  conclude  that  he  is  using  an  elasticity  that  may  be  10  to 
20  times  as  large  as  the  standard  elasticity  in  the  labor  economics 
literature. 

So  even  if  you  wanted  to  do  a  simple  employment  effect,  we  are 
confused  by  where  he  gets  the  numbers  he  gets,  because  our  read- 
ing of  our  own  plan  is  that  this  elasticity  or  sensitivity  measure  is 
really  much  too  large. 

It  is  also  important  to  note,  and  I  said  this  in  a  couple  of  my  re- 
sponses, that  he  talks  about  a  decline  in  health  care  employment. 
It  is  important  to  understand  that  this  is  a  slowdown  in  the  rate 
of  growth  of  health  care  employment  relative  to  where  the  baseline 
would  otherwise  bring  us.  The  net  effect  at  the  beginning  is  to  in- 
crease health  care  employment  and  then  to  slow  its  rate  down. 

Health  care  employment  does  not  fall  absolutely  in  our  world.  It 
does  not  fall;  it  slows  down. 

And  finally,  this  study,  like  the  rest  of  the  studies,  does  not  take 
into  account  the  fact  that  a  lot  of  firms  are  not  just  winners  in  the 
year  2000,  but  they  are  winners  once  they  get  into  the  alliance. 
Their  costs  fall  right  at  the  beginning,  and  those  firms  can  do  a  lot 
of  possible  things  with  their  benefits.  Anything  they  do  with  the 
benefit  of  the  health  care  system  benefits  the  economy.  We  are  not 


428 

sure  exactly  what  they  will  do,  but  it  is  beneficial  to  the  economy. 
And  that  is  not  in  this  paper. 

So  those  would  be  my  quick  reactions  from  a  quick  reading. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Jeffords. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Just  a  quick  follow-up.  Being  a  member  of  the 
55  to  65  group — and  I  am  sure  you  are  not — I  would  just  pass  a 
little  information  on.  It  is  the  most  discouraged  group  of  people  in 
the  world  when  they  get  laid  off.  If  you  are  in  your  50's  or  60's. 
and  you  are  not  an  executive  who  has  the  capital  to  open  a  small 
business,  it  is  a  very,  very  severe  and  discouraging  thing. 

I  would  say  that  I  hoped  the  result  would  be  the  opposite,  that 
the  tendency  will  be  not  to  create  early  retirees,  because  there  will 
not  be  the  risk  of  higher  health  care  costs  for  that  group,  and 
therefore  there  will  not  be  the  attempt  to  risk-screen  at  the  em- 
ployment level. 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  absolutely  agree  with  you,  and  furthermore,  we  can 
accept  that  over  time  what  this  does  is  it  allows  people  in  that  age 
group  a  choice  if  they  would  like  to  retire  early,  but  it  does  in  fact 
do  exactly  what  you  said.  It  brings  down  the  costs  of  keeping  the 
employee  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  employer.  So  I  think  that 
that  should  actually  work  as  a  benefit  to  that  age  group. 

Finally,  let  me  say  that  the  issue  that  you  have  raised  of  wheth- 
er or  not  this  will  cause  firms  to  downscale  even  more  than  they 
would  have  otherwise  is  something  we  are  looking  at,  and  we  are 
looking  at  ways  to  try  to  phase  this  in  or  have  the  firms  pay  for 
more  of  that  benefit  if  they  want  to  exercise  it. 

So  we  are  sensitive  to  tnis  issue. 

Senator  Jeffords.  From  an  economist's  perspective,  the  biggest 
concern  right  now  seems  to  be  health  care,  but  right  on  the  horizon 
is  pensions,  and  anything  that  we  do  that  gets  rid  of  people  before 
they  are  vested,  or  any  tendency  to  put  people  out  before  they  have 
a  viable  livelihood  in  senior  years  is  going  to  be  of  very  deep  con- 
cern to  all  of  us. 

One  final,  quick  question.  Did  you  add  up  the  amount  of  all  the 
accrued  liabilities  that  were  added  under  the  new  accounting  proc- 
esses for  the  corporations  that  had  to  accrue  their  future  nealth 
care  benefits? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  do  not  think  we  have  added  all  that. 

Senator  Jeffords.  I  have  a  feeling  if  Ford  was  $1.2  billion,  and 
I  think  IBM  was  over  $2  billion,  that  you  are  going  to  a  get  a  figure 
that  is  an  awful  lot  bigger  than  $3  to  $6  billion  if  you  add  those 
up. 

Thank  you. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Durenberger. 

Senator  Durenberger.  May  I  put  in  writing  the  question  that 
I  asked  Ms.  Tyson,  and  maybe  I  can  clean  it  up  a  little  and  make 
it  more  precise,  because  I  think  at  least  in  part,  the  commitment 
to  go  with  an  employer-based  system  and  the  way  in  which  the 
plan  currently  recommends  doing  it  causes  enough  concern  for 
enough  people  so  that  it  would  be  at  least  helpful  to  me  and  prob- 
ably to  some  of  my  colleagues,  especially  here,  to  deal  more  fully 
with  that. 

So  if  I  may,  I  would  like  to  do  that. 


429 

Second,  you  might  clarify  for  us  the  recommendations  relative  to 
health  alliances.  I  just  walked  in  when  we  were  doing  General 
Mills,  and  I  was  not  here  Friday,  but  my  impression  is  that  the  ad- 
ministration has  a  system  in  which  they  try  to  get  as  many  em- 
ployers as  possible  into  the  regional  health  alliances,  and  that  the 
5,000  employee  cut-off  really  would  not  be  by  company;  it  would  be 
by  community,  since  competition  and  all  the  rest  takes  place  at  a 
community  level.  So  if  General  Mills  has  fewer  than  5,000  people 
in  Minneapolis,  then  General  Mills  employees  would  be  in  a  re- 
gional health  alliances,  and  they  would  not  have  an  option. 

Is  that  a  correct  interpretation  of  the  recommendation? 

Ms.  Tyson.  I  think  that  is  not  correct.  Basically,  the  whole  idea 
of  the  firm  size  exclusion  was  that  we  have  to  deal  with  the  reality 
that  for  big  employers  who  cross  many  State  lines,  we  cannot  im- 
pose on  them  the  administrative  costs  of  having  employees  in  dif- 
ferent regions  and  different  regional  alliances. 

So  my  understanding  is  we  have  the  5,000  employee  limit  pre- 
cisely so  you  can  remain  self-insured  and  out  of  the  regional  alli- 
ance— a]]  of  your  employees,  regardless  of  where  they  are  located. 

Senator  Durenberger.  We  might  check  that  out. 

The  Chairman.  If  the  Senator  would  yield,  that  is  correct.  It  does 
not  make  the  problem  any  easier.  For  instance,  Textron,  a  company 
in  Massachusetts,  is  in  40  different  States.  So  this  does  not  make 
the  problem  any  easier.  Obviously,  in  some  areas,  there  is  not 
going  to  be  any  competition.  I  know  that  this  has  been  a  reality 
which  they  have  attempted  to  address  in  the  program,  and  we  will 
have  a  chance  to  take  a  look  at  the  language  later  on. 

Ms.  Tyson.  The  real  reason  for  doing  this  was  precisely  to  deal 
with  firms  who  are  already  dealing  in  40  different  places,  they 
have  already  got  arrangements  for  this.  To  try  to  require  them  to 
go  into  several  different  regional  alliances  would  really  undermine 
their  own  effectiveness. 

I  will  be  happy  to  write  an  answer  to  the  question,  and  will  work 
on  one.  On  the  general  issue,  the  quote  you  read,  you  could  write 
the  same  explanation  with  different  words.  The  reality  is  that  we 
are  not  starting  from  square  one,  and  we  are  trying  to  reform  a 
system  which  is  one  in  which  even  two-thirds  of  employees  in  firms 
with  less  than  100  employees  are  currently  covered  by  their  firms. 
That  is  the  reality.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  way  society  has  moved 
forward  is  in  general  by  making  adjustments  to  where  they  start, 
not  by  starting  over. 

So  if  we  had  a  different  starting  place,  we  might  not  work  with 
an  employer-based  system.  But  the  fraction  of  Americans  who  are 
covered  by  their  employers  is  simply  the  overwhelming  majority,  so 
that  seems  to  be  the  sensible  place  to  start. 

The  Chairman.  OK.  Just  listening  to  Senator  Durenberger,  I  re- 
cently purchased  a  car,  and  it  was  very  interesting  as  I  watched 
the  various  advertisements.  The  two  things  that  are  going  for  them 
are  the  antilock  brakes  and  the  twin  airbags.  That  is  setting  the 
standard  in  terms  of  what  people  are  buying  today.  It  is  extraor- 
dinary how  the  automobile  companies  are  adjusting  to  that  kind  of 
demand.  And  of  course,  we  really  do  not  have  the  competition  in 
health  care  existing  even  with  the  major  automotive  companies, 


430 

which  obviously  makes  all  of  this  much  more  complex  and  difficult 
in  how  we  structure  competition  the  best  that  we  can. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

We  will  leave  the  record  open  for  additional  questions,  and  I  am 
sure  we  will  be  talking  with  you  again,  soon.  We  appreciate  it  very 
much. 

Ms.  Tyson.  Thank  you  for  the  opportunity,  Senator. 

The  Chairman.  Our  panel  includes  three  experts  with  differing 
viewpoints  who  will  comment  on  the  economic  implications  of  the 
President's  plan. 

John  Lewin  brings  the  unique  perspective  of  the  State  of  Hawaii, 
the  only  State  in  the  Union  that  has  implemented  an  employer 
mandate.  Dr.  Lewin  has  some  fascinating  new  findings  to  report  on 
what  has  actually  happened  to  small  businesses  and  employment 
in  Hawaii  as  a  result  of  the  mandate. 

Dr.  Mark  Pauly  is  chairman  of  the  Health  Care  Systems  Depart- 
ment at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  He  is  a  health  economist 
and  the  author  of  a  plan  to  provide  universal  insurance  coverage 
through  an  individual  mandate.  He  is  a  critic  of  programs  that  re- 
quire employers  to  provide  or  contribute  to  coverage. 

And  Dr.  Jacob  Klerman  is  a  labor  economist  at  the  Rand  Cor- 
poration who  has  written  extensively  on  the  employment  impacts 
of  various  proposals  to  extend  universal  health  insurance  coverage 
by  requiring  employers  to  provide  coverage  and  contribute  to  its 
cost. 

We  will  start  with  Dr.  Lewin. 

STATEMENTS  OF  DR.  JOHN  C.  LEWIN,  DIRECTOR,  HAWAII 
STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH,  HONOLULU,  HA;  MARK 
PAULY,  CHAIRMAN,  HEALTH  CARE  SYSTEMS  DEPARTMENT, 
THE  WHARTON  SCHOOL,  UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA, 
PHILADELPHIA,  PA;  AND  JACOB  A.  KLERMAN,  LABOR  ECON- 
OMIST, THE  RAND  CORPORATION,  SANTA  MONICA,  CA 

Dr.  Lewin.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman  and  Senators. 
It  really  is  a  pleasure  to  be  here.  I  bring  you  greetings  from  Gov- 
ernor Waihee  and  the  people  of  Hawaii. 

Hawaii  has  been  in  the  spotlight  of  late  in  terms  of  health  care 
reform  issues,  simply  because  so  much  of  what  is  being  discussed 
nationally  has  already  occurred  in  Hawaii.  I  have  been  accused  at 
times  of  being  a  salesperson  for  Hawaii's  system,  and  I  want  to 
start  off  by  offering  a  disclaimer  to  that. 

I  think  Hawaii's  successes  stand  on  their  own,  and  in  fact,  we 
are  the  most  expensive  society  in  America  today  as  far  as  States 
go  in  terms  of  real  estate  average  costs  and  in  terms  of  consumer 
products,  which  are  nearly  40  percent  above  the  national  average 
at  the  present  time. 

Hawaii's  accomplishments  have  been  difficult  to  come  by  and 
have  required  a  lot  of  courage  and  action  on  the  part  of  many  peo- 
ple who  have  preceded  me.  I  have  had  the  privilege  of  being  the 
director  of  health  in  the  State  for  the  last  7  years,  and  we  have 
taken  some  major  steps  in  that  time  as  well  to  close  the  gaps.  But 
we  will  be  talking  about  what  really  has  been  the  foundation  of  our 
successes,  namely,  the  employer  mandate,  which  dates  back  to 
1974. 


431 

We  have  a  system  in  which  we  have  an  employer  mandate  that 
covers  about  83  percent  of  our  population  the  employees  and  their 
dependents.  We  also  obviously  have  Medicare  and  Medicaid.  Our 
Medicaid  system  in  Hawaii  is  generous,  it  is  very  broad,  and  it  cov- 
ers a  wide  array  of  benefits  and  more  people  than  most  State  pro- 
grams have  been  able  to  do. 

We  have  added  a  mandate  for  substance  abuse  and  mental 
health  insurance  coverage  as  kind  of  a  wraparound  to  the  Prepaid 
Health  Care  Act,  which  is  now  available  to  more  than  92  percent 
of  our  population,  and  also  is  available  to  Medicaid  in  a  different 
form,  so  that  we  have  nearly  universal  mental  health  and  sub- 
stance abuse  benefits,  although  they  are  limited  compared  to  what 
I  would  like  to  see  them  be  in  the  future. 

We  have  a  very  extensive  public  health  system,  and  we  have  in- 
vested a  lot  there  compared  to  other  States.  And  we  have  a  certifi- 
cate of  need  process  that  we  have  reallv  used  very  effectively  and 
extensively  compared  to  other  States,  which  has  contributed  to  less 
overcapacity  of  hospital  beds,  and  the  technologies  and  better  utili- 
zation of  those. 

These  all  contribute,  but  the  success  of  Hawaii  is  that  we  are  at 
98  percent  access  to  nealth  insurance  coverage;  the  remaining  2 
percent  of  people  are  going  to  be  extremely  difficult  to  bring  into 
the  system,  because  they  are  often  people  who  are  homeless  or 
mentally  ill,  or  who  simply  do  not  lend  themselves  to  insurance 
kinds  of  systems,  and  it  will  be  extremely  difficult  in  any  society 
to  bring  these  people  in,  but  we  are  committed  to  all  of  them.  The 
commitment  is  to  100  percent,  and  everyone  in  Hawaii  has  some 
access  to  an  insurance  program  if  they  make  less  than  300  percent 
of  Federal  poverty;  if  they  make  more  than  that,  then  they  can  af- 
ford to  buy  a  program.  Everyone  in  the  work  force  is  mandated  to 
buy  a  program. 

The  outcomes  in  Hawaii  are  also  very  impressive.  We  have  the 
lowest  rate  of  infant  mortality  in  the  Nation  this  year.  We  have  the 
lowest  morbidity  and  mortality  from  heart  disease,  global  cancer, 
emphysema.  Outcomes  look  really,  really  good  in  terms  of  medical 
care  costs  and  in  terms  of  just  plain  medical  outcomes. 

Costs  of  care.  As  a  percent  of  gross  State  product,  our  costs  are 
comparable  to  Canada,  Germany,  Sweden,  the  Netherlands,  and 
are  far  less  than  the  rest  of  the  united  States  and  less  than  9  per- 
cent of  our  gross  State  product. 

In  terms  of  consumer  satisfaction,  Hawaii  was  surveyed  with 
Harris  polls  along  with  all  the  other  49  States  compared  to  Can- 
ada, and  we  come  out  with  the  highest  degree  of  consumer  satisfac- 
tion of  all  50  States,  at  74  percent  very  happy  with  the  system 
compared  to  40  percent  U.S.  at-large,  18  percent  unhappy  with  the 
system  compared  to  57  percent  U.S.  at-large. 

In  terms  of  medical  system  costs  and  the  kind  of  system,  we  are 
the  high-tech,  glitzy  American  health  care  system,  where  physi- 
cians make  a  lot  of  money,  where  hospitals  are  high-tech  and  cer- 
tainly very  expensive. 

But  given  all  of  that,  and  given  the  accomplishments,  I  want  to 
point  out  that  we  fully  support  national  health  care  reform.  We 
need  national  health  care  reform.  We  need  it  to  bring  the  dysfunc- 
tional aspects  of  our  system,  namely  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  into 


432 

the  efficiency  of  the  rest  of  the  system.  We  need  it  to  work  in  no- 
fault  auto  insurance,  in  workers'  compensation.  We  need  the  data 
and  outcomes  commitment  that  has  been  mentioned  in  the  Clinton 
strategy,  and  we  certainly  need  some  kind  of  tax  system  that  offers 
some  more  incentives  for  people  to  purchase  more  carefully  and 
more  efficiently. 

So  we  are  very  excited  about  the  Clinton  strategy  as  terrific 
progress  and  leadership  and  a  bold  step  forward,  and  we  would  like 
to  see  national  health  care  reform. 

The  background  for  the  employer  mandate  for  Hawaii  is  that  the 
critics  always  talk  nationally  about  how  we  are  going  to  see  an 
enormous  loss  of  jobs,  small  business  failures,  and  so  forth.  What 
we  can  tell  you  from  practical  experience  is  that  we  have  had  to 
face  this,  and  it  was  not  just  back  in  1974,  Senators.  One  thousand 
new  businesses  form  each  year  in  Hawaii,  and  they  all  have  to 
come  in  and  face  this  when  they  start.  A  new  McDonald's  fran- 
chise, a  new  dry  cleaning  establishment,  they  have  to  face  it 
today — in  1993,  in  1992,  and  in  1991.  We  are  familiar  with  the  re- 
ality of  it. 

We  think  the  critics  who  do  not  understand  what  has  happened 
in  Hawaii  fail  to  see  that  we  have  a  level  playing  field,  that  we 
have  standard  insurance  benefits,  we  have  insurance  market  re- 
form, our  employer  mandate  offers  every  small  business  the  same 
low  rate  that  the  big  businesses  have  in  the  State.  The  community 
rating  means  that  if  they  hire  somebody  with  HIV  disease  or  AIDS 
into  their  business  tomorrow,  in  a  "mom  and  pop"  store,  that  their 
insurance  rates  do  not  go  up  and  that  the  individual's  rates  are  the 
same  as  anybody  else's  in  the  State.  Trying  to  understand  how  it 
might  be  in  that  environments  for  small  businesses  is  difficult,  but 
in  fact  in  our  State,  the  small  businesses  that  were  not  providing 
coverage  back  in  1974,  yes,  they  had  to  add  an  increased  cost  of 
goods  and  services,  but  in  fact  the  public  was  willing  to  absorb  that 
increase.  Hamburgers  went  up  25  cents,  dry  cleaning  a  shirt  went 
up  a  dime;  people  paid  the  difference.  And  in  fact,  those  businesses 
made  it  without  an  enormous  subsidy,  and  they  have  been  insuring 
for  20  years. 

We  eliminated  a  lot  of  cost-shifting,  and  we  believe  we  created 
new  jobs  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that  the  businesses  that  previously 
were  paying  exorbitantly  high  rates  when  we  did  not  have  commu- 
nity rating  have  lower  insurance  costs  now.  In  fact,  all  of  the  small 
businesses  in  Hawaii  have  lower  insurance  costs  than  could  be  pur- 
chased anywhere  else  in  America. 

The  Prepaid  Health  Care  Act  is  our  employer  mandate,  and  it 
took  a  number  of  years  of  study  to  bring  it  in.  I  think  people  know 
that  we  are  a  Democrat  State,  but  this  is  a  bipartisan  issue,  and 
our  employer  mandate  looks  very  much  like  what  Richard  Nixon 
was  proposing  in  1972  through  1974. 

The  law  itself  as  applied  needs  to  be  clarified  a  little  bit.  In  the 
original  law,  dependents  were  optional;  although  the  employee 
could  say  that  my  dependents  will  be  covered,  and  the  employer 
would  have  to  include  them,  the  dependent  would  have  to  also 
agree  to  take  on  part  of  the  share  of  the  cost  for  that  dependent 
coverage.  In  fact,  dependent  coverage  is  universal  in  Hawaii.  All 


433 

dependents  have  taken  them  on,  and  it  has  become  a  universal 

process.  . 

The  benefit  package  looks  very  similar  in  reality  in  Hawaii  to 
what  the  Clintons  have  proposed  in  their  benefit  package.  Although 
originally,  mental  health  and  substance  abuse  were  not  in  the 
package,  dental,  drug,  and  eye  coverage  were  not  in  the  package, 
we  have  mandated  mental  health  and  substance  abuse  as  a  kind 
of  wraparound  insurance  mandate,  and  dental,  eye,  and  drug  bene- 
fits were  added  as  a  community-rated  supplement  that  85  percent 
of  the  public  has  voluntarily  purchased.  So  in  essence,  Hawaii  func- 
tions like  it  has  the  benefit  package  today. 

Originally,  insurance  reform  was  not  written  in  as  mandated 
community  rating,  but  in  fact  community  rating  became  the  norm 
because  the  law  says  that  all  in  the  work  force  and  their  depend- 
ents must  be  accepted  by  any  insurer  without  regard  to  pre-exist- 
ing condition.  And  by  virtue  of  that,  all  of  the  sick  and  the  chron- 
ically ill  became  part  of  the  program  either  by  virtue  of  being  em- 
ployees or  by  being  dependents  of  employees.  Just  about  everyone 
has  somebody  working  full-time  in  their  family.  So  the  insurance 
companies  took  that  burden  on,  and  they  transformed  themselves, 
frankly,  from  insurance  companies  to  health  care  companies  be- 
cause they  had  to  manage  chronic  disease;  they  had  the  burden, 
and  they  had  to  deal  with  it.  And  that  puts  us  in  a  very  different 
world.  That  is  how  managed  competition  has  come  about  in  Ha- 
waii. Hopefully  in  the  questions,  we  can  go  into  that  a  little  more. 

I  have  included  in  my  testimony  some  charts  to  show  you  some- 
thing about  the  effects  of  the  mandate  on  the  economy — the  major 
industries,  what  they  are  in  the  State,  the  relationship  to  gross 
State  product.  The  gross  State  product  chart,  by  the  way,  is  in 
1982  dollars.  Our  gross  State  product  this  year  is  over  $30  billion. 
But  I  tried  to  give  you  an  inflation -protected  relationship  to  gross 
State  dollars  there. 

I  show  you  that  we  are  a  small  business  State,  the  98  percent 
of  the  25,000  businesses  in  Hawaii  have  less  than  100  employees, 
and  in  fact  90  percent  have  less  than  25  employees;  that  new  busi- 
ness growth  has  not  been  impeded.  From  1974  until  now,  we  see 
an  increased  number  of  new  businesses  created  each  year  as  com- 
pared to  U.S.  averages. 

You  see  a  decreased  number  of  business  failures  compared  to 
U.S.  averages.  You  see  no  effect  on  unemployment.  Where  you  see 
unemployment  going  up  and  down  on  our  chart,  it  relates  directly 
to  the  U.S.  economy,  nothing  to  do  with  health  insurance  costs  in 

Hawaii. 

And  in  fact  I  think  most  important  is  the  last  addition.  Dun  and 
Bradstreet  published  in  the  Wall  Street  Journal  a  study  by  David 
Birch,  an  economist,  that  shows  that  Hawaii  is  the  place  which  is 
most  favorable  to  new  entrepreneurial  ventures  and  in  fact  over 
the  last  5  year  has,  more  than  anyplace  in  American,  new  busi- 
nesses of  under  five  employees  that  are  growing  and  thriving.  Even 
after  Hurricane  Iniki,  even  during  this  2-year  slump  in  tourism, 
Hawaii's  small  businesses  are  doing  really  quite  well. 

We  need  to  point  out  that  small  businesses  have  an  ideological 
issue  about  Government  mandates.  They  do  not  like  Government 
mandates.  But  in  essence,  we  have  had  a  number  of  important  fac- 


434 

tors  to  demonstrate.  From  1982  to  1984,  Hawaii's  law  was  declared 
void  by  the  Federal  appellate  courts  when  challenged  by  Standard 
Oil  on  the  basis  of  ERISA.  It  had  been  in  place  Tor  8  years.  For 
2  years,  small  businesses  could  opt  out  until  we  went  to  Congress 
and  got  our  ERISA  exemption.  We  know  of  no  business  that  did. 

When  you  ask  NFIB  why  small  businesses  did  not  opt  out  during 
those  2  years,  they  give  you  2  reasons.  One,  employers  had  become 
accustomed  to  providing  health  insurance;  it  was  a  kind  of  way  of 
doing  business  in  Hawaii.  And  two,  that  employers  were  very 
pleased  with  the  satisfaction  coming  from  employees  about  the  ben- 
efits of  coverage  for  them  and  their  families. 

Now,  these  things  to  us  are  a  very  strong  affirmation.  And  sec- 
ond, we  had  a  premium  supplementation  fund  built  into  our  law 
to  supplement  the  premiums  of  businesses  that  could  demonstrate 
by  means-testing  that  they  could  not  pay  the  premiums.  And  in 
fact,  in  20  years,  only  five  businesses  have  applied,  only  $85,000 
has  been  tapped  from  the  original  million-dollar  fund,  and  it  is  now 
a  multimillion-dollar  fund  gaining  interest. 

So  while  we  were  concerned  about  the  possibility  that  small  busi- 
nesses might  be  very  adversely  affected,  and  we  put  the  law  into 
place  during  a  peak  period  of  unemployment,  in  fact  businesses 
have  accommodated  very  well. 

The  myths  about  Hawaii  are  that  we  are  all  healthy  because  of 
excellent  weather,  or  maybe  superior  genetics.  I  hear  that  often. 
We  have  a  lot  of  Asian  Americans,  and  they  are  supposed  to  be  ex- 
tremely healthy  and  not  require  any  health  care.  Or  that  life  styles 
are  exemplary  in  Hawaii,  or  finally,  that  we  are  an  island  situa- 
tion, locked  in,  businesses  cannot  leave,  and  only  in  an  island  situ- 
ation could  things  like  this  occur. 

I  want  to  point  out  that  we  have  good  data  to  support  the  fact 
that  none  of  these  myths  are  valid.  There  are  many  places  at  our 
same  latitude  around  the  world,  and  there  is  no  place  with  the 
health  results  of  Hawaii  or  the  health  statistics  of  Hawaii. 

Certainly,  southern  Florida  or  San  Diego  have  great  weather,  but 
unfortunately  they  cannot  claim  to  have  the  kind  of  health  care 
costs  that  we  do. 

Genetics  and  life  style,  we  can  dispute  very,  very  effectively  with 
Centers  for  Disease  Control  data  that  compares  all  States. 

And  the  island  status  issue  is  that  small  businesses  cannot  leave. 
Well,  the  small  businesses  that  do  not  provide  health  insurance  are 
the  service  businesses.  They  cannot  leave  anyway.  They  are  locked 
to  their  consumers  and  their  customers. 

The  real  reason  Hawaii  succeeds  is  because  we  have  reduced  un- 
necessary emergency  room  use  by  50  percent;  we  have  a  hospital 
bed  ratio  of  2.6  instead  of  3.7  U.S.  average  per  1,000;  we  have  inpa- 
tient days  reduced  by  12  percent  per  capita,  with  enormous  savings 
deriving  from  that;  and  surgeries  reduced  by  nearly  40  percent  over 
U.S.  rates.  And  we  are  not  rationing  care. 

We  have  increased  investments  in  public  health,  and  therefore 
we  have  the  lowest  infant  mortality,  and  we  have  reduced  our  child 
abuse  rates  by  50  percent  in  the  last  5  years  through  intervention, 
and  we  have  reduced  our  HIV  infection  rates. 

So  I  want  to  point  out  that  what  Hawaii  has  by  virtue  of  its  em- 
ployer mandate  is  a  level  playing  field.  I  can  tell  you  that  the  rich- 


435 

est  employee  in  Hawaii  and  the  poorest  employee  have  the  same 
one-tiered  health  care  system.  What  the  richest  employee  can  buy 
is  amenity — plastic  surgery,  liposuction,  prayer  partners— you 
name  it;  whatever  people  want  to  buy  on  the  outside.  But  frankly, 
it  is  not  providing  longer  longevity  or  a  better  quality  of  life  or  re- 
duced morbidity  and  mortality. 

I  would  like  to  say  that  Hawaii  is  not  a  blueprint,  and  we  do  not 
claim  to  be.  We  need  national  health  care  reform.  We  are  part  of 
the  American  health  care  svstem  unless  it  changes.  We  cannot  con- 
trol our  10  percent  rate  of  cost  increase.  But  if  you  talk  to  Bank 
of  Hawaii,  which  has  subsidiaries  in  New  York  and  Phoenix  and 
San  Francisco  and  Hawaii,  they  are  paying  $300  a  month  for 
health  insurance  for  their  employees  in  Hawaii,  $900  in  New  York, 
$600  in  Phoenix  and  in  San  Francisco.  A  10  percent  rate  of  in- 
crease in  Hawaii  is  $30  a  month  for  them;  it  is  $90  a  month  in 
New  York.  We  are  not  catching  up  with  the  costs  on  the  mainland. 

I  think  the  point  is  that  we  are  part  of  the  American  health  care 
system.  We  cannot  control  drug  costs  or  Medicaid  and  Medicare  in- 
creases by  ourselves,  so  we  do  need  reform,  and  we  like  the  Clinton 
strategy.  But  the  reason  we  are  in  front 

The  Chairman.  I  will  give  you  just  a  couple  more  minutes. 

Dr.  Lewin.  OK.  I  will  wrap  it  right  up. 

The  reason  we  are  in  front  is  because  of  the  employer  mandate. 
There  is  no  doubt  about  it.  It  is  the  foundation  for  the  other  things 
that  I  have  had  the  privilege  of  effecting  in  the  last  few  years. 
Without  the  employer  mandate,  I  could  not  have  done  it.  We  had 
17  percent  of  our  public  uninsured  in  1974.  When  I  came  as  direc- 
tor of  health,  only  4  percent  were  uninsured.  So  I  could  go  after 
that  gap  group  aggressively,  and  we  could  afford  to  take  them  on. 
We  could  not  have  done  that  without  the  employer  mandate. 

We  know  in  Hawaii  that  America  can  achieve  a  very  high  quality 
of  care,  excellent  health  care  system,  one  that  most  of  us  are  used 
to,  and  we  can  do  it  for  approximately  10  percent  of  our  gross  na- 
tional product.  We  know  that  that  is  possible,  and  we  know  that 
we  will  still  have  room  left,  then,  to  bring  the  poor  the 
disenfranchised,  and  those  who  are  outside  the  system  on  with  dig- 
nity. 

We  think  that  the  employer  mandate  part  is  the  most  essential 
key  link  to  doing  that. 

Thank  you,  Senator. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Lewin  follows:] 


436 
Prepared  Statement  of  Dr.  John  C.  Lewin 

Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  contribute  to  national  health  policy  development 
by  outlining  Hawaii's  health  care  reforms.  We  appreciate  the  opportunity  and 
recognition  you  have  given  by  Inviting  us  here  today. 

Hawaii  is  often  thought  of  as  a  tropical  paradise.  What  isn't  known  i9  the  fact  that  we 
have  one  of  the  best  basic  health  systems  In  the  nation.  Our  system  delivers  high- 
quality  care  for  low  cost,  despite  our  high  cost  of  living.  While  we  emphasize  early 
intervention  and  outpatient  treatment,  Hawaii  enjoys  high  tech  tertiary  care 
programs  as  advanced  as  any  state  or  nation.  The  key  to  our  success  Is  our  state's 
longstanding  commitment  to  ensuring  that  basic  health  care  is  available  to  all  our 
people  --  our  system  offers  access  to  coverage  to  all  and  in  fact  has  covered  about 
98%  of  our  people.   Another  cornerstone  is  Hawali'9  Innovative  health  care 
community  which  experimented  with  short  hospital  stays,  outpatient  surgery,  and 
preventive  health  programs  some  time  before  they  became  the  norm  on  the 
mainland  United  Stale9. 

Our  state  has  a  mandated  employer  benefits  program,  the  only  one  of  Its  kind  In  the 
nation,  a  Medicaid  program  which  reflects  our  people's  high  commitment  to  those 
In  need,  and  coverage  to  those  left  In  the  gap  between  these  other  programs  through 
our  new  State  Health  Insurance  Frogram  (SHIP).  We  don't  offer  these  programs  as 
panaceas  for  the  national  crisis  of  the  uninsured.  But,  they  are  applicable  to  the 
national  debate  on  health  care,  and  we  are  glad  to  offer  our  contribution  at  this 
forum.  Together,  we  can  contribute  to  national  policy  In  health  care. 

Today,  I  am  here  to  apply  Hawaii's  experience  to  the  economic  effects  of  the  Clinton 
Health  Core  Flan.  I  will  not  attempt  to  discuss  the  many  elements  which  might  be 
covered  here,  but  rather  will  focus  on  a  major  area  of  controversy  on  which  our 
experience  may  shed  Important  light  --  that  of  the  economic  effects  of  an  Employer 
Mandate. 

BACKGROUND 

Hie  economic  Impact  of  an  employer  mandate  is  controversial.   Opponents  claim 
there  will  be  significant  job  losses  B9  well  as  serious  economic  damages  to  small 
businesses.  Such  allegations  are  certainly  based  on  the  assumptions  that  small 
businesses  are  to  be  Incorporated  Into  a  health  Insurance  mandate  that  reflects  the 
existing  adverse  environment.   However,  an  employer  mandate  which  Is  associated 
with  Insurance  mnrket  reform,  community  Insurance  rating,  a  fixed  and  broad 
standard  benefit  package,  appropriate  utilization  controls  and  a  level  playing  field 


437 

of  assured  and  equal  participation  by  all  businesses  and  all  workers  has  not  been  the 
experience  of  the  small  business  community  In  America  except  In  Hawaii.   The  level 
playing  field  of  above-described  conditions  which  accompany  Hawaii's  mandate 
have  provided  a  workable  framework  In  which  nearly  all  businesses  have  been  able 
to  both  thrive  and  incorporate  the  cost  of  health  insurance  for  employees  through 
Increases  In  the  costs  of  their  goods  and  services.  In  other  words,  In  Hawaii,  after  the 
passage  of  the  Prepaid  Health  Care  Act  the  cost  of  a  hamburger  did  Increase 
slightly,  as  did  the  cost  of  dry  cleaning  a  shirt,  as  did  any  other  cost  of  either  goods 
or  services  produced  by  businesses  which  formerly  had  not  provided  health 
Insurance  for  their  workers.    However,  all  of  these  businesses  were  affected  equally 
and  at  the  same  time. 

The  allegations  of  opponents  to  an  employer  mandate  maintain  that  the  high  costs  of 
health  Insurance  today  cannot  be  accommodated  In  small  businesses  through 
efficiencies  or  higher  prices  of  goods  and  services,  although  critics  fall  to  recognize 
that  they  cannot  escape  such  costs  through  federal  and  state  taxation  and  increasing 
health  Insurance  costs  to  cover  the  uninsured  populations. 

Critics  further  project  that  many  employers  will  react  to  an  employer  mandate  by 
eliminating  low-wage  employees  or  going  out  of  business  completely.   Such 
allegations  fall  to  take  Into  account  the  effects  of  lower  Insurance  costs  resulting 
from  community  Insurance  rating  and  reduction  of  administrative  costs  In  health 
Insurance  through  a  well-designed  employer  mandate.   Through  reductions  In  cost 
shifting,  resulting  in  lower  public  taxation  costs,  and  lower  health  Insurance  costs, 
many  small  businesses  who  presently  Insure  their  workers  will  experience 
significant  savings,  which  would  presumably  result  In  the  ability  to  create  new  jobs 
In  these  businesses.   Further,  Hawaii's  small  businesses  were  given  the  opportunity 
to  opt-out  of  our  employer  mandate  In  the  early  1980s  when  the  low  was 
successfully  challenged  on  the  basis  that  It  violated  the  Employees  Retirement 
Income  Security  Act  of  1974  (ERISA).  It  took  Hawaii  nearly  two  years  to  reestablish 
the  law  through  an  ERISA  exemption,  yet  there  Is  no  evidence  of  any  small 
businesses  who  discontinued  Insurance  coverage  during  that  period.  The  reason 
most  often  cited  by  small  business  representatives  for  the  continuity  of  universal 
coverage  during  this  period  Is  that  businesses  had  both  become  accustomed  to 
having  health  Insurance  benefits  coupled  with  employment,  and  they 
acknowledged  the  peace  of  mind  and  security  among  their  employees  related  to 
guaranteed  health  coverage. 

We  must  differentiate  between  the  ideological  concerns  of  small  businesses  related 
to  government  mandates  over  their  domain  as  compared  to  concerns  about  their 
economic  effects  resulting  from  Amercla's  only  employer  mandate  In  actual 
practice,  namely  Hawaii's  mandate.   Allegations  of  those  who  claim  an  employer 


438 

mandate  cannot  succeed  economically  relate  more  to  Ideological  assumptions  than 
sound  data.  We  believe  that  It  Is  time  for  a  reality  check.  Hawaii  is  that  reality  check 
because  we  have  twenty  years  of  actual  exeperlence  to  add  to  the  national 
dl6CUSSlon. 

HAWAII  PREPAID  HEALTH  CARE  ACT 

The  keystone  of  Hawaii's  health  care  reform  system  rests  in  its  Prepaid  Health  Care 
Act.  Adopted  in  1974  in  a  time  of  high  unemployment,  this  measure  was  effected 
after  six  years  of  study  and  policy  development. 

The  Prepaid  Health  Care  Law  is  the  nation's  first  and  only  employer  mandate. 
Employers  are  required  to  provide  health  insurance  to  their  employees.  Costs  are 
shared.  The  employee  may  pay  up  to  1.5%  of  monthly  wages,  or  up  to  half  the 
premium  cost,  whichever  is  less.  The  employer  pays  the  balance.  Dependent 
coverage  is  optional.  Under  the  law,  employers  may  provide  benefits  through  self 
Insurance  as  long  as  the  benefits  offered  meet  the  provisions  of  the  Act  and  the  plan 
Is  approved  by  the  Hawaii  Department  of  Labor.  There  are  coverage  alternatives,  a 
fee-for-service  plan  and  a  health  maintenance  plan.  The  fee-for-servlce  plan  •-  most 
used  in  Hawaii  --  provides  a  good  package  of  diagnostic  and  treatment  services, 
using  co-payments  to  reduce  over  utilization.  The  HMO  (health  maintenance 
organization)  plan  provides  a  generous  package  of  benefits. 

Basically,  any  employee  who  works  over  20  hours  a  week  is  covered  by  Prepaid 
Health  Care.   Because  the  program  Is  administered  in  conjunction  with  temporary 
disability  and  workers'  compensation  Insurance  In  our  State's  Department  of  Labor 
and  Industrial  Relations,  no  large  state  bureaucracy  was  created  to  administer 
Prepaid  Health  Care.   A  Premium  Supplementation  Fund  assists  small  employers 
who  cannot,  because  of  economic  limitations,  provide  the  insurance,  and  helps 
employees  whose  employers  have  gone  out  of  business  or  who  have  not  provided 
for  the  insurance.  This  fund  has  had  minimal  use  over  the  18  years  of  the  program. 
Administrative  and  legal  sanctions  are  available  for  use  when  employers  do  not 
provide  the  mandated  coverage. 

Excluded  from  the  provisions  of  the  Act  are  government  employees  (who  have  their 
own  alternatives  for  coverage),  seasonal  agricultural  workers,  real  estate  and 
Insurance  agents  working  on  commissions,  Individual  proprietorship  members  In 
small  family  business,  and  government  assistance  program  recipients. 


439 

AN  OVERVIEW  OP  HAWAII'S  ECONOMY 

Hawaii'6  economy  Is  based  on  three  major  products:  tourism,  defense  expenditures 
and  agricultural  products.   Direct  income  from  these  three  products  entailed  44.6% 
of  the  state's  Gross  Domestic  Product  In  1975  and  47.9%  In  1991,  with  the  growth  of 
tourism  during  the  period  being  the  dominant  feature  of  economic  change.   Major 
Industries  In  Hawaii  are  services,  government,  finance,  retail  trade,  transportation 
and  construction  (Chart  1).  Gross  state  product,  adjusted  for  inflation,  has  grown 
consistently  throughout  the  period  1972-92  (Chart  2).  While  it  may  be  noted  that 
Hawaii's  economy  Is  less  diverse  than  that  of  the  nation,  it  Is  typical  of  many  6tates 
nnd  does  have  a  concentration  of  economic  activity  in  the  service,  retail  trade  and 
construction  sectors,  all  of  which  are  cited  as  sectors  In  which  an  employer  mandate 
would  have  a  significantly  negative  Impact. 

Hawaii  is  also  a  small  business  state.  As  can  be  noted  from  Chart  3,  In  both  1975  and 
1990,  98%  of  the  businesses  In  Hawaii  employed  less  than  100  workers,  and  95% 
employed  less  than  50.  In  1990,  small  businesses  employing  less  than  100  persons 
entailed  51%  of  the  total  employees.  Again,  with  such  a  high  proportion  of  small 
businesses,  it  would  be  expected  that  an  employer  mandate,  If  It  were  to  have  a 
negative  Impact,  would  show  that  Impact  in  a  state  with  such  a  high  proportion  of 
small  businesses. 

BUSINESS  EFFECTS 

None  of  the  negative  effects  projected  for  an  employer  mandate  appear  in  Hawall'9 
business  experience: 

•    Chart  4  shows  the  steady  growth  of  the  number  of  businesses  In  Hawaii 
during  the  period  1970-1991    There  does  not  appear  to  be  any  fall-off  In  the 
growth  of  businesses  either  Immediately  or  In  the  long  term  after  the  effective 
date  of  the  Prepaid  Health  Care  Act  (January  1, 1975). 


In  Chart  5,  new  job  creation  for  the  period  1969-1989  is  displayed.  Note  that 
new  jobs  continued  to  be  created  after  the  effective  date  of  the  mandate  and 
that,  In  fact,  every  succeeding  year  saw  Job  growth  with  the  exception  of  1981, 
a  period  of  exceptional  economic  downturn.   Instead  of  the  job  loss  which 
would  seem  to  be  predicted  by  the  current  studies,  Hawaii  has  seen  job 
growth. 


440 

•  Loss  of  Jobs  would  also  be  measured  by  unemployment  levels.   If,  as 
predicted,  on  employer  mandate  would  Impact  business  negatively,  sizeable 
unemployment  should  result,  as  employers  shift  to  automation,  or  reduce 
employees  to  reduce  the  extra  costs  of  Insurance  coverage.  Hawaii's 
experience  shows  that  this  did  not  happen.  Chart  6  shows  that 
unemployment,  high  before  the  mandate,  has  actually  declined  In  the  years 
since  its  Implementation  to  the  point  that  throughout  the  period  since  1980, 
our  unemployment  rate  ha9  been  consistently  below  that  of  the  nation.   For 
every  year  since  1936,  In  fact,  It  has  been  below  the  5%  level  Identified  by 
economists  as  "structural  unemployment." 

•  Business  failure  is  another  dire  predicted  consequence  of  an  employer 
mandate.   With  the  burdensome  costs  of  health  Insurance,  the  theories  hold 
that  some  or  many  businesses  will  fail.  Again,  Hawaii's  experience  belles  this 
assumption.  We  do  not  have  data  prior  to  1977  on  this  Item,  but  Chart  7 
6how9  how  Hawaii  ranks  vis  a  vis  the  nation  on  the  Dunn  and  Bredstreet  Index 
of  business  failures  since  1977.  As  can  be  noted,  Hawaii's  rate  has  been  well 
below  the  national  rate  for  every  year  since  1977. 

•  Certnln  projections  have  focussed  on  certain  types  of  small  business  jobs  as 
the  focal  point  of  negative  impact  of  an  employer  mandate.   Projections  are 
made  that  low  wage  service  Industry  jobs  would  be  those  most  Impacted,  as 
the  high  cost  of  Insuranre  Impacts  the  low  compensation  package  for  low 
Income  workers     Health  insurance  costs  would  raise  the  total  compensation 

package  to  a  point  that  It  i9  economically  not  viable  for  the  employer  to  raise 
prices,  depress  wages  or  find  economies  In  operations  to  offset  the  Increase,  It 
Is  felt.  The  Inevitable  projection  of  job  loss  In  these  job  categories  results. 
Hawaii's  experience  with  these  categories  of  low  wage  employees  does  not 
bear  out  the  projections.  Chart  8  shows  the  growth  of  employment  In  the 
restaurant  Industry,  one  of  the  Industries  most  fearful  of  a  mandate  nationally. 
As  can  be  noted,  growth  In  restaurant  jobs  ha?  been  consistent  across  the 
period  1975-1986  after  the  mandate  was  passed,  with  the  only  slow  down 
being  in  the  early  1980s. 

•  Chart  9  shows  the  steady  growth  In  service  Industry  jobs  after  the  mandate. 
For  the  period  1974-1984,  service  Industry  jobs  Increased  from  74,000  to  almost 
104,000.   A  decline  In  construction  jobs  Is  also  evident,  but  this  has  been 
attributed  by  our  analysts  to  a  cyclic  decline  In  major  capital  Investments 
rather  than  an  increase  in  health  care  costs.  Construction  jobs  in  Hawaii  have 
had  a  high  proportion  of  unionized  members  with  health  care  benefits. 


441 

♦    A  recent  study  by  corporate  demographer  David  Birch  called  Hawaii  the 
number  one  "entrepreneurial  hot  spot"  In  the  U.S.   The  study  focused  on  the 
number  of  surviving  start-ups  by  young  companies  during  1988  through 
1992.   Honolulu  came  In  second  among  medium-sized  cities,  and  our 
neighbor  islands  ranked  first  among  rural  areas.  Chart  10  shows  the  results  of 
the  Cognetics  Inc.,  survey  for  states. 

All  of  this  indicates  to  us  that,  in  fact,  dire  predictions  of  Job  loss  from  a  mandate  are 
Just  that  --  predictions.   Our  actual  experience  Indicates  that  no  negative  Impact  Is 
evident  In  business/job  growth,  unemployment,  or  business  failure  in  Hawaii. 

In  fact,  we  believe  that  the  mandate  actually  had  positive  effects  on  employers. 
Because  there  are  few  uninsured  in  Hawaii,  our  hospitals  report  a  level  of 
uncompensated  care  much  lower  than  the  U.S.  as  a  whole.   Thus,  little 
uncompensated  care  costs  ate  factored  into  the  insurance  rates  of  business. 
Businesses  who  do  the  socially  right  (and  legally  required)  thing  In  Hawaii  are  not 
forced  to  pay  for  the  health  care  for  workers  of  businesses  who  do  not.  Moreover, 
businesses  enjoy  fair  Insurance  practices  which  give  them  accessibility  to  coverage 
at  reasonable  costs.  Our  businesses  know  this,  and  In  a  recent  survey,  55%  of  them 
said  they  would  support  an  employer  mandate  were  It  to  be  reproposed  today. 
That  Is  very  significant,  given  the  high  proportions  of  small  businesses  said  to 
oppose  a  mandate  nationally.  In  fact,  our  system  belles  the  fears,  and  our  businesses 
know  It. 

EFFECTS  ON  ACCESS 

The  effect?  of  Trcpnld  Health  Core  Is  evident  on  ncce39.   In  1971,  o  survey  show  that 
those  without  hospital  insurance  were  also  12%  of  our  population  and  those  without 
physician  Insurance  were  more  than  17%  of  the  population.   Implementation  of 
Prepaid  Health  Care  significantly  reduced  those  percentages.   Estimates  of  those 
newly  provided  with  health  Insurance  range  to  more  than  46,000.  A  survey  done  In 
1970  by  the  Department  of  Health  estimated  that  only  3.9%  of  Hawaii's  people 
lacked  coverage.   Other  people  were  provided  better  coverage.   The  Department  of 
Health  estimates  that  those  figures  grew  with  the  shrinking  of  Medicaid  during  the 
1980s  to  approximately  5%  In  1987-1988. 

A  more  complete  analysis  of  the  Act  and  Its  effects,  particularly  Its  effects  upon 
health  and  health  status,  Is  contained  In  an  article  by  myself  and  my  Deputy 
Director,  Dr.  Teter  Syblnsky,  recently  featured  In  the  journal  of  American  Medical 
Association  (JAMA),  "Hawaii's  Employer  Mandate  and  Its  Contribution  to 
Universal  Access."   We  have  attached  (Attachment  1)  the  article  for  your 
Committee's  use. 


442 

MYTHS  ABOUT  HAWAII 

In  addition  to  the  effects  of  an  employer  mandate,  Hawaii  ha9  a  number  of  lessons 
which  cnn  be  of  assistance  In  national  health  care  policy.   Many  people  do  know 
about  our  experience  and  many  misconceptions  exist: 

1.    Hawaii's  geography  and  climate  Is  healthier  to  begin  with. 

Hawaii  Is  located  between  18-23  degree  N.  Latitude.  Other  Islands  at  or  near 
the  same  latitudes  are:   Taiwan,  Hainan  (China),  Haltl/Domlnlcan  Republic 
Cuba,  and.  In  the  southern  latitudes,  Madagascar.   None  of  these  comparative 
Island  environments  are  particularly  healthy,  per  se. 

2-   There's  less  stress  In  Hawaii  thpn  there  Is  on  the  mainland. 

The  cost  of  living  In  Hawaii  in  1990  was  34%  above  that  of  the  average 
mainland  urban  area.   Housing  costs  are  extremely  high  (the  median  rental 
cost  In  1990  was  $960,  240%  of  the  mainland  median;  the  median  cost  for 
purchase  of  a  home  In  1989  was  $267,000).  This  leads  to  a  high  percentage  of 
two  wage  earner  families  and  concomitant  family  stress  over  economics,  latch 
key  children,  etc.  In  Hawaii,  we  have  our  share  of  stress. 

3.   In  Hawaii,  people  live  a  healthier  lifestyle. 

Despite  a  climate  that  should  make  such  a  lifestyle  more  possible  than 
anywhere  else,  that  lifestyle  remains  an  elusive  goal.  In  a  recent  survey, 
Hawaii  ranked  belovv  the  national  median  on  4  of  7  healthy  lifestyle 
Indicators:   no  leisure  activity;  greater  sedentary  lifestyle;  more  "binge" 
drinking;  and  greater  drinking  and  driving 


4.   B?ca_use_67_%  of  Its  population  .is  Aslpn  •  Pacific  Islander,  which  Is  healthier  In 
rntlpnal  statistics,  Hawaii's  people  are  healthier  per  se. 

In  fact,  our  population  Is  not  Innately  healthier.  When  comparing  on  a 
Centers  for  Disease  Control  (CDC)  Index  of  premature  mortality,  the  four 
large  population  groups  in  Hawaii  (Caucasians,  Japanese,  Filipino  and 
Hawaiian),  Caucasians,  Japanese  and  Filipinos  have  roughly  the  same  levels 
of  premature  mortality.  It  does  not  appear  In  Hawaii,  then,  that  these  Asian 
groups  differ  significantly  healthwlse  from  Caucasians.   Hawaiian*,  however, 
have  iwice  the  rate  of  premature  mortality  than  the  other  groups.   Because  of 
the  small  size  of  this  group  within  the  national  "Asian  -  Pacific  Islander" 


443 

category,  this  poor  status  could  well  be  missed.  Because  persons  of  Hawaiian 
descent  make  up  207o  of  Hawaii's  people,  actually  this  poor  status  negatively 
Impacts  on  Hawaii's  health  figures. 

5.   Hawaii  has  been  successful  with  an  employer  mandate  because  "it?  businesses 
can't  move  away." 

While,  on  the  surface,  this  argument  would  seem  to  hold,  as  Hawaii  consists 
of  islands  2,500  miles  from  the  U.S.  mainland,  a  deeper  look  suggests  that  this 
might  be  an  erroneous  assumption.  Hawaii  is  4-1/2  hours  by  airplane  from 
the  U.S.  mainland,  about  the  same  distance  as  San  Francisco  is  from 
Washington,  D.C.   It  Is  connected  by  satellite  and  electronic  media  with 
financial  centers  worldwide.   While  a  business  person  might  spend  a  few 
more  hours  In  air  travel  In  moving  from  Hawaii  to  another  state,  there  are  not 
real  "barriers"  to  such  a  move.  A  more  realistic  concern  is  the  ability  of  a 
business  to  move  across  state  borders  (in  the  event  the  state  were  to  enact  an 
employer  mandate)  and  service  Its  previous  service  area  from  outside  the 
state.   Obviously,  this  could  not  happen  In  Hawaii,  but  It  Is  Important  to  note 
that  such  a  problem  Is  not  generic,  but  would  apply  only  to  specific 
businesses  and  business  locations.  While  the  problem  could  be  a  real  one  for 

the  computer  Industry  in  New  England,  for  example,  such  experience  should 
not  be  generalized  to  the  fast  food  Industry  In  Oregon.  For  small  businesses, 
even  a  relatively  small  distance  precludes  such  a  solution  and  In  most  of  the 
United  States  distance,  while  not  as  extreme  a  factor  as  in  Hawaii,  does 
preclude  such  moves. 

LESSONS  FROM  HAWAII 

Because  our  system  provides  up-to-date  American  health  care  services,  uses 
Insurance  as  its  mechanism  of  financing  and  operates  within  the  same 
legal /constitutional  framework  as  other  states,  we  believe  our  experience  has  real 
relevance  to  the  nation's  efforts  to  bring  Recess  to  all  of  Its  people,  at  affordable  costs. 
In  brief,  these  are: 

1.    Mandated  employer  coverage  can  be  an  effective  tool  for  universal  access,^ 
without  negative  Impact  on  business. 

Hawaii's  employer  mandate  brings  large  numbers  of  people  under  the 
umbrella  of  health  care  coverage.   While  this  approach  could  be  criticized  as 
being  "antl-buslness,"  it  actually  Is  In  accord  with  America's  faith  In  the  free 
enterprise  system  to  find  cost-effective  solutions  to  complex  problems. 


444 

Through  an  employer  mandate,  government  defines  the  extent  of  coverage 
and  uses  the  competitive  marketplace  to  provide  that  coverage  costs 
effectively  and  efficiently.    By  requiring  employers  to  cover  their  employees, 
an  employer  mandate  avoids  complex  governmental  bureaucracies  and 
allows  business  to  get  the  Job  done  well. 

Data  and  experience  shows  that,  contrary  to  small  business  fears,  our  mandate 
has  not  brought  about  a  bad  business  climate  In  Hawaii.   Business  growth  and 
unemployment  have  not  been  Impacted  by  the  mnndate  despite  concerns 
expressed  prior  to  our  mandate's  passage  which  mirror  the  same  arguments 
we  find  against  a  national  employer  mandate.  These  fears  did  not,  in  fact, 
prove  to  be  substantiated  then  and  we  do  not  believe  they  are  substantiated 
now.   Our  employer  mandate  has  leveled  the  playing  field  for  all  employers 
and  has  ensured  a  strong  package  of  health  care  benefits  for  all. 

2.  Insura nee  reform  Is  vl tal  to  the  success  and  equity  of  an  employer  m andflte. 
W.h PL' S  also  qu 1 1 e  dear  la  that  a n  employer  mandate  helps  io  ensure  that 
Insurance  reforms  are  successful . 

It  is  only  fair  that  a  mandate  be  accompanied  by  affordable  insurance  rates, 
which  are  possible  In  Hawaii  through  community  rating,  and  the  appropriate 
prohibition  of  exclusionary  practices.   Our  community  rating  Is  voluntary,  a 
likely  product  of  the  important  role  of  our  two  large  non-profit  Insurance 
providers  In  Hawaii's  market.   This  voluntary  modified  community  rating 
system  works  to  keep  our  rates  among  the  lowest  In  the  nation.  The  Insurers 
have  been  able  to  maintain  this  system  without  a  specific  legislative  mandate 
because  all  employers  must  purchase  coverage.    Because  all  employers  are  In 
the  risk  pool,  community  rates  are  affordable.    Because  the  Insurance 
companies  must  compete,  the  market,  not  governmental  controls,  keeps  the 
rales  competitive.  Thus,  Insurance  reforms  are  necessary  to  the  success  of  an 
employer  mandate  but  the  mandate  Is  also  likely  to  assist  In  making  the 
Insurance  reforms  viable  for  Insurance  companies. 

3.  Crlrnajrj  health  care  works,  not  only  to  resolve  health  needs,  but  to  contain 
health  care  costs. 

Historically,  Hawaii's  doctors  emphnsl/cd  outpatient  care  Instead  of 
hospitalization.   Today's  modern  practice  patterns  reflect  this  orientation. 
Our  Trepnld  Health  Care  Art  rind  the  other  elements  In  our  system  make  It 
possible  for  most  people  living  in  Hawaii  to  finance  this  care.   Today,  our 
health  Indicators  show  the  results  of  primary  care.   As  noted  in  our  recent 


445 

article  in  the  Lournfd_ofJ^merlcjmJ^edk  Hawaii  has  low  infant 

mortality  and  low  rates  of  premature  death  due  to  chronic  disease  such  as 
heart  disease  and  cancer.  This  Is  reflected  In  our  use  of  expensive  Inpatient 
and  emergency  room  services.   As  Table  B,  In  the  JAMA  article  shows, 
utilization  rates  for  the  high  cost  modalities  is  well  below  the  national 
average.   Early  detection  of  potentially  life  threatening  conditions  results  In 
low  premature  mortality  and  low  hospitalization.   Our  people  are  healthier 
not  because  of  unique  genetics,  healthy  climate  or  high  tech  medicine,  but 
because  they  have  access  to  primary  care. 

Bringing  basic  health  services  to  all  Americans  will  not  only  help  to  improve 
their  status  but  should  work  to  reduce  health  care  costs.   Far  from  adding  to 
the  costs  of  the  systems,  it  will  actually  make  the  system  less  expensive  in  the 
long  run. 

This  is  suggested  by  our  systems  experience.  Recent  analysis  of  Hawaii's 
health  care  costs  suggests  that  our  costs  for  health  care  a?  a  share  of  Domestic 
Product  are  closer  to  those  of  Canada,  Germany,  France  and  Japan  than  to 
that  of  the  rest  of  the  United  States.  Despite  Hawaii's  high  cost  of  living, 
health  care  in  our  State  Is  less  expensive.  We  have  attached  this  article, 
Hawaii  Medical  journal  "Comparison  of  health  expenditures  in  U.S.  and 
Hawaii  economies,"  (Attachment  2)  for  your  committee  s  review. 

A_cnM_rJLrkpge_nf  standard  benefits  Is  a  vital  component  of  any_health_carg 
reform  effort. 

A  broad  standard  benefits  package,  emphasizing  primary,  outpatient,  and 
community  care,  but  including  a  comprehensive  spread  of  benefits  extending 
from  preventive  services  to  Inpatient  and  catastrophic  care,  is  necessary  to 
contain  overall  costs.   Hawaii's  experience  supports  inclusion  of  benefits  and 
services  that  ore  demonstrated  to  be  clinically  and  financially  effective  and 
appropriate  and  that  collectively  reduce  unnecessary  emergency  department, 
Inpatient,  and  high-technology  care  by  design. 

I.   Hawaii  show  that  states  are  Important  actors  In  affecting  health  care  reform. 

Thanks  to  Its  ERISA  exemption,  Hawaii,  though  a  small  state,  has 
demonstrated  that  an  employer  mandate  can  be  successful  In  reducing  the 
numbers  of  uninsured.  Even  the  small  number  remaining  has  not  been 
reached  through  our  SHIP.   Further,  the  voluntory  efforts  of  Hawaii's  two 
major  Insurers  have  produced  health  care  coverage  at  costs  well  below  other 
areas  of  America.  These  efforts  have  set  the  stage  for  fuither  reform  In  our 


446 

Health  QUEST  program.   Under  national  reform,  stales  like  Hawaii  can  and 
must  have  flexibility  to  tailor  their  system  to  the  specific  needs  of  their 
people. 

In  closing  How-all's  experience  ehow  that  health  reform  can  be  accomplished,  while 
still  maintaining  the  basic  strengths  of  America's  health  care  system.   Regardless  of 
the  approach  our  nation  takes,  ultimately,  reforms  must  be  rooted  on  these  three 
principles: 

1.  Public  health  and  prevention  must  be  a  priority  to  foster  a  healthier  and  more 
responsive  society.  Unless  each  one  of  us  adopts  responsible  health  practices, 
our  health  core  needs  will  Increase,  wiping  out  the  fruits  of  any  cost 
containment  efforts  we  may  adopt. 

2.  Primary  care,  focusing  on  a  community-based  medical  home  for  each  citizen, 
must  be  the  first  priority  and  foundation  of  access  efforts.   Primary  care  Is 
effective  in  lowering  the  need  for  more  expensive  care.  It  Is  vital  that  each  of 
us  has  such  a  regular  source  of  care,  which  will  best  be  able  to  guide  us 
through  the  complexities  of  the  health  care  system. 

3.  Government  doesn't  need  to  run  a  health  care  system.  Its  presence  In  delivery 
of  care,  setting  of  reimbursements,  or  payments  serves  mostly  to  stifle  the 
Innate  creativity  which  has  made  American  health  care  the  best  In  the  world. 
Government  does  not  need  to  set  and  enforce  rules  by  which  a  fair  and 
equitable  marketplace  can  operate. 

We  believe  that  awareness  of  and  commitment  to  these  principles  will  assure 
ultimate  success  to  our  health  care  reform  endeavors.  In  any  case,  we  all  must  move 
forward  at  both  state  and  federal  levels  to  achieve  health  care  reform  for  America. 
Hawaii  Joins  enthusiastically  In  this  effort. 

Thank  you  and  ALOHA. 


447 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Pauly. 

Senator  Wofford.  Mr.  Chairman,  could  I  just  say  to  Mark  Pauly 
that  I  welcome  him  warmly.  We  have  been  in  very  instructive  con- 
versations for  a  long  time. 

I  must  leave  because  of  a  pre-existing  commitment,  and  will  be 
back  as  soon  as  I  can,  and  I  will  study  his  testimony  with  the  usual 
interest  and  respect  I  give  to  what  he  and  his  colleagues  at  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  The  Wharton  School,  and  the  Leonard 
Davis  Institute  have  done. 

I  will  be  back  as  soon  as  I  can.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Pauly. 

Mr.  Pauly.  The  objectives  of  the  administration  s  health  reform 
proposal,  to  change  the  current  health  care  system  in  order  to  pro- 
vide universal  coverage  and  a  lower  rate  of  growth  in  medical 
spending,  are  certainly  praiseworthy.  I  am  in  favor  of  reform.  The 
key  issue  here  is  what  is  the  best  vehicle  to  take  for  reform. 

And  in  line  with  my  attempt  to  offer  advice  and  caution,  there 
are  five  potential  problems  with  the  administration's  plan  in  its 
present  form  that  I  want  to  comment  on  in  the  hope  that  some  al- 
teration may  be  possible. 

First,  the  plan  in  its  present  form  will  cause  a  substantial  and 
probably  inequitable  reduction  in  real  take-home  pay  for  the  40,000 
workers  currently  not  receiving  employment-based  health  insur- 
ance. . 

Second,  it  will  potentially  cause  substantial  unemployment 
among  low-wage  uninsured  workers,  whose  money  wages  cannot 
fall  below  the  minimum  wage. 

Third,  it  will  cause  reductions  in  work  effort  by  low-wage  and 
probably  by  high-wage  workers.  Fourth,  it  will  distort  incentives  to 
organize  small  low-wage  firms,  and  finally,  it  will  wipe  out  the  pos- 
sibility of  creating  one  million  health  worker  jobs  by  the  end  of  this 
dfiCfldc 

The  key  to  understanding  the  adverse  consequences  of  a  mandate 
that  employers  pay  part  of  worker  compensation  in  the  form  of 
health  insurance  premiums  is  the  recognition  that  under  such  a 
mandate,  the  entire  cost  of  health  insurance  will  ultimately  fall  on 
workers.  Whether  the  payment  for  the  insurance  is  withheld  from 
the  worker's  compensation  before  the  paycheck  is  calculated  or 
after,  the  effect  is  the  same— higher  benefit  payments  imposed  on 
all  workers  will  reduce  money  wages.  After  all,  the  total  amount 
an  employer  can  afford  to  pay  an  employee  depends  on  the  employ- 
ee's productivity,  and  a  legally  mandated  benefit  payment,  unlikely 
to  affect  productivity,  must  cut  into  money  wages  or  other  benefits. 

This  is  why  the  overall  employment  effects  of  mandated  coverage 
are  fairly  small,  because  the  primary  effect  is  not  on  the  number 
of  jobs  but  on  the  wages  per  job. 

While  the  administration's  proposal  does  contain  some  subsidies 
for  workers  in  low-wage  firms,  it  translates  into  a  head  tax  for 
workers  in  firms  with  wages  high  enough  that  the  employer's  share 
of  the  premium  is  less  than  the  average  wage  times  the  tax  or  con- 
tribution rate.  c 

For  instance,  an  employee  who  gets  single  coverage  in  a  firm 
with  more  than  50  employees  will  pay  80  percent  of  the  premium, 


448 

estimated  to  be  about  $1,420,  regardless  of  his  or  her  wage  level, 
for  all  firms  with  average  wages  above  $18,000  per  year. 

Even  with  the  subsidies,  the  overall  tax  structure  is  highly  re- 
gressive because  it  takes  the  form  of  a  head  tax  for  firms  with  av- 
erage worker  wages  above  some  cut-off,  and  a  payroll  tax  for  firms 
with  lower  average  wages. 

A  head  tax  is  not  the  worst  tax  in  the  world.  After  all,  it  ap- 
peared to  the  Thatcher  Government,  if  not  to  the  rest  of  the  British 
electorate.  Such  a  tax  does  not  in  itself  distort  incentives.  However, 
it  is  brutal  in  terms  of  equity,  since  it  does  not  reduce  the  obliga- 
tory payment  at  all  as  wage  income  falls.  Some,  perhaps  including 
some  in  Hawaii,  might  even  regard  such  a  pattern  of  uniform  oblig- 
atory payments  for  most  workers  as  fair,  but  that  judgment,  if  it 
is  to  be  made,  should  be  made  explicit. 

For  those  workers  whose  money  wage  is  not  enough  above  the 
minimum  wage  to  permit  it  to  be  reduced  by  the  share  the  em- 
ployer is  required  to  pay,  there  is  a  different  consequence — job  loss. 
The  impact  of  a  mandated  benefit  is  much  like  an  increase  in  the 
minimum  wage,  but  with  a  twist — the  increase  can  be  much  larger 
than  any  increase  in  the  minimum  wage  we  have  ever  seen,  as 
much  as  $1.67  an  hour  for  low-wage  full-time  workers  in  firms  with 
high  average  wages  who  get  family  coverage. 

Moreover,  while  increases  in  the  money  minimum  wage  quickly 
get  eroded  by  inflation,  the  cost  of  health  benefits  will  not.  This 
means  the  recent  studies  showing  modest,  though  positive,  unem- 
ployment effects  of  minimum  wage  increases  provide  little  guidance 
to  estimate  effects  here. 

The  other  major  effect  on  total  employment  comes  from  possible 
work  disincentive  effects  of  higher  implicit  or  explicit  tax  rates. 
This  phenomenon  will  potentially  appear  in  two  places.  Most  obvi- 
ously, since  the  required  employer  contribution  tax  rate  will  rise 
for  firms  with  fewer  than  50  employees  with  money  wages,  there 
will  be  an  incentive  to  keep  average  wages  down. 

The  implicit  marginal  tax  rate  embodied  in  the  proposed  sched- 
ule for  small  firms  is  as  high  as  18.4  percent  of  additional  wages. 

Second,  when  it  proves  impossible  to  make  the  kinds  of  cuts  in 
Medicare  and,  most  implausibly,  Medicaid  that  are  envisioned, 
taxes  on  upper-income  workers  will  need  to  be  raised,  and  there 
will  be  adverse  incentive  effects  there. 

Finally,  the  complicated  pattern  of  subsidies  proposed,  especially 
to  low-wage  firms  and  self-employed,  will  set  up  perverse  incen- 
tives with  regard  to  firm  employment  patterns  ana  structure — in- 
centives so  perverse  as  to  overwhelm  the  so-called  "job  lock"  distor- 
tions. 

The  reason  is  simple.  Under  the  plan,  workers  get  a  bigger  sub- 
sidy if  the  employment  group  is  small  and  the  average  wage  low. 
This  offers  an  incentive  to  split  off  low-wage  workers  into  separate 
small  firms  in  order  to  maximize  the  subsidy. 

For  instance,  at  a  firm  with  100  employees,  half  with  wages  of 
$40,000  and  half  with  wages  of  $15,000,  all  workers  can  gain  by 
splitting  the  firm  into  two  50-worker  units,  since  the  firm  with  50 
low-wage  workers  will  get  a  subsidy,  and  the  firm  with  50  higher- 
wage  workers  will  pay  no  more  for  their  health  insurance  than 
would  have  been  paid  in  the  initial  configuration. 


449 

Additional  distortions  arise  from  the  treatment  of  self-employed 
workers  and  early  retirees.  The  amount  of  mischief  that  will  be 
done  by  such  perverse  incentives  is  hard  to  quantify  but,  given  the 
increasing  flexibility  of  employment  relationships  among  American 
workers,  is  sure  to  be  substantial. 

In  its  efforts  to  hold  down  the  explicit  budget  cost  of  health  re- 
form, the  administration  has  developed  a  plan  that  is  the  worst  of 
both  worlds.  It  is  too  regressive  to  be  equitable,  but  too  distortive 
to  be  efficient.  The  fundamental  overall  problem  with  the  adminis- 
tration's strategy  is  that  it  proposes  to  use  the  employment  rela- 
tionship as  the  basis  for  its  mandated  coverage. 

But  the  employment-related  group,  while  appropriate  for  some 
sets  of  workers,  is  for  many  an  inferior  vehicle  to  arrange  insur- 
ance purchasing. 

The  final  impact  on  employment  comes  not  from  the  mandated 
benefits  but  from  the  limit  on  spending  growth  due  to  take  effect 
after  1994.  In  a  labor-intensive  industry  such  as  medical  services, 
limits  on  spending  growth  have  to  translate  into  reductions  in 
raises  or  reductions  in  jobs  added. 

The  medical  care  sector  has  been  one  of  the  few  bright  spots  in 
our  moribund  economy,  adding  300,000  jobs  a  year  and  offering  a 
growth  in  wages  per  worker  in  the  1980's  more  than  40  percent 
greater  than  average.  While  limits  on  spending  growth  will  not 
necessarily  take  away  jobs,  they  will  halt  the  creation  of  new  jobs, 
to  a  virtually  complete  stop  by  the  year  2000.  Of  course,  the  poten- 
tial medical  workers  may  get  jobs  elsewhere.  The  only  sensible  rea- 
son to  curb  medical  spending  growth  is,  after  all,  a  judgment  that 
there  should  be  more  of  other  kinds  of  output  and  less  growth  in 
jobs  providing  medical  care  quality  and  technology. 

However,  while  some  medical  workers  are  highly  skilled,  there 
are  many  decent  jobs  in  this  industry,  often  held  by  women  and  mi- 
norities, that  do  not  require  sophisticated  training.  It  is  these  jobs 
that  are  most  at  risk  from  a  medical  spending  cap. 

My  judgment  is  that  between  1996  and  2000,  the  administra- 
tion's plan  will  result  in  the  creation  of  approximately  one  million 
fewer  health  sector  iobs  relative  to  baseline,  many  of  which  will  be 
difficult  to  replace  elsewhere  in  the  economy. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Pauly  follows:] 


450 

Prepared  Statement  of  Mark  V.  Pauly 

The  objectives  of  the  Administration'*  health  reform  proposal  -  to  change  the  current 
health  care  system  in  order  to  relieve  universal  coverage  and  lower  rate  of  growth  In  medical 
•pending  -•  are  certainly  praiseworthy.  However,  there  are  five  potential  problems  with  the  plan 
In  its  present  form    First,  It  will  cause  a  substantial  and  probably  Inequitable  reduction  In  real 
take-home  pay  for  the  40,000  workers  currently  not  receiving  employment-based  health 
insurance    Second,  it  will  cause  substantial  unemployment  among  low  wage  uninsured  workers 
whose  money  wages  cannot  fall  below  the  minimum  wage    Third,  it  will  eaus«  reductions  in  a 
work  efTort  by  low  wage  and  probably  high  wage  workers    Fourth,  it  will  distort  incentives  to 
organize  small  low  wage  firms    Finally,  it  will  wipe  out  the  possibility  of  creating  1  million  health 
woiker  jobs  by  the  end  of  this  decade 

The  key  to  understanding  the  adverse  consequences  of  a  mandate  that  employers  pay  part 
of  worker  compensation  in  the  form  of  health  insurance  premiums  is  the  recognition  that,  under 
sucli  a  mandate,  the  entire  cost  of  health  Insurance  will  fall  on  workers    Whether  the  payment  is 
withheld  from  the  worker's  compensation  before  the  paycheck  is  calculated  or  after,  the  effect  is 
the  same:  higher  benefit  payments  imposed  on  all  employers  will  reduce  money  wages    After  all, 
the  total  amount  an  employer  can  alTord  to  pay  an  employee  depends  on  the  employee's 
productivity,  and  a  legally  mandated  benefit  payment,  unlikely  to  affect  productivity,  must  cut  into 
money  wages  or  other  benefits 

While  the  Administration's  proposal  does  contain  some  subsidies  for  some  workers  in  low 
wage  finns,  it  translates  into  a  head  tax  fot  woikeis  in  ftirris  with  wages  high  enough  that  the 

employers'  share  of  the  premium  is  less  than  the  average  wage  times  the  tax  rate    For  instance,  an 
employee  who  gets  single  coverage  In  a  firm  with  more  than  50  employees  will  pay  80  percent  of 
tire  premium  (estimated  to  be  about  $1420),  regardless  of  his  or  her  wage  level,  for  all  firms  with 
average  wages  above  $18,000  per  year    Even  with  the  subsidies,  the  overall  tax  structure  is 
highly  regressive,  because  It  takes  the  form  of  a  head  tax  for  firms  with  average  worker  wages 
above  some  cutoff,  and  a  payroll  for  firms  with  lower  average  wages 


451 

A  head  tax  is  not  the  worst  tax  in  the  world;  after  all,  it  appealed  to  the  Thatcher 
government  (if  not  to  the  rest  of  the  British  eleciorate).  Such  a  tax  does  not,  in  itself,  distort 
incentives    However,  it  is  brutal  in  terms  of  equity,  since  It  does  not  reduce  the  obligatory 
payment  at  all  as  wage  income  falls    Some  might  even  tegard  a  pattern  of  uniform  obligatory 
payments  for  most  workers  as  fair,  but  that  judgment  should  be  made  explicit 

For  those  workers  whose  money  wage  isnt  enough  above  the  minimum  wage  level  to 
permit  it  to  be  reduced  by  the  share  the  employer  is  required  to  pay,  there  is  8  different 
consequence:  job  loss    The  impact  of  a  mandated  benefit  is  much  like  an  increase  in  the  minimum 
wage,  but  with  a  twist:  the  increase  can  be  much  larger  than  any  increase  in  the  minimum  we 
have  ever  seen  •-  as  much  as  $1.67  en  hour  for  low  wage  full  time  workers  in  firms  with  high 
average  wages  who  get  family  coverage.  Moreover,  while  increases  in  the  money  minimum  wage 
quickly  get  eroded  by  Inflation,  the  cost  of  health  benefits  will  not.  This  means  that  recent  studies 
showing  modest  (though  positive)  unemployment  effects  of  minimum  wage  increases  provide 
little  guidance  to  estimate  effects  here 

There  axe,  as  far  as  I  am  aware,  no  models  to  predict  the  overall  impact  of  mandates  on 
low  wage  workers  Jobs    It  Is  reasonable  to  believe  that  those  low  wage  small  businesses  currently 
providing  insurance  who  receive  lubsisides  will  translate  most  of  that  subsidy  Into  higher 
takehome  pay,  not  more  jobs    On  the  other  hand,  there  are  about  40  million  workers  who  do  not 
now  pay  for  insurance  as  part  of  their  job,  of  whom  at  least  15  million  earn  $6  50  per  hour  or  less, 
am  to  would  be  at  risk  for  minimum  wage  effects.  I  would  conjecture  that  at  least  1 5%  of  these 
workers,  or  2.2  million  wotlers,  are  so  close  to  the  minimum  wage  that  they  will  be  priced  @  of 
the  labor  market  after  the  imposition  of  a  mandated  employer  contribution 

The  other  major  effect  on  total  employment  comes  from  possible  work  disincentive  effects 
of  higher  implicit  or  explicit  tax  rates    This  phenomenon  will  potentially  appear  in  two  places 
Most  obviously,  since  the  required  employer  contribution  tax  rate  will  rise  with  wages  for  firms 
with  fewer  than  50  employees,  there  will  be  an  incentive  to  keep  average  wages  down    The 


452 

implicit  marginal  tax  rate  embodied  In  the  proposed  schedule  is  as  high  as  18  A  percent  of 
additional  wages    Second,  when  it  proves  Impossible  to  make  the  kinds  of  cuts  In  Medicare  and 
(moat  implausibly)  Medicaid  that  are  envisioned,  taxes  on  upper  income  workers  will  need  to  be 
raised,  there  will  be  adverse  incentive  effect*  there 

Finally,  the  complicated  pattern  of  subsidies  proposed  will  itself  set  up  perverse  incentivei 
with  regard  to  firm  employment  patterns  and  structure  —  incentives  so  perverse  as  to  overwhelm 
the  ao-called  "job  lock"  distortions    The  reason  is  simple    under  the  plan,  workers  get  a  bigger 
Subsidy  if  the  employment  group  is  small  and  the  average  wage  low    This  offers  an  incentive  to 
split  off  low  wage  workers  into  separate,  small  firms  in  order  to  maximize  the  subsidy    For 
Instance,  at  a  firm  with  100  employees,  half  with  wages  of  $40,000  and  half  with  wages  of 
S15.0O0,  all  workers  can  gain  by  splitting  the  firm  Into  two  50-workcr  units,  since  the  firm  with 
50  low  wage  workers  will  get  a  subsidy,  and  the  firm  with  50  higher  wage  workers  will  pay  no 
more  for  their  health  insurance  than  would  have  been  paid  In  the  Initial  configuration.  Additional 
distortions  arise  fiom  the  treatment  of  self  employed  workers  and  early  retirees    The  amount  of 
mischief  that  will  be  done  by  such  perverse  incentives  is  hard  to  quantify  but,  given  the  increasing 
flexibility  of  employment  relationships  among  American  workers,  is  sure  to  be  substantial 

In  its  efTorts  to  hold  down  the  explicit  budgetary  cost  of  health  reform,  the  Administration 
has  developed  a  plan  that  is  the  worst  of  both  worlds    It  is  too  regressive  to  be  equitable,  but  too 
distortive  to  be  efficient    The  fundamental  overall  problem  with  the  Administration's  strategy  If 
that  it  proposes  to  use  the  employment  relationship  as  the  basis  for  its  mandated  coverage    The 
only  reasons  for  doing  so  ate  force  of  habit  or  historical  accident,  and  the  attractiveness  of 
financing  a  public  program  with  an  off-budget  tax  generated  to  confuse  the  electorate    But  the 
employment-relBted  group,  while  appropriate  for  some  sets  of  workers,  is  for  many  an  inferior 
vehicle  to  arrange  insurance  purchasing 

The  final  Impact  on  employment  comes  not  fiom  the  mandated  benefits  but  from  the  limit 
on  spending  growth  due  to  take  effect  after  1995    In  a  labor  intensive  industry  such  as  medical 
services,  limits  on  spending  growth  have  to  translate  into  reductions  in  raises  or  reductions  in  jobs 


453 

added.  The  medical  services  sector  has  been  one  of  the  few  bright  spots  in  our  moribund 
economy,  adding  300,000  jobs  a  year  and  offering  a  growth  in  wages  per  worker  in  the  1980s 
more  than  40  percent  greater  than  average.  While  limits  on  spending  growth  will  not  necessarily 
take  away  Jobs,  they  will  halt  the  creation  of  new  jobs  —  to  a  virtually  complete  stop  by  the  year 
2000.  Of  course,  the  potential  medical  workers  may  get  Jobs  elsewhere  -  the  only  sensible  reason 
to  curb  medical  spending  growth  is  a  judgment  that  there  should  be  more  of  other  kinds  of  output 
and  less  growth  In  jobs  providing  medical  care  quality  and  technology    However,  while  some 
medical  workers  are  highly  skilled,  there  are  many  decent  jobs  in  this  industry  often  held  by 
women  and  minorities  that  do  not  require  sophisticated  training    It  Is  these  jobs  that  are  most  at 
risk  from  a  medical  spending  cap.  My  Judgement  Is  that,  between  1996  and  2000,  the 
Adminstration's  plan  will  result  in  the  creation  of  approximately  1  million  fewer  health  sector  jobs, 
many  of  which  will  be  difficult  to  replace  elsewhere  in  the  economy. 


454 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Klerman. 

Mr.  Klerman.  It  is  both  an  honor  and  a  pleasure  to  be  here 
today  to  testify  on  my  joint  research  with  Dana  Goldman,  also  at 
Rand,  about  the  magnitude  of  the  iob  loss  likely  to  occur  as  a  result 
of  the  proposed  Health  Security  Act.  We  have  prepared  a  written 
statement  describing  our  analysis  in  detail,  ana  we  ask  that  it  be 
entered  directly  into  the  record.  For  the  committee,  I  will  briefly 
summarize  the  analysis,  and  I  will  then  be  happy  to  answer  any 
questions  you  might  nave. 

The  country  is  now  engaged  in  a  great  debate  over  health  care 
reform.  Many  valid  and  important  arguments  have  and  will  be 
made  concerning  the  details  of  the  President's  plan  and  those  of  al- 
ternative plans.  Among  those  arguments  has  been  a  prediction  that 
health  care  reform  willlead  to  the  loss  of  several  million  jobs. 

We  believe  that  such  estimates  are  incorrect.  Our  best  estimate 
of  the  direct  job  loss  due  to  health  care  reform  is  under  one-half 
of  one  percent  of  total  employment,  so  that  direct  job  loss  need  not 
be  a  major  consideration  in  the  evaluation  of  the  Health  Security 
Act. 

Let  me  explain  how  we  arrived  at  our  estimates.  The  fundamen- 
tal question  in  evaluating  the  likely  employment  effects  of  health 
care  reform  is  who  will  really  pay  for  the  mandated  health  insur- 
ance. Nominally,  the  President's  plan  requires  employers  to  pay  80 
percent  of  the  required  premiums.  In  response  to  such  a  mandate, 
employers  can  pursue  some  combination  of  four  actions.  First,  a 
firm  can  do  nothing,  which  will  cause  labor  costs  to  rise  and  profits 
to  be  lower.  Second,  a  firm  can  raise  the  prices  it  charges  for  its 
products.  Third,  the  firm  can  lower  wages.  And  fourth,  the  firm  can 
reduce  employment,  possibly  through  attrition. 

As  we  discuss  in  detail  in  our  written  statement,  recent  research 
on  the  incidence  of  mandated  benefits  suggests  that  most  if  not  all 
of  the  increased  labor  costs — net  of  any  Government  subsidies — will 
be  passed  on  to  workers  in  the  form  of  lower  wages.  If  so,  employ- 
ers' total  labor  costs  will  not  rise  significantly,  and  they  will  have 
little  reason  to  reduce  employment. 

The  administration  has  frequently  noted  that  the  earnings  of 
American  workers  would  be  considerably  higher  if  health  care  costs 
had  increased  only  at  the  general  rate  of  inflation.  Dr.  Tyson  said 
that  this  morning.  So  for  example,  if  employers  had  not  had  to  pay 
the  higher  health  insurance  premiums,  they  would  have  raised 
wages  $1,000  since  1975. 

The  converse  of  that  position  is  that  if  we  require  firms  to  pro- 
vide health  insurance,  they  will  lower  wages  over  the  intermediate 
term.  While  lower  wages  for  some  workers  are  a  potential  dis- 
advantage of  the  Health  Security  Act,  this  effect  will  be  mitigated 
by  subsidies.  It  is  this  assumption  that  workers  themselves  will 
pay  for  much  of  the  health  care  in  the  form  of  lower  wages  which 
yields  our  lower  employment  effects. 

This  observation  that  employers  will  pass  on  the  cost  of  the  in- 
surance premium  to  workers  in  the  form  of  lower  wages  breaks 
down  for  low-income  workers.  The  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act,  the 
minimum  wage  law,  prevents  workers  from  paying  their  employees 
less  than  $4.25  an  hour.  For  workers  whose  current  earnings  are 
less  than  the  sum  of  the  minimum  wage  and  the  cost  to  the  firm 


455 

of  the  health  insurance  benefit,  health  care  reform  will  effectively 
raise  the  minimum  compensation.  In  this  sense,  it  will  have  effects 
analogous  to  an  increase  in  the  minimum  wage. 

There  is  a  large  literature  on  the  effects  of  the  minimum  wage. 
That  literature  has  recently  been  updated  to  reflect  the  1990  and 
1991  increases  in  the  Federal  statutory  minimum  wage.  Contrary 
to  the  expectation  of  most  economists  and  basic  textbook  theory, 
case  studies  of  the  recent  increases  fail  to  find  any  employment 
loss  due  to  the  increase  in  the  minimum.  Econometric  studies  over 
longer  time  periods  attribute  measurable,  but  small,  job  losses  to 
changes  in  the  minimum. 

Putting  together  these  two  sets  of  assumptions — first,  the  shift- 
ing of  costs  to  employees,  and  second,  the  analogy  to  an  increase 
in  the  minimum  wage — our  best  estimate  of  the  effects  of  employ- 
ment loss  due  to  health  care  reform  is  about  one-half  of  one  percent 
of  employment. 

Our  lower  estimates  of  job  loss,  compared  to  several  others  that 
have  been  given,  really  fundamentally  on  the  assumption  that 
wages  are  flexible  downward,  so  that  employers  will  be  able  to  pass 
on  the  costs  of  the  mandated  health  insurance  to  workers.  Experi- 
ence in  the  American  economy  over  the  last  15  years  suggests  that 
there  is  considerable  downward  flexibility  in  wages  over  the  inter- 
mediate term. 

The  magnitude  of  the  actual  job  losses  are  likely  to  be  quite  sen- 
sitive to  the  details  of  the  final  health  care  reform  legislation. 
Which  firms  will  be  eligible  for  the  subsidies?  How  large  will  they 
be?  Will  they  be  phased  out  over  time?  How  fast?  And  what  restric- 
tions will  be  put  on  the  ability  of  firms  to  out-source  labor  and 
therefore  change  whether  or  not  their  workers  are  eligible  for  those 
subsidies? 

Among  the  crucial  details,  it  is  important  to  note  that  under  the 
Health  Security  Act,  the  subsidies  go  to  firms  with  low  average 
payroll.  A  firm  with  a  high  average  payroll  that  considers  hiring 
a  worker  at  the  minimum  wage  will  pay  the  full  premium,  consid- 
erably increasing  employment  costs  and  giving  the  firm  an  incen- 
tive to  out-source  that  work  or  to  not  hire  the  low-wage  worker. 

In  our  work,  we  have  deliberately  considered  only  employment 
effects  due  to  firms  laying  off  workers  as  a  result  of  the  require- 
ment that  they  contribute  toward  their  employees'  health  insur- 
ance. If  health  care  reform  succeeds  in  its  goal  of  lowering  health 
care  cost  inflation  over  the  intermediate  future,  it  would  have  posi- 
tive effects  on  the  economy  as  a  whole,  which  would  be  likely  to 
include  higher  wages  and  higher  employment.  Our  estimates  do 
not  consider  such  positive  effects. 

On  the  other  side,  the  legislation  is  likely  to  have  two  effects  that 
will  induce  workers  to  be  less  inclined  to  work.  First,  health  insur- 
ance will  be  guaranteed  for  both  workers  and  nonworkers.  Thus,  it 
will  not  be  necessary  to  work  in  order  to  get  health  insurance.  Sec- 
ond, if  individuals  do  work,  their  wages  will  be  lower  because  em- 
ployers will  have  allocated  some  of  their  compensation  to  cover  the 
cost  of  the  health  insurance.  Therefore,  we  will  probably  see  fewer 
people  working,  by  their  choice,  and  these  decreases  are  likely  to 
be  concentrated  among  low-income  workers,  mostly  young  people, 
and  among  early  retirees. 


456 

On  the  other  hand,  these  same  reforms  are  likely  to  increase  job 
mobility  by  eliminating  the  link  between  a  particular  employer  and 
insurance,  and  may  increase  the  desirability  of  low-wage  jobs  to 
welfare  recipients  by  allowing  them  to  keep  their  health  insurance 
which  they  had  as  a  result  of  Medicaid. 

Finally,  we  would  like  to  note  that  the  magnitude  of  the  changes 
involved  in  any  reorganization  of  a  major  sector  of  the  economy 
lead  us  to  treat  our  estimates  as  informed  guesses;  unexpected  con- 
sequences seem  possible,  if  not  likely. 

Nevertheless,  our  estimates  are,  for  reasons  discussed  in  detail 
in  our  written  testimony,  considerably  lower  than  many  that  have 
been  widely  cited  by  the  opponents  of  the  Health  Security  Act.  We 
believe  they  represent  best  estimates  at  the  present  time,  and  they 
imply  that  significant  job  losses  need  not  be  a  major  concern  in 
your  evaluation  of  the  President's  plan  and  its  alternatives. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Mr.  Klerman  and  Dana  Goldman  fol- 
lows:] 


457 

Prepared  Statement  of  Jacob  Alex  Klerman  and  Dana  Goldman 

With  the  release  of  the  proposed  Health  Security  Act,  the  great  debate  about  health 
cure  reform  in  the  United  State*  has  entered  it  m-w  plwse.   The  fundamental  Issues  in  the 
debate  involve  how  much  heath  care  should  be  guaranteed  to  which  Americans,  the  role  of 
govenunent  in  Die  reformed  health  care  system,  and  who  will  pay  the  additional  costs  of 
extending  health  insurance  to  the  currently  uninsured1. 

Like  other  proposals.  Fresident  Clinton's  plan  would  extend  the  current  employment- 
based  fuxanring  of  health  insurance    The  plan  would  require  employer*  to  pay  80  percent  of  the 
health  care  costs  for  each  of  their  employees.    The  required  plans  are  not  inexpensive;  the 
President's  plan  will  cost  approximately  Sl.flOO  per  year  for  an  individual  policy  and  $4,200  for 
n  two  parent  family  policy.2    Average  annual  earnings  In  the  United  States  are  approximately 
$74,500,  and  a  full  time  employee  working  at  the  minimum  wage  only  earn.*  $8,840  annually. 
Thus  in  the  nbsenee  of  Kiibsldles.  employer  contributions  towards  health  insurance  for  an 
Individual  earning  the  minimum  wage  would  constitute  16  percent  of  a  single  worker  «  earnings 
(B0%  x  $1,800  /  $8,849).  and  38  percent  of  earnings  for  a  worker  in  a  two-parent  family 
(80%  x  $4,200  /  SS.mO).^   For  an  individual  with  average  earnings,  projected  premiums  still 
constitute  5  percent  of  earnings  for  a  single  earner  find  14  percent  for  earners  in  a  two-parent 
family.   Thus,  heidth  care  reform  may  substantially  increase  labor  cosh;  for  employer*  not 
currently  offering  health  insurance* 

In  a  period  In  which  employers  have  already  pared  employment  and  company  balance 
•hoots  are  lean,  many  policy  makers  and  researchers  are  concerned  about  the  potentially 
adverse  effects  of  these  cc*t  Increases  cm  employment    A  widely  cited  report  by  June  O'Neill 
end  Dave  O'Neill.   "The  Impact  of  Health  Insurance  Mandate  on  Labor  Cost*  and 
Employment"  for  the  Employment  Policies  Institute,  projects  that  health  care  reform  would 
result  in  3.1  million  lost  jobs  5  In  this  testimony,  we  nttempt  to  outline  whM  is  known  about  the 
likely  employment  effects  of  requiring  employer*  to  pay  80  percent  of  the  health  Insurance  costs 
of  each  of  their  employees 

The  piper  proceeds  as  follows    In  the  next  section.  «e  consider  how  an  employe: 
mandate  might  affect  firm  behavior     There  we  discuss  recent  research  which  finds  that  when 
government  require  employers  In  provide  benefits  to  employees,  most  of  the  cost  is  shifted  to 
employees  In  the  form  of  lower  wargMi.   Wc  also  note  that  for  workers  with  very  low  hourly 
wages,  it  Is  lllor.ru  for  firms  to  lower  their  wag-  enough  to  completely  shift  the  cost  of  the 
employer  contribution  reemploys    Fo.  employers  of  Fuch  low-wage  workers,  the  mandate 
effectively  become,  an  increase  In  the  minimum  wage.  We  then  discuss  recent  research  on  the 
employment  effects  of  increasing  the  minimum  wage. 

In  the  so,  ond  section,  we  discuss  the  methodology  and  results  of  the  O  Neill  and 
OKclll  study.   For  several  reasons,  we  conclude  that  their  estimates  overstate  the  numbct  of 


458 

jobs  lost.  In  the  third  srction,  we  use  the  recent  evaluations  of  the  minimum  wage  anil  new 
tabulations  of  the  characteristics  o/  the  uninsured  from  the  1990  Survey  of  Income  and  Program 
Participation  to  derive  our  own  simple  aggregate  estimates  of  the  likely  employment  effects  of 
the  Health  Security  Act  as  It  Is  currently  formulated.   The  paper  concludes  with  a  summary  of 
the  key  policy  issues,  as  well  as  a  discussion  of   details  of  the  final  legislation  that  would  cause 
significant  shifts  in  our  estimates  of  employment  effects. 

1.      The  Employer's  Perspective 

1.1.  The  Employer's  Choices 

To  provide  perspective,  it  is  useful  to  consider  the  choices  facing  a  firm  that  does  not 
currently  offer  health  insurance.  After  health  care  reform  passes,  such  a  firm  will  pursue  6ome 
combination  of  four  fictions. 

•  First,  the  firm  can  absorb  the  Increased  labor  costs,  in  which  case  the  new  mandate,  will 
result  In  lower   ptnfits. 

•  Second  the  firm  could  rois*  the  prices  It  charges  for  Its  products.   In  so  far  an  the  firm's 
competitors  also  do  nol  currently  offer  health  insurance,  their  labor  costs  will  also 
Increase.  Thus,  while  an  employer  may  feel  there  Is  no  leeway  to  raise  prices  now,  doing  so 
may  be  easier  In  the  context  of  health  enre  reform.  If  this  occurs,  consumers  hear  the  burden 
of  the  mandate  through  higher  prices. 

•  Third,  the  firm  can  reduce  worhnt'  wages  so  that  its  hourly  labor  cost  remains  unchanged 
after  a  transition  period.     Since  earnings  usually  increase  with  job  tenure,  over  the 
intermediate  term  firms  need  not  actually  reduce  the  wages  of  any  current  employee.  Firms 
could  simply  forgo  wage  increases,  or  keep  them  helovv  the  rate  that  would  have 
prevailed  In  the  absence  of  health  care  reform*    This  strategy  may  be  particularly 
appealing  to  employers  for  young,  low-wage  workers    Evidence  suggests  that  the  median 
wage  increase  for  workers  starting  at  the  minimum  wage  is  20  percent  after  the  first  year 
(Smith  and  Vavrichek,  1992)    In  addition,  low-wage  and  uninsured  jobs  have  considerably 
hicher  job  turnover  than  insured  jobs,  so  Turns  could  explicitly  lower  wages  as  new  hires 
replace  departing  workers  (Klerman.  Buchanan  and  Leibowirz,  1992). 

•  Fourth,  the  firm  can  reduce  employment    (possibly  through  attrition)  of  workers  who  do 
not  warrant  the  increased  compensation. 

1.2.  Who  Pays  for  an  Employer  Mandate? 

Recent  experience  with  other  employee  benefit  mandates  suggests  much  of  the  increased 
costs  to  firms  will  be  passed  on  to  workers  in  the  form  of  lower  wages   Grtiber  and  Krueger  (1990) 
examine  workers'  compensation  Insurance.  Worker's  compensation  insurance  premiums  vary 
widely  across  stales  and  across  time  periods.  Comparing  change*  in  wages  with  changes  in 


459 

Insurance  premiums  (for  high-risk  occupations  where  the  premium*  arc  large),  they  find  that 
firms  passed  on  approximately  85  percent  of  the  increase  in  workers'  compensation  costs  to 
employees  In  the  foim  of  lower  wage*.  In  other  words,  for  every  $10  Increase  In  worker's 
compensation  prtmia,  employee  paychecks  were  reduced  by  $8.50.   Because  of  thin  backward- 
shifting  onto  wages,  they  find  little  evidence  of  n  significant  decrease  in  employment. 

Gruber  (1992)  explores  the  effect  of  state  requirements  that  firms  offering  health 
Insurance  cover  childbirth.   In  the  1970s,  several  states  passed  such  legislation,  and  then  in  1978 
the  federal  government  passed  a  national  requirement.  Gruber  Ftudles  the  relative  changes  in 
earnings  for  women  of  chlldbearing  age  before  and  after  the  leglslntion  passed,  ncross  stales 
which  did  and  did  not  pass  such  legislation.    He  finds  that  essentially  all  of  the  increase  In 
costs  per  female  of  childbcarlng  age  (between  $250  and  $950  in  1990)  was  passed  on  to  the 
female  population  in  the  form  of  lower  wages.  He  also  finds  evidence  for  a  Kmall  reduction  in 
employment  7'8 

These  results  are  both  encouraging  and  discouraging  for  the  proponents  of  a  mandate. 
They  nre  encouraging  because  they  imply  that,  for  most  workers,  the  probability  that  any 
Individual  will  lose  his  or  her  job  due  to  health  care  reform  is  likely  to  be  small.    However,  if 
health  care  reform  in  designed  to  provide  an  additional  benefit  of  health  insurance  to  the 
working  poor,  these  results  may  be  discouraging.   After  all,  if  employers  backward-shift  the 
costs  of  a  mandate  onto  wages,  then  the  currently  uninsured  will  pay  for  much  of  their  new 
health  insurance  out  of  their  own  earnings.  Perhaps  the  working  poor  would  prefer  to  buy  other 
goods  with  these  wages,  such  as  food  or  housing. 

From  the  perspective  of  the  working  poor,  health  care  reform  Is  regressive  not  simply 
because  it  would  require  them  to  buy  health  insurance  in  place  of  other  goods  they  may  prefer. 
Under  the  current  system,  If  the  uninsured  get  very  sick  ,  they  will  almost  always  receive  some 
care  at  minimal  cost  in  a  public  hospital  or  as  uncompensated  care.  Health  care  reform  forces 
them  to  buy  insurance  to  pay  for  such  care.  This  economic  phenomenon  has  been  called  the 
"Samaritan  s  dilemma"  and  has  been  used  as  an  argument  for  forcing  people  to  buy  income 
insurance  such  as  Social  Security,  even  though  its  effects  ore  regressive  (Summers,  1989). 

Community  rating  provides  further  disincentives  for  the  healthy  to  buy  insurance.  II 
requires  that  all  individuals,  rogiudle.su  of  oge,  race,  sex,  or  health  status,  be  charged  the  same 
premium    The  currently  uninsured  are  disproportionately  young'.  As  a  result,  their  health  care 
costs  nre  approximately  33  percent  lower  than  the  average,  so  they  will  implicitly  subsidise 
the  premiums  of  older  workers.10  Therefore,  community  rating  Implies  that  the  young  workers 
subsidise  old  workers;  and  since  young  workers  earn  less  on  average  than  old  workers,  low-wage 
earners  subsidize  high-wage  earners.' ' 

To  address  the  regressive  burden  on  low-wage  earners  and  the  large  increase  In 
employer  costs,  the  Health  Security  Act  includes  subsidies  to  small  employers  and  low-wage 
earners.   These  subsidies  limit  employer  contributions  for  health  care  as  n  percentage  of 
payroll.  These  caps  range  from  3.5  to  7.9  percent  of  payroll,  depending  on  the  average  wage  for 


460 

a  full-time  equivalent  worker.    For  firms  with  fewer  than  fifty  employees  and  average  per- 
full-time  equivalent  payroll  of  less  than  $12,000,  the  contribution  is  capped  at  the  lowest  rate. 
Thus,  contributions  by  small  firms  hiring  predominantly  minimum  wage  employees  are  limited 
to  3.5  percent  of  payroll.  Since  our  eaxliex  calculations  suggested  that  employer  costs  could 
Increase  by  ns  much  as  38  percent,  these  subsidies  significantly  alter  the  burden  of  the  mandtite. 
Clearly,  the  Impact  on  employment  costs  Is  dramatically  lower  with  the  subsidies.    In 
addition,  the  subsidies  make  the  proposed  reforms  more  progressive. 

1.3.  Employer  R<>pponses  to  Increases  in  the  Minimum  Wage 

The  argument  that  employee?  bear  the  cast  of  lower  wages  breaks  down  for  very  low- 
wage  workers.  The  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act,  known  ns  the  minimum  wage  law,  provides  that 
ns  of  April  1, 199 1  most  employees  may  not  be  paid  less  than  $4.25  an  hour.  For  employees 
currently  earning  less  than  the  sum  of  the  minimum  wage  (54. 25)  and  the  hourly  cost  to  the 
employer  of  the  health  benefit  (approximately  f  1.00  to  $2.00  per  hour  depending  on  family 
composition),  employers  cannot  legally  cut  wage*  In  the  intermediate  term.   Standard  economic 
theory  suggests  that  firms  will  cut  employment  until  the  remaining  worker*  are  each  wordi 
55.25  to  S6.25  per  hour  (Stigler,  1946).  Some  workers  earning  between  $4.25  an  hour  and  $5.25  to 
$6.25  an  hour  will  lose  their  jobs. 

The  crucial  question  then  becomes:  How  many?  For  employers  of  these  low-wage 
workers,  health  catc  reform  will  act  like  an  Increase  In  the  minimum  wage  (in  this  case 
minimum  total  compensation).  Thus,  we  can  look  at  historical  experience  to  determine  the  job 
loss  associated  with  a  rise  In  the  minimum  wage.  The  magnitude  of  this  employment  effect  is 
the  subject  of  a  large  empirical  literature  on  labor  economics.  That  literature  has  grown 
considerably  with  studies  of  the  increases  In  the  minimum  In  April  1990  (from  $3.35  to  $3  85) 
and  In  April  1991  (from  $3.65  to  $425). 

Contrary  to  the  expectation*  of  many  economists  and  businessmen,  the  answer  oppears 
to  be  "not  many."  Few  of  the  workers  earning  between  a  new,  higher  minimum  wage  and  an  old, 
lower  minimum  lose  their  Jobs.  A  series  of  case  6ludies  of  the  1990  and  195'1  increases  In  the 
federal  statutory  minimum  find  no  employment  losses  at  all.,J 

With  sufficiently  latge  samples  and  lagged  effects,  8  slightly  more  subtle  picture 
emerges-  Many  economists  have  compared  changes  in  aggregate  employment  of  teenagers  (16- 
19)  and  young  adults  (20-24)  with  changes  in  the  «tatutnry  minimum,  while  attempting  to 
control  for  pos*ible  confounding  factors  such  as  the  number  of  young  people,  the  overall  level  of 
wages,  and  thp  sl?e  of  the  mllit.-iry.    Thnta  studies  report  estimates  of  the  elasticity  of 
employment  with  icspect  to  the  minimum  wage;  i.e.,  the  percentage  change  in  overall 
employment  with  respect  to  a  percentage  change  In  the  minimum.    Thus,  if  the  elasticity  Is  0.1, 
then  a  10  percent  increase  In  the  minimum  wage  (as  we  had  in  1991)  will  lower  leenage 
employment  by  1  percent    The  estimates  of  this  employment  elasticity  are  small  and 
relatively  stable    The  estimates  range  from  01  to  0.3  for  trmagers  and  from  0.0  to  0.2  for  young 
adults. *3    Extending  the  standard  time-series  analysis  through  1986.  Wellington  (1991)  obtains 
elasticities  at  the  low  end  of  Ihr  range;  0.076  for  teenagers  and  0012  for  young  adults1* 


461 

We  prefer  the  most  recent  work  by  Ncumark  and  Woscher  (1992)    They  apply  •  time- 
serles  of  cross-sections  methodology.  Exploiting  slate  minima,  they  are  able  to  include  dummy 
variables  for  each  time  period  and  for  each  stole.    Furthermore,  Ihey  consider,  find  important, 
and  correct  for  lagged  effects  of  the  level  of  the  minimum  wage.  Together,  these  changes  result 
in  a  larger  (in  absolute  value)  eljstidty  estimate:   0.17  for  both  teenager  and  young  adults 
(defined  as  16-24  year  old*).'5    Finally,  note  that  no  recent  study  has  attempted  to  estimate  a 
minimum  wage  elasticity  for  workers  over  age  25 

2.  The  O'Neill  and  O'Neill  Study 

In  Iheir  widely  publicized  study,16  ONeill  and  O'Neill  (1993)  make  different 
assumptions  in  pursuing  an  alternative  approach  to  estimating  the  employment  effects  of 
health  care  reform.   Their  approach  yields  job  loss  estimates  of  3.1  million.   They  base  their 
estimates  on  a  scries  of  Industry-wide  calculations,  which  we  heuristlcally  describe  here  (the 
actual  computations  are  more  disaggregated).   First,  they  compute  the  change  In  payroll  costs 
for  each  industry,  based  on  the  percentage  of  workers  who  are  uninsured,  whether  the  uninsured 
are  full-time  or  part-time,  whether  the  uninsured  an:  single  or  In  families,  the  estimated  price 
of  insurance,  the  degree  of  backward-shifting  onto  wages,  and  the  current  payroll.  On  average, 
they  estimate  that  payroll  costs  for  uninsured  employees  will  rise  by  2fl  percent. 

Next,  O'Neill  and  O'Neill  translate  this  Increase  In  labor  costs  into  a  percentage 
reduction  in  employment  using  on  estimate  of  the  elasticity  of  employment  ti'flh  respect  to  labor 
cosls.17  They  assume  an  elasticity  of  0.3,  which  they  argue  falls  In  the  middle  of  the  range  of 
the  relevant  empirical  estimates.  Thus,  the  2fl  percent  Increase  in  labor  costs  for  the  uninsured 
translates  into  an  employment  loss  of  approximately  8.4  percent  (0.3  X  28%).  Because  their 
data  Indicate  Uiat  approximately  32.6  percent  of  the  nation's  workforce  will  be  affected  by 
this  mandate-,    they  estimate  that,  overall,  approximately  3  percent  of  all  worker,  will  lose 
their  |.ibs  (-32.6%  X  8  4%).    They  disaggregate  this  figure  according  to  whether  the  individual 
Is  currently  covered  under  another  family  member's  employer-based  plan  and  by  industry.1 

Given  our  analysis  of  the  effects  of  mandated  health  benefits,  several  methodological 
aspects  of  their  approach  appear  to  upwardly  bias  their  estimates.    In  addition,  their  paper 
was  written  before  the  details  of  the  President's  plan  were  public    Differences  between  the 
plan  they  simulate  and  the  President's  proposal  suggest  several  other  reasons  why  their 
estimates  are  too  high. 

.       Choice  and  npplicaHcm  of  elasticities.     O'Neill  and  ONeill  compute  the  increase  In 

payroll  costs  for  an  Industry  as  a  whole.  Multiplying  the  percentage  Increase  in  labor  costs 
by  an  employment  elasticity,  they  compute  the  percentage  of  workers  who  will  lose  their 
jobs.     However,  mandated  health  benefits  will  not  uniformly  raise  all  employment  costs  as 
would  be  required  for  a  strict  application  of  the  labor  cost  elasticities  they  use.  Those  who 
do  not  have  insurance  and  therefore  rruuht  lose  their  jobs  are  predominantly  those 
individuals  in  the  low-wage  industries  earning  close  to  the  minimum  wage.  Thus,  wc 


462 

prefer  a  strategy  tliat  draws  on  this  analogy  by  applying  the  appropriate  minimum  wage 
elasticity  estimate  to  the  subpoputatlon  of  young  adults.19 

O'Neill  and  O'Neill  argue  that  there  Is  a  downward  bias  in  the  elasticity  estimates 
based  on  the  federal  minimum  wage  analogy.  This  bias  arises  because  a  firm  cannot 
substitute  capital  for  labor  in  the  short-run,  and  so  the  long-run  response  will  be  more 
elastic  than  the  short-nm  elasticity  estimates  suggested  by  the  empirical  literature.20 
Our  preferred  estimate*  (Ncumark  and  Wa6oher,  1992)  dots  allow  for  these  logged  effects. 
Substituting  these  estimates  to  compute  an  Intcrmcdiatc-run  response  would  cut  O'Neill 
and  O'Neill's  predicted  Job  loss  by  almost  50  percent. 

»       Assumptions  nbout  labor's  slwc  of  the  burdm.    O'Neill  and  O  Nclll  assume  employers 
shift  none  of  the  cost  back  to  employees  earning  less  that  $25,000,  and  only  50  percent  of 
the  cost  to  employees  earning  above  thnt  level.    In  thdr  opprndlx,  they  do  report 
estimates  assuming  costs  wrre  shifted  for  employees  earning  $15,000  or  more,  but  only  at  a 
rate  of  50  percent.  As  we  noted  in  the  previous  section,  the  empirical  evidence  suggests 
that  for  workers  earning  above  the  minimum  wage  (plus  thu  cost  of  the  additional 
mandate),  the  employee  bears  nearly  all  of  the  increased  cost.   Assuming  an  85-percent 
shift  In  costs  would  reduce  their  estimates  by  approximately  30  percent. 

•  rlan  crsls    Using  data  from  n  private  benefits  consulting  firm,  O'Neill  and  O'Neill  assume 
a  family  plan  costs  $5,310  and  an  individual  plan  costs  $2,160.  These  figures  arc 
approximately  25  percent  higher  than  the  more  recent  estimates  by  the  Clinton 
administration  of  $1,800  and  $4.200.21 

•  No  firm  sub.iidies.    O'Neill  and  O  Neill  have  assumed  no  offsetting  subsidies  to  small 
firms  or  employers  of  low-wage  workers.  The  draft  proposal  calls  for  limits  on  employer 
contributions  to  between  3  5  and  7.9  percent  of  payroll.  It  is  the  explicit  intention  of  *uch 
subsidies  to  minimize  employment  effects     Tor  the  industries  they  estimate  will  lose  the 
most  jobs,  O'Neill  and  O'Neill  assume  pHyroll  costs  will  increase  between  4.0  and 

16  4  pcrcenl,  oven  after  taking  into  account  offsetting  reductions  In  wages.  These  numbers 
clearly  exceed  the  caps  identified  In  the  Clinton  plan. 

3.  Better  Estimate*  of  Employment  Effects 

In  tl\is  se-ction,  we  generate  preliminary  estimates  of  the  employment  effect  of  the 
Health  Security  Act  under  a  rot  of  assumptions  that  we  believe  most  closely  reflects  its  likely 
effects.  It  is  undoubtedly  possible  to  generate  more  disaggregated  estimates  of  the  minimum 
wage  elasticity  and  to  apply  them  to  disaggregated  population  counts.  We  do  not  pursue  such 
an  opprof^ch  here.    Rather,  we  provide  an  aggregate  estimate  of  the  jobs  lost  for  the  age  group 
considered  most  at  risk  due  to  the  Imposition  of  a  mandate  In  both  the  subsidised  and 
unsubsldlzed  cases.22 


463 

Tabic  1  presents  estimates  of  the  Job  loss  under  the  Health  Security  Act  under  six 
scenarios:   two  sets  of  minimum  wage  elasticities  (Wellington  vs.  Ncumark  and  Wascher)  and 
three  sets  of  assumptions  about  the  effect  of  the  employment  subsidies.  We  have  already 
discussed  the  minimum  wnge  elasticities  above.   Wellington's  (1991)  estimates  update  to  the 
conventional  time-series  methodology  for  estimating  the  minimum  wage.  Neumark  and 
Wascher  (1992)  Implement  what  wc  believe  Is  a  superior  econometric  methodology  yielding 
much  larger  minimum  wogc  elasticities  and  therefore  much  larger  employment  effects. 


Table  1 
Job  Loss  from  the  Health  Security  Act 


Elasticity  Wellington  (1991)  Neumark  and  Wascher  (1992) 

Cap  on  Employer  %  Reduction  Jobs  Lost  %  Reduction  Jobs  Lost 

Contributions In  Employment (millions) In  Employment (millions) 

FW                              022%                             0.251                             148%  1-662 

797,,                              007%                             0062                             0  49%                              0  545 
3.5% 0.03% 0.036 0-22% 0-*** 

Even  given  the  choice  of  minimum  wage  elasticity,  there  Is  an  issue  nbout  how  to 
extrapolate  to  the  population  over  the  age  of  25.   We  define  the  "vulnerable"  population  as  the 
set  of  workers  who  do  not  currently  have  employer  provided  health  Insurance  and  whose 
hourly  wage  is  less  than  the  sum  of  the  minimum  wnge  and  the  (unsubsidiied)  hourly  cost  of  the 
health  benefit  (bnscd  on  the  worker's  marital  status  and  presence  of  children).  Using  Wave  5 
of  the  1990  Survey  of  Income  and  Program  Participation  (for  the  Spring  vf  1991),  we  compute 
that  the  vulnerable  population  constitutes  approximately  24  .0  percent  of  all  employees  under 
age  25,  but  only  about  63  percent  of  workers  age  25  and  over.  Thus,  it  is  not  surprising  that  It  is 
difficult  to  detect  an  effect  of  Increasing  the  minimum  wage  on  this  group's  aggregate 
employment.    Nevertheless,  workers  ORed  25-64  constitute  over  sixty  of  all  vulnerable  workers. 
Tho  estimates  in  Table  1  extrapolate  from  tf\e  percentage  of  vulnerable  workers  aged  20-24  who 
lose  their  Jobs  to  all  vulnerable  workers  over  age  25.M 

The  rows  of  the  table  vary  the  estimates  to  reflect  different  levels  of  government 
subsidies.   The  first  row  shows  tlic  effect  of  the  legislation  without  the  associated  subsidies. 
From  our  data.  It  Is  nol  possible  to  exactly  simulate  the  effects  of  the  subsidies.  There  arc  two 
related  problems.   The  first  problem  U  that  the  Health  Security  Act  provides  subsidies  on  o 
sliding  scale  depending  on  the  firms  average  per-employce  payroll  (and  firm  sire)24.  Our  S1FP 
dalaset  does  not  include  average  per  employee  payroll  of  an  employee's  firm. 

The  second  row  corresponds  to  a  7.9  percent  cap  on  employer  contributions  to  health 
Insurance,  assuming  the  cap  was  takes  a  basis  of  Individual  earnings.  This  estimate  of  the 
number  of  workers  who  will  lose  their  Jobs  Is  both  overstated  and  understated  because  of  this 
assumption.  It  is  overstated,  because  tome  firms  (Ihosa  with  under  50  employees  and  low 
average  per-employee  personnel  costs;  e.g.  a  firm  which  Is  all  minimum  wage  workers)  will 


464 

receive  subsidies  cquivolent  to  a  lower  cap*5  .  It is  understated  because  some  low  wage  workers 
are  employed  by  firms  with  high  average  per  employee  personnel  costs  (e.g.  the  mall  clerk  in  a 
small  law  firm);  thus,  these  employers  will  not  receive  a  subsidy. 

The  third  rev-  corresponds  to  a  3.5  percent  cap  on  employer  contribution  to  health 
Insurance.  This  corresponds  to  the  outcome  if  ell  employees  worked  In  small  firms  with  low 
average  per  employer  personnel  costs    This  estinvatc  provides  a  lower  bound  because  most  firms 
will  focc  n  cap  higher  than  3  5  percent.   Dy  how  much  it  is  too  low,  is  however,  unclear. 

The  legislation  provides  strong  Incentives  to  reorganize  employment  such  that  low 
wage  workers  work  for  small  firms  (under  50  employees)  with  low  average  per-employec 
personnel  cost.   In  the  extreme  ense,  the  magnitude  of  the  subsidy  Is  over  $3,000  per  employee. 
A  low-wage  worker  in  a  high  wagf  firm  is  Ineligible  for  any  subsidies.  The  cost  to  the  firm  for 
his  health  Insurance  is  thus  the  full  60  percent  of  the  premium  ($2,479  for  a  couple  with 
children,  SI, 546  for  a  single  individual).    However,  If  the  firm  contracts  out  the  work  to  o  firm 
eligible  for  the  3.5  percent  cap,  then  the  cost  to  the  firm  for  his  health  Insurance  Is  capped  at 
$309  (3.5%  of  $8840).   Employment  costs  fall  by  over  $2,000  for  o  married  person  with  children, 
and  over  $1,200  for  n  single  individual  without  children.  These  subsidies  are  respectively  25 
and  14  percent  of  payroll.    Clearly  thia  huge  differential  In  the  subsidy  creates  strong 
Incentives  for  firms  to  outsource  their  relatively  unskilled  labor-intensive  tasks  In  order  to 
appropriate  some  of  these  government  subsidies. 

The  possibility  of  this  reorganization  Is  the  second  problem  with  choosbvg  which  of  the 
rows  of  the  table  to  use  to  gencrotc  on  estimate.  The  more  Such  reorganization  occura,  the  eloper 
the  employment  effect  will  be  to  the  third  row  (and  the  higher  will  be  the  cost  In  the  form  of 
subsidies).  rhftsing-out  the  subsidies  or  enacting  regulations  to  discourage  ttuch  reorganization 
would  have  the  effect  of  lowering  government  cost*  but  also  raising  employment  losses. 

Although  there  are  many  uncertainties  Involved  In  the  calculations,  we  hove  greater 
confidence  in  the   Neumark  end  Wascher  methodology  than  in  those  Involved  In  other 
estimate*  In  the  literature.    We  believe  that  the  7.9  percent  cap  is  probably  a  good  estimate  of 
the  net  effect  of  the  offsetting  biases  (some  low  wage  employees  in  high  wage  firms  will  be 
Ineligible  for  subsidies;  some  worker?  arc,  or  will  find  themselves  after  the  reform.  In  firms 
eligible  for  caps  below  7.9  percent  of  payroll).  Under  these  assumptions,  we  esdmito  that  the 
Health  Security  Acl  will  yield  a  decline  in  employment  due  to  the  burden  of  the  required 
premium  of  about  half  a  percent  of  total  employment  (of  18  to  (A  year  olds).  This  estimate  is 
only  one-sixth  of  the  estimate  of  O'Neill  and  O'Neill  using  a  different  methodology  which  we 
discussed  earlier. 

4.  Conclusion 

In  tlvis  white  paper,  we  have  reviewed  the  theory  behind  estimating  employment 
effects  of  health  care  reform,  critiqued  a  widely  cited  set  of  estimates,  and  provided 
alternative  estimates  of  the  job  loss  associated  with  a  mandate    Our  best  estimate  is  that  job 


465 

losses  will  total  about  half  of  one  percent  of  employment.  This  estimate  Is  about  a  sixth  of  the 
estimates  of  O'Neill  and  O'Neill.    Ultimately,  the  magnitude  of  these  employment  effects 
will  depend  on  the  details  of  the  final  health  care  reform  legislation. 

Our  estimates  have  only  considered  the  direct  employment  effects  due  to  job  losses  as 
employers  react  to  increases  In  the  minimum  legal  compensation.  There  are  several  other 
possible  employment  effects  which  we  have  not  considered  here.   First,  an  explicit  goal  of  the 
Health  Security  Act  is  to  reorganize  the  health  sector  to  yield  better  health  care  nt  lower  cost 
to  more  Americans.  In  as  much  as  firms  see  their  health  insurance  bills  go  down  (either  due  to 
lower  cost  of  health  care  Itself  or  due  to  lower  loading  factors),  firms  may  increase  employment. 
Similarly,  the  H5A's  guaranteed  health  coverage  should  alleviate  problems  of  job-lock  and 
welfare  lock.   These  changes  may  also  Increase  employment. 

On  the  other  side,  some  of  the  effects  of  the  plan  may  yield  lower  employment.   First 
today  some  people  work  In  order  to  gain  health  Insurance.  Under  the  plan,  health  Insurance 
will  be  available  even  to  non-workers.   This  effect  Is  likely  to  be  most  Important  for  older 
workers  considering  early  retirement.  Second,  In  as  much  as  firm*  pass  the  cost  of  health 
insurance  on  to  worker*  In  the  form  of  lower  wages,  some  people  may  choose  not  to  work,  the 
cash  wage  per  hour  worked  has  declined.  This  effect  is  likely  to  be  most  salient  among 
secondary  workers. 

Finally,  It  Is  possible  that  the  sluft  of  expenditures  into  or  out  of  the  health  sector 
(depending  on  the  net  effect  of  the  reform  on  employment  In  the  health  sector)  may  cause  n 
change  in    total  employment.   To  a  first  order,  however,  the  dollars  spent  In  the  health  sector 
are  dollars  not  spent  in  some  other  sector,  so  net  employment  effects  will  be  a  function  of  the 
relative  employment  in  the  health  sector  for  a  dollar  of  expenditure.    These  effects  are  likely 
to  be  small. 

Though  our  employment  effect  t-stimatrs  are  lower  than  many  other  estimates,  this 
does  not  imply  that  health  cue  i.form  will  increase  health  Insurance  coverage  at  minimal  cost 
(beyond  the  explicit  on-budget  expenditures)    Our  estimates  are  low  specifically  because  we 
expect  that  firms  will  successfully  pass  on  die  cost  of  their  share  of  the  health  insurance 
premium  to  their  employees  in  the  form  of  lower  wages.   Real  wages  for  low  skilled  workers 
have  fallen  considerably  o^er  the  last  two  decades,  so  the  assumption  of  downward  flexibility 
of  wages  seems  plausible.  Thus,  the  currently  uninsured  will  pay  much  of  the  cost  of  the 
expansion  of  health  insurance.    This  gives  this  apparently  progressive  legislation  a  significant 
regressive  component. 

The  obvious  way  to  mitigate  the  regrcss.ve  nature  of  employer-based  health  insurance 
finance  is  to  provide  government  subsidies  to  low-wage  workers.  Doing  so  will  mitigate  the 
negative  employment  effects  and  the  fall  In  wages.   However,  doing  so  is  also  expensive.  The 
higher  the  subsidy,  the  higher  the  budgetary  expense     An  alternative  Is  to  subsidize  only  firm., 
that  do  not  offer  health  insurance  (and  then  possibly  only  their  low-wage  workers).    However, 
this  creates  large  incentives  for  firms  to  rearrange  production  to  take  advantage  of  the 
subsidies. 


466 

In  summary,  our  best  estimates  of  Job  loss  axe  much  lower  than  many  of  those  which 
have  been  cited  In  the  debate  over  the  Health  Security  Act.  The  magnitude  of  these  changes 
Involved  In  a  major  reorganization  of  a  major  sector  of  the  economy  lead  us  to  treat  our  estimates 
as  informed  guesses;  with  such  n  major  reform  unexpected  consequences  seem  possible,  if  not 
likely.  Nevertheless,  our  best  estimate  Is  that  job  losses  due  directly  to  increased  costs  to 
employers  will  be  under  one  half  of  one  percent  of  total  employment.  Plausible  alternative 
estimates  are  much  lower.  We  conclude  Ihot  direct  job  loss  need  not  be  a  major  consideration  In 
the  evaluation  of  the  President's  plan.  However,  these  low  estimates  of  job  loss  arc  a  direct 
result  of  our  assumption  that  most  of  the  cost  <*f  the  mandated  health  benefit,  including  what  Is 
nominally  the  employer's  share,  will  be  shifted  back  to  employees  in  the  form  of  lower  wages. 


Literature  Cited 


Brown,  Chnrles,  "Minimum  Wage  Laws:    Are  They  Overrated?*  Journal  of  Economic  Perspectives,  VoL 
2,  No.  3,  Summer  1988,  pp.  133-145. 

Brown,  Charles,  Curtis  Giboy.  and  Andrew  Kohen,  "The  Effect  of  the  Minimum  Wage  on  Employment 
and  Unemployment,"  Journal  of  Economic  Literature,  June  1982,  Vol.  20,  pp.  487-528. 

Drown.  Charles,  Curtis  Gilroy,  and  Andrew  Kohen,  "Time  series  Evidence  of  the  Effect  of  the  Minimum 
Wage  on  Youth  Employment,"  Journal  of  Human  Resources.  Winter  1983,  Vol.  18,  pp.  3-31. 

Card,  David.    "L'sing  Regional  Variation  In  Wages  to  Measure  the  Effects  of  the  Federal  Minimum 
Wage,"  Industrial  and  Labor  Relation*  Remnu,  Vol.  46,  No.  1,  1992a,  pp.  22-37. 

Card,  David.   "Do  Minimum  Wages  Reduce  Employment?  A  Case  Study  of  California,  1987-89," 
Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  Review,  VoL  46,  No.  1,  1992b,  pp.  38-54. 

Gruber,  Jonathan.    "The  Efficiency  of  a  Group-Specific  Mandated  Benefit:   Evidence  from  Health 
Insurance  Benefits  for  Maternity,"  NBER  Working  Paper  No.  4157,  September  1992. 

Gruber,  Jonathan  and  Alan  Krueger.  "The  Incidence  of  Mandated  Employer-Provided  Insurance:  Lessons 
from  Workers'  Compensation  Insurance,"  NBER  Working  Paper  No.  3557,  December  1990. 

Kotz,  Lawrence  F.  and  AJan  B.  Krueger.  "The  Effect  of  the  Minimum  Wage  on  the  Fast  Food  Industry," 
Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  Review.  Vol.  46,  No.  1,  1992.    pp.  6-21. 

Hahn,  B.  and  D.  Lefkowltz.  "Annual  Expenses  and  Sources  of  Payment  for  Health  Care  Services," 
AHCPR  Pub.  No.  93-0007,  National  Medical  Expenditure  Survey  Research  Findings  14,  Agency  for 
Health  Care  Policy  and  Research.    Rockvillc,  MD   Public  Health  Service,  November  1992 

Klerman.  Jacob  A.     "Employment  Effects  of  Mandated  Health  Benefits,"  Health  Benefits  and  lite 
Workforce,  Washington,  DC:   U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  1992. 


467 

Neumnrk,  David  and  William  Wascher.  "Employment  Effects  of  Minimum  and  Sub-Minimum  Wages: 
Panel  Data  on  State  Minimum  Wage  Laws,"  Industrial  nnd  Labor  Relations  Review.  Vol.  46,  No.  1, 
1992.  pp.  55-88. 

O'Neill,  June  E.,  and  Dave  M.  O'Neill,  77n-  Impact  of  a  Health  Insurance  Mandate  on  Labor  Coslt  and 
Employment;     Empirical  Evidence,  Washington,  DC:    Employment  Policies  Institute.  1993. 


Endnotes 

lThls  testimony  draws  on  our  ongoing  research  M  RAND.  It  doc*  not  necessarily  represent  the  position  of 
RAND  or  Its  sponsors. 

Personal  communication  with  staff  at  the  Council  of  Economic  Advisers  Indicates  that  the  e*ti mated 
premiums  ire  $1,800  for  single  individuals,  $3,600  for  married  couple?,  $3,700  for  single-parent  families,  and 
$4,200  for  two-parent  families. 

1  Average  earnings  come  from  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistic*.  Lnrp/oymrnl  and  Wages  Annual  Averages,  1991, 
Bulletin  2419,  United  States  Department  of  Labor.  January  1993.  Ttw  compulation*  «or  employer 
contributions  as  a  percentage  of  payroll  are  as  follows:  A  single  individual  working  at  the  minimum  wage 
earns  $8,800  annually.  Under  the  mandate,  the  employer  contributes  80%  of  tlic  cost  of  Insurance  ($14*00). 
Thus,  the  employer  contributes  16  percent  of  earnings  towards  health  insurance  (80%  x  $1 ,8O0/$8,8O0).  For 
a  worker  In  a  two-parent  family,  the  contribution  Is  38  percent  of  earnings  (80%  x  $4,2O0/$8,8O0). 

^Subsidies  may  limll  employer  contributions  to  between  3  J  and  7.9  percent  of  payroll. 

>The  O'Neill  and  O'Neill  report  has  been  cited  by  the  Boston  Globe  (September  8),  Christian  Science  Monitor 
(September  24).  Newsweek  (August  30).  New  York  Times  (August  30,  September  28,  and  September  30),  San 
Diego  Union-Tribune  (September  1  and  September  22),  Wall  Street  Journal  (August  20),  and  tl*  Washington 
Times  (August  31). 

6Ovor  the  last  decade,  the  real  earnings  of  low-wage  earners  have  proven  tube  quite  flexible  downward. 
Karoly  and  Klerman  (1993)  estimate  teal  earnings  for  low-wage  workers  have  fallen  13  percent. 

'Various  problems  with  Gnibcr  (1992)  limit  lb  applicability  to  the  more  general  mandated  benefits  case  For 
instance,  Cruber  (1992)  finds  that  o  $1  rise  In  the  cost  of  mutonity  care  on  average  leads  to  a  XL  percent 
reduction  In  the  pn<bnbi)ity  of  employment.  Extrapolating  to  the  case  of  a  mandate  that  increased  cost*  by 
only  $250,  his  results  imply  a  50-percent  reduction  In  the  probability  of  employment.  This  figure  Is 
Implausibly  high. 

8Grubcr>  work  revises  earlier  work  on  the  effects  of  payroll  taxes  on  wages.  Currently,  both  the  einployet 
and  the  employee  nominally  contribute  6.2  percent  of  taxable  earnings  to  Social  Security  and  1.45  percent  to 
Medicare.  However,  many  economists  argue  that  employees  bear  ail  the  burden  of  both  the  employer  and  the 
employee's  share  In  the  form  of  lower  wages  (Brittaln,  1971).  Some  researchers  have  tried  to  exploit  slight 
annual  changes  in  these  tax  rates,  and  larger  differences  across  countries,  to  estimate  the  extent  of  backward- 
shifting  of  employer  contributions.  Not  surprisingly,  the  empirical  evidence  on  this  question  Is  mixed. 
Brittaln  (1971)  and  Vroman  (1974)  both  use  cross-national  comparisons  to  demonstrate  that  labor  bears  100 


468 

percent  of  the  burden  nf  the  tax    However.  Hamermesh  (197$)  estimates  that  only  33  percent  nf  the  tax  is 
shifted  for  white  mnles    Because  of  the  disparity  In  these  estimates,  we  cannot  Infer  much  from  this  literature 
that  Is  relevant  to  the  debate  on  mandated  benefits.  In  conjunction  with  the  above  onalyses  of  narrower 
mandates,  we  tentatively  conclude  that  higher  wage  employees  bcu  much  of  the  burden  of  a  mandate  in  the 
form  of  lower  wages. 

For  Instance,  27.4  percent  of  individuals  18  to  24  years  old  arc  uninsured,  whereas  only  10.5  percent  of 
individuals  45  to  61  years  old  aro  without  coverage  (Rles,  1991). 

l0UsinR  dat-a  from  the  1987  National  Medical  ExpenJiluros  Survey.  Hahn  and  LefVowltz  (1992)  compute 
mean  health  care  expenditures  for  the  entire  United  Stares  population,  as  well  es  for  the  subpoputation  of  18- 
to  44-year-olds    Pot  the  entire  population  the  mean  annual  oxp<Jns«  fur  health  care  la  $1,521  (computed  ns  ttw 
product  of  two  figures  In  Table  1  of  their  findings:  the  percent  of  persona  with  expense  and  the  mean  annual 
total  expense  per  person  with  expense)    For  18-  to  44  yev-old*,  the  mean  expense  is  $1,019.  For  those  under 
65,  the  mean  expense  is  $1,150    Thus,  18-  to  44-year-olds  have  mean  expenses  that  are  approximately  33 
percent  lower  than  the  national  average  and  11  percent  of  the  average  for  those  under  65. 

1  JThe  resident's  plan  further  subsidizes  the  rich  at  the  expense  of  the  poor.  By  financing  the  benefits 
expansion  through  cigarette  taxos  rather  than  tl>e  taxation  of  premium  contributions,  the  President  Implicitly 
taxes  lnw-tvagn  earners  (who  may  have  a  greater  propensity  to  cmoke)  at  ihccxp*ni*  of  high-wage  earners 
(who  may  have  a  greater  propensity  to  purchase  expensive  health  care  plans). 

"  In  a  study  ol  fan  I  food  restaurants  in  Texas,  Kal7  and  Knieger  (1992)  find  no  employment  response  to  the 
1990  and  1991  Increases  In  the  minimum  wage  Cird  (1992a)  compares  the  changes  In  employment  In  states 
wilh  high  and  low  wages  around  the  increases  In  the  federal  minimum  In  1990  and  1991    He  also  finds  no 
evidence  of  a  regul.ir  impact  on  employment   Card  (1992b)  analyic;  employment  responses  to  change?  in 
California's  minimum  wage  in  1988  for  the  retail  industry,  which  employs  almost  W  percent  of  the  minimum 
and  subminimum  workers.    By  comparing  retail  trade  in  California  with  other  Flares  that  did  not  change  their 
minimum,  he  also  finds  no  employment  effects    From  these  case  studies  It  Is  clear  that  firms  reactions  to  the 
minimum  are  not  simply  to  fire  all  (or  even  a  large  share  of)  workers  with  wages  between  the  old  and  the  new 
statutory  minimum. 

'^Brnwn.  Cilroj  and  Kohen  (1982)  and  Brown.  Cilroy.  and  Kolien  (1983)  aro  the  standard  references  on  the 
effects  of  the  minimum  wage    Their  two  papers  survey  the  previous  research,  provide  updated  estimates  of 
employment  elasticities  with  rospect  to  rhangrs  In  the  minimum  (as  nf  the  early  1980s)  and  explore  the 
sensitivity  of  the  rcf  ultf  to  several  estimation  decision*    Following  earlier  literature,  they  estimate  the 
elasticity  of  tevnage  employment  with  respect  to  the  minimum  wage,  where  an  elasticity  of  x  Implies:  If  the 
minimum  wage  rises  by  1  percent,  teenage  employment  falls  by  j  percent    Also  following  the  literature,  they 
estimate  this  elasticity  using  time-series  regressions  on  aggregate  employment  counts  since  tlsc  late  1950s 
Thus,  the  parameter  of  Interest  Is  the  percentage  change  In  employment  nf  teenagers  or  young  adults  with 
respect  to  a  percentage  change  In  the  minimum  wage   Since  over  mmt  of  the  post-war  period  the  minimum  wage 
was  relatively  constant,  the  estimates  are  necessarily  Imprecise.  Still,  Brown,  Cilroy  and  Kohen  (1983)  find 
o  small  but  significant  employment  elasticity.  According  to  their  estimates,  a  10  percent  increase  In  the 
minimum  wage  lowers  teenage  employment  from  1  to  3  percent  (an  elasticity  In  the  ninge  of  0.1-0.3). 


469 

In  the  late  1970s  and  1980?,  the  nominal  wage  remained  fixed,  but  substantial  Inflation  eroded  the  real 
minimum's  value.  This  natural  experiment  provided  subs  tantlal  variation  in  the  real  minimum  wage, 
prompting  speculation  thai  a  larger  employment  elasticity  (more  In  line  with  the  stark  predictions  of  economic 
theory)  could  bo  found.  Brown  (1988)  provided  iome  baek-of-the-envelope  calculations  tuples tinp  thot  a 
large  elasHdry  was  unlikely  to  emerge  from  extending  the  time  series.  Klcrman  (1992)  and  Wellington  (1989) 
capitalize  on  this  natural  variation  In  the  real  minimum  over  the  1930s  lo  update  these  estimates.  They  find 
even  lower  elasticities  than  Brown,  fjllroy  and  Kohen — an  elasticity  of  feu  ttvinOl  ftir  teenagers  and 

approximately  zero  for  young  adult?.  This  elattidty  IrnpliiK  only  a  1 -percent  decline  In  teen  employment  due 
to  a  10-percent  lncrojse  In  th«  minimum  wage. 

Neumark  and  Woscher  (1992),  exploiting  variation  in  state  minimum  wages  ffoni  t°73-1989,  also  estimate  a 
1-  to  2-percent  decline  in  teenage  employment  line  to  a  10-percent  increatc  in  the  minimum.  Thus,  It  seems  safe 
to  conclude,  as  Brown,  Cilmy,  and  Kohen  (1983)  do  earlier,  lhat  there  it  "...little  evidence  that  the  eifect  of 
the  minimum  wape  iin  the  employment  of  white,  male,  or  female,  teens  dl/lcred  appreciably  from  the  1  percent 
estimate." 

1  ^Thi-se  elastidties  nre  her  base  case  plus  the  enrollment  to  population  ratio.  I  ler  base  case  (without  the 
enrolln\cnt  lo  population  ratio)  is  not  Significantly  different  from  tero  Even  Including  the  enmllment  to 
population  ralio,  the-  estimate  for  young  adulb>  Is  not  significantly  different  from  lew.  ■ 

'•^Specifically,  we  prefer  Neumatk  and  Wasdier't  (1992)  specifications  (2)  and  (6)  from  Table  5. 

l^The  study  has  been  cited  in  the  Wall  Street  Journal  (August  20),  New  York  Times  (August  30),  Newsweek 
(August  30),  BwUm  Globe  (September  8),  Washington  Times  (August  31).  San  Diego  Union-Tribune 
(September  1),  and  the  results  have  been  entered  into  the  Congressional  Record  (September  22). 

17ONeill  and  O'Neill  (1993)  ba«  their  osd  males  on  the  following  calculation  for  those  individuals  affected 
by  the  mandates: 


(%  change  in  ^ 
^employment  J 


'%  change  in  1 

employment 
%  change  in 

k  labor  costa  , 


(%  change  ln\ 
\  labor  costs  J 


The  first  quantity  on  the  right-hand  tide  is  the  elasticity  of  demand  for  labor;  thus,  the  relationship  may  ho 
written  nt:  (%  change  In  "1    ("elastidty  of  \    (%  chnnco  in") 

^employment  J    ^employment/    y.  l^ber  costa  j 

By  multiplying  this  elasticity  by  the  percentage  change  in  labor  costa,  thoy  compute  the  relative  change  in 

employment. 

18ONeSll  and  O'Neill  Identify  seven  Industrie*  characterised  by  rclnUvely  low  wages  or  a  large  fraction  of 

uninsured  that  will  be  extremely  adversely  affected  by  the  mandates:  cnting  and  drinking  private  household 

services,  agricullorv,  repnir  services,  personal  services,  other  retailing,  and  construction. 

1 'ideally,  we  would  like  to  know  how  the  minimum  wage  legislation  affects  all  segments  of  the  age 
distribution,  not  |ust  teenagers  and  young  adults   However,  for  most  segments  of  the  wage  distribution,  the 
mandate  will  have  little  effect  on  employment  for  those  earning  greater  than  the  sum  of  the  minimum  wage  and 
the  hourly  cost  of  the  mandate.  Thus,  older  worker*  will  be  relatively  unaffected  by  a  mandate  due  to  the 


470 

strong  link  between  age  find  earning*.  Fnr  exactly  thl*  reason,  researchers  examining  the  minimum  wage  do 
not  estimate  elasticitiis  for  older  segments  of  trie  population,  f  (nee  the  law  Is  not  binding  for  thb  group.  With 
regard  trt  o  health  Insurance  mandate,  oldrr  Indivlduab  tie  far  more  likely  to  have  health  eaie  and  higher 
wages.  Thus,  a  health  insurance  mandate  will  not  significantly  affect  employment  for  these  individuals 
Therefore,  the  appropriate  elasticity  for  older  Individual?  should  be  very  closo  to  tern,  or  at  the  very  least 
bounded  by  the  minimum  wage  elasticity. 

20O'Neill  and  O'Neill  also  dismiss  the  case-study  evidence  showing  elasticities  much  closer  to  r.ero.  because, 
in  their  view,  it  considers  only  short-run  changes,  because  It  uses  data  (rem  three  national  chain*  of 
restaurants  that  may  be  atypleil  in  a  number  of  way*,  and  because  the  results  do  not  Include  the  effect  of  the 
minimum  on  firm  entry  and  exit  This  point  Is  made  by  Ncumark  and  Wascher  (1992),  whose  methodology  i* 
designed  to  accommodate  these  effects. 

J1A  nationwide  survey  of  employers  indicate*  the  overage  annual  premium  was  $1,728  for  an  Individual  and 
$-4.26n  for  family  coverage  (Sullivan  et  al.,  1992).     Assuming  an  employer  mandate  did  nothing  to  teduce 
premiums,  O'Neill  nnd  O'Neill's  figure*  ttill  exceed  the  average  nationwide  cost  by  approximately  25  percent 

•'"'Most  Investigations  of  the  effect  of  the  minimum  wage  estimate  elasticities  for  teenager*  (16-19)  and  young 
adults  (20-24)  only.  Tb«S«  subpopulations  constitute  the  majority  of  Individuals  who  art  most  likely  to  be 
affected  by  change*  In  the  minimum  wage.  If  a  researcher  were  tn  estimate  an  employment  elasticity  with 
retpect  to  the  minimum  wage  for  Individuals  over  25,  thb  elasticity  would  be  very  dor*  lo  rem   Mrwl 
workers  In  this  age  bracket  earn  more  tluxn  die  ndnlmum.  and  so  the  legislation  L*  non-binding  for  this  age 
group.  Analogously,  the  majority  of  indivlduab  over  the  age  of  35  already  have  health  uisurance  or  their 
earning*  ore  sufficiently  high  that  they  are  at  not  at  risk  for  losing  their  Jobs.  Thus,  we  look  for  employment 
effects  only  in  the  subpopulatJon  under  the  age  of  35. 

J3The  estimates  nrc  based  on  employment  counts  for  Calendar  Year  1992  from  the  Current  Population  Survey 
(the  Moucchold  Dala)  a*  reported  In  Lmyhymmt  rtnrf  Earnine/.  January  1993:  3.3  million  worker*  agtd  18- 
19,  12.1  million  workers  aged  20-24.  and  96  6  million  workers  ae,rd  25-64.  The  niunber  of  vulnerable 
workers  are  1.5  million  aged  18-19.  2.2  million  aged  20-24,  and  6.0  million  aged  25-64    As  Is  noted  In  the  text 
these  numbers  are  er imputed  based  on  the  percentages  of  vulnerable  worker*  In  the  SflT  (0.440.  0  IBS,  and 
0.063)  multiplied  rimes  the  1992  employment  counts. 

24Only  firms  with  50  employees  or  fcte  are  eligible  for  a  subsidy.  The  subsidy  rate  varies  with  average 
payroll,  ns  indicated  in  the  following  table: 

Subsidy  a*  a  Function  of  Avenge  Wage 

Average  Wage  per  Full-Tune  Equivalent Subaidy 

512.000  or  les*  3.5% 

512  001   to  $15,000  3.8% 

$15,001    to  $18,000  4.4% 

$18,001    to  $21,000  53% 

$21,001    to  $24,000  6.5% 

$24,001  or  more 7.9% 

J3ln  executing  the  si  mutations,  thb  cap  merely  recrulres  that  we  reesfimar*  the  employment  effects  assuming  the 
Increase  in  labor  costs  I*  the  minimum  of  the  subsidy  or  our  estimate  of  the  Increase  in  labor  costs  In  the 
obtence  of  subsidies. 


471 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much. 

I  almost  feel  like  we  are  back  at  a  NAFTA  hearing  in  terms  of 
what  is  going  to  be  lost  and  what  is  going  to  be  gained  in  regard 
to  jobs  on  this  issue. 

Dr.  Lewin,  in  terms  of  the  CPI,  what  are  the  health  care  costs 
in  Hawaii  versus  the  CPI? 

Dr.  Lewin.  Health  care  costs  have  risen  more  rapidly  than  CPI, 
as  they  have  elsewhere.  But  the  differential  between  the  mainland 
costs  and  CPI  in  Hawaii  have  been  less  catastrophic  for  our  small 
businesses.  Our  CPI  costs  have  certainly  increased  of  late  very, 
very  much  in  terms  of  real  estate  costs,  for  one  thing,  but  then  all 
other  costs — fuel,  food,  etc. 

If  you  compare  health  care  and  its  relationship  to  total  cost,  it 
looks  like  a  bargain  compared  to  CPI  costs  in  Hawaii 

The  Chairman.  Just  to  be  clear,  we  are  talking  about  between 
2.5  and  3  percent  for  health  care  costs — prescription  drugs  are  a 
little  higher — greater  than  the  CPI. 

Dr.  Lewin.  That  is  right. 

The  Chairman.  And  I  am  just  wondering  what  the  experience 
has  been  in  Hawaii,  say  in  the  last  5  years. 

Dr.  Lewin.  Hawaii  has  had  about  a  10  percent  rate  of  increase 
in  health  care  costs  over  the  last  few  years.  CPI  in  the  last  2  or 
3  years  has  been  less  than  that  as  a  percent  of  increase.  But  Ha- 
waii had  enormous  leaps  in  CPI  costs  in  the  1970's  and  1980's,  as 
a  result  of  labor — 

The  Chairman.  So  it  is  difficult. 

Dr.  Lewin.  It  is  difficult  to  make  the  comparison,  but  I  can  give 
you  the  bottom  line.  CPI  right  now  is  38  to  40  percent  higher  than 
the  U.S.  Health  care  costs  are  35  percent  lower  than  the  U.S.  aver- 
age. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Pauly,  given  the  experience  in  Hawaii — and 
I  will  ask  Mr.  Klerman  to  respond  as  well — and  the  way  that  it  has 
worked  out  in  terms  of  employment  and  in  terms  of  the  types  of 
people  who  have  been  employed,  how  should  we  look  at  the  way 
that  you  calculate  the  impact  on  jobs  versus  the  practical  experi- 
ence that  we  have  seen  in  Hawaii  over  a  considerable  period  of 
time?  Where  is  the  disconnect? 

Mr.  Pauly.  It  is  the  usual  problem  that  economists  have—other 
things  are  not  necessarily  equal,  and  other  circumstances,  includ- 
ing growth  in  the  tourist  industry  and  so  forth,  have  affected  Ha- 
waii more  than  other  parts  of  the  country.  So  there  is  really  no  way 
to  tell  with  one  observation,  a  sample  of  one,  what  is  a  generaliz- 
able  conclusion. 

The  Chairman.  But  the  disparity  is  so  dramatic  in  terms  of  the 
impact  on  jobs  and  the  total  number  of  people  who  will  be  ad- 
versely impacted  versus  some  of  the  other  economists,  generally 
speaking.  I  was  just  trying  to  better  understand  how  you  reached 
those  conclusions. 

Mr.  Pauly.  I  think  the  disparity  is  not  actually  all  that  substan- 
tial. The  difference  is  between  one-half  of  one  percent  of  employ- 
ment and,  in  my  calculations,  approximately  2  percent. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  that  is  a  pretty  big  number  in  terms  of  the 
millions  of  people  that  would  be  affected. 


472 

Mr.  Pauly.  It  will  surely  matter  to  those  individuals.  I  think  the 
answer  is — for  reasons  that  I  discuss  in  my  statement — that  I  be- 
lieve the  studies  of  the  minimum  wage  are  not  particularly  rel- 
evant to  understanding  what  is  likely  to  happen  with  this  kind  of 
mandated  additional  benefit  of  the  order  of  magnitude — $1.67  per 
hour  for  some  workers,  as  I  discuss — and  adding  the  cost  of  a  bene- 
fit which,  even  under  the  administration's  proposal,  will  increase  in 
cost  each  year  in  line  with  the  CPI. 

The  reason  why  we  think  the  minimum  wage  empirical  studies 
seem  to  clash  with  the  textbook — I  guess  economists  do  not  want 
to  believe  the  textbook  is  wrong — at  least  one  of  the  explanations 
is  that  employers  rationally  figure  that  inflation  will  erode  a  25  to 
50  percent  increase  in  the  minimum  wage  fairly  quickly. 

But  the  thing  about  health  care  costs,  with  the  possible  exception 
of  Hawaii — and  maybe  this  is  an  answer — is  that  historically,  infla- 
tion has  not  eroded  their  value;  in  fact,  inflation  has  actually  added 
to  their  cost. 

So  in  my  calculations,  I  tried  to  set  an  upper  bound  estimate  of 
what  the  worst  consequence  could  be. 

The  Chairman.  You  are  saying  that  it  increases  by  $1.67  an 
hour? 

Mr.  Pauly.  I  think  that  is  what  Jacob  said  as  well.  If  you  think 
of  a  minimum  wage  worker,  working  for  a  firm  with  hign  average 
wages,  buying  family  coverage. 

Mr.  Klerman.  That  sounds  about  right;  something  like  $1,700 
for  an  individual,  and  it  is  about  $2,500  for  a  family,  and  there  are 
2,000  hours.  So  $1.20,  $1.60— it  depends  on  exactly 

Mr.  PAULY.  I  was  using  $4,200  for  the  family  premium,  for  hus- 
band, wife,  and  children. 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Lewin. 

Dr.  Lewin.  Senator,  I  appreciate  the  dilemma  that  economists 
have  when  they  are  looking  at  the  way  things  have  evolved  on  the 
mainland  and  the  complexity  of  all  the  issues.  The  tendency  is  that 
we  tend  to  project  our  present  status  into  the  future  and  not  envi- 
sion what  it  is  like  to  be  in  an  insurance  reform  environment,  with 
a  standard  benefit  package,  where  every  insurer  or  accountable 
health  plan  in  the  State  is  making  a  quote  on  the  same  exact  prod- 
uct, with  all  the  same  features  built  into  it,  and  there  is  a  tremen- 
dous desire  to  undercut  the  price  of  the  competitors  to  bring  the 
consumers  in.  So  that  there  is  a  degree  of  real  competition  in  a 
marketplace  on  the  same  product  and  with  insurance  reform  fac- 
tors built  in  to  eliminate  the  pre-existing  exclusions  and  all  that 
stuff. 

What  happens  then  is  you  end  up  with  overall  lower  costs  of  cov- 
erage and  more  efficient  coverage.  And  when  you  do  that,  you  are 
not  giving  businesses  this  lousy  situation  of  projecting  the  present 
bad  environment  for  businesses,  and  therefore  you  are  going  to 
have — yes,  if  you  project  the  present  environment,  you  are  going  to 
lose  jobs,  the  low-wage  employers  are  going  to  be  adversely  af- 
fected, etc.  That  just  nas  not  happened  in  Hawaii  because  of  the 
level  playing  field. 

The  Chairman.  Did  you  include  the  subsidies,  Mr.  Pauly,  in  your 
calculation? 


473 

Mr.  Pauly.  Yes.  That  was  intended  to  take  into  account  what  the 
net  increase  would  be  in  costs. 

The  Chairman.  So  I  guess  it  is  approximately  $167  billion.  That 
is  what  the  administration  has  talked  about.  You  have  taken  that 
into  consideration  as  well  in  terms  of  your  projections? 

Mr.  Pauly.  I  use  the  word  "conjecture,"  which  is  I  think  appro- 
priate for  an  economist  to  use  here,  but  the  calculation  was  based 
on  looking  at  the  number  of  workers  who  currently  do  not  have 
health  insurance — who  have  jobs  paying  at  or  very  near  the  mini- 
mum wage,  where  any  mandated  increase  in  the  cost  of  their  com- 
pensation, because  it  cannot  be  offset  by  a  lower  cash  wage,  would 
cause  unemployment  to  occur. 

I  understand  Secretary  Reich  has  been  contemplating  or  at  least 
discussing  the  possibility  that  some  of  the  minimum  wage  increase 
might  actually  be  adjusted  for  increase  in  the  cost  of  mandated 
benefits.  That  is  something  I  very  much  favor. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Klerman,  what  is  your  reaction  in  terms  of 
the  overall  figures?  How  do  you  come  up  with  those  different  re- 
sults? 

Mr.  Klerman.  I  guess  I  would  view  my  reading  of  the  situation 
as  broadly  consistent  with  Dr.  Lewin's  report  about  what  has  hap- 
pened in  Hawaii.  My  bottom  line  was  one-half  of  one  percent.  That 
would  be  something  you  would  not  be  able  to  see  in  a  State  like 
Hawaii  where  there  are  lots  of  other  things  happening,  and  it  con- 
firms my  bottom  line,  which  is  that  there  are  lots  of  things  to  con- 
sider about  health  care  reform,  but  one  of  them  is  not  job  loss. 

I  am  a  little  bit  disturbed  by  the  difference  in  my  final,  bottom 
line  numbers,  between  my  analysis  and  Dr.  Pauly's.  Dr.  Pauly  is 
a  well-respected  health  economist,  and  I  guess  in  the  hall  after- 
ward, we  will  talk  about  why  our  numbers  differ  exactly.  But  I  can 
give  you  a  couple  of  hypotheses  that  might  help. 

I  would  like  to  start  by  saying  that  I  have  not  seen  the  details 
of  Dr.  Pauly's  analysis,  but  I  am  reassured  that  the  basic  assump- 
tions he  seems  to  be  making  are  basically  similar,  that  most  of  the 
costs  of  the  health  insurance  premiums  will  be  borne  by  the  indi- 
viduals, by  the  workers,  and  that  means  their  employers  will  go 
down. 

But  I  disagree  with  Dr.  Pauly  in  his  assessment  that  this  is  real- 
ly going  to  be  a  very  large  increase  in  the  costs,  even  in  the  ab- 
sence of  subsidies.  In  1990  and  1991,  we  raised  the  minimum  wage 
in  the  United  States  from  $3.35  an  hour  to  $4.25  an  hour  over  2 
years.  That  was  90  cents.  That  is  in  the  same  order  of  magnitude 
as  the  increase  in  cost  that  we  are  talking  about  with  this  plan, 
even  in  the  absence  of  subsidies,  and  it  is  off  by  50  percent,  say, 
depending  exactly  on  how  you  calculate.  But  to  say,  as  many  people 
have,  that  the  order  of  magnitude  of  changes  and  costs  are  totally 
out  of  range  of  what  we  are  used  to  I  think  is  a  misnomer. 

The  second  thing  is  that  inasmuch  as  I  can  figure  out  how  Dr. 
Pauly  does  his  analysis,  I  have  a  couple  of  comments.  He  figures 
that  everyone  with  earnings  below  $6.50  will  be  vulnerable.  We 
went  through  and  did  the  calculations  exactly  based  on  the  costs 
per  individual  that  were  given  to  us  by  the  President  about  costs 
based  on  family  status,  and  we  get  an  estimate  of  the  vulnerable 
population  which  is  only  about  two-thirds  the  size  of  Dr.  Pauly's. 


474 

Also,  our  bottom  line  number  is  that  of  those  people,  about  15 

Eercent  of  the  vulnerables  would  lose  their  jobs.  That  is  the  num- 
er  that  we  get  if  we  ignore  a  subsidy.  If  you  put  those  two  num- 
bers together,  Dr.  Pauly's  number  is  pretty  close  to  ours  in  the  ab- 
sence of  subsidies,  but  the  President's  plan  was  specifically  crafted 
to  minimize  job  losses  in  the  form  of  offering  subsidies,  and  that 
should  mean  that  the  numbers  will  get  lower. 

We  are  personally  unhappy,  or  not  done,  with  our  analysis  of  ex- 
actly how  many  people  would  be  eligible  for  which  types  of  sub- 
sidies, and  those  analyses  are  complicated  by  the  fact  that  it  is 
hard  to  figure  out  how  many  people  will  take  advantage  of  reor- 
ganizing their  firms,  breaking  up  firms,  as  Dr.  Pauly  said.  The 
more  that  that  happens,  the  smaller  will  be  the  health  effects.  But 
as  of  now,  our  best  guess  is  that  the  average  premium  will  be 
about  8  percent,  sort  of  the  maximum  subsidy,  and  in  that  case  we 
get  numbers  that  are  on  the  order  of  one-fifth  lower  than  Dr. 
Pauly's. 

The  other  thing  to  note  is  that  we  believe  that  the  minimum 
wage  analogy  is  correct,  but  it  is  also  true  that  the  numbers  we  are 
using  for  the  effects  of  minimum  wage  are  among  the  largest  in  the 
literature.  As  an  econometrician,  I  personally  am  happy  with  those 
larger  numbers,  but  it  would  be  easy  to  pick  a  smaller  set  of  num- 
bers, based  on  slightly  more  conventional  methodologies,  and  they 
would  give  you  estimates  of  employment  effects  that  would  be — I 
think  there  are  six  of  the  ones  that  are  in  our  testimony.  So  I 
would  think  that  if  anything,  my  numbers  are  too  high,  not  too  low. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Jeffords. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Dr.  Lewin,  could  you  explain  to  me  a  little  more  how  the  Hawai- 
ian system  works  as  far  as  universality  goes?  If  I  am  unemployed, 
how  am  I  covered? 

Dr.  Lewin.  If  you  are  unemployed,  and  you  have  no  other  means, 
there  is  no  one  in  your  family  who  is  working — if  you  are  unem- 
ployed, and  you  have  another  family  member  working,  which  is 
probably  the  case,  then  you  will  be  covered  through  that  family 
member.  Let  us  say  you  have  no  other  working  family  member  who 
would  be  able  to  extend  family  coverage  to  you.  Then  you  would  be 
covered  by  a  program  called  the  State  health  insurance  program, 
funded  by  general  funds  of  the  State  of  Hawaii.  It  provides  health 
insurance  for  these  individuals  and  for  their  families  if  needed  at 
a  shared  cost  between  the  State  and  the  individual.  The  State  picks 
up  the  entire  premium.  The  program  is  free,  in  essence,  if  you  are 
at  100  percent  of  Federal  poverty  or  less  in  terms  of  whatever 
sources  of  income  you  have  as  a  family,  and  it  goes  on  a  sliding 
scale  up  to  300  percent  of  poverty. 

So  the  unemployed,  the  part-time  employed,  the  self-employed  on 
commissions,  and  students  are  covered  through  the  State  health  in- 
surance program.  Anyone  who  is  not  covered  by  Medicaid,  Medi- 
care, or  by  virtue  of  employment,  veterans,  or  some  other  full  cov- 
erage, is  eligible  for  SHIP. 

Now,  at  the  moment,  as  we  talk,  Hawaii  is  preparing  to  fold 
SHIP,  this  gap  insurance  program,  with  Medicaid  and  general  as- 
sistance into  one  public  sector  program  with  the  same  benefit  pack- 


475 

age  as  the  work  force  program,  meaning  that  everyone  under  65  in 
Hawaii  will  be  covered  in  one  basic  benefit  package.  One  portion 
of  it  will  be  publicly  funded,  and  one  will  be  funded  by  employers 
and  employees.  But  it  will  all  be  the  same  basic  program.  We  are 
in  the  midst  of  that  conversion.  We  have  obtained  a  waiver  for  the 
Medicaid  portion  of  it  from  HCFA,  so  we  are  converting  it.  That  is 
how  everybody  is  covered. 

The  only  people  who  would  not  be  covered  in  Hawaii — of  course, 
we  have  8  million  visitors  a  year,  and  many  tourists  come  in  and 
cost-shift  to  us  because  some  of  them  do  not  have  coverage.  We  also 
have  all  the  Pacific  Island  American-affiliated  nations  who  come  to 
Hawaii  for  their  health  care,  because  it  is  the  only  place  they  can 
get  it.  They  come,  and  they  basically  cannot  afford  to  pay,  and  we 
pay  the  bill.  We  also  have  cost-shifting  from  a  very  large  number 
of  undocumented  aliens  who  come  from  the  Philippines,  from  Asia 
and  other  ways  into  Hawaii  and  who  are  part  of  our  population. 

So  we  still  have  that  cost-shifting,  but  the  main  cost-shifting  in 
Hawaii  is  from  Medicare  and  Medicaid. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Mr.  Pauly,  assuming  you  want  universality, 
how  would  you  provide  funding? 

Mr.  Pauly.  Well,  I  think  there  are  really  two  issues.  One  is  the 
vehicle  and  the  other  is  the  pattern  of  subsidies.  The  main  prob- 
lem, as  I  have  emphasized,  in  the  pattern  of  subsidies  embodied  in 
the  administration's  proposal  is  that  it  is  very  stingy.  It  imposes 
the  lion's  share  of  the  cost  of  insurance  coverage  on  low  and  mid- 
dle-income families,  essentially  by  taking  it  out  of  their  money 
wages. 

So  the  proposals  that  I  and  my  colleagues  have  looked  at  have 
generally  involved  a  more  progressive  scheme  of  tax  credits  that 
would  extend  subsidies  up  to  perhaps  300  percent  of  the  poverty 
line.  So  that  is  an  issue  of  how  to  make  it  equitable. 

The  issue  of  how  to  make  it  efficient,  I  think  the  easiest  ap- 
proach there  is  to  simply  require  individuals  to  obtain  adequate 
coverage  and  let  them  choose  what  is  the  best  way  they  want  to 
obtain  it.  I  think  most  people  will  find,  partly  because  it  is  the  way 
things  are,  and  partly  because  it  is  usually  most  efficient,  they  will 
try  to  arrange  it  through  their  employment  relationship.  But  for 
others,  it  may  be  that  that  is  not  the  best  way  to  arrange  coverage, 
that  other  sorts  of  groupings  may  work  better,  or  purchasing  di- 
rectly as  individuals,  particularly  if  there  is,  as  we  propose  a  fall- 
back Government  contract  that  would  be  an  insurer  of  last  resort. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Would  those  tax  credits  be  in  the  form  of 

vouchers? 

Mr.  Pauly.  They  would  be  in  the  form  of  a  voucher  for  somebody 
who  owes  no  additional  tax  and  would  be  in  the  form  of  an  offset 
against  income  taxes  owed  for  people  who  owed  income  tax. 

Senator  Jeffords.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Senator  Durenberger. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr  Pauly,  I  think  you  were  quoted  in  the  winter  1990  issue  of 
Financing  Health  Care  Quarterly  Review  of  Economics  and  Busi- 
ness by  one  of  my  friends  in  Minnesota  who  admires  you  greatly, 
Brian  Dowd,  as  saying— I  use  this  in  reference  to  a  question  of  Dr. 
Tyson  earlier— "The  problem  is  not  total  spending,  particularly  in 


476 

the  private  sector.  The  problem  is  market  failure,  primarily  in  the 
form  of  health  insurance  and  health  care  services,  purchased  with 
subsidized  dollars  at  noncompetitive  prices." 

The  question  I  want  to  ask  you  as  a  background  is  how  wise  are 
we  as  a  nation  to  go  to  universal  coverage  before  we  are  convinced 
that  we  know  how  to  change  the  system,  either  the  way  they  have 
predicated  change  in  Hawaii  or  in  some  other  way? 

Mr.  Pauly.  Well,  I  think  the  universal  coverage  in  terms  of  real 
cost  is  not  very  substantial,  for  exactly  the  reasons  that  Ms.  Tyson 
mentioned,  that  for  the  most  part,  people  are  already  receiving 
services,  so  the  extra  cost  is  really  just  a  transfer  from  someone 
else,  from  one  pocket  to  the  other. 

The  real  issue  is,  as  I  said,  how  equitably  are  we  going  to  move 
toward  universal  coverage,  and  somewhat  surprisingly,  the  admin- 
istration's proposal  is  highly  regressive  on  that  score. 

And  then  the  issue  is  whether  we  need  to  add,  or  whether  it  is 
possible  to  avoid  adding,  a  set  of  additional  distortions  and  restric- 
tions that  might  cause  people  to  fail  to  be  able  to  get  the  coverage 
in  the  way  which  is  really  best  for  them. 

So  I  would  not  lie  awake  nights  worrying  about  the  impact  of 
universal  coverage  on  cost.  I  would  worry  about  the  impact  of  the 
tax  subsidy  that  I  benefit  from  substantially,  causing  me  not  to  be 
as  economical  a  consumer  of  health  care  as  I  really  ought  to  be. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Those  are  difficult  issues  to  get  across  to 
people.  It  is  pretty  simple,  I  would  guess,  to  say  that  we  are  gong 
to  guarantee  everybody  a  health  security  card  and  we  are  going  to 
find  some  way  to  pay  for  that.  In  the  case  of  the  administration, 
they  pay  for  that  by  this  sort  of  elaborate  interchange  of  savings 
and  expenditures  between  employers  at  various  levels,  plus  a  sin 
tax. 

But  there  is  still  this  doubt  out  there  in  America  that  anything 
invented  in  Washington,  whether  it  is  predicated  on  Hawaii,  Can- 
ada, or  something  else,  is  really  reliably  going  to  do  anything  about 
the  cost  of  the  individual  American. 

But  what  I  hear  you  saying  is  that  you  could  probably  construct 
a  minimum  benefit  comprehensive  package — you  could  put  together 
some  preventive  services  and  the  catastrophic — and  we  could  buy 
that,  or  some  part,  for  the  36  or  37  million  uninsured,  or  we  could 
hook  it  into  employment  so  that  the  employer  would  pay  part  of  it. 
We  would  use  public  funds  up  to  100  percent  of  poverty  or  what- 
ever it  is,  and  then  use  some  other  system  after  that.  And  you  are 
saying  that  except  for  the  transfer  of  funds,  which  is  ongoing,  be- 
tween Hawaii  and  Los  Angeles  or  between  Minnesota  and  Los  An- 
geles, or  between  conservative  practitioners  or  small  businesses 
and  large,  the  ones  that  have  the  big  tax  subsidies,  except  for  the 
fact  of  the  inequities  in  the  system,  the  overall  cost  to  the  country 
would  not  be  that  great  to  go  to  universal  coverage.  Is  that  right? 

Mr.  Pauly.  Yes. 

Senator  Durenberger.  John,  let  me  ask  you  about 

The  Chairman.  Would  the  Senator  yield? 

Senator  Durenberger.  Yes. 

The  CHAmMAN.  Do  the  other  panel  members  agree  with  that 
comment? 


477 

Mr.  Klerman.  I  agree  with  what  Mr.  Pauly  said  and  what  the 
Senator  is  going  toward.  As  I  said  in  my  testimony,  the  administra- 
tion's plan  has  some  regressive  aspects  to  it,  and  alternatively,  one 
could  think  about  plans  that  do  not  go  through  the  employment  re- 
lation. But  I  am  not  convinced  that  the  negative  effects  of  the  em- 
ployment relation  are  as  drastic  as  Mr.  Pauly  thinks  right  now. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  the  question  was  on  the  cost  in  terms  of 
covering  the  uninsured,  and  I  thought  Mr.  Pauly  said  that  given 
the  reality  that  everyone  does  get  covered,  that  it  would  not  be  sig- 
nificant—iut  I  do  not  want  to  put  words  in  your  mouth. 

Mr.  Pauly.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  And  on  that  particular  question,  I  would  like  to 
hear  from  the  others. 

Dr.  Lewin.  We  found  that  to  be  the  case.  If  you  really  have  the 
full  effects  of  an  employer  mandate,  then  the  people  remaining  are 
an  upwardly  mobile  group  of  relatively  healthy  people,  because  you 
bring  in  most  of  the  chronically  ill  with  the  employer  mandate  and 
their  dependents,  if  the  dependents  are  in. 

So  that  we  found  with  our  gap  group — it  was  a  tremendous  risk 
that  Hawaii  took  when  we  put  the  SHIP  program  out  there,  be- 
cause the  fear  was  that  we  would  have  this  huge  mass  of  chron- 
ically ill,  uninsured  people.  We  found  out  they  are  an  upwardly  mo- 
bile group.  And  what  we  have  discovered  is  that  the  same  group 
of  people  in  the  gap  would  quit  their  part-time  jobs  and  go  back 
to  Medicaid  coverage  if  somebody  in  their  family  got  sick.  And  in 
fact,  with  the  advent  of  the  SHIP  program,  they  kept  their  jobs  and 
moved  on  to  full  employment  and  then  went  off  the  program,  the 
subsidy  the  State  had  to  provide,  so  it  has  been  an  economic  bene- 
fit botn  in  terms  of  jobs  and  upward  mobility  of  that  in-between 
group. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Dr.  Lewin,  help  me  understand.  The  first 
part  is  the  problem  that  you  and  I  both  suffer  from,  which  is  that 
people  will  say  Hawaii  and  Minnesota  are  different.  I  have  just 
been  through  the  experience  you  may  have  had  yesterday,  of  argu- 
ing with  HCFA  over  tougher  risk  contracts,  because  you  are  getting 
penalized  the  same  way  I  am  getting  penalized  in  Minnesota,  for 
efficiencies. 

Dr.  Lewin.  Yes,  absolutely. 

Senator  Durenberger.  But  they  are  willing  to  give  New  York  a 
15  percent  bump  and  so  on. 

Dr.  Lewin.  Yes. 

Senator  Durenberger.  If  you  can  in  2  minutes — and  you  have 
probably  practiced  this — demonstrate  that  it  is  not  the  weather  and 
things  like  that  that  make  Hawaii  different.  I  happen  to  think  it 
is  the  weather  in  Minnesota  that  makes  us  different,  because  ev- 
erybody has  to  have  a  common  enemy  in  order  to  do  good,  and  we 
have  a  common  enemy  in  the  weather.  [Laughter.]  But  you  know, 
we  hear  that  all  the  time,  that  somehow  Minnesota  is  different, 
and  you  cannot  replicate  it  somewhere  else.  But  then  go  from  that 
into  principally  the  role  that  the  insurance  plans  play  in  all  of  this. 
Are  they  just  traditional  insurance,  or  have  they  taken  on  some 
other  aspects? 

Dr.  Lewd*.  No,  they  are  not.  As  far  as  the  weather,  genetics,  and 
life  style,  you  know,  the  weather,  you  have  to  look  at  as  kind  of 


478 

nebulous  factor,  but  you  really  need  to  look  at  morbidity  and  mor- 
tality risk  factors  in  the  population  and  behaviors  of  the  popu- 
lation. 

Hawaii,  for  example,  has  a  higher  rate  of  essential  hypertension 
than  the  United  States,  a  higher  rate  of  elevated  cholesterol.  In 
terms  of  behaviors,  Hawaii  consumes  more  alcohol  per  capita  than 
most  States.  We  are  very  heavy  in  terms  of  excessive  alcohol, 
drinking  and  driving,  fat  consumption,  salt  consumption,  and  sur- 
prisingly— here  is  one  with  the  weather — Hawaii  is  more  sedentary 
than  the  national  average.  We  have  the  greatest  weather,  but  what 
is  happening  is  that  people  are  working  two  jobs  and  then  a  part- 
time  job  to  try  to  make  their  lives  work,  and  the  stress  in  families 
is  very,  very  high. 

So  CDC  does  relationships  of  States,  and  although  we  come  out 
really  great — in  fact,  with  Minnesota,  the  best  in  terms  of  health 
status  outcomes,  when  you  start  out  with  risk  factors,  population 
life  styles,  and  premature  morbidity  and  mortality  risks,  we  look 
like  we  are  going  to  head  for  all  kinds  of  problems.  Our  system  in- 
tervenes. 

Let  me  take  breast  cancer  very  briefly.  We  have  one  of  the  high- 
est rates  of  breast  cancer  among  Caucasian  women  in  Hawaii  of  all 
50  States.  We  also  have  the  lowest  death  rate  from  breast  cancer 
of  all  50  States.  How  does  this  add  up?  We  are  diagnosing  it  more 
effectively,  and  we  are  treating  it  earlier,  at  lower  cost. 

Hawaii  shifts  toward  primary  care  because  of  universal  access. 
Universal  access  saves  money  if  it  is  designed  right  and  works 
right,  and  that  is  part  of  the  way  we  get  to  the  other  end. 

Insurance  in  Hawaii  has  behaved — your  second  question — be- 
cause it  has  had  to  take  on  the  burden  and  risk  of  all  of  that  chron- 
ic disease  population.  In  other  States,  insurance  companies  have 
been  able  to  eliminate  that  risk  by  rejection  or  ejection,  or  even  ge- 
ographic kinds  of  patterns  of  bringing  in  their  consumers  so  that 
they  avoided  the  risk.  And  risk  avoidance  has  been  the  whole  proc- 
ess. In  Hawaii,  since  they  could  not  do  that,  our  insurance  compa- 
nies frankly  have  learned  to  behave  differently.  They  have  been 
much  more  aggressive  at  utilization  controls,  much  more  aggressive 
at  holding  down  costs.  Ninety  percent  of  Hawaii's  doctors  partici- 
pate, for  example,  fully  with  Blue  Cross,  and  they  accept  no  addi- 
tional payment  other  than  what  Blue  Cross  assigns  them.  That  is 
nearly  miraculous  considering  that  Blue  Cross,  then,  is  the  cost 
controller  that  sets  almost  a  global  rate  for  services  and  methods. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Who  has  got  what  percentage  of  the  busi- 
ness? Do  you  have  basically  the  same  insurance  companies  all  the 
time? 

Dr.  Lewin.  No,  we  do  not. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Does  anybody  new  ever  show  up  on  the 
scene  and  become  successful? 

Dr.  Lewbv.  We  do  have  new  ones,  but  in  1974  when  the  law  was 
passed,  we  had  mostly  the  commercials — the  Aetna,  Prudential, 
Signa  type  group.  It  totally  changed  in  1974,  where  Blue  Cross  and 
Kaiser  started  moving  up  because  they  community-rated.  The  com- 
mercials refused  to  community-rate,  and  so  they  dropped  out  of  the 
employment  market  in  Hawaii. 


479 

Senator  Durenberger.  Did  they  community-rate  within  their 
own  system  so  that  the  price  might  be  different  to  different  people, 
depending  on  what  plan  you  went  into? 

Dr.  Lewin.  No.  The  plan  is  statewide.  In  essence,  what  we  have 
is  kind  of  an  informal  alliance  for  all  businesses  under  100  employ- 
ees. There  is  no  structure  to  it,  but  all  businesses  under  100  are 
in  one  huge  risk  pool,  and  in  that  risk  pool,  insurance  companies 
quote  a  statewide  rate  for  their  product.  Again,  recognize  they  are 
quoting  a  statewide  rate  for  the  same  product,  so  Blue  Cross,  Is- 
land Care,  HDS,  Queens  Health  Plan,  and  Kaiser  Permanente  all 
quote  their  rates;  and  then,  frankly,  if  their  rates  vary  much,  con- 
sumers do  shift  from  company  to  company  on  an  annual  basis. 
There  is  real  competition  around  rates. 

Now,  it  is  true  that  Blue  Cross  has  almost  half  of  the  total  mar- 
ket of  employees,  although  they  have  it  divided  among  competitive 
plans  in  their  own  organization.  They  have  an  HMO,  a  PPO,  a  fee- 
for-service.  But  people  always  talk  about  when  a  prepaid,  capitated 
health  care  system  like  Hawaii's  would  come  into  being,  then  auto- 
matically, everyone  would  be  forced  into  HMOs,  fee-for-service  dis- 
appears, etc.  Hawaii,  20  years  later,  still  has  two-thirds  of  its  popu- 
lation in  fee-for-service.  We  have  a  great  HMO  in  Kaiser 
Permanente,  one  of  the  most  popular  and  most  effective  of  all  the 
Kaiser  regions,  but  people  still  choose  fee-for-service. 

The  thing  is  that  fee-for-service  in  Hawaii  is  more  managed  than 
any  fee-for-service  in  the  country.  It  is  managed  because  the  com- 
panies that  provide  it  in  essence  have  a  fixed  budget,  and  they 
have  all  the  chronic  disease,  or  most  of  it,  in  their  populations. 

Senator  Durenberger.  I  have  a  series  of  questions,  and  maybe 
I  could  just  submit  them.  I  think  one  of  the  things  that  would  be 
helpful  in  terms  of — certainly,  whatever  you  might  want  to  say  and 
add  to  the  record  relative  to  Medicare,  Medicaid,  the  tax  subsidy — 
the  three  big  public  subsidies  that  in  one  way  or  another  may  end 
up  distorting  the  market,  but  particularly  Medicare  and  Medicaid, 
because  that  is  where  you  point  out  you  are  getting  a  huge  cost 
shift  and  so  forth. 

Dr.  Lewin.  Yes,  we  are.  I  think  the  biggest  concern  we  have  right 
now,  the  biggest  error  we  see  happening  in  the  planning  for  the  fu- 
ture with  the  Health  Security  Act  concept,  is  that  the  Nation  feels 
that  the  Clintons  are  advised  that  they  must  subsidize  small  busi- 
nesses and  that  out  of  that  $167  billion,  we  are  going  to  have  some 
enormous  amount  of  money  subsidizing  small  businesses. 

We  have  not  seen  that  experience.  We  would  like  to  see  those 
subsidies  go  to  bringing  up  the  Medicaid  and  the  gap  insurance 
populations,  giving  States  the  resources  they  need  to  pay  reason- 
able reimbursements  and  to  really  contribute  well  for  those  at-risk 
populations  and  underfunded  and  unincluded  populations,  because 
we  think  that  will  set  up  the  level  playing  field  that  leads  to  the 
cost  containment  that  comes  out  of  competition  in  a  socially  and 
ethically  conscious  marketplace. 

If  we  continue  to  underfund  Medicaid  and  gaps  for  States,  if  we 
put  subsidies,  say,  at  small  businesses  that  are  not  really  needed 
if  we  create  means  tests,  then  frankly  we  are  going  to  fail,  because 
we  are  going  to  have  lower  funding  for  those  disenfranchised  popu- 


480 

lations,  and  they  will  not  come  in,  and  the  whole  system  will  not 
work.  That  is  the  cost-shifting  problem. 

Senator  Durenberger.  One  other  question.  What  do  you  think 
would  happen  in  Hawaii  right  now  if  we  redesigned  the  Medicare 
benefit  so  that  it  was  at  least  as  comprehensive  as  they  are  talking 
about  for  everybody  else  in  the  country,  and  we  get  away  from  this 
specific  deal,  but  we  give  them  a  comprehensive  benefit  like  I  as- 
sume you  are  talking  about  being  offered  to  other  people,  and  what 
we  do  at  this  level  is  simply  give  a  dollar  amount  to  the  company — 
Kaiser,  Blue  Cross,  whoever  it  is — based  on  age,  sex  and  health 
status  in  that  community.  Would  most  of  the  65  and  older  and  dis- 
abled buy  into  that  kind  of  plan? 

Dr.  Lewin.  I  think  they  would,  because  they  perceive  that  they 
get  a  less  effective  health  plan  as  soon  as  they  shift  over  from  their 
employer-based  coverage  to  Medicare.  I  think  they  would  be  very 
happy  to  do  that  as  long  as  they  knew  that  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment was  going  to  continue  to  fund  it  adequately. 

Similarly,  I  think  we  could  bring  Medicaid  up,  save  a  lot  of 
money  and  make  the  whole  system  more  efficient  by  unifying  the 
whole  thing.  We  would  like  to  see  Medicare  in  this  process,  in- 
cluded fully. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Apparently,  the  reluctance  on  the  part  of 
the  administration  to  get  into  reform  of  Medicare  is  perhaps  two- 
fold. One  is  political — at  least,  that  is  what  I  have  heard — and  the 
other  is  that  nobody  over  at  HCFA  apparently  has  figured  out  how 
you  do  this  dollar  amount  based  on  age,  sex,  and  health  status.  The 
third  one,  you  have  suggested,  which  is  that  maybe  the  elderly 
would  not  trust  us  to  keep  that  level  of  reimbursement  up. 

Dr.  Lewin.  That  is  the  fear. 

Senator  Durenberger.  But  what  I  hear  you  saying  is  that  on 
the  basis  of  your  experience,  where  you  have  everyone  for  the  most 
part  buying  a  health  plan,  the  notion  that  at  65,  they  have  to  buy 
differently,  and  they  have  to  put  up  with  the  same  kinds  of  A,  B, 
medigap  and  paperwork  stuff  that  the  elderly  on  the  mainland  put 
up  with,  that  it  would  be  an  attractive  way  to  go. 

Dr.  Lewin.  Yes.  May  I  also  just  add  that  our  Prepaid  Health 
Care  Act  limits  out-of-pocket  costs  to  $1,500  per  year  for  family 
coverage,  and  that  is  strict;  and  in  fact,  there  is  no  deductible  on 
the  front  of  the  program,  so  you  get  instant  coverage.  As  soon  as 
you  come  into  the  program,  you  are  covered,  first  visit.  There  is  no 
spend-down  or  anything. 

The  Medicare  population  starts  out  with  a  program  that  tends  to 
cause  them  to  have  to  spend  money  up  front  before  they  get  cov- 
ered for  prevention,  and  then  they  find,  basically,  that  their  pre- 
ventive services,  their  annual  health  assessments,  all  those  things 
are  deemphasized.  And  really,  the  poor  elderly  end  up  in  the  hos- 
pital in  order  to  get  covered. 

Senator  Durenberger.  Thank  you. 

The  CHAmMAN.  Under  the  administration's  plan,  of  course,  there 
are  no  copays  at  all  for  the  preventive  services. 

You  made  a  comment  earlier  that  90  percent  of  the  doctors  in 
Hawaii  treat  Medicaid  and  Medicare  patients.  What  is  the  back- 
ground on  that?  What  is  going  through  their  minds? 


481 

Dr.  Lewin.  Ninety  percent  of  doctors  in  Hawaii  are  participants 
with  the  insurance  companies  for  the  work  force  in  that  there  is 
no  balance  billing  for  90  percent  of  the  doctors;  they  accept  what 
the  insurers  say  are  the  levels  of  reimbursement.  For  the 
consumer,  that  means  that  they  are  not  paying  more  out-of-pocket, 
so  out-of-pocket  costs  are  lower. 

But  also  in  Hawaii,  physicians  have  been  good  about  taking  on 
Medicaid  and  Medicare  clients.  Recently,  there  has  been  a  lot  of 
concern  that  if  there  is  any  more  reduction  of  Medicaid  and  Medi- 
care reimbursements  that  more  physicians  may  pull  out.  But  90 
percent  currently  do. 

The  Chairman.  Have  you  costed  out  what  your  administrative 
savings  are  from  that? 

Dr.  Lewin.  It  is  very  significant.  The  Hawaii  Medical  Services 
Association,  which  is  the  biggest  Blue  Cross/Blue  Shield,  the  big- 
gest of  the  private  insurers,  has  an  indirect  cost  rate  that  is  3  or 
4  percent,  or  its  administrative  cost  rate.  And  again,  it  is  hard  to 
imagine  what  it  is  like  to  be  in  an  environment  where  you  have 
a  standard  benefit  package  and  standard  economic  conditions  in 
terms  of  deductibles,  copayments,  etc,  so  everybody  is  competing  on 
the  same  package.  There  are  only  a  few  insurance  companies  in  the 
marketplace,  and  all  that  has  caused  a  tremendous  reduction  of  ad- 
ministrative costs.  They  are  all  using  the  same  basic  claim  form 
now. 

The  Chairman.  We  thank  you  very  much  for  your  testimony,  as 
well  as  the  excellent  testimony  of  Dr.  Tyson.  It  has  been  enor- 
mously interesting.  There  are  some  areas  of  difference  in  terms  of 
the  employment  figures,  and  I  think  there  is,  very  interestingly, 
general  agreement  that  even  the  cost  for  coverage  of  those  who  are 
not  covered  is  not  of  great  significance — whatever  "great  signifi- 
cance" is  in  terms  of  billions  of  dollars — but  I  think  that  in  most 
people's  minds,  that  is  the  major  element  in  terms  of  additional 
cost,  and  I  think  the  broad  agreement  we  have  on  that  is  not  insig- 
nificant. 

We  will  be  keeping  in  touch  with  you  and  drawing  on  all  of  you 
as  we  go  through  the  weeks  and  months  ahead.  We  are  grateful  to 
you  all  for  your  testimony  here  today. 

The  committee  will  stand  in  recess. 

[Whereupon,  at  1:01  p.m.,  the  committee  was  adjourned.] 

O 


BOSTON  kudlik  L,u 


3  9999  05982  540  4 


ISBN   0-16-043322-3 


9  780160 


433221 


90000